Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-7524-2 - Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building ProjectCITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 949 644-3005 1 949 644-3039 FAX newportbeachca.gov/cityclerk December 14, 2024 Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Attn: Mr. John Clem 604 North Eckoff Street Orange, CA 92868 Subject: Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project Contract No. 7524-2 Dear Mr. Clem: On October 8, 2024 the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work for the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 65 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on October 10, 2024, Reference No. 2024000263920. Enclosed is the released Labor & Materials Payment Bond. Sincerely, Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk Enclosure EXECUTED IN DUPLICATE EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 024262206 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Telacu Construction Management hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for work consisting of obtaining City Building Permits; removing and disposing of the existing on/off-site improvements; surveying, maintaining WQMP; constructing new Junior Lifeguard Building, parking, landscape and the associated utilities; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with utility, companies and IT installations; all testing/balancing for building and completing, landscaping establishment and maintenance in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, (referred to herein as "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Six Million Four Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($6,430,000.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorneys' fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 9554 of the Civil Code of the State of California. Telacu Construction Management Page A-1 The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 9100 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9500 et seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 9th day of September 12022 Telacu Construction Management Name of Contractor (Principal) Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Name of Surety 790 The City Drive South, Suite 200 Orange, CA 92868 Address of Surety (714) 620-1571 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTOR Y'�S OFFICE Date: q /1f/GZ— By: ar C. H Attorney Auth rzled ' nafu /Title f YY\1✓eiidF� A horized Agent ignature D. Garcia, Attorney -In -Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Telacu Construction Management Page A-2 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of } ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and offictkseal. Signature ACKNOWLEDWENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California (seal) County of } ss. On , 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose names 's/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the s e in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. S ew Q�-qc � C-Q►- �, . , Signature (seal) Telacu Construction Management Page A-3 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or er officer completing this certificate verifies onl he identity of the individual who signed the docume to which this certificate is attached, and not the truth ness, accuracy, or validity of that document. ***SEE ATTACHED CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT*** State of California County of } s. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory a 'dence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowle %pe me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that ber/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which thon(s) acted,executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the tate of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of } ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) Telacu Construction Management Page B-3 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles SEP 0 92022 On before me, Ethan Spector, Notary Public, personally appeared D. Garcia who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose names -is/afe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledgment to me that he/she/try executed the same in h_is/her/t authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/tom signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and official seal. ETHAN SPECTOR z / Notary Public California ry Pz -mac... Los Angeles County Signature Commission # 2308417 Ethan Spector, Not Public My Comm. Expires Oct 11, 2023 This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Liberty Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Mutual® The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Certificate No: 8207299-024078 West American Insurance Company SURETY POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Adriana Valenzuela, Aidan Smock, B. Aleman, Charles R. Teter, III., D. Garcia, Edward C. Spector, Erin Brown, Ethan Spector, Janina Monroe, Jennifer Ochs, KD. Wapato, Lisa Crail, Lisa Marie Saumur, Marina Tapia, Martha Barreras, Michelle Haase, Simone Gerhard, Thomas G. McCall, Timothy J. Noonan all of the city of Los Angeles state of CA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 7th day of February , 2022 . rn a) 0) c co ca State of PENNSYLVANIA rn County of MONTGOMERY oa) C (B �a) L o._ �c E _: Liberty Mutual Insurance Company P� INSt/ P�IY INS&,p� 1NSU,pq The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company �J Goaeortgr y�, yJ GoaPoRgr Qyy `VQ �oRP0 tar y� West American Insurance Company J 2 mo F U Fo m LU 1 1912 0 1919 1991 0 O d��i By. 4CHUS��.da y0� HA MPS �,aL�CS�vNOIANP'�aa3 ��. �* t Hr* t M* ti navid M Carsv Assistant Secretary On this 7th day of February , 2022 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. 0P Pqg NWfgT e- Commonwealth of Pennsylvania- Notary Seal Cis r Teresa Pastella, Notary Public Montgomery County OF My commission expires March 28, 2025 B Commission number 1126044 y +ti NSy>_'1 106 Member, Pennsylvania Association of Naiades Ry PVC / / N Public This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE All — Execution of Contracts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked.p` IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of �[ �' n n 2 022 1N P� Su P-I INS& P� aJ ooaORar L� oaq q yJ Ooavor�� 71 `GPGORvin VQ = Pa rtl 1912 - 0 1919 LU 1991 C, y �By: O Q By SS,4cVi a yo ``kyaMpSa� �� �s �NOIAW, da Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary �',yr * ld LMS-12873 LMIC OCIC WAIC Multi Cc 02121 O C6 C EL O O O oa L O N Cl? O N L 06 am Co m1 C U C o a) 01 Low CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange On September 13, 2022 before me, Reina Martinez Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared John Clem NameK of SignerK who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personW whose name(4<is/ai-e subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sJxe/tVy executed the same in his/hef/thel/ir authorized capacity(ips), and that by his/hsr/thx�ir signature(g) on the instrument the personal; or the entity upon behalf of which the person(A acted, executed the instrument. eMy REINAMARTINEZ Notary Public - California orange County Commission N 2267476 Comm. Expires Nov 18, 2022 Place Notary Seal and/or Stomp Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature OPTIONAL Signature of Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Labor and Materials Payment Bond Document Date: September 9, 2022 Number of Pages: 4 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: No other signers Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) 41 Signer's Name: John Clem X Corporate Officer — Title(s): President ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian of Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: ©2017 National Notary Association s Name: ❑ C rate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee uardian of Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: 10/10/24, 4:01 PM Batch 18156219 Confirmation RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Recorded in Official Records, Orange County Hugh Nguyen, Clerk -Recorder II I II III II I I II III II III II NO FEE *$ R 0 0 1 5 1 9 3 6 1 8$ 202400026392011:19 am 10/10/24 90 CR-SC06 N12 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000.000.00 0.00 "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, California, 92660, as Owner, and Telacu Construction Management, Inc., from Los Angeles, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on 08/23/2022. Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project Contract No. 7524-2 Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on October 8, 2024, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner and the Surety for said Contract is Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. BY ;�L ave Webb, Public Works Director City of Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. �+ Executed on V , at Newport Beach, California. BY odb� F'W" Leilani I. Brown, City Clerk https://gs.secure-erds.com/Batch/Confirmation/l8156219 5/7 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, California, 92660, as Owner, and Telacu Construction Management, Inc., from Los Angeles, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on 08/23/2022. Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project Contract No. 7524-2 Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on October 8, 2024, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner and the Surety for said Contract is Liberty Mutual Insurance Company. BY .#,AZ Gave Webb, Public Works Director City of Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Executed on C , at Newport Beach, California. BY A91�1 PAM Leilani I. Brown, City Clerk N PTE N CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH r In r NOTICE INVITING BIDS v Sealed bids shall be submitted electronically via PlanetBids to office of the City Clerk, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660 By 10:00 AM on the loth day of August, 2022, at which time such bids shall be opened and read for Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 $4,800,000 Engineer's Estimate Approved by x"-)Ilk Vep James M. Houlihan uty PWD/City Engineer Prospective bidders may obtain Bid Documents, Project Specifications and Plans via PlanetBids: http://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanylD=22078 Hard copy plans are available via Santa Ana Blue Print at (949)756-1001 Located at 2372 Morse Avenue, Irvine, CA 92614 Contractor License Classification(s) required for this project: "B" For further information, call Tom Sandefur, Project Manager at (949) 644-3321 City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICEINVITING BIDS......................................................................................... Cover INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.......................................................................................3 BIDDER'S BOND.............................................................................................................6 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)....................................................................9 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES............................................9 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT..................................................................... 13 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES...................................................................... 14 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD.....................................................15 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA........................................................................18 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER.....................................................................19 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER............................................................................21 CONTRACT...................................................................................................................22 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND ............................................ Exhibit A FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND........................................................... Exhibit B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS................................................................. Exhibit C PROPOSAL............................................................................................................... PR-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS............................................................................................ SP-1 E City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. The following documents shall be completed, executed, uploaded and received by the City Clerk via PlanetBids in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S BOND (Original copies must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office in Sealed Envelope) DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (Subcontractor information to be submitted via PlanetBids) CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER ALL ADDENDA TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS ISSUED BY AGENCY PRIOR TO BID OPENING DATE (if any; Contractor shall confirm via PlanetBids) TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT DESIGNATION OF SURETIES PROPOSAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (Line Items to be completed via PlanetBids) The City Clerk's Office will open and read the bid results from PlanetBids immediately following the Bid Opening Date (Bid Due Date.) The Bid Results are immediately available to the public via PlanetBids following the Bid Opening Date (Bid Due Date). Members of the public who would like to attend this reading may go to Bay E, 2nd Floor of the Civic Center (Located at 100 Civic Center Dr.) 2. Cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10 percent of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the BIDDER'S BOND. The title of the project and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. Original copies must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office. 3. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the Contract Documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. The successful bidder's security shall be held until the Contract is executed. Original, sealed copies must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office by the Bid Opening Date (Bid Due Date.) The title of the project, Contract Number and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. 4. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to allow the comparison of total bid prices. 3 Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL. 6. The City of Newport Beach reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities shall be permitted in substitution of money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the contract. The securities shall be deposited in a state or federal chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent. 7. In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703-4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code — including, but not limited to, the requirement to pay prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770-7981 inclusive). A copy of the prevailing wage rates shall be posted by the Contractor at the job site. 9. The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code Apprenticeship requirements and Section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act". 10. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. 11. No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project (awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5. 12. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. 13. All documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a corporate officer or an individual authorized by the corporation. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of a general partner. For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner. 14. Pursuant to Public Contract Code section 9204, for any demand by contractor, whether on behalf of itself or a subcontractor that lacks privity of contract with the City but has requested that contractor proceed on its behalf, sent by registered mail or certified mail return receipt requested for a time extension, payment by the City for money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled, or for payment of an amount that is disputed by the City, the following is a summary of the claims resolution process to be applied: CI A. The City shall review the claim and, within 45 days, shall provide a written statement identifying the portions of the claim that are disputed and undisputed. This time period may be extended by mutual agreement. The claimant shall furnish all reasonable documentation to support the claim. If the City needs approval from its City Council to provide the written statement and the City Council does not meet within the prescribed time period, the City shall have up to 3 days following the next regular meeting of the City Council to provide the written statement. Payment of the undisputed portion of the claim shall be made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. B. If the claimant disputes the City's written statement or if the City does not issue a written statement in the prescribed time period, the claimant may demand in writing an informal meet and confer conference, which shall be scheduled within 30 days of receipt of claimant's demand. C. Within 10 business days of the meet and confer conference, if a dispute remains, the City shall provide a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the undisputed portion. The City shall pay any remaining amount of the undisputed portion within 60 days. Any disputed portion of the claim shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation or similar nonbinding process, with the City and claimant sharing the costs equally and agreeing to a mediator within 10 business days. If the parties cannot timely agree on a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate the remaining disputed portion. If mediation is unsuccessful, any remaining disputed portion shall be addressed using procedures outside of Public Contract Code section 9204. D. Failure by the City to meet the time requirements herein shall result in the claim being rejected in its entirety and shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. The signature below represents that the above has been revie ed. 741851 B President Contractor's License No. & Classification Author' ed ENnature/Tit 1000012893 6/30/2025 8/10/2022 DIR Registration Number & Expiration Date TELACU Construction Management Bidder Date CALIFORNIA ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of M4V14 On ��I���L- before me, _4vb I'lyle�1✓;Gt�cc�Z, �"Gli"�r `J�� C Date II Here Insert N e and Title of the fficer personally appeared kv_1 Cj e T--( Nome(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(& -whose name(s) is/gxe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/Ir/tbetr authorized capacity(ieA, and that by his/ger/tfj.eir signatures) on the instrument the persons), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the _ YROORIGUEZ laws of the State of California that the foregoing �1 Notaryary Pu Public -California Orange County paragraph Is true and correct. Commission a 226655 My Comm. Expires Nov 11, 202z WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature712Signa=ureof 2—^'Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above Notary Public OPTIONAL Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _► h'N O'�— jJe�/(�t/� - � &4 Document Date: `e'100 12�2 Number of Pages:. Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer— Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: #3�t#iSt�3�f�a�+3;�t#tsf�€ikt��fit sf�3s#3aasF#£�c�if3 02018 National Notary Association City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Proiect PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 BIDDER'S BOND We, the undersigned Principal and Surety, our successors and assigns, executors, heirs and administrators, agree to be jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Newport Beach, a charter city, in the principal sum of Ten Percent of Total Amount Bid Dollars ($10% of total amount bid), to be paid and forfeited to the City of Newport Beach if the bid proposal of the undersigned Principal for the construction of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project, Contract No. 7524-2 in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of the City of Newport Beach and the proposed contract is awarded to the Principal, and the Principal fails to execute the Contract Documents in the form(s) prescribed, including the required bonds, and original insurance certificates and endorsements for the construction of the project within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of "Notification of Award", otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. If the undersigned Principal executing this Bond is executing this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. Witness our hands this 4th day of August 2022. TELACU Construction Management Name of Contractor (Principal) Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Name of Surety 790 The City Drive South, Suite 200 Orange, CA 92868 Address of Surety (714) 620-1571 Telephone Authorized Agent Signature D. Garcia, Attorney -In -Fact _ Print Name and Title (Notary acknowledgment of Principal & Surety must be attached) L ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of )SS. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature OPTIONAL INFORMATION Date of Document Type or Title of Document Number of Pages in Document Document in a Foreign Language Type of Satisfactory Evidence: Personally Known with Paper identification Paper Identification Credible Witness(es) Capacity(ies) claimed by Signer(s): Trustee Power of Attorney CEO/CFO/COO President / Vice -President / Secretary / Treasurer Other: Other Information: Se­e QJ+0'CL'0_ Ge'r j-X 1 j ",A-e ACKNOWLEDGMENT rl (seal) Thumbprint of Signer Check here if no thumbprint or fingerprint is available. CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles ) AUG2022 Ed 40 S t On Date Personally appeared before me, War pec or Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer D. Garcia Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons) whose name(-is/afe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that ate/she/they executed the same in Eris/her/theirauthorized capacity(ies), and that byiris/her/the4 signature(s) on the instrumentthe person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(&) acted, executed the instrument. EDWARD C. SPECTOR ` y Notary Public • California z ~ Los Angeles County Commission # 2261L202J My Comm. Expires Oct Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true an d correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature C07- Signature of Notary Public ---------------------------------------------------- OPTIONAL---------------------------------------------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document Number of Pages Document Date Signer(s) OtherThan Named Above Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name 17 Corporate Officer—Title(s) r7 Partner r7 Limited r7l General ® Individual F7 Attorney in Fact ® Trustee ® Guardian or Conservator Other Signer's Name 0 Corporate Officer —Titles) Partner ® Limited QGeneral Individual ® Attorney in Fact QTrustee ® Guardian or Conservator 0 Other Signer Is Representing Signer Is Representing This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Uo of �o CU 'rn o do C O. r3l to c Liberty Mutual® SURETY Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY Certificate No: 8207299-024078 KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Adriana Valenzuela, Aidan Smock, B. Aleman, Charles R. Teter, III., D. Garcia, Edward C. Spector, Erin Brown, Ethan Spector, Janina Monroe, Jennifer Ochs, KD. Wapato, Lisa Crail, Lisa Marie Saumur, Marina Tapia, Martha Barreras, Michelle Haase, Simone Gerhard, Thomas G. McCall, Timothy J. Noonan all of the city of Los Angeles state of CA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 7th day of February , 2022 . Liberty Mutual Insurance Company P� 1NSu PV,ZY INS&q tNSU., The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company �J �ORPO"WT yp y`� ooRPO"tgr `9y `GP �oaPORvr 'yp West American Insurance Company 3 Fo c� �Q 3 Fo m w Y 9s1912�y 3 y y 1919 o a 1991 0 d,)1 7 1 1" 13 � .aa NAMPS�` �N001a� 7. �h * * d By: ..- n—irl nn (:a %i nccierant cor•rof— State of PENNSYLVANIA ss County of MONTGOMERY On this 7th day of February , 2022 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. Sp, PAS?• NW� F( Commonwealth of Pennsylvania - Notary Seal sty U° Cry y Teresa Pastell Notary Public Montgomtgomery County OF q, My commission expires March 28, 2025 By• �. NmVP�\PG Memberr,, Pennsylvania Association of NotariesereSa Pestella, Notary Public �RRY Pugs This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV —OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Attorney. t" Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the a c>i President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety CU > aci any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall o have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such Z 5 instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII — Execution of Contracts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. AUGA �o�� IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of A ,O 4 P,, \NSu PvlY INS& \NSUR J=GOPFolfgroy�m C.1h 1912 n o 1919 0 1991. 2 u O 6 HaMPs��aa MAW` b� gY Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary O 0 N M 0 eo m U LMS-12873 LMIC OCIC WAIC Multi Cc 02/21 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange On August 9, 2022 before me, Reina Martinez, Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared John Clem Name(s) of Signer(s� who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person( whose names) is/awe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/slxe/tb+sy executed the same in his/1)eT/tlx6ir authorized capacity(jq_t), and that by his/I)c5r/tla6ir signaturek on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the personK acted, executed the instrument. REINAMARTINEZ I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the Notary Public - California laws of the State of California that the foregoing *My Orange County Commission N 2267476 paragraph is true and correct. Comm. Expires Nov 18, 2022 WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above Signature of Not ry Pu Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Bid Bond Document Date: August 4, 2022 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: No other signers Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: John Clem td Corporate Officer —Title(s): President ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian of Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: 02017 National Notary Association Number of Pages: 4 Signer' me: ElCorporate rr Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited General ❑ Individual ❑ Qrney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardia Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) - AFFADAVIT State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one- half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the subcontractors as listed in the Bidder's electronic bid have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. Bidders must also include DIR registration numbers for each subcontractor. TELACU Construction Management Bidder President Auth rize Signa ure itle City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Proiect PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES Contractor must use this form!!! Please print or type. Bidder's Name TELACU Construction Management FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION IN A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE MANNER MAY BE CONSIDERED NON -RESPONSIVE. For all public agency projects you have worked on (or are currently working on) in the past 5-years in excess of $3,000,000, provide the following information: No. 1 Project Name/Number Corona Del Mar Fire Station No 5 / Library Replacement Project Description New 10,000 sq ft building Libraray and Fire Station project Approximate Construction Dates: From 04/2019 Agency Name City of Newport Beach To: 08/2019 Contact Person Peter Tauscher Telephone (949) 644-3325 Original Contract Amount $6,724,186 Final Contract Amount $ 6,736,914 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc,) Owner -approved scope changes Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 10 No. 2 Project Name/Number Downey City Library Modernization Project Description Full modernization of existing 31,000 s.f public library, new site work Approximate Construction Dates: From 07/2019 To: 09/2020 Agency Name City of Downey, CA Contact Person Walt Eden Telephone (949) 874-9170 Original Contract Amount $ 4,735,000 Final Contract Amount $ 5,567,025 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Owner -approved scope changes Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No No. 3 Project Name/Number Compton Community College District Public Safety Building Project Description New 5,500 s.f. campus police station, site and parking Approximate Construction Dates: From 07/2018 To: 07/2019 Agency Name Compton Community College District Contact Person Sheri Phillips Telephone (760 583-8517 Original Contract Amount $ 3,675,000 Final Contract Amount $ 3.675,576 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Owner -approved scope changes Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 11 No. 4 Project Name/Number Compton Community College District Instructional Building # 1 Project Description New 2-story, 26,845 Classroom Building Approximate Construction Dates: From 01/2019 Agency Name Compton Community College District To: 07/2021 Contact Person Sheri Phillips Telephone (760) 583-8517 Original Contract Amount $16,675,000 Final Contract Amount $ 16,927,856 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Owner -approved scope changes Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. 0 No. 5 Project Name/Number Compton Community College District Instructional Building #2 Project Description New 2-story, 30,200 s.f. Classroom Building, site work (phase 2) Approximate Construction Dates: From 02/2019 Agency Name Compton Community College District To: 03-2023 (Phase 2 completion) Contact Person Sheri Phillips Telephone (760) 583-8517 Original Contract Amount $20,071,741(Final Contract Amount $ If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 12 No. 4 Project Name/Number Valley County Water District Headquarters Project Description New 15,224 s.f. Headquarters and Maintenance Buildings, and site development Approximate Construction Dates: From 02/2021 To: 09/2021 Agency Name Valley County Water District Contact Person Jose Martinez Telephone 026) 338-7301 Original Contract Amount $10,416,699 Final Contract Amount $ If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. 0 No. 5 Project Name/Number City of Fontana Fire Statiuon No 81 Project Description New13,274 s.f. Fire Station and site development Approximate Construction Dates: From 02/2019 To: 03-2023 (Phase 2 completion) Agency Name City of Fontana Contact Person Robert Eisenbeisz Telephone (909) 496-8171 Original Contract Amount $8,205,000 Final Contract Amount If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 12 No. 6 Project Name/Number Compton Community College District Student Services Building Project Description New 2-story, 34,440 s.f. Services and Admin. building Approximate Construction Dates: From 02/2020 To: 12/2022 Agency Name Compton Community College District Contact Person Sheri Phillips Telephone (60) 583-8517 Original Contract Amount $19,550,000 Final Contract Amount $ If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. Attach additional sheets if necessary, Attach to this Bid the experience resume of the person who will be designated as General Construction Superintendent or on -site Construction Manager for the Contractor. Upon request, the Contractor shall attach a financial statement and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of the Contractor's current financial conditions. TELACU Construction Manaizement President Bidder Authorize S1ghature/Title 13 EDUCATION: Pierce College, Architecture, Construction Estimating and Business Management CERTIFICATIONS: OSHA 30-Hour Certified California Licensed General Contractor 9543409 1CB0 Certified Building Inspector SWPPP Certified Lance Niles, Project Superintendent, will serve as the main M A N A G E MM E'N T point of contact for all of the trade contractor field personnel that will be working on site. Lance is extremely experienced in managing CM -Multiple Prime contracts that consist of overseeing multiple trade contractors, and is an efficient task master ensuring that each contractor stays on schedule while his experience working with DSA inspectors ensures a quality final product. During the pre -construction phase, Lance's combined thirty years of construction experience will provide valuable insight to constructability reviews, site logistics/planning, interim housing (when needed), and value engineering. During construction, Lance will be the day to day contact and will be handling issues in the field as they arise. Lance provides a strong QA/QC presence in the field, ensuring that all trade contractors are performing at a high level day in and day, and his ability to properly review, negotiate, and process Change Orders brings additional value to his role. Over his career, Lance has become well versed in all public contract codes as well as DSA procedures and has been an important player in successfully completing numerous projects for several different educational agencies utilizing the CM -Multiple Prime Delivery Method. Lance has the ability to ensure that each and every project he handles is turned over to the client exceeding quality expectations and will ensure that the new Elementary School No. I 1 project is of the highest quality upon completion. Relevant Project Experience: ■ lvlarguerita Elementary School, Alhambra USD - $12M ■ Leuzinger High School Administration Rehabilitation, CVUHSD - $40M ■ Saugus High School Auditorium, William S. Hart Union High School District - $16M ■ Sierra Vista Jr. High School Classroom Addition, William S. Hart Union HSD - $12M ■ Hawthorne High School Science and Engineering Buildings, CVUHSD - $341vt ■ Valley Region High School No. 5, LAUSD - $102M ■ Byrd Middle School, New School, LAUSD - $90M ■ Four Bundled Valley Schools, LAUSD - $62M City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT State of California ) ) ss. County of ) John Clem being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is President ofTELACU Construction Management , the party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of California t t the foregoing is true and correct. TELACU Construction Management President Bidder Authorize Signature/Title Subscribed and sworn to or affirmed before me on thi � r+ day of , , 2p22 by , proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. [SEAL] 14 Notary Public My Commission Expires: CALIFORNIA JURAT GOVERNMENT CODE § 8202 k;4srkS?'rS#'41 }S4E;42 }f0iitfs#,tab?rCF�kt'iSi't'�i tfi?C=Ss3{Wfkf{Si?{i.'i}iRi9Yti5tt�`3S{$ift'}�k1283?4ii81?4t;4�i4}?}:S`,&i?;?a'!?{''t?t}?9t?isii4f1r}?t#:v}27??{YS�S?4' o�v2ii'1,§i ei {ri:?}?ii4n`if3? A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of YVONNE RODRIGUEZ Notary Public - California — r Orange County Commission # 2266555 My Cornrn, Expires Noy 11, 2022 Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this day of lPr- `) -St 20 z 2 , by Date Month Year IE (and (2) Name(s) of Signer(s) proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s)who appeared before me. Signature /� 1"T7�� Signature of Notary Pub c _ _. -..... OPTIONAL Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document NUv�— I�SsV Title or Type of Document: 61 a {-- 1�/(. �t >✓f (3c, c� Ju, uv l ;L� �.✓�� ec,h Document Date: ��r'`y Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: _ P}:; °c ,,. :. e..+: k� v' .5-.33?: Qrgf 4y_Y. .{Vi kr.t .4r })7(¢: tai, •41« r.'-?)1,.� i00 ,i}fv-.r r;-, i .w .R' N, ,riX ::,? tk tseq, ;(;'2019 National Notary Association City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Proiect PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES Bidder's name TELACU Construction Management Provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom Bidder intends to procure insurance and bonds (list by insurance/bond type): Surety: Liberty Mutual Insurance Insurance Broker Surety Broker: Lockton Companies, LLC Arthur J Gallagher 444 W. 47th St. 18201 Von Karman Ave #200 Kansas City, MO _.641)_2 _ Irvine, CA 92612 Donna Garcia (213) 655-9717 Nicholas Theule (818) 539-1428 15 City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL Bidders Name TELACU Construction Management Record Last Five (5) Full Years Current Year of Record Current Record Record Record Record Record Year of for for for for for Record 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 Total 2022 No. of contracts 15 17 11 13 11 6 73 Total dollar Amount of Contracts (in Thousands of $ $ 21,152,364 $47,511,075 $36,394,904 $24,911,205 $13,593,453 $ 3,169,946 $ 146,732,947 No. of fatalities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No. of lost Workday Cases 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No. of lost workday cases involving permanent 0 0 transfer to 0 0 0 0 0 another job or termination of employment The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary --Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 16 Legal Business Name of Bidder Business Address: Business Tel. No.: State Contractor's License No. and Classification: TELACU Construction Management _604 N. Eckhoff Street Orange, CA 92868 (714) 541-2390 741851 B Title President The above information was compiled from the records that are available tome at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records. Signature of bidder Date 810/202' Title President Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature Requirements: If bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, if doing business under a fictitious name, the fictitious name must be set fort along with the County. If bidder is a partnership or joint venture, legal name of partnership/joint venture must be provided, followed by signatures of all of the partners/joint ventures or if fewer than all of the partners/joint ventures submit with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the partnership/joint venture. If bidder is a corporation, legal name of corporation must be provided, followed by signatures of the corporation President or Vice President or President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the corporate seal, or submit with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the corporation. All must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such individuals, partners/joint ventures, or officers were proven on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose name are subscribed to and acknowledged that they executed the same in their authorized capacities. [NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT and CORPORATE SEAL MUST BE ATTACHEDI 17 CALIFORNIA ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE g 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of _ (X-2�n(4 On f•1- !ot vZ before me, r-+v,e j�,��,- i�uc-z , Nk f t,,�i„ �i� (y C Date ,j Here Insert NorAe and Title of the O ficer personally appeared &[e -( Names) -of Signer(s)- who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(a) whose names Were subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ip-&), and that by his/tier/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(&) acted, executed the instrument. A"'j "�' My YVONN7R0DCRIGUEZ Nota Pu_ lifornia orang e ge County Cnmmisslon N 2266555 COMM, Expires Nav 11, 2022 Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct, WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature OPTIONAL Signature of Notary Public Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer - Title(s): ❑ Partner - ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer - El Partner - ❑ Limite ❑ Individual ElTrustee ElOther: Signer is Representing d Titie(s): ❑ General ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Guardian or Conservator t �f34#3i�i�#3�Fi�F3���3�f#fisF{#�f3�F3�8>�84235#t�34€3+`II�f��#f�i3�3�23�23#�&'fi3�f3�#3�f34i�33�Fi�F ©2018 National Notary Association City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Buildinq Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidder's name TELACU Construction Management The bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any, and attach executed copy of addenda to bid documents: Addendum No. Date Received Si ure 1 7/18/22 2 8/3/22 City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER Bidder certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the following information is complete, true, and correct. City may deem failure to provide correct information a non -responsive bid. Name of individual Contractor, Company or Corporation: TELACU Construction Management Business Address: 604 N. Eckhoff Street, Orange, CA 92868 Telephone and Fax Number: ph (714) 541-2390 fax (714) 541-941 l California State Contractor's License No. and Class: 741851 B (REQUIRED AT TIME OF AWARD) Original Date Issued: 10/28/1997 Expiration Date: 10/31/2023 List the name and title/position of the person(s) who inspected for your firm the site of the work proposed in these contract documents: Kelly Coultrup Chief Estimator The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint ventures, and company or corporate officers having a principal interest in this proposal: Name Title Address Telephone John Clem President 604 N Eckhoff Street, Orange, CA 92868 (714) 541-2390 Jay Bell Secretarty 604 N Eckhoff Street Orange CA 92868 (714) 541 2390 Michael Lizarraga CFO 604 N, Eckhoff Street, Orange, CA 92868 (714) 541-2390 Corporation organized under the laws of the State of California 19 The dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: None All company, corporate, or fictitious business names used by any principal having interest in this proposal are as follows: None For all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements or the like (in or out of court) you have been involved in with public agencies either currently or in the past five years (Attach additional Sheets if necessary) provide: Provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the parties; Please see attached list Briefly summarize the parties' claims and defenses; Please see attached list Have you ever had a contract terminated by the owner/agency? If so, explain. No Have you ever failed to complete a project? If so, explain. For any projects you have been involved with in the last 10 years, did you have any claims or actions by any outside agency or individual for labor co lianae ce (i.e. failure to pay prevailing wage, falsifying certified payrolls, etc.)? Yes X&O 9C TELACU Construction Management, Inc. Item CASE CAPTION/COURT/DATE/NUMBER/STATUS PARTY TYPE CASE TYPE No. (sorted by date, newest to oldest, for period 2014-2019) 1. SANDERS vs. TELACU CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT Defendant Fair Labor Standards California Central District Court; Jan 31, 2019; 2:19cv766 Act/Collect Unpaid (Pending) Wages 2. ALLIANCE COLLEGE READY PUBLIC SCHOOLS vs. TELACU Defendant Other Breach of CONSTRUCTION Cross -Complainant Contract/Warranty Los Angeles County Superior Court; Mar 28, 2018; BC699213 (not fraud or (Pending) negligence) 3. JEFFREY COLCLASURE vs. A LOPEZ & SONS INC ET AL Defendant Premises Liability Los Angeles County Superior Court; Jan 16, 2018; BC690410 Cross -Complainant (e,g. slip & fall) (Pending) 4. SIERRA LATHING COMPANY INC vs. ALLIANCE FOR COLLEGE - Cross -Defendant Breach of READY PUBLIC SCHOOL Contract/Warranty Los Angeles County Superior Court; Dec 28, 2017; BC688565 (Pending) 5. RAN ENTERPRISES INC vs, ALLIANCE COLLEGE READY PUBLIC Cross -Defendant Breach of SCHOOLS Contract/Warranty Los Angeles County Superior Court; Jun 05, 2017; BC663864 (Pending) 6. SENTINEL INSURANCE COMPANY vs. SDORI CHARTER SCHOOL Defendant Other Personal PROPERTIES, LLC Injury/Property San Diego County Superior Court; Jan 11, 2017; 37-2017- Damage/Wrongful 00001140-CU-PO-NC Death (Pending) 7. ARC CONSTRUCTION INC vs. ALLIANCE COLLEGE READY PUBLIC Defendant Breach Rental/Lease SCHOOL Cross -Defendant Contract (not Los Angeles County Superior Court; Dec 02, 2016; BC642603 unlawful detainer or (Pending) wrongful eviction) 8. SHIRLEY THORNE-THOMAS vs. SWINERTON BUILDERS ET AL Defendant Other Personal Los Angeles County Superior Court; Dec 16, 2015; BC604515 Cross -Complainant Injury/Property (TELACU dismissed) Cross -Defendant Damage/Wrongful Death 9. LORETTA SIMMONS vs. TELACU INDUSTRIES ET AL Defendant Premises Liability Los Angeles County Superior Court; Mar 14, 2014; BC539475 Cross -Complainant (e.g. slip & fall) (Dismissed) Cross -Defendant Are any claims or actions unresolved or outstanding? Yes 4 If yes to any of the above, explain. (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Failure of the bidder to provide ALL requested information in a complete and accurate manner may be considered non -responsive. TELACU Construction Management Bidder John Clem (Print name of Owner or President of Corporation) ompany) �\'Iirresident Authorize I sY1gheture7Ti1i6 President Title 8/ 10/2022 Date On before me, , Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said State My Commission Expires: 21 (SEAL) CALIFORNIA ACKNOWLEDGNIMv" i CIVIL CODE § 1189 - st A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of brm n On An,(eLA�* 1✓1 -2O'L2- before me, 1/1i-lP Nul- "t-i Pt.,��t Date Here Insert Nam and Title of the Off er personally appeared Name(s)-of Signer(s)- who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s)-whose name(s)-is/are-subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sly$/tjbey executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ip&), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s); or the entity upon behalf of which the person(,%) -acted, executed the Instrument. 6My YVONNE RODRIGUEZ Notary Public - California Orange County Commission N 2266555 Comm, Expires Noy 11, 2022 Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature OPTIONAL Signature of Notary Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: f i3 3 £M3�"Koi" 0 02018 National Notary Association NEWPORT BEACH JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 7524-2 THIS CONTRACT FOR PUBLIC WORKS ("Contract") is entered into this 23rd day of August, 2022 ("Effective Date"), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city ("City"), and TELACU CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT, INC., a California corporation ("Contractor"), whose address on file with the Secretary of State is 5400 E. Olympic Blvd, Suite 300, Los Angeles, California 90022, with a local address of 604 N. Eckhoff Street, Orange, California 92868, and is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City has advertised for bids for the following described public work: obtaining City Building Permits; removing and disposing of the existing on/off-site improvements; surveying, maintaining WQMP; constructing new Junior Lifeguard Building, parking, landscape and the associated utilities; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with utility, companies and IT installations; all testing/balancing for building and completing, landscaping establishment and maintenance (the "Project" or "Work"). C. Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsible bidder and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set forth in this Contract, is based upon Contractor's careful examination of all Contract documents, plans and specifications. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete Contract for the Project includes all of the following documents: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Non -Collusion Affidavit, Notice to Successful Bidder, Labor and Materials Payment Bond (Exhibit A), Faithful Performance Bond (Exhibit B), Permits, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings, Plans and Special Provisions for Contract No. 7524-2, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current adopted edition and all supplements), and this Contract, including the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Contract Addendum (Exhibit D), and all modifications and amendments thereto (collectively the "Contract Documents"), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. The Contract Documents comprise the sole agreement between the parties as to the subject matter therein. Any representations or agreements not specifically contained in the Contract Documents are null and void. Any amendments must be made in writing, and signed by both parties in the manner specified in the Contract Documents. 2. SCOPE OF WORK Contractor shall perform everything required to be performed, and shall provide and furnish all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment and all utility and transportation services required for the Project. All of the Work to be performed and materials to be furnished shall be in strict accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is required to perform all activities, at no extra cost to City, which are reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the intended results. 3. COMPENSATION 3.1 As full compensation for the performance and completion of the Project as required by the Contract Documents, City shall pay to Contractor and Contractor accepts as full payment the sum of Six Million Four Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($6,430,000.00). 3.2 This compensation includes: 3.2.1 Any loss or damage arising from the nature of the Work; 3.2.2 Any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions in the performance of the Work, and 3.2.3 Any expense incurred as a result of any suspension or discontinuance of the Work, but excludes any loss resulting from earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves, including tsunamis, and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the Work by City. 4. PROJECT MANAGER Contractor shall designate a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of the Project. This Project Manager shall be available to City at all reasonable times during the term of the Contract. Contractor has designated John Clem to be its Project Manager. Contractor shall not remove or reassign the Project Manager without the prior written consent of City. City's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 5. ADMINISTRATION This Contract shall be administered by the Public Works Department. City's Public Works Director, or designee, shall be the Project Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Contract. The Project Administrator or designee shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the Work to be rendered pursuant to this Contract. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 2 6. NOTICE OF CLAIMS 6.1 Unless a shorter time is specified elsewhere in this Contract, before making its final request for payment under the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit to City, in writing, all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract. Contractor's acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor in writing as unsettled at the time of its final request for payment. The Contractor and City expressly agree that in addition to all claims filing requirements set forth in the Contract and Contract Documents, Contractor shall be required to file any claim Contractor may have against City in strict conformance with the Government Claims Act (Government Code 900 et seq.). 6.2 To the extent that Contractor's claim is a "Claim" as defined in Public Contract Code section 9204 or any successor statute thereto, the Parties agree to follow the dispute resolution process set forth therein. Any part of such "Claim" remaining in dispute after completion of the dispute resolution process provided for in Public Contract Code section 9204 or any successor statute thereto shall be subject to the Government Claims Act requirements requiring Contractor to file a claim in strict conformance with the Government Claims Act. To the extent that Contractor's claim is not a "Claim" as defined in Public Contract Code section 9204 or any successor statute thereto, Contractor shall be required to file such claim with the City in strict conformance with the Government Claims Act (Government Code sections 900 et seq.). 7. WRITTEN NOTICE 7.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals, including any change in mailing address, to be given under the terms of this Contract shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first-class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. 7.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Contractor to City shall be addressed to City at: Attention: Director of Public Works City of Newport Beach Public Works Department 100 Civic Center Drive P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658 7.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Contractor shall be addressed to Contractor at: Attention: John Clem Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 3 604 N. Eckhoff Street Orange, CA 92868 8. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR City has retained Contractor as an independent contractor and neither Contractor nor its employees are to be considered employees of City. The manner and means of conducting the Work are under the control of Contractor, except to the extent they are limited by statute, rule or regulation and the express terms of this Contract. No civil service status or other right of employment shall accrue to Contractor or its employees. Contractor shall have the responsibility for and control over the means of performing the Work, provided that Contractor is in compliance with the terms of this Contract. Anything in this Contract that may appear to give City the right to direct Contractor as to the details of the performance or to exercise a measure of control over Contractor shall mean only that Contractor shall follow the desires of City with respect to the results of the Work. 9. BONDING 9.1 Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract both of the following: (1) a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount to be paid Contractor as set forth in this Contract in the form attached as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference; and (2) a Labor and Materials Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount to be paid Contractor as set forth in this Contract and in the form attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference. 9.2 The Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property - Casualty. 9.3 Contractor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Contract, the Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond, and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California. 10. COOPERATION Contractor agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City's designated Project Administrator and any other agencies that may have jurisdiction or interest in the Work to be performed. City agrees to cooperate with the Contractor on the Project. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 4 11. PROGRESS Contractor is responsible for keeping the Project Administrator informed on a regular basis regarding the status and progress of the Project, activities performed and planned, and any meetings that have been scheduled or are desired. 12. INSURANCE Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract or for other periods as specified in the Contract Documents, policies of insurance of the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated herein by reference. 13. PROHIBITION AGAINST ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS Except as specifically authorized under this Contract, the services to be provided under this Contract shall not be assigned, transferred contracted or subcontracted out without the prior written approval of City. Any of the following shall be construed as an assignment: The sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Contractor, or of the interest of any general partner or joint venturer or syndicate member or cotenant if Contractor is a partnership or joint -venture or syndicate or co -tenancy, which shall result in changing the control of Contractor. Control means fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power or twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the assets of the corporation, partnership or joint -venture. 14. PREVAILING WAGES In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703-4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code — including, but not limited to, the requirement to pay prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770-7981 inclusive). A copy of the prevailing wage rates shall be posted by the Contractor at the job site. 15. SUBCONTRACTING The subcontractors authorized by City, if any, to perform the Work on this Project are identified in the Contractor's Proposal and are attached as part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of any subcontractors. Nothing in this Contract shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law. City is an intended beneficiary of any Work performed by the subcontractor for purposes of establishing a duty of care between the subcontractor and Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 5 City. Except as specifically authorized herein, the Work to be performed under this Contract shall not be otherwise assigned, transferred, contracted or subcontracted out without the prior written approval of City. 16. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY 16.1 City and its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers shall not be responsible in any manner for any loss or damage to any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Project or for injury to or death of any person as a result of Contractor's performance of the Work required hereunder, or for damage to property from any cause arising from the performance of the Project by Contractor, or its subcontractors, or its workers, or anyone employed by either of them. 16.2 Contractor shall be responsible for any liability imposed by law and for injuries to or death of any person or damage to property resulting from defects, obstructions or from any cause arising from Contractor's Work on the Project, or the Work of any subcontractor or supplier selected by Contractor. 16.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses, judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever (individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims"), which may arise from or in any manner relate (directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Contract, any Work performed or Services provided under this Contract including, without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials or Contractor's presence or activities conducted on the Project (including the negligent, reckless, and/or willful acts, errors and/or omissions of Contractor, its principals, officers, agents, employees, vendors, suppliers, subconsultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable for any or all of them). 16.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any Claim arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Contract. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by Contractor. 16.5 Contractor shall perform all Work in a manner to minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard, to restore other work areas to their original condition and former usefulness as soon as possible, and to protect public and private property. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 6 Contractor shall be liable for any private or public property damaged during the performance of the Project Work. 16.6 To the extent authorized by law, as much of the money due Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by City may be retained by it until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages as aforesaid. 16.7 Nothing in this Section or any other portion of the Contract Documents shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action to enforce the terms of this Contract, except to the extent provided for above. 16.8 The rights and obligations set forth in this Section shall survive the termination of this Contract. 17. CHANGE ORDERS 17.1 This Contract may be amended or modified only by mutual written agreement of the parties. 17.2 The Contractor shall only commence work covered by a change order after the change order is executed and notification to proceed has been provided by the City. 17.3 There shall be no change in the Contractor's members of the project team, as listed in the approved proposal, which is a part of this contract without prior written approval by the City. 18. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST 18.1 Contractor or its employees may be subject to the provisions of the California Political Reform Act of 1974 (the "Act") and/or Government Code §§ 1090 et seq., which (1) require such persons to disclose any financial interest that may foreseeably be materially affected by the Work performed under this Contract, and (2) prohibit such persons from making, or participating in making, decisions that will foreseeably financially affect such interest. 18.2 If subject to the Act and/or Government Code §§ 1090 et seq., Contractor shall conform to all requirements therein. Failure to do so constitutes a material breach and is grounds for immediate termination of this Contract by City. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City for any and all claims for damages resulting from Contractor's violation of this Section. 19. TERMINATION 19.1 In the event that either party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Contract at the time and in the manner required, that party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Contract. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) calendar days, or if more than two (2) calendar days are reasonably required to Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 7 cure the default and the defaulting party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default, specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, the non -defaulting party may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving to the defaulting party written notice thereof. 19.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole discretion and without cause, of terminating this Contract at any time by giving seven (7) calendar days' prior written notice to Contractor. In the event of termination under this Section, City shall pay Contractor for Services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the effective date of termination for which Contractor has not been previously paid. On the effective date of termination, Contractor shall deliver to City all materials purchased in performance of this Contract. 20. STANDARD PROVISIONS 20.1 Recitals. City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. 20.2 Compliance with all Laws. Contractor shall at its own cost and expense comply with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities, including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted. In addition, all Work prepared by Contractor shall conform to applicable City, county, state and federal laws, rules, regulations and permit requirements and be subject to approval of the Project Administrator. 20.3 Integrated Contract. This Contract represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 20.4 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. inconsistencies between this Contract and terms of this Contract shall govern. In the event there are any conflicts or any other attachments attached hereto, the 20.5 Interpretation. The terms of this Contract shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either party by reason of the authorship of the Contract or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 20.6 Amendments. This Contract may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Contractor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 20.7 Severability. If any term or portion of this Contract is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Contract shall continue in full force and effect. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 8 20.8 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Contract and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Contract shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange, State of California. 20.9 Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, age or any other impermissible basis under law. 20.10 No Attorneys Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under this contract, the prevailing party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees. 20.11 Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. 21. EFFECT OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTION Execution of this Contract and all other Contract Documents by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the Project site, has become familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated all relevant observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 22. WAIVER A waiver by City or any term, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. 23. RECITALS City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE] Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTOR,NE)S OFFICE Date: 9 /Z 2z B A n "aa(►a�a�pgc, ity Attor ATTEST: Date: awi, :: City Clerk CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation Date: am Mayor CC Management, Inc., a California corporation Date: Signed in Counterpart An - John Clem Chief Executive Officer Date. - By -.— Signed in Counterpart Jay Bell Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Attachments: Exhibit A — Labor and Materials Payment Bond Exhibit B — Faithful Performance Bond Exhibit C — Insurance Requirements Exhibit D — American Rescue Plan Act Addendum Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTOR EY S OFFICE Date: B A n a ity Attor ATTEST: Date: A Leilani I. Brown City Clerk CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation Date: By: Kevin Muldoon Mayor CONTRACTOR: Telacu Construction Management, Inc., a California corporation Date: 31�2 Z By: John C m Chief E cutive Officer Date: By: S e .�B i� S, [END OF SIGNATURES] Attachments: Exhibit A — Labor and Materials Payment Bond Exhibit B — Faithful Performance Bond Exhibit C — Insurance Requirements Exhibit D — American Rescue Plan Act Addendum Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page 10 EXECUTED IN DUPLICATE EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 024262206 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Telacu Construction Management hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for work consisting of obtaining City Building Permits; removing and disposing of the existing on/off-site improvements; surveying; maintaining WQMP; constructing new Junior Lifeguard Building, parking, landscape and the associated utilities; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with utility, companies and IT installations; all testing/balancing for building and completing, landscaping establishment and maintenance in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, (referred to herein as "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Six Million Four Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($6,430,000.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorneys' fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 9554 of the Civil Code of the State of California. Telacu Construction Management Page A-1 The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 9100 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9500 et Seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 9th day of September 12022 . Telacu Construction Management Name of Contractor (Principal) Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Name of Surety 790 The City Drive South, Suite 200 Orange, CA 92868 Address of Surety (714) 620-1571 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTOR Y'$ OFFICE Date: q 7zv B*Attorney C. H gnature D. Garcia, Attorney -In -Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Telacu Construction Management Page A-2 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of )SS' On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and offictkseal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDbMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of } ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose names 's/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the sbzie in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. S C-e cL+Qet"--k CQ.- �i - i I'- 1�. Signature (seal) Telacu Construction Management Page A-3 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or er officer completing this certificate verifies on l he identity of the individual who signed the docume to which this certificate is attached, and not the truth ness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of } s. On 20 before me, '"`SEE ATTACHED CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT`'` Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory a 'dence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowle ed to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by 's/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the pe on(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. of California that the foregoing Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of } ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) Telacu Construction Management Page B-3 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles SEP 0 92022 On before me, Ethan Spector, Notary Public, personally appeared D. Garcia who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s)-is/afe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledgment to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/thei-r authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and official seal. �• °° rM ETHAN SPECTOR / Notary Public - California x= Los Angeles County b. Signature Commission N 2308417 2023 My Comm. Expires Oct 11, ' Ethan Spector, Notary Public 0 Liberty Mutual® SURETY This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY Certificate No: 8207299-024078 KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Adriana Valenzuela, Aidan Smock, B. Aleman, Charles R. Teter, III., D. Garcia, Edward C. Spector, Erin Brown, Ethan Spector, Janina Monroe, Jennifer Ochs, KD. Wapato, Lisa Crail, Lisa Marie Saumur, Marina Tapia, Martha Barreras, Michelle Haase, Simone Gerhard, Thomas G. McCall, Timothy J. Noonan all of the city of Los Angeles state of CA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 7th day of February , 2022 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company I SU _ �(Y INS& � %Nsuk The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company oRPO�+a w'Yp y`�P�oaPORsr `9y `UP �oRpO'Lar �'n West American Insurance Company � 3 Fo c0 oQ 3 Fo m w 3 Fo � 1912 n ° 1919 1991 0 ui r v �y 3o o uS E dj1 ssACNUs� .da °HAMP`'a`.da� Ys �NOIANP ,da3 N O �77 * l� �'y� * ?� dtr * �� By: m cu David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary a c`a State of PENNSYLVANIA County of MONTGOMERY ss o On this 7th day of February 2022 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance a� Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. a)cc _� IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. � • CTJO 2 N St, PAST ` 6 O QFi h�ONW F� 1� 1 /' � �' 9 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania - Notary Seal Teresa Pastella, Notary Public Montgomery County � /a&b� O — 0P My commission expires March 28, 2025 B y• hS'!l`1pg��CJ mber 1126044 eresa Pastella, Notary Public N 41 Memberr,, Pe nlsylvan auAssoc al on of Notaries m � aqy pu p3 This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual 3 Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: a ARTICLE IV— OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Attorney. `o Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the :7a President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety m any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall c i have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such O instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. O LL ARTICLE All — Execution of Contracts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney execu+�ted ,b�y said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. `' IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of @Cn n A 2022 P-V 1NSt/ P�11 INS& 9 INSU�q �tl �7 �J O°{tF0/j�T 1iC� GJJ G°µP0/t,a�, �Y VP OµPOP_ J3 Fot° Q3 Foyn 42a Fotn 1912 n o 1919 Ul 1991 y o Q o °5D*"'�da By Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary LMS-12873 LMIC OCIC WAIC Multi Cc 02/21 O 0 N OP N M 00 0 CU U CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California 1 County of Orange J} On September 13, 2022 before me, Date personally appeared Reina Martinez Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer John Clem NomeK of Signer(,8j" who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personal whose name(efis4re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sJxe/tVy executed the same in his/W/the/ir authorized capacity(ip4s), and that by his/h,er/th4ir signature(g) on the instrument the persono', or the entity upon behalf of which the person(,s') acted, executed the instrument. REINA MAIMNEZ Notary Public - California x Y o Orange County Y Commission N 2267476 My Comm. Expires Nov 18, 2022 Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Signature of OPTIONAL Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Labor and Materials Payment Bond Document Date: September 9, 2022 Number of Pages: 4 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: N Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: John Clem CK Corporate Officer — Title(s): President ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian of Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: 02017 National Notary Association her sianers ner's Name: ❑ C rate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — Limited El General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee uardian of Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: EXECUTED IN DUPLICATE EXHIBIT B CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 024262206 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ $50,859.00 ,being at the rate of $ *� thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Telacu Construction Management hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for work consisting of obtaining City Building Permits; removing and disposing of the existing on/off-site improvements; surveying; maintaining WQMP; constructing new Junior Lifeguard Building, parking, landscape and the associated utilities; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with utility, companies and IT installations; all testing/balancing for building and completing, landscaping establishment and maintenance in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and I ibex Mutual Insurance Company duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Six Million Four Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($6,430,000.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the Work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by City, only in the Telacu Construction Management Page B-1 event City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the gth day of September 20_22 . Telacu Construction Management Name of Contractor (Principal) Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Name of Surety 790 The City Drive South, Suite 200 Orange, CA 92868 Address of Surety (714) 620-1571 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORKEY,S OFFICE Date: 9/ / V OZ - By. A on ar o� k4 ai Np ity A orney naturey i le WW�Q Authorized Agent Signature D. Garcia, Attorney -In -Fact Print Name and Title **First $100,000.00 - $14.40 Next $400,000.000 - $14.40 Next $2,000,000.00 - $8.70 Next $2,500,000.00 - $6.90 Next$2,500,000.00 -$6.30 Over $7,500,000.00 - $5.76 NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Telacu Construction Management Page B-2 CALIFORNIA ALL -PUP -,POSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT A Notary Public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles On SEP 0 9 2022 before me, Ethan Spector, Notary Public, personally appeared D. Garcia who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(-) whose names)--is/ere subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledgment to me that he/she/they executed the same in hi-s/her/theif authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/tom signature(-s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and official seal. Signature J " E. ETHAN SPECTOR Ethan Spector, Notary Public ,\ Notary Public - California z Los Angeles County Commission # 2308417 �;f f My Comm. Expires Oct 11, 2023 This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Liberty Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Mutual® The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Certificate No: 8207299-024078 SURETY West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Adriana Valenzuela, Aidan Smock, B. Aleman, Charles R. Teter, III., D. Garcia, Edward C. Spector, Erin Brown, Ethan Spector, Janina Monroe, Jennifer Ochs, KD. Wapato, Lisa Crail, Lisa Marie Saumur, Marina Tapia, Martha Barreras Michelle Haase Simone Gerhard Thomas G. McCall Timothy J. Noonan all of the city of Los Angeles state of CA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 7th day of February , 2022 . ui 41 C co W State of PENNSYLVANIA > : County of MONTGOMERY Liberty Mutual Insurance Company N. INS (/p _ PXZY INS& � \NSURq The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company j=°°RPO�TWoy�1� 2�,Ofkpo TF�yo =°oRPOR.v,.oy� West American Insurance Company 1912y0 0 1919 0 1991 r vS •C 3 $y �m o s o dJl 'rACHUS� da ONAMPsa` a� �N°IANP a� * a By: David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary .� 0 On this 7th day of February , 2022 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance m Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes a) > therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. c -a IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. 0 co P PAS NW T�! Commonwealth of Pennsylvania - NotarySeal Q) O �� Uo� E9< Teresa Pastella, Notary Public Montgomery County O OF My commission expires March 26, 2025 11204 ssion Memberr,, Pe n'sylaa number Assocation of Notaries By: eresa Pastella, Notary Public tp N qqy pV8 0 This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual 0 •� Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV— OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Attorney. o - Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the 6 President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall o L have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such Z instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE All — Execution of Contracts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such allomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this— day of 1" xI22 V INS U "11 INS& %NSUR eyy GPI°RPortq �ln J3 °bcn vQ3 Fo m 1912 �3° Foct� _ 1919 o y o a 1991 0 dp1�''r4 CNU5 Ada y0� NAMPS��N°ANP i3 Eiy• I # * *�d Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary LMS-12873 LMIC OCIC WAIC Multi Co 02/21 O oCD 04 O CV 0? O M 1. -00 O p C: m= o m U CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange On September 13, 2022 before me, Reina Martinez Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared John Clem Name(srof Slgner(s�r who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personKwhose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sWe/igdy executed the same in his/bef/ttReir authorized capacity(less), and that by his/4eT/tbev1r signatures) on the instrument the person(e), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(4acted, executed the instrument. #—i *My REINA MARTINEZ Notary ►ublic • California Oran;e County Commission # 2267476 Comm. Expires Nov 18, 2022 Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Signature of Notary Pu lic Vr 1 IVIVAL Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Faithful Performance Bond Document Date: September 9, 2022 Number of Pages: 4 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: No other sinners Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: John Clem ca Corporate Officer — Title(s): President ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian of Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: ©2017 National Notary Association SiQner' Name: ❑ C orate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partne ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee Guardian of Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: _ EXHIBIT C INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS — PUBLIC WORKS AND CONSTRUCTION 1. Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage. 2. Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders' Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City's Risk Manager. 3. Coverage Requirements. A. Workers' Compensation Insurance. Contractor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance providing statutory benefits and Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. In addition, Contractor shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance in accordance with California law for all of the subcontractor's employees. The insurer issuing the Workers' Compensation insurance shall amend its policy by endorsement to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. Contractor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. B. General Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate and two million dollars ($2,000,000) completed operations aggregate. The policy shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, products -completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page C-1 insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). C. Automobile Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of Contractor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this Contract, including coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each accident. D. Builder's Risk Insurance. Contractor shall maintain Builders Risk insurance or an installation floater as directed by City, covering damages to the Work for "all risk" or special causes of loss form with limits equal to 100% of the completed value of the Contract, with coverage to continue until final acceptance of the Work by City. At the discretion of City, the requirement for such coverage may include additional protection for Earthquake and/or Flood. City shall be included as an insured on such policy, and Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the policy. E. Pollution Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain a policy providing contractor's pollution liability ("CPL") coverage with a total limit of liability of no less than $5,000,000 per loss and $5,000,000 in the aggregate per policy period. Claims -made policies require a 10-year extended reporting period. The CPL policy shall include coverage for cleanup costs, third -party bodily injury and property damage, including loss of use of damaged property or of property that has not been physically injured or destroyed, resulting from pollution conditions caused by contracting operations. Coverage as required in this paragraph shall apply to sudden and non -sudden pollution conditions resulting from the escape or release of smoke, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids, or gases, waste materials, or other irritants, contaminants, or pollutants. The CPL shall also provide coverage for transportation and off -Site disposal of materials. The policy shall not contain any provision or exclusion (including any so-called "insured versus insured" exclusion or "cross -liability" exclusion) the effect of which would be to prevent, bar, or otherwise preclude any insured or additional insured under the policy from making a claim which would otherwise be covered by such policy on the grounds that the claim is brought by an insured or additional insured against an insured or additional insured under the policy. 4. Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to A. Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this Contract shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Contractor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page C-2 right of recovery prior to a loss. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subcontractors. B. Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability, products and completed operations, excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, if required, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers shall be included as additional insureds under such policies. C. Primary and Non Contributory. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and/or the primary source of recovery with respect to City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City shall be excess of Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. D. Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) calendar days' notice of cancellation or nonrenewal of coverage (except for nonpayment for which ten (10) calendar days' notice is required) for each required coverage except Builders Risk Insurance, which shall contain an endorsement with said required notices. 5. Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The parties hereby agree to the following: A. Evidence of Insurance. Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements as specified herein for each coverage. All of the executed documents referenced in this Contract must be returned to City within ten (10) regular City business days after the date on the "Notification of Award". Insurance certificates and endorsements must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this Contract. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. At least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, evidence of insurance showing that such insurance coverage has been renewed or extended shall be filed with the City. If such coverage is cancelled or reduced, Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such cancellation or reduction of coverage, file with the City evidence of insurance showing that the required insurance has been reinstated or has been provided through another insurance company or companies. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page C-3 B. City's Right to Revise Requirements. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the Contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving Contractor ninety (90) calendar days' advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to Contractor, City and Contractor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation. C. Right to Review Subcontracts. Contractor agrees that upon request, all agreements with subcontractors or others with whom Contractor enters into contracts with on behalf of City will be submitted to City for review. Failure of City to request copies of such agreements will not impose any liability on City, or its employees. Contractor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance meeting all the requirements stated herein, and Contractor shall ensure that City is an additional insured on insurance required from subcontractors. For CGL coverage, subcontractors shall provide coverage with a format at least as broad as CG 20 38 04 13. D. Enforcement of Contract Provisions. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of City to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. E. Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Exhibit A are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. If the Contractor maintains higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City requires and shall be entitled to coverage for higher limits maintained by the Contractor. Any available proceeds in excess of specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City. F. Self -Insured Retentions. Contractor agrees not to self -insure or to use any self -insured retentions on any portion of the insurance required herein and further agrees that it will not allow any indemnifying party to self -insure its obligations to City. If Contractor's existing coverage includes a self -insured retention, the self -insured retention must be declared to City. City may review options with Contractor, which may include reduction or elimination of the self -insured retention, substitution of other coverage, or other solutions. Contractor agrees to be responsible for payment of any deductibles on their policies. G. City Remedies for Non Compliance. If Contractor or any subcontractor fails to provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page C-4 the right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this Contract, or to suspend Contractor's right to proceed until proper evidence of insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be deducted from amounts payable to Contractor or reimbursed by Contractor upon demand. H. Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor's performance under this Contract, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. City assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve City. Coverage not Limited. All insurance coverage and limits provided by Contractor and available or applicable to this Contract are intended to apply to the full extent of the policies. Nothing contained in this Contract or any other agreement relating to City or its operations limits the application of such insurance coverage. J. Coverage Renewal. Contractor will renew the coverage required here annually as long as Contractor continues to provide any Work under this or any other Contract or agreement with City. Contractor shall provide proof that policies of insurance required herein expiring during the term of this Contract have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Proof that such coverage has been ordered shall be submitted prior to expiration. A coverage binder or letter from Contractor's insurance agent to this effect is acceptable. A certificate of insurance and/or additional insured endorsement as required in these specifications applicable to the renewing or new coverage must be provided to City with five (5) calendar days of the expiration of the coverages. K. Maintenance of General Liability Coverage. Contractor agrees to maintain commercial general liability coverage for a period of ten (10) years after completion of the Project or to obtain coverage for completed operations liability for an equivalent period. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page C-5 EXHIBIT D AMERICAN RESCUE PLAN ACT (ARPA) CONTRACT ADDENDUM Notice: The contract to which this addendum is attached is made using federal assistance provided to the City of Newport Beach by the US Department of Treasury under the American Rescue Plan Act ("ARPA"), Sections 602(b) and 603(b) of the Social Security Act, Pub. L. No. 117-2 (March 11, 2021). 1. Equal Opportunity. Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by EO 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," and as supplemented by regulations at 41 CFR part 60, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor." Minority and Women Business Enterprises (if applicable to this Contract) Contractor hereby agrees to comply with the following when applicable: The requirements of Executive Orders 11625 and 12432 (concerning Minority Business Enterprise), and 12138 (concerning Women's Business Enterprise), when applicable. Accordingly, the Contractor hereby agrees to take affirmative steps to assure that women and minority businesses are utilized when possible as sources of supplies, equipment, construction and services. Affirmative steps shall include the following: a. Including qualified women's business enterprises and small and minority businesses on solicitation lists; b. Assuring that women's enterprises and small and minority businesses are solicited whenever they are potential sources; c. When economically feasible, dividing total requirements into smaller tasks or quantities so as to permit maximum participation by small and minority business, and women's business enterprises; d. Where the requirement permits, establishing delivery schedules which will encourage participation by women's business enterprises and small and minority business; e. Using the services and assistance of the Small Business Administration, and the U.S. Office of Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and f. If any subcontracts are to be let, requiring the prime Contractor to take the affirmative steps in a. through e. above. For the purposes of these requirements, a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) is defined as an enterprise that is at least 51 percent owned and controlled in its daily operation by members of the following groups: Black, Hispanic, Asian or Pacific Islander, American Indian, or Alaskan Natives. A Women Business Enterprise (WBE) is defined as an enterprise that is at least 51 percent owned and controlled in its daily operation by women. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page D-1 2. Suspension and Debarment. (A) This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 2 CFR pt. 180 and 2 CFR pt. 3000. As such, the Contractor is required to verify that none of Contractor's principals (defined at 2 CFR § 180.995) or its affiliates (defined at 2 CFR § 180.905) are excluded (defined at 2 CFR § 180.940) or disqualified (defined at 2 CFR § 180.935). (B) The Contractor must comply with 2 CFR pt. 180, subpart C and 2 CFR pt. 3000, subpart C, and must include a requirement to comply with these regulations in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. (C) This certification is a material representation of fact relied upon by the City of Newport Beach. If it is later determined that the contractor did not comply with 2 CFR pt. 180, subpart C and 2 CFR pt. 3000, subpart C, in addition to remedies available to the City, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. (D) The Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of 2 CFR pt. 180, subpart C and 2 CFR pt. 3000, subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The Contractor further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions. 3. Byrd Anti -Lobbying Amendment, 31 U.S.C. § 1352, as amended. Contractor certifies that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant, or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. § 1352. Contractor shall also disclose any lobbying with non - Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient who in turn will forward the certification(s) to the awarding agency. *Contractors and lower tiers must sign the certification on the last page of this Addendum* 4. Access to Records. (applies to all purchases.) (A) The Contractor agrees to provide the City of Newport Beach, the U.S. Department of Treasury, the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts, and transcriptions. The Contractor agrees to permit any of the foregoing parties to reproduce by any means or to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed, and agrees to cooperate with all such requests. (B) The Contractor agrees to provide the Treasury Department or authorized representatives access to construction or other work sites pertaining to the work being completed under the contract. (C) No language in this contract is intended to prohibit audits or internal reviews by the Treasury Department or the Comptroller General of the United States. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page D-2 5. Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. Contracts or agreements for the performance of experimental, developmental, or research work shall provide for the rights of the Federal Government and the recipient in any resulting invention in accordance with 37 CFR part 401, "Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements," and any applicable implementing regulations. 6. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 327 through 333). Where applicable, all contracts in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers shall include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR part 5). Under Section 3702 of the Act, each contractor shall be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard workweek of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard workweek is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than 1 1/2 times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the workweek. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provides that no laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. 7. Clean Air Act & Federal Water Pollution Control Act (applies to contracts, subcontracts, and purchases of more than $150,000.) (A) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq. (B) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, or regulations issued pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. (C) The Contractor agrees to report each violation of the Clean Air Act and the Water Pollution Control Act to the City of Newport Beach and understands and agrees that the City will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, and the appropriate Environmental Protection Agency Regional Office. (D) Contractor agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $150,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance. 8. Procurement of Recovered Materials: (applies only if the work involves the use of materials) (A) In the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall make maximum use of products containing recovered materials that are EPA -designated items unless the product cannot be acquired: Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page D-3 i. Competitively within a timeframe providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; ii. Meeting contract performance requirements; or iii. At a reasonable price. (B) Information about this requirement, along with the list of EPA- designated items, is available at EPA's Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines web site, https://www.epa.gov/smm/comprehensive- procurement-guideline-cpg-program. (C) The Contractor also agrees to comply with all other applicable requirements of Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act. Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page D-4 BYRD ANTI -LOBBYING CERTIFICATION (31 CFR Part 21, Appendix A) The undersigned certifies, to the best of their knowledge and belief, that: 1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all contractors shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. The Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its certification and disclosure, if any. In addition, the Contractor understands and agrees that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. Ch. 38, Administrative Remedies for False Claims and Stateme ts, ap ly to this certification and disclosure, if any. Date: 9/13/2022 Signatu of Contractor'9 authorized official John Clem (Print name of person signing above) President (Print title of person signing above) Telacu Construction Management, Inc. Page D-5 City of Newport Beach Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 PROPOSAL (Contractor shall submit proposals via the PROPOSAL (Bid Line Items) contained in PlanetBids. Contractor shall sign the below acknowledgement) To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 Councilmembers: The undersigned declares that the Contractor has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials except that material supplied by the City and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. 7524-2 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: 08/10/2022 Date ph. (714) 541-2390 fax (714) 541-9411 Bidder's 'I elephone and Fax Numbers 741851 B Bidder's License No(s). and Classification(s) 1000012893 DIR Registration Number TELACU Construction Management Bidder President Bidder' Aut orize Si nature and Title 604 N. Eckhoff Street Oranger, CA 92868 Bidder's Address Bidder's email address: jclem@TELACU.com PR-1 Vendor Name 1 ELACU Construction Management Address 604 N. Eckhoff St Orange, California 92868 United States Respondee John Clem Respondee Title President Phone 714-541-2390 Email baylor@cutelacu.com Vendor Type License # 741851 CADIR Bid Format Electronic Submitted 08/10/2022 1:58 PM (PD-I) Delivery Method Bid Responsive Bid Status Submitted Confirmation # 300678 File Title File Name File Type BID SUBMITTAL C-7524-2 TELACU Construction BID SUBMITTAL C-7524-2 TELACU Coi istn.iction General Managenient.pcif Management pdf Attachment Bid Bond C-7524-2 I-ELACU Construction Management pelf Bid Bond C-7524-2 TELACU Construction Managenient.pdf Bid Bond ii Shoiaing 22 Subcontractors Name & Address Desc License Num CADIR Advanced Geosolutions Inc Rapid Impact 8524.59 1000009853 13 Orchard Road Compacting 105 Lake Forest, California 92630 Asphalt Fabric and Engineering Asphalt concrete 747934 2683 Lirne Ave paving Signal Hill, California 90755 Bristol Omega Inc. Cabinetry 106030�- 9441 N. Opal ave. mentone, California 92359 Broadway Glass & Mirrors Glazing, 638378 2001 West '16 th street storefronts, nana Long Beach, California 90813 door Choice Builder Solutions Lockers 1032593 17831 Lone Ranger Trl Chino Hills, California 91709 Clark General Contracting Pipe and tube 726205 4747 W State st unit K railings ontario, California 91762 Exclusive Metal IPO Roofing and 1055390 3646 Presley Ave sheet metal Riverside, California 92507 Herdez Acoustics Acoustical Tiling 908292 3841 terrace Dr Oxnard, California 93033 Howard Contracting Inc Grading and 166400 12354 Casson St earthwork and Hawaiian Garclens, California 90716 demolition Hulk Enterprises Concrete and 301390 4352 Lakeview Ave rebar Yorba Linda, California 92886 INLAND OVERHEAD DOOR CO Over Doors 492369 12401 S La Cadena Dr Colton, California 92324 J. Colavin & Son Inc. Filing 260803 5323 Alhambra Ave Los Angeles, California 90032 Luna's Plumbing, inc. Plun-ibing 893222 1485 Spruce St, Unit G Riverside, California 92507 MICHAEL J RODOLA CONSTR CO storm drain, sewer, 447039 2991 LIBERTY DRIVE water utilities PLEASANTON, California 94566 Marina Landscape Inc. Landscape 492862 3707 W Garden Grove Blvd Orange, California 92868 1000004130 1000012779 1000033156 1000060248 Amount Type $84,000,00 $313,630, 00 S97,836.00 S "199,92 "1 00 $46,106.00 DVBE, MBE, VSBL, CADIR 1000046221 S32,292.00 1000537179 S260,163.00 1000019162 S74,500-00 1000006979 S453,00000 10000230,16 S970,400 00 1000017098 $58,000.00 1000001458 S43,880.00 PW-1-R-100067831C S320,250 00 DGS, DBE, MBE, CADIR 1000005904 $345,975,00 10000000/9 $328,044.00 CADIR I i Metro Builders & Engineers Group, L Structural steel 597589 2610 Avon Street Newport Beach, California 92663 Platinum Construction Inc Gypsum drywall 870864 865 S Fast St Anaheim, California 92805 SO CAL FIRE PROTECTION INC Fire sprinkler 898658 14102 HOLT AVE system Santa Ana, California 92705 STAR HARDWARE INC Doors and Frames 766703 20-1 N PONDERS AVE and Hardware Ontario, California 9"1761 Scorpio Enterprises, Inc HVAC 315631 12556 MCcann drive Santa Fe Springs, California 90670-3. Statewide Structures Rough carpentry 992883 15999 Kewanee Rd Apple Valley, California 92307 Tri-Power Electrical Elecoical 1050901 3309 Mira Loma St #106 Anahiem, California 92806 1000002925 5124,300.00 CADIR 10000006755 S107,000.00 1000006291 $34,950 00 1000005159 S115,000.00 DGS, MBE 1000001582 $154,000.00 1000009235 $425,924 00 1000422663 S584,500 00 Discount Terms No DISCOLInt Item N Item Code Type Item Description UOM QTY Unit Price Line Total Response Comment Section 1 $6,430,000.00 1 Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building LS 1 $6,427,500.00 $6,427,500.00 Yes 2 Provide As -Built Plans and Close -Out Documents LS 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 Yes Line Total Grand Total $6,430,000.00 $6,430,000.00 Page 1 of 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT PC) O J- U ADDENDUM NO. 1 Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO 7524-2 DATE: BY:-- C' Engineer TO: ALL PLANHOLDERS The following changes, additions, deletions, or clarifications shall be made to the Contract Documents - all other conditions shall remain the sarne. Bid Opening Time: The Bid Opening Time is revised to 2:00 PM instead of 10:00 AM. The date shall remain on the 10' day of August, 2022. Bidders must sign this Addendum No. 1 and attach it to the bid proposal. Bid may not be considered unless this signed Addendum No. 1 is attached. I have carefully examined this Addendum and have included full payment in my Proposal. TFLACU Construction Management _ Bidder's Name (Please Print) 08 10 2022 _ _ __— Date — N —q� President Authoriz d Signature Title --------� ----- CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 2 Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Project CONTRACT NO. 7524-2 DATE: F 3 202Z BY: te uty Public Works Director/City Engineer TO: ALL PLANHOLDERS AND BIDDERS The following changes, additions, deletions, or clarifications shall be made to the contract documents — all other conditions shall remain the same. REQUEST FOR INFORMATION Q1: Wanted to confirm directly with you whether or not the City was putting the Materials and Testing & Special/Deputy Inspections in the GC's hands, or if the City was actually handling this directly? Al: The City will hire a third party for Materials Testing and Special Inspections Q2: Det. A1/A3.1 East Elevation shows a (rooftop) mechanical screen and Det. 3/S-405 Structural Details shows a section of the said mechanical screen. While the framework is specified (i.e., galy. HSS tube steel), there is nothing provided for the screen itself. Please advise what material shall we figure. A2: Horizontal louver screen is indicated on the drawings Q3: Is there any additional information for the low voltage (telecommunications) portion of this project? I'm trying to find out what preferred cable types, jacks, faceplates, Comm racks/cabinets/ladder racking diagrams, and is there any fiber optics involved? A3: Correct Q4: The section drawing for the metal canopy over the main entrance on Det. D3/A7.9 indicates 'wood soffit' for its underside. Shall we figure WD-1 Wood Composite per the finish schedule for this scope of work? Please confirm. A4: Correct Q5: A couple of subcontractors we invited to bid have called and said the other GC - bidders are saying the project is now a non -prevailing wage project. Can you please confirm once and for all if the project is a public works, prevailing wage project, or a private, non -prevailing wage job? A5: This job requires prevailing wage Q6: Is there a job walk or pre -bid meeting? A6: No, this job will not have a pre -bid job walk Q7: There is no elevation for Supervisor/Staff #103, the elevations for Meeting Group #104 and Hall #106 do not show any countertops. Room A6.1 Finish Schedule shows SSU1 in all three of these areas. Please advise if these rooms will have any countertops. A7: Room finish schedule does not include countertops on #104 and #106; Room #103 does not contain countertops Q8: Can the Water Crossing of the Pier be open cut, or will it need to be bored? A8: Contractor controls means and methods. Q9: Can you please confirm whether builder's risk should include flood and earthquake coverage? A9: Yes, this should be included with your Builder's Risk coverage. Q10: EV Work as shown in the' Deferred Submittal' is included in this Contract? A10: EV work is not part of this contract. Q11: The plans do not show the location of the thermostat and CO2 sensor/s. Please advise. A11: Location of the thermostat and CO2 sensors to be on the west wall of the Meeting Room (room 102) Q12: Items 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 are waiving the contractors right to request any extended overhead or cost of damages in the work completed as result of the City suspending the work. Would you please advise in case of the suspension of the work by the owner, if we can bill the completed work and all the material procured and demobilize and return to work on a mutually accepted schedule of needed? Or we have to keep our team assigned to the project on bench and pay all the associated cost out of pocket until the City decide to restart the work? All 2: This would be addressed as a case -by -case basis and under the circumstances the work is being suspended. It would be best for the project to maintain the project team but once again it will be addressed as a case - by -case scenario. Q13: Item 8.2 "Contractor agrees and acknowledges that no individual performing Work pursuant to this Contract shall: work full-time for more than six (6) months; work regular part-time service of at least an average of twenty (20) hours per week for one year or longer; work nine hundred sixty (960) hours in any fiscal year; or already be a CalPERS member." A13: This section will not be included for this contract. The template provided for bidding is generic. Q14: In Special provisions - SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK its mentioned that "To be qualified to bid this contract, the Contractor shall have successfully constructed or currently working on three (3) California public agency facility contracts in marine environment in excess of $3,000,000 from the past five (5) years. This prior experience, shall be listed within the TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES section of the Contract Documents and submitted with the bid proposal." Would you please advise if there is a chance to remove the Marine Environment experience in the qualification? A14: Please dismiss 'marine environment' but list all relevant and applicable technical experience over $3, 000, 0000 in the past five years. Q15: Would it be possible to remove the "marine environment" criteria for a more competitive bid? A15: Yes, please dismiss the 'marine environment'. Q16: The finish schedule on plan sheet A6.1shows ceramic tiles CT-1 thru CT-4 for the Donor Wall. Under the Special Provisions, however, particularly on page 13, we are to include in our bid $25,000 allowance for the 'procurement, delivery, and installation of Donor Wall as sown (sic) in the contract documents to be defined by the Engineer during the work. A16: Ceramic tile CT-1 thru CT-4 shown as base scope for intended design. The donor allowance would be in addition to that. Elevation B1/A3.1 reflects overall donor wall area. Q17: Per T-12 in Description the "existing building shall be removed". Please advise if this is Part of the scope of work of this bid. A17: This is not part of this contract. Q18: T-13 has 2 plans for existing and future locker room layout. Please clarify if we have to change the locker room layout in the future and during the project. A18: This is not part of this contract. Q19: Window schedule for KK LL MM not included in current window schedule. Please advise. A19: Per notes on Floor Plan, See enlarged plan B31A7.3 and details C31A7. 3 Q20: Is FF & E part of the scope and we have to provide the furniture? If so, please provide the model Number for the Refrigerator and TV. A20: These items will be part of the FF&E allowance. Bidders must sign this Addendum No 2 and attach it to the bid proposal A bid may be deemed unresponsive unless this signed Addendum No 2 is attached I have carefully examined this Addendum and have included full payment in my Proposal. TELACU Construction Management Bidder's Name (Please Print) 08/10/2022 Date President Authoriz nature Title CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INDEX FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS NEWPORT BEACH JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 SECTION 1- TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS 1 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 1 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE 2-9 SURVEYING 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers 2-9.2 Survey Service SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-3 EXTRA WORK 3-3.2 Payment 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Cost 3-3.2.3 Markup SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements 4-1.3.1 General SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION 5-1.1 General 5-2 PROTECTION 5-4 RELOCATION 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 5 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6 6-1.0 Construction Supervision 6 6-1.1 Construction Schedule 6 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 6-7.1 General 6 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY 7 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR g 7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILIITIES 8 7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services 8 7-2 LABOR 8 7-2.2 Prevailing Wages 8 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK 9 7-8 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 9 7-8.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials 10 7-8.4.2 Storage in Public Streets 10 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control 10 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) 10 7-10 SAFETY 10 7-10.3 Haul Routes 10 7-10.4 Safety 11 7-10.4.1 Work Site Safety 11 7-10.5 Security and Protective Devices 11 7-10.5.3 Steel Plate Covers 11 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 11 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK 11 9-3 PAYMENT 11 9-3.1 General 11 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. 13 PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 13 SECTION 200 — ROCK MATERIALS 13 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 13 200-2.1 General 14 SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 14 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 14 201-1.1 Requirements 14 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class 14 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 14 201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement 14 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel 14 SECTION 203 — BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 14 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE 14 SECTION 215 — BUILDING MATERIALS 14 SECTION 214 —TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 14 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS 14 214-4.1 General 14 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS 15 214-6.3 Non -Reflective Pavement Markers 15 214-6.3.1 General 15 214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers 15 214-6.4.1 General 15 SECTION 215 - TRAFFIC SIGNS 15 PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS 15 SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials 300-1.3.1 General SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 302-6.7 Traffic and Use Provisions PART 6 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 600 -ACCESS 600-1 GENERAL 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS 600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS SECTION 601— WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL 601-1 GENERAL 601-2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP) 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS Newport Beach Junio Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7524-2 INTRODUCTION All work necessary for the completion of this contract shall be done in accordance with (1) the ARCHITECT'S Project Manual dated June 1, 2022 attached hereto; (2) these Special Provisions; (3) the Plans (Drawing No. B-5300-S); (4) the Building Materials Survey Report; (5) Cal OSHA and SCAQMD Rules and Procedures; (6) the City's Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction (Current Edition) http://www.newportbeachca.gov/government/departments/public- works/resources; (7) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2015 Edition), including supplements (Green Book); (8) the applicable Codes shown on the Plans; (9) American Public Works Association Standard Drawings, Latest Edition; and (10) Building Permits. Copies of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction may be purchased online at www.bnibooks.com/products/standard-specifications-public-works-construction or call 888-BNI BOOK (888-264-2665). The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as referenced and stated hereinafter: PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 1 — TERMS_ , DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS UNITS OF MEASURE AND SYMBOLS 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Add the following definition: City — City of Newport Beach Page 1 of 18 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT At the time of the award and until completion of work, the contractors working on this Project shall comply with the following licensing requirements. • The contractor awarded the Project: General Building "B". • The contractor(s) performing non -building work shall be appropriately licensed by the State of California for their work. From the start of work until project completion, the Contractor and all Sub -contractors shall possess a valid Business License issued by the City of Newport Beach. To be qualified to bid this contract, the Contractor shall have successfully constructed or currently working on three (3) California public agency facility contracts in marine environment in excess of $3,000,000 from the past five (5) years. This prior experience, shall be listed within the TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES section of the Contract Documents and submitted with the bid proposal. The City reserves the right to reject the bid of any bidder who, upon investigation, has been determined to have failed to complete similar contracts successfully. Such rejection would, if applicable, be based upon the principle that the bidder is "non -responsible" and poses a substantial risk of being unable to complete the work in a cost-effective, professional and timely manner. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents If there is a conflict or discrepancy between different Contract Documents, the more stringent requirement as determined by the Engineer shall control. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE Add to this Section, The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of: Obtaining City Building Permits; removing and disposing of the existing on/off-site improvements; surveying; maintaining WQMP; constructing new Junior Lifeguard Building, parking, landscape and the associated utilities; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with utility companies and IT installations; all testing/balancing for building and completing landscaping establishment and maintenance. 2-9 SURVEYING Page 2 of 18 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, a minimum of 7 days prior to the start of work, a list of controlling survey monuments which may be disturbed. The Contractor shall: a) set survey points outside the affected work area that reference and locate each controlling survey monument that may be disturbed, b) file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after setting the survey points to be used for re-establishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments, and c) file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after reestablishment of the disturbed (permanent) controlling survey monuments. The Contractor shall protect all survey monuments during construction operations. In the event that existing survey monuments are removed or otherwise disturbed during the course of work, the Contractor shall restore the affected survey monuments at his sole expense. The Contractor's Licensed Surveyor shall file the required Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor upon monument restoration. Existing street centerline ties and property corner monuments are to be preserved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of restoring all survey ties and/or monuments damaged by the Work. 2-9.2 Survey Service Delete this section and replace with the following: The Contractor's California Licensed Land Surveyor shall utilize/follow the existing City survey records used for the project design to provide all construction survey services that are required to construct the improvements. The Architect of Record is Jeff Katz Architects. They can be contacted at (707) 544-3920. A minimum of two (2) sets of cut -sheets shall be included in the bid price and copies of each set shall be provided to City 48-hours in advance of any work. If the filing of a Corner Record and/or a Record of Survey with the County Surveyor's Office is required, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the Corner Records for review by the City a minimum of three (3) working days before the start of any Work. SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-3 EXTRA WORK 3-3.2 Payment 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Cost 3-3.2.2.3 Tool and Equipment Rental Page 3 of 18 Tool and equipment rental rates shall be based on the current Caltrans rental rates. 3-3.2.3 Markup 3-3.2.3.1 Work by the Contractor Delete this section and replace with the following: The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs (prior to any markups) and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profit: 1) Labor ............................................ 10 2) Materials ....................................... 10 3) Equipment Rental ........................... 10 4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 10 To the sum of the costs and markups provided in this subsection, one (1) percent may be added as compensation for bonding. 3-3.2.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor Delete this section and replace with the following: When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3.1 shall be applied by the Subcontractor to the actual costs (prior to any markups) and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profit. An additional markup of five (5) percent of the subcontracted actual cost (prior to any markups) may be added by the Contractor. To the sum of the costs and markups provided in this subsection, one (1) percent may be added as compensation for bonding. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements 4-1.3.1 General All material and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48-hours minimum) notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. Submittals are required for all construction material. The Engineer shall select an independent testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Standard Special Provisions and these Special Provisions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in Page 4 of 18 which the Contractor executed the work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for by the Contractor. SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION 5-1.1 General The Contractor is responsible for, and shall at his or her expense, pothole all existing utilities which may be affected by the work to verify points of connection and potential conflicts. No segment of work shall begin until the contractor has potholed and verified points of connection and related connection material requirements, and coordinated the final/existing layout of the laterals/pipeline with the Engineer, including adjustments due to field conflicts with other utilities or structures above or below ground. Within seven (7) calendar days after completion of the work or phase of work, the Contractor shall remove all USA utility markings. Removal by sandblasting is not allowed. Any surface damaged by the removal effort shall be repaired to its pre -construction condition or better at the contractor's expense. 5-2 PROTECTION In the event that an existing pull box, meter box or any other utility box is damaged by the Work and is not re -useable, the Contractor shall provide and install a new replacement pull box, meter box or any other utility box of identical type and size at no additional cost to the City. 5-4 RELOCATION All City owned pull boxes, water meter boxes, water valve boxes, sewer cleanout boxes and survey monument boxes (collectively known as "utility boxes") which are affected by the Work shall be replaced to finish grade with new utility boxes. During asphalt paving operation, manholes within paving area shall be temporarily lowered and covered. Upon completion of paving operation, manholes shall be permanently adjusted to finish grade. The Contractor will be required to contact Southern California Edison, The Gas Company, cable television companies, telecommunication companies and any other utility companies to have their existing utilities adjusted to finish grade. The Contractor shall coordinate with each utility company for the adjustment of their facilities in advance of work to avoid potential delays to the project schedule. The Contractor shall provide the necessary survey control for all utility companies to adjust boxes and vaults to the final grade. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with these companies for inspection of the work. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK Page 5 of 18 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6-1.0 Construction Supervision The timely and quality completion of the work is of paramount importance to the City. As such, the contractor shall have full time superintendence for the entire contract. 6-1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Add to this section: "The time of completion as specified in Section 6-7, shall commence on the date of the `Notice to Proceed.' Work related to the preparation of the NEWPORT BEACH JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT shall be completed by May 26, 2023. This work shall include, but not limited to, site demolition; grading; constructing all utilities, all hardscape and flatwork; installing irrigation and lighting systems, all trees and site furnishings; and placing all traffic striping. To accomplish this, the following schedule shall be maintained: • Tuesday, August 23, 2022 Council will consider awarding Contact 7524-2. • The contractor who receives the award shall expedite all required contract documents, submittals, construction notifications, insurance, bonds, and contract shall be full executed by September 6, 2022. • If work is not completed in May 26, 2023, remobilization will not be compensated if work is required after summer (Labor Day). 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6-7.1 General The Contractor shall complete all construction work under Contract by May 26, 2023, inclusive of all non -work holidays. The time spent on arranging, coordinating, and accommodating the utility companies to install the necessary utilities to complete the Project functional and in place; completing the as -built plans; and obtaining Building Permit Final and building occupancy shall have been included in the 162 consecutive working day allotted above. The 60-day plant establishment and maintenance period is in addition to the above allotment. Normal working hours are limited to 7:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., outside of the working hours. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:00 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. on weekdays or 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays only. A request for working Page 6 of 18 The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., outside of the working hours. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:00 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. on weekdays or 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays only. A request for working outside the normal working hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $146 per hour when such time periods are approved. City Council adopted Ordinance No. 2019-9 restricting construction -related noise on Saturday in the designated High -Density Areas; as well as requiring a project information sign for new construction and substantial remodels. The High -Density Area map identifies the following: Balboa Island, Balboa Peninsula, Bay Island, Bay Shores, Collins Island, Corona Del Mar Village, Harbor Island, Linda Isle, Lido Isle, West Newport and Newport Shores (Exhibit A of Ordinance No. 2019-9). Violations of the City ordinance will be subject to code enforcement actions and citations pursuant to the provisions of NBMC § 10.28.040 and NBMC § 1.04.10. The following days are designated City holidays and are non -working days: 1. January 1 st (New Year's Day) 2. Third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day) 3. Third Monday in February (President's Day) 4. Last Monday in May (Memorial Day) 5. July 4th (Independence Day) 6. First Monday in September (Labor Day) 7. November 11th (Veterans Day) 8. Fourth Thursday and Friday in November (Thanksgiving and Friday after) 9. December 24th, (Christmas Eve) 10. December 25th (Christmas) 11. December 26th thru 30th (City Office Closure) 12. December 31 st (New Year's Eve) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday will be considered the holiday. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, the Friday before will be considered the holiday. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY Prior to acceptance of work, the Contractor shall submit a full-size set of plans to the Engineer. Retention payment and bonds will not be released until the as -built plans are reviewed and approved by the Engineer. A set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. The Contractor shall maintain as -built drawings of all work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up-to-date and reviewed by the Engineer at the time each Page 7 of 18 progress payment is submitted. Any changes to the approved plans that have been made with approval from the Engineer shall be documented on the as -built plans. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least three years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. Suitable facilities are to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES For each consecutive calendar day after the time specified in Section 6-7.1 for completion of the work, the Contractor shall pay to the City or have withheld from moneys due it, the daily sum of 2 500.00. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the City and Contractor that the above liquidated damages per calendar day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. The intent of this section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting the work in an orderly preplanned continuous sequence so as to minimize inconvenience to residences, businesses, vehicular and pedestrian traffic, and the public as a result of construction operations. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILIITIES 7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services If the Contractor elects to use City water, Contractor shall arrange for a meter and tender a $973.00 meter deposit with the City. Upon return of the meter to the City, the deposit will be returned to the Contractor, less a $90 monthly charge for meter use, a charge for water usage and any repair charges for damage to the meter. Water used during construction shall be paid for by the Contractor. This includes water for flushing and pressure testing water lines, compaction, dust control, irrigation during maintenance period for landscaping, etc. City shall designate to the Contractor the location of the fire hydrant or other connection acceptable for drawing of construction and temporary water. City reserves the right to limit the location, times and rates of drawing such water. 7-2 LABOR 7-2.2 Prevailing Wages Page 8 of 18 In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1720.9, hauling and delivery of ready - mixed concrete for public works contracts are subject to prevailing wages. 7-5 PERMITS. Replace this section with "The project is deemed 'permit ready' by the City's Building Division (Plan Check No. 0929-2022). The Contractor shall obtain building permits from the Building Department prior to starting work and submit any and all submittals for Building Department review per contract documents. City of Newport Beach Building Division permit and normal inspection fees shall be waived." 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK City forces will perform all shut downs of water, sewer and storm drain facilities as required. The Contractor shall provide the City advanced notice a minimum of seven calendar days prior to the time contractor desires the shutdown these City facilities. A four-hour shut down of water facilities during the daytime hours of 10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. or a six -hour shut down between the nighttime hours of 11:00 p.m. to 5:00 a.m. will be allowed. The Contractor will be responsible for completing all water connections within the time period allowed. The times and dates of any utility to be shut down must be coordinated with the Engineer. It is the Contractor's responsibility to notify the affected businesses and residents of the upcoming water shutdown with a form provided by the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of the water shut down. 7-8 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE Add to this Section: "The Contractor shall: 1. Make every effort to conduct the work in a manner that will not interfere with the ingress/egress of the adjoining public streets/alleys. 2. Provide and maintain gravel beds and "shaker plates" at job site ingress/egress locations to minimize the tracking of errant materials onto the public alleys and streets. 3. Apply dust controls whenever airborne errant dust is observed. 4. Remove all construction debris from the work site at the end of each work day. 5. Provide restrooms and trash service for the construction personnel. 6. Provide alleys sweeper service to mechanically and/or manually remove errant construction debris and dust as directly by the engineer. 7. Provide reasonable cleaning service as directed by the Engineer to remove dust and other errant debris that were not controlled during the construction and have Page 9 of 18 deposited upon the neighbors' parked vehicles, building windows, planters, landscaping, etc. 7-8.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials 7-8.4.2 Storage in Public Streets Construction materials and equipment may only be stored in streets, roads, or sidewalk areas if approved by the Engineer in advance. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain an area for the storage of equipment and materials. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of a site for storage of equipment and materials prior to arranging for or delivering equipment and materials to the site. Prior to move -in, the Contractor shall take photos of the laydown area. The Contractor shall restore the laydown area to its pre -construction condition. The Engineer may require new base and pavement if the pavement condition has been compromised during construction. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) The Contractor shall submit a Best Management Practice (BMP) plan for containing any wastewater or storm water runoff from the project site including, but not limited to the following: a. No placement of construction materials where they could enter storm drain system, which includes gutters that lead to catch basins. b. Checking construction vehicles for leaking fluids. c. Providing a controlled area for cleaning or rinse -down activities. d. Monitoring construction activities. e. Minimizing usage of water when saw -cutting and vacuum the residue. f. Providing measures to capture or vacuum -up water contaminated with construction debris. g. Removing any construction related debris on a daily basis. h. Protecting work areas from erosion. The BMP will be approved by the Engineer prior to any work. The City will monitor the adjacent storm drains and streets for compliance. Failure of the Contractor to follow BMP will result in immediate cleanup by City and back -charging the Contractor for all costs plus 15 percent. The Contractor may also receive a separate administrative citation per Section 14.36.030 of the City's Municipal Code. 7-10 SAFETY 7-10.3 Haul Routes Haul routes shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. Page 10 of 18 7-10.4 Safety 7-10.4.1 Work Site Safety The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. The Contractor shall fully comply with all state, federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. The right of the Engineer or the City's representative to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's performance shall not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site. 7-10.5 Security and Protective Devices 7-10.5.3 Steel Plate Covers Steel plates utilized for trenching shall be the slip resistant type per Caltrans standards. In addition, steel plates on asphalt pavement shall be pinned and recessed flush with existing pavement surface. SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK Contractor shall submit a detailed schedule of value for all lump sum bid items to the Engineer within 15 days after award of contract. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General Revise paragraph two to read: The unit and lump sum bid prices for each item of work shown on the proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work, including restoring all existing improvements, to complete the item of work in place and no other compensation will be allowed thereafter. Payment for incidental items of work not separately listed shall be included in the prices shown for the other related items of work. The following items of work pertain to the bid items included within the Proposal: Item No. 1 Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building: Work under this Item shall include all of the costs necessary to complete all of the work shown on the plans and in the contract documents, complete and in place. The following is only a suggested listing of work items that need further itemization on the Schedule of Values to be submitted to the Engineer upon project award to the low responsible bidder by the Newport Beach City Council. The cost of all other items of work that are not specifically listed as required but are customary to be completed as a prerequisite for a fully functional facility shall have been included in the bid and no additional compensation shall be made. Page 11 of 18 • Mobilization and Demobilization: This work shall include providing bonds, insurance and financing, establishing a field office, preparing the BMP Plan and construction schedule, providing and maintaining sanitary facilities for the workers, and all other related work as required by the Contract Documents. It shall also include work to demobilize from the project site including but not limited to site cleanup, removal of USA Markings and providing any required documentation as noted in these Special Provisions. No cleaning of the portable sanitary facilities can be performed at the jobsite or within a populated area. In other words, the filled portable sanitary facilities shall be replaced with cleaned units brought onto the job site. • Surveying Services: This work shall include the cost of construction staking, final grades, all horizontal alignment, as -built field notes, replacing and filing Corner Records, and other survey items as required to complete the work in place. • Removals: This work shall include all of the costs needed to remove and dispose of all of the existing improvements that need to be removed such as below pipes, and other interfering items in order to space for the new improvements described in the Contract Documents. Since the Work adjoins private properties, the Contractor shall not deploy construction methods that will cause excess disturbance and/or damage to the neighboring properties. At no additional cost to the City, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to change the construction means -and -methods if the City received credible concerns from the neighbors caused by the construction activities. The cost of all site and below grade preparation work required by the various Reports in the Contract Documents prior to constructing the improvements described in the Contract Documents shall be made a part of the price bid. • Utilities Coordination: This work shall include all of the costs needed to complete the work listed under Section 5-4 of these Special Provisions and Architect's Technical Specifications. • Project Site Maintenance: This work shall include all of the costs needed to complete the work listed under Section 7-8 of these Special Provisions and Architect's Technical Specifications. • Construct New Improvements: This work shall include all of the costs needed to provide, install, furnish, and construct, all of the new improvements and items described in the Contract Documents complete and in place, including contractor design/build fire alarms and sprinkler systems; addressing all deferred submittals and Building Division permit requirements. The building shall be delivered to the City fully functional. The cost of all required building tests for water tightness and Page 12 of 18 as required by the Building Permits; HVAC system balancing; and attic stock per the Architect's Technical Specifications shall be made as a part of the price bid. • Third Party Installation Coordination: This work shall include all of the costs needed for the contractor to coordinate and cooperate with the third -party crews, such as, IT, Recreation and Lifeguard Divisions, Utilities, etc. inside the building. The cost of temporary stopping of work as needed to accommodate these installations shall have been made a part of the bid. • Donor Wall: The Contractor shall have included in its bid a $25,000 allowance for the procurement, delivery, and installation of donor wall as shown in the contract documents to be defined by the Engineer during the work. • Furniture, FF+E: The Contractor shall have included in its bid a $60,000 allowance for the procurement, delivery, and installation of furniture, wall mounted clocks, televisions, monitors, framed graphic pieces, decorations, etc. items to be selected by the Engineer during the work. • 60-Day Plant Establishment and Maintenance Period: Work shall include the cost of all labor, equipment and materials including, but not limited to, manpower, fertilizers, irrigation system inspection and operation, plant materials, supervision and all other items necessary to establish and maintain the landscaping for the entire period. Item No. 2 Provide As -Built Plans and Close-out Documents: Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, all labor, tools, equipment and material costs for all actions necessary to provide as -built drawings and closeout documents. These drawings must be kept up to date and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to request for monthly payments. An amount of $5,000.00 is determined for this bid item. The intent of this pre-set amount is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of as -build drawings. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. From each progress payment, five (5) percent will be retained by the City, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. Partial payments for mobilization and traffic control shall be made in accordance with Section 10264 of the California Public Contract Code. PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 — ROCK MATERIALS 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS Page 13 of 18 200-2.1 General Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be used as the untreated base material. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 201-1.1 Requirements 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class Portland cement concrete shall be Class 560-C-3250 unless shown otherwise on the plans. 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 steel conforming to ASTM A 775 with 2-inch minimum cover unless shown otherwise on the plans. SECTION 203 — BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures 203-6.4.3 Composition of Grading Add to this Section: "Asphalt Concrete shall be C2 64-10." 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE SECTION 215 — BUILDING MATERIALS 215-1 ATTIC STOCK Shall be defined as "Flooring, paint, light bulbs, ballasts, ceiling panels/tiles, special finishes, special order products, and other items that are not readily available from the neighborhood hardware stores." SECTION 214 — TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS 214-4.1 General Page 14 of 18 Temporary striping shall be Rapid Dry paint. Final striping shall be reflectorized thermoplastic. 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS All pavement markers shall comply with Section 85 of the State of California Standard Specifications. 214-6.3 Non -Reflective Pavement Markers 214-6.3.1 General All new non -reflective pavement markers Types A and AY shall be ceramic. 214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers 214-6.4.1 General All retroreflective pavement markers shall be 3M Series 290 with glass -covered faces, or approved equal. SECTION 215 - TRAFFIC SIGNS Signs shall be standard size per the California MUTCD unless otherwise shown. Retroreflective sheeting shall be Type 4 or greater. Sign shall be made of aluminum (0.08 inch thickness). New sign posts shall be 14 gauge 2 inch square (OD) unistrut installed into a 12 gauge 2 1/4 inch unistrut (OD) base. Sign mounting hardware and brackets shall be stainless steel. Unless otherwise specified, mounting hardware shall be 5/16"-18. PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials Removal and disposal of material shall be done by City approved licensed and Franchised Commercial Solid Waste Haulers. A current list of approved haulers can be found on the City's website at: http://newportbeachca.gov/index.aspx?page=157 and then selecting the link for Franchised Haulers List. 300-1.3.1 General Page 15 of 18 The Contractor shall maintain the job site in a clean and safe condition. The Contractor shall remove any broken concrete, debris or other deleterious material from the job site at the end of each workday or as directed by the Engineer. All areas of roadway removal and replacement shall have a minimum trench width of 3-feet to facilitate maximum compaction. Contractor shall meet with the Engineer to mark out the areas of roadway removal and replacement. Non -reinforced concrete and asphalt wastes generated from the job site shall be disposed of at a facility that crushes such materials for reuse. Excess soil and other recyclable solid wastes shall not be disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall maintain monthly tonnage records of total solid wastes generated and solid wastes disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall report said tonnage monthly to the Engineer and provide appropriate confirmation documentation from the recycling facility. All material disposal manifests shall be provided to the Engineer prior to release of final retention. The Contractor shall dispose of all excess or waste material and shall include all fees for such disposal in the appropriate bid items. SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 302-6.7 Traffic and Use Provisions The Contractor shall not allow vehicular traffic on new concrete until the concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi. High early strength concrete may be attained to meet the time constraints by the use of additional Portland cement or chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 201-1 and with prior approval of the Engineer. The cost of high early strength concrete shall be included in the unit prices for all concrete bid items. PART 6 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 600 -ACCESS 600-1 GENERAL Ten (10) working days prior to starting work, the Contractor shall distribute construction notices to residents within 500 feet of the project, describing the project and indicating the limits of construction. The City will provide the notices. Forty-eight (48) hours prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall distribute to the residents a second written notice prepared by the City clearly indicating specific dates in the space provided on the notices when construction operations will start for each block Page 16 of 18 or street. An interruption of work at any location in excess of 14 calendar days shall require re -notification. The Contractor shall insert the applicable dates and times at the time the notices are distributed. The written notices will be prepared by the City, but shall be completed and distributed by the Contractor. Errors in distribution, false starts, acts of God, strikes or other alterations of the schedule will require Contractor re -notification using an explanatory letter furnished by the City. 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS The Contractor shall install and maintain in place "NO PARKING -TOW AWAY" signs (even if streets have posted "NO PARKING" signs) which shall be posted at least forty- eight hours in advance of the need for enforcement. The signs will be provided by the City at no cost to the Contractor. However, the City reserves the right to charge $2.00 per sign following any excessive abuse or wastage of the signs by the Contractor. In addition, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the City's Police Department at (949) 644-3717 for verification of posting at least forty-eight hours in advance of the need for enforcement. City "Temporary Tow -Away, No Parking" signs are available at the Public Works Department public counter. The Contractor shall print the hours and dates of parking restriction on the "NO PARKING -TOW AWAY" sign in 2-inch high non -erase letters and numbers. A sample of the completed sign shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to posting. 600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS Pedestrian access to all storefronts, offices, residences, etc., within the limits of work must be maintained at all times. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer to provide advance notice to any and all establishments whose access will be impacted by construction operations, particularly sidewalk construction. SECTION 601 — WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL 601-1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish and install signage, barricades, delineators, yellow safety ribbons, and any other measures deemed necessary by the Engineer to safely direct the public around areas of construction, and into and out of the affected establishments. 601-2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP) The Contractor shall provide traffic control and access in accordance with Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and the WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL HANDBOOK (W.A.T.C.H.), Latest Edition. Traffic control and detours shall incorporate the following items: 1. Emergency vehicle access shall be maintained at all times. Page 17 of 18 2. The locations and wordings of all barricades, signs, delineators, lights, warning devices, parking restrictions, and any other required details shall ensure that all pedestrian and vehicular traffic will be handled in a safe manner with a minimum of inconvenience to the public. 3. All advanced warning sign installations shall be reflectorized and/or lighted. 4. The Contractor shall accommodate the City's trash collection. If the Contractor elects to work on a street or alley during its trash collection day, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make alternative trash collection arrangements by contacting the City's Refuse Superintendent, at (949) 718-3466 and all affected property owners. 5. At a minimum, the Contractor shall maintain one lane of traffic in each direction at all times when completing the work. 6. Sidewalk closures in residential areas, or as determined by the City, shall be set with barricades and SIDEWALK CLOSED signs on barricades at the closure. 7. Bike lane closures shall have BIKE LANE CLOSED AHEAD, BIKE LANE CLOSED, and SHARE THE ROAD/BICYCLE WARNING (combination) signs mounted on barricades in order on the approach and at the closure. The Contractor shall fully comply with the following ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS which augments, but are not referenced to, sections of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. Page 18 of 18 LL] PROJECT MANUAL for NEWPORT BEACH Junior Lifeguard Building 901 E. Ocean Front, Newport Beach, CA 92661 Bid Set 07/13/22 Volume 1 of 2 JKAARCHITECTURE 6353 Del Cerro Blvd, San Diego, CA 92120 TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume 1 DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 Summary 01 2500 Substitution Procedure 01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures 01 2900 Payment Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 3223 Photographic Documentation 01 3300 Submittal Procedures 01 4000 Quality Requirement 01 4200 References 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 5723 Temporary Storm Water Pollution Control 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 7300 Execution 01 7419 Construction Waste Management 01 7700 Closeout Procedures 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 7839 Project Record Documents 01 7900 Demonstration and Training DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 40 00 Demolition DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 0331 00 Concrete Work 03 33 50 Architectural Concrete 03 35 43 Polished Concrete Finishing DIVISION 05 — METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 0551 33 Metal Ladders 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings 05 70 00 Decorative Metals DIVISION 06 — WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 06 20 Decorative Laminate 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry A I TOC 06 10 60 Sheathing 06 20 23 Interior Finish Carpentry 0611 16 Plastic Laminate -Clad Architectural Cabinets 0661 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications 06 73 00 Composite Decking & Soffit DIVISION 07 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 12 11 Under Slab Vapor Barrier 0721 00 Thermal Insulation 07 54 23 Thermoplastic- Polyolefin Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0771 13 Premanufactured Coping and Edge Systems 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 22 20 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 0831 13 Access Doors and Frames 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 33 26 Overhead Coiling Grilles 08 35 13.10 Folding Glass Doors (Exterior) 08 35 13.11 Folding Glass Doors (Interior) 0841 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefront 08 62 50 Tubular Skylights (Solatube) 0871 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 00 Tiling 09 50 00 Acoustical Tile Ceiling 09 72 61 Solid Surface Wet Wall Assembly & Shower Base 09 84 00 Cementitious Wood Fiber Ceiling 0991 23 Interior Painting DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES 10 26 00 Wall and Door Protection 10 28 00 Toilet, bath, & Laundry Accessories 10 44 13 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets 10 44 16 Fire Extinguishers 1051 26 Plastic Lockers DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS 12 48 13 Entrance Floor Mats & Frames 12 93 13 Bicycle Parking Racks B I TOC 12 93 16 Bicycle Storage Racks DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING 22 04 00 Plumbing DIVISION 23 — HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 00 00 Mechanical General Provisions 23 30 00 Heating, ventilating and Air Conditioning DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 25 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 44 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceway and Cabling 26 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices 26 24 13 Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 28 13 Fuses 2651 19 LED Interior Lighting 26 56 19 LED Exterior Lighting DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 27 05 28 Pathway for Communications Systems 27 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 27 05 36 Cable Trays for Communications Systems 27 05 44 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways & Cabling 27 05 53 Identification for Communications Systems 27 15 13 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing 31 2333 Trenching and Backfilling DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 Concrete for Exterior Improvements 32 12 00 Asphalt Concrete Pavement 32 88 00 Irrigation System 32 90 00 Landscaping DIVISION 33 — UTILITIES C I TOC 33 05 15 Utility Structures 33 10 00 Water Utilities 33 30 00 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities 33 40 00 Storm Drainage Utilities Volume 2 Document-1 Preliminary Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Includes APPENDIX L. Document-2 GEOCON - Review Letter for Structural, Civil and Landscape Plan. Document-3 Geotechnical Engineering Investigation: Proposed Junior Lifeguard Facility 50 Main Street, Newport Beach, California — revised February 1, 2022. Geovision Report dated: June 30, 2022 Document-4 Addendum to Geotechnical Investigation Clarification of Rapid Impact Compaction Recommendations. Document-5 City of Newport, Public Works Department, Special Provisions. D I TOC SECTION 0110 00 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Phased construction. 4. Work under separate contracts. 5. Access. 6. Coordination with occupants. 7. Work Restrictions. 8. Specification and drawing conventions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.2 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: City of Newport Beach, Junior Lifeguard Building 1. Project Location: 901 East Ocean Front, Newport Beach, CA B. Owner: City of Newport Beach 1. Owner's Representative: Peter Tauscher C. Architect: Jeff Katz Architecture, Jeff Katz, email: jeff@jeffkatzarchitecture.com D. Contractor: To be decided after the bidding and negotiation process 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. Construction of a new 5,400 Sq ft Junior Lifeguard facility located within the 'A' Street Parking area. 2. Works includes a 370 sq ft overed deck and a 1,350 sq ft open area. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUMMARY 0110 00 1/3 B. Type of Contract. 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.4 PHASED CONSTRUCTION A. The Work shall be conducted in a single phase and at substantial completion, will commence the handover to the City of Newport Beach Officials. B. Before commencing Work, submit an updated copy of Contractor's construction schedule showing the sequence, commencement, and completion date, and move -out and takeover by the City's personnel. 1.5 ACCESS A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to work in areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations to areas where work is permitted. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Public. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site. 1.6 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Notices to Residents. Refer to Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor in the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Special Provisions. 1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. B. The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., before or after the normal working hours outlined in the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Special Provisions. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUMMARY 0110 00 2/3 C. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. 1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUMMARY 0110 00 3/3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 1.3 SECTION 0125 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used below are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions". The following are not considered substitutions: 1. Substitutions requested by Bidders during the bidding period, and accepted prior to award of Contract, are considered as included in the Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. 2. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the General Contractor and Project Architect. 3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and order issued by governing bodies. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided in Project Manual. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication, or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 0125 00 1/5 b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. I. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within (7) Seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within (15) Fifteen days of receipt of request, or (7) Seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 0125 00 2/5 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than (15) Fifteen days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. Substitutions are the sole discretion of the Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. C. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. d. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. e. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. g. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 0125 00 3/5 PART 3 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Failure to complete this form with information required will nullify any request for substitution. TO: PROJECT: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Attach complete technical data, including laboratory test, if applicable. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No . If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? C. What affect does substitution have on other trades? D. What affect does substitution have on applicable code requirements? E. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? F. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different (explain on attachment) For Use by Design Consultant Accepted Accepted as Noted Not Accepted Received Too Late Approved as alternate — See Bid Form ****************************************************************************** City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 0125 00 4/5 PART 4 -CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE The undersigned states that the function, appearance, and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: Signature Firm Address Telephone Title By Date Remarks Signature must be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 0125 00 5/5 SECTION 0126 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within (20) Twenty days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. C. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor -Initiated Work Change Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 0126 00 1/2 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Work Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 0126 00 2/2 SECTION 0129 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 0126 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Section 0132 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than [7] Seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. C. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of [5] Five percent of the Contract Sum. 3. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include material or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PAYMENT PROCEDURES 0129 00 1/4 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line -item value of unit -cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 6. Overhead Costs: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each line item. 7. Overhead Costs: Show cost of temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in -place as separate items. 8. Closeout Costs: Include separate line items under the Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling (5) Five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 9. Schedule of Values Revisions: Update and resubmit the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. 1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment (7) Seven days prior to due date for review by Architect. C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 3. Include amounts of Change Order and Construction Change Directive issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit [3] Three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PAYMENT PROCEDURES 0129 00 2/4 from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Sustainable design action plans. 6. Schedule of unit prices. 7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 8. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 9. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 10. Copies of building permits. 11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 12. Initial progress report. 13. Report of preconstruction conference. 14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 15. Performance and payment bonds. 16. Date needed to acquire Owner's insurance. H. Application for Payment at Completion: The City is the only authority who can deem the project is complete and release final payment. Retention is held per contract with the City. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PAYMENT PROCEDURES 0129 00 3/4 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PAYMENT PROCEDURES 0129 00 4/4 SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Coordination drawings. 2. Requests for Information (RFIs). 3. Project meetings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field - engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 1.4 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 1/8 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 1.5 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project -specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. b. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 2/8 1.6 1. Site Plan: Show Civil, Landscape, irrigation, and underground utilities. Show locations of capped utilities on site. 2. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 4. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. 5. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 6. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 7. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that, in general, the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit. C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1. File Preparation Format: a. 2021 AutoCad DWG version. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 3/8 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. C. RFI Forms: Software -generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven (7) working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within Ten (10) days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log. Use software log to Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 4/8 1.7 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven (7) days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: The Construction Manager will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three (3 days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than Fifteen (15) days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items. C. Designation of key personnel and their duties. d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. e. Procedures for RFIs. f. Procedures for testing and inspecting. g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. h. Distribution of the Contract Documents. i. Submittal procedures. City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 5/8 j. Preparation of record documents. k. Use of the site and premises. I. Work restrictions. M. Working hours. n. Owner's occupancy requirements. o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. P. Procedures for moisture and mold control. q. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. r. Construction waste management and recycling. S. Parking availability. t. Office, work, and storage areas. U. Equipment deliveries and priorities. V. First aid. W. Security. X. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Owner's representative of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. C. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility problems. k. Time schedules. I. Weather limitations. M. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. P. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 6/8 S. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. U. Installation procedures. V. Coordination with other work. W. Required performance results. X. Protection of adjacent work. Y. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Progress Meetings: The contractor's Construction Manager will conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off -site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 7/8 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 1S) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bi Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 8/8 SECTION 0132 00 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Construction schedule updating reports. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Site condition reports. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. C. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file in MS Project format or shared Web Link to Smartsheet. 2. PDF file. B. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. D. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 0132 00 1/5 E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. F. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than [10] Ten days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 0133 00 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than [10] Ten days for startup and testing. 5. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than [10] ten days for commissioning. 6. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion and allow time for Architect's and Owner's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 7. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than [10] ten days for completion of punch list items and final completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Owner -Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 0132 00 2/5 date indicated in Section 0110 00 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. F. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At weekly- 7-day intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is [7] Seven or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. H. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.6 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt -chart -type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within [10] ten days of date established for the Notice of Award. B. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall Project schedule. C. Initial Issue of Schedule: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 0132 00 3/5 straight "early start -total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Main events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Average size of workforce. 10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values). D. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time. 1.7 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Testing and inspection. 8. Accidents. 9. Meetings and significant decisions. 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 0132 00 4/5 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 0132 00 5/5 SECTION 0132 33 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph and or video recording. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation. B. Digital Photographs during Construction: Submit unaltered, original, full-size image files within [3] Three days of taking photographs. 1. Digital Camera: Minimum sensor resolution of [12] Twelve Megapixels. 2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file metadata tag: a. Name of Project. b. Name and contact information for photographer. C. Date photograph was taken. d. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. Submit via email or uploaded to Architect's FTP server. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 0132 33 1/3 1.5 USAGE RIGHTS A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, with minimum size of [10] Ten megapixels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out -of -focus areas will not be accepted. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. B. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image -editing software. 1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image. 2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify images in the same manner as those submitted to Architect. C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Architect. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take a minimum of [20] Twenty photographs of existing building to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction. D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take [20] Twenty photographs weekly or biweekly, with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 0132 33 2/3 E. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take [20] Twenty photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Architect will inform photographer of desired vantage points. F. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. 1. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Special events planned at Project site. b. Immediate follow-up when on -site events result in construction damage or losses. C. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit -cost allowances. d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 0132 33 3/3 SECTION 0133 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 3. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of digital data files of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 1/10 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow (15) Fifteen days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow (15) Fifteen days for review of each resubmittal. D. Paper Submittals: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal item for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately [6 by 8 inches] six by eight inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of subcontractor. g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufacturer. i. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 061000.01.A). j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. I. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. M. Other necessary identification. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 2/10 4. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. 5. Transmittal for Paper Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return without review or discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. a. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Use AIA Document G810. b. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Provide locations on form for the following information: 1) Project name. 2) Date. 3) Destination (To:). 4) Source (From:). 5) Name and address of Architect. 6) Name of Construction Manager. 7) Name of Contractor. 8) Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 9) Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 10) Category and type of submittal. 11) Submittal purpose and description. 12) Specification Section number and title. 13) Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. 14) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 15) Indication of full or partial submittal. 16) Transmittal number numbered consecutively. 17) Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 18) Remarks. 19) Signature of transmitter. E. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., NBML-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., NBML-061000.01.A). City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 3/10 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to Owner, containing the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. g. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. h. Category and type of submittal. i. Submittal purpose and description. j. Specification Section number and title. k. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. I. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. M. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. n. Related physical samples submitted directly. o. Indication of full or partial submittal. p. Transmittal numbered consecutively. q. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. r. Other necessary identification. S. Remarks. 5. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata: a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. C. Manufacturer name. d. Product name. F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. G. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 4/10 Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: 1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Architect's FTP site specifically established for Project or emailed links generated via a Construction Management software. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 3. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically -submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. C. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 5/10 f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory -installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. C. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. C. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 6/10 C. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. 3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality -control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one (1) full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three (3) sets of Samples. Architect will mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record sample. 1) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three (3) sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. F. Coordination Drawings Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 7/10 G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." H. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." K. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." L. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. M. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. N. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. O. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. P. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Q. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. R. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. S. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. T. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 8/10 2.2 U. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." V. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. W. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. X. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. Y. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. DELEGATED -DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated -Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file signed, and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 9/10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows: 1. No Exception Taken 2. Make Corrections Noted 3. Revise and Resubmit 4. Submit Specified Item 5. Rejected C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0133 00 10/10 SECTION 0140 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality - assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Requirements: 1. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. DEFINITIONS A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on -site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 1/8 1.3 D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Field Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on -site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade -specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five (5) previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 2/8 1.4 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. Seismic -force -resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated seismic system quality -assurance plan prepared by Architect. 2. Main wind -force -resisting system or a wind -resisting component listed in the wind -force - resisting system quality -assurance plan prepared by Architect. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of representatives making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 3/8 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 4/8 1.7 H. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. C. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. d. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -assurance service to Architect with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect seven (7) days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven (7) days for initial review and each re -review of each mockup. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 5/8 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality -control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality -control services. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2. Notify testing agencies at least (24) twenty four hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality -control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's representative's services include examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in -situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality - control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 319 1.8 F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and - control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner as follows: B. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality -control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 7/8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 01 Section "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality -control services. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 8/8 SECTION 0142 00 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 1/14 C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ABAA Air Barrier Association of America ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association ACI American Concrete Institute ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 2/14 AHA American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA) AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers Al Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects (The) AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. APA Architectural Precast Association APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association APA EWS APA - The Engineered Wood Association; Engineered Wood Systems (See APA - The Engineered Wood Association) API American Petroleum Institute ARI Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute (See ASCE) ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers ASME ASME International City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 3/14 (American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials International) AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCMA) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Protection Association (Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association) AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Industry Association (The) BICSI BICSI, Inc. BIFMA BIFMA International (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International) BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee BWF Badminton World Federation (Formerly: IBF - International Badminton Federation) CCC Carpet Cushion Council CDA Copper Development Association CEA Canadian Electricity Association CEA Consumer Electronics Association CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. CGA Compressed Gas Association City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 4/14 CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council CPA Composite Panel Association CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The) CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSA Canadian Standards Association CSA CSA International (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services) CSI Cast Stone Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau CTI Cooling Technology Institute (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute) DHI Door and Hardware Institute EIA Electronic Industries Alliance EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. ESD ESD Association (Electrostatic Discharge Association) ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA) City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 5/14 FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball (The International Basketball Federation) FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball (The International Volleyball Federation) FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC FM Global FM Global (Formerly: FMG - FM Global) FMRC Factory Mutual Research (Now FM Global) FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc. FSA Fluid Sealing Association FSC Forest Stewardship Council GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America GRI (Part of GSI) GS Green Seal GSI Geosynthetic Institute HI Hydraulic Institute HI Hydronics Institute HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. IAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International) IBF International Badminton Federation (Now BWF) City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 6/14 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. ISO International Organization for Standardization Available from ANSI ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association ITS Intertek Testing Service NA (Now ETL SEMCO) ITU International Telecommunication Union KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc. MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 7/14 MIA Marble Institute of America MPI Master Painters Institute MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NECA National Electrical Contractors Association NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations NFPA NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NGA National Glass Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 8/14 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association) NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association NSF NSF International (National Sanitation Foundation International) NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (Now TRI) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA) OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (Now ITS) PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute PLANET Professional Landcare Network (Formerly: ACLA - Associated Landscape Contractors of America) PTI Post -Tensioning Institute RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute RIS Redwood Inspection Service City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 9/14 SAE SAE International SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers (See ASCE) SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council SIA Security Industry Association SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMA Screen Manufacturers Association SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings STI Steel Tank Institute SWI Steel Window Institute SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (Now TCNA) City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 10/14 TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance TMS The Masonry Society TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. TPI Turfgrass Producers International TRI Tile Roofing Institute UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association USAV USA Volleyball USGBC U.S. Green Building Council USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association) WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association) WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California) WIC Woodwork Institute of California (Now WI) WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 11/14 C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to- date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICC International Code Council ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. UBC Uniform Building Code (See ICC) D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission DOC Department of Commerce DOD Department of Defense DOE Department of Energy EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAA Federal Aviation Administration FCC Federal Communications Commission FDA Food and Drug Administration GSA General Services Administration HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 12/14 NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration PBS Public Buildings Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA) SD State Department TRB Transportation Research Board USDA Department of Agriculture USPS Postal Service E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from U.S. Access Board CFR Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED -STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point Available from Defense Standardization Program City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 13/14 Available from General Services Administration Available from National Institute of Building Sciences FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) MIL (See MILSPEC) MIL -STD (See MILSPEC) MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CBHF State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation CCR California Code of Regulations CPUC California Public Utilities Commission TFS Texas Forest Service Forest Resource Development PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building REFERENCES 0142 00 14/14 SECTION 0150 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary, restrooms, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Erosion- and Sedimentation -Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 0150 00 1/5 C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in [the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines] [and] [ICC/ANSI A117.1]. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized -steel, chain -link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized -steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8- inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top rails. B. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized -steel, chain -link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized -steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or galvanized -steel bases for supporting posts. C. Wood Enclosure Fence: Plywood, 6 feet high, framed with four 2-by-4-inch rails, with preservative - treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet apart. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 0150 00 2/5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Division 01 Section "Summary." 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. C. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner. D. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated. 2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner. E. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire -fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 0150 00 3/5 3.4 C. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Division 01 Section "Execution." F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. C. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." D. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. E. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. F. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 0150 00 4/5 G. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. H. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion -type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire -prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 0150 00 5/5 SECTION 0157 23 - TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary stormwater pollution controls. 2. Refer Section 7-8 Work Site Maintenance, in the City of Newport Beach, Public Works Department, Special Provisions. 1.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN A. The Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is part of the Contract Documents and is bound into this Project Manual. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPP): Within [10] Ten days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit completed SWPPP. B. EPA authorization under the EPA's "2017 Construction General Permit (CGP)." C. Stormwater Pollution Prevention (SWPP) Training Log: For each individual performing Work under the SWPPP. D. Inspection reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Coordinator: Experienced individual or firm with a record of successful water pollution control management coordination of projects with similar requirements. 1. SWPPP Coordinator shall complete and finalize the SWPPP form. 2. SWPPP Coordinator shall be responsible for inspections and maintaining of all requirements of the SWPPP. B. Installers: Trained as indicated in the SWPPP. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building Temporary Storm Water Pollution Control 0157 23 1/2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Provide temporary stormwater pollution controls as required by the SWPPP. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with all best management practices, general requirements, performance requirements, reporting requirements, and all other requirements included in the SWPPP. B. Locate stormwater pollution controls in accordance with the SWPPP. C. Conduct construction as required to comply with the SWPPP and that minimize possible contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Inspect, repair, and maintain SWPPP controls during construction. a. Inspect all SWPPP controls not less than every seven days, and after each occurrence of a storm event, as outlined in the SWPPP. D. Remove SWPPP controls at completion of construction and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during construction. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building Temporary Storm Water Pollution Control 0157 23 2/2 SECTION 0160 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 0125 00 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 1/5 1.3 1.4 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 0133 00 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis -of -Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 0133 00 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 2/5 1.6 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 0177 00 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 3/5 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be not considered unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 5. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 4/5 2.2 that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 0125 00 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 5/5 SECTION 0173 00 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 8. Correction of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final Project Record Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations, and final cleaning. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE C. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 2. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building EXECUTION 0173 00 1/6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in -place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine ceiling soffits for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building EXECUTION 0173 00 2/6 C. Avoid interference with use of areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruptions of services to occupied areas. E. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. F. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. G. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 2. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 3. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 4. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. C. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 2. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 3. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building EXECUTION 0173 00 3/6 4. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original installer, comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Concrete, Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive or a diamond -core drill. 3. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 4. Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portions of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Parch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completions to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Ceilings & soffits: Patch, repair, as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 4. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. D. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. E. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. F. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building EXECUTION 0173 00 4/6 3.5 portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building EXECUTION 0173 00 5/6 G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on -site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building EXECUTION 0173 00 6/6 SECTION 0174 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements, and for disposition of hazardous waste. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off -site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end -of -Project rates for salvage/recycling of [50] Fifty percent by weight of total non -hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL 0174 19 1/6 1.4 1.5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within [7] Seven days of date established for the Notice of Award. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons. 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end - of -Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. G. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. B. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL 0174 19 2/6 1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within [3] Three days of submittal return. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL 0174 19 3/6 3.2 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on -site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Section 0150 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on -site workers. B. Recycling Receivers and Processors: List below is provided for information only; available recycling receivers and processors include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. CR&R Environmental Services C. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Owner. D. Procedures in "Procedures" Paragraph below describe the "source -separated" method for handling recyclable waste. If space at Project site is limited, consider revising below to allow "co -mingled" method, which takes less space because it permits all recyclable waste to be placed in a single container that is separated later at the recycling facility. E. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on -site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL 0174 19 4/6 3.3 3.4 3.5 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Asphalt Paving: Grind asphalt to maximum 1-1/2-inch size. B. Asphalt Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt -recycling facility. C. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch size. 2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets. RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on -site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut -Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL 0174 19 5/6 C. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. D. Disposal: Remove waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's property. E. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL 0174 19 6/6 SECTION 0177 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation. 2. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 4. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel. 5. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. PROCEDURE PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: A. Complete the following in agreement with the Owner: 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance manuals, and certification, and similar documents. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operations and maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by the Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 6. Complete startup testing of systems. 7. Submit test/adjust/balance records. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177 00 1/5 1.3 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from the Project site along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 10. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 11. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 12. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. 14. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 15. Consent of surety to final payment. 16. Instruct Owner's personnel in operations, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of (10) ten days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest -control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177 00 2/5 1.4 1.5 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit three copies of the list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project Name. b. Date. C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177 00 3/5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove impediments to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Remove labels that are not permanent. j. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177 00 4/5 1) Do not paint over "LIL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. k. Wipe surfaces of electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. I. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. M. Leave Project clean and ready for use. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waster materials from Project site and dispose lawfully. E. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177 00 5/5 SECTION 0178 23 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. 2. Three (3) paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Architect will return two (2) copies. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 1/8 C. Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least (15) Fifteen days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within (15) Fifteen days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. B. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. C. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. D. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. E. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 2/8 F. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. G. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple -volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy -paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.2 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 3/8 2.3 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 4/8 2.4 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed and identify color -coding where required for identification. PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 5/8 2.5 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 6/8 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents." City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 7/8 Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 8/8 SECTION 0178 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific requirements for project record documents of the Work in those Sections. 3. Refer the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Special Provisions for additional requirements. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit (1) one paper -copy set(s) of marked -up record prints. 2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 3) Submit record digital data files. 4) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and (3) three set(s) of prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 0178 39 1/5 B. Record Specifications: Submit (1) one paper copy of annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit (1) one paper copy annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised Drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked -up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. C. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints. 2. Content: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. C. Location and depths of underground utilities. d. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. e. Revisions to electrical circuitry. f. Actual equipment locations. g. Duct size and routing. h. Locations of concealed internal utilities. i. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. j. Changes made following Architect's written orders. k. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. I. Field records of variable and concealed conditions. M. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 0178 39 2/5 2.2 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross- reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark Record sets with red notation. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 5. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identifications, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked -up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings. 2. Format: Autodesk AutoCad 2021, Microsoft Windows operating system. 3. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file. 4. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 5. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 6. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 0178 39 3/5 2.3 2.4 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked -up paper copy of Specifications. RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked -up paper copy of Product Data. MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked -up miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 0178 39 4/5 Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 0178 39 5/5 SECTION 0179 00 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Demonstration and training video recordings. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. B. Qualifications Data: For firms and persons specified in Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with Project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. D. Demonstration and Training Recordings: Video record each training module, and submit digital copies on a USB flash drive. Provide label(s) identifying venue training module and date. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory -authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 0179 00 1/5 C. Pre -Instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training. 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. C. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 0179 00 2/5 C. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. C. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. C. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. I. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. M. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. C. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 0179 00 3/5 b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. C. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. C. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Division 01 Section "Operations and Maintenance Data." 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Ownerfor number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least (7) seven days' advance notice. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 0179 00 4/5 D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on -site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in -place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance -based test. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 0179 00 5/5 SECTION 02 40 00 - DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Removing above- and below -grade site improvements within limits indicated. B. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning site utilities in place. C. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities. D. Disposing of objectionable material 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 11 00 — Clearing and Grubbing. B. Section 3123 00 — Excavation and Fill. 1.3 DEFINITONS A. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. B. CAL -OSHA: California Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Follow Submittal procedure outlined in Section 0133 — Submittal Procedures. 1.S PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain the Owner's property, cleared materials are the Contractor's property. Remove cleared materials from site and dispose of in lawful manner. B. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store where indicated on plans or where designated by the Owner. Avoid damaging materials designated for salvage. C. Unidentified Materials: If unidentified materials are discovered, including hazardous materials that will require additional removal other than is required by the Contract Documents, immediately report the discovery to the Owner. If necessary, the Owner will arrange for any testing or analysis City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DEMOLITION 02 40 00 1/3 of the discovered materials and will provide instructions regarding the removal and disposal of the unidentified materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Backfill excavations resulting from demolition operations with on -site or import materials conforming to structural backfill defined in Section 3123 00 Excavation and Fill. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points during construction. B. Protect existing site improvements to remain during construction 3.2 RESTORATION A. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to the Owner. 3.3 UTILITIES A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed or abandoned. B. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies or verify that utilities have been shut off. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless authorized in writing by the Owner, and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. D. Coordinate utility interruptions with utility company affected. E. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without the permission of the Owner and utility company affected. Notify Owner and utility company affected two working days prior to utility interruptions. F. Excavate and remove underground utilities that are indicated to be removed. G. Securely close ends of abandoned piping with tight fitting plug or wall of concrete minimum 6- inches thick. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DEMOLITION 02 40 00 2/3 3.4 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below -grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs, pile caps, piles, paving, curbs, and gutters, as indicated. Where concrete slabs, curb, gutter and asphalt pavements are designated to be removed, remove bases and subbase to surface of underlying, undisturbed soil. C. Unless the existing full -depth joints coincide with line of pavement demolition, neatly saw -cut to full depth the length of existing pavement to remain before removing existing pavement. Saw -cut faces vertically. D. Remove driveways, curbs, gutters and sidewalks by saw cutting to full depth. If saw cut falls within 30-inches of a construction joint, expansions joint, score mark or edge, remove material to joint, mark or edge. 3.5 BACKFILL A. Place and compact material in excavations and depressions remaining after site clearing in conformance with Section 3123 00 Excavation 3.6 DISPOSAL A. Remove surplus obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off the Owner's property. 3.7 Construction Waste Management A. Construction Waste shall be managed in accordance with provisions of Section 01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal. Documentation shall be submitted to satisfy the requirements of that section. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DEMOLITION 02 40 00 3/3 SECTION 03 3100 - CONCRETE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop and placement drawings of all reinforcing. 1. Placement drawings shall show the locations and spacing of reinforcing in the various parts of the structure with details as required, in accordance with ACI Detailing Manual. Cutting and bending lists submitted without placement drawings will be returned without review as incomplete. Placement drawings shall be complete so that placement of the reinforcing may proceed without reference to the design drawings. 2. Mechanical couplers: Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement steel, manufacturer's literature shall be submitted which contains instructions and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used; certified test reports which verify the load capacity of each type and size of coupler used; and shop drawings which show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be installed in the formwork. B. Submit mill tests and manufacturer's certification of compliance with CBC (2019 edition). Provide the following tests: 1. Portland Cement Test: One sample shall be taken for each 100 tons of cement except when used in bulk loading ready mix plants where separate bins for pre- tested cement are not available, grab samples shall be taken for each shipment of cement placed in the bin with not less than one sample being taken for each day's pour and such samples shall be subsequently tested if required by the Architect. a. For normal weight concrete, test aggregates in accordance with ASTM C33. b. Tests on component materials and for compressive strength and shrinkage of concrete will be performed as specified herein. Test for determining slump will be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 143. 2. Tests of Reinforcing Bars: Where samples are taken from bundles as delivered from the mill, with the bundles identified as to heat number, and provided the mill analyses accompany the report then one tensile test and one bend test shall be made from a specimen from each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcing steel. a. Where positive identification of the heat number cannot be made or where random samples are to be taken, then one series of tests shall be made from each 2-1/2 tons or fractions thereof, of each size of reinforcing steel. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 1/15 3. Batch Plant Inspection: Except as provided below, the quality and quantity of materials used in transit mixed concrete and in batched aggregate shall be continuously inspected at the location where materials are measured by a specially approved inspector. a. Exception: Batch plant inspection may be waived if the concrete plant complies fully with the requirements of CBC Standard 19-4 and has been certified to comply with the requirements of the National Ready Mix Concrete Association. The plant must be equipped with an automatic batcher in which the total batching cycle, except for the measuring and introduction of an admixture, is completed by activating a single starter device. 4. Placing Record: A record shall be kept on the work of the time and date of placing the concrete in each portion of the structure. Such record shall be kept until the completion of the structure and shall be open to the inspection of the Architect. 5. Composite Construction Cores: Three test cores of the completed concrete construction shall be taken to demonstrate the shear strength along the contact surfaces. The cores shall be tested when the cast in place concrete is approximately 28 days old and shall be tested by a shear loading parallel to the joint between the precast concrete and the cast in place concrete. The minimum unit shear strength of the contact surface area of the core shall be not less than 100 pounds per square inch. The Architect or his representative shall designate the location for sampling. 6. Grout a. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Architect to insure continued compliance with these specifications. The specimens will be made by the Architect or its representative. b. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for cement grout and non - shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 109 at intervals during construction as selected by the Architect. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and each additional time period as appropriate. C. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 579, Method B, at intervals during construction as selected by the Architect. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, and each earlier time period as appropriate. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 2/15 d. All grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at the cost of the Contractor. e. The cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but the Contractor shall assist the Architect in obtaining specimens for testing. However, the Contractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not meet the specifications. The Contractor shall supply all materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens. C. Submit mix design a minimum of seven days prior to placement. Provide the following submittals in accordance with ACI-301: 1. Mill tests for cement. 2. Admixture certification. Chloride ion content must be included. 3. Aggregate gradation and certifications. 4. Materials and methods for curing. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for all material provided and installed under this section of work, including curing compounds, colored concrete and concrete sealer. E. Samples: Submit the following: 1. Provide 4 foot square test sample of concrete for each color and pattern indicated. Samples must be reviewed and approved prior to scheduling actual concrete pours. F. Grout: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement, and appropriate uses for each type of non -shrink and epoxy grouts proposed for use in the WORK. 2. Certified test results verifying the compressive strength, shrinkage, and expansion properties for proposed non -shrink and epoxy grouts. 1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Storage of Materials: Cement and aggregates shall be stored at the work in such manner as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of any foreign matter. Cement shall be kept dry and any material which has deteriorated or which has been damaged shall not be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 3/15 A. Normal Weight Aggregates: Normal sand -gravel aggregates conforming to ASTM C 33. The coarse aggregates shall be prepared and handled in two or more size groups for combined aggregates with a maximum size greater than 3/4-inch. B. Cement: "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement" ASTM C 150, Type II. C. Water: Potable, clean and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkali, oil, or organic materials. D. Admixtures: All admixtures shall be compatible and by a single manufacturer capable of providing qualified field service representation. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. If the use of an admixture is producing an inferior end result, the Contractor shall discontinue use of the admixture. Admixtures shall not contain thiocyanates nor more than 0.05 percent chloride ion, and shall be non -toxic after 30 days. 1. Air -entraining agent meeting the requirements of ASTM C 260 shall be used. Sufficient air -entraining agent shall be used to provide a total air content of 3 to 5 percent. The Owner reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air - entraining agent received on the job by the Contractor. The air -entraining agent shall be added to the batch in a portion of the mixing water. The solution shall be batched by means of a mechanical batcher capable of accurate measurement. Air content shall be tested at the point of placement. 2. Set controlling and water reducing admixtures: Admixtures may be added at the Contractor's option to control the set, effect water reduction, and increase workability. The addition of an admixture shall be at the Contractor's expense. The use of an admixture shall be subject to acceptance by the Architect. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the Architect. Admixtures specified herein shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 494. The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether or not an admixture is used. a. Concrete shall not contain more than one water reducing admixture. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the Architect. b. Set controlling admixture shall be either with or without water -reducing properties. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently over 80 degrees F, a set retarding admixture shall be used. C. Normal range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A. The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 4/15 A. Reinforcing bars, except as otherwise indicated, shall be new, deformed steel conforming to ASTM A 615, grade 60. B. All reinforcing to be welded shall be ASTM A706, grade 60. C. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports. D. Mechanical Couplers 1. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where shown and where approved by the Architect. The couplers shall develop a tensile strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice. 2. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component, all components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future connections. 3. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required strength of the connection. Straight threaded type couplers shall require the use of the next larger size reinforcing bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially forged ends which provide upset threads which do not decrease the basic cross section of the bar. 4. Contractor shall submit manufacturer catalog showing conformance with specifications and location where it will be used for approval by Architect. 2.03 JOINT MATERIALS A. Premoulded Expansion Joint Filler: 1/2" thick, depth as required by slab thickness of premoulded, resilient, non -bituminous material. B. Joint Cap: Plastic expansion joint cover cap with removable cover to receive sealant, by White Cap, JP Specialties, or equal. C. Sealant: Expansion joint sealer and backer rod shall be in accordance with Section 07920. 2.04 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit. B. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be exposed in finished structure with plywood, metal, metal framed plywood faced, or other acceptable City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 5/15 panel type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. Provide in largest practical sizes to minimize joint locations and to conform to joint layout indicated. 1. Use plywood complying with US Product Standards PS-1, "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood", Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. C. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS A. Curing Compound: Liquid membrane forming compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, Type I, Class A, all -resin and free of paraffin or petroleum. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq. meter when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. Curing compound and areas receiving it must be approved in advance by the Architect. 1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 mg per liter. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. SINAK VC5 by SINAK Corporation 3. Brand of curing compound to be used on slabs where resilient flooring is to be applied shall be approved by installer of resilient flooring. 4. No sealer or curing compound shall be applied to concrete surfaces which are to receive ceramic tile. All surfaces must be cured a minimum of 28 days prior to tile installation. 5. Curing compound where the interior finished floor surface is exposed concrete (as indicated) shall be clear sealer hardener as specified. 6. For High Density floor finish refer to Specification Section 03350. B. Sand Fill for Concrete Slabs on Grade: Imported clean sand. C. Vapor Barrier: Stego Wrap (15-mil) Vapor Barrier by STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC, San Juan Capistrano, CA (877) 464-7834 www.stegoindustries.com, WR Meadows or equal. Provide vapor retarding tape, vapor proof mastic and pipe boots per manufacturer=s recommendation. D. Non -Shrink Grout: Sika, Master Flow, or equal, non -shrink, non-metallic grout. Non -shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, non -gas -liberating, non-metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 6/15 each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non -shrink grout indicated herein shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 1. Class B non -shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 5000 psi and shall meet the requirements of CRD C 621. a. Class B non -shrink grout shall be used forth repair of all holes and defects in concrete members which are not water -bearing and not in contact with soil or other fill material, grouting under all base plates for structural steel members, and grouting railing posts in place. b. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer. E. Gravel: Pea gravel not to exceed 3/8 inch maximum particle size. F. Detectable Warning Surface: Cast -In -Place Composite Paver Tiles by ADA Solutions Inc. (www.adatile.com), or equal. Provide in 36" x width of sidewalk sections unless noted otherwise. Color shall be AYellow@. G. Exterior Concrete Sealer: AGlaze & Seal@, enhanced. H. Final Seal: UL-390 E-Zee Seal, by Hanson -Loran. J. Clear Sealer Hardener: Ashford Formula, by Curecrete Chemical Company, Inc. (801) 489- 5663. K. High Density Concrete Floor Finish: As specified in Section 03350, High Density Concrete Floor Finish. 2.06 MIXES A. Provide mix design in accordance with ACI 318. Include manufacturer literature for all admixtures used in mix design. B. Provide concrete of the strengths indicated in the structural general notes. C. Base mix design on maximum 6" slump for normal weight concrete with a maximum water - cement ratio of 0.55 and a 4" slump for normal weight concrete to be used in the Apparatus Bay Slab with a maximum water -cement ratio of 0.45. D. Ready -Mix Concrete: Mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements ofASTM C 94. 1. Concrete may be rejected if not placed in final position within 1-1/2 hours after water is first added to the batch, or if not in such condition that it can be properly placed. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 7/15 2. Each mixer truck shall be accompanied by a Public Weighmaster's Certificate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMS A. All forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of the members as called for on the plans, and shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Provide openings in formwork as required. B. Construction: Conform to the requirements of ACI-347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork", except as modified herein. Provide chamfers as noted or detailed, otherwise provide square corners. Provide offsets, recesses, etc., as required. C. Form Coatings: Coat contact surfaces of forms with a form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. D. Inserts and Anchors: Comply with ACI-318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", for embedded conduits and piping, except as modified by the drawings. 1. Carefully check all other trades before completing forms and placing concrete to determine that all embedded items are in place. 2. Set all miscellaneous anchors, bolts, ties, dowels, plates, etc. All must be set and tied prior to pouring. 3. Cooperate completely with other trades in the proper settings, aligning and securing of all items built into and dependent on the concrete work. E. Forms shall be reviewed by the Architect prior to concrete pour. F. Removal of Forms: The supporting forms shall not be disturbed until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit their removal with safety. 1. In no case shall the forms be removed from walls and footings sooner than five days. 2. Forms shall be removed in accordance with requirements of the ACI-347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" without damage to concrete and in a manner to ensure complete safety of the structure. 3. Freshly stripped surfaces shall not be painted up or touched in any manner before having been inspected. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 8/15 3.03 A. All reinforcement shall be bent and placed in accordance with the "Code of Standard Practice" of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. All steel shall be thoroughly cleaned of mill scale, rust and coatings that will destroy or reduce the bond. Steel shall be accurately positioned and secured in place with annealed wire of not smaller than No. 14 gage. B. All horizontal slab and pavement steel shall be supported on precast concrete blocks or approved chairs of the proper size and spaced so as to keep the steel at the proper height in the slab. C. Provide UFER ground consisting of steel reinforcing bar of at least 1/2" diameter at least 20' in length encased in concrete foundation at telephone and electric room per National Electric Code and as indicated. D. Fabrication 4. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed to the dimensions and shapes shown, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, except as indicated. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1-1/2-inch for No. 3 bars, 2-inch for No. 4 bars, and 2-1/2-inch for No. 5 bars. Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than 6 times the bar diameter, except for bars larger than 1 inch, in which case the bends shall be made around a pin of 8 bar diameters. Bars shall be bent cold. 5. The Contractor shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings. 6. Fabricating Tolerances: Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following requirements for fabricating tolerances: Sheared length: + 1 inch Depth of truss bars: + 0, - 1/2 inch Stirrups, ties, and spirals: + 1/2 inch All other bends: + 1 inch E. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the CBC. F. Expansion Joints: Provide dowels at all expansion joints. CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Concrete shall not be placed until all reinforcement is securely and properly fastened in its correct position and items required to be embedded in the concrete have been placed and anchored, forms cleaned and oiled as specified; and until the form work has been reviewed by the Architect for general conformance to the construction documents. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 9/15 3.04 B. All concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces free from standing water, and never upon soft mud, dry porous earth, or upon fills that have not been subject to approved puddling or tamping so that ultimate settlement has occurred. 1. Concrete shall not be placed in water nor shall water be allowed to rise over freshly placed concrete until the concrete has obtained its final set. C. Concrete shall be deposited in approximately horizontal layers, not to exceed twelve inches in thickness, unless otherwise authorized, and the pour shall be carried on in a continuous operation, as far as practicable, until the placing in the course, section, panel or monolith is completed. D. Concrete in foundation walls shall be consolidated with the aid of approved mechanical vibrating equipment. The intensity, duration, and vibration shall be sufficient to accomplish thorough compaction. The concrete shall be compacted and worked in an approved manner into all corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. E. Concrete Floor Slabs on Grade: 1. After all utilities or other installations required under the slab have been installed, place 4" of sand over compacted grade and then place vapor barrier over sand, CURING A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. 1. Initial Curing: Unless specified otherwise, initial curing shall immediately follow the finishing operation. Concrete shall be kept continuously moist for a minimum of three days. One of the following methods shall be used. a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. b. Absorptive mat or fabric kept continuously wet. B. Sealer Hardeners on interior exposed concrete surfaces 1. Initial Curing: Initial curing shall immediately follow the finishing operation. Concrete shall be kept continuously moist for a minimum of three days. One of the following methods shall be used. a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. b. Absorptive mat or fabric kept continuously wet (plastic sheeting shall not be used). 2. Initial Sealer Hardener Application: Apply flood coat of sealer hardener per manufacturer's recommendations, immediately following the troweling operation. Saturate surface with sealer. Concrete shall not be allowed to become dry. Apply City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 10/15 additional material as required. After recommended time, lightly mist the surface of the concrete with water and agitate the surface with a broom to aid in penetration. After waiting recommended time, again flush the surface with water and remove by squeegee or wet -vac and residual sealer hardener material. After removing excess material, resume wet cure as indicated above. a. Any residual sealer which is not properly flushed may leave a white residue, which must be removed by sanding. 3. Minimum curing time for initial application is 30 days. C. Curing Compounds for non -exposed Concrete Areas 1. Slabs -On -Grade: Apply specified curing compound to concrete faces. a. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power sprayer or roller in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. No sealer or curing compound shall be applied to concrete surfaces which are to receive ceramic tile. All surfaces must be cured a minimum of 28 days prior to tile installation. b. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. c. Protect surfaces from abrasion during curing period. 3.05 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. After screeding and leveling concrete to proper elevation, tamp with heavy grille tamper until at least 3/8" of mortar has been brought to the surface; as soon as the surface becomes workable, work with float, pushing down all coarse aggregate, filling all holes and leveling surface to a true and even surface, level, or sloped as detailed. 1. Refer to drawings for location of finishes. B. Slabs to receive ceramic tile shall be floated to a uniform sandy finish. Surfaces shall be left clean, free of dust, oil, grease, wax, tar, paint, curing agents, sealers, form release agents or and deleterious substance which may reduce or prevent tile adhesion. C. Smooth Trowel Finish (For interior concrete finish floors and sub -floors for resilient flooring and carpet): Float and trowel to a perfectly smooth finish. Steel trowel finish shall be composed of at least three separate steel trowel operations. 3.06 EXTERIOR SLAB FINISHES A. After screeding and leveling concrete to proper elevation, tamp with heavy grille tamper until at least 3/8" of mortar has been brought to the surface; as soon as the surface becomes workable, work with float, pushing down all coarse aggregate, filling all holes and leveling surface to a true and even surface, level, or sloped as detailed. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 11/15 1. Refer to drawings for location of finishes. B. All exterior walking surfaces not indicated otherwise shall be have a medium broomed finish (Coefficient of Friction .60). 3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Surfaces: Provide a rough -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form facing material used, with tie -holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth -Formed Surfaces: Provide a smooth -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. This is an as -cast concrete surface with selected form facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner, with a minimum of seams. repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. C. Related Uniform Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar uniformed surfaces adjacent to a formed surface, strike off smooth and finish with a texture to match the adjacent formed surface. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.08 JOINTS A. Locate as indicated on the drawings. B. Construction Joints: Wet hardened concrete and keep wet for twenty-four hours before placing concrete. C. Interior Slab Control Joints: Provide expansion and weakened plan control joints where indicated on drawings. Install as indicated and according to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Sawcut joints will only be permitted where approved in advance by Architect. 2. All sawcutting of joints must be completed within 8 hours of concrete pour. D. Expansion joints shall receive Diamond Plate Joint System and expansion material and sealant as specified. Provide void caps over all expansion joints. After curing, detach removable cap and seal. Install in accordance with Section 07920, Sealants. Finish sealant to 1/8 inch below surface of slabs. No traffic shall be permitted over sealed joints until sealant is thoroughly d ry. 3.09 DETECTABLE WARNING PAVERS A. Install in accordance with manufacturer=s instructions. 3.10 PATCHING AND FINISHING City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 12/15 3.10 A. All exposed concrete which is above grade and is not formed as shown on the drawings, or for any reason is out of alignment, or is not true, or is not plumb or level, or is not in plane, or shows a defective surface, or is not otherwise in true and continuous form, shall be considered as not conforming with the intent of the specifications. 1. The maximum permissible deviation from true straight surfaces shall be 1/8" in ten feet. 2. All surfaces not meeting the above requirements shall be machine ground and honed to come within the above tolerance or shall be removed and replaced. B. Contractor shall remove defective concrete from the job, or if permission is given, patch defective concrete at no cost to the Owner. Removal shall be accomplished by sawcutting around the defective area at the nearest construction joint. C. After the forms have been removed, all concrete surfaces shall be inspected and any pour joints, voids, stone pockets or other defective areas permitted by Architect to be patched, and all tie holes, shall be patched before the concrete is thoroughly dry. 1. Defective areas shall be chipped away to a depth of not less than one inch with the edges perpendicular to the surface. 2. The area to be patched and a space of at least six inches wide entirely surrounding it shall be wetted to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. 3. A grout of equal parts of portland cement and sand with sufficient water to produce a brushing consistency shall then be well brushed into the surface, followed immedi- ately by the patching mortar. 4. The patch shall be finished in such manner as to match the adjoining surface in both texture and color. SEALING OF INTERIOR CONCRETE A. Thoroughly clean all interior exposed concrete surfaces per manufacturer's recommendations, to provide a clean, dust free surface. B. After allowing the surface to dry, apply a mist coat of the specified sealer hardener to all exposed concrete surfaces per manufacturer=s recommendations. Broom the surface to evenly distribute the sealer hardener material and allow it to dry completely. C. After sealer hardener is dry, buff the floor to a wax like sheen using a high-speed propane fueled burnisher as recommended by the manufacturer. Repeat the buffing process four times as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Final Seal: Apply final seal to all exposed concrete floors. Apply two coats in accordance with manufacturer=s recommendations. Verify timing of application with requirements of the sealer hardener manufacturer. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 13/15 3.11 HIGH DENSITY FLOOR FINISH A. Install in accordance with Section 03350. 3.12 SEALING OF EXTERIOR CONCRETE A. Thoroughly clean all exposed concrete surfaces per manufacturer's recommendations, to provide a clean, dust free surface. B. After allowing the surface to dry, apply the two -component sealer to all exterior concrete surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Cylinders shall be taken by an approved Testing Laboratory per Specification Section 01410, "Testing and Inspection", and shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31. Concrete shall be tested in accordance with "Standard Method of Making Compression Tests of Concrete" ASTM C 39. 1. At least five identical cylinders shall be tested for each one -hundred cubic yards or fraction thereof of each type and strength of structural concrete, and shall be tested at the ages of seven and twenty-eight days. 2. Contractor to notify the designated testing lab of pour times prior to placement of any concrete. Contractor shall ensure testing laboratory is present at the site at all times during placement of concrete. B. If minimum ultimate strength of test cylinders falls below compressive strengths called for on the plans, permission may be granted to Contractor to demonstrate that concrete meets specifications by taking cores, and testing as specified in ASTM C 42. 1. Costs of such re -testing will be paid for by Contractor. 2. If compressive tests of core specimens fail to show compressive strength assumed in design, concrete will be deemed defective and shall be replaced or adequately strengthened at no cost to the Owner. 3.14 PROTECTION OF FINISHED CONCRETE SURFACES A. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect completed work. 1. In areas where concrete forms the finished floor surface Contractor shall cover concrete with appropriate material to protect finish from damage from tools and equipment. a. Protection of surfaces shall be a minimum of 3/8" plywood or equivalent material. Material shall be installed in a semi -permanent manner to prevent all Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 Junior Lifeguard Building 14/15 3.15 damage to finish surfaces which may occur. b. Wheeled vehicles and lifts shall not be driven on concrete floors without protection. In addition, place drip pans under units to prevent any oils from being spilled on finished concrete surfaces. 2. Should damage, chipping or staining occur at any finished concrete surfaces, Contractor shall be responsible to remove concrete to nearest joint and reinstall to match the remaining surfaces, at no additional cost to the Owner. GROUTING PROCEDURES A. Prepackage Grouts: All mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, curing, and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer. B. Base Plate Grouting: 1. For base plates, the original concrete shall be blocked out or finished off a sufficient distance below the plate to provide for a one -inch thickness of grout or a thickness as indicated. 2. After the base plate has been set in position at the proper elevation by steel wedges or double nuts on the anchor bolts, the space between the bottom of the plate and the original pour of concrete shall be filled with non -shrink -type grout. The mixture shall be of a trowelable consistency and tamped or rodded solidly into the space between the plate and the base concrete. A backing board or stop shall be provided at the back side of the space to be filled with grout. Where this method of placement is not practical or where required by the Architect, alternate grouting methods shall be submitted for acceptance. 3. Base plate grout shall be Non -Shrink, Non -Metallic grout. C. Consolidation: Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CONCRETE WORK 03 3100 15/15 SECTION 03 33 00 - ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in -place Architectural Concrete Walls, including form facings, reinforcement and accessories, concrete materials, concrete mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. C. Formwork Shop Drawings. 1. Plan, elevations, and details showing overall pattern, joint locations, form tie locations, end locations and other special conditions. D. Placement schedule. E. Samples: For each of the following materials: 1. Retain applicable subparagraphs below. Insert samples of other materials if required. 2. Form -facing panels. 3. Form ties. 4. Form liners. 5. Chamfers and rustications. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. As required in Section 03 3100 Concrete Work. B. Form liners product information. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 1/9 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Storage of Materials: Cement and aggregates shall be stored at work in such manner as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of any foreign matter. Cement shall be kept dry and any material which has deteriorated, or which has been damaged shall not be used. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field sample panels may be used to verify that Contractor can produce cast -in -place architectural concrete of required finish, color, and texture. On simple projects, field samples may suffice and make mockups unnecessary. For more complex projects, field samples may be needed before producing full-scale mockups.Field Sample Panels: After approval of verification sample and before casting architectural concrete, produce field sample panels to demonstrate the approved range of selections made under Sample submittals. Produce a minimum of three sets of full-scale panels, cast vertically, approximately 48 by 48 by 6 inches minimum, to demonstrate the expected range of finish, color, and texture variations. B. Mockups: Before casting architectural concrete, build on site 30 days prior to commencing work, using same materials, methods and work force that will be used for the Project. Architect and Owner will determine specific requirements and location, and whether mockup shall be incorporated as part of the final project. 1. 48 by 48-inch mockups for concrete finishes designated in drawings: a. CNC-1 & CNC-2; to verify selections made under sample submittals b. To demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, tolerances, and standard of workmanship. C. Weather & Graffiti protective treatment. d. Demonstrate graffiti removal. 2. Obtain Architect's acceptance of mock-up before start of work. 3. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship, color, styles, patterns, and textures are approved by the Architect. 4. Incorporate edge, reveal, and detail as per drawings. 5. Show clean, pressure washed concrete surfaces. 6. Modify Mockup as required to produce acceptable work. 7. Maintain Mockup for comparison with finished work. 8. Remove mockup at the completion of the work — if not incorporated not the project. C. Installer Qualifications: 1. Experienced and competent in architectural concrete installation. 2. Submit a list of recently completed projects using similar materials. 1.7 COORDINATION/ SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installation of formliner panel systems with related wall elements, including windows, doors, louvers, ducts, signage, flashings sealants etc. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 2/9 1. Coordinate with installation of flashing, coping and sealants to ensure that materials are installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Coordinate with installation of surface -mounted objects to ensure that watertight seal is provided. 1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. B. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301. 2. ACI 303.1. 2.2 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. As designated on drawings: 1. CNC-1: Cast -in -place concrete Surface Finish-3.0 (SF-3.0) with visible tie holes. 2. CNC-2: Basis -of -design: Fitzgerald Formliners: Vac-U-Form, Pattern #16926LP 5" wood Plank, pigmented concrete & grouted tie -holes. B. General: Comply with Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for formwork and other form - facing material requirements. C. Form -Facing Panels for As -Cast Finishes: 1. CNC-1: Form concrete surfaces which will be exposed in finished structure with plywood, metal framed plywood face, or other acceptable panel type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. Provide in largest practical sizes to minimize joint locations and to conform to joint layout indicated. a. Use Plywood complying with US Product Standards PS-1, "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood", Class 1, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 3/9 2. CNC-2: Form Liners: Units of face design, texture, arrangement, and configuration indicated to match design reference sample. Furnish with manufacturer's recommended liquid - release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent surface treatments of concrete. D. Form Coating: Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. E. Indicate sizes, locations, and details of rustication strips on Drawings. F. Rustication Strips: Metal or rigid plastic, or with sides beveled and back kerfed; nonstaining; in longest practicable lengths. G. Chamfer Strips: Metal, rigid plastic, elastomeric rubber, or dressed wood, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum; nonstaining; in longest practicable lengths. H. Form Joint Tape: Compressible foam tape; pressure sensitive; AAMA 800; minimum 1/4 inch thick. Form Ties: 1. Mechanical couples shall be provided where shown and where approved by the Architect. The couplers shall develop a tensile strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice. 2. Factory -fabricated, internally disconnecting, or removable ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 3. Contractor shall submit manufacturer catalog showing conformance with specifications and location where it will be used for approval by Architect. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for steel reinforcement and other requirements for reinforcement accessories. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: 1. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595/C 595M, Type IL, Portland -limestone cement. C. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that does not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 4/9 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. D. Color: 1. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979/C 979M, synthetic mineral -oxide pigments or colored water - reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. 2. Color: To be selected by the Architect from the Manufacturer's full range. E. Water: Potable, complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M, except free of wash water from mixer washout operations. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing Compound: Liquid membrane forming compound conforming to: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. Type 1 Class A, all resin and free of paraffin or petroleum. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq meter when applied at 200 sq ft/ gal. Curing compound and areas receiving it must be approved in advance by the Architect. 1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 mg per liter. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. LITHIUMCURE 1000 by SINAK. 3. For integrally colored concrete, curing compound shall be approved by color pigment manufacturer. 4. For concrete indicated to be sealed, curing compound shall be compatible with sealer. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of cast -in -place architectural concrete proportioned on basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed design mixtures based on laboratory trial mixtures. 2. Clean equipment used to mix and deliver cast -in -place architectural concrete to prevent contamination from other concrete. 3. Base mix design on maximum 6" slump for normal weight concrete with a maximum water - cement ratio of 0.55. B. Ready Mix Concrete: Mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 5/9 1. Concrete may be rejected if not placed in final position within 1 % hours after water is first added to the bath, or if not in such condition that it can be properly placed. 2. Each mixer truck shall be accompanied by a Public Weigh master's Certificate. C. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.7 PROTECTIVE TREATMENT A. Clear- drying, water -based silicone emulsion for weatherproofing concrete. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. PROSOCO Inc: Sure Klean Weather Seal Blok-Guard & Graffiti Control WB 15 b. SINAK HLQ-125 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for formwork, embedded items, and shoring and reshoring. B. Limit deflection of form -facing panels to not exceed ACI 303.1 requirements. C. In addition to ACI 303.1 limits on form -facing panel deflection, limit cast -in -place architectural concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch D. Construct forms to result in cast -in -place architectural concrete that complies with ACI 117 (ASI 117M). E. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of cast -in -place architectural concrete. F. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. G. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. H. Place form liners accurately to provide finished surface texture indicated. Provide solid backing and attach securely to prevent deflection and maintain stability of liners during concreting. Prevent form liners from sagging and stretching in hot weather. Seal joints of form liners and form -liner accessories to prevent mortar leaks. Coat form liner with form -release agent. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 6/9 3.2 REINFORCEMENT AND INSERT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for fabricating and installing steel reinforcement. Securely fasten steel reinforcement and wire ties against shifting during concrete placement. B. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form - removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. 1. Cut off and cut off tie at embedded tip of cone if using cone spreaders. B. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that support weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved 28-day design compressive strength. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for cast -in -place architectural concrete surfaces. 3.4 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Install construction joints true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of cast -in -place architectural concrete, so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. B. Contraction Joints: Form weakened -plane contraction joints true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of cast -in -place architectural concrete, so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. Use Joint sealants as specified in Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants to guard against mortar leakage. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 7/9 B. Deposit concrete continuously between construction joints. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 3.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Architectural Concrete Finish: Match Architect's design reference sample, identified and described as indicated, to satisfaction of Architect. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. 1. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Maintain uniformity of special finishes over construction joints unless otherwise indicated. D. Form -Liner Finish: Produce a textured surface free of pockets, streaks, and honeycombs, and of uniform appearance, color, and texture. 3.7 CONCRETE CURING A. Coordinate curing methods with form removal, especially for as -cast finishes. Concrete in beams, columns, and undersides of slabs may be cured with forms left in place if intended surface appearance and color remain uniform as verified on sample panels or mockups. B. Begin curing cast -in -place architectural concrete immediately after removing forms from concrete. Cure according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods that will not mottle, discolor, or stain concrete: 1. Spray applied curing compound as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Before applying, read "Preparation" and "Safety Information" sections in the Manufacturer's Product Data: B. Spray application: 1. Saturate, wet -on -wet spraying from the bottom up. Avoid excessive overlapping. For heavily textured and porous surfaces, apply enough material to create a 6 to 8 inch rundown below the contact point. 2. Let first application penetrate masonry surface for 2 to 3 minutes. For heavily textured and porous surfaces, reapply in same saturating manner to ensure complete coverage of recessed surfaces. 3. Brush out runs and drips that don't penetrate immediately to prevent build up. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 8/9 C. Cleanup: Clean tools, equipment, and over spray with soap and warm water. Cleanup is more difficult from surfaces hotter than 95°F (35°C). D. Graffiti Removal: Demonstrate graffiti removal on the mockup. Provide documentation for Graffiti Removal products compatible with the product used for protecting the concrete at Project Close-out as part of the Operations and Maintenance Documentation. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Comply with field quality -control requirements in Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 3.10 REPAIR, PROTECTION, AND CLEANING A. Repair and cure damaged finished surfaces of cast -in -place architectural concrete when approved by Architect. Match repairs to color, texture, and uniformity of surrounding surfaces and to repairs on approved mockups. 1. Remove and replace cast -in -place architectural concrete that cannot be repaired and cured to Architect's approval. B. Protect corners, edges, and surfaces of cast -in -place architectural concrete from damage, use guards and barricades. C. Protect cast -in -place architectural concrete from staining, laitance, and contamination during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 33 00 9/9 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 1.3 SECTION 03 35 43 - POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING A. Section includes polished concrete finishing. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each type of product requiring color selection. C. Certificates by manufacturer stating that installer is listed applicator of special concrete finishes and has completed the necessary training programs. D. Floor Protection Plan. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Sample Panels: After approval of samples, produce field sample panels to demonstrate the approved range of selections made under Sample submittals. 1. Produce a mockup of minimum of three sets of full-scale panels, approximately 48 by 48 inches minimum, to demonstrate the expected range of finish, color, and appearance variations. 2. Locate panels as indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 3. Maintain field sample panels during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 4. Demolish and remove field sample panels when directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments for Polished Concrete Finish: Clear, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and is suitable for polished concrete surfaces. 1. Available manufacturers offering products, may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING 03 35 43 1/4 2.2 a. Euclid Chemicals — Euco Diamond Hard b. SINAK C. H&C — Endurapolish d. Ameripolish e. Prosoco,lnc MATERIALS: A. Clear, water -based, blended surfactant cutting aid: Project used to extend the life of diamond tooling and minimize concrete surface scratches during the wet -grinding process. 1. Product to comply with national, state and district AIM VOC regulations. B. Liquid Concrete Repair Material: Low -odor, liquid material used to fill pinholes, small air voids and pop -Outs, micro -cracks and other gaps in concrete surface during grinding. 1. Product to comply with national, state and district AIM VOC regulations. C. Pre-Densifier Concrete Cleaner: Cleaner to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other stains from slab surface. D. Penetrating Concrete Hardener/Densifier: Lithium Silicate hardener/densifier. 1. Product to comply with national, state and district AIM VOC regulations. 2. Abrasion resistance: Greater than 50% improvement over untreated samples with tested in accordance with ASTM C1353. 3. Achieve 'High Traction Range' readings when tested in accordance with ANSI B1011.1 and ANSI 131.1.3. 4. Coefficient of Friction: Greater than 0.60 dry. Greater than 0.60 wet when tested in accordance with ASTM C1028. 5. Adhesion: Greater than 10 percent increase in pull -off strength when compared to an untreated sample when tested in accordance with ASTM D4541. 6. Water Vapor Transmission: 100 percent retained when compared to untreated samples when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/96M Method B (Water Method). 7. UV Stability: No degradation or yellowing of material when tested in accordance with ASTM G154. E. Interior Concrete Protective Treatments: 1. General Purpose Medium Gloss, film forming sealer. a. Product to comply with national, state and district AIM VOC regulations. b. Achieve 'High Traction Range' readings when tested in accordance with ANSI 131011.1 and ANSI B1.1.3. C. Coefficient of Friction: Greater than 0.60 dry. Greater than 0.60 wet when tested in accordance with ASTM C1028. d. Stain Resistance: Achieve limited or no adverse effects when tested in accordance with ASTM D1308. e. UV Stability: No degradation or yellowing of material when tested in accordance with ASTM G154. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING 03 35 43 2/4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 3.3 PREPARATION A. Preparation: Clean concrete to ensure the surface is free of all latency, dirt, dust, grease, paint, and any foreign material. 1. Concrete must be cured to a minimum of 28 days. 2. Variations in substrate texture and color will affect final appearance and should be corrected prior to application. 3. Avoid contact in areas not to be treated. Avoid contact with metal, glass and painted surfaces. 4. Seal open joints in accordance with Section 07 90 00. 5. Apply specified sealants and allow complete curing before application of penetrating concrete hardener/densifier. 6. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. POLISHING A. Polish: Level 2: Low sheen, 400 grit. B. Apply polished concrete finish system to cured and prepared slabs. 1. Machine grind floor surfaces to receive polished finishes level and smooth. 2. Apply reactive stain for polished concrete in polishing sequence and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Apply penetrating concrete hardener/densifier for polished concrete in polishing sequence and according to manufacturer's written instructions, allowing recommended drying time between successive coats. 4. Continue polishing with progressively finer -grit diamond polishing pads to gloss level, to match approved mockup. 5. Control and dispose of waste products produced by grinding and polishing operations. 6. Neutralize and clean polished floor surfaces. SEALER/PROTECTIVE COATING A. Application for medium glass protective treatment 1. Apply per manufacturer's published recommendations to clean, dry slab at the completion of mechanically polishing the slab. 2. Lightly wet a clan microfiber pad with protective treatment and wring out excess leaving the pad damp. 3. Spray -apply protective treatment using a clean, pump -up sprayer fitted with a 0.5 gpm conical or fan spray tip at an estimated coverage rate of 400 to 800 square feet per gallon. Work from one control joint to another. 4. Spread with the damp microfiber pad. Maintain a thin, even coating and wet edge. Stop spreading once drying begins. Do not overlap. Repeat steps 1 through 4. Two coats are recommended for maximum protection. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING 03 35 43 3/4 5. To increase gloss, wait at least 60 minutes after the final coat is applied, then use a high- speed burnisher fitted with a white polishing pad. Burnish at a fast walking pace. B. Apply additional coats per manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 FINISHING REQUIREMENTS A. Interior exposed finished slab area must consist of the following: 1. Slab surface must meet the desired sheen and be consistent with approved mock-up. 2. Slab surface must have a consistent look and exhibit a finish that has no evidence of streaking or burnish marks. 3. White residue or hazy appearance is not acceptable. 4. Exposure of aggregate beyond Concrete Polish Council Class is not acceptable. a. Aggregate Exposure Class: B-Fine Aggregate, "Salt and Pepper" finish. 3.5 CLEAN UP A. During the progress and at the completion of the work, remove all trash, debris, etc. from the project site and leave the site clean and in an orderly condition. 3.6 PROTECTION A. All special finished concrete surfaces shall be protected until final acceptance of the project. B. Protect floor from traffic for at least 24 hours after final application of sealer. 1. Protect finished floor to prevent damage including staining, gouges and scratching by construction traffic and activities until possession. 2. Do not drag equipment or material across the slab which will scratch or chip it. 3. Inspect tires for debris prior to use on slab. Remove embedded items which may cause damage to floor slab. 4. Clean up spills on slab immediately. Provide cleaning chemicals and absorptive materials. 5. Develop concrete protection procedure which addresses the following procedures: a. Communication of protection plan to subcontractors and vendors. b. Procedures for cleaning up slab spills, including use of and availability of cleaning chemicals and absorptive materials at Site. C. After sealer has dried sufficiently, install double faced 125# corrugated cardboard sheets on the concrete floor. Tape together. Do not tape cardboard directly to the floor. D. Provide care manual. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING 03 35 43 4/4 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop Drawings including complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly of members. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by AWS symbols, and show size length, and type of weld. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail number on the Drawings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabrication and Erection: 1. Perform all work in accordance with the applicable provisions of the AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings," and AWS "Structural Welding Code," latest approved edition. 2. All structural steel, both in the shop and in field shall be transported and handled and erected in such manner as will preclude any injurythereto and in no case shall the material be subjected to any undue stresses in any part of connection or member. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work in the structural steel section with that of all other sections. Provide all punchings and drilling indicated on the drawings, or required for the attachment of their work to the structural steel framing for pipe and duct supports, anchors, aluminum sash, doors and similar work. Provide necessary drilling and punching; accurately locate and arrange to receive and engage the same. C. Field Measurements: Before starting work, secure all field measurements pertaining to or affecting the work of this section and verify the locations and exact position of all anchor bolts occurring therein. D. Certification of Materials: Identify all structural steel by heat or melt number and accompany with mill analysis and test reports. Furnish evidence to the Architect that the materials conform with the requirements of these specifications. E. Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever possible without causing delay in the work. a. Promptly notify Architect whenever design of members and connections for any portion of structure are not clearly indicated. 1.03 TESTING Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach STRUCTURAL STEEL 05 12 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 1/5 A. Testing Laboratory: A qualified testing laboratory shall be as approved by the Architect. Testing and inspection shall be as required by the Drawings and these Specifications. B. Mill Tests and Inspection of Structural Steel: 1. Tests of Mill Order Steel: Where steel, ordered from the mill, cut to lengths, is identified by heat or melt numbers and is accompanied by mill analysis test reports, material shall be used without further local tests, provided an affidavit is given that materials conform with requirements. In case of controversy, tension and bend tests of materials, either locally or at mill, as required for local stock will be required. 2. Test of Unidentified Steel: In the event structural steel cannot be identified by heat or melt numbers and is accompanied by mill analysis and test report, such stock may be used, provided 1 tension and 1 bend test is made for each 50 tons or fractional part, of stock as may be used in work. Complete 4 sided surface inspection may be required for materials. Each piece of high -strength local stock steel shall be tested and stamped. C. Any steel that cannot be identified or whose source is questionable shall be rejected and removed from the jobsite. D. Inspecting the structural steel will be performed in the mill, shop and field but such inspections or tests shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish satisfactory materials. The Architect shall have the right to inspect and reject faulty materials or workmanship at any time prior to the final acceptance of the erected structural steel. E. Tests of Welding and Bolting: An approved Testing Laboratory shall inspect shop and field welding and high tensile bolting. Testing laboratory shall comply with regulations of the local building inspection department and shall certify in writing, upon completion of work, that welding and high tensile bolting has been performed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and applicable city ordinances. F. Testing of Complete Penetration Welds: The Testing Laboratory shall inspect welded connections of column to column, girder to column, or girder to girder by ultrasonic or other approved non-destructive tests. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be delivered to the site in undamaged condition, stored in fully covered, well ventilated areas, and protected from the elements. Store materials above the ground upon platforms, pallets, skids or other supports. Keep materials free from dirt, grease and other foreign matter, and protect from corrosion. Material showing evidence of damage will be rejected. Immediately remove rejected materials from the work. Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach STRUCTURAL STEEL 05 12 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 2/5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials shall conform with the following requirements and shall be free from scale, defects and imperfections, of recent manufacture and unused. Where two or more identical articles or pieces of equipment are required, they shall be of the same manufacture. B. Structural steel shall conform with ASTM A992 or A572, Grade 50 for shapes unless noted otherwise. Structural steel shall conform with ASTM A36 for plates and bars unless noted otherwise. C. Welding electrodes shall conform with AWS D1.1, E70, series. Electrodes for welding reinforcing steel to be low hydrogen electrodes. D. Headed Welded Studs: Nelson "Granular Flux -Filled Shear Connector and Anchor Studs," - "KSM Shear Connector Studs" or approved equal, manufactured of C1015, 1010, 1017, or 1020 cold -rolled steel conforming to ASTM A 108. E. Pipe columns shall be ASTM A 53, Grade B. F. Tube steel shall be ASTM A 500, Grade B, 46 ksi. G. Galvanizing shall conform with ASTM A 123. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WELDING A. Structural welding shall be done by the electric submerged or shielded metal arc process and shall have inspection by the laboratory of record. Operators shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in arc welding of structures, capable of making uniformly reliable butt and fillet welds in flat, vertical and overhead positions and by producing neat and consistent work in actual operation. Each operator shall have passed all welding tests of the American Welding Society. B. Surfaces to be welded shall be free of any paint, grease, loose scale and foreign matter. Clean welds each time the electrode is changed and chip clean all burned or flame- cut edges before welds are deposited thereon. The same electrode may be used with various thicknesses of plate, but change current used and number of passes made proportionately. C. After being deposited, brush welds with wire brushes. Welds shall exhibit uniform section, smoothness of welded metal, feathered edges without undercuts or overlays, and freedom from porosity and clinkers. Visual inspection at edges and ends of fillet and buttjoint welds Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach STRUCTURAL STEEL 05 12 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 3/5 shall indicate a good fusion with penetration into base metal. D. During assembly and welding, hold component part of a built-up member with sufficient clamps or other adequate means to keep the parts straight and in close contact. In welding, precautions shall be taken to minimize "lockup" stresses and distortion due to heat. No welding shall be done under windy conditions until adequate wind protection screening has been provided. Any welds or parts of welds which are found to be defective shall be cut out with a chisel and replaced. The maximum space between members to be butt welded shall not exceed 1/4", except at web doubler plates. Bevel all pieces or members up to 1/8" thickness to form a single or double "vee" before being welded. Bevel welds over 3/8" in thickness to form a double "vee" wherever possible. Lay fillet welds in the position indicated on the drawings and to the sizes shown. In measuring fillet welds, consider only the effective portion. The maximum space between pieces for members to be fillet welded shall not exceed 1/16". 3.02 ERECTION A. Erect all structural steel with qualified riggers and carefully plan and lay out so that a minimum of cutting shall be required. Erect work plumb, square and true to line and level, and in precise position, as indicated. provide temporary bracing and guys, wherever necessary, to provide for the loads and stresses to which the structure may be subjected, including those due to erection equipment and their operation, and leave in place as long as it may be required for safeguarding all parts of the work. B. As erection progresses, securely bolt up work as required to maintain the steel in proper position while field bolting and welding is being done and as required to take care of all deadloads, wind and erection stresses. No field bolting or welding shall be done until the work has been properly aligned, plumbed and leveled. C. Set each column base plate in exact position as to alignment, plumb and height. The center of each base shall be true to the column center within a tolerance of 1/16", and its height shall be adjusted in exact position. Maintain all bases at the exact position and level while they are being grouted. D. Carry out erection of structural steel work in proper sequence with the work of other trades, and frame, bed and anchor to concrete and related work in strict accordance with the detail drawings and approved setting drawings. E. Field Modification: Written acceptance from the Architect must be obtained before using cutting torch for field modification or re -fabrication of structural steel. The structural steel fabricator shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field. Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach STRUCTURAL STEEL 05 12 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 4/5 F. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with requirements ofAISC Code of Standard Practice. Bases of all columns shall be located on the established column lines within plus or minus 1/8". All leveling and plumbing shall be based on a mean temperature of 70 degrees F. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Unfinished Bolts: Make field connections with unfinished bolts only where indicated. 3.04 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Inspect the installation of anchor bolts, make all necessary field measurements and, if necessary, furnish templates to ensure that all structural steel will fit the job conditions. Locate all columns as indicated on the drawings. Setting of anchor bolts in hardened or existing concrete, which may be necessary because of error or oversight, shall be made in suitable drilled holes and solidly grouted in place, under the direction of the Architect. 3.05 FINISH A. Clean all steel of any grease, rust, mill scale or other foreign matter. Material to be embedded in concrete shall not be primed. END OF SECTION Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach STRUCTURAL STEEL 05 12 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 5/5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.2 1.3 SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified. 3. Pipe guards. 4. Pre-engineered slotted steel framing system. 5. Aluminum and stainless -steel wall protection. 6. Miscellaneous steel trim. 7. Loose bearing and leveling plates. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section: 1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted -channel inserts, and wedge -type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." 2. Division 10 Section "Door and Wall Protection" for pre -manufactured wall guards. 3. Division 10 Section "Wall and Door Protection" for plastic and wood wall protection. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design ladders, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 1/10 1. Paint products. 2. Grout. 3. Pre -Engineered slotted steel framing system. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. a. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. b. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. C. Corner guards. d. Pipe guards. e. Pre -Engineered slotted steel framing system. 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 3. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis date signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 4. For slotted channel framing indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. a. Show layout, bracing, spacing, sizes, thicknesses, and types of slotted channel framing, fabrication, and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. C. Mill Certificates: Singed by manufacturers of stainless -steel sheet certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. D. Welding certificates. E. Delegated -Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 2/10 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold -formed steel tubing. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. E. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal channels with flange edges returned toward web and with 9/16-inch-wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches o.c. 1. Provide basis of design product, "P5001" as manufactured by Unistrut Corporation or a comparable product of one of the following: a. Slotted Channel framing: 1) Hilti USA Tel: (800) 879-8000 2) Versabar Corporation: Tel: (800) 228-3772 3) US Strut, Unitron Products Inc.:Tel: (718) 863-7000 2. Width of Channels: 15/8" 3. Depth of Channels: As indicated 4. Metal and thickness: Uncoated steel complying with ASTM A570, Grade 33; 0.0966-inch minimum thickness. 5. Finish: Electro-galvanized; electrolytically zinc coated per ASTM B633, Type III, SC 1. 2.3 NONFERROUS METALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6. B. Aluminum -Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, Alloy 6061-T6. C. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 443.0-F. D. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B 455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (extruded architectural bronze). E. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass) or No. C84400 (leaded semired brass). F. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze). City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 3/10 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. 1. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 3. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver. 4. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A; with ex nuts ASTM A 563; and where indicated, flat washers. C. Stainless steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless -steel bolts, nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; ASTM 593 for bolts and ASTM 594 for nuts, Alloy Group 1. D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM 1554, Grade 36 1. Provide hot -dip or mechanically deposited, zinc -coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. E. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329. F. Post -Installed Anchors: [Torque -controlled expansion anchors] [or] [chemical anchors]. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. G. Eyebolts: ASTM A489. H. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3 Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1 Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1. K. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B18.21.1. L. Slotted -Channel Inserts: Cold -formed, hot -dip galvanized -steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee -head bolts, City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 4/10 2.5 2.6 complete with washers and nuts, all zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 09 painting Sections. B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich primer. C. Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer b. Carboline Company; Carbozinc C. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.; Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97-670 d. Sherwin-Williams Co.; Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer. e. Tnemec Co. Inc.; Tneme-Zinc 90-97 D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. E. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. F. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. G. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal - weight, air -entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 5/10 2.7 C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. E. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 24 inches o.c. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. C. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated. 1. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill or punch holes at 24 inches o.c. D. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel baseplates and top plates as indicated. Drill or punch baseplates and top plates for anchor and connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around. Make welds the same size as pipe wall thickness unless otherwise indicated. E. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. F. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc -rich primer where indicated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 6/10 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. C. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim. 2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. 2.10 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. B. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. C. Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc -rich primer. 2.11 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.12 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.13 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 7/10 B. Shop prime iron and steel items unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless zinc -rich primer or primers specified in Division 09 Section "High -Performance Coatings" are indicated. C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with [SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."] [SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."] [requirements indicated below:] 1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc -Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Division 09 Section "High -Performance Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. E. Powder -Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat galvanized metal to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Prepare galvanized metal by thoroughly removing grease, dirt, oil, flux and other foreign matter. 2. Treat prepared metal with zinc -phosphate pretreatment, rinse and seal surfaces. 3. Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane power coating with cured -film thickness not less than 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). 4. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.14 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association of designating aluminum finishes PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 8/10 B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.2 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS A. Fill metal -capped bollards solidly with concrete and allow concrete to cure seven days before installing. B. Anchor bollards to existing construction with expansion anchors, anchor bolts, through bolts. Provide four 3/4-inch bolts at each bollard unless otherwise indicated. C. Anchor bollards in concrete in formed or core -drilled holes. Fill annular space around bollard solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. D. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. E. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water. 3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. C. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 9/10 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 10/10 SECTION 05 5133 — METAL LADDERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum access ladders. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05500 — Metal Fabrications: Fasteners and installation requirements used to attach ladders to structure. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AA —Aluminum Association. B. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. C. ASTM B 221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. D. OSHA 1910.27 — Fixed Ladders. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 0133 00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and erection of each ladder indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 3. Provide reaction loads for each hanger and bracket. D. Qualification Data: 1. Refer to Quality Assurance provisions for submittal requirements evidencing experience, certifications and resources. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL LADDERS 05 5133 1/5 E. Selection Samples: For each finish specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors. F. Verification Samples: For each finish specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square, represent actual product color. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing aluminum metal ladders similar to those indicated for this Project. 1. Record of successful in-service performance. 2. Sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 3. Professional engineering competent in design and structural analysis to fabricate ladders in compliance with industry standards and local codes. B. Installer Qualifications: Competent and experienced firm capable of selecting fasteners and installing ladders to attain designed operational and structural performance. C. Product Qualification: Product design shall comply with OSHA 1910.27 minimum standards for ladders. D. Mock -Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and application workmanship. 1. Install ladder in area designated by Architect. 2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship and installation are approved by Architect. 3. Rework mock-up as required to produce acceptable work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL LADDERS 05 5133 2/5 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, indicate established dimensions on shop drawing submittal and proceed with fabrication. 1.8 WARRANTY A. A. Manufacturer has responsibility for an extended Corrective Period for work of this Section for a period of 5 years commencing on the shipment date of the product against all the conditions indicated below, and when notified in writing from Owner, manufacturer shall promptly and without inconvenience and cost to Owner correct said deficiencies. 1. Defects in materials and workmanship. 2. Deterioration of material and surface performance below minimum OSHA standards as certified by independent third party testing laboratory. Ordinary wear and tear, unusual abuse or neglect excepted. 3. Within the warranty period, the manufacturer shall, at its option, repair, replace, or refund the purchase price of defective ladder. B. Manufacturer shall be notified immediately of defective products, and be given a reasonable opportunity to inspect the goods prior to return. Manufacturer will not assume responsibility, or compensation, for unauthorized repairs or labor. Manufacturer makes no other warranty, expressed or implied, to the merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, design, sale, installation, or use, of the ladder; and shall not be liable for incidental or consequential damages, losses of or expenses, resulting from the use of ladder products. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish touchup kit for each type and color of paint finish provided. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that maybe incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. O'Keeffe's Inc. 2. ALACO Ladder Company. B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 0125 00 — Substitution Procedures. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL LADDERS 05 5133 3/5 2.2 APPLICATIONS/SCOPE A. Fixed Access Ladder: 1. Standard Duty Channel Rail. a. Basis of Design: Model 500 as manufactured by O'Keeffe's Inc. 2.3 FINISHES A. Paint. Urethane over chemically pretreated substrate. 1. Caution Yellow (RAL 1018). 2.4 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Sheet: Alloy 5005-1-134 to comply with ASTM B209. B. Aluminum Extrusions: Alloy 6063-T6 to comply with ASTM B221. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Rungs: Not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in section and 18-3/8 inches (467mm) long, formed from tubular aluminum extrusions. Squared and deeply serrated on all sides. 1. Rungs shall withstand a 1,500 pound (454 kg) load without deformation or failure. B. Channel Side Rails: Not less than 1/8 inch (3 mm) wall thickness by 3 inches (76 mm) wide. C. Walk -Through Rail and Roof Rail Extension: Not less than 3 feet 6 inches (1067 mm) above the landing and shall be fitted with deeply serrated, square, tubular grab rails. D. Ladder Safety Post: Retractable hand hold and tie off. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Coordinate anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and anchorage structural loads for fastener resistance. B. Do not begin installation until supporting structure is complete and ladder installation will not interfere with supporting structure work. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building METAL LADDERS 05 5133 4/5 C. If supporting structure is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory supporting work before proceeding. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 METAL LADDERS 05 5133 5/5 SECTION 05 52 13 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stainless Steel pipe and tube railings. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings. 2. Railing brackets. 3. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. D. Delegated -Design Submittal: For railings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: For pipe and tube railings, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements," to design railings, including attachment to building construction. B. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 1/5 a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction. C. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide type of bracket with [flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt] [predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage] and that provides 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail to finished wall surface. 2.3 STAINLESS STEEL A. Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT 316L. B. Pipe: ASTM A 312/A 312M, Grade TP 316L. C. Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M, [Grade CF 8 or CF 20] [Grade CF 8M or CF 3M]. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide the following: 1. Stainless -Steel Railings: Type 316 stainless -steel fasteners. B. Post -Installed Anchors: Torque -controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy [Group 11 [Group 2] stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 2/5 2.6 FABRICATION A. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. B. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. C. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. D. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. E. Form changes in direction by bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. F. For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. G. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. H. Provide wall returns at ends of wall -mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. 1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush - resistant fillers or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate. 2.7 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Dull Satin Finish: No. 6. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 3/5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. B. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1. Coat, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint, concealed surfaces of aluminum that are in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals. 3.2 ANCHORING POSTS A. Use metal sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts are inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. B. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members. 3.3 ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Attach railings to wall with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. B. Secure wall brackets and railing end flanges to building construction as follows: 1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled -in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by the railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 4/5 B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 13 5/5 SECTION 05 70 00 - DECORATIVE METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Section includes patterned perforated metal panels utilized as a shading device in the courtyard. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 05 Section for steel support structure. 2. Division 09 Sections for field painting. 1.2 REFERENCES: A. References, General: Versions of the following standards current as of the date of issue of the project or required by applicable code apply to the Work of this Section. B. Aluminum Association (AA): 1. Aluminum Standards and Data. C. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) 1. AAMA 2604 — High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. D. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): 1. Public Playground Safety Handbook. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical literature for each product specified. B. Shop Drawings: 1. For each type of panel and accessory, showing material, thickness, dimensions, cutouts and penetrations, finish, and other information necessary to describe work. 2. Size and spacing of fasteners, mounting clips, and other panel attachments devices. 3. Panel Layout drawings: show panel layout and method of support. C. Manufacturer Instructions: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 1/5 1. Delivery, storage, and handling. 2. Installation. 3. Cleaning and repair. D. Samples: One for each pattern, in specified material and thickness, not less than 8-by-8 inches in size and showing geometry type that represents the specified pattern. Include finish sample(s) as well to represent exact specified finish. E. Delegated Design Submittal: Include analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Installer: Experienced Installer with a record of successful installations of similar type and size to that specified. C. C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Documented experience with providing delegated - design engineering services of the kind required by this Section, including documentation that engineer is licensed in the jurisdiction in which Project is located. D. Mock -Ups: E. 1. Install at location acceptable to Architect. F. 2. Size: approximately 24 by 24 inches. G. 3. Accepted mock-ups may remain as part of Work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Protect against damage. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Submit panel manufacturer's limited warranty against defects in material and workmanship: 1. Standard Factory -Applied Coatings to Aluminum Panels: Ten years. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 2/5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design structure to withstand design loads. B. Structural Requirements: Engineer panel assemblies and supports to withstand design loads. C. Thermal movement: Allow for 180 deg. F thermal variation. D. At locations indicated on Drawings, comply with CPSC requirements with regards to entanglement; impalement; entrapment; and sharp points, corners, and edges. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Parasoleil, https://parasoleil.com/, hello@parasoleil.com, 303-589-4524. 1. Substitution Limitations: Substitution requests shall be submitted in accordance with Division 00 and 01 and shall include: a. Documentation that manufacturer has five years' experience manufacturing laser cut panels of type and quality specified and is licensed to produce copyrighted designs. b. Documentation of three projects with similar types and quality of exterior laser cut panels including photographs of work, project address, and name and contact information for project designer, contractor, and owner. C. Sample panel not less than 24-by-24 inches demonstrating materials, finishes, and workmanship specified. 2.3 METAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Provide complete engineered systems including panels and panel -mounting hardware. B. Provide system engineering services as follows: 1. Panel thickness calibration. 2. IAPMO-UES Product Certification. 3. Finite Element Analysis. 2.4 METAL PANELS PM-1 A. Manufacturer's laser -cut aluminum architectural panels. B. Nominal Size: As indicated on Drawings. C. Panel Thickness: As indicated on drawings City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 3/5 D. Pattern: SERPENTINE (SRP) E. Finish: Factory -Applied Standard Powder Coat: Parasoleil Quality Standard 1. Colors: Parasoleil panel: Patina Finishe — Deep Bronze 2. Color: Structural framework: PPG Powder Coating: RAL 8012 Red Brown PCTA29121 F. Mounting System: Flat Bracket — PFL Series & components as recommended by manufacturer's written instructions. G. Do not allow unsupported edges except as shown on approved Shop Drawings. H. Modify panels as required to meet project requirements. 2.5 MATERIALS: A. Aluminum: AA 5000 series, H32 temper. B. Galvanic Barriers: Types recommended by manufacturer for conditions of use. C. Shims: Non -staining type suitable for conditions of use. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Cutting and Cutouts: Cut metal with laser cutter capable of 1/16-inch tolerance. Remove burrs in accordance with WBTD recommended "Deburring & Edge Finishing Handbook" by La Roux K. Gillespie, Level D, without magnification. B. Predrill holes for fasteners in factory to extent practical. C. Complete fabrication before applying finishes. 2.7 FINISHES A. Powder Coatings, Coating Finish Process: Dry system with a minimum 50 percent fluoropolymer resin, meeting performance requirements of AAMA 2604 and the following: 1. Product: AAMA-approved TGIC or HAA polyester powder coating. 2. Dry Film Thickness, ASTM D7091: Not less than thickness applied to tested specimens meeting specified performance requirements, and as recommended by manufacturer for application. 3. Specular Gloss, ASTM D523 at 60 deg.: 35 percent, plus or minus 5 percent. 4. Dry Film Salt Spray, ASTM B117: Minimum 3,000 hours. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 4/5 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Systems: Manufacturer's provided engineered clips and attachment devices. Provide powder coated, 1/8-inch-thick mild steel mounting hardware for wood or steel support structure. B. Fasteners: Fasteners: Manufacturer's provided self -drilling, self -tapping screws. C. Color: Color of exposed -to -view fasteners in surfaces with factory -applied finishes shall be compatible with panel finish. D. Size and Spacing: As shown on approved Shop Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Verify that conditions are ready for installation of panels. Correct defects before proceeding. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install plumb, level, square, and securely and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Factory -Painted Surfaces: Do not cut or weld in the field. C. Protect against contact between dissimilar metals. 3.3 PROTECTION AND REPAIRS A. Protect installed panels from damage. B. Damaged panels that cannot be repaired to Architect's satisfaction shall be removed and replaced with new panels. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 5/5 SECTION 06 06 20 - DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Standard Decorative Laminates. B. Compact Laminates. C. Chemical -Resistant Decorative Laminates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 0130 00 - Submittals. B. Section 06 4116 - Plastic -Laminate -Clad Architectural Cabinets. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 0130 00 - Submittals. B. Product Data: Submit the following: 1. Product data for each specified product. Include manufacturer's technical data sheets and published instruction instructions. 2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS). C. Shop Drawings: Fully dimensioned shop drawings showing layouts and components, including edge conditions, joinery, terminating conditions, substrate construction, and cutouts and holes. Include elevations, section details, and large scale details. Indicate color, pattern, and finish selections. D. Samples: Selection and verification samples for each color, pattern, and finish required. E. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance withspecified performance characteristics and physical properties, if required. F. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's published maintenance manual with closeout submittals. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Adhesives, Sealants, and Sealant Primers: 1. SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District) Rule 1168 forVOC content. 2. Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) model Rule for Adhesives and Sealants. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE 06 06 20 1/5 A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer producing products in an ISO 9001, ISO 14001, and OHSAS 18001 certified facility. 2. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum of three years documented experience in fabricating decorative plastic laminates similar in scope and complexity of this Project. 3. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of three years documented installation experience for projects similar in scope and complexity to this Project. Installer shall be the fabricator. B. Mock -Up: 1. Install at Project site using acceptable products and manufacturer approved installation methods. Obtain Architect's acceptance for color, pattern, finish, fabrication, and installation standards. 2. Mock -Up Size: 6 feet by 4 feet. 3. Mock -Up Location: As directed by Architect. 4. Maintain mock-up during construction for fabrication and installation comparison. If required, remove and legally dispose of mock-up when no longer required. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: Store plastic laminate materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions, at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. Store sheet materials flat on pallets or similar rack -type storage to preclude damage. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Ensure appropriate acclimatization between plastic laminate and substrate prior to fabrication. Condition plastic laminate and substrate surfaces in the same environment for 48 hours prior to fabrication. Condition at approximately 75 deg F (24 deg C) and 45 percent to 55 percent relative humidity. Adhesive: For best results, apply adhesives at temperatures at or above 65deg F (18 deg F). B. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements and openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE 06 06 20 2/5 A. Basis of Design: Wilsonart. Contact information: Haley Wilson, Wilsonart, 13911 E Gannet St, Sant Fe Springs, CA 90670. Cell: 469-439-6241, email: wilsonh@wilsonart.com 2.02 LAMINATE PROPERTIES A. Laminate Composition: Decorative surface papers impregnated with melamine resins and pressed over kraft paper core sheets impregnated with phenolic resin. Sheets then bonded together under pressures greater than 1,000 lbs. per sq. in. and high temperatures approaching 300 deg F (149 deg C). Finished sheets trimmed and backs sanded to facilitate bonding to substrate. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: 1. Test Standards: ASTM E 84, ASTM E 162, ASTM E 662, IMO FTP Code Part and Part 5, and UL 723. 2. Interior Finish Classification, Fire -Rated Laminate: Class A according to NFPA 101. Flame spread less than 25 and Smoke Developed less than 450. C. Surfaces Subject to Food Contact: Comply with NSF Standard 35. D. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS. 2. Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS. E. Materials for Semi -exposed Surfaces: Surfaces other than drawer bodies: High Pressure Laminate 2.03 STANDARD DECORATIVE LAMINATES A. Product: "Wilsonart® Laminate." 1. Sheet thickness: 0.048 inch nominal 2. Laminate Conformance Standard: NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS 3. Color, Patter, and Finish: a. PL-1: Grey Elm #8201K, Finish: Softgrain w/AEON b. PL-2: Steel Mesh #4879, Finish: Fine Velvet c. PL-3: Deep Blue— Finish-60 (Matte) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces for conditions that could adversely affect the performance of the decorative plastic laminate installation, including edge performance. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE 06 06 20 3/5 B. Surfaces to be adhesively bonded shall be clean, dry and free of any dust, loose paint, wax, moisture, dirt, grease, oil, rust, or other contaminants. C. Commencement of work will constitute acceptance of existing conditions and surfaces to receive the work. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install materials according to referenced Specification Sections and the following conformance standards as applicable: 1. AWI AWS. 2. KCMA A161.1. B. To avoid stress cracking, do not use square -cut inside corners. All inside corners tohave a minimum 1/8 inch radius and all edges routed smooth. C. Drill oversized holes for screws, bolts, and similar fasteners. Slightly countersink fasteners into face side of laminate -clad substrate. D. Use carbide -tipped saw and router blades for cutting, with high tool speed and low feed speed. Keep cutting blades sharp. Use appropriate hold-downs to prevent vibration. 3.03 ADHESIVE SPRAY APPLICATIONS A. Comply with adhesive manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B. Apply contact adhesive uniformly to both surfaces and with a minimum 80 percent coverage for each surface. Apply PVA adhesive to one side with a minimum 80 percent coverage. C. Apply two coats of adhesive to porous surfaces. Provide 100 percent coverage for edges. D. Apply uniform downward pressure (30 to 40 psi minimum) across the entire bonded surface. 3.04 ADHESIVE BRUSH APPLICATIONS A. Comply with adhesive manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B. Apply contact adhesive uniformly to both surfaces with a brush or solvent -resistant medium nap roller; cover each surface 100 percent. Apply PVA adhesive to one side, for 100 percent coverage. C. Provide two coats of adhesive on porous surfaces. Double coat edges. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE 06 06 20 4/5 D. Apply uniform downward pressure (30 to 40 psi minimum) across the entire bonded surface. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean decorative plastic laminate according to manufacturer's printed care and maintenance instructions. B. Protect installed products and finish surfaces from damage during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE 06 06 20 5/5 SECTION 06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Plywood backing panels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Preservative -treated wood. 2. Fire -retardant -treated wood. 3. Power -driven fasteners. 4. Powder -actuated fasteners. 5. Expansion anchors. 6. Metal framing anchors. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Certified Wood: Lumber and plywood shall be produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 1/6 B. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules -writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. C. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: DOC PS 1. 2. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified but not less than thickness indicated. 3. Factory mark panels according to indicated standards. 2.2 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with the ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat all miscellaneous carpentry unless otherwise indicated. items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below -grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawl spaces or unexcavated areas. 5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs -on -grade. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 2/6 2.3 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. Fire -Retardant -Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire -retardant -treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 2. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. 3. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber shall be tested according ASTM D 5664, and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D 6841. B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent.[ Kiln -dry plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.] C. Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Application: Treat all miscellaneous carpentry unless otherwise indicated. 1. Framing for raised platforms. 2. Concealed blocking. 3. Roof framing and blocking. 4. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, and similar members in connection with roofing. 5. Plywood backing panels. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants. 5. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No.2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 3/6 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB 2. Hem -fir or Hem -fir (north); NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA 3. Spruce -pine -fir (south) or Spruce -pine -fir; NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA 4. Eastern Softwoods; NELMA 5. Northern species; NLGA 6. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Eastern softwoods, No. 2 Common grade; NELMA. 3. Northern species, No. 2 Common grade; NLGA. 4. Western woods, No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA. 2.5 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exterior sheathing, span rating to suit framing in each location, and thickness as indicated but not less than %2 inch (13 mm). 1. Plywood shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Plywood Underlayment: DOC PS 1, Exterior B-C with fully sanded face, thickness as indicated but not less than %" (13 mm). C. Miscellaneous Exposed Plywood: DOC PS 1, A-D Interior, thickness as indicated but not less than %" (13 mm). 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure -preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel. B. Power -Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. C. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. D. Screws for Fastening Pressure Treated blocking for roofing applications: Provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 4/6 E. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M). G. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. H. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. Expansion Anchors: Anchor blot and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concreted as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F738M and ASTM F836M, Grade Al or A4). 2.7 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS: A. General: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity, type, and size indicated and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc -coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of materials with defects that impair quality of carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. C. Where wood -preservative -treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. D. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. E. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. Install fire -retardant treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 5/6 F. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated. G. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber. H. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 3. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2). Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. J. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Predrill members when necessary to avoid splitting wood. 3.2 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NIALER INSTALLATION: A. Install where indicated and required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substates to support applied loading. Recess blots and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION: A. Wood Structural Panels: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in the APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial", for types of structural use panels and applications indicated. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron -treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA -registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA -registered label. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 53 6/6 SECTION 06 16 00 - SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof sheathing. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. 2. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch-(300 mm) long length for each trim accessory indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For following products, from ICC-ES: 1. Preservative -treated plywood. 2. Fire -retardant -treated plywood. 3. Foam -plastic sheathing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For assemblies with fire -resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEATHING 06 16 00 1/4 2.2 2.3 2.4 B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes B. Stack plywood and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS A. Emissions: Products shall meet the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Certified Wood: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD- 01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." 1. Plywood. 2. Oriented strand board. 3. Particleboard underlayment. 4. Hardboard underlayment. C. Plywood: DOC PSI D. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. PRESERVATIVE -TREATED PLYWOOD A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction. B. Mark plywood with appropriate classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Application: Treat all plywood unless otherwise indicated and plywood in contact with masonry or concrete or used with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEATHING 06 16 00 2/4 2.5 2.6 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED PLYWOOD A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire - test -response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire -Retardant -Treated Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame -spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire - retardant -treated plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 2. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. 3. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber plywood shall be tested according to ASTM D 5516 and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D 6305. Span ratings after treatment shall be not less than span ratings specified. For roof sheathing and where high -temperature fire -retardant treatment is indicated, span ratings for temperatures up to 170 deg F shall be not less than span ratings specified. C. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. D. Identify fire -retardant -treated plywood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency. E. Application: Treat all plywood unless otherwise indicated. ROOF SHEATHING A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior, Structural sheathing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEATHING 06 16 00 3/4 3.2 B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's "International Building Code." D. Coordinate wall and roof sheathing installation with flashing and joint -sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly. E. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural -use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Wall and Roof Sheathing: a. Nail to wood framing. Apply a continuous bead of glue to framing members at edges of wall sheathing panels. b. Screw to cold -formed metal framing. C. Space panels 1/8 inch apart at edges and ends. C. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient amount of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other penetrations and openings. D. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEATHING 06 16 00 4/4 SECTION 06 20 23 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior trim. 2. Plywood paneling. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 06 20 "Decorative Plastic Laminate 2. Section 06 10 53 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 3. Section 06 42 19 "Plastic Laminate Faced Wood Paneling 4. Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" for priming and back -priming of interior finish carpentry 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials, dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include construction and application details. 1. Product Data: For composite wood products, indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For composite wood products, indicating compliance with requirements for low -emitting materials. 3. Laboratory Test Reports: For installation adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low -emitting materials. B. Samples: For each type of paneling indicated. 1.3 INFORMATION SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For fire -retardant -treated wood, from ICC-ES B. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 23 1/5 1.4 1.5 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD- 01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship": 1. Interior trim. 2. Interior paneling. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical wall assembly 4 by 4 feet (1200 by 1200 mm) showing treatment at seams. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Deliver interior finish carpentry materials only when environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. If interiorfinish carpentry materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions meet requirement specified for installation areas. FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry materials until building is enclosed and weatherproof, we work is space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet, or moisture damaged include, but not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 23 2/5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MAERIALS, GENERAL A. Composite Wood Products: Products shall be made without Urea formaldehyde. B. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and the following grading rules: 1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturer's Association, "Standard Grading Rules for Northeastern Lumber." 2. NHLA: National Hardwood Lumber Association, "Rules for the Measurement and Inspection of Hardwood & Cypress." 3. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority, "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber." 4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, "Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber." 5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, Standard No. 17, "Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber." 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association, "Western Lumber Grading Rules." C. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Softwood Plywood - Not Exposed to View: Any face species, medium density fiberboard core PS 1 Grade A-B, glue type as recommended for application. E. Softwood Plywood Substrate: Face species hem -fir, rotary cut, veneer core, FSC; PS 1 Grade A- B; glue type: low urea formaldehyde. F. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. Pressed wood fiber with resin binder, Class 1-Tempered, 1/4 inch thick, smooth one side (S1S). G. MDF: Medium Density Fiberboard complying with ANSI/AHA A208.2 Class MD, no added formaldeyde. 1. Sierra Pine Medite II or approved comparable product. H. MDFX: Medium Density Fiberboard, Exterior Grade, complying with ANSI/AHA A208.2, Grade 130. Class MD -Exterior, formaldehyde -free. 1. SierraPine Medex or approved comparable product. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue. Composed of wood chips, sawdust, or flakes of medium density, made with waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application; sanded faces. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 23 3/5 2.2 Melamine -Faced Particleboard: Particleboard complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, finished on both faces with thermally fused, melamine -impregnated decorative paper and complying with requirements of NEMA LD3, Grade VGL, for test methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. INTERIOR TRIM A. Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear) 1. Stain Color: As noted on drawings B. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish): 1. Species and Grade: Eastern white, Idaho white, Lodgepole, ponderosa, radiata, or sugar pine: Finish or 1 Common (Colonial): NeLMA, NLGA, or WWPA. 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 10 percent 3. Finger Jointing: Allowed. 4. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth) 5. Optional Material: Primed MDF of same actual dimensions as lumber indicated may be used in lieu of lumber. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 PREPARATION A. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. 2. Countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand where face fastening is unavoidable. 3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining interior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset. 4. Install stairs with no more than 3/16-inch variation between adjacent treads and risers and with no more than 3/8-inch variation between largest and smallest treads and risers within each flight. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 23 4/5 3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight -fitting joints. Use scarf joints for end -to -end joints. 3.4 PANELING INSTALLATION A. Plywood Paneling: Select and arrange panels on each wall to minimize noticeable variations in grain character and color between adjacent panels. Leave 1/4-inch gap to be covered with trim at top, bottom, and openings. Install with uniform tight joints between panels. 1. Attach panels to supports with manufacturer's recommended panel adhesive and fasteners. Space fasteners as recommended by panel manufacturer. 2. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent. B. Hardboard Paneling: Install according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Leave 1/4- inch gap to be covered with trim at top, bottom, and openings. Butt adjacent panels with moderate contact. Use fasteners with prefinished heads matching paneling color. C. Board Paneling: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. Arrange in random - width pattern suggested by manufacturer unless boards or planks are of uniform width. 1. Install in full lengths without end joints. 2. Stagger end joints in random pattern to uniformly distribute joints on each wall. 3. Select and arrange boards on each wall to minimize noticeable variations in grain character and color between adjacent boards. 4. Fasten paneling by face nailing, setting nails, and filling over nail heads. 5. Fasten paneling with trim screws, set below face and filled. 6. Fasten paneling by blind nailing through tongues. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 23 5/5 SECTION 06 4116 - PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. Drawings and general provision of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications, apply to this section 2. Related Requirements: Section 06 06 20 Plastic Laminates. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plastic -laminate -clad architectural cabinets. 2. Cabinet hardware and accessories. 3. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic -laminate -clad architectural cabinets that are not concealed within other construction. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical -treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Apply WI Certified Compliance Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer. B. Research reports. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 1/7 C. Field quality control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI or WI Certified Compliance Program certificates. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Manufacturer's Certification: Licensed participant in AWI or WI's Certified Compliance Program. B. Installer Qualifications: Licensed participant in AWI or WI's Certified Compliance Program. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations without Humidity Control: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet -work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations with Humidity Control: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet -work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 20 and 50 percent during the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the Architectural Woodwork Standards for grades of cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide labels and certificates from AWI or WI certification program indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified. B. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Premium C. Type of Construction: Frameless City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 2/7 D. Door and Drawer -Front Style: Flush overlay. E. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LID 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as required by quality standard. F. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: 1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS. 2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP. 3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS 4. Edges: Grade HGS OR PVC edge banding, 3.0 mm thick, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish. 5. Pattern Direction: As indicated on drawings or vertical for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels. G. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic -Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LID 3, Grade BKL. H. Drawer Construction: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting screws from interior of body. 1. Join subfronts, backs, and sides with glued rabbeted joints supplemented by mechanical fasteners Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. As shown in Annexure-2 — Division-06 Laminate Panels. 2.2 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Moisture Content: 4 to 9 percent. B. Composite Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Medium -Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2, Grade 130 2. Particleboard (Medium Density): ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2 3. Thermally Fused Laminate (TFL) Panels: Particleboard or MDF finished with thermally fused, melamine -impregnated decorative paper and complying with requirements of NEMA LD 3, Grade VGL, for Test Methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 3/7 2.3 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. Fire -Retardant -Treated Materials, General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, use materials that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as determined by testing performed on identical products by a qualified testing agency. 1. Use treated materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard. Do not use materials that are warped, discolored, or otherwise defective. 2. Use fire -retardant -treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants to distinguish treated materials from untreated materials. 3. Identify fire -retardant -treated materials with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency in the form of removable paper label or imprint on surfaces that will be concealed from view after installation. 2.4 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in Section 08 7111 (Descriptive Door Hardware). B. Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch, five -knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch-thick metal, and as follows: 1. Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B01521. C. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B01602, 170 degrees of opening, self -closing. D. Back -Mounted Pulls: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B02011. E. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 4 inches long, 5/16 inch in diameter, 5 inches long, 2- 1/2 inches deep, and 5/16 inch in diameter. F. Catches: Ball friction catches, ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B03013. G. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081 H. Shelf Rests: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, two pin type with shelf hold-down clip. Drawer Slides: ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 1. Standard Duty (Grade 1 and Grade 2): Side mount and extending under bottom edge of drawer. a. Material: Epoxy -coated steel with polymer rollers. 2. Heavy -Duty (Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200): Side mount. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 4/7 a. Type: Full overtravel extension. b. Material: Zinc -plated -steel ball bearing slides. C. Motion Feature: Soft close dampener d. For drawers not more than 3 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, Provide Grade 1. e. For drawers more than 3 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1HD. f. For drawers more than 6 inches high or more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1HD-200. g. For computer keyboard shelves, provide Grade 1HD-100. J. Slides for Sliding Glass Doors: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B07063; aluminum. K. Door Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.11, E07121. a. Removable core. b. Keyed alike. C. Finish: Satin Chromium Plated. L. Drawer Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.11, E07041. a. Removable core. b. Keyed alike. C. Finish: Stain Chromium Plated. M. Door and Drawer Silencers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03011. N. Tempered Float Glass for Cabinet Doors: ASTM C1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3, 6 mm thick unless otherwise indicated. 1. Tint Color: Gray. 2. Unframed Glass Doors: Seam exposed edges seamed before tempering. O. Decorative Glass for Cabinet Doors: Provide decorative glass complying with Section 08 8113 "Decorative Glass Glazing." P. Tempered Float Glass for Cabinet Shelves: ASTM C1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1 (clear) Quality-Q3; with exposed edges seamed before tempering, 6 mm thick. 1. Tint Color: Gray Q. Grommets for Cable Passage: 2-inch, OD, molded -plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Color: Black. R. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with ANSI/BHMA A156.18 for ANSI/BHMA finish number indicated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 5/7 1. Dark, Oxidized, Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed: ANSI/BHMA 613 for bronze base; ANSI/BHMA 640 for steel base; match Architect's sample. 2. Bright Brass, Clear Coated: ANSI/BHMA 605 for brass base; ANSI/BHMA 632 for steel base. 3. Bright Brass, Vacuum Coated: ANSI/BHMA 723 for brass base; ANSI/BHMA 729 for zinc - coated -steel base. 4. Satin Brass, Blackened, Bright Relieved, Clear Coated: ANSI/BHMA 610 for brass base; ANSI/BHMA 636 for steel base. 5. Satin Chromium Plated: ANSI/BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; ANSI/BHMA 652 for steel base. 6. Bright Chromium Plated: ANSI/BHMA 625 for brass or bronze base; ANSI/BHMA 651 for steel base. 7. Satin Stainless Steel: ANSI/BHMA 630. S. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln -dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post -installed anchors. Use nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. C. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Resorcinol. 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot -melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. B. Shop -cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. C. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual." 1. For glass in frames, secure glass with removable stops. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 6/7 2. For exposed glass edges, polish and grind smooth. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Before installation, condition cabinets to humidity conditions in installation areas for not less than 72 hours. B. Grade: Install cabinets to comply with same grade of item to be installed. C. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with wafer -head cabinet installation screws. D. Install cabinets level, plumb, and true in line to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches using concealed shims. 1. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. 2. Install cabinets without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer -head screws sized for not less than 1-1/2-inch penetration into wood blocking or hanging strips. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective cabinets where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects, where not possible to repair; replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean cabinets on exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 7/7 SECTION 06 6116 — SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS PART-1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide solid surfacing fabrications including but not limited to following: 1. Windowsills. 2. Locker room vanity tops. 3. Millwork counter tops with sinks and backsplashes. B. Related Sections: Following description of work is included for reference only and shall not be presumed complete: 1. Provision of general LEED® requirements: Section 0133 29, General LEED° Requirements. 2. Provision of general LEED® Product requirements: Section 0160 13, LEED° Product Requirements. 3. Waste management and disposal requirements: Section 0174 19, Waste Management and Disposal. 4. Provision of indoor air quality requirements: Section 01 81 19, Indoor Air Quality Requirements. 5. Provision of finish carpentry and architectural woodwork: Section 06 40 00, Architectural Woodwork. 6. Provision of elastomeric joint sealants: Section 07 92 00, Joint Sealants. 7. Provision of tile work: Section 09 30 00, Tiling. 8. Provision of wall coverings: Section 09 72 00, Wall Coverings. 9. Provision of plumbing and plumbing fixtures: [Division 22, Plumbing] [Mechanical]. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms: 1. MDF: Medium Density Fiberboard. 2. SCAQMD: South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.agmd.gov. 3. VOC: Volatile Organic Compound. B. Definitions: 1. Solid Surface: Non -porous, homogeneous material maintaining the same composition throughout the part with a composition of acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment. C. Reference Standards: 1. ANSI/NPA A208.2-09 - Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) For Interior Applications City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 1/8 2. ASTM C920-14a - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 3. ASTM D638-10 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics 4. ASTM D785-08 - Standard Test Method for Rockwell Hardness of Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials 5. ASTM D790-10 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials 6. ASTM D5420-10 - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by Means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight (Gardner Impact) 7. ASTM E84-14 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 8. ASTM E228-11 - Standard Test Method for Linear Thermal Expansion of Solid Materials with a Push -Rod Dilatometer 9. ASTM G21-13 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi 10. ASTM G22-76(96) - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Plastics to Bacteria 11. ASTM G155-13 - Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Non -Metallic Materials 12. CSA B45.5-11/ IAPMO Z124-2011 - Plastic Plumbing Fixtures 13. NFPA 255-06 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 14. NSF/ANSI 51-07 - Food Equipment Materials 15. SCAQMD Rule 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications (amended January 2005) 16. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 17. UL Environment/ - Standard for Chemical Emissions for Building Materials, GREENGUARD - Finishes and Furnishings, Section 7.1 UL 2818 18. UL Environment/ - Gold Standard for Chemical Emissions for Building Materials, GREENGUARD - Finishes and Furnishings, Section 7.1 and 7.2 UL 2818 19. UL 2824 - GREENGUARD Certification Program, Method for Measuring Microbial Resistance from Various Sources Using Static Environmental Chambers City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 2/8 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meetings: Arrange preinstallation meeting 1 week prior to commencing work with all parties associated with trade as designated in Contract Documents or as requested by Architect. Presided over by Contractor, include Architect who may attend, Subcontractor performing work of this trade, Owner's representative, testing company's representative and consultants of applicable discipline. Review Contract Documents for work included under this trade and determine complete understanding of requirements and responsibilities relative to work included, storage and handling of materials, materials to be used, installation of materials, sequence and quality control, Project staffing, restrictions on areas of work and other matters affecting construction, to permit compliance with intent of work of this Section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Indicate Product description including solid surface sheets, sinks, bowls and illustrating full range of standard colors, fabrication information and compliance with specified performance requirements. Submit Product data with resistance to list of chemicals. B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for work of this Section in accordance with Section 01 30 00. Indicate plans, sections, dimensions, component sizes, edge details, thermosetting requirements, fabrication details, attachment provisions, sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and coordination requirements with adjacent work. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers, waste receptacles and other items installed in solid surface. C. Coordination Drawings: Submit coordination drawings indicating plumbing and miscellaneous steel work indicating locations of wall rated or non -rated, blocking requirements, locations and recessed wall items and similar items. D. Samples: Submit samples in accordance with Section 0130 00. Submit minimum 6" x 6" samples. Cut sample and seam together for representation of inconspicuous seam. Indicate full range of color and pattern variation. Approved samples will be retained as standards for work. E. Test and Evaluation Reports: Submit flammability test reports [and food preparation zone certifications/listing confirming compliance with NSF/ANSI 51. Refer to www.nsf.org for the latest compliance to NSF/ANSI 51 for Food Zone — all food types.] 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operational and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's care and maintenance data, including repair and cleaning instructions. Include in Project closeout documents. 2. Provide a commercial care and maintenance kit and video. Review maintenance procedures and warranty details with Owner upon completion. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 3/8 1. Installers: Provide work of this Section executed by competent installers with minimum 5 years experience in the application of Products, systems and assemblies specified and with approval and training of the Product manufacturers. B. Mock -Ups: 1. Prior to final approval of Shop Drawings, erect 1 full size mock-up of each component at Project site demonstrating quality of materials and execution for Architect review. 2. Should mock-up not be approved, rework or remake until approval is secured. Remove rejected units from Project site. 3. Approved mock-ups may remain as part of finished work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: Deliver no components to Project site until areas are ready for installation. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store components indoors prior to installation. 2. Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard warranty for material only for period of 10 years against defects and/or deficiencies in accordance with General Conditions of the Contract. Promptly correct any defects or deficiencies which become apparent within warranty period, to satisfaction of Architect and at no expense to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer List: Products of following manufacturers are acceptable subject to conformance to requirements of Drawings, Schedules and Specifications: 1. Corian° by DuPont; www.corian.com 2. Avonite Surfaces; www.aristechsurfaces.com 3. Wilsonart Contract; www.wilsonartcontract.com B. Substitution Limitations: This Specification is based on Corian® Products. Comparable Products from manufacturers listed herein will be accepted provided they meet requirements of this Specification. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Description: Solid Surface. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 4/8 1. SSU-1—%-inch thick, RAIN CLOUD: CORIAN for counter tops & windowsills. B. Performance/Design Criteria: 1. Property Requirement Test Procedure (min or max) 2. Solid Surface Based Products: a. Tensile Strength 6000 psi min ASTM D638 b. Tensile Modulus 1.5 x 106 psi min ASTM D638 C. Tensile Elongation 0.4% min. ASTM D638 d. Flexural Strength 10000 psi min ASTM D790 e. Flexural Modulus 1.2 x 106 psi min ASTM D790 f. Hardness >85-Rockwell "M" scale min. ASTM D785 g. Thermal Expansion 2.2 x 10' in./in./°F ASTM E228 h. Fungi and Bacteria Does not support microbial growth ASTM G21 & G22 i. Microbial Resistance Highly resistant to mold growth UL 2824 j. Ball Impact No fracture - 1/2 lb. Ball: NEMA LID 3, 6 mm slab - 36" drop Method 3.8 12 mm slab - 144" drop k. Weatherability AE*94<5 in 1,000 hrs ASTM G155 I. Flammability ASTM E84, NFPA 255 & UL 723 All Colors 6 mm 12 mm M. Flame Spread <25 <25 n. Smoke Developed <25 <25 o. Class A A NFPA 1011, Life Safety Code C. Non -porous, homogeneous material maintaining the same composition throughout the part with a composition of acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment; not coated, laminated or of composite construction; meeting following criteria: D. Flammability: Class 1 and A when tested to UL 723. E. Food Equipment Material Compliance: Food Zone to NSF/ANSI 51. 1. Ensure material has minimum physical and performance properties specified under "Performance/Design Criteria". 2. Ensure superficial damage to a depth of 0.010" is repairable by sanding and polishing. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 5/8 Adhesive for Bonding to Other Products: One component silicone to ASTM C920. G. Sealant: A standard mildew -resistant, FDA/UL® and NSF/ANSI 51 compliant in Food Zone area, recognized silicone color matched sealant or clear silicone sealants. H. Sink/Bowl Mounting Hardware: Manufacturer's approved bowl clips, brass inserts and fasteners for attachment of undermount sinks/bowls. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Window Sills: 1/2" thick solid surfacing material, adhesively joined with inconspicuous seams, edge details as indicated on Drawings. Counter Perimeter Frame: Ensure 3/4" thick, moisture resistant cores for counter tops in wet areas having sinks or lavatories are 3/4" thick exterior grade plywood with waterproof adhesive, Fir or Poplar plywood, veneer core only. C. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate components in shop to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and solid polymer manufacturer requirements. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive without conspicuous joints. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on Drawings. 2. Where indicated, thermoform corners and edges or other objects to shapes and sizes indicated on Drawings, prior to seaming and joining. Cut components larger than finished dimensions and sand edges to remove nicks and scratches. Heat entire component uniformly prior to forming. 3. Ensure no blistering, whitening, and cracking of components during forming. 4. Fabricate backsplashes from solid surfacing material with optional radius cove where counter and backsplashes meet as indicated on Drawings. Backsplashes for most colors may be fabricated by traditional means discussed in K-25294 Backsplashes. Colors with metallic/mica particle or veined colors creating directional aesthetics (K-26833 Directional Aesthetics) may require the techniques in Technical Bulletin K-28235 Thermoformed Backsplash. 5. Fabricate joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive. Ensure joints are inconspicuous in appearance and without voids. Attach 50 mm (2") wide reinforcing strip of solid polymer material under each joint. Reinforcing strip of solid polymer material is not required when using DuPont"' Joint Adhesive 2.0. 6. Provide holes and cutouts for plumbing and bath accessories as indicated on Drawings. 7. Rout and finish component edges to a smooth, uniform finish. Rout cutouts, then sand edges smooth. Repair or reject defective or inaccurate work. 8. Finish: Ensure surfaces have uniform finish: a. Polished, with a 60' gloss rating of 55 - 80. 9. Fabrication Tolerances: Variation in Component Size: +/-1/8". City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 6/8 b. Location of Openings: +/-1/8" from indicated location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Examine substrates and conditions, with fabricator present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Verify actual site dimensions and location of adjacent materials prior to commencing work. 3. Examine cabinets upon which counter tops are to be installed. Verify cabinets are level to within 1/8" in 10' - 011 . 4. Notify Architect in writing of any conditions which would be detrimental to installation. B. Evaluation and Assessment: Commencement of work implies acceptance of previously completed work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb, level, rigid, scribed to adjacent finishes in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings and Product installation details. B. Fabricate field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints being inconspicuous in finished work. Exposed joints/seams are not permitted. Keep components and hands clean when making joints. Reinforce field joints as specified herein. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. C. Route radii and contours to template. Anchor securely to base component or other supports. Align adjacent components and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match work. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches and clean entire surface. D. Install countertops with no more than 1/8" sag, bow or other variation from a straight line. E. Adhere undermount/submount/bevel mount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer's recommended adhesive and mounting hardware. F. Adhere topmount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer recommended adhesives and color -coordinated silicone sealant. [Secure seam mount bowls and sinks to counter tops using color matched joint adhesive.] G. Seal between wall and components with joint sealant as specified herein and in Section 07 92 00, as applicable. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 7/8 H. Provide backsplashes and endsplashes as indicated on Drawings. Adhere to countertops using a standard color -coordinated silicone sealant. Adhere applied sidesplashes to countertops using a standard color -matched silicone sealant. Provide backsplashes and sidesplashes at walls and adjacent millwork. Adhere to countertops using manufacturer's standard color -coordinated joint adhesive. Keep components and hands clean during installation. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains. Ensure components are clean on date of Substantial Completion of the Work. Coordinate connections of plumbing fixtures with [Division 22] [Mechanical]. Make plumbing connections to sinks in accordance with [Division 22] [Mechanical]. 3.03 REPAIR A. Repair minor imperfections and cracked seams and replace areas of severely damaged surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's "Technical Bulletins". 3.04 SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Non -Conforming Work: Replace damaged work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired, restored or cleaned, to satisfaction of Architect at no cost to Owner. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive and sealant from visible surfaces. B. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's "Care and Maintenance Instructions". 3.06 PROTECTION A. Provide protective coverings to prevent physical damage or staining following installation for duration of Project. B. Protect surfaces from damage until date of Substantial Completion of the Work. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 6116 8/8 SECTION 06 73 00 — COMPOSITE DECKING & SOFFIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Composite Decking B. Composite Soffit 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics B. ASTM D6117 - Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Plastic Lumber and Shapes C. ASTM D7032: Standard Specification for Establishing Performance Ratings for Wood -Plastic Composite Deck Boards and Guardrail Systems (Guards or Handrails). D. ASTM D696: Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between -30 degrees C and 30 degrees C with a vitreous Silica Dilatometer E. ASTM E84: Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials F. ICC-ES AC174 - Acceptance Criteria for Deck Span Ratings and Guardrail Systems (Guards and Handrails) G. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) 1. ISO 14025:2006 - Environmental labels and declarations — Type III environmental declarations — Principles and procedures 2. ISO 14044:2006 - Environmental Management - Life Cycle Assessment - Requirements and Guidelines 3. ISO 21930:2017 - Sustainability in buildings and civil engineering works — Core rules for environmental product declarations of construction products and services 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 0130 00 - Administrative Requirements. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide plans and details which include layout, spacing, and sizes of decking, supports, steps with stringers, and railings. 2. Provide reflected ceiling/soffit plans which include layout, spacing, and size of soffit planks, supports, etc. coordinated with lighting, access panels, coiling doors, penetrations, etc. 3. Show adjacent construction for both decking and soffits. D. Samples: For each product specified, one sample representing product size and stain finish. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building COMPOSITE DECKING & SOFFIT 06 73 00 1/5 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock -Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and application workmanship for both Deck and Soffit. 1. Finish areas designated by Architect. 2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship is approved by Architect. 3. Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage: Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation B. Store on a flat, level surface in a cool area away from extreme heat or fire sources C. Protection: Coordinate work with other operations and installers to avoid damage to installed materials D. Handle materials to avoid damage. E. Storage: Follow manufacturer's recommendation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions within limits recommended by the manufacturer for optimum results. 1. Comply with the manufacturer's written installation guidelines to accommodate thermal expansion and contraction. 1.8 SEQUENCING A. Ensure that products of this section are supplied to affected trades in time to prevent interruption of construction progress. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Warranted to the original owner under normal and proper use to be free of manufacturing defects for the lifetime of the installation. For information on transfer of ownership see https://modern- mill.com/warranty PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide ACRE by Modern Mill or comparable product. 1. Modern Mill, 1140 Frank Oakes Road; Fernwood, MS 39648; Phone: (601) 869-5050; Email: hello(@modern-mill.com; Web Address: www.Modern-Mill.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 0125 00 - Substitution Procedures. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building COMPOSITE DECKING & SOFFIT 06 73 00 2/5 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: 1. Deck: Uniform Load Rating — Maximum decking load rating of 1001bf/sq.ft. at 16" span 2. Tread of Stairs: Concentrated Load: 750 Ibf/sq.ft., and 1/8" maximum deflection at a concentrated load of 300 Ibf in 8.0" single span B. Fire -Test Response Characteristics per ASTM E-84. 2.3 COMPOSITE DECKING A. Product: WD-2 as indicated on drawings. 1. Material Description: Eco-friendly, high-performance building material made from renewable natural fibers. a. Width: 5 1/2 inches. b. Lengths: 12 feet maximum. C. Thickness: 1 inch with supports at 12-inch on -center for deck and 10" on -center for stringers at steps. d. All supports and stringers shall be treated wood lumber. 2. Physical and Mechanical Properties as follows: a. Density: 0.65 grams per cubic centimeter b. Recycled Content: Greater than 50% by volume C. Flame Spread and Smoke Index: ASTM E84 d. Thermal Expansion: ASTM D696 e. Moisture Absorption, ASTM D570 f. Insect resistant: Yes g. Moisture, Rot, and Mildew Resistant: Yes h. Direct Moisture Contact: Allowed i. Direct Contact with Grade: Allowed j. Direct Contact with Masonry: Allowed k. Heat forming: Allowed I. Nonstructural and Non -Load Bearing: Utilize same thickness to span ratios used for wood in non -load bearing applications M. Screw Withdrawal, ASTM D1761 n. Modulus of Elasticity, ASTM D6109 o. Modulus of Rupture, ASTM D6109 P. Paintable: Decking shall be finished with water -based oils, stains, varnishes, paints, and lacquers. Choose finishes based on application and environmental needs. 3. Manufacturing Tolerance: a. Variation in Component Length: Minus 0.00 inches, plus 1.00 inch. b. Variation in Component Width: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. C. Variation in Component Thickness: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. d. Variation in Component Edge Cut: Plus or minus 2 degrees. e. Variation in Density: Plus or minus 10 percent B. Accessory Hardware: 1. Hidden Fastening system for deck: Comply with decking manufacturer's recommendation. 2. Fasteners for steps. 2.4 COMPOSITE SOFFIT City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building COMPOSITE DECKING & SOFFIT 06 73 00 3/5 A. Product: WD-1 as indicated on drawings 1. Material Description: Eco-friendly, high-performance building material made from renewable natural fibers. a. Width: 4 inches. b. Lengths: 8 feet maximum. C. Thickness: 3/4 inch with supports at 2 feet on center. 2. Physical and Mechanical Properties as follows: a. Density: 0.65 grams per cubic centimeter b. Recycled Content: Greater than 50% by volume C. Flame Spread and Smoke Index: ASTM E84 d. Thermal Expansion: ASTM D696 e. Moisture Absorption, ASTM D570 f. Insect resistant: Yes g. Moisture, Rot, and Mildew Resistant: Yes h. Direct Moisture Contact: Allowed i. Direct Contact with Grade: Allowed j. Direct Contact with Masonry: Allowed k. Heat forming: Allowed I. Nonstructural and Non -Load Bearing: Utilize same thickness to span ratios used for wood in non -load bearing applications M. Screw Withdrawal, ASTM D1761 n. Modulus of Elasticity, ASTM D6109 o. Modulus of Rupture, ASTM D6109 P. Paintable: Decking shall be finished with water -based oils, stains, varnishes, paints, and lacquers. Choose finishes based on application and environmental needs. 3. Manufacturing Tolerance: a. Variation in Component Length: Minus 0.00 inches, plus 1.00 inch. b. Variation in Component Width: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. C. Variation in Component Thickness: Plus or minus 1/32 inch. d. Variation in Component Edge Cut: Plus or minus 2 degrees. e. Variation in Density: Plus or minus 10 percent 4. Finish: a. Stain shall be selected by the architect from the full range. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify the Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Review manufacturer's installation instructions: B. Examine, clean, and repair as necessary any framing conditions that would be detrimental to proper installation City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building COMPOSITE DECKING & SOFFIT 06 73 00 4/5 C. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. D. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacture's Decking & Soffit Installation Guidelines. 1. Comply with all terms necessary to maintain warranty coverage. 2. Provide Expansion & Contraction space per manufacturer's Guidelines. 3. Provide Support as indicated in this Section. 4. Stagger joints between Planks - with a minimum of 2 feet overlap. B. Do not use decking product for structural applications. C. Cutting: Review Manufacturer's guidelines before cutting. 3.4 CLEANING A. Cleaning as required by the manufacturer for warranty compliance. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building COMPOSITE DECKING & SOFFIT 06 73 00 5/5 SECTION 07 12 11— UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes single ply, under -slab vapor barrier over sand or gravel bed. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division -3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's written instruction for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties of vapor barrier. B. Show Drawings: Include details for penetrations, inside and outside corners, tie-ins with adjoining construction, and other termination conditions. C. Product Test reports. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. Vapor Barrier membrane shall have the following properties: 1. Permeance, as tested after conditioning, shall be less than 0.01 perms (gr/ft sq/hr/in-Hg, in accordance with ASTM E1745, paragraph 7.1.2 through 7.1.5) 2. Strength: Class A (ASTME 1745) 3. Minimum Thickness of plastic retarder materials: 15 mils. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, by the manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIER 07 12 11 1/3 B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct at Project Site. 1. Review vapor barrier installation requirements including surface preparation, substrate conditions and preparation, forecasted weather conditions, special details and sheet flashings, installation procedures, testing and inspection procedures, and protection and repair. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLEING A. Store materials in their original undamaged containers in a clan, dry, protection location and within the temperature range required by vapor barrier manufacturer. B. Remove and replace liquid materials that cannot be applied within their stated shelf life. C. Store rolls according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental conditions: Apply vapor barrier within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by vapor barrier manufacturer. Do not apply vapor barrier over frozen substrate or when temperature is below 32 deg F (minus 0 deg Q. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 UNDER —SLAB VAPOR BARRIER A. Vapor Barrier Sheet: 15-mil-thick. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier; Stego Industries, LLC. b. VaporGuard; Reef Industries, Inc. C. Permoulded Membrane Vapor Seal; WR Meadows. d. VB-350, Barrier-Bac; Inteplast Group. 2.2 AUXILARY MATERIALS: A. Seam Tape: High Density Polyethylene Tape with pressure sensitive adhesive, minimum 4 inches wide. B. Pipe Boots, Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material and pressure sensitive tape in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIER 07 12 11 2/3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, area, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of Work. 1. That compacted subgrade is dry, smooth, and sound; and ready to receive vapor barrier. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, debris -free, and visibly dry substrate for vapor barrier installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in ASTM E 1643. B. Unroll vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour. C. Lap vapor barrier over footings and seal to foundation wall. D. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturers tape. E. Seal penetrations (including pipes and conduits) with pipe boot and tape. F. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier, overlapping damage area by at least 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIER 07 12 11 3/3 SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polyisocyanurate foam -plastic board. 2. Glass -fiber blanket. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports. B. Research reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 POLYISOCYANU RATE FOAM -PLASTIC BOARD A. Polyisocyanurate Board: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1 or 2. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide DuPont de Nemours, Inc Tuff-R or comparable products by one of the following: a. Firestone b. Atlas Roofing Corporation C. Rmax, Inc 2. Thickness: As indicated in drawings. 3. Edge: Square 4. Compressive Strength: 25 psi minimum in accordance with ASTM D1621. S. Flexural Strength: 55 psi minimum in accordance with ASTM C203. 6. Vapor Permeance: 0.04 perms maximum in accordance with ASTM E96. 7. Water Absorption: 0.01 percent by volume maximum in accordance with ASTM C272. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100 1/4 2.2 2.3 8. Thermal Resistance: 6.5 sq. ft. x h x deg F/Btu at 1 inch thickness, minimum in accordance with ASTM C518. Should be minimum R30 for the roof. 9. Flame -Spread Index: Not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 10. Smoke -Developed Index: Not more than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 11. Labeling: Provide identification of mark indicating R-Value of each piece of insulation 12 inches and wider in width. 12. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an approved assembly. GLASS -FIBER BLANKET A. Glass -Fiber Blanket, Unfaced ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame -spread and smoke - developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 1. Manufactures: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Insulation. b. Johns Manville C. Knauf Insulation d. Owens Corning. 2. Insulation shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 3. Labeling: Provide identification of mark indicating R-value of each piece of insulation 12 inches and wider in width. ACCESSORIES A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids: 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E 84. B. Insulation Anchors, Spindles, and Standoffs: As recommended by manufacturer. C. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product compatible with insulation and air and water barrier materials, and with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100 2/4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to, rain at anytime. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value. INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. Attics: Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves. 5. For metal -framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. 6. For wood -framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows: a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish material is installed over it. 7. Vapor -Retarder -Faced Blankets: Tape joints and ruptures in vapor -retarder facings and seal each continuous area of insulation to ensure airtight installation. a. Interior Walls: Set toward areas of high humidity (showers). City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100 3/4 END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100 4/4 SECTION 07 54 23 - THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Adhered TPO membrane roofing system. B. Cover board. C. Roof insulation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, cants, curbs, and blocking and for wood -based, structural -use roof deck panels. B. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" flashings and counter flashings. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to the following publications for definitions of roofing work related terms in this Section: 1. ASTM D 1079 "Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing." 2. Glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." 3. Roof Consultants Institute "Glossary of Building Envelope Terms." B. Sheet Metal Terminology and Techniques: SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 1.4 DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Installed roofing membrane system shall remain watertight; and resist specified wind uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Installer shall comply with current code requirements based on authority having jurisdiction. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 1/10 1.5 1.6 D. Wind Uplift Performance: Roofing system shall meet the intent of systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist wind uplift pressure calculated in accordance with ASCE 7. E. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire -test -response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Exterior Fire -Test Exposure: Class A; UL 790, for application and roof slopes indicated. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets for each product to be provided. B. Detail Drawings: Provide roofing system details and details of attachment to other work, including: 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes. 4. Cover board fastening and adhesive patterns. C. Installer Certificates: confirmation that installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system. D. Maintenance Data: Refer to manufacturer's latest published documents. E. Guarantees: Provide manufacturer's current guarantee specimen. F. Roofing sub -contractor shall provide a copy of the final System Assembly Letter issued by manufacturer indicating that the products and system to be installed shall be eligible to receive the specified manufacturer's guarantee when installed by a certified contractor in accordance with application requirements, inspected and approved by a Manufacturer Technical Representative. G. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and who is eligible to receive the specified manufacturer's guarantee. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 2/10 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Qualified domestic U.S. owned and based manufacturer that has UL listing or accredited testing agency listing for roofing system identical to that used for this Project. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329. D. Test Reports: 1. Roof deck fastener pullout test, if required. E. Source Limitations: Obtain all components from the single source roofing manufacturer guaranteeing the roofing system. All products used in the system shall be labeled by the single source roofing manufacturer issuing the guarantee. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storage. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when current and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and guarantee requirements. 1.9 GUARANTEE A. Provide manufacturer's system guarantee equal to Johns Manville's Peak Advantage No Dollar Limit Roofing System Guarantee. 1. Single -source special guarantee includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing membrane accessories, roof insulation, fasteners, adhesives, cover board, walkway products, manufacturer's edge metal products, and other approved single -source components of roofing system marketed by the manufacturer. 2. Guarantee Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 3/10 B. Installer's Guarantee: Submit roofing Installer's guarantee, including all components of roofing system for the following guarantee period: 1. Guarantee Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING MEMBRANE -TPO A. Fabric -Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin Sheet: ASTM D 6878, uniform, flexible sheet formed from a thermoplastic polyolefin, internally fabric or scrim reinforced. Basis of design: JM TPO, or approved equal. 1. Membrane Thickness: 80 mils, nominal 2. Exposed Face Color: White AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS —SINGLE PLY A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. 1. Liquid -type auxiliary materials shall meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's internally reinforced or scrim reinforced. C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard water -based bonding adhesive for membrane. 1. Serviceable Installation Ambient Air Temperature: 257 and rising D. Flashing Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard -solvent- based bonding adhesive for base flashings. E. Urethane Adhesive: Manufacturer's self-contained two-part, low-rise foam adhesive formulated to adhere fleece -backed membranes to substrate. F. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard predrilled stainless -steel or aluminum bars, with anchors. G. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal plates meeting corrosion -resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. H. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide all accessories to meet the roofing manufacturer's guarantee requirements. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 4/10 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 WALKWAYS A. Flexible Walkways: Factory -formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, slip -resisting, surface -textured walkway pads sourced from membrane roofing system manufacturer. COVER BOARD A. High -Density Polyisocyanurate: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 4, Grade 1, High -density Polyisocyanurate technology bonded in -line to inorganic coated glass facers with greater than 80 Ibs of compressive strength. Basis of design: ProtectoR HD 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm) 2. R-value:2.5 B. Gypsum Fiber Board: ASTM C 1278, non -faced, gypsum and cellulose fiber substrate, 1/4 inch thick. ROOF INSULATION A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced standards, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 (20 psi), 1. Provide insulation package with minimum thickness: 4-inches. 2. Provide insulation package in multiple layers. 3. Minimum Long -Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR): 5.7 per inch. a. Determined in accordance with CAN/ULC S770 at 752F (242C) TAPERED INSULATION FOR CRICKETS A. Tapered Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 (20 psi). INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. B. Provide saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulations shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. Basis of design: Tapered Fesco Edge Strips. C. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion - resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and furnished by roofing system manufacturer. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 5/10 2.8 D. Urethane Adhesive: Manufacturer's two component polyurethane adhesive formulated to adhere insulation to substrate. E. Wood Nailer Strips: Comply with requirements in Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." EDGE METAL COMPONENTS A. Metal Edge System: As specified in Section 077113. Pre Manufactured Coping and Edge System to meet or exceed ANSI-SPRI ES-1. Metal edge system used to terminate the roof at the perimeter of the structure. Provide product from single -source roofing system supplier that is included in the No Dollar Limit guarantee. B. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with the requirements affecting performance of roofing system. 1. General: a. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place. b. Verify that wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 2. Wood Decks: a. Verify that wood decking is visibly dry and free of moisture. b. Verify that wood has ability to provide minimum fastener pull-out resistance. 1) Provide documentation of pull-out resistance values in accordance with ANSI/SPRI FX-1 2016. 3. Ensure general rigidity and proper slope for drainage. 4. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units more than 1/16 inch out of plane relative to adjoining deck. B. Unacceptable panels should be brought to the attention of the General Contractor and Project Owner's Representative and shall be corrected prior to installation of roofing system. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 6/10 3.2 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installation of roof system components so insulation and cover board are not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installation of roof insulation and cover board. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D. Install insulation boards with longjoints in a continuous straight line. Joints should be staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends per manufacturer's written instructions. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with like material. E. Install 2 or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. F. Trim surface of insulation boards where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. G. Install tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces. H. Loose Laid Insulation with Cover Board Layer Mechanically Fastened: Loose lay insulation with staggered joints and secure top layer of insulation to deck using mechanical fasteners designed and sized for fastening specified board -type to deck type. 3.3 COVER BOARD INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so cover board is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof cover board. C. Install cover board with long joints in a continuous straight line. Joints should be staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends per manufacturer's written instructions. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with cover board. 1. Cut and fit cover board within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. D. Trim surface of cover board where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. 1. Install tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces. E. Mechanically Fastened Cover Board: Install cover board and secure to deck using mechanical fasteners designed and sized for fastening specified cover board to deck type. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 7/10 3.4 3.5 1. Fasten to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing membrane in accordance with roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, applicable recommendations of the roofing manufacturer and requirements in this Section. B. Cooperate with testing and inspecting agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing roofing system. C. Coordinate installing roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing membrane system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is imminent. 1. Provide tie -offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing membrane sheets and insulation. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing in accordance with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax before installing. B. Accurately align roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. C. Water Based Bonding Adhesive for smooth backed membranes: Apply water -based bonding adhesive to substrate at rate required by manufacturer and immediately install roofing membrane. Do not apply bonding adhesive to splice area of roofing membrane. D. Mechanically fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. E. Apply roofing membrane with side laps shingled with roof slope, where possible. F. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing membrane, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing membrane according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of roofing membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 8/10 3.6 3.7 3.8 a. Remove and repair any unsatisfactory sections before proceeding with installation. 3. Repair tears, voids, and incorrectly lapped seams in roofing membrane that do not meet requirements. G. Spread sealant or mastic bead over deck drain flange at deck drains and securely seal roofing membrane in place with clamping ring. BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates per membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply solvent -based bonding adhesive at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field -formed inside and outside corners per manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Clean seam areas and overlap and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. EDGE METAL INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Provide edge details as indicated on the Drawings. Install in accordance with the membrane manufacturer's requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." C. Join individual sections in accordance with the membrane manufacturer's requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Heat weld and adhere walkway products to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 9/10 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner or designated representative will provide on -site observation and inspection during installation. B. Owner may engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. C. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical representative to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. D. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.10 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 54 23 - 10/10 SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured reglets with counterflashing. 2. Formed low -slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 3. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications. 1.2 PREINSTALLATON MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Underlayment materials. 2. Elastomeric sealant. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Division 7 Section "Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing" for installing C. Shop Drawings: Show installation layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans, elevations, expansion -joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field - assembled work. 1. Include details for forming, joining, supporting, and securing sheet metal flashing and trim, including pattern of seams, termination points, fixed points, expansion joints, expansion -joint covers, edge conditions, special conditions, and connections to adjoining work. D. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified. E. Maintenance data. F. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 1/10 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" unless more stringent requirements are specified or shown on Drawings. B. Copper Sheet Metal Standard: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical roof eave, including gutter -fascia, fascia trim, apron flashing, etc, approximately [4] Four feet long, including supporting construction cleats, seams, attachments, and accessories. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within [20] twenty years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required. 1. As -Milled Finish: One -side bright mill finish. 2. Alclad Finish: Metallurgically bonded surfacing to both sides, forming a composite aluminum sheet with reflective luster. 3. Factory Prime Coating: Where painting after installation is indicated, pretreat with white or light-colored, factory -applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat; minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil. 4. Exposed Coil -Coated Finishes: a. Two -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. 5. Color: As selected by Architect from the Manufacturers full range. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 2/10 2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil-thick polyethylene sheet complying with ASTM D 4397. B. Felt: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt -saturated organic felt, nonperforated. C. Self -Adhering, High -Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils thick, consisting of slip - resisting polyethylene -film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release -paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F. 2. Low -Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F. D. Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3-Ib/100 sq. ft. minimum, rosin sized. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self -tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self -drilling screws, gasketed, with hex -washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory -applied coating. b. Blind Fasteners: High -strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. C. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Copper Sheet: Copper, hardware bronze or Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 4. Fasteners for Stainless -Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. 5. Fasteners for Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: Hot -dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 or Series 300 stainless steel. C. Solder: 1. For Copper: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead. 2. For Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with an acid flux of type recommended by stainless -steel sheet manufacturer. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 3/10 3. For Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam -cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. H. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.4 REGLETS A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory -mitered and welded corners and junctions with interlocking counterflashing on exterior face, of same metal as reglet. 1. Material: Stainless steel, 0.019 inch thick, Copper, 16 oz./sq. ft. Aluminum, 0.024 inch thick. 2. Finish: With manufacturer's standard color coating. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item indicated. Fabricate items at the shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 2. Form sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces exposed to view. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 4/10 B. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant. C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. D. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. E. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. F. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.] 2.6 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long sections. Furnish flat - stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion -joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Hanger Style: hidden hangers. 2. Fabricate from the following materials: a. Aluminum: 0.024 inch thick. b. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel: 0.022 inch thick. C. Parapet Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior, 4-inch-wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. 2. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel: 0.028 inch thick. 2.7 LOW -SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof -Edge Flashing Gravel Stop and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 10-foot-long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch-wide, joint cover plates. Fabricate from the following materials: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 5/10 1. Refer Section 07 7113 Pre -manufactured Metal Coping and Edge Systems. B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 10-foot-long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Refer Section 07 7113 Pre -manufactured Metal Coping and Edge Systems. C. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless steel: 0.016 inch thick. D. Counterflashing and Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless steel: 0.016 inch thick. E. Roof -Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.019 inch thick. 2. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel: 0.028 inch thick. F. Roof -Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch thick. 2.8 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Through -Wall Flashing: Fabricate continuous flashings in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 12-foot-long, sections, under copings, at shelf angles, and where indicated. Fabricate discontinuous lintel, sill, and similar flashings to extend 6 inches beyond each side of wall openings. Form with 2-inch-high, end dams where flashing is discontinuous. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch thick. B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch-high, end dams. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. 2. Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch thick. 3. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel: 0.022 inch thick. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 6/10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Polyethylene Sheet: Install polyethylene sheet with adhesive for anchorage. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped and taped joints of not less than 2 inches. B. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment with adhesive for temporary anchorage. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches. C. Self -Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self -adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer rather than nails for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement so that completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. 5. Install sealant tape where indicated. 6. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by SMACNA. 1. Coat back side of uncoated aluminum and stainless -steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene sheet. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 7/10 C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of (10) Ten feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate wood sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws, metal decking not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction. F. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre -tin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches, except reduce pre -tinning where pre -tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not solder metallic -coated steel and aluminum sheet. 2. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3. Stainless -Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets using solder recommended for stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization. 4. Copper Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated copper sheets using solder for copper. G. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where indicated and where necessary for strength. 3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. B. Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters to framing elements identified in the drawings spaced not more than 36 inches apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts. 1. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, (50) Fifty feet apart. Install expansion -joint caps. 2. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, removable for cleaning gutters. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 8/10 D. Splash Pans: Install where downspouts discharge on low -slope roofs where indicated. Set in adhesive material compatible with the roofing. E. Parapet Scuppers: Install scuppers where indicated through parapet. Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. F. Expansion -Joint Covers: Install expansion -joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap joints a minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch centers. C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as indicated. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at 16-inch centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with washers and screw fasteners through slotted holes at 24-inch centers. D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close -fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless -steel draw band and tighten. E. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with sealant. F. Roof -Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof -penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with [elastomeric] [butyl] sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 9/10 3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall -opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Through -Wall Flashing: Installation of through -wall flashing is specified in Division 04 Section Unit Masonry C. Reglets: Installation of reglets is specified in [Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete] [Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry]." D. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 10/10 SECTION 07 7113 - PREMANUFACTURED METAL COPING AND EDGE SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work included: Factory fabricated and finished coping system having been tested in an independent and accredited facility to meet or exceed ANSI-SPRI ES-1 standards. Fabricating it per NRCA or SMACNA standards will not be acceptable unless all testing and accreditation are presented by the applicator AND the roofing system manufacturer's technical department also approves the shop fabricated material for use and inclusion in their overall roofing system warranty. B. Work shall be performed by roofing contractor as integral part of roofing system assembly and warranty. C. Related work: 1. Section 07 54 23 — Thermoplastic-Polyolefin Roofing 2. Section 07 62 00 —Sheet Metal Flashing 1.3 CODES AND REFERENCES A. ANSI / SPRI ES-1 B. CBC and applicable Local Amendments 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product and complete installation data for all materials in this specification. B. Shop Drawings: Show profiles, joining method, accessory location, anchorage and flashing details, adjacent construction interface, and dimensions. C. Samples: Provide stainless finishes D. Installation Guide: The product manufacturer shall provide a written installation guide. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PREMANUF METAL COPING & EDGE SYSTEMS 07 71 13 1/5 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Use the current edition of ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems. All configurations, gauges, attachments and other items shall meet or exceed testing and design criteria related to ES-1. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. All material shall arrive in the manufacturer's original sealed, labeled containers. B. Store materials in a dry, protected, well -vented area. The contractor shall report damaged material immediately to the delivering carrier and note such damage on the carrier's freight bill oflading. C. Remove protective plastic surface film immediately after installation. 1.7 JOB CONDITONS A. Verify that other trades with related work are complete before mounting coping covers. B. Mounting surfaces shall be straight and secure; substrates shall be of proper width. C. Refer to the construction documents, shop drawings and manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Coordinate installation with roof membrane manufacturer's installation instructions before starting. 1.8 WARRANTY A. The system shall be warranted to perform over the term of the specified roofing system warranty and shall be warranted to not blow off or cause membrane failure, even in wind conditions up to 110 mph or the manufacturer shall replace or repair their materials. A 20 year standard Kynar finish warranty shall also be included. Supplied and installed by roofing contractor as part of overall roofing system warranty. PART 2 — PRODUCTS PHASE-2 Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PREMANUF METAL COPING & EDGE SYSTEMS 07 71 13 Junior Lifeguard Building 2/5 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Metal Panel System: 1. Edgeshield MOC3 Coping (Tested to meet ES-1 requirements). 2. Edgeshield Fascia System (Tested to meet ES-1 requirements). B. Other Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements acceptable that meet all performance and aesthetic criteria. 2.2 PARAPET COPING SYSTEM A. Coping: Stainless steel (24 ga) coping cap with anchor/support cleats for capping any parapet wall. The system shall be maintenance free and does not require exposed fasteners. Joints shall be a butt type with concealed splice plates. B. Performance Characteristics: 1. Coping sections shall expand and contract freely while locked in place on anchor cleats. 2. Coping sections shall lock to anchor cleats by mechanical pressure from hardened stainless steel springs factory attached to anchor cleats. 3. Splice plates include factory applied dual non -curing sealant strips capable of providing a watertight seal. C. Metal: Type of metal and gauge to be installed that will perform per local wind zone conditions and that is recommended for use by the manufacturer for this project. D. Coping cap: Stainless Steel. Max. Length of 12'-0", widths to 24" manufactured to job requirements. E. Coping vertical face and back leg: 2-1/2" to 12-1/2" manufactured to job requirements. Should be consistent around the perimeter of the parapet. F. Concealed splice plates: Finished to match finish of coping cap with factory applied dual non- curing sealant strips. G. Anchor/Support Cleat: Cleat with stainless steel spring mechanically locked to cleat normally 12" wide @ 6'-0" on center. Mechanically fastened as indicated and detailed. H. Fasteners: Shall provide a minimum pull out resistance of 240# (109 kg) per substrate application. No exposed fasteners shall be permitted. Fasteners shall be electrolytically compatible. I. Finishes: Stainless steel 2B. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PREMANUF METAL COPING & EDGE SYSTEMS 07 71 13 3/5 2.3 ROOF EDGING SYSTEM A. Stainless steel (24 ga) fascia with continuous galvanized steel waterdam to terminate roofing at perimeter. The system shall be watertight with concealed splice plates and no exposed fasteners. 1. For standard sizes with 2" waterdam cant for all membrane attachments: B. Performance Characteristics: 1. Roof edging shall lock membranes, preventing wind pull -back. 2. Fascia shall freely thermal cycle on waterdam, preventing periodic maintenance. 3. Fascia may be factory modified for true radius application. C. Fascia metal gauge: Type of metal and gauge to be installed that will perform per local wind zone conditions and that is recommended for use by the manufacturer for this project. D. Waterdam: Coordinate type and gauge with fascia material. 12'-0" long. E. Fasteners: As recommended by the manufacturer per substrate application. No exposed fasteners permitted. F. Exterior fascia finishes: Stainless steel 213 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Corners, end caps, pier caps, etc. shall be fabricated by the coping manufacturer. B. Welded or quicklock assembly shall be used to maintain watertight integrity. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that coping and edge installation will not disrupt other trades. Verify that substrate is dry, clean and free of foreign matter. B. Fully coordinate installation with roofing system manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PREMANUF METAL COPING & EDGE SYSTEMS 07 71 13 4/5 C. Correct defects prior to any installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify as -built conditions the manufacturer's coping and edge details for accuracy to fit the wall assembly prior to fabrication. Comply with the coping manufacturer's installation guide when setting copings. B. Use mechanical fasteners with minimum 240# pull out resistance for parapet substrates. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean materials. B. Remove temporary masking materials, factory applied temporary coverings and other similar items. END OF SECTION 07 7113 City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PREMANUF METAL COPING & EDGE SYSTEMS 07 71 13 5/5 SECTION 07 72 00 - ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof curbs. 2. Equipment supports. 3. Roof hatches. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of roof accessory. B. Shop Drawings: For roof accessories. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. B. Submit manufacturer's product data C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings including profiles, accessories, location, adjacent construction interface, and dimensions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace roof accessories that show evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 1/8 QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer: A minimum of 5 years experience manufacturing similar products. Installer: A minimum of 2 years experience installing similar products. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original packaging. Store materials in a dry, protected well - ventilated area. Inspect product upon receipt and report damaged material immediately to delivering carrier and note such damage on the carrier's freight bill of landing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF CURBS A. Roof Curbs: Internally reinforced roof -curb units capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction indicated on Drawings, bearing continuously on roof structure, and capable of meeting performance requirements; with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, straight sides, and integrally formed deck -mounting flange at perimeter bottom. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide curbs from one of the following manufacturers: a. Pate Company b. Roof Products and Systems (RPS) a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc C. Tybar Corporation B. Size: Coordinate dimensions with roughing -in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. C. Material: Aluminum sheet, 0.090 inch thick. 1. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coat 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Construction: 1. Curb Profile: Manufacturer's standard compatible with roofing system. 2. Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 12 inches above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated. 3. Top Surface: Level top of curb, with roof slope accommodated by sloping deck -mounting flange. 4. Insulation: Factory insulated with 1 % -inch thick glass -fiber board insulation. 5. Liner: Same material as curb, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 2/8 2.2 6. Nailer: Factory -installed wood nailer continuous around curb perimeter. 7. Wind Restraint Straps and Base Flange Attachment: Provide wind restraint straps, welded strap connectors, and base flange attachment to roof structure at perimeter of curb, of size and spacing required to meet wind uplift requirements. 8. Platform Cap: Where portion of roof curb is not covered by equipment, provide weathertight platform cap formed from 3/4-inch thick plywood covered with metal sheet of same type, thickness, and finish as required for curb. 9. Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard, removable, fabricated of same metal and finish as curb. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Equipment Supports: Internally reinforced perimeter metal equipment supports capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads between structural supports, including equipment loads and other construction indicated on Drawings, spanning between structural supports; capable of meeting performance requirements; with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, stepped integral metal cant raised the thickness of roof insulation, and integrally formed structure -mounting flange at bottom. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide curbs from one of the following manufacturers: a. Pate Company b. Roof Products and Systems (RPS) a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc C. Tybar Corporation B. Size: Coordinate dimensions with roughing -in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. C. Material: Aluminum sheet, 0.090 inch thick. 1. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coat 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Construction: 1. Curb Profile: Manufacturer's standard compatible with roofing system. 2. Insulation: Factory insulated with 1-1/2-inch thick glass -fiber board insulation. 3. Liner: Same material as equipment support, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish. 4. Nailer: Factory -installed continuous wood nailers S-1/2 inches wide, continuous around support perimeter. S. Wind Restraint Straps and Base Flange Attachment: Provide wind restraint straps, welded strap connectors, and base flange attachment to roof structure at perimeter of curb of size and spacing required to meet wind uplift requirements. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 3/8 6. Platform Cap: Where portion of equipment support is not covered by equipment, provide weathertight platform cap formed from 3/4-inch-thick plywood covered with metal sheet of same type, thickness, and finish as required for curb. 7. Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard, removable, fabricated of same metal and finish as equipment support. 8. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form deck -mounting flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 9. Fabricate equipment supports to minimum height of 12 inches above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated. 10. Sloping Roofs: Where roof slope exceeds 1:48, fabricate each support with height to accommodate roof slope so that tops of supports are level with each other. Equip supports with water diverters or crickets on sides that obstruct water flow. 2.3 ROOF HATCH A. Roof Hatches: Furnish and install where indicated on plans metal roof hatch Type E. The roof hatch shall be single leaf. The roof hatch shall be pre -assembled from the manufacturer. 1. Basis -of -Design: Bilco, Model E-90 Stainless Steel hatch. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide curbs from one of the following manufacturers: a. Kingspan b. Babcok Davis C. Nystrom d. Milcor e. Activar f. Accudor B. Type and Size: Single -leaf lid, 36 by 36 inches. C. Performance Characteristics: 1. Cover shall be reinforced to support a minimum live load of 40psf with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span or 20 psf wind uplift. 2. Operation of the cover shall be smooth and easy with controlled operation throughout the entire arc of opening and closing. 3. Operation of the cover shall not be affected by temperature. 4. Entire hatch shall be weather tight with fully welded corner joints on cover and curb. D. Hatch Material: Stainless -steel sheet. 1. Thickness: 14-gauge Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Finish: Stainless Steel Bead Blast finish E. Construction: 1. Insulation: Fiberglass 1" thickness, fully covered and protected by a metal liner. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 4/8 2. Nailer: Factory -installed wood nailer continuous around hatch perimeter. 3. Hatch Lid: Opaque, insulated, and double walled, with manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as outer metal lid. 4. Curb Liner: Manufacturer's standard, of same material and finish as metal curb. 5. Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 12 inches above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated. 6. Roof slope: Where slope or roof deck is sloped, fabricate curb with perimeter curb height that is constant. Equip hatch with water diverter or cricket on side that obstructs water flow. Hardware: Retain one or both subparagraphs below to suit Project. 1. Heavy pintle hinges shall be provided. 2. Cover shall be equipped with a spring latch with interior and exterior turn handles. 3. Roof hatch shall be equipped with interior and exterior padlock hasps. 4. The latch strike shall be a stamped component bolted to the curb assembly. 5. The cover shall automatically lock in the open position with a rigid hold open arm equipped with a 1-inch diameter red vinyl grip handle to permit easy release for closing. 6. All hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 7. Cover hardware shall be bolted into heavy gauge channel reinforcing welded to the underside of the cover and concealed with the insulation space. G. Safety Railing System: If the Roof hatch is located within 10-feet of the roof edge, install the hatch manufacturer's standard system including rails, clamps, fasteners, safety barrier at railing opening, and accessories required for a complete installation; attached to roof hatch and complying with 29 CFR 1910.23 requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. H. Performance characteristics: 1. High visibility safety yellow powder coat paint finish. 2. Hatch rail system shall attach to the capflashing of the roof hatch and shall not penetrate any roofing material. 3. Hatch rail system shall satisfy the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR 1910.29 and shall meet OSHA strength requirements with a factor of safety of two. 4. Corrosion resistant construction with a five-yar warranty. 5. Hinged gate shall ensure continuous barrier around the roof hatch. 6. Self -closing gate hinge and positive latching system provided with hatch rail system. Post and Rails: 1. Height: 42 inches above finished roof deck. 2. Posts and Rails: 1-1/4 inches in diameter 6061 schedule 40 aluminum pipe. 3. Hardware: Mounting brackets shall be 3/8-inch thick extruded aluminum. Pivoting post guides with compression fittings and latching mechanism shall be cast aluminum. Self - closing hinges and all fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 5/8 2.4 Ladder -Assist Post: Roof -hatch manufacturer's standard device for attachment to roof -access ladder. K. Performance characteristics: 1. Tubular post shall lock automatically when fully extended. 2. Safety post shall have controlled upward and downward movement. 3. Release level shall disengage the post to allow it to be returned to its lowered position. 4. Post shall have adjustable mounting brackets t accommodate ladder rungs up to 1 %-inch in diameter. L. Post: Shall be manufactured of high strength square tubing. A pull up loop shall be provided at the upper end of the post to facilitate raising the post. M. Material of construction: Shall be Type 304 stainless steel Bilco-Model LU-3. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items required by manufacturer for a complete installation. B. Cellulosic -Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 208, Type II, Grade 1, thickness as indicated. C. Glass -Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 726, nominal density of 3 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F, thickness as indicated. D. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, thickness and thermal resistivity as indicated. E. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, containing no arsenic or chromium, and complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches thick. F. Underlayment: 1. Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt -saturated organic felt, nonperforated. 2. Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil-thick polyethylene sheet complying with ASTM D 4397. 3. Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3 Ib/100 sq. ft. minimum, rosin sized. 4. Self -Adhering, High -Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils thick, consisting of slip - resisting polyethylene -film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release -paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 5. Fasteners: Roof accessory manufacturer's recommended fasteners suitable for application and metals being fastened. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. Provide nonremovable fastener heads to exterior exposed fasteners. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 6/8 G. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, PVC, or silicone or a flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork. H. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant as recommended by roof accessory manufacturer for installation indicated; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints and remain watertight. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for expansion joints with limited movement. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586/D 4586M, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substates and openings for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories. Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install roof accessories level; plumb; true to line and elevation; and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Anchor roof accessories securely in place so they are capable of resisting indicated loads. 3. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete installation of roof accessories and fit them to substrates. 4. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, or loosening of fasteners and seals. 5. Test products in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of stainless -steel and aluminum roof accessories with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 7/8 2. Underlayment: Where installing roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of underlayment and cover with manufacturer's recommended slip sheet. C. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required by roof accessory manufacturer. 3.3 REPAIR AND CLEANING A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing according to ASTM A 780/A 780M. Touch up factory -primed surfaces with compatible primer ready for field painting according to Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting." C. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Replace roof accessories that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 72 00 8/8 SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this section: B. This section includes sealants for the following applications: 1. Interiorjoints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: a. Joints between gypsum board and window frames. b. Joints between gypsum board and door frames. C. Joints between laminated panels d. Joints between laminated panels and storefronts e. Joints between ceramic tile and plumbing fixtures. f. As indicated. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS B. ASTM Standards 1. ASTM C661 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric-Type Sealants by Means of a Durometer 2015. 2. ASTM C794 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion -In -Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants 2018. 3. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants 2017. 4. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 2018. 5. ASTM C1087 - Standard Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid -Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems 2016. 6. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants 2016. 7. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants 2008 (Reapproved 2012). 8. ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants 2014. 9. ASTM C1330 - Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid -Applied Sealants 2018. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 1/10 10. ASTM C1521 - Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints 2013. 11. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness 2015e1. 12. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers--Tension 2016. C. SCAQMD 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications 1989 (Amended 2017). D. Health Canada/Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) 1. Safety Data Sheets (SDS). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint -sealant product indicated- Submit manufacturer's data sheets: 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. 5. Substrates for which use of primer is required. 6. Substrates for which laboratory adhesion and/or compatibility testing is required. 7. Installation instructions, including precautions, limitations, and recommended backing materials and tools. 8. Sample product warranty. 9. Certification by manufacturer indicating that product complies with specification requirements. B. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used, including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools. C. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required. D. Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. E. Product test reports. F. Field -adhesion test reports. G. Installation Plan: Submit at least four weeks prior to start of installation. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 2/10 H. Preinstallation Field Adhesion Test Plan: Submit at least two weeks prior to start of installation Warranties. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle materials in accordance with Section 0160 00— Product Requirements with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: delivery materials to site in original factory packing, labelled with manufacturer's name an address. C. Storage and Handing Requirements: 1. Store materials indoors, off ground, in dry location, and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations in clean, dry, well -ventilated area. 2. Store and protect joint sealants from nicks, scratches, and blemishes. 3. Replace defective or damaged materials with new. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Proceed with installation of joint sealants only when: a. Ambient and substrate temperature conditions are within limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are above 40 degrees F (4.4 degrees C). b. Joint substrates are dry. C. Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative humidity, and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special conditions governing use. B. Joint -Width Conditions: 1. Proceed with installation of joint sealants only where joint widths are more than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint -Substrate Conditions: 1. Proceed with installation of joint sealants after contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint -sealant installations with a record of successful -in service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 3/10 C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. D. Mockups: Before installing joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants as follows to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution: 1. Joints in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants, which are specified by reference to this Section. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Correct defective work within a (5) Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty includes coverage for installed sealants and accessories that ail to achieve watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint -sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: (20) Twenty years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 2S0 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B. Liquid -Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid -applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 4/10 1. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. C. Stain -Test -Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. D. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. E. Type 1 — Expansion Joints: Use non -sag non -staining silicone sealant, class 100/50 unless otherwise indicated. F. Type 2 - Exterior Joints: Use non -sag silicone sealant, class 50 unless otherwise indicated. G. Type 3 - Interior Wet Areas: Bathrooms, restrooms, kitchens, food service areas, food processing areas and fixtures in wet areas include plumbing fixtures, food service equipment, countertops, cabinets, HVAC or other similar items. H. Type 4 — Exterior Paintable Joints: Use non -sag Silyl-Terminated Polyether (STPE) sealant, class 50 unless otherwise indicated. Type 5 - Interior food service areas, food processing areas and fixtures in wet areas include plumbing fixtures, food service equipment, cleanrooms, countertops, cabinets, HVAC or other similar items. Type 6 — Interior non-moving joints that may -be painted such as doors and windows perimeter. 2.2 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS K. Type 1 - Non -Staining Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type-S, Grade NS, Class 100/50. Uses M, A, G, O; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 100/50 percent, minimum. 2. Non -Staining To Porous Stone: Non -staining to light-colored natural stone when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. 3. Dirt Pick -Up: Reduced dirt pick-up compared to other silicone sealants. 4. Hardness Range: 15 to 35, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 5. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 6. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 7. Cure Type: neutral. 8. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to 180 degrees F (Minus 29 to 82 degrees C). 9. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; ADSEAL LM 4600 Series b. DOW; Dowsil 790 C. TREMCO; Spectrem 1 City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 5/10 d. Any other manufacturer's product equal L. Type 2 - Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type-S, Grade NS, Class 50. Uses M, A, G, O; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent, minimum. 2. Hardness Range: 15 to 35, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 3. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Cure Type: Single -component, neutral moisture curing 5. Service Temperature Range: Minus 65 to 180 degrees F (Minus 54 to 82 degrees C). 6. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; ADSEAL Production 4580 Series b. DOW; Dowsil 795 C. TREMCO; Spectrem 2 d. Any other manufacturer's product equal M. Type 3 - Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type-S, Grade NS, Class 25. Uses G, A; single component, mildew resistant; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Color: White. 2. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; ADSEAL KB 4800 Series b. DOW; Dowsil 786 C. TREMCO; Tremsil 200 d. Any other manufacturer's product equal N. Type 4 -Tamper-Resistant, Silyl-Terminated Polyether (STPE) Sealant: ASTM C920, Type-S, Grade NS, Class 50. Uses M, A, G, O; single component; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent, minimum 2. Hardness Range: 30 to 50, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 3. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 180 degrees F (Minus 40 to 82 degrees C). 5. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; ADSEAL DWSP 1940 Series b. TREMCO; Dymonic FC C. Any other manufacturer's product equal O. Type 5 - Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50. Uses M, A, G, O; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent, minimum. 2. Hardness Range: 15 to 35, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 3. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 4. Cure Type: Single -component, neutral moisture curing 5. Service Temperature Range: Minus 65 to 180 degrees F (Minus 54 to 82 degrees C). 6. Meets ASTM E84 (flame spread index = 0 / smoke development index = 20) 7. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; Adseal Production 4550 b. Any other manufacturer's product equal City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 6/10 P. Type 6 - Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; Adseal DWM 1090 b. TREMCO; Tremlex 834 C. Any other manufacturer's product equal Q. Flexible Polyurethane Foam: Single -component, gun grade, and low -expanding. 1. Color: White or Champagne. 2. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; Adfoam Flex 1865 b. ADFAST; Adfoam 1825 C. HILTI; CF812 d. Any other manufacturer's product equal 2.3 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Adfast. b. Pecora Corporation. C. Adfast. d. Sika. e. Any other manufacturer's product equal 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. 1. Type for Joints Not Subject to Pedestrian or Vehicular Traffic: ASTM C1330; Type O - Open Cell Polyurethane. 2. Type for Joints Subject to Pedestrian or Vehicular Traffic: ASTM C1330; Type B - Bi-Cellular Polyethylene. 3. Open Cell: 40 to 50 percent larger in diameter than joint width. 4. Closed Cell and Bi-Cellular: 25 to 33 percent larger in diameter than joint width. 5. Manufacturers: a. ADFAST; Adseal Backer Rod-SR2600 b. ADFAST; Adseal Backer Rod-ST2400 City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 7/10 C. Any other manufacturer that complies with performance requirements and is compatible with sealant. B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant - substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials. A. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 8/10 B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. C. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. F. Acoustical Sealant Installation: Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. G. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field -Adhesion Testing: Field test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed, and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per elevation. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 9/10 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 10/10 SECTION 08 16 13 — FIBERGLASS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: A. Fiberglass reinforced Polymer (FRP) Doors B. Fiberglass reinforced Polymer (FRP) Frames 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern all work under this section B. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for door hardware. C. Division 8 Section for "Glazing" for glass in doors. D. Division 9 Section for "Painting for field painting factory -primed doors and frames. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door and frame indicated, include door designation, type, level and model, material description, core description, construction details and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Schedule: Types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction: Verify that FRP doors and frames are manufactured utilizing pultruded fiberglass components. B. Resins: Resins shall comply with USDA and FDA standards for incidental food contact C. Flame Spread Rating: Flame retardant structural shapes meet the minimum flame spread rating less than or equal to 25 when tested according to ASTM E84. D. Impact Strength: FRP doors 10.32 foot-pounds per inch, ASTM D-256. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIBERGLASS (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 16 13 1/5 E. Tensile Strength: A. FRP doors: 12,000 psi, ASTM D638. B. FRP frames: 30,000 psi, ASTM D-638. F. Compressive Strength: A. FRP doors 18,000 psi, ASTM D-695. B. FRP frames 30,000 psi, ASTM D-695. G. Flexural Strength: FRP doors and frames 25,000 psi, ASTM D-790. H. Water Absorption: FRP doors and frames .27%, ASTM D-570. Hardware Reinforcements: FRP doors and frames fabricated with a minimum screw holding strength of 1,000 lbs. Tested with a #12 x 1-1/4" hinge screw. Warranty: Life of the initial installation against failure due to corrosion. Additionally, lifetime warranty against failure due to materials and workmanship from date of substantial completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory -finished doors and frames. B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage and notify shipper and supplier if damage exists. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to the Architect. Remove and replace damaged items that cannot be repaired as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Avoid using non -vented plastic or canvas covers that could create a humidity chamber. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Phoenix Door Systems (Osprey Series) - 6350 Castle Drive - Mason, OH 45040 Phone: 888-263-4082 2. Any other manufacturer's equal products subject to compliance. 2.2 DOORS A. Interior Doors: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below: 1. Doors to have at least two internal full height vertical FRP stiffeners for warp re - City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIBERGLASS (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 16 13 2/5 sistance. 2. Polystyrene foam core standard. B. Fire -rated Doors: Provide doors complying with the requirements indicated below: 1. Doors to have fire -rating as indicated per schedule. 2. Fire resistant mineral core. C. Vision Lite Systems: Lite cutout shall be built-in during door assembly, utilizing FRP tubing. D. Door Louvers: Provide sight -proof louvers for doors, where indicated. Stationary louvers to be manufac- tured using fiberglass inverted "V" blades. Louver cutouts shall be completely sealed in the same manner as lite cutouts. E. Transom/side Panels: Panels to be identical to the door construction and materials — if applicable to this project. 2.3 FRAMES A. General: Provide pultruded fiberglass frames for doors, transoms, sidelites and borrowed lites -if applicable to this project. B. Frames: Fiberglass frames to be constructed of 3/16-inch (0.1875 inch) wall thickness fiberglass pultrusions. Profile must be of standard hollow type to permit installation into new concrete and block walls or slip-on drywall installations. C. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, utilize stick -on -type silencers, three on strike jambs of single -door frames and two on heads of double -door frames. D. Plaster Guards: Provide plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation. E. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from no less than 1/8-inch (0.125 inch) thick pultruded fiberglass tubing. A. New Concrete Construction: Provide six (per jamb) expanding sleeve bolts, 3/8-inch (0.375 inch) diameter, 4-inch length. B. New Wood Stud Construction: Provide multipurpose type fiberglass anchor supports in backside of frame for attachment from the stud wall into the frames anchor supports. This installation must take place prior to setting drywall. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate fiberglass door and frame units to be rigid and free from defects including warp and buckle. B. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that complies with the following: A. FRP doors to have expanded polystyrene or polyurethane foam core as indicated. C. Stiles and Rails: Fabricate doors using FRP pultrusions. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIBERGLASS (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 16 13 3/5 D. Door faces: Fiberglass face skins shall be fused to the stile and rail assembly, including the vertical stiffeners and core material, utilizing polyurethane adhesive. E. Clearances: Not more than 1/8-inch (0.125 inch) at jambs and heads. Not more than %-inch (0.25 inch) between pairs of doors. Not more than %-inch (0.74 inch) at bottom unless indicated otherwise. F. Door Edges: Lock stile to be factory beveled 3 degrees, standard. G. Tolerances: Maximum diagonal distortion 1/8-inch (0.25 inch) measured with straight edge, corner -to -corner. H. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate all hardware reinforcements using FRP pultrusions. Exposed Fasteners: Provide stainless steel, counter sunk flat or ovel heads for exposed screws and bolts. Thermal -Rated (insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations, provide doors as thermal - insulating, with an "R" value of 11-12. K. Hardware Preparations: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. L. Frame Construction: Fabricate frames to size and shape shown on drawings. A. Fabricate frames with mitered resin -welded corners and seamless face joints. B. Provide set-up and resin welded frames with temporary spreader bars. C. Provide 4 or 6 inch terminated/ hospital stops where indicated. M. Hardware Locations: Locate hardware as indicated on shop drawings or, if not indicated, according to manufacturer's standard locations. N. Glazing/Louver Stops: Two-piece PVC lite and louver kits. A. Provide screw -applied, removable, glazing stops on inside of opening, louver, and other panels in doors. B. Glass to be supplied and installed under section 08 080 00, unless stated otherwise. 0. Astragals: Fabricate flat astragals for pairs of doors using fiberglass material — where indicated. 2.5 FINISHES A. Furnish fiberglass doors and frames factory pre -finished selected by the Architect from the full range of standard colors offered or as indicated in the finish schedule. a. Sheen: Semi -gloss. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIBERGLASS (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 16 13 4/5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install FRP doors, frames, and accessories according to shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. B. Placing Frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. A. In concrete construction, provide at least three completed opening anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb, and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Set frames and secure to adjacent construction with stainless steel expansion bolts. B. For openings 90-inches or more in height, install an additional anchor at hinge and strike jambs. C. Factory Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. D. Door Installation: Fit fiberglass doors accurately in frames. Shim as necessary. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIBERGLASS (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 16 13 5/5 SECTION 08 3113 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 2. Floor access doors and frames. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each door face material. D. Schedule: Types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 tested according to the following test method: 1. NFPA 252 or UL 1013 for fire -rated access door assemblies installed vertically. 2. NFPA 288 for fire -rated access door assemblies installed horizontally. 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by the following] [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: B. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Access Panel Solutions. 2. Acudor Products, Inc. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 1/5 Is FBI E. F 3. Babcock -Davis. 4. Jensen Industries; Div. of Broan-Nutone, LLC. 5. J. L. Industries, Inc.; Div. of Activar Construction Products Group. 6. Karp Associates, Inc. 7. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 8. MIFAB, Inc. 9. Milcor Inc. 10. Nystrom, Inc. 11. William Brothers Corporation of America. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door and frame from single source from single manufacturer. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges AD-01: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Acudor; PA-3000 (non -rated) 2. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame. standard -width exposed flange, proportional to door size. 3. Locations: Walls 24"x24", ceilings maximum size 18"x18". 4. Door Size: 24 by 24 inch, unless otherwise noted. 5. Plastic Access door: a. Finish: White, with textured exposed surfaces. 6. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door. 7. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard- concealed hinges. 8. Hardware: Latch. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges AD-02: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Acudor; ED-2002. 2. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame. standard -width exposed flange, proportional to door size. 3. Locations: Ceiling Wall and ceiling 4. Door Size: 24 by 24 inch, unless otherwise noted. a. Finish: Factory prime 5. Frame Material: 18 ga steel door and frame 6. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard. 7. Hardware: Latch. Recessed Access Doors concealed flanges AD-03: Provide manufacturer's Provide manufacturer's 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Acudor; DW-5058. 2. Assembly Description: Fabricate door in the form of a pan recessed 5/8 inch for gypsum board plaster infill. Provide frame with gypsum board bead for concealed flange. Dust seal gasket. 3. Locations: Ceiling Wall and ceiling 4. Door Size: 24 by 24 inch, unless otherwise noted. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 2/5 5. Latch: Cam latch operated by pinned -hex -head wrench. 6. Frame Material: Aluminum. Same material and thickness as door. a. Finish: Power Painted white 7. Hinges: Wing hinge to allow door panel to open 90 degrees, and for door panel to be removed from frame. Safety chain installed on door & frame for safety. 8. Hardware: Latch. G. Exterior access panel door AD-04: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: William Brothers WB AL 1600 30x30 2. Assembly description: Door: 0.063 Lightweight Aluminum with Radius Corners. 3. Frame & Trim: 0.063 Lightweight Aluminum, 1 % inches wide flange. 4. Finish: White Baked Enamel, Paintable Surface — paint to match wood color. 5. Latches: Flush, Aluminum Cam Latch (opens with screwdriver). 6. Hinges: Semi -Concealed, Continuous Piano Hinge. 7. Application: Exterior deck wood ceiling. 8. Size: 30 inches by 30 inches. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating. B. High impact styrene plastic with U.V stabilizers. C. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6. D. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than strength and durability properties of Alloy 5005-1-115; with minimum sheet thickness according to ANSI H35.2. E. Frame Anchors: Same type as door face. F. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 3/5 C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supports indicated. D. Recessed Access Doors: Form face of panel to provide recess for application of applied finish. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling. 1. For recessed doors with plaster infill, provide self -furring expanded metal lath attached to door panel. E. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder locks, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. 2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish. F. Extruded Aluminum: After fabrication, apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum that will come in contact with concrete. 2.5 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Steel and Metallic -Coated -Steel Finishes: 1. Factory Prime: Apply manufacturer's standard, fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. E. Stainless -Steel Finishes: 1. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. 2. Polished finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. a. Run grain of directional finishes with ling dimensions of each piece. b. When polishing is complete, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. C. Directional Stain Finish: No. 4 City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 4/5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. B. Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 5/5 SECTION 08 33 23 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rolling Service doors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 50 00 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provision of Section 0133 00. B. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory. C. Shop Drawings: For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. 1. Include points of attachment and their corresponding static and dynamic loads imposed on structure. 2. Show locations of controls, locking devices, and other accessories. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. D. Shop Drawings: Include detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, anchoring methods, required clearances, hardware, and accessories. Include relationship with adjacent construction. E. Selections Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing the manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. F. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches long, representing actual product, color, and patterns. G. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance data: Submit lubrication requirements and frequency and periodic adjustments required. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 33 23 1/6 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of security closures. B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project with a minimum of three years experience with the company. C. Single -Source Responsibility: Provide doors, tracks, motors, and accessories from one manufacturer for each type of door. Provide secondary components from source acceptable to manufacturer of primary components. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packing until ready for installation. B. Protect materials from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver until after wet work is compete and d ry. C. Store materials in a dry, warm, ventilated weathertight location. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work with other operations and installation of adjacent materials to avoid damage to installed materials. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer's limited door and operator system, except the counterbalance spring and finish, to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 3 years or 20,000 cycles, whichever occurs first. B. Warranty: Manufacturer's limited door system warranty for 2 years for all parts and components. C. PowderGuard Finish: 1. PowderGuard Max: Applied to curtain, guides, bottom bar, headplates: Manufacturer's limited Max Finish warranty for 5 years. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Llfeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 33 23 2/6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Basis of design: Overhead Door Corporation www.overheaddoor.com email: info@overheaddoor.com b. Clopay Corporation: www.clopaVdoor.com C. Raynor Worldwide: www.raynor.com PERFORMANCE A. Structural Performance, Exterior Doors: Capable of withstanding the design wind loads. 1. Design Wind Load: As indicated on Structural Drawings. 2. Testing: According to ASTM E 330. B. Seismic Performance: Overhead coiling doors shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. ROLLING SERVICE DOORS (Door 118A and 116A) A. Heavy Duty Industrial Doors: Overhead Door Corporation, Model 620 Stormtite Rolling Service Doors (Basis -of -Design). 1. Curtain: Interlocking roll -formed slats as specified following. Endlocks shall be attached to each end of alternate slats to prevent lateral movement. a. Flat profile type F-265 for doors up to 18 feet 4 inches wide fabricated of: 1) 0.04 inch aluminum. 2. Slats and Hood Finish: a. Aluminum slats and hood shall be aluminum finished as follows. 1) Powder Coat: a) PowderGuard Max Powder coat, color as selected by Architect. 3. Bottom Bar: a. Extruded aluminum. 4. Guides: Three structural steel angles 5. Brackets: a. Galvanized steel to support counterbalance, curtain and hood. 6. Finish; Bottom Bar, Guides, Headplate and brackets: a. PowderGuard Max powder coat color as selected by Architect. 7. Counterbalance: Helical torsion spring type housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel, supporting the curtain with deflection limited to 0.03 inch per foot of span. Counterbalance is adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Llfeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 33 23 3/6 8. Hood: Provide with internal hood baffle weatherseal. a. Aluminum hood with intermediate supports as required. 9. Electric Motor Operation: Provide UL listed electric operator, size as recommended by manufacturer to move door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second. a. Sensing Edge Protection: 1) Electric sensing edge. b. Operator Controls: 1) Push-button and key operated control stations with open, close and stop buttons. 2) Controls for both interior and exterior locations. 3) Controls surface mounted. C. Special Operations: 1) TBD d. Motor Voltage: 115/230 single phase, 60 Hz. 10. Wind Load Design: a. Standard wind load shall be 20 PSF. 11. Operation: Design door assembly, including operator, to operate for not less than 20,000 cycles. 12. Locking: a. Cylinder lock for electric operation with interlock switch (door 116A). b. Exterior slide bolts (door 118A). 13. Wall Mounting Condition: a. Face -of -wall mounting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable. B. Examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for substrate under the project conditions. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Llfeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 33 23 4/6 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install overhead coiling doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports; according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Securely and rigidly brace components suspended from structure. Secure guides to structural members only. D. Fit and align assembly including hardware, level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. E. Coordination installation of electrical service with Electrical specifications. Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components. F. Power -Operated Doors: according to UL 325. G. Install perimeter trim and closures. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly so that doors operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean curtain and components using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. B. Remove labels and visible markings. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead coiling doors. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Llfeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 33 23 5/6 END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 33 23 6/6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 1.3 SECTION 08 33 26 - OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES A. Section includes open -curtain overhead coiling grilles. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 50 00 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports, angle -framing of grille opening, corner guards, and bollards. 2. Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware" for product requirements for cylinder core and keys. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings: For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. 1. Include points of attachment and their corresponding static and dynamic loads imposed on structure. 2. Show locations of controls, locking devices, and other accessories. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 4. Include detailed plans, elevation, details from framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories. Include relationship with adjacent materials. C. Selection samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. D. Verification samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, representing actual product, color, and patterns. E. Manufacturer's Certificates" Certify products meets or exceed specified requirements. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08 33 26 1/5 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of security closures. B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packing until ready for installation. B. Protect materials from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver until after wet work is complete and dry. C. Store materials in a dry, warm, ventilated weathertight location. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work with other operations and installation of adjacent finish materials to avoid damage to installed materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Overhead coiling grilles shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 2.2 OPEN -CURTAIN GRILLE ASSEMBLY (Door 119A) A. Open -Curtain Grille: Overhead coiling grille with a curtain having a network of horizontal rods that interconnect with vertical links. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Basis of design: Overhead Door Corporation www.overheaddoor.com email: info@overheaddoor.com b. Clopay Corporation: www.clopaydoor.com C. Raynor Worldwide: www.raynor.com B. Rolling Aluminum Security Grilles" Overhead Door Corporation Model 670 with an option for Manual Emergency Release for power operated doors. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08 33 26 2/5 1. Curtain: Horizontal 5/16 inch diameter rods with network of vertically interlocking links to form a patter. Bottom bar extruded aluminum tubular shape. a. Material: Aluminum. b. Pattern: 1) Straight lattice: horizontal spacing 6 inches on center 2. Finish: a. Aluminum with PowderGuard Premium powder coat, color as selected by Architect b. Prime all non -galvanized, exposed ferrous surfaces with PowderGuard Premium powder coat, black. 3. Bottom Bar: a. Tubular extruded aluminum, PowderGuard Premium powder coat, color as selected by Architect. 4. Guides: a. Extruded aluminum shapes with retainer grooves and continuous silicone treated wool -pile strips or PVC inserts to reduce noise and assist operation. b. Guides face mounted on adjacent construction at one side and the other side, mounted with tubular steel support frames 5. Finish: a. PowderGuard Premium powder coat, color as selected by Architect. 6. Brackets: Minimum 3/16 inch steel to support barrel, counterbalance and hood as applicable. a. Finish: 1) Galvanized, hot dipped. 7. Counterbalance: Helical torsion spring type housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel, supporting the curtain with maximum deflection of 0.03 inches per foot of span. Counterbalance adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel. 8. Hood: a. Not required. 9. Electric Motor Operation: Provide UL listed electric operator, size as recommended by manufacturer to mov door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second. a. Electric Sensor Edge: Automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar. Contact with sensor activates device. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self -coiling cable. 1) Self -Monitoring Type: Four -wire configured device designed to interface with grille operator control circuit to detect damage to for disconnection of sensor edge. b. Operator Controls: Control station with open, close and stop functions. 1) Push-button and key operation. 2) Surface mounting. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08 33 26 3/5 3) For exterior location: Full -guarded, standard -duty, surface -mounted, weatherproof type; NEMA ICS 6, Type 4 enclosure, key operated. 10. Locking: a. Cylinder lock for electric operation with interlock switch. b. Three keys for each cylinder. C. Motor Removal: Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit -switch adjustment and without affecting emergency manual operation. D. Audible and Visual Signals: Audible alarm and visual indicator lights in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable. B. Examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the est result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install overhead coiling grilles and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports, according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08 33 26 4/5 D. Coordinate installation of electrical service per Electrical specifications. Complete wiring from disconnect to unit components. E. Install perimeter trim and closures. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly, so that grilles operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean curtain and components using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. B. Remove labels and visible markings. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead coiling grilles. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08 33 26 5/5 SECTION 08 35 13 - FOLDING GLASS DOORS (EXTERIOR) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes furnishing and installing a floor track supported, sliding -folding, thermally broken, aluminum -framed glass panel system that includes: 1. Aluminum frame. 2. Threshold. 3. Panels. 4. Sliding -folding and locking hardware. 5. Weather stripping. 6. Glass and glazing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards in accordance with Division 01 and current editions from the following: 1. AAMA. American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org a. AAMA 502, Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Fenestration Products. b. AAMA 520, Voluntary Specification for Rating the Severe Wind -Driven Rain Resistance of Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights. c. AAMA 611, Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. d. AAMA 920, Operation / Cycling Performance. e. AAMA 1304, Voluntary Specification for Forced Entry Resistance of Side -Hinged Door Systems. f. AAMA 2604, Voluntary Specifications, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. g. AAMA 2605, Voluntary Specifications, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. h. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS, North American Fenestration Standard - Specification for Windows, Doors and Skylights. 2. ANSI. American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org a. ANSI Z97.1, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. 3. ASTM. ASTM International; www.astm.org a. ASTM C1036, Standard Specification for Flat Glass. b. ASTM C1048, Standard Specification for Heat -Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass. c. ASTM E90-09, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurements of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss if Building Partitions and Elements. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (EXTERIOR) 08 35 13 rRil. d. ASTM E283, Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. e. ASTM E330, Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. f. ASTM E331, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. g. ASTM E413, Classification for Rating Sound Insulation. h. ASTM E547, Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential. i. ASTM E1332, Standard Classification for Rating Outdoor -Indoor Sound Attenuation. j. ASTM E2268, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, and Doors by Rapid Pulsed Air Pressure Difference. k. ASTM F842, Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry Resistance of Sliding Door Assemblies. 4. CPSC. Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov a. CPSC 16CFR-1201, Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials 5. CSA Group (Canadian Standards Association); www.csagroup.org/global/en/home a. CSA A440S1 -The Canadian supplement to North American (NAFS) standards 6. Energy Star, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Program; www.energystar.gov 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate Folding Glass Storefront system and framing R.O. B. Pre -installation Conference: See Section 013100. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. For Contractor submittal procedures see Section 0133 00. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product literature for each Folding Glass Storefront system to be incorporated into the Work. Show performance test results and details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and colors. C. Product Drawings: Indicate Folding Glass Storefront system component sizes, dimensions and framing R.O., configuration, swing panels, direction of swing, stacking layout, typical head jamb, side jambs and sill details, type of glazing material, handle height and field measurements. Show Adjacent construction. D. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit Owner's Manual from manufacturer. Identify with project name, location and completion date, and type and size of unit installed. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer capable of providing complete, precision built, engineered, pre -fitted units with a minimum thirty (30) years' experience in the sale of folding - sliding door systems for large openings in the North American market. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced in the installation of manufacturer's products or other similar products for large openings. Installer to provide reference list of at least three (3) City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (EXTERIOR) 08 35 13 011 projects of similar scale and complexity successfully completed in the last three (3) years. 1. Installer to be trained and certified by manufacturer. C. Single Source Responsibility: Furnish Folding Glass Storefront system materials from one manufacturer for entire Project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, Section 0160 00 requirements, and as follows: 1. Deliver materials to job site in sealed, unopened cartons or crates. a. Upon receipt, inspect the shipment to ensure it is complete, in good condition and meets project requirements. 2. Store material under cover in a clean and dry location, protecting units against weather and defacement or damage from construction activities, especially to the edges of panels. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Contractor to field verify dimensions of rough openings (R.O.) and threshold depressions to receive sill. Mark field measurements on product drawing submittal. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide Folding Glass Storefront system manufacturer's standard limited warranty as per manufacturer's published warranty document in force at time of purchase, subject to change, against defects in materials and workmanship. 1. Warranty Period beginning with the earliest of 120 days from Date of Delivery or Date of Substantial Completion: a. Rollers and Glass Seal Failure: Ten (10) years b. All Other Components Except Screens: Ten (10) years 1). Exception: Five (5) years if NOT installed by manufacturer's specific system approved or certified trained installer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Product by Manufacturer: NanaWall SL70 by NANA WALL SYSTEMS, INC. (www.nanawall.com) 1. Substitution Procedures: See Section 0125 00; Submit, completed, and signed. 2.02 PERFORMANCE / DESIGN CRITERIA A. Performance Criteria (Lab Tested): Low Profile Saddle Sill - Outward Opening 1. Air Infiltration (ASTM E283): a. 0.14 cfm/ft2 (0.71 L/s/m2) at a static air pressure difference of 1.57 psf (75 Pa) b. 0.30 cfm/ft2 (1.52 L/s/m2) at a static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf (300 Pa) 2. Water Penetration (ASTM E331, ASTM E547): a. No uncontrolled water leakage at a static (with weeps) test pressure of 6.00 psf (300 Pa) 3. Structural Loading (ASTM E330): City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 FOLDING GLASS DOORS (EXTERIOR) 08 35 13 a. Windload Resistance: Pass; C4 1). Design Pressure Positive: 45 psf (2160 Pa) 2). Design Pressure Negative: 55 psf (2640 Pa) 4. Forced Entry (AAMA 1304 / ATSM F842): Meets requirements for +F1 5. Thermal Performance (U-factor): NFRC 100 rated, certified, and labeled 6. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) + Visible Light Transmission (VT): NFRC 200 rated, certified, and labeled 7. Air Leakage: NFRC 400 rated, certified, and labeled 8. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): NFRC 500 rated, certified, and labeled 9. Panel Type: Hinged 10.Panel Pairing Configuration: See drawings. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Description: Floor track supported system designed for angle changes, segmented curves. Manufacturer's standard or post reinforced frame and panel profiles, with top track, side jambs and panels with dimensions as shown on Drawings. a. Frame: 1). Matching top track and side jambs a). Top Track and Side Jambs Width: 2-9/16 inch (65 mm) b). Top Track and Side Jambs Depth: 3-1/8 inch (80 mm) 2). Sill Type: b). Low profile saddle sill (thermally broken) 3). Sill Finish: Aluminum with a). a clear anodized finish. b). For ADA Compliance: Provide gasket to cover the channel in the sill at swing doors. 2. Aluminum Extrusion: AIMgSi0.5 alloy, 6063-T5 a. Thickness: 0.078 inch (2.0 mm) nominal b. Thermal Break: 3/4 to 15/16 inch (20 to 24 mm) wide polyamide plastic reinforced with glass fibers. Thinner or poured and de -bridged type thermal breaks not acceptable. 3. Panel and Frame Aluminum Finish: Inside and Outside. a. Same (one -color) b. PVDF three Coat finish (AAMA 2605): Fluoropolymer Kynar selected by the Architect from a full range of colors. B. Glass and Glazing: 1. Safety Glazing: In compliance with ASTM C1036, ASTM C1048, ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR 1201. 2. Manufacturer's tempered, double insulated glazing units, dry glazed with glass stops on the inside. Match GL-2 as specified in Section 08 80 00 — Glazing. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (EXTERIOR) 08 35 13 4/6 3. Main Entry Panel(s) for Models WITH a Swing Panel(s): Provide manufacturer's Standard lever handles with return on the inside and outside, and a lockset with a lockable latch, and multi -point locking with a dead bolt and rods at the top and bottom on primary panel. a. Rods to be concealed and not edge mounted. b. After turn of key or thumb -turn, depression of handles withdraws latch. c. Lifting of handles engages rods and turn of key or thumb turn engages deadbolt and operates lock. d. Lever Handle - Finish: 1). Brushed satin stainless -steel e. Locking: 1). Cylinder as specified in Section 08 7100 Door Hardware. C. Sliding -Folding Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard combination sliding and folding hardware with top and bottom tracks and threshold. All running carriages to be with sealed, self -lubrication, ball bearing multi -rollers. Surface mounted hinges and running carriages NOT acceptable. Weight of panels borne by the bottom of the guide channel in the sill is NOT acceptable. 1. Lower Running Carriage Carrying Capacity: 440 lbs. (200 kgs) 2. Upper guide carriage and lower running carriage provided with four vertical stainless -steel wheels and two horizontal polyamide wheels. 3. Vertical wheels to ride on top of stainless -steel guide track covers over the full length of the sill track and lie above the water run-off level. 4. Wheels riding below water run-off level and wheels riding on aluminum surfaces are NOT acceptable. 5. Swing Panel Hinges: a. Hinges and security hinge pins with set -screws. 6. Adjustment: Provide folding -sliding hardware capable of compensation and adjustments without needing to remove panels from tracks, in width, 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) per hinge and in height, 5/64 inch (2 mm) up and down. D. Weather stripping: Manufacturer's double layer EPDM between panels, EPDM gasket and Q- Ion gasket, or brush seal between panel and frame, or brush seals with a two -layer fiberglass reinforced polyamide fin attached at both inner and outer edge of bottom of door panels with a recessed sill or on frame for sealing between panels and between panel and frame. 1. UniverSILL°: For outswing low profile saddle sill. E. Fasteners: stainless -steel screws for connecting frame components. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Folding Glass Wall: Extruded aluminum frame and panel profiles, corner connectors and hinges, sliding and folding hardware, locking hardware and handles, glass and glazing and weather stripping. 1. Each unit factory pre -assembled and shipped with complete system components and installation instructions. 2. Exposed work to be carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design with all joints. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 FOLDING GLASS DOORS (EXTERIOR) 08 35 13 911 3. No raw edges visible at joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions per Section 0177 00 and as follows: 1. Carefully examine rough openings with Installer present, for compliance with requirements affecting Work performance. a. Examine surfaces of openings and verify dimensions; verify rough openings are level, plumb, and square with no unevenness, bowing, or bumps on the floor; and other conditions as required by the manufacturer for readiness to receive Work. b. Verify structural integrity of the header for deflection with live and dead loads limited to the lesser of L/720 of the span or 1/4 inch (6 mm). Provide structural support for lateral loads, and both wind load and eccentric load when the panels are stacked open. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install Folding Glass Storefront system in accordance with the Drawings, approved submittals, manufacturer's recommendations, and installation instructions, and as follows: 1. Properly flash, waterproof and seal around opening perimeter. 2. Securely attach anchorage devices to rigidly fit frame in place, level, straight, plumb and square. Install frame in proper elevation, plane and location, and in proper alignment with other work. 3. Install panels, handles, lockset, screens and other accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections per Section 0140 00 of the following: 1. Verify the Folding Glass Storefront system operates and functions properly. Adjust hardware for proper operation. B. Non -Conforming Work: Repair or replace non -conforming work as directed by the Architect; see General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01, General Requirements. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Keep units closed and protect Folding Glass Storefront installation against damage from construction activities. B. Remove protective coatings and use manufacturer recommended methods to clean exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 FOLDING GLASS DOORS (EXTERIOR) 08 35 13 SECTION 08 35 13 - FOLDING GLASS DOORS (INTERIOR) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes furnishing and installing a top -hung sliding -folding aluminum -framed glass door or storefront system that includes: 1. Aluminum frame. 2. Panels. 3. Sliding -folding and locking hardware. 4. Glass and glazing. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate Folding Glass Storefront system and framing R.O. B. Pre -installation Conference: See Section 013100. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. For Contractor submittal procedures see Section 0133 00. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product literature for each Folding Glass Storefront system to be incorporated into the Work. Show performance test results and details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and colors. C. Product Drawings: Indicate Folding Glass Storefront system component sizes, dimensions and framing R.O., configuration, swing panels, direction of swing and stacking, typical head jamb, side jambs and sill details, type of glazing material, handle height. Show adjacent construction. D. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit Owner's Manual from manufacturer. Identify with project name, location and completion date, and type and size of unit installed. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer capable of providing complete, precision built, engineered, pre -fitted units with a minimum thirty (30) years' experience in the sale of folding - sliding door systems for large openings in the North American market. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced in the installation of manufacturer's products or other similar products for large openings. Installer to provide reference list of at least three (3) projects of similar scale and complexity successfully completed in the last three (3) years. 1. Installer to be trained and certified by manufacturer. C. Single Source Responsibility: Furnish Folding Glass Storefront system materials from one manufacturer for entire Project. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, Section 0160 00 City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (INTERIOR) 08 43 33 1/5 requirements, and as follows: 1. Deliver materials to job site in sealed, unopened cartons or crates. a. Upon receipt, inspect the shipment to ensure it is complete, in good condition and meets project requirements. 2. Store material under cover in a clean and dry location, protecting units against weather and defacement or damage from construction activities, especially to the edges of panels. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Contractor to field verify dimensions of rough openings (R.O.). Mark field measurements on product drawing submittal. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide Folding Glass Storefront system manufacturer's standard limited warranty as per manufacturer's published warranty document in force at time of purchase, subject to change, against defects in materials and workmanship. 1. Warranty Period beginning with the earliest of 120 days from Date of Delivery or Date of Substantial Completion: a. Rollers and Insulated Glass Seal Failure: Ten (10) years. b. All Other Components Except Screens: Ten (10) years. 1). Exception: Five (5) years if NOT installed by manufacturer's specific system approved or certified trained installer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Product by Manufacturer: NanaWall SL45 by NANA WALL SYSTEMS, INC. (www.nanawall.com) 1. Substitution Procedures: See Section 0125 00; Submit completed and signed. 2.02 PERFORMANCE / DESIGN CRITERIA 1. ADA Compliant Flush Sill — Inward and Outward Opening: B. Design Criteria: 1. Sizes and Configurations: As indicated by the Drawings for selected number and size of panels, location of swing panels, location of track and stacking. 2. Unit Operation: Sliding and folding hardware with top and bottom tracks. 3. Panel Configuration: a. Straight 4. Stack Storage Configuration: a. FoldFlat® against wall 5. Mounting Type: Top -hung 6. Panel Type: Hinged City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (INTERIOR) 08 43 33 2/5 7. Panel Pairing Configuration: See drawings. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Sliding -Folding Glass Storefront Description: Monumental top -hung system designed for straight runs, segmented angle changes, and center pivot. Manufacturer's standard frame and panel profiles, with head and floor tracks, side jambs and panels with dimensions as shown on Drawings. a). Door with Manufacturer's standard kickplate. b. Frame 1). Matching top track and side jambs a). Top Track Width: 2-1/2 inch (64 mm) b). Top track and Side Jambs Depth: 1-3/4 inch (45 mm) 2). Sill Type: a). ADA Compliant Flush sill 3). Sill Finish: Aluminum with a). Clear anodized finish. 4). For ADA Compliance at Swing Panel: Provide gasket to cover the channel in the sill at swing panels. 2. Aluminum Extrusion: AIMgSi0.5 alloy, 6063-T5 a. Thickness: 0.078 inch (2.0 mm) nominal 3. Panel and Frame Aluminum Finish a. Same (one -color) b. PVDF Coat (AAMA 2605): Fluoropolymer Kynar with color selected by the Architect from the full color range offered. B. Glass and Glazing: 1. Safety Glazing: In compliance with ASTM C1036, ASTM C1048, ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR 1201. 2. Manufacturer's tempered glass lites. a. Single Glass: 1). 1/4-inch (6 mm) STC 31 tempered glass to achieve unit STC of 30. C. Locking Hardware and Handles: 1. Main Entry Panel for Models WITH Swing Panel: Provide manufacturer's Standard Lever handles with return on the inside and outside and a lockset with a lockable latch and multi - point locking with a dead bolt and rods at the top and bottom on primary panel only. a. Rods to be concealed and not edge mounted. b. After turn of key or thumb -turn, depression of handles withdraws latch. c. Lifting of handles engages rods and turn of key or thumb -turn engages deadbolt and City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (INTERIOR) 08 43 33 3/5 operates lock. d. Lever Handle - Finish: 1). Brushed satin stainless steel e. Locking: 1). Cylinder as specified in Section 08 7100 Door Hardware. D. Sliding- Folding Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard combination sliding and folding hardware with top and bottom tracks. 1. For each pair of folding panels, provide independent cardanic suspension for four (4) wheeled rollers coated with fiberglass reinforced polyamide upper running carriage and lower guide carriage. 2. Swing Panel Hinges: a. Stainless steel hinges and security hinge pins with set -screws. 3. Adjustment: Provide 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) in width per hinge adjustments without removing panels from tracks and without needing to remove panels from tracks. E. Fasteners: Stainless steel screws for connecting frame components. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Extruded aluminum frame and panel profiles, corner connectors and hinges, sliding and folding hardware, locking hardware and handles, glass and glazing and weather-stripping components needed to construct a folding glass wall. 1. Each unit factory pre -assembled and shipped with all components and installation instructions. 2. Exposed work to be carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design with all joints. 3. No raw edges visible at joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions per Section 0177 00 and as follows: 1. Carefully examine rough openings with Installer present, for compliance with requirements affecting Work performance. a. Examine surfaces of openings and verify dimensions; verify rough openings are level, plumb, and square with no unevenness, bowing, or bumps on the floor; and other conditions as required by the manufacturer to receive Work. b. Verify the structural integrity of the header for deflection with live and dead loads limited to the lesser of L/720 of the span or 1/4 inch (6 mm). Provide structural support for lateral loads, and both wind load and eccentric load when the panels are stacked open. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (INTERIOR) 08 43 33 4/5 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install Folding Glass Storefront system in accordance with the Drawings, approved submittals, manufacturer's recommendations, and installation instructions, and as follows: 1. Properly flash, waterproof and seal around opening perimeter. 2. Securely attach anchorage devices to rigidly fit frame in place, level, straight, plumb and square. Install frame in proper elevation, plane and location, and in proper alignment with other work 3. Install panels, handles, lockset, screens and other accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections per Section 0140 00 of the following: 1. Verify the Folding Glass Storefront system operates and functions properly. Adjust hardware for proper operation. B. Non -Conforming Work: Repair or replace non -conforming work as directed by the Architect and conditions stated in Division 1 Sections. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Keep units closed and protect Folding Glass Storefront installation against damage from construction activities. B. Remove protective coatings and use manufacturer recommended methods to clean exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FOLDING GLASS DOORS (INTERIOR) 08 43 33 5/5 SECTION 08 4113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior and interior storefront framing. 2. Exterior and interior manual -swing entrance doors and door frame units. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Aluminum -framed systems shall withstand the effects of the following performance requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction: 1. Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 3. Failure includes the following: a. Deflection exceeding specified limits. b. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. C. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movements to glazing. d. Noise or vibration created by wind and by thermal and structural movements. e. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. f. Failure of operating units. B. Delegated Design: Design aluminum -framed systems, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. C. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. D. Deflection Criteria: 1. Deflection Perpendicular to Wall Plan a. Delegated Engineering Quality Standards: AAMATIR-A11. b. Definition of Span: 1) Clear: Distance between centerlines of adjacent anchors. 2) Cantilever: Not more than 2 times distance between centerline of anchor and end of cantilever. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 1/13 C. Criteria 1) Spans less than 13 ft- 6 in; L/175 of clear span 2) Spans Between 13 ft — 6 in and 40 ft: L/240 plus 1/4 in. 3) Spans More than 40 ft: As determined by delegated engineering. d. Exceptions: 1) Net deflection of spans with one glass lite more than 120-in in height limited to not more than W-in regardless of overall span. 2) Where a sealant joint occurs between a framing member and a relatively stiff building element, framing member deflection not more than % of nominal joint width, or less if required by sealant manufacturer. 2. Deflection Parallel to Wall Plane: a. Framing Members: 1) Withstand 1/8-in including horizontal member sag due to dead load. 2) Withstand 1 degree twist of horizontal member due to dead load. b. Glass or Panel Bite: Bire reduced to no more than 75 percent. C. Glass or Panel Edge Clearance: Edge reduced no more than 25 percent, or not more than 1/8-in. Distance from glass edge to metal: no less than %-in. 3. Cantilever Defection: Withstand not more than 2 times length of cantilevered member divided by 175. 4. Anchor Movement: Withstand not more than 1/8-in in any direction of combined movement of anchors relative to building structural frame and framing member relative to anchor. E. Structural -Test Performance: Provide aluminum -framed systems tested according to ASTM E 330 as follows: 1. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, systems, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 2. Test Durations: (10) Ten seconds. F. Air Infiltration: Provide aluminum -framed systems with maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static -air -pressure difference of 1.57 Ibf/sq. ft. G. Thermal performance — When tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 the following results should be attained: U-Maximum: 0.63/CRF — Minimum of 59. 1. National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) specific application evaluation. H. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Provide aluminum -framed systems that do not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static -air -pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 Ibf/sq. ft. I. Door Accessibility Requirements (ADA): City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 2/13 1.3 1.4 1. Comply with current code. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For aluminum -framed systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Include details of provisions for system expansion and contraction and for drainage of moisture in the system to the exterior. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. D. Other Action Submittals: 1. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. E. Delegated -Design Submittal: For aluminum -framed systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. F. Product test reports. G. Field quality -control reports. H. Maintenance data. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated. C. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for aluminum -framed systems, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in systems similar to those indicated for this Project. D. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for systems' aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 3/13 1.5 indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance. E. Accessible Entrances: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. F. Source Limitations for Aluminum -Framed Systems: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: (10) Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: a. High Performance Coating (Kynar) (20) Twenty years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Anodized Finish: (10) Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Defects, Faulty Work, and Failures: Include, but not limited to the following: 1. Structural failure of components resulting from specified forces and loads, 2. Thermal movement causing damage to interior or exterior finishes, buckling, joint opening, glass breakage, excessive strain on structural members, undue stress on fasteners and anchors, failure of sealants, reduction of performance, or other detrimental effects. 3. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movement or wind. 4. Deflection exceeding specified limits. 5. Framing members transferring stresses to glazing. 6. Loss of glass bite due to shifting glass. 7. Loss of glass bearing on setting blocks due to shifting glass and/or blocks. 8. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, anchors, and other components. 9. Collapse of thermal insulation or fire containment. 10. Failures of fasteners, anchors and attachment metals due to electrolytic damage, deterioration of protective coatings, or oxidation. 11. Sealant failure as specified in Section (07 9100). City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 4/13 12. Deterioration of gaskets or lack of sufficient pressure on glass causing air infiltration or water penetration. 13. Air Infiltration in excess of specified limits. 14. Water penetration or condensation in excess of specified limits. 15. Staining of exposed surfaces due to incompatibility of adjacent products. 16. Failure to fulfill other specified performance requirements. 17. Failure of finish. D. This warranty and its enforcement shall not deprive the Owner of other action right or remedy available to them. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Single Source Responsibility: Furnish each type of product through one source from single manufacturer. B. Basis of Design: in accordance with Architectural drawings schedule: 1. Exterior System: Arcadia AG451DT / Arcadia door MS362HD Series. 2. Interior System: Arcadia ASL450 /Arcadia door MS362HD Series. C. Acceptable manufacturers: comparable product by one of the following: 1. Arcadia, Inc. 2. CR Laurence 3. EFCO Corporation. 4. Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company. 5. YKK AP America Inc. 6. Or equal as approved by the Architect. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/13 308M. 5. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M. B. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc -rich, corrosion -resistant primer, complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 5/13 2.3 Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard. 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Cold -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 3. Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded -aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Construction: Nonthermal (interior) & Thermally broken (exterior). 2. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3. Glazing Plane: As indicated. B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high -strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads fabricated from stainless steel. D. Attachments and Anchors: 1. Attachment of the storefront to the support structure shall occur inboard of the weather line. 2. Anchor components securely and permanently in place, shimming and using attachment methods and devices that permit three-dimensional 1 inch adjustments for construction tolerances, irregularities, and alignment. 3. Fit joints tight to produce tight to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Once wall is properly positioned, all connections shall be rigidly fixed by bolting or other positive mechanical means. If approved, finish exposed fasteners to match adjacent aluminum. 5. Install so that finished assembly is without exposed fasteners unless indicated or approved in writing by the Architect. If approved, finish exposed fasteners to match adjacent aluminum. 6. Deforming or mechanically staking fastener threads outside of nuts or welding nuts to washers or threads is not acceptable. Lock washers are not acceptable. 7. Allow for structural movement and changes due to varying thermal conditions. Molybdenum -disulfide filled nylon ("Nylatron") slip pads or washers shall be used at all thermal or dynamic anchors. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 6/13 8. Welds shall be of adequate strength and durability, with jointing tight, flush, smooth and clean, following methods recommended by the suppliers of the metals being welded. Protect adjacent materials from weld spatter. E. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot -dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts, complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M. F. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. G. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard, recommended by manufacturer for joint type. 1. Provide sealants for use inside of the weatherproofing system that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.4 GLAZING SYSTEMS A. Follow GANA Manual Guidelines and Glass Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Glazing: As specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing." C. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types; replaceable, molded or extruded, of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. D. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type. 2.5 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS A. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual -swing operation. 1. Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch thick, extruded -aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated, and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. a. Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate aluminum members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior. 2. Door Design: As indicated on drawings. a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches above floor or ground plane. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, Snap-On, extruded -aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 7/13 a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door. B. Entrance Door Hardware: As specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 2.6 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide entrance door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule] [ and entrance door hardware sets indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article for each entrance door to comply with requirements in this Section. 1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturers' products or products equivalent in function and comparable in quality to named products. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 3. Opening -Force Requirements: a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 Ibf to release the latch and not more than 30 Ibf to set the door in motion and not more than 15 Ibf to open the door to its minimum required width. b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 5 Ibf to fully open door. B. Opening -Force Requirements: 1. Delayed -Egress Locks: Lock releases within 15 seconds after applying a force of not more than 15 Ibf for not more than 3 seconds. 2. Latches and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 Ibf required to release latch. C. Pivot Hinges: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. 1. Offset -Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermediate offset pivots at each door leaf. D. Butt Hinges: BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, radius corner. 1. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while entrance door is closed. 2. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin 3. Retain subparagraph below unless "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article is revised to include hanging device quantities. 4. Quantities: a. For doors up to 87 inches high, provide 3 hinges per leaf. b. For doors more than 87 and up to 120 inches high, provide 4 hinges per leaf. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 8/13 E. Continuous -Gear Hinges: Manufacturer's standard with stainless -steel bearings between knuckles, fabricated to full height of door and frame. F. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1. G. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. H. Automatic and Self -Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1. Panic Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1, listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to U L 305. J. Cylinders: As specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware. 1. Keying: Master key system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include notation to be furnished by Owner. K. Strikes: Provide strike with black -plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. L. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6. M. Removable Mullions: BHMA A156.3, extruded aluminum. 1. When used with panic exit devices, provide removable mullions listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. Use only mullions that have been tested with exit devices to be used. N. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. O. Concealed Overhead Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1. P. Surface -Mounted Holders: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. Q. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location indicated, with integral rubber bumper. R. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. S. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior -door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. T. Silencers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 9/13 U. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21, raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch. V. Finger Guards: Manufacturer's standard collapsible neoprene or PVC gasket anchored to frame hinge -jamb at center -pivoted doors. 2.7 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied, asphalt -mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos; formulated for 30-mil thickness per coat. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Means to drain water passingjoints, condensation within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. 4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 6. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior. 7. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. E. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware. F. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware. G. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory -installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 10/13 H. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. High -Performance Organic Finish: AAMA 2605, 3 coat and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. 1. Color and Gloss: Duranar Sunstorm Arcadia Silver UC70123F 2. Acceptable Resin Manufacturers and Products: a. PPG: Duranar b. Ausimont USA Inc.: Hylar 5000 C. Elf Atochem North America, Inc.; Kynar 5000 d. AkzoNobel Coatings, Inc.; Trinar PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. 6. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or applying sealant or tape, or by installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 11/13 E. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, and without warp or rack. F. Install glazing as specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing." G. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field -Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface -mounted entrance door hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of representative areas to determine compliance of installed systems with specified requirements shall take place as follows. Do not proceed with installation of the next area until test results for previously completed areas show compliance with requirements. 1. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration. a. Test Area: A minimum area of 75 percent of aluminum -framed systems. C. Repair or remove work if test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. E. Aluminum -framed assemblies will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Remove all mastic smears or other unsightly marks from the installed work. Perform final cleaning and washing of glass and aluminum. B. Remove non -permanent labels and visible markings from glass surface. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 12/13 C. General Requirements: Provide protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, which ensures storefront will be without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. Remove and replace glass and material which are damaged, do not comply with Contract Documents, or in the opinion of the Architect, do no conform to the Specification Requirements. Eliminate evidence of replacement, and replace material damaged in the process. B. Glass breakage during the guarantee period will be considered a form of faulty material or workmanship. 3.5 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE SETS A. Refer Hardware Section 08 7100. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONT 084113 13/13 SECTION 08 62 50 - TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tubular daylighting devices and accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Wood Framing; Site built wood curbs and nailers. B. Section 07540 - Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: Flashing of skylight base. C. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal: Metal curb flashings. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. ASTM A 463/A 463M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum Coated, by the Hot Dip Process. D. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized), by the Hot Dip Process. E. ASTM A 792/A 792M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum -Zinc Alloy - Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. F. ASTM E 108 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. G. ASTM E 283 - Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. H. ASTM E 308 - Standard Practice for Computing the Colors of Objects by Using the CIE System. I. ASTM E 330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. J. ASTM E 547 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain walls by Cyclic Air Pressure Difference. K. ASTM E 1886 - Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 1/10 L. ASTM E 1996 - Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricane. M. ASTM D 635 - Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent of Time of Burning of Self - Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position. N. ASTM D 1929 - Test Method for Ignition Properties of Plastics. O. ASTM D 2843 - Standard Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics. P. ASTM F 1642 - Standard Test Method for Glazing and Glazing Systems Subject to Airblast Loading. Q. ASTM F 2912 - Standard Specification for Glazing and Glazing Systems Subject to Airblast Loading. R. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 - Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Unit Skylights; 2011. S. FEMA P-361 - Safe Rooms for Tornadoes and Hurricanes. T. ICC 500 - Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters. U. UL 2108 - Low Voltage Lighting Systems. V. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products W. CFR 47 - Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Rules & Regulations for FCC, FCC Part 15 - Radio Frequency Devices, Subpart B - Unintentional Radiators, Section 15.107 - Conducted Limits, and 15.109 - Radiated Emission Limits X. ANSI C63.4-2014 - American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio - Noise Emissions from Low -Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz Y. GSA-TS01-2003: Standard Test Method for Glazing and Window Systems Subject to Dynamic Overpressure Loadings. Z. Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) 4-010-01, Change October 2013, DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings. AA. CSA C22.2 No. 250.0 - Luminaires. BB. ICC-ES AC-16 - Acceptance Criteria for Plastic Skylights; 2008. CC. Florida Building Code TAS 201 - Impact Test Procedures. DD. Florida Building Code TAS 202 - Criteria for Testing Impact and Non Impact Resistant Building Envelope Components Using Uniform Static Air Pressure Loading. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 2/10 EE. Florida Building Code TAS 203 - Criteria for Testing Products Subject to Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading. FF. IBC Section 1710 - Load Test Procedure for Wind Load Testing on Rooftop Daylight Collecting System - Structural Performance Testing - Devised by ATI PE); 2012. GG. IBC Section 2606.7.2 - Installation - Diffuser Fall Out Test (Devised by PE); 2012. HH. OSHA 29 CFR - 1910.23 (e)(8) (Guarding Requirements for Skylights); 1926 Subpart M (Fall Protection); 1926.501(b)(4)(i); 1926.501(i)(2); 1926.501(b)(4)(ii). California State OSHA Fall Protection Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 3212 (e)(1). JJ. European Parliament Directive - Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) - Directive 2011/65/EU Annex II including amendment (EU) 2015/863 (RoHS 3) KK. EN 60598-1:2015+A1:2018 - Luminaires. General requirements and tests LL. EN 60598-2-2:2012 - Luminaires -- Part 2-2: Particular requirements - Recessed luminaires MM. EN 55015:2013+A1:2015 - Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of electrical lighting and similar equipment NN. EN 61000-3-2:2014 - Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Limits. Limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current &#8804; 16 A per phase) 00. EN 61000-3-3:2013 - Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-3: Limits - Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low -voltage supply systems, for equipment with rated current &#8804;16 A per phase and not subject to conditional connection PP. EN 61547:2009 - Equipment for general lighting purposes. EMC immunity requirements 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Daylight Reflective Tubes: Spectralight Infinity with INFRAREDuction Technology combines ultra -high Visible Light reflectance with Ultra -low Infrared (IR) reflectance. Patented spectrally -selective optical surface yields an average total- and specular-reflectance for the Visible Light spectrum (400 nm to 700 nm) providing maximized visible light transmission and less than 25% reflectance for Infrared (IR) heat wavelengths (750 nm to 2500 nm) for minimized heat transmission, resulting in a spectrally -selective Total Solar Spectrum (250 nm to 2500 nm) reflectance less than 37 percent, as measured using a Perkin Elmer Lambda 1050 spectrophotometer with a Universal Reflectance Accessory. Color: a* and b* (defined by CIE L*a*b* color model) shall not exceed plus 2 or be less than minus 2 as determined in accordance to ASTM E 308. SOLAMASTER 750 DS-0 / 750 DS-C (OPEN/CLOSED CEILING) 1. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/IS2/A440, Class CW-PG70, size tested 21 inch (530 mm) diameter, Type TDDOC and Type TDDCC. a. Air Infiltration Test: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 3/10 1) Air infiltration will not exceed 0.30 cfm/sf aperture with a pressure delta of 1.57 psf across the tube when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. b. Water Resistance Test: 1) Passes water resistance; no uncontrolled water leakage with a pressure differential of 10.7 psf (512 Pa) or 15 percent of the design load (whichever is greater) and a water spray rate of 5 gallons/hour/sf for 24 minutes when tested in accordance with ASTM E 547 and ASTM E 331. C. Uniform Load Test: All units tested with a safety factor of (3) for positive pressure and (2) for negative pressure, acting normal to plane of roof in accordance with ASTM E 330. 1) No breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or damage to make daylighting system inoperable or cause excessive permanent deflection of any section when tested at a Positive Load of 150 psf (7.18 kPa) or Negative Load of 70 psf (3.35 kPa). 2. Fire Testing: a. Fire Rated Roof Assemblies: 1) When used with the Dome Edge Protection Band, all domes meet fire rating requirements as described in the International Building Code for Class A, B, and C roof assemblies. 2) When used with Dome Edge Protection Band and Rooftop Fire Glazing, all domes meet prescriptive method of Option 1 of IBC 708A.2.1 and IWUIC 101.2 b. When used with the Dome Edge Protection Band, all domes meet fire rating requirements as described in the International Building Code. C. Self -Ignition Temperature - Greater than 650 degrees F per ASTM D-1929. d. Smoke Density: Rating no greater than 450 per ASTM E 84 in way intended for use. Classification C. e. Rate of Burn and/or Extent: Maximum Burning Rate: 2.5 inches/min (62 mm/min) Classification CC-2 per ASTM D 635. f. Rate of Burn and/or Extent: Maximum Burn Extent: 1 inch (25 mm) Classification CC-1 per ASTM D 635. 3. ICC 500 / FEMA P-361 Compliance (Tested to comply with highest wind speed Safe Room design of 250 mph). a. Missile Impact: Passes: 15 pound, 13 foot 2 by 4 with a velocity of 98 fps when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1886. b. Uniform Load Test: No failure when tested at a Positive Load of 325 psf and a Negative Load of 325 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 C. Design Pressure: No failure when tested at a Positive Pressure of 270 psf and a Negative Pressure of 270 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1886 (Air Pressure Cycling) 4. Fall Protection Performance: a. Passes fall protection test: No penetration of dome or curb cap when subject to 400 lb (160 Kg)/42 inch (1066 mm) impact drop test when tested in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.506(c) Safety Net Systems. b. Passes fall protection test: California State OSHA Fall Protection Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 3212 (e)(1) Skylight Screens. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 4/10 5. Blast Resistance: ASTM F1642, ASTM F2912, GSA-TS01-2003, and UFC 4-010-01: a. Airblast Loading ASTM Hazard Rating: Passes: No Hazard Rating b. Airblast Loading UFC Level of Protection: Passes Medium Level of Protection C. Dynamic Overpressure Loading ASTM Hazard Rating: Passes: No Hazard Rating d. Dynamic Overpressure Loading UFC Level of Protection: Passes Medium Level of Protection 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 0130 00. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Data sheets showing roof dome assembly, flashing base, reflective tubes, diffuser assembly, and accessories. 4. Installation requirements. C. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles and product components, including rough opening and framing dimensions, anchorage, roof flashings and accessories. D. Verification Samples: As requested by Architect. E. Test Reports: Independent testing agency or evaluation service reports verifying compliance with specified performance requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: All primary products specified in this section will be supplied by a single manufacturer with a minimum of twenty years experience in the top lighting industry. Secondary products shall be acceptable to the primary manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: All products shall be installed by a single installer with a minimum of five years demonstrated experience, with adequate equipment, skilled workers, and practical experience to meet the project schedule. C. Skylights shall conform with authorities having jurisdiction and be designed to meet design criteria of the project location and the following: 1. Skylights must be certified by NFRC. 2. Skylights must be Tested and labeled in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440. 3. Skylights must have Factory Mutual (FM) Approval Class Number 4431. 4. On projects which fall under the jurisdiction of the Florida Building Code, Skylights are required to have a current Florida Building Code (FBC) Number to meet the High Velocity Hurricane Zone (HVHZ) requirements and are required for acceptance of Work specified in this section. Skylight must comply with the jurisdictional code body's submittal data and supporting drawings and documentation. Where the code body's acceptance criteria differs from these specifications regarding components City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 5/10 and hardware, the code body's requirements shall govern. 5. Meet or exceed OSHA 200 pound (90 kg) Drop Tests expressed in 29 CFR 1910.23(e)(8) 6. Skylights shall provide minimum 69 psf (3.30 kPa) design load. D. Pre -Installation Meeting: Contractor shall convene a pre -installation meeting on the project site minimum one week before beginning work of this Section. The meeting shall include the Architect or Owner's Representative and representatives of all related trades to: 1. Coordinate between the at least the following trades. a. Roofing to install the flashing, skylight, and LED Light Kit (when specified) b. Electrical to wire components and program lighting controls. 2. Verify project requirements and site logistics. 3. Assess integrity of the roofing system and building structure. 4. Review manufacturer's installation instructions and warranty requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in a cool dry location protected from the weather and in the manufacturer's original unopened containers until ready for installation. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate delivery schedule with the Contractor and project schedule to minimize on site storage. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. C. Store materials in a dry area, protected from freezing, staining, contamination or damage. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Daylighting Device: Manufacturer's standard warranty for 10 years. Electrical Parts: Manufacturer's standard warranty for 5 years, unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Solatube International, Inc., which is located at: Solatube International 2210 Oak Ridge Way; Vista, CA 92081-8341; Toll Free Tel: 888-765-2882; Tel: (760) 477-1120; Fax: (760) 597-4488; Email:request info (commsales@solatube.com); Web:http://www.solatube.com City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 6/10 Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES A. Tubular Daylighting Devices General: Transparent roof -mounted skylight dome and self - flashing curb, reflective tube, and ceiling level diffuser assembly, transferring sunlight to interior spaces; complying with ICC AC-16. SolaMaster Series: Solatube Model 750 IDS, 21 inch (530 mm) Daylighting System: 1. Model: Solatube Model 750 DS-C Closed (Penetrating) Ceiling. AAMA Type TDDCC. 2. Capture Zone: a. Roof Dome Assembly: Transparent, UV and impact resistant dome with flashing base supporting dome and top of tube. 1) Outer Dome Glazing: Type DA, 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) minimum thickness injection molded acrylic classified as CC2 material; UV inhibiting (100 percent UV C, 100 percent UV B and 98.5 percent UV A), impact modified acrylic blend. a) Raybender 3000: Variable prism optic molded into outer dome to capture low angle sunlight and limit high angle sunlight. 2) Acrylic Dome Plus Inner Dome Glazing: Type DPI, Inner Dome is 0.115 inch (3 mm) minimum thickness polycarbonate classified as CC1 material. b. Tube Ring: 0.090 inch (2.3 mm) nominal thickness injection molded high impact PVC. Prevents thermal bridging between base flashing and tubing and channel condensed moisture. Attached to base of dome ring with butyl glazing rope 0.24 inch (6 mm) diameter; to minimize air infiltration. C. Dome Seal: Adhesive backed weatherstrip, 0.63 inch (16 mm) tall by 0.28 inch (7 mm) wide. 3. Flashings: a. Roof Flashing Base: 1) One Piece: One piece, seamless, leak -proof flashing functioning as base support for dome and top of tube. Sheet steel, corrosion resistant conforming to ASTM A 653/A 653M or ASTM A 463/A 463M or ASTM A792/A 792M, 0.028 inch (0.7 mm) plus or minus .006 inch (.015 mm) thick. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building a) Base Style: Type FC, Curb cap, with inside dimensions of 27 inches by 27 inches (685 mm by 685 mm) to cover curb as specified in Section 07600. Curbs: Metal Insulated Roof Curb: Corrosion resistant 18 Gauge hot -dipped galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A 653 G90 with continuous welded seams, integrated base plate for watertightness and extra strength, lined with 1-1/2 inch fiberglass fireproof sound attenuating thermal insulation, factory installed 2 by 2 treated wood nailer secured to top ledge of curb. Curb designed for single -ply roofing, lightweight fill or tapered insulation low slope Bid Set 07/13/2022 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 7/10 roof types. 1) C14 14 inch (356 mm) high Metal insulated curb Flashing Options: 1) Curb Cap Insulation: Type CCI, Nominal 1 inch thick thermal insulation pad to reduce thermal conduction between curb -cap and tubing and thermal convection between room air and curb -cap. Rated R-6 (OFxft2xhr/Btu) Insulation is Polyisocyanurate foam utilizing CFC, HCFC, & HFC free blowing agent. Type-1 Class-1 per ASTM C 1289; Passes UL 1715 (15-minute thermal barrier per IBC 2603.4); Attic ventilation may be required per IBC 1203.2(OFxft2xhr/Btu). For use with Flashing Type FC. 4. Transfer Zone: Extension Tubes: Aluminum sheet, thickness 0.018 inch (0.5 mm) conforming to ASTM B 209. 1) Reflective Tubes: a) Reflective extension tube, Type EXX and Type EL with total length of run as indicated on the Drawings. b) Interior Finish: Spectralight Infinity with INFRAREDuction Technology combining ultra -high Visible Light reflectance with Ultra -low Infrared (IR) reflectance. 2) Tube Options a) Top Tube Angle Adapter and Bottom Tube Angle Adapter Kit: Type AK, Reflective 45 degree adjustable top and bottom angle adapters (one each), 16 inches (406 mm) long b) Wire Suspension Kit: Type E, Use the wire suspension kit when additional bracing to the structure is required. 5. Delivery Zone: a. Diffuser Assemblies for Tubes Penetrating Ceilings: Solatube Model 750 DS-C. Ceiling mounted box transitioning from round tube to square ceiling assembly, supporting light transmitting surface at bottom termination of tube; 23.8 inches by 23.8 inches (605 mm by 605 mm) square frame to fit standard suspended ceiling grids or hard ceilings. 1) Polymeric Transition Box: Type TP, round -to -square transition box made of opaque polymeric material, classified as CC2, Class C, 0.110 inch (2.8 mm) thick. 2) Lens: Type L5 (Wide), OptiView Micro -replicated lens design to maximize light output and diffusion. Visible Light Transmission shall be greater than 90 percent at 0.022 inch (0.6 mm) thick. Classified as CC2. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Same material as metals being fastened, non-magnetic steel, non -corrosive metal of type recommended by manufacturer, or injection molded nylon. Suspension Wire: Steel, annealed, galvanized finish, size and type for application and ceiling system requirement. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 8/10 C. Sealant: Polyurethane or copolymer based elastomeric sealant as provided or recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions. C. If substrate and rough opening preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Coordinate requirements for power supply, conduit and wiring. C. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Coordinate installation with substrates, air and vapor retarders, roof insulation, roofing membrane, and flashing to ensure that each element of the Work performs properly, and that finished installation is weather tight. 1. Install flashing to produce weatherproof seal with curb and overlap with roofing system termination at top of curb. 2. Provide thermal isolation when components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in rough opening to maintain continuity of thermal barriers. 3. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor barrier material. C. Where metal surfaces of tubular unit skylights will contact incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including preservative -treated wood, provide permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer D. Align device free of warp or twist, maintain dimensional tolerances. E. Inspect installation to verify secure and proper mounting. Test each fixture to verify operation, control functions, and performance. Correct deficiencies. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide independent testing and inspection as specified in Section 0145 23. Inspect installation to verify secure and proper mounting. 1. Test for water leaks in accordance with AAMA 502 after installation and curing of City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 9/10 sealants but prior to installation if interior finishes. 2. Perform test for total area of each unit skylight. 3. Notify the Architect and the Contractor of any failed tests. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES 08 62 50 10/10 SECTION 08 7100 — DOOR HARDWARE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Mechanical and electrified door hardware for: a. Swinging doors. b. Sliding doors. c. Gates. 2. Electronic access control system components, including: a. Biometric access control reader. b. Electronic access control devices. 3. Field verification, preparation and modification of existing doors and frames to receive new door hardware. 4. Lead -lining door hardware items required for radiation protection at door openings. B. Exclusions: Unless specifically listed in hardware sets, hardware is not specified in this section for: 1. Windows 2. Cabinets (casework), including locks in cabinets 3. Signage 4. Toilet accessories 5. Overhead doors C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Alternates" for alternates affecting this section. 2. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealant requirements applicable to threshold installation specified in this section. 3. Division 09 sections for touchup finishing or refinishing of existing openings modified by this section. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 1/104 4. Division 13 Section "Radiation Protection" for requirements for lead -lining for door hardware at openings indicated to receive radiation protection. 5. Division 26 sections for connections to electrical power system and for low -voltage wiring. 6. Division 28 sections for coordination with other components of electronic access control system. 1.3 REFERENCES A. UL- Underwriters Laboratories 1. UL 1013 - Fire Test of Door Assemblies 2. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Test of Fire Door Assemblies 3. UL 1784 -Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies 4. UL 305 -Panic Hardware B. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.1 - A156.29, and ANSI/BHMA A156.31 -Standards for Hardware and Specialties C. California Code of Regulations 1. Title 24: California Building Standards Code 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01 requirements. 2. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify on submittals deviations from Contract Documents, issues of incompatibility or other issues which may detrimentally affect the Work. 3. Prior to forwarding submittal, comply with procedures for verifying existing door and frame compatibility for new hardware, as specified in PART 3, "EXAMINATION" article, herein. B. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. 2. Riser and Wiring Diagrams: After final approval of hardware schedule, submit details of electrified door hardware, indicating: a. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring and including: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 2/104 1) Details of interface of electrified door hardware and building safety and security systems. 2) Schematic diagram of systems that interface with electrified door hardware. 3) Point-to-point wiring. 4) Risers. Samples for Verification: If requested by Architect, submit production sample or sample installations of each type of exposed hardware unit in finish indicated, and tagged with full description for coordination with schedule. Samples will be returned to supplier in like -new condition. Units that are acceptable to Architect may, after final check of operations, be incorporated into Work, within limitations of key coordination requirements. 4. Door Hardware Schedule: Submit schedule with hardware sets in vertical format as illustrated by Sequence of Format for the Hardware Schedule as published by the Door and Hardware Institute. Indicate complete designations of each item required for each door or opening, include: a. Door Index; include door number, heading number, and Architects hardware set number. b. Opening Lock Function Spreadsheet: List locking device and function for each opening. c. Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. d. Name and manufacturer of each item. e. Fastenings and other pertinent information. f. Location of each hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings. g. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. h. Mounting locations for hardware. i. Door and frame sizes and materials. j. Name and phone number for local manufacturer's representative for each product. k. Operational Description of openings with any electrified hardware (locks, exits, electromagnetic locks, electric strikes, automatic operators, door position switches, magnetic holders or closer/holder units, and access control components). Operational description should include how door will operate on egress, ingress, and fire and smoke alarm connection. 1) Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. 5. Key Schedule: After Keying Conference, provide keying schedule listing levels of keying as well as explanation of key system's function, key symbols used and door numbers controlled. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 3/104 b. Use ANSI/BHMA A156.28 "Recommended Practices for Keying Systems" as guideline for nomenclature, definitions, and approach for selecting optimal keying system. c. Provide 3 copies of keying schedule for review prepared and detailed in accordance with referenced DHI publication. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key to unique door designations. d. Index keying schedule by door number, keyset, hardware heading number, cross keying instructions, and special key stamping instructions. e. Provide one complete bitting list of key cuts and one key system schematic illustrating system usage and expansion. 1) Forward bitting list, key cuts and key system schematic directly to Owner, by means as directed by Owner. f. Prepare key schedule by or under supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Templates: After final approval of hardware schedule, provide templates for doors, frames and other work specified to be factory prepared for door hardware installation. C. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Data: For Supplier and Installer. Product Certificates for electrified door hardware, signed by manufacturer: a. Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire -rated doors complies with listed fire -rated door assemblies. 3. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of compliance for fire -rated hardware and installation instructions if requested by Architect or Authority Having Jurisdiction. Installer Training Meeting Certification: Letter of compliance, signed by Contractor, attesting to completion of installer training meeting specified in "QUALITY ASSURANCE" article, herein. Electrified Hardware Coordination Conference Certification: Letter of compliance, signed by Contractor, attesting to completion of electrified hardware coordination conference, specified in "QUALITY ASSURANCE" article, herein. 4. Product Test Reports: For compliance with accessibility requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by qualified testing agency, for door hardware on doors located in accessible routes. 5. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Data : Provide in accordance with Division 01 and include: Complete information on care, maintenance, and adjustment; data on repair and replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 4/104 b. Catalog pages for each product. c. Name, address, and phone number of local representative for each manufacturer. d. Parts list for each product. e. Final approved hardware schedule, edited to reflect conditions as -installed. f. Final keying schedule g. Copies of floor plans with keying nomenclature h. As -installed wiring diagrams for each opening connected to power, both low voltage and 110 volts. i. Copy of warranties including appropriate reference numbers for manufacturers to identify project. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Substitutions: Comply with product requirements stated in Division 01 and as specified herein. Where specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by "No Substitute," including make or model number or other designation, provide product specified. (Note: Certain products have been selected for their unique characteristics and particular project suitability.) Where no additional products or manufacturers are listed in product category, requirements for "No Substitute" govern product selection. 2. Where products indicate "acceptable manufacturers" or "acceptable manufacturers and products", provide product from specified manufacturers, subject to compliance with specified requirements and "Single Source Responsibility" requirements stated herein. B. Supplier Qualifications and Responsibilities: Recognized architectural hardware supplier with record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project. 1. Warehousing Facilities: In Project's vicinity. 2. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. 3. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. 4. Coordination Responsibility: Coordinate installation of electronic security hardware with Architect and electrical engineers and provide installation and technical data to Architect and other related subcontractors. a. Upon completion of electronic security hardware installation, inspect and verify that all components are working properly. C. Installer Qualifications: Qualified tradesmen, skilled in application of commercial grade hardware with record of successful in-service performance for installing door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 5/104 D. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer. 1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable. Fire -Rated Door Openings: Provide door hardware for fire -rated openings that complies with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by Underwriters Laboratories, Intertek Testing Services, or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated, based on testing at positive pressure and according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C and in compliance with requirements of fire -rated door and door frame labels. F. Smoke- and Draft -Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft -control door assemblies are required, provide door hardware that meets requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. Air Leakage Rate: Maximum air leakage of 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. (3 cu. m per minute/sq. m) at tested pressure differential of 0.3-inch wg (75 Pa) of water. G. Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. H. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 5 Ibf (67 N) to release latch. Locks do not require use of key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with governing accessibility regulations cited in "REFERENCES" article, herein. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of wrist and that operate with force of not more than 5 Ibf (22.2 N). 2. Maximum opening -force requirements: a. Interior, Non -Fire -Rated Hinged Doors: 5 Ibf (22.2 N) applied perpendicular to door. b. Sliding or Folding Doors: 5 Ibf (22.2 N) applied parallel to door at latch. c. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Bevel raised thresholds with slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 4. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from open position of 70 degrees, door will take at least 3 seconds to move to 3 inches (75 mm) from latch, measured to leading edge of door. J. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 6/104 1. Attendees: Owner, Contractor, Architect, Installer, Owner's Security Consultant, and Supplier. 2. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including: a. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. b. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. c. Requirements for key control system. d. Requirements for access control. e. Address for delivery of keys. K. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01. 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Inspect and discuss preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing -in for electrified door hardware. 4. Review sequence of operation for each type of electrified door hardware. 5. Review required testing, inspecting, and certifying procedures. L. Coordination Conferences: 1. Installation Coordination Conference: Prior to hardware installation, schedule and hold meeting to review questions or concerns related to proper installation and adjustment of door hardware. a. Attendees: Door hardware supplier, door hardware installer, Contractor. b. After meeting, provide letter of compliance to Architect, indicating when meeting was held and who was in attendance. 2. Electrified Hardware Coordination Conference: Prior to ordering electrified hardware, schedule and hold meeting to coordinate door hardware with security, electrical, doors and frames, and other related suppliers. a. Attendees: electrified door hardware supplier, doors and frames supplier, electrified door hardware installer, electrical subcontractor, Owner, Owner's security consultant, Architect and Contractor. b. After meeting, provide letter of compliance to Architect, indicating when coordination conference was held and who was in attendance. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for hardware delivered to Project site. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 7/104 B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with final door hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. 1. Deliver each article of hardware in manufacturer's original packaging. C. Project Conditions: Maintain manufacturer -recommended environmental conditions throughout storage and installation periods. Provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items so that completion of Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. D. Protection and Damage: 1. Promptly replace products damaged during shipping. 2. Handle hardware in manner to avoid damage, marring, or scratching. Correct, replace or repair products damaged during Work. 3. Protect products against malfunction due to paint, solvent, cleanser, or any chemical agent. E. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. F. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of floor -recessed door hardware with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. C. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with Owner's security consultant. D. Electrical System Roughing -In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies and building safety and security systems. Existing Openings: Where hardware components are scheduled for application to existing construction or where modifications to existing door hardware are required, field verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit opening conditions and to provide proper door operation. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 8/104 F. Direct shipments not permitted, unless approved by Contractor. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Years from date of Substantial Completion, for durations indicated. a. Closers: 1) Mechanical: 10 years. 30 years for LCN 4000 and 1460 series,, 25 years for LCN 4050 and 1450 series, 20 years for LCN 1260 series, 15 years for LCN 1250, 15 years for LCN Concealed and High Security, and 10 years for Falcon SC series, 5 years for Falcon Concealed. 2) Electrified: 2 years. b. Automatic Operators: 1 year. 2 years for LCN, 1 year for Falcon brand c. Exit Devices: 1) Mechanical: 3 years. 2) Electrified: 1 year. d. Locksets: 1) Mechanical: 3 years. 10 years for Schlage ND or Falcon locks 2) Electrified: 1 year. e. Continuous Hinges: Lifetime warranty 10 years. f. Key Blanks: Lifetime 2. Warranty does not cover damage or faulty operation due to improper installation, improper use or abuse. 1.9 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: 1. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. a. Door Hardware: <Insert detailed descriptions and specific numbers of units>. b. Electrical Parts: <Insert detailed descriptions and specific numbers of units>. B. Maintenance Tools: 1. Furnish complete set of special tools required for maintenance and adjustment of hardware, including changing of cylinders. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 9/104 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Where "No Substitute" is noted, submittals and substitution requests for other products will not be considered. B. Approval of manufacturers and/or products other than those listed as "Scheduled Manufacturer" or "Acceptable Manufacturer" in the individual article for the product category shall be in accordance with QUALITY ASSURANCE article, herein. C. Approval of products from manufacturers indicated in "Acceptable Manufacturers" is contingent upon those products providing all functions and features and meeting all requirements of scheduled manufacturer's product. D. Hand of Door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing, or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as shown. Where specified hardware is not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect's approval. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Fasteners 1. Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. 2. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish, or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work including prepared for paint surfaces to receive painted finish. 3. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units exposed when door is closed except when no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless thru-bolts are required to fasten hardware securely. Review door specification and advise Architect if thru-bolts are required. 4. Install hardware with fasteners provided by hardware manufacturer. B. Provide screws, bolts, expansion shields, drop plates and other devices necessary for hardware installation. 1. Where fasteners are exposed to view: Finish to match adjacent door hardware material. C. OPTION: Cable and Connectors: Hardwired Electronic Access Control Lockset and Exit Device Trim: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 10/104 1. Data: 24AWG, 4 conductor shielded, Belden 9843, 9841 or comparable. 2. DC Power: 18 AWG, 2 conductor, Belden 8760 or comparable. 3. Provide type of data and DC power cabling required by access control device manufacturer for this installation. 4. OPTION: Where scheduled in the hardware sets, provide each item of electrified hardware and wire harnesses with sufficient number and wire gauge with standardized Molex plug connectors to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Provide Molex connectors that plug directly into connectors from harnesses, electric locking and power transfer devices. Provide through -door wire harness for each electrified locking device installed in a door and wire harness for each electrified hinge, electrified continuous hinge, electrified pivot, and electric power transfer for connection to power supplies. 2.3 HINGES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Ives 51313 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Hager BB series, McKinney TA/T4A series, Stanley FBB Series B. Requirements: 1. Provide five -knuckle ball bearing hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.1. 2. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, up to and including 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Standard weight, stainless steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high b. Interior: Standard weight, steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high 3. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors over 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, Stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 4. 2 inches or thicker doors: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 5. Provide three hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 6. Where new hinges are specified for existing doors or existing frames, provide new hinges of identical size to hinge preparation present in existing door or existing frame. 7. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: a. Steel Hinges: Steel pins b. Non -Ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 11/104 c. Out -Swinging Exterior Doors: Non -removable pins d. Out -Swinging Interior Lockable Doors: Non -removable pins e. Interior Non -lockable Doors: Non -rising pins 8. Width of hinges: 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) at 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, and 5 inches (127 mm) at 2 inches (51 mm) or thicker doors. Adjust hinge width as required for door, frame, and wall conditions to allow proper degree of opening. 9. Doors 36 inches (914 mm) wide or less furnish hinges 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high; doors greater than 36 inches (914 mm) wide furnish hinges 5 inches (127 mm) high, heavy weight or standard weight as specified. 10. Provide hinges with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate electric hinge at second hinge from bottom or nearest to electrified locking component. 11. Provide mortar guard for each electrified hinge specified. 12. Provide spring hinges where specified. Provide two spring hinges and one bearing hinge per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height. Provide one additional bearing hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 2.4 HINGES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Ives 3CB series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Hager AB series, McKinney TA series B. Requirements: 1. Provide threee-knuckle ball bearing hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.1. 2. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, up to and including 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Standard weight, bronze or stainless steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high b. Interior: Standard weight, steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high 3. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors over 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze/stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 4. 2 inches or thicker doors: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze or stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 5. Provide three hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 12/104 6. Where new hinges are specified for existing doors or existing frames, provide new hinges of identical size to hinge preparation present in existing door or existing frame. 7. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: a. Steel Hinges: Steel pins b. Non -Ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins c. Out -Swinging Exterior Doors: Non -removable pins d. Out -Swinging Interior Lockable Doors: Non -removable pins e. Interior Non -lockable Doors: Non -rising pins 8. Width of hinges: 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) at 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, and 5 inches (127 mm) at 2 inches (51 mm) or thicker doors. Adjust hinge width as required for door, frame, and wall conditions to allow proper degree of opening. 9. Doors 36 inches (914 mm) wide or less furnish hinges 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high; doors greater than 36 inches (914 mm) wide furnish hinges 5 inches (127 mm) high, heavy weight or standard weight as specified. 10. Provide hinges with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate electric hinge at second hinge from bottom or nearest to electrified locking component. 11. Provide mortar guard for each electrified hinge specified. 12. Provide spring hinges where specified. Provide two spring hinges and one bearing hinge per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height. Provide one additional bearing hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 2.5 CONTINUOUS HINGES A. Stainless Steel 1. Manufacturers: a. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives b. Acceptable Manufacturers: Markar, Stanley 2. Requirements: a. Provide pin and barrel continuous hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.26, Grade 2. b. Provide pin and barrel continuous hinges fabricated from 14 gauge, type 304 stainless steel. c. Provide twin self -lubricated nylon bearings at each hinge knuckle, with 0.25-inch (6 mm) diameter stainless steel pin. d. Provide hinges capable of supporting door weights up to 600 pounds, and successfully tested for 1,500,000 cycles. e. On fire -rated doors, provide pin and barrel continuous hinges that are classified for use on rated doors by testing agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 13/104 f. Provide pin and barrel continuous hinges with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. g. Install hinges with fasteners supplied by manufacturer. h. Provide hinges 1 inch (25 mm) shorter in length than nominal height of door, unless otherwise noted or door details require shorter length and with symmetrical hole pattern. B. Cold -Rolled Steel 1. Manufacturers: a. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives b. Acceptable Manufacturers: Markar, Stanley 2. Requirements: a. Provide pin and barrel continuous hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.26, Grade 2. b. Provide pin and barrel continuous hinges fabricated from type 1012 cold rolled steel. c. Provide twin self -lubricated nylon bearings at each hinge knuckle, with 0.25-inch (6 mm) diameter stainless steel pin. d. Provide hinges capable of supporting door weights up to 600 pounds, and successfully tested for 1,500,000 cycles. e. On fire -rated doors, provide pin and barrel continuous hinges that are classified for use on rated doors by testing agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. f. Provide pin and barrel continuous hinges with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. g. Install hinges with fasteners supplied by manufacturer. h. Provide hinges 1 inch (25 mm) shorter in length than nominal height of door, unless otherwise noted or door details require shorter length and with symmetrical hole pattern. C. Aluminum Geared 1. Manufacturers: a. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. b. Acceptable Manufacturers: Markar, Stanley. 2. Requirements: a. Provide aluminum geared continuous hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.26, Grade 1. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 14/104 b. Provide aluminum geared continuous hinges, where specified in the hardware sets, fabricated from 6063-T6 aluminum, with 0.25-inch (6 mm) diameter Teflon coated stainless steel hinge pin. c. Provide split nylon bearings at each hinge knuckle for quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation. d. Provide hinges capable of supporting door weights up to 450 pounds, and successfully tested for 1,500,000 cycles. e. On fire -rated doors, provide aluminum geared continuous hinges that are classified for use on rated doors by testing agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. f. Provide aluminum geared continuous hinges with electrified option scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. g. Install hinges with fasteners supplied by manufacturer. h. Provide hinges 1 inch (25 mm) shorter in length than nominal height of door, unless otherwise noted or door details require shorter length and with symmetrical hole pattern. 2.6 ELECTRIC POWER TRANSFER A. Manufacturers: a. Scheduled Manufacturer: Von Duprin EPT-10 b. Acceptable Manufacturers: ABH PT1000, Securitron CEPT-10 B. Provide power transfer with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with number and gage of wires sufficient to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. C. Locate electric power transfer per manufacturer's template and UL requirements, unless interference with operation of door or other hardware items. 2.7 OFFSET FLOOR CLOSERS AND INTERMEDIATE PIVOTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Dorma 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Jackson, Rixson B. Requirements: Provide single -acting floor closers complete with ball -bearing top pivot, floor plates, intermediate pivots and cement boxes unless indicated otherwise. Provide one intermediate pivot for doors less than 91 inches (2311 mm) high and one additional intermediate pivot per leaf for each additional 30 inches (762 mm) in height or fraction thereof. Intermediate pivots spaced equally not less than 25 inches (635 mm) City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 15/104 or not more than 35 inches (889 mm) on center, for doors over 121 inches (3073 mm) high. 3. Provide floor closers with adjustable swing speed, latch speed, and back -check features, with built in positive stop at specified degree of opening. 4. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, with reduced opening force for physically handicapped. 5. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves. Provide separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 6. Provide appropriate model where floor closers are specified at fire rated openings. 7. Provide lead -lined model where floor closers are specified at lead -lined doors. 8. Provide pivots with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate electrified pivot nearest to electrified locking component. If manufacturer of electrified locking component requires another device for power transfer then provide recommended power transfer device and appropriate quantity of pivots. 9. Provide mortar guard for each electric pivot specified, unless specified in hollow metal frame specification. 2.8 CENTER HUNG FLOOR CLOSERS — DOUBLE ACTING A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Dorma 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Jackson, Rixson B. Requirements: 1. Provide double-acting center hung floor closers complete with ball -bearing top pivot, floor plates, and cement boxes unless indicated otherwise. 2. Provide floor closers with adjustable spring tension and closing speed, and automatic hold -open features. 3. Provide separate concealed overhead stop. 4. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, with reduced opening force for physically handicapped. 5. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves. Provide separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 6. Provide appropriate model for wood doors. 2.9 PIVOT SETS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Dorma, Rixson City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 16/104 B. Requirements: 1. Provide pivot sets complete with oil -impregnated top pivot, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Where offset pivots are specified, Provide one intermediate pivot for doors less than 91 inches (2311 mm) high and one additional intermediate pivot per leaf for each additional 30 inches (762 mm) in height or fraction thereof. Intermediate pivots spaced equally not less than 25 inches (635 mm) or not more than 35 inches (889 mm) on center, for doors over 121 inches (3073 mm) high. 3. Provide appropriate model where pivot sets are scheduled at fire rated openings. 4. Provide lead -lined model where pivot sets are specified at lead -lined doors. 5. Provide pivots with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate electrified pivot nearest to electrified locking component. If manufacturer of electrified locking component requires another device for power transfer then provide recommended power transfer device and appropriate quantity of pivots. 6. Provide mortar guard for each electric pivot specified, unless specified in hollow metal frame specification. 2.10 POCKET DOOR HINGES A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: McKinney, Rixson B. Requirements: 1. Provide pocket pivot hinges, where specified in hardware sets, non -handed with heavy duty ball bearings. 2. Provide three pocket pivot hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 3. Provide pocket pivot hinges with electrified option where specified. Provide with sufficient number and wire gage to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate power transfer pocket pivot hinge at second hinge from bottom or nearest to electrified locking component. 4. Provide mortar guard for each electrified pocket pivot hinge specified, unless specified in hollow metal frame specification. 2.11 EMERGENCY HARDWARE A. Double Lipped Strike 1. Manufacturers: a. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 17/104 b. Acceptable Manufacturers: ABH, Hager 2. Provide double lip strike offset -hung to allow door to swing open in opposite direction unless detailed otherwise. Size for specific frame depth. Coordinate special latchbolt- hole location and special template, as required, to operate with mortise lock being used as specified. 3. Provide compatible emergency stop/release as recommended by manufacturer of double lip strike or engineered to operate with double lip strike. B. Emergency Stop/Release 1. Manufacturers: a. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives b. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hager, Stanley 2. Provide emergency stop/release for doors with double lip strikes offset -hung to allow door to swing open in opposite direction unless detailed otherwise. 2.12 FLUSH BOLTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Requirements: 1. Provide automatic, constant latching, and manual flush bolts with forged bronze or stainless steel face plates, extruded brass levers, and with wrought brass guides and strikes. Provide 12 inch (305 mm) steel or brass rods at doors up to 90 inches (2286 mm) in height. For doors over 90 inches (2286 mm) in height increase top rods by 6 inches (152 mm) for each additional 6 inches (152 mm) of door height. Provide dust - proof strikes at each bottom flush bolt. 2.13 SURFACE BOLTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Requirements: 1. Surface bolt s to have 1" throw for maximum security with concealed mounting that prevents vandalism. Units to be constructed of heavy duty steel and cUL listed up to three (3) hours when used on the inactive door of a pair up to 8' in height. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 18/104 2.14 COORDINATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Requirements: 1. Where pairs of doors are equipped with automatic flush bolts, an astragal, or other hardware that requires synchronized closing of the doors, provide bar -type coordinating device, surface applied to underside of stop at frame head. 2. Provide filler bar of correct length for unit to span entire width of opening, and appropriate brackets for parallel arm door closers and surface vertical rod exit device strikes. Factory -prep coordinators for vertical rod devices if required. 2.15 MORTISE LOCKS A. Manufacturers and Products: Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage L9000 series Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Corbin-Russwin ML2000 series, Best 45H series, Sargent 8200 series B. Requirements: 1. Provide mortise locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security, and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with a zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Provide lock case that is multi -function and field reversible for handing without opening case. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with full 3/4 inch (19 mm) throw stainless steel mechanical anti -friction latchbolt. Provide deadbolt with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of stainless steel. 3. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 4. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Where scheduled, provide a request to exit (RX) switch that is actuated with rotation of inside lever. 5. Provide motor based electrified locksets with electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets and comply with the following requirements: Universal input voltage — single chassis accepts 12 or 24V DC to allow for changes in the field without changing lock chassis. Fail Safe/Fail Secure — changing mode between electrically locked (fail safe) and electrically unlocked (fail secure) is field selectable without opening the lock case Low maximum current draw — maximum 0.4 amps to allow for multiple locks on a single power supply. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 19/104 d. Low holding current — maximum 0.01 amps to produce minimal heat, eliminate "hot levers" in electrically locked applications, and to provide reliable operation in wood doors that provide minimal ventilation and air flow. e. Request to Exit Switch (RX) — 1) Modular Design — provide electrified locks capable of using, adding, or changing a modular RX switch without opening the lock case. 2) Monitoring — where scheduled, provide a request to exit (RX) switch that detects rotation of the inside lever. f. Connections — provide quick -connect Molex system standard. g. UL Listed — 3 hour fire door 6. Lever Trim: Solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in design specified, with wrought roses and external lever spring cages. Provide thru-bolted levers with 2-piece spindles. a. Lever Design: Schlage 06A. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.16 MORTISE LOCKS OPTION: when required to specify FALCON in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon MA series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow BM series, Dorma ML9000 series, Corbin-Russwin ML2000 series, Sargent 8200 series, Yale 8800 series B. Requirements: 1. Provide mortise locks certified as ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1 Operational, and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Provide multi -function lock case, field reversible for handing without opening case. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with a standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with full 3/4 inch (19 mm) throw stainless steel mechanical anti -friction latchbolt. Provide deadbolt with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of stainless steel. 3. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 4. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. Provide electrified locksets with micro switch (RX) option that monitors retractor crank, and is actuated when rotation of inside or outside lever rotates retractor hub. Provide normally closed contacts or normally open contacts as required by security system. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 20/104 5. Lever Trim: Solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in design specified, with wrought roses and external lever spring cages. Provide thru-bolted levers with 2-piece spindles. a. Lever Design: Falcon DG-Dane Gala. b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.17 MORTISE LOCKS OPTION: when required to specify FUSION A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Fusion D6 Victorian Mortise Handleset 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Baldwin Reserve Mortise Handleset B. Requirements: 1. Provide mortise locks manufactured from steel. Provide reversible for handing without opening case. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide mortise locks with full interconnect release, featuring self-locking pushbutton release and active passage 3. Provide locks with a standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) with full 3/4 inch (19 mm) throw stainless steel or brass mechanical latchbolt. Provide locksets with a 2-1/2 inches (63.5mm) option backset. Provide deadbolts with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of stainless steel or brass. 4. Provide standard square corner faceplate and strike 5. Provide mortise lock with fully field reversible latch bolts and fully field reversible entrance box 6. Lever Trim: Solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in design specified, with roses in design specified. a. Lever/Knob Design: Fusion 34 Scroll Knob 2.18 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL LOCKSETS — WIRELESS MORTISE -TYPE PROPRIETARY — SCHLAGE WIRELESS MORTISE LOCK A. Manufacturer and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage LE Series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No substitute. B. Requirements: Provide wireless electronic locksets that comply with the following requirements. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 21/104 1. Provide mortise locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security, and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with a zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide heavy-duty, handed, field -reversible mortise locks. 3. Backset: 2-3/4-inch (70 mm). 4. Latchbolt: 3/4-inch (19 mm) throw stainless steel latch bolt with anti -friction tongue. 5. Deadbolt: optional 1" throw stainless steel deadbolt to support Privacy and Apartment functions. 6. Chassis: Provide standard A115.1 preparation for mortise locks for 1-3/4-inch (44 mm) doors. 7. Applicable Standards: a. Listed, UL 294 - Standard of Safety for Access Control System Units. b. Compliant with ANSI Standard A156.25 and A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1 strength and operational requirements. c. Compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.25 Grade 1 Operation and Security Requirement. d. Certified to UL10C, FCC Part15, IC RSS-210, ADA, RoHS, ICC ANSI A117.1 e. Compliant with FBC TAS 201, TAS 202, TAS 203 for door assemblies. f. Certified to FBC 3905, 12400 and 14482 8. Lockset Functions: Provide locks with storeroom, privacy, apartment or office function as specified in hardware groups. 9. Emergency Override: Provide mechanical key override; cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 10. Levers: a. Levers shall operate independently of each other. b. Provide levers to match mechanical mortise locks. c. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 11. Power Supply: a. Provide lockset powered by four AA batteries b. Provide locksets with the ability to communicate battery status and battery voltage level by means of an application on mobile device, at the door, and remotely by integrated software. 12. Features: Provide locksets with the following features. a. Ability to communicate unit's communication status via LED b. Capable of being programmed via Mobile or Web based App to lock via BLE or via integrated SW partner system via BLE Gateway or existing building Wi-Fi c. Visual tri-colored LED indicator that indicate activation, operational systems status, system error conditions and low power conditions as determined by integrated software partner. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 22/104 d. Audible feedback that can be enabled or disabled. e. Tamper -resistant screws: Single tamper -resistant torx screw on inside escutcheon. f. Capable of reacting to a lockdown command in under 5 seconds when used with a software partner that has integrated this feature. 13. Adaptability: a. Open Architecture: Provide locksets manufactured with open architecture characteristics capable of handling new and existing access control software and credential reading technology. Can be supported by cloud -based web and mobile apps without the need for an integrated software partner. 14. Switches: Provide locksets with the following switches: a. Door Position Switch b. Interior Cover Tamper Guard c. Request to Exit d. Optional Deadbolt Position e. Optional Interior Push Button 15. Credential Reader: 16. a. Credential Reader Configuration: Provide credential reader modules in the following configurations, as indicated in door hardware sets. Multi -tech contactless reader shall be NFC-Compatible, including NFC Peer to Peer compatible, and read access control data from both 125 kHz and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. The multi -tech contactless reader shall be optimally designed for use in access control applications that require reading both 125 kHz proximity and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. a) Credential reader capabilities: i. 13.56 MHz Smart credentials: (a) Secure section (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): Schlage MIFARE Classic, Schlage MIFARE DESFire EV1 (b) 13.56 MHz Serial number only (Multi -Technology and Smart credential): DESFire CSN, HID iCLASS CSN, MIFARE CSN, MIFARE DESFire EV1 CSN ii. 125 kHz Proximity credentials: Schlage, XceedlD, HID, GE/CASI, AWID iii. Multi -Technology readers that read both 13.56 MHz Smart and 125 kHz Prox credentials. 2.19 MORTISE LOCKS — NARROW STYLE A. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Accurate 8500/8600 series. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 23/104 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide narrow style mortise locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Grade 1 Operational and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide locks with backset as required for door detail with full 3/4 inch (19 mm) throw stainless steel mechanical anti -friction latchbolt. Provide deadbolt with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of stainless steel. 3. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 4. Lever Trim: Matching levers and roses or escutcheons from manufacturer of standard mortise locks. Provide all necessary fasteners, spindles, and parts to make complete functioning unit. a. Lever Design: Match standard mortise locks. b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.20 ALUMINUM DOOR LOCKS — NARROW STYLE A. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Adams Rite 4900 series X 4568/9 Lever or 4590/1 Paddle 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide narrow style aluminum door locks as specified. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide locks with backset as required for door detail with full 5/8 inch (16 mm) throw latchbolt. 3. Provide manufacturer's standard strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 2.21 LOCKSETS —INTERCONNECTED TYPE A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage CS210 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow J series, Yale YH Interconnected B. Requirements: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 24/104 1. Provide interlocked locksets conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.12 Series 5000, Grade 2 with simultaneous retraction of deadbolt and latch for single motion egress. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) or 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, based on door detail, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw latchbolt and 1 inch (25 mm) throw deadbolt. 3. Provide interconnected lock which fit 4 inch to 5-1/2 inch center to center lock to deadbolt door preparation. 4. Provide independently operating levers with two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. 5. Provide manufacturers standard T-strike, unless extended lip strike is necessary to protect trim, and deadbolt strike. 6. Lever Design: Schlage Rhodes 2.22 ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLE INTERCONNECTED LOCKSETS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. OPTION: Product: Schlage FE410F interconnected electronic lockset. 1. Provide interlocked locksets conforming to ANSI A156.12 Series 5000, Grade 2 with simultaneous retraction of deadbolt and latch for single motion egress. 2. Provide locks with 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, based on door detail, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw latchbolt and 1 inch (25 mm) throw deadbolt. 3. Provide independently operating levers with two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. 4. Provide manufacturers standard T-strike, unless extended lip strike is necessary to protect trim, and deadbolt strike. 5. OPTION: Lever Design: Schlage Addison (ADD) Trim with Lever Trim: a. Accent (ACC) b. Avilla (AVA) c. Birmingham (BIR) d. Elan (ELA) e. JAZZ (JAZ) f. Jupiter (JUP) g. Latitude (LAT) h. Neptune (NEP) i. Sacramento (SCA) j. Saturn (SAT) 6. OPTION: Lever Design: Schlage Greenwich (GRW) Trim with Lever Trim: a. Accent (ACC) City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 25/104 b. Broadway (BRW) c. Elan (ELA) d. JAZZ (JAZ) e. Jupiter (JUP) f. Latitude (LAT) g. Manhattan (MNH) h. Neptune (NEP) i. Northbrook (NOR) j. Saturn (SAT) C. Requirements 1. Provide programmable electronic locksets with the following: a. Time and Date controlled access. b. Up to 500 user. c. 1000 event Audit Trail report. d. 8 time zone capability e. Compatible with STRATIS Energy & Access Management & Control System. 2. Provide entry by a Keyfob that supports Schlage MIFARE classic, Schlage DESFire EV1 and Schlagemoblile credentials. 3. Provide power by four (4) AA batteries (included), where if loss of battery power occurs, a 9V battery can be used to jump start the lock and provide access with an assigned credential. Battery life of 2 years in OFF-LINE MODE. D. Components 1. Keyfob, 13.56 MHz Smart Credential a. Manufacturer and Product: 1) Schlage 9651 Keyfob b. Requirements: 1) Access key fobs shall be used with access readers to gain entry to access control portals (e.g. doors, gates, turnstiles) and to hold information specific to the user. 2) The fob shall function at ISO 14443A standards, provide for a faster data transfer speed. Smart Credentials operate on a 13.56 MHz frequency and utilize high security encrypted data. 3) The fob shall support MIFARE or MIFARE DESFire EV1 technology. 4) Presentation to the access control reader at any angle within a minimum distance of one (1) inch shall result in an accurate reading of the fob. 5) The fob shall be composed of polycarbonate material. 2. Credential Enrollment Reader a. Manufacturer and Product: 1) Schlage Schlage MT20W City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 26/104 b. Requirements: 1) Unit provides simplified credential enrollment via computer connect. USB connection is for power only, enrollment uses Wi-Fi connection. 2) Multi -technology enrollment reader is designed to simplify the enrollment of proximity and smart credentials. The reader is powered by a USB cable via computer's USB port and utilizes a Wi-Fi connection for certain scenarios (enrolling no -tour credentials). 3) The unit is compatible with smart credentials (MIFARE Classic and FIFARE DESFire EV1), Schlagemoblile credentials, PIV credentials and most proximity credentials up to 37-bits. The unit supports no -tour (with supported locks) via Schlage MIFARE Classic or MIFARE DESFire EV1 credentials. 3. Access Management Software a. Manufacturer and Product: 1) Stratis, Sphere for Schlage b. Requirements: 1) Provide an access management system that is cloud based that can be managed via a computer or tablet. a) Tash tracking and audits for maintenance b) Integrates with property management software platforms c) No -Tour access control, key replacement does not require touring to enable or invalidate credentials. d) Replace credentials in less than two minutes. 2) System provides: a) Fast credentials replacement b) Issuing maintenance credentials c) Providing master credential d) Provides temporary lockout credential. e) Audit Trail 3) System Requirements: a) WiFi internet connection for producing credentials. b) Provide with 7" tablet and programing cables 2.23 CYLINDRICAL LOCKS — GRADE 1 A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage ND Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Sargent 11-Line, Corbin-Russwin CL3100 Series B. Requirements: 1. Provide cylindrical locks conforming to the following standards and requirements: a. ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 27/104 b. UL 10C for 4'-0" x 10'-0" 3-hour fire door. 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 3. Provide cylindrical locksets exceeding the ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Grade 1 performance standards for strength, security, and durability in the categories below: a. Abusive Locked Lever Torque Test —minimum 3,100 inch -pounds without gaining access b. Cycle life -tested to minimum 10 million cycles per ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Cycle Test with no visible lever sag or use of performance aids such as set screws or spacers. 4. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with 1/2 inch latch throw. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 5. Provide locksets with separate anti -rotation thru-bolts, and no exposed screws. 6. Provide independently operating levers with two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. 7. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 8. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. 9. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides. a. Lever Design: Schlage Rhodes. b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.24 CYLINDRICAL LOCKS — GRADE 1 A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon T Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Yale 5400LN series, Arrow Q series, Dorma CL800 series, Corbin-Russwin CL3300 series, Sargent 10-Line B. Requirements: 1. Provide cylindrical locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with a 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 3. Provide locksets with separate anti -rotation thru-bolts, and no exposed screws. 4. Provide independently operating levers with two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. 5. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 6. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. 7. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides. a. Lever Design: Falcon Quantum. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 28/104 b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.25 RETROFIT LOCKS AND TRIM — GRADE 1 A. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon RU Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide retrofit locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with a standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 3. Lever kits to comply with all handicap codes and ADA requirements. 4. Provide locks with [1-3/4 inches (44 mm)1[2 1/16 inches (52 mm)][2 5/8 inches (67 mm)1[2-11/16 (68 mm)] inches door latch cutout height to match existing door preparations. 5. Provide vandal resistant outside lever that disengages when locked 6. to prevent damage to internal mechanism. 7. Provide independently operating levers with two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. 8. Provide standard ASA strikes unless special strikes are necessary to match existing conditions. 9. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides. a. Lever Design: Falcon D-Dane. b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.26 CYLINDRICAL LOCKS — GRADE 2 OPTION: when required to specify SCHLAGE AL in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage AL Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Best 73KC series, Corbin-Russwin CL3900 series, Sargent 7-Line B. Requirements City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 29/104 1. Provide cylindrical locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) backset where noted of if door or frame detail requires. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 3. Provide locksets with separate anti -rotation throughbolts, and no exposed screws. Provide levers that operate independently, and have two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. 4. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 5. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides. a. Lever Design: Schlage Saturn. b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 2.27 CYLINDRICAL LOCKS — GRADE 2 OPTION: when required to specify Falcon W in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon W Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow ML series, Best 73KC series, Corbin- Russwin CL3900 series, Sargent 7-Line B. Requirements: 1. Provide cylindrical locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) backset where noted of if door or frame detail requires. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 3. Provide locksets with separate anti -rotation thru-bolts, and no exposed screws. Provide levers that operate independently, and have internal return springs to prevent lever sag. 4. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 5. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides. a. Lever Design: Falcon D-Dane. b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 30/104 2.28 TUBULAR LOCKS — GRADE 2 OPTION: when required to specify SCHLAGE F SERIES in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage F Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow C series, Sargent 3-Line, Yale YH collection B. Requirements: 1. Provide tubular locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) adjustable to 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) is required by door or frame detail, or noted otherwise. 3. Provide locksets that fit standard 2-1/8 inches (54 mm) diameter bore without use of thru-bolts. 4. Standard Rose Size: 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) in diameter. 5. Door Thickness: Locksets adjustable to fit in 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) or 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) door thickness. 6. Provide standard T-strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 7. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides. a. Lever Design: Schlage Elan. 2.29 TUBULAR LOCKS — GRADE 2 OPTION: when required to specify SCHLAGE S SERIES in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage S Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow C series, Sargent 3-Line, Yale YH collection B. Requirements: 1. Provide tubular locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) adjustable to 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. 3. Provide locksets that fit standard 2-1/8 inches (54 mm) diameter bore without use of thru-bolts. 4. Rose Size: 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) in diameter standard. 5. Door Thickness: Locksets adjustable to fit in 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) or 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) door thickness. 6. Provide standard T-strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 31/104 7. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides a. Lever Design: Schlage Saturn. 2.30 TUBULAR LOCKS — GRADE 2 OPTION: when required to specify FALCON in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon Y series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow C series, Sargent 3-Line, Yale YH collection B. Requirements: 1. Provide tubular locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) adjustable to 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide 2-3/4 inch (70 mm) backset, unless 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) is required by door or frame detail, or noted otherwise. 3. Provide locksets that fit standard 2-1/8 inches (54 mm) diameter bore without the use of thru-bolts. 4. Rose Size: 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) in diameter rose. 5. Locksets adjustable to fit in 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) or 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) door thickness. 6. Provide standard T-strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 7. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts, and wrought roses on both sides. a. Lever Design: Falcon D-Dane. 2.31 TUBULAR LOCKS — GRADE 2 OPTION WHEN SPECIFYING THE SCHLAGE LT SERIES PERFORMANCE BASED A. Manufacturers and Products 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: To establish standard of quality and design intent, tubular locks specification has been based on Schlage LT Series products. Products of other manufacturers meeting or exceeding design and performance requirements specified herein will be considered for substitution subject to compliance with provisions of Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." B. Requirements 1. Provide tubular locks with passage, privacy, and dummy trim functions conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 32/104 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide locksets with a 2-3/8 inches (60mm) backset option. Provide proper latch throw for 20 minute UL listing. 3. Provide privacy functions with self -cancelling egress/non lockout feature 4. Provide tubular locks with concealed fasteners and bi-directional lever movement that fit standard 2-1/8 inches (54 mm) diameter bore. 5. Rose Size: 2-9/16 inches (65 mm) in diameter standard with optional 2-5/8 inch (66mm) in diameter. 6. Provide locksets for 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) to 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) door thickness standard, with option for 2 inch (51 mm) door thickness. 7. Provide standard T-strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 8. Lever Trim: Solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in design specified, with wrought roses and external lever spring cages. Provide thru-bolted levers with 2-piece spindles. a. Lever Design: Schlage M51B NOTE: Coordinate lever designs so they are suited among locksets and exit devices if and as required. 2.32 TUBULAR LOCKS OPTION: when required to specify SCHLAGE in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage LT Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Sargent DL Series B. Requirements: 1. Provide tubular locks with passage, privacy, and dummy trim functions. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide locksets with a 2-3/8 inches (60mm) backset option. Provide proper latch throw for 20 minute UL listing. 3. Provide privacy functions with self -cancelling egress/non lockout feature 4. Provide tubular locks with concealed fasteners and bi-directional lever movement that fit standard 2-1/8 inches (54 mm) diameter bore. 5. Rose Size: as scheduled. 6. Provide locksets for 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) to 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) door thickness standard, with option for 2 inch (51 mm) door thickness. 7. Provide standard T-strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 8. Lever Trim: Solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in design specified, with wrought roses and external lever spring cages. Provide thru-bolted levers with 2-piece spindles. a. Lever Design: Schlage M51B City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 33/104 NOTE: Coordinate lever designs so they are suited among locksets and exit devices if and as required. 2.33 TUBULAR LOCKS — GRADE 2 OPTION: when required to specify FUSION A. Manufacturers and Products 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Fusion Door Hardware Elite Series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Baldwin Prestige B. Requirements 1. Provide tubular locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. NOTE: A Fusion lock is currently only compatible with their own 5 or 6 pin standard cylinders with Schlage C1 keyway and available with simple master keying and construction keying (lost ball) — adjust cylinder and keying sections accordingly. 2. Provide locks with adjustable 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) to 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset. Provide locksets that fit standard 2-1/8 inches (54 mm) diameter bore without use of thru-bolts. 3. Provide keyed knobs and levers with self -cancelling egress/non lockout feature 4. Provide locksets with concealed fasteners standard and passage privacy reversible handing 5. Rose Size: 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) in diameter standard. 6. Provide locksets for 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) to 2 inches (51 mm) door thickness 7. Provide locksets with solid brass construction a. Lever/Knob Design: Fusion AR Lever b. Rose Design: Fusion A5 Ketme Rose 2.34 TUBULAR LOCKS OPTION: when required to specify FUSION A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Fusion Door Hardware 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Omnia, Baldwin Reserve Series, Ashley Norton B. Requirements: 1. Provide tubular residential locks. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. NOTE: A Fusion lock is currently only compatible with their own 5 or 6 pin standard cylinders with Schlage C1 keyway and available with simple master City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 34/104 keying and construction keying (lost ball) — adjust cylinder and keying sections accordingly. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) backset with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide locksets with a 2-3/4 inches (70mm) backset option. Provide locksets that fit standard 2-1/8 inches (54 mm) diameter bore without use of thru-bolts. Provide locksets with fixed backset. Provide keyed locksets with die cast bodies for keyed locks 3. Provide keyed knobs and levers with self -cancelling egress/non lockout feature 4. Provide passage and privacy latches that feature reversible latch bolts. 5. Rose Size: 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) in diameter standard. 6. Provide locksets for 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) to 2 inches (51 mm) door thickness. Provide passage and privacy locksets with self-adjusting spindles for variable door thickness. 7. Provide latch rotation option of 40 degrees and 28 degrees 8. Provide standard square corner strikes unless radius corner strikes are specified. 9. Lever Trim: Solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in design specified, with roses in design specified. Levers to be positive stop. a. Lever/Knob Design: Fusion 34 Scroll Knob b. Rose Design: Fusion C8 Victorian Rose 2.35 MORTISELOCKS— PUSH/PULL TRIM A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Glynn -Johnson HL6-9000 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturer and Product: Sargent 7800PT series B. Requirements: 1. Provide mortise locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security, and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Provide multi -function lock case, field reversible for handing without opening case. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset with full 3/4 inch (19 mm) throw stainless steel mechanical anti -friction latchbolt. Provide deadbolt with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of stainless steel. 3. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 4. Trim Orientation: Push paddle mounted up and pull paddle mounted down except at psychiatric or security areas provide both paddles mounted down, unless noted otherwise. 5. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 35/104 2.36 HOSPITAL LATCHES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Glynn -Johnson HL6E series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: ABH 6000 series, Sargent 114P/115P series B. Requirements: 1. Provide hospital latches conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156 with covers engraved "Push" and "Pull". 2. Provide hospital latches with standard 5 inches (127 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) latch throw. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 3. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 4. Mount trim with push paddle mounted up and pull paddle mounted down except at psychiatric or security areas provide both paddles mounted down, unless noted otherwise. 2.37 AUXILIARY LOCKS A. Deadlocks: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage L400 series b. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow D series, Best 38H series, Corbin- Russwin DL4000 series, Falcon MA series, Sargent 4870 series. 2. Requirements: a. Provide mortise deadlock series conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156 and function as specified. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. b. Provide deadlocks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset. Provide deadbolt with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of stainless steel. c. Provide manufacturer's standard strike. B. Deadbolts: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage B600 series b. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Arrow N series, Best T series, Corbin- Russwin DL3000 series, Falcon D100 series, Sargent 480 series. 2. Requirements: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 36/104 a. Provide deadbolt series conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156 and function as specified. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. b. Provide deadbolts with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset. Provide 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) where noted or if door or frame detail requires. Provide deadbolt with full 1 inch (25 mm) throw, constructed of steel alloy. c. Provide manufacturer's standard strike. C. Aluminum Door Deadbolt - Narrow Style: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Adams Rite MS1850 Series b. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. 2. Requirements: a. Provide narrow style aluminum door deadbolts as specified. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. b. Provide deadbolts with backset as required for door detail with full 1-13/32 inches (36 mm) throw deadbolt. c. Provide manufacturer's standard strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. D. Sliding Door Locks: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Accurate 2001 series. b. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. 2. Requirements: a. Provide mortise sliding door lock series and function as specified. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. b. Provide mortise sliding door locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset. c. Provide manufacturer's standard strike. E. Pocket Door Locks: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Accurate 2002 Series. b. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. 2. Requirements: a. Provide mortise pocket door lock series and function as specified. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. b. Provide mortise pocket door lock with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 37/104 c. Provide manufacturer's standard strike. F. Padlocks: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage KS series b. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product:: Best 1113 series, Sargent 758 series 2. Requirements: a. Provide padlocks with 1 inch (25 mm) shackle height, unless noted otherwise, as specified. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2.38 EXIT DEVICES OPTION: WHEN REQUIRED TO SPECIFY VON DUPRIN AND/OR THE CONCEALED CABLE DEVICE IN AN OPEN SPECIFICATION A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Von Duprin 99/33 series [OPTION 98/35 series] 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Sargent 19-43-GL-80 series, Precision Apex series B. Requirements: 1. Provide exit devices tested to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1, and UL listed for Panic Exit or Fire Exit Hardware. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide touchpad type exit devices, fabricated of brass, bronze, stainless steel, or aluminum, plated to standard architectural finishes to match balance of door hardware. 3. Touchpad: Extend minimum of one half of door width. Match exit device finish, stainless steel for US26, US26D, US28, US32, and US32D finishes; and for all other finishes, provide compatible finish to exit device. No plastic inserts are allowed in touchpads. 4. Provide exit devices with dead -latching feature for security and for future addition of alarm kits and/or other electrified requirements. 5. Provide flush end caps for exit devices. 6. Provide exit devices with manufacturer's approved strikes. 7. Provide exit devices cut to door width and height. Install exit devices at height recommended by exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by Architect. 8. Mount mechanism case flush on face of doors, or provide spacers to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off face of door, provide glass bead kits. 9. Provide cylinder dogging at non -fire -rated exit devices. 10. Removable Mullions: 2 inches (51 mm) x 3 inches (76 mm) steel tube. Where scheduled as keyed removable mullion, provide type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re -installed. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 38/104 11. Where lever handles are specified as outside trim for exit devices, provide heavy-duty lever trims with forged or cast escutcheon plates. Provide vandal -resistant levers that will travel to 90-degree down position when more than 35 pounds of torque are applied, and which can easily be re -set. Lever Style: Match lever style of locksets. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 12. Provide UL labeled fire exit hardware for fire rated openings. 13. Provide factory drilled weep holes for exit devices used in full exterior application, highly corrosive areas, and where noted in hardware sets. 14. Provide electrified options as scheduled. 2.39 EXIT DEVICES OPTION: WHEN SPECIFYING FALCON IN AN OPEN SPECIFICATION A. Manufacturers and Products: Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon 24/25 Series Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Sargent 19-43-GL-80 Series, Precision Apex Series B. Requirements: 1. Provide exit devices tested to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1, and UL listed for Panic Exit or Fire Exit Hardware. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2. Exit Devices: Touchpad type, fabricated of brass, bronze, stainless steel, or aluminum, plated to standard architectural finishes to match balance of door hardware. 3. Touchpad: Extend minimum of one half of door width. Match exit device finish or provide compatible finish. No plastic inserts are allowed in touchpads. 4. Provide devices with dead -latching feature for security and for future addition of alarm kits and other electrical requirements. 5. Provide flush end caps for exit devices. 6. Provide manufacturer's standard strikes. 7. Provide exit devices cut to door width and height. Install exit devices at height recommended by exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by Architect. 8. Mount mechanism case flush on face of doors, or provide spacers to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off face of door, provide glass bead kits. 9. Provide cylinder dogging at non -fire -rated exit devices. 10. Removable Mullions: 2 inches (51 mm) x 3 inches (76 mm) steel tube. Where scheduled as keyed removable mullion, provide type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re -installed. 11. Where lever handles are specified as outside trim for exit devices, provide heavy-duty lever trims with forged or cast escutcheon plates. Provide vandal -resistant levers that City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 39/104 will travel to 90-degree down position when more than 35 pounds of torque are applied, and which can easily be re -set. a. Lever Style: Match lever style of locksets. b. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 12. Provide UL labeled fire exit hardware for fire rated openings. 13. Field drill weep holes per manufacturer's recommendation for exit devices used in full exterior application, highly corrosive areas, and where noted in the hardware sets. 14. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. 2.40 EXIT DEVICES— BAR TYPE OPTION: when required to specify VON DUPRIN in an NO SUBSTITUTION specification A. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Von Duprin 55/88 series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide exit devices tested to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1, and UL listed for Panic Exit and/or Fire Exit Hardware. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide bar type exit devices, cast or forged of brass, bronze, or stainless steel, plated to standard architectural finishes to match balance of the door hardware. 3. Latch Bolt Throw: 3/4 inch (19 mm) for rim and mortise devices, 5/8 inch (16 mm) for surface and concealed vertical rod devices. 4. Mechanism Case: One piece without cover plate. Mount flush on face of doors, or provide spacers to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off face of door, provide glass bead kits. 5. Provide UL labeled fire exit devices for fire rated openings. 6. Provide manufacturer's standard strikes. 7. Provide exit devices cut to door width and height. Locate exit devices at height recommended by exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by Architect. 8. Removable Mullions: 2 inches (51 mm) x 3 inches (76 mm) steel tube. Where scheduled as keyed removable mullion, provide type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re -installed. 9. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. 10. Furnish all necessary wood door kits and cover plates, for proper installation of exit device. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 40/104 2.41 EXIT DEVICES — BAR TYPE OPTION: when required to specify FALCON in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon XX series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Precision Reliant series, and Sargent 90 Series with guarded latch. B. Requirements: 1. Provide exit devices tested to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1, and UL listed for Panic Exit and/or Fire Exit Hardware. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide bar type exit devices, cast or forged of brass, bronze, or stainless steel, plated to standard architectural finishes to match balance of the door hardware. 3. Latch Bolt Throw: 3/4 inch (19 mm) for rim and mortise devices, 5/8 inch (16 mm) for surface and concealed vertical rod devices. 4. Provide devices with deadlocking latch bolt. 5. Mechanism Case: Mount flush on the face of doors, or provide spacers to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off face of door, provide glass bead kits. 6. Provide UL labeled fire exit devices for fire rated openings. 7. Provide manufacturer's standard strikes. 8. Provide exit devices cut to door width and height. Install exit devices at height recommended by exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by Architect. 9. Removable Mullions: 2 inches (51 mm) x 3 inches (76 mm) steel tube. Where scheduled as keyed removable mullion, provide type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re -installed. 10. Provide electrified options as scheduled. 11. Furnish all necessary wood door kits and cover plates, for proper installation of exit device. 2.42 EXIT DEVICES OPTION: when required to specify FALCON POWDER COAT in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon 19 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Precision Reliant series, Sargent 30 series B. Requirements: 1. Provide exit devices tested to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1, and UL listed for Panic Exit or Fire Exit Hardware. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. Provide touchpad type exit devices, fabricated of aluminum and factory painted. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 41/104 3. Provide dead -latching feature for security and for future addition of alarm kits or other electrical requirements. 4. Provide manufacturer's standard strikes 5. Provide exit devices cut to door width and height. Locate exit devices at height recommended by exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by Architect. 6. Mechanism Case: Mount flush on face of doors, or provide spacers to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off face of door, provide glass bead kits. 7. Non -fire -rated exit devices shall have hex key dogging. 8. Removable Mullions: 2 inches (51 mm) x 3 inches (76 mm) steel tube. Where scheduled as keyed removable mullion, provide type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re -installed. 9. Provide UL labeled fire exit devices for fire rated openings. 10. Field drill weep holes per manufacturer's recommendation for exit devices used in full exterior application, highly corrosive areas, and where noted in hardware sets. 11. Provide electrified options as scheduled in the hardware sets. 2.43 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL LOCKSETS—WI RE LESS BORED -TYPE OPTION WHEN SPECIFYING THE SCHLAGE NDE CYLINDRICAL PERFORMANCE BASED A. Manufacturers: Scheduled Manufacturer: To establish standard of quality and design intent, wireless access control bored -type locksets specifications have been based on Schlage. Products of other manufacturers meeting or exceeding design and performance requirements specified herein will be considered for substitution subject to compliance with provisions of Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." OPTION: Schlage No Substitute 2. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage NDE series. 3. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No substitute. B. Product: Schlage ND Series wireless bored -type electronic locksets conforming to the following requirements: 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1. 2. Florida Building Code (ASTM E330, E1886, E1996) and Miami Dade (TAS 201, 202, 203) requirements for hurricanes. 3. Certified to UL10C 3 hour rating, ULC-S319, FCC Part15, ADA RoHS, ICC ANSI A117.1 4. Listed, UL 294 - The Standard of Safety for Access Control System Units. 5. Compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.25 Operation and Security interior operating range of 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) to 120 degrees F(49 degrees C) for interior use only. 6. Compliant with ASTM E330 for door assemblies. 7. Compliant with ICC / ANSI A117.1, NFPA 101, NFPA 80 and IBC Chapter 10Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 8. Provide cylindrical locksets exceeding the ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Grade 1 performance standards for strength, security, and durability in the categories below: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 42/104 a. Abusive Locked Lever Torque Test — minimum 3,100 inch -pounds without gaining access b. Offset lever pull — minimum 1,600 foot pounds without gaining access c. Vertical lever impact — minimum 100 impacts without gaining access d. Cycle Test - tested to minimum 16 million cycles with no visible lever sag or use of performance aids such as set screws or spacers. 9. OPTION Vandlguard/Free-Wheeling: Provide levers with vandal resistant technology for use at heavy traffic or abusive applications. 10. OPTION: Provide cylindrical locks with an inside indicator feature on a 626 finish for the Rhodes and Omega rose designs that provides clear direction for users to safely and quickly secure the room. 11. Functions: Provide storeroom function. 12. Emergency Override: Provide mechanical key override; cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 13. Levers: a. Vandal Resistance: Exterior (secure side) lever rotates freely while door remains locked, preventing damage to internal locking components from vandalism by excessive force. b. Provide lever trim that operates independently of each other. c. Style: Sparta [Rhodes] [Athens] d. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 14. Power Supply: 4 AA batteries a. Provide battery powered wireless electronic products with the ability to communicate battery status and battery voltage level by means of a mobile app at door and remotely by Partner integrated software. 15. Features: a. Ability to communicate unit's communication status. b. Visual LED indicators that indicate activation, operational systems status, system error conditions and low power conditions. c. Audible feedback that can be enabled or disabled. 16. Switches: a. Door Position Sensor— magnet integrated into strike to eliminate additional door prep b. Interior Cover Tamper Guard c. Battery Status d. Request to Exit 17. Credential Reader: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 43/104 a. Credential Reader Configuration: Provide credential reader modules in the following configurations, as scheduled. 1) Proximity, Smartcard via Multi -Technology reader. Credential reader capabilities: 1) 13.56 MHz Smart card credentials: a) Secure section (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): Schlage MIFARE Classic, Schlage MIFARE DESFire EV1 b) 13.56 MHz Serial number only (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): DESFire CSN, HID iCLASS CSN, MIFARE CSN, MIFARE DESFire EV1 CSN 2) 125 kHz Proximity card credentials: Schlage, XceedID, HID, GE/CASI, AWID 3) Multi -Technology readers that read both 13.56 MHz Smart Cards and 125 kHz Prox cards on a battery powered device. 18. Operation: Provide battery powered wireless electronic products able to operate in three possible modes without change to lock hardware. a. Manual operation — Updates pulled direct from mobile app via BILE when in range of up to 100 feet from mobile device to wireless electronic product. b. Daily operation — 1) Updates request by wireless electronic product within 24 hours over Wi-Fi communication, Wi-Fi connection required at the wireless electronic product. 2) Can be managed by external software. Real-time operation 1) Updates communicated in real-time via 2.4 GHz communication to gateway in less than 5 seconds. 2) Wireless electronic products will be connected via integrated 3" party software. 3) Wireless electronic products to have real-time bidirectional communication between access control system and wireless electronic products in less than 5 seconds. d. Remote Commanding by Partner Integrated Access Control Network Software with Real—time operation: Provide battery powered wireless electronic products with wireless gateway allowing activation of remote, wireless access control products, enabling activated wireless electronic products to be locked or unlocked from a centralized location within 5 seconds or less without user interface at the device. e. Upon Loss of Power to Wireless Electronic Products: Provide battery powered wireless electronic products able to manage access control offline in one of three methods below that can be configured in the field at wireless electronic product by mobile app and remotely by Partner integrated software: 1) Fail locked (secured) 2) Fail unlocked (unsecured) 3) Fail As -Is f. Upon Loss of Communication Between Wireless Electronic Products and Gateway with Internet Protocol connection to Host for Real-time operation: Provide battery City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 44/104 powered wireless electronic products able to manage access control offline with self-contained database inside device until communication can be re-established between Wireless Electronic Product and Host via Gateway. 1) Wireless electronic product manages access offline with up to 5,000 users and access schedules as provided by Host prior to loss of communication 2) Wireless electronic product captures up to 2,000 audit events from time of communication loss with Host. Audits are transferred to Host upon reconnection of communication via Gateway. g. Upon Loss of Communication Between Wireless Electronic Products and Gateway with RS-485 connection to Access Control Panel or Host for Real-time operation: Provide battery powered wireless electronic products able to manage access control offline in one of four methods below that can be configured in the field at wireless electronic product by mobile app and remotely by Partner integrated software: 1) Fail locked (secured) 2) Fail unlocked (unsecured) 3) Fail As -Is 4) Fail to Degraded/cache mode utilizing cache memory with following selectable options: a) Grant access up to the last 1,000 unique previously accepted User IDs. b) Grant access up to the last 1,000 unique previously accepted facility/site codes c) Remove from cache previously stored User IDs or facility/site codes that have not been presented to wireless electronic product within the last 5 days. h. Provide battery powered wireless electronic products able to be remotely configured and managed with Web App, Mobile App, or Partner integrated software. i. Provide battery powered wireless electronic products able to communicate identifying information such as firmware versions, hardware versions, serial numbers, and manufacturing dates by mobile app and remotely by Partner integrated software. j. Wireless Transmission: 1) Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) 2) Wi-Fi 802.11 B & G k. Data Encryption 1) Encryption: AES-256 bit Key minimum — all BLE communication is AES 256 bit encryption minimum 2) TLS encryption — a) Wireless Electronic Product to Cloud —Daily Mode b) Gateway to Cloud -Real Time Mode C. Components City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 45/104 1. Product: Allegion Engage Mobile App. a. Provide Mobile App for wireless electronic access control products capable of the following minimum requirements. 1) Add and Configure wireless electronic access control products. 2) Send updates to wireless electronic access control products. 3) Add new users and enroll credentials to wireless electronic access control products. 4) View audits and alerts by wireless electronic access control product. 5) Perform diagnostics of wireless electronic access control products. b. System Requirements: mobile devices, provided by others, require one of the following operating systems. 1) IOS 7.1 or later 2) Android 4.4, Kit Kat, or later 3) Capable of using Allegion Engage Mobile App c. Mobile App capable of field configuring electronic access control devices for the following minimum attributes. 1) Credential reader formats 2) Unlock Period 3) Power failure mode 4) Audible alarm ON/OFF 5) Battery status 6) Validate hardware and software revision 7) Troubleshooting status signals 8) Door propped open delay 2. Product: Allegion Engage Web App. a. Provide Web App for wireless electronic access control products capable of the following minimum requirements. 1) Configure wireless electronic products 2) Add new users and enroll credentials 3) View audits and alerts by door b. System Requirements: computers or other devices, provided by others, require the one of the following browsers. 1) Internet Explorer 9.0 or later 2) Chrome 33.0 or later 3) Firefox 28.0 or later 4) Safari 7.0 or later 3. Product: Gateway a. Provide Gateway for Real-time operation between wireless electronic access control products and Host system that meets the following requirements. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 46/104 1) Supports real-time communications to wireless electronic access control product. 2) Communicates between gateway and host by RS-485, Ethernet (IP/PoE). 3) Supports up to 10 wireless electronic access control products. 4) Performs lockdown/unlock command from host to wireless electronic access control product within 5 seconds. 5) Capable of receiving remote firmware upgrades by mobile app. 6) Capable of updating the firmware on a linked wireless electronic product. 7) Capable of being powered over Ethernet (PoE) or via an external 12/24 VDC power supply. 8) Supports a remote antenna to extend reach of wireless signal to wireless electronic access control product. 9) Communicates secured data between the gateway and wireless electronic access control products. 2.44 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL LOCKSETS AND EXIT DEVICE TRIM OPTION WHEN SPECIFYING THE SCHLAGE CO -SERIES PERFORMANCE BASED A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: To establish standard of quality and design intent, electronic access control locksets and exit device trim specifications have been based on Schlage. Products of other manufacturers meeting or exceeding design and performance requirements specified herein will be considered for substitution subject to compliance with provisions of Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." OPTION: Schlage No Substitute 2. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage CO series. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No substitute. B. Product: Schlage[CO-100-CY][CO-200-CY][CO-220-CY][CO-250-CY] standalone bored -type electronic lockset. 1. Provide bored cylindrical locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1, non -handed, field -reversible. 2. Backset: [2-3/4-inch (70 mm)][2-3/8-inch (60 mm)][3-3/4-inch (95 mm)][5-inch (127 mm)]. 3. Latchbolt Throw: 1/2-inch (13 mm) unless noted otherwise. Provide 3/4-inch (19 mm) throw for UL listing at pairs. 4. Chassis: Standard 161 cylindrical lock prep for 1-3/4-inch (44 mm) doors <insert optional door thickness — maximum of 2-3/4 inches 1/8 inch door increments> C. Product: Schlage[CO-100-MS][CO-200-MS/MD][CO-220-MS/MD][CO-250-MS/MD] standalone mortise -type electronic locksets. 1. Provide mortise locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security, and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 47/104 components of steel with a zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Provide lock case that is field reversible for handing without opening case. 2. Backset: 2-3/4-inch (70 mm), nominal. 3. Latchbolt: 3-piece, beveled, stainless steel with 3/4-inch (19 mm) throw and anti -friction latch. 4. Deadbolt: Where deadbolt function is scheduled, provide stainless steel deadbolt interconnected with latch 1-5/8-inch (41 mm) high and 5/8-inch (16 mm) thick with f- inch throw. 5. Chassis: ANSI/BHMA standard mortise lock prep for 1-3/4-inch (44 mm) doors <insert optional door thickness — maximum of 2-3/4 inches 1/8 inch door increments> D. Product: Schlage[CO-100-993][CO-200-993][CO-220-993][CO-250-993] standalone electronic exit device trim. 1. Provide exit device trim conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.25, non -handed, field - reversible. 2. Exit Device Configurations: Exit device lever trim to retract latchbolt for following exit device applications: NOTE — The following are applicable to Von Duprin 98/99/22, Falcon 25 Series, Sargent 80 Series, Corbin-Russwin 5000 Series, Dorma 9300 Series, Precision 21 Series, Yale 7000 Series. a. Rim NOTE — The following are applicable to Von Duprin 98/99/22 only. b. Surface vertical rod NOTE — The following are applicable to Von Duprin 98/99 only. c. Mortise d. Concealed vertical rod e. Concealed vertical cables 3. Exit Device Compatibility: Provide exit device trim with universal mounting plate enabling operation as required. E. Requirements: 1. Provide off line electronic access control products that comply with the following requirements: a. Listed, UL 294 - The Standard of Safety for Access Control System Units. b. Compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.25 Grade 1 Operation and Security. c. Certified to UL10C, FCC Part15, Florida Building Code Standards TAS 201 large missile impact, TAS 202 and TAS 203. d. Compliant with ASTM E330 for door assemblies. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 48/104 e. Compliant with ICC / ANSI A117.1, NFPA 101, NFPA 80, and Industry Canada RSS- 210. 2. Functions: Provide functions as scheduled that are field configurable without taking the offline electronic product off the door. 3. Emergency Override: Provide mechanical key override; cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 4. Levers: a. Vandal Resistance: Exterior (secure side) lever rotates freely while door remains locked, preventing damage to internal lock components from vandalism by excessive force. b. Provide non -handed lever trim that operates independently of non -locking levers. c. Style: [Sparta (17)][Rhodes (06)][Athens (07)][Tubular (03)] d. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 5. Power Supply: 4 AA batteries a. Provide electronic access control locks and/or exit device trim with the ability to communicate battery status. 6. Features: a. Visual tri-colored LED indicators that indicate activation, operational systems status, system error conditions and low power conditions. b. Visual bi-colored LED indicator on interior that is capable of indicating secured/unsecured status of device to occupants on interior. c. Audible feedback that can be enabled or disabled. d. Onboard processor with memory capacity of 2,000 users, 2,000 event audit history, up to 16 time zones and up to 32 calendar events. e. Tamper -Resistant Screws: Tamper torx screws on inside escutcheon for increased security. EDIT— Select configurations below when CO-220 is specified. f. Lockdown Function: 1) Provide electronic access control locks and/or exit device trim with lockdown function with a remote Fob for immediate lockdown of lock restricting entrance to authorized credentials. Free egress always from non -secure side of lock. 2) Provide 1 Remote Lockdown Fob that will be paired to each lock. 3) Provide electronic access control locks and/or exit device trim with lockdown function capable of being paired with up to 10 Remote Lockdown Fobs. Provide one Remote Lockdown Fob to be paired with lock. Remote Lockdown Fob shall be capable of being paired with up to 10 locks. Remote Lockdown Fob shall have one button to initiate lockdown with Paired Lock and a separate button to reset locks that are paired to it from lockdown. Range of Remote Lockdown City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 49/104 Fobs up to 75 feet on secured side and up to 25 feet on exterior side of door based upon typical building construction. 7. Switches: a. Mechanical Key Override b. Door Position Switch NOTE — not used on CO-100 or CO-220 8. Credential Reader: EDIT — Select configuration(s) as required. a. Credential Reader Configurations: 1) Proximity. NOTE — not used on CO-100 2) Proximity and keypad. NOTE — not used on CO-100 3) Magnetic stripe (swipe type). NOTE — not used on CO-100 4) Magnetic stripe (swipe type) and keypad. NOTE — not used on CO-100 5) Keypad. b. Credential Reader Capabilities: Provide credential readers capable of operating with the following integrated software partners. EDIT — Revise capabilities to suit actual configuration(s) 1) Magnetic card triple track reader capable of reading tracks 1, 2 or 3 per configuration in field. OPTION 1 2) Swipe reader capable of reading information along full length of magnetic stripe. 3) 125 kHz Proximity card or fob credentials: Schlage, XceedlD, HID, GE/CASI ProxLite and AWID. OPTION 2 4) Dual credential reader with keypad plus proximity reader capable of reading card or fob. OPTION 3 5) 125 kHz Proximity card credentials: Schlage, XceedlD, HID, GE/CASI ProxLite and AWID. 6) 12 button keypad with backlit buttons. 7) 12 button keypad with backlit buttons. OPTION 4 9. Operation: a. Provide electronic access control locks and/or exit device trim with the ability to be configured at door by handheld programming device the length of time device is unlocked upon access grant. b. Provide electronic access control locks and/or exit device trim with the ability to communicate identifying information such as firmware versions, hardware versions, serial numbers, and manufacturing dates by handheld programming device. F. Components 1. Product: Schlage HHD series with Utility Software. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 50/104 REQUIRED for all CO -series Provide Handheld Programming Device for adaptable electronic access control products capable of the following minimum requirements. 1) Capable of initializing lock and accessories using preloaded software. 2) Utilized to field configure electronic access control devices, to download firmware updates and door files to device, and to download audit files from device. 2.45 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL LOCKSETS AND EXIT DEVICE TRIM OPTION WHEN SPECIFYING THE SCHLAGE AD -SERIES PERFORMANCE BASED A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: To establish standard of quality and design intent, electronic access control locksets and exit device trim specifications have been based on Schlage. Products of other manufacturers meeting or exceeding design and performance requirements specified herein will be considered for substitution subject to compliance with provisions of Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." OPTION: Schlage No Substitute 2. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage AD series. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No substitute. B. Product: Schlage [AD-200-CY][AD-250-CY] ][AD-300-CY] ][AD-400-CY] adaptable bored -type electronic lockset. 1. Provide bored cylindrical locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1, non -handed, field -reversible. 2. Backset: [2-3/4-inch (70 mm)][2-3/8-inch (60 mm)][3-3/4-inch (95 mm)][5-inch (127 mm)]. 3. Latchbolt Throw: 1/2-inch (13 mm) unless noted otherwise. Provide 3/4-inch (19 mm) throw for UL listing at pairs. 4. Chassis: Standard 161 cylindrical lock prep for 1-3/4-inch (44 mm) doors <insert optional door thickness — maximum of 2-3/4 inches 1/8 inch door increments> C. Product: Schlage[AD-200-MS/MD][AD-250-MS/MD][AD-300- MS/MD][AD-400- MS/MD] adaptable mortise -type electronic locksets. 1. Provide mortise locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security, and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with a zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Provide lock case that is field reversible for handing without opening case. 2. Backset: 2-3/4-inch (70 mm), nominal. Latchbolt: 3-piece, beveled, stainless steel with 3/4-inch (19 mm) throw and anti -friction latch. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 51/104 4. Deadbolt: Where deadbolt function is scheduled, provide stainless steel deadbolt interconnected with latch 1-5/8-inch (41 mm) high and 5/8-inch (16 mm) thick with 1- inch throw. 5. Chassis: ANSI/BHMA standard mortise lock prep for 1-3/4-inch (44 mm) doors <insert optional door thickness — maximum of 2-3/4 inches 1/8 inch door increments> D. Product: Schlage [AD-200-993][AD-250-993][AD-300-993][AD-400-993] adaptable electronic exit device trim. 1. Provide exit device trim conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.25, non -handed, field - reversible. 2. Exit Device Configurations: Exit device lever trim to retract latchbolt for following exit device applications: NOTE — The following is applicable to Von Duprin 98/99/22 and Falcon 25 Series NOTE — The following is applicable to Sargent 80 Series, Corbin-Russwin 5000 Series, Dorma 9300 Series, Precision 21 Series, Yale 7000 Series ONLY with offline solutions (AD-200-993 or AD-250-993). a. Rim NOTE — The following is applicable to Von Duprin 98/99/22 only. b. Surface vertical rod NOTE — The following are applicable to Von Duprin 98/99 only. c. Mortise d. Concealed vertical rod e. Concealed vertical cables 3. Exit Device Compatibility: Provide exit device trim with universal mounting plate enabling operation as required. E. Requirements: 1. Provide adaptable electronic access control products that comply with the following requirements: a. Listed, UL 294 - The Standard of Safety for Access Control System Units. b. Compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.25 Grade 1 Operation and Security. c. Certified to UL10C, FCC Part15, Florida Building Code Standards TAS 201 large missile impact, TAS 202 and TAS 203. d. Compliant with ASTM E330 for door assemblies. e. Compliant with ICC / ANSI A117.1, NFPA 101, NFPA 80, and Industry Canada IC. 2. Functions: Provide functions as scheduled that are field configurable without taking the adaptable electronic product off the door. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 52/104 3. Emergency Override: Provide mechanical key override; cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 4. Levers: a. Vandal Resistance: Exterior (secure side) lever rotates freely while door remains locked, preventing damage to internal lock components from vandalism by excessive force. b. Provide non -handed lever trim that operates independently of non -locking levers. c. Style: [Sparta (17)][Rhodes (06)][Athens (07)][Tubular (03)] d. Tactile Warning (Knurling): Where required by authority having jurisdiction. Provide on levers on exterior (secure side) of doors serving rooms considered to be hazardous. 5. Power Supply: a. Off line — access control rights stored on device and access control rights stored on magnetic stripe credential 1) Adaptable electronic access control products powered by four AA batteries with options for eight AA batteries or a 12V or 24V DC power supply. 2) Provide adaptable electronic access control products with the ability to communicate battery status. b. Networked — hardwired 1) Adaptable electronic access control products powered by 12VDC or 24VDC power supply with max current draw not to exceed 250mA. c. Networked —wireless 1) Adaptable electronic access control products powered by four AA batteries with options for eight AA batteries or a 12V or 24V DC power supply. 2) Provide adaptable electronic access control products with the ability to communicate battery status and battery voltage level by means of a handheld programming device at door and remotely by Partner integrated software. 6. Features: a. Audible feedback that can be enabled or disabled. b. Tamper -Resistant Screws: Tamper torx screws on inside escutcheon for increased security. Off line — access control rights stored on device 1) Visual tri-colored LED indicators that indicate activation, additional PIN code credential required, operational systems status, system error conditions and low power conditions. 2) Visual bi-colored LED indicator on interior that is capable of indicating secured/unsecured status of device to occupants on interior. 3) Onboard processor with memory capacity of 5,000 users, 5,000 event audit history, up to 16 time zones and up to 32 calendar events. d. Off line — access control rights stored on magnetic stripe credential City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 53/104 1) Visual tri-colored LED indicators that indicate activation, operational systems status, system error conditions and low power conditions. 2) Onboard processor with memory capacity of 10,000 event audit history, up to 16 time zones and up to 32 calendar events. e. Networked — hardware and wireless 1) Ability to communicate unit's communication status. 2) Visual tri-colored LED indicators that indicate activation, additional PIN code credential required, operational systems status, system error conditions and low power conditions. 3) Visual bi-colored LED indicator on interior that is capable of indicating secured/unsecured status of device to occupants on interior. 7. Adaptability: a. Field changeable Reader Modules: Adaptable electronic access control products to have the ability to change credential reader technologies without being removed from door. b. Offline 1) Networking Capabilities: Network adaptable without removing device from door. Adaptable electronic access control products to have the ability to be upgraded in the field from a standalone battery powered configuration to a wireless networked configuration without being removed from the door. c. Networked 1) Open Architecture: Adaptable electronic access control products manufactured with open architecture characteristics capable of handling new and existing access control software and credential reading technology. 8. Switches: Provide adaptable electronic access control products with the following switches, standard: a. Door Position Switch b. Interior Cover Tamper Guard c. Mechanical Key Override d. Request to Exit e. Request to Enter f. Lock/Unlock Status (Clutch Position). 9. Credential Reader: EDIT — Select configuration(s) as required. a. Off line — access control rights stored on device 1) Credential Reader Configuration: Provide credential reader modules in the following configurations, as indicated in door hardware sets. Multi -tech contactless reader shall be NFC-Compatible and read access control data from both 125 kHz and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. The multi -tech City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 54/104 contactless reader shall be optimally designed for use in access control applications that require reading both 125 kHz proximity and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. EDIT — Select configurations) as required. a) Proximity, Smartcard via Multi -Technology. b) Proximity, Smartcard via Multi -Technology and keypad. c) Magnetic stripe (insertion type). d) Magnetic stripe (insertion type) and keypad. e) Magnetic stripe (swipe type). f) Magnetic stripe (swipe type) and keypad. g) Keypad. 2) Credential Reader Capabilities: Provide credential readers capable of operating with the following integrated software partners. EDIT —Select capabilities, as appropriate, based upon reader configuration (s). a) 13.56 MHz Smart card credentials: NOTE: Multi -tech reader. i. Secure section (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): Schlage MIFARE Classic, Schlage MIFARE DESFire EV1, PIV and PIV-1 Compatible ii. 13.56 MHz Serial number only (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): MIFARE, DESfire, HID iClass, MIFARE DESFire EV1 iii. 125 kHz Proximity card credentials: Schlage, XceedlD, HID, GE/CASI ProxLite and AWID. NOTE: Multi -tech reader. b) Multi -Technology readers that read both 13.56 MHz Smart Cards and 125 kHz Prox cards. NOTE: Multi -tech reader. c) Dual credential reading capabilities credential card or fob and PIN. NOTE: Credential reader combined with keypad. d) 12 button keypad with backlit buttons. e) Magnetic Card Reader: i. Full insertion or swipe reader capable of reading information along full length of magnetic stripe. ii. Magnetic card triple track reader capable of reading tracks 1, 2 or 3 per configuration in field. Off line — access control rights stored on magnetic stripe credential 1) Credential Reader Configuration: Provide credential reader modules in the following configurations, as indicated in door hardware sets. a) Magnetic stripe (insertion type). b) Magnetic stripe (insertion type) and keypad. c) Magnetic stripe (swipe type). d) Magnetic stripe (swipe type) and keypad. 2) Credential Reader Capabilities: Provide credential readers capable of operating with the following integrated software partners. a) Magnetic card triple track reader capable of reading tracks 1, 2 or 3 per configuration in field. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 55/104 b) Dual credential reader with Keypad plus Magnetic card triple track reader capable of reading tracks 1, 2 or 3 per configuration in field. i. Reading capabilities of credential card and PIN ii. [Full insertion][Swipe] reader capable of reading information along full length of magnetic stripe. iii. 12 button keypad with backlit buttons. c. Networked — hardwired 1) Credential Reader Configuration: Provide credential reader modules in the following configurations, as indicated in door hardware sets. Multi -tech contactless reader shall be NFC-Compatible and read access control data from both 125 kHz and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. The multi -tech contactless reader shall be optimally designed for use in access control applications that require reading both 125 kHz proximity and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. EDIT —Select configuration(s) as required. a) Proximity, Smartcard via Multi -Technology. b) Proximity, Smartcard via Multi -Technology and keypad. c) Magnetic stripe (insertion type). d) Magnetic stripe (insertion type) and keypad. e) Magnetic stripe (swipe type). f) Magnetic stripe (swipe type) and keypad. g) Keypad. 2) Credential Reader Capabilities: Provide credential readers capable of being configured at lockset with handheld programming device and remotely operated with the following integrated software partners. EDIT —Select capabilities, as appropriate, based upon reader configuration (s). a) 13.56 MHz Smart card credentials: NOTE: Multi -tech reader. i. Secure section (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): Schlage MIFARE Classic, Schlage MIFARE DESFire EV1, PIV and PIV-1 Compatible ii. 13.56 MHz Serial number only (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): MIFARE, DESfire, HID iClass, MIFARE DESFire EV1 iii. 125 kHz Proximity card credentials: Schlage, XceedlD, HID, GE/CASI ProxLite and AWID. NOTE: Multi -tech reader. b) Multi -Technology readers that read both 13.56 MHz Smart Cards and 125 kHz Prox cards. NOTE: Multi -tech reader. c) Dual credential reading capabilities credential card or fob and PIN. NOTE: Credential reader combined with keypad. d) Magnetic Card Reader: i. [Full insertion][Swipe] reader capable of reading information along full length of magnetic stripe. ii. Magnetic card triple track reader capable of reading tracks 1, 2 or 3 per field configuration by handheld programming device at lockset and remotely by Partner integrated software. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 56/104 e) 12 button keypad with backlit buttons. d. Networked —wireless 1) Credential Reader Configuration: Provide credential reader modules in the following configurations, as indicated in door hardware sets. Multi -tech contactless reader shall be NFC-Compatible and read access control data from both 125 kHz and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. The multi -tech contactless reader shall be optimally designed for use in access control applications that require reading both 125 kHz proximity and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards. EDIT — Select configuration(s) as required. a) Proximity, Smartcard via Multi -Technology. b) Proximity, Smartcard via Multi -Technology and keypad. c) Magnetic stripe (insertion type). d) Magnetic stripe (insertion type) and keypad. e) Magnetic stripe (swipe type). f) Magnetic stripe (swipe type) and keypad. g) Keypad. 2) Credential Reader Capabilities: Provide credential readers capable of being configured at lockset with handheld programming device and remotely operated with the following integrated software partners. EDIT —Select capabilities, as appropriate, based upon reader configuration (s). a) 13.56 MHz Smart card credentials: NOTE: Multi -tech reader. i. Secure section (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): Schlage MIFARE Classic, Schlage MIFARE DESFire EV1, PIV and PIV-I Compatible ii. 13.56 MHz Serial number only (Multi -Technology and Smartcard): MIFARE, DESfire, HID iClass, MIFARE DESFire EV1 b) 125 kHz Proximity card credentials: Schlage, XceedlD, HID, GE/CASI ProxLite and AWID. NOTE: Multi -tech reader. c) Multi -Technology readers that read both 13.56 MHz Smart Cards and 125 kHz Prox cards. NOTE: Multi -tech reader. d) Dual credential reading capabilities credential card or fob and PIN. NOTE: Credential reader combined with keypad. e) 12 button keypad with backlit buttons. f) Magnetic Card Reader: i. [Full insertion][Swipe] reader capable of reading information along full length of magnetic stripe. ii. Magnetic card triple track reader capable of reading tracks 1, 2 or 3 per field configuration by handheld programming device at lockset and remotely by Partner integrated software. 10. Operation: a. Off line — access control rights stored on device City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 57/104 1) Provide adaptable electronic access control products with the ability to be configured at door by handheld programming device the length of time device is unlocked upon access grant. 2) Provide adaptable electronic access control products with the ability to communicate identifying information such as firmware versions, hardware versions, serial numbers, and manufacturing dates by handheld programming device. b. Networked — hardwired 1) Adaptable electronic access control product system interface: a) EDIT - Select interface option. b) Wiegand or Clock & Data via PIB300 (Panel Interface Board). OPTION 1 c) Directly via RS485. OPTION 2 2) Adaptable electronic access control products to have real-time bidirectional communication between access control system and lock. 3) Credential Verification Time: less than 1 second. 4) When Utilized with Partner Integrated Access Control Network Software With Remote Commanding Capability: Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to be remotely locked down or unlocked within 10 seconds or less, without user interface at the device. 5) Upon Loss of Power to Device: Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to manage access control off line in one of three methods below that can be configured in the field at lockset by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software: a) Fail locked (secured) b) Fail unlocked (unsecured) c) Fail As -Is 6) Upon Loss of Communication Between Device and Network: Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to manage access control off line in one of four methods below that can be configured in the field at device by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software: a) Fail locked (secured) b) Fail unlocked (unsecured) c) Fail As -Is d) Fail to Degraded/cache mode utilizing cache memory with following selectable options: Grant access up to the last 1,000 unique previously accepted User IDs. Grant access up to the last 1,000 unique previously accepted facility/site codes. iii. Remove from cache previously stored User IDs or facility/site codes that have not been presented to lock within the last 5 days. 7) Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to be configured at door by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software the length of time device is unlocked upon access grant. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 58/104 8) Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to communicate identifying information such as firmware versions, hardware versions, serial numbers, and manufacturing dates by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software. c. Networked —wireless 1) Adaptable electronic access control product system interface: a) EDIT - Select interface option. b) Wiegand or Clock & Data via PIM400-TD2 (Panel Interface Module). OPTION c) Directly via RS485. OPTION 2 2) Adaptable electronic access control products to have real-time bidirectional communication between access control system and lock. 3) EDIT — Wake on Radio feature is for battery -powered devices. 4) Remote Commanding By Partner Integrated Access Control Network Software: Battery -powered lockset shall have "Wake on Radio" feature causing activation of remote, wireless access control devices, enabling activated devices to be configured, locked or unlocked from a centralized location within 10 seconds or less without user interface at the device. 5) Local Commanding: Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to be configured, locked or unlocked locally by handheld programming device, in real-time. 6) When Utilized with Access Control Network Software With Remote Commanding Capability: Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to be remotely locked down or unlocked within 10 seconds or less while battery powered without user interface at the device. 7) Real-time response of battery powered device capable of being configured at door by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software. 8) Upon Loss of Power to Device: Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to manage access control off line in one of three methods below that can be configured in the field at device by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software: a) Fail locked (secured) b) Fail unlocked (unsecured) c) Fail As -Is 9) Upon Loss of Communication Between Device and Network: Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to manage access control off line in one of four methods below that can be configured in the field at lockset by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software: a) Fail locked (secured) b) Fail unlocked (unsecured) c) Fail As -Is d) Fail to Degraded/cache mode utilizing cache memory with following selectable options: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 59/104 Grant access up to the last 1,000 unique previously accepted User IDs. Grant access up to the last 1,000 unique previously accepted facility/site codes iii. Remove from cache previously stored User IDs or facility/site codes that have not been presented to lock within the last 5 days. 10) Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to be configured at door by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software the length of time device is unlocked upon access grant. 11) Provide adaptable electronic access control product with the ability to communicate identifying information such as firmware versions, hardware versions, serial numbers, and manufacturing dates by handheld programming device and remotely by Partner integrated software. 12) Wireless Transmission: a) Modulation: 900 MHz spread spectrum, direct sequence, 10 channels. b) Encryption: AES-128 bit Key minimum. F. Components 1. Product: Schlage HHD series with Utility Software. REQUIRED for all AD -series Provide Handheld Programming Device for adaptable electronic access control products capable of the following minimum requirements. 1) Capable of initializing lock and accessories using preloaded software. 2) Utilized to field configure electronic access control devices, to download firmware updates and door files to device, and to download audit files from device. 2. Product: Schlage PIB300-2D Panel Interface Board. OPTION for AD-300 series no substitute Provide Panel Interface Board for hardwired adaptable electronic access control products capable of the following minimum requirements. 1) Used to connect hardwired adaptable electronic access control products to the access control board or reader interface board, where Wiegand or Clock & Data protocol is required. 2) Applicable Standards: a) Listed, UL 294 - The Standard of Safety for Access Control System Units. b) Compliant with NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 6. c) Certified to FCC Part15, Florida Building Code Standards. d) Compliant to ASTM E3300 and IC (Canada). 3) Power Supply: 12VDC or 24VDC. 4) Status Indicators: 13 LEDs minimum. 3. Product: Schlage PIM400-485 or PIM400-TD2 Panel Interface Module as required,. OPTION for AD-400 series no substitute City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 60/104 a. Provide Panel Interface Module for wireless adaptable electronic access control products capable of the following minimum requirements. 1) Used to connect wireless adaptable electronic access control products to the access control board or reader interface board [, where Wiegand or Clock & Data protocol is required]. 2) Distribution: a) General: Provide one (1) panel interface module per sixteen (16) electronic access control devices, subject to the following limitations: i. Panel interface module is located on the same floor as associated electronic access control devices. ii. Panel interface module is located up to 200-feet (60m) indoor range with normal building obstructions; or up to 1000-feet (300m) with unobstructed, clear line -of -sight of associated electronic access control device(s). b) Where panel interface module cannot comply with general distribution requirements for associated electronic access control devices, provide additional modules, as required. c) General: Provide one (1) panel interface module per two (2) electronic access control devices, subject to the following limitations: i. Panel interface module is located on the same floor as associated electronic access control devices. ii. Panel interface module is located up to 200-feet (60m) indoor range with normal building obstructions; or up to 1000-feet (300m) with unobstructed, clear line -of -sight of associated electronic access control device(s). d) Where panel interface module cannot comply with general distribution requirements for associated electronic access control devices, provide additional modules, as required. 3) Applicable Standards: a) Listed, UL 294 - The Standard of Safety for Access Control System Units. b) Compliant with NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 6; 294 c) Certified compliant with FCC Part 15 and RoHS. 4) Power Supply: 12VDC or 24VDC. 5) Wireless Transmission: a) Modulation: 900 MHz spread spectrum, direct sequence, 10 channels. b) Encryption: AES-128 bit Key minimum. 4. Product: Schlage PIM400-1501 Panel Interface Module. OPTION for AD-400 series no substitute a. Provide Panel Interface Module for wireless adaptable electronic access control products capable of the following minimum requirements. 1) System Description — General a) Intelligent controller shall provide decision making, event reporting, and database storage for hardware platform. Reader interface shall provide City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 61/104 control for up to 16 wireless access points in paired and or alternate reader configurations. b) Controller shall communicate with the host via on -board 10BaseT/100BaseTX Ethernet port. c) Card data, PIN data, Door position and Request to Exit shall all be reported to wireless access control remote device. 2) Distribution: a) General: Provide one (1) panel interface module per sixteen (16) electronic access control devices, subject to the following limitations: i. Panel interface module is located on the same floor as associated electronic access control devices. ii. Panel interface module is located up to 200-feet (60m) indoor range with normal building obstructions; or up to 1000-feet (300m) with unobstructed, clear line -of -sight of associated electronic access control device(s). b) Where panel interface module cannot comply with general distribution requirements for associated electronic access control devices, provide additional modules, as required. 3) Applicable Standards: a) Listed, UL 294 — The Standard of Safety for Access Control System Units, when connected to a UL 294-listed power supply. b) Certified compliant with: i. FCC Part 15, Class C. ii. NIST Encryption iii. IC (Canada) iv. RoHS 4) Power Input: a) Power over Ethernet (PoE) power input 12.95 watts, compliant to IEEE 802.3af. b) Twelve volts of direct current (12VDC) ±10% 400 mA minimum from a UL294 listed power supply to achieve UL294 Listing. c) No additional wiring requirements such as RS-485 or RS-232. 5) Wireless Communication: a) Transmission/Encryption: AES-128 bit Key b) 900MHz spread spectrum modulation, direct sequence, 10 channels, field configurable Dynamic Channel Switching. c) Up to 200' with normal building obstructions or up to 1000' feet in clear line of sight. 6) Enclosure: a) Certifications: NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12, 13. b) Size: 10.43-inches (265mm) high; 7.28-inches (185mm) wide; 3.79-inches (96mm) deep. 7) Environmental Conditions: a) Operational Temperature: 32-deg F (0-deg C) to 150 F (66-deg C). b) Operating Humidity: Ten to ninety-five percent (10-95%) relative humidity, non -condensing (RHNC). City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 62/104 8) Connectivity: a) Primary Port: 10/100 Ethernet b) External RJ-45 connector for direct connection on exterior of enclosure. c) External USB connector for direct connection on exterior of enclosure. d) Option to connect to external remote antenna to enable additional wireless applications including extended distances and navigation of radio frequency barriers. 9) Door Control: Up to sixteen (16) physical barriers can be controlled wirelessly. 10) Access Control Capabilities: a) 240,000 Cardholder capacity b) 50,000 Transaction buffer c) 32 Access Levels per cardholder d) 19 digit (64-bit) user ID and 15 digit PIN numbers maximum e) Activation and Deactivation dates f) If/Then Macro capability 11) Card Formats: a) Eight active card formats per intelligent controller b) 19 digit (64-bit) User ID and 15 digit PIN numbers maximum c) PIV-II, CAC, TWIC card compatible 12) Card Reader Functions a) Multiple card format support by reader b) Paired reader support c) Elevator support d) Turnstile support e) Biometric device support f) Occupancy count g) Support of multi -occupancy rules h) Anti-passback support i) Area -based, reader -based, or time based i. Nested area, hard, soft, or timed forgiveness ii. Anti-passback support, both reader and time based j) Supports host -based approval rules k) Keypad support with programmable user commands, card input 13) Database Functions a) Configurable card database b) Supports up to nineteen (19) digital card numbers c) Supports pin codes up to fifteen (15) digits d) Programmable card activation and deactivation times and dates e) Card issue code, ADA and VIP flags (up to 32 bits); PIV (75 bits); Smart Card (200 bits) f) Up to 128 access levels per user g) Ability to track people and objects 14) Intrusion Alarm Functions a) b) c) City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Supports entry delays and exit delays Area monitoring Standard alarm masking Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 63/104 d) Provides control and alarm processing from the keypad e) Real time always online event reporting 2.46 ACCESS CONTROL READER OPTION — SCHLAGE NO SUBSTITUTE A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage MT11. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: Read Only Multi -technology Contactless reader 1. Access control card readers shall be as manufactured by a global company who is a recognized leader in the production of access control devices. Card reader manufactured for non -access control applications shall not be acceptable Multi -technology contactless reader shall read access control data from both 125 kHz and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards and NFC-compatible. The multi -technology contactless reader shall be optimally designed for use in access control applications that require reading both 125 kHz Proximity and 13.56 MHz contactless smart cards by providing: a. Configuration allows reader to be enabled to read smart, proximity or both technologies at the same time. b. A migration platform to upgrade from the most popular 125 kHz proximity technologies to MIFARE or MIFARE DESFire EV1 by reading both 125 kHz proximity technology and 13.56 MHz contactless smart card technology. c. Guaranteed compatibility to read all standard data formats ensuring card -to -reader interoperability in multi -location installations and multi-card/reader populations. d. Secure access control data exchange between the smart card and the reader utilizing diversified keys and mutual authentication sequences. e. Universal compatibility with most access control systems. f. Ease of installation through industry standard wiring methods. g. Compatibility with legacy 125 KHz proximity access control formats (all standard formats up to 37 bits, including HID Corporate 1000 formats). h. Optimal read range and read speed for increased access control throughput. i. Global availability. j. Product construction suitable for both indoor and outdoor applications. k. Customizable behavior for indicator lights and beeper. 3. Multi -technology contactless reader shall comply with the following 13.56MHz-related standards to ensure product compatibility and predictability of performance: a. ISO 14443 City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 64/104 4. Multi -technology contactless reader shall be configurable to read 13.56 MHz data simultaneously from the following cards (multiple credential support based on reader configuration): a. Secure support - Mifare DESFire EV1with PACSA, Mifare Classic, FIPS 201 PIV Credential. b. UID/CSN Support — DESFire Classic V0.06, HID iClass, ISOX (my-d). c. Proximity—Schlage Proximity, XID Proximity, HID Prox, AWID, GE/CASI, Lenel Prox, Inside Pictotag, TI Tagit, ST Micro. 5. Multi -technology contactless reader shall be configurable to read data from any compatible 125 kHz technology simultaneously with 13.56 MHz data. Compatible 125 kHz technologies include: XCEEDID/Schlage/HID Prox (format in the card — formats up to 37-bits supported). AWID PROX (SAME AS LENEL PROX - format in the card — formats up to 42-bits). GE PROX - two possible format options. Multi -technology contactless reader shall provide the ability to read card access data stored in the secure access control sector/application area of the ISO 14443 XceedlD MIFARE or MIFARE DESFire EV1 card. 7. The Multi -technology contactless reader shall be configurable to provide multiple hierarchical degrees of key compatibility for accessing the smart card access control data. Compatibility shall be provided for the following key structure options: a. Compatibility with the default manufacture's key structure to ensure convenient off the shelf compatibility with manufacture's cards and readers. b. Compatibility with custom keys managed by manufacturer which provide a site - specific, unique, protected key structure. c. Compatibility with high security customer managed custom keys. 8. The Multi -technology contactless reader shall be configurable to provide compatibility with all standard Prox formats up to 37 bits (including Corporate 1000). 9. Multi -technology contactless reader shall allow the reader firmware to be upgraded in the field without the need to remove the reader from the wall through the use of factory -provided device. 10. Multi -technology contactless reader shall be suitable for global deployment by meeting worldwide radio and safety regulatory compliance including: a. FCC Certification (US) b. CE (EU) c. C-tick (Australia, New Zealand) d. R&TTE Directive (15EU) e. UL294 (US) f. U LC-S319 g. IC (Canada) h. FIPS201 / PIV I i. IP65 City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 65/104 11. Multi -technology contactless reader shall be fully compliant with Restriction of Hazardous Substances directive (RoHS) restricting the use of specific hazardous materials found in electrical and electronic products. 12. Multi -technology contactless reader shall provide universal compatibility with most access control systems by outputting card data in compliance with the SIA AC-01 Wiegand standard. 13. Multi -technology contactless reader shall allow for secure installation practices through mounting methods utilizing tamper resistant screws. 14. Multi -technology contactless reader shall provide the ability to transmit an alarm signal via and integrated optical tamper switch if an attempt is made to remove the reader from the wall. The tamper switch shall be programmable to provide a selectable action to provide a selectable action compatible with various tamper communication schemes provided by access control panel manufacturers. The selectable action shall include one of the following: The reader open collector line changes from a high state (5V) to a low state (Ground). If utilizing OSDP Protocol reader shall report a tamper condition via RS485. 15. Multi -technology contactless reader shall provide the ability for mounting to standard electrical boxes through the use of universal international mounting holes. 16. Multi -technology contactless reader shall be provided with a full potted assembly. 17. Multi -technology contactless reader shall be provided with a quick connect wire harness. 18. The Multi -technology contactless reader shall provide customizable reader behavior options either from the factory, or defined in the field through the use of pre -configured command cards. Reader behavior programming options shall include: a. LED & Audio configurations. b. Ability to disable reading of specific card technologies or frequencies. c. ISO 14443/15693 CSN output configuration. d. Wiegand output spacing and timing. 19. Multi -technology contactless reader shall provide the following programmable audio/visual indication: a. An audio beeper shall provide tone sequence to signify: access granted, access denied, power up, and diagnostics. b. A light bar shall provide clear visual status (red/green/amber). 20. Multi -technology contactless reader shall be designed for low current operation to enable migration from most legacy proximity applications without the need to replace existing access control panels and/or power supplies. Contactless smart card power requirements shall be: a. Operating voltage: 5 — 16 VDC, reverse voltage protected. Linear power supply recommended. b. Current requirements: 125 mA DC, 140 mA PEAK @ 12 VDC City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 66/104 21. Multi -technology contactless reader shall meet the following physical specifications: a. Dimensions: 5.91" x 1.72" x 0.84" (15 cm x 4.4 cm x 2.1cm) b. Weight: 9.6 oz. (272.15 g) c. Material: UL94 Polycarbonate d. Plastics: Consist of three-piece design with mounting plate, potted case and aesthetic cover. e. Color: Black, Gray, Brown or Cream as approved by the project architect. 22. Multi -technology contactless reader shall meet the following environmental specifications: a. Operating temperature: -31 to 151 degrees F (-35 to 67 degrees C) b. Operating humidity: 5% to 95% relative humidity non -condensing c. Weatherized design suitable to withstand harsh environments 1) Certified rating of IP65 23. Multi -technology contactless reader cabling requirements shall be: a. Cable distance: (Wiegand): 500 feet (150m) b. Cable type: 5-conductor #22 AWG c. Standard reader termination: 18" (0.5m) wire harness 2.47 ACCESS CONTROL CREDENTIALS OPTION — SCHLAGE NO SUBSTITUTE A. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage XF9551. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide access control credentials ISO 14443A compliant and GSC-IS® certified compatible with access control readers that allow authorized entry and hold information specific to the user. 2. Provide credentials that have an ISO MIFARE microprocessor, function at 13.56 MHz, 8kbits of memory, open memory architecture, and a passive design requiring no batteries. 3. Provide credentials made of a composite material for added durability that have a read range of up to 4 inches, support up to a 40 bit format. 4. Credentials presented to the access control reader at any angle within a minimum distance of one 1-inch shall result in an accurate reading of the card. 2.48 WIRELESS READER INTERFACE OPTION—SCHLAGE NO SUBSTITUTE A. Manufacturer and Product: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 67/104 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage WR1400. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide a wireless reader interface where specified that communicates data via 900MHz back to either a PIM400-485 or PIM400-TD2 which are hardwired to the Access Control Panel (ACP) where all access and specific reporting decisions are made and recorded. 2. Provide a wireless reader interface compatible with most of the popular Wiegand or Clock and Data format readers. 3. Wireless reader interface shall include: a. Visual LED Indications 1) WR1400 cover is monitored by a tamper switch b. Encryption 1) Each RF transmission is encrypted with AES-128 bit keys c. Reader Interfaces Support 1) Wiegand (datal/data0) up to 255bits 2) Magnetic Stripe (clock & data) up to 255bits d. Form C Relay Outputs 1) Strike Relay 2) Auxiliary Output Relay e. Signal Inputs 1) Request -to -Enter 2) Request -to -Exit 3) Door Position Switch 4) Reader Tamper 1 5) Reader Tamper 2 2.49 OFFLINE CONTROLLER OPTION —SCHLAGE NO SUBSTITUTE A. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage CT5000. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide an offline single opening controller UL 294 listed and designed for off line electronic access control that supports up to two separate Wiegand reader inputs, three form C relay outputs, for strike, auxiliary and alarm, and three inputs that include door position, request -to -exit, and remote release. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 68/104 2. Off line controller shall support up to 5000 users and 5000 audits, have the ability to be programmed locally via keypad or via the Handheld Programming Device, includes 15 foot (4.6 m) USB remote cable connector and decorative wall plate with USB input and supports, and has a LED visual indicators (including low battery and state of the relay). 3. Provide an offline controller that supports a variety of card functions including: normal, toggle, freeze, pass through, construction, lockdown and Card + PIN applications and is compatible with credential technologies including. a. Magnetic Stripe (tracks 1, 2, and 3) b. 125 kHz Proximity, and 13.56 MHz Smart cards 4. Provide an offline controller that can be upgraded to have networked functionality. NOTE — Requires 2 Amp power supply such as the Schlage PS902 (sold separately). 2.50 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Von Duprin 6000 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Folger Adam 300 series, HES 1006 series B. Requirements: 1. Provide electric strikes designed for use with type of locks shown at each opening. 2. Provide electric strikes UL Listed as burglary -resistant. 3. Where required, provide electric strikes UL Listed for fire doors and frames. 4. Provide fail -secure type electric strikes, unless specified otherwise. 5. Coordinate voltage and provide transformers and rectifiers for each strike as required. 2.51 MAGNETIC LOCKS A. Magnetic Locks - Surface Type: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage M490P Series b. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Dynalock 3000 Series, Securitron M82BD Series, Security Door Controls 1510 DPS/BA Series 2. Requirements: a. Provide magnetic locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.23 classification criteria including minimum holding force of 1500 LBF. Provide magnetic locks equipped with SPDT Magnetic Bond Sensing device, where specified, to monitor whether sufficient magnetic holding force exists to ensure adequate locking and SPDT Door City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 69/104 Status Monitor device, where specified, to monitor whether door is open or closed. Provide bond sensors fully concealed within electromagnet to resist tampering or damage. b. Provide fasteners, mounting brackets, and spacer bars required for mounting and details. c. Provide power supply recommended and approved by manufacturer of magnetic locks. d. Where magnetic locks are scheduled, provide complete assemblies of controls, switches, power supplies, relays, and parts/material recommended and approved by manufacturer of magnetic locks for each individual leaf. Switches control both doors simultaneously at pairs. Locate controls as directed by Architect. e. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. B. Magnetic Locks -Shear Type: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage GF3000 DSM/MBS Series Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Securitron SAMBD, Security Door Controls 1561 DPS/BA Series 2. Requirements: a. Provide shear magnetic locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.23 classification criteria including minimum holding force of 3000 LBF. b. Provide shear magnetic locks equipped with SPDT Magnetic Bond Sensing device to monitor whether sufficient magnetic holding force exists to ensure adequate locking and SPDT Door Status Monitor device to monitor whether door is open or closed. Provide bond sensors fully concealed within electromagnet to resist tampering or damage. c. Provide fasteners, mounting brackets, and spacer bars required for mounting and details. d. Provide power supply recommended and approved by manufacturer of shear alignment magnetic locks. e. Where shear magnetic locks are scheduled, provide complete assemblies of controls, switches, power supplies, relays, and parts/material recommended and approved by manufacturer of shear alignment magnetic locks for each individual leaf. Switches control both doors simultaneously at pairs. Locate controls as directed by Architect. f. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. C. Magnetic Locks - Movement Exit Delay System: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage M490DE series City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 70/104 b. Approved Manufacturers and Products: Dynalock 3101B DSM/DYNST/ATS/BOCA, Security Door Controls 1500 DPS/BA/ATS/BD series 2. Requirements: a. Provide movement exit delay systems complete with initiation device, magnetic lock, alarm, authorized reset/momentary release device, logic timer, and alarm output contacts. b. Provide movement exit delay system that meets NFPA 101 Life Safety Code governing delayed egress, IBC and/or other local and national fire codes acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as required. c. Provide magnetic locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.23 classification criteria including minimum holding force of 1500 LBF. d. Provide magnetic locks equipped with SPDT Magnetic Bond Sensing device to monitor whether sufficient magnetic holding force exists to ensure adequate locking and SPDT Door Status Monitor device to monitor whether door is open or closed. Provide bond sensors fully concealed within electromagnet to resist tampering or damage. e. Provide tamper proof fasteners, mounting brackets, and spacer bars required for mounting and details. f. Provide power supply recommended and approved by manufacturer of delayed egress magnetic locks. g. Where exit delay systems are scheduled, provide complete assemblies of controls, switches, power supplies, relays, and parts/material recommended and approved by manufacturer of exit delay system for each individual leaf. Switches control both doors simultaneously at pairs. Locate controls as directed by Architect. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING' article, herein. 2.52 POWER SUPPLIES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage or Von Duprin PS900 series Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Precision ELR series, Sargent 3500 series, Dynalock 5000 series, Securitron BPS series, Security Door Controls 600 series B. Requirements: Provide power supplies, recommended and approved by manufacturer of electrified locking component, for operation of electrified locks, electrified exit devices, magnetic locks, electric strikes, and other components requiring power supply. Provide appropriate quantity of power supplies necessary for proper operation of electrified locking components as recommended by manufacturer of electrified locking components with consideration for each electrified component using power supply, location of power supply, and approved wiring diagrams. Locate power supplies as directed by Architect. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 71/104 3. Provide regulated and filtered 24 VDC power supply , and UL class 2 listed. 4. Options: Provide power supply, where specified, with internal capability of charging sealed backup batteries 24 VDC, in addition to operating DC load. Provide sealed batteries for battery back-up at each power supply where specified. Provide keyed power supply cabinet. 5. Provide power supply in an enclosure, complete, and requiring 120VAC to fused input. 6. Provide power supply with emergency release terminals, where specified, that allow release of all devices upon activation of fire alarm system complete with fire alarm input for initiating "no delay" exiting mode. 2.53 ROLLER LATCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco. B. Requirements: 1. Provide roller latches with 4-7/8 inches (124 mm) strike at single doors to fit ANSI frame prep. If dummy levers are used in conjunction with roller latch mount roller latch at a height as to not interfere with proper mounting and height of dummy lever. 2. Provide roller latches with 2-1/4 inches (57 mm) full lip strike at pair doors. Mount roller in top rail of each leaf per manufacturer's template. 2.54 CYLINDERS OPTION FOR NEW KEY SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: Scheduled Manufacturer: Schlage [Falcon] Acceptable Manufacturers: ASSA, Best, Corbin-Russwin, Medeco, Sargent, Yale B. Requirements: Provide cylinders/cores, [OPTION, add: from the same manufacturer of locksets], compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.5; latest revision, Section 12, Grade 1; permanent cylinders; cylinder face finished to match lockset, manufacturer's series as indicated. Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. NOTE: Select one or multiple series, as applicable, and update paragraph A. above with manufacturer and model from the list of products below. If multiple products are used (i.e. exterior and interior), then add language that specifies where the product is to be used (i.e. High Security at exterior doors:). City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 72/104 2. Provide cylinders in the below -listed configuration(s), distributed throughout the Project as indicated. High Security products: Schlage Everest 29 Primus XP, ASSA V10, Corbin-Russwin Pyramid High Security, Medeco 3, Sargent DG3, Yale High Security High Security: dual -locking cylinder with permanent core requiring [geographically exclusive,] restricted, patented keyway. Dual -locking mechanism with interlocking finger pin(s) to check for patented features on keys. Conventional Patented Restricted 7-Pin: Schlage Everest 29 SL Conventional Patented Restricted 7-Pin: cylinder with permanent 7-pin core with keys capable of working in full size key-in-lever/knob, and small format interchangeable core. Conventional Patented Restricted products: Schlage Everest 29 XP T, Best CORMAX, Corbin-Russwin Patented and Restricted Keyway, Medeco Keymark, Sargent DG2, Yale Keymark c. Conventional Patented Restricted: cylinder with [permanent][interchangeable] core with patented, restricted keyway. Conventional Patented Open products: Schlage Everest 29 S, Best Preferred Patented, Corbin-Russwin Patented Keyway, Sargent DG1, Yale d. Conventional Patented Open: cylinder with [permanent][interchangeable] core with open keyway. Conventional Patented Restricted Small Format products: Schlage Everest 29 R, Arrow Flexcore, Best Preferred Patented, Sargent XC, Yale Keymark e. Conventional Patented Restricted Small Format: cylinder with small format interchangeable cores (SFIC) with restricted, patented keyway. Conventional Open: Falcon, Best, Corbin-Russwin, Sargent, Yale Conventional Open: cylinder with [permanent core][small format interchangeable core (SFIC)] core with open keyway 3. Patent Protection: Cylinders/cores requiring use of restricted, patented keys, patent - protected [OPTION for Schlage Everest 29 no substitute, add: until the year, 2029]. 4. Nickel silver bottom pins. 5. Temporary Construction Cylinder Keying. OPTION if using construction keying with full- sized non -IC core; NOT AVAILABLE with Primus high security cylinders. a. Provide construction cores that permit voiding construction keys without cylinder removal, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. 1) Split Key or Lost Ball Construction Keying System. 2) 3 construction control keys, and extractor tools or keys as required to void construction keying. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 73/104 3) 12 construction change (day) keys. Owner or Owner's Representative will void operation of temporary construction keys. Replaceable Construction Cores. OPTION if using temporary construction cores in IC core cylinder in either F/S or S/F. Provide temporary construction cores replaceable by permanent cores, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. 1) 3 construction control keys 2) 12 construction change (day) keys. b. Owner or Owner's Representative will replace temporary construction cores with permanent cores. 2.55 CYLINDERS OPTION FOR EXISTING KEY SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: Scheduled Manufacturer: Schlage, Falcon Acceptable Manufacturers: ASSA, Best, Corbin-Russwin, Medeco, Sargent, Yale B. Requirements: 1. Provide [permanent][interchangeable][small format interchangeable core (SFIQ cylinders/cores to match Owner's existing key system, compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.5; latest revision, Section 12, Grade 1; permanent cylinders; cylinder face finished to match lockset, manufacturer's series as indicated. Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 2. OPTION if multiple systems/products are existing: Provide cylinders in the below -listed configuration(s), distributed throughout the Project as indicated. a. Exterior: Provide [add specific product or cylinder/core type for clarification] b. Interior: Provide [add specific product or cylinder/core type for clarification] c. Cylinder Dogging: Provide [add specific product or cylinder/core type for clarification] 3. Temporary Construction Cylinder Keying. OPTION if using construction keying with full- sized non -IC core; NOT AVAILABLE with Primus high security cylinders. Provide construction cores that permit voiding construction keys without cylinder removal, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. 1) Split Key or Lost Ball Construction Keying System. 2) 3 construction control keys, and extractor tools or keys as required to void construction keying. 3) 12 construction change (day) keys. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 74/104 b. Owner or Owner's Representative will void operation of temporary construction keys. 4. Replaceable Construction Cores. OPTION if using temporary construction cores in IC core cylinder in either F/S or S/F. a. Provide temporary construction cores replaceable by permanent cores, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. 1) 3 construction control keys 2) 12 construction change (day) keys. b. Owner or Owner's Representative will replace temporary construction cores with permanent cores. 2.56 KEYING A. Provide a factory registered keying system, complying with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. B. Option for factory registered existing system: Provide cylinders/cores keyed into Owner's existing factory registered keying system, complying with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. C. Option for non -factory existing system: Provide cylinders/cores keyed into Owner's existing keying system managed by Owner's locksmith, complying with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. Contact: 1. Firm Name: 2. Contact Person: 3. Telephone: D. Requirements: 1. Provide permanent cylinders/cores keyed by the manufacturer according to the following key system. a. Master Keying system as directed by the Owner. b. Option: No Master Keying: Cylinders/cores only operated by change (day) keys. 2. Forward bitting list and keys separately from cylinders, by means as directed by Owner. Failure to comply with forwarding requirements shall be cause for replacement of cylinders/cores involved at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Provide keys with the following features: a. Material: Nickel silver; minimum thickness of .107-inch (2.3mm) b. Patent Protection: Keys and blanks protected by one or more utility patent(s) [OPTION for Schlage Everest 29 no substitute, add: until the year, 2029]. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 75/104 Option: Geographically Exclusive: Where High Security or Security cylinders/cores are indicated, provide nationwide, geographically exclusive key system complying with the following restrictions. EDIT — Select one of the following. NOTE: As exclusive area size grows, required minimum for cylinders increases —so verify selected exclusivity level vs. minimums. 1) One allocation within postal zip codes with the same first 2 digits. 2) One allocation per time zone. 3) One allocation per Country. 4. Identification: a. Mark permanent cylinders/cores and keys with applicable blind code per DHI publication "Keying Systems and Nomenclature" for identification. Blind code marks shall not include actual key cuts. b. Identification stamping provisions must be approved by the Architect and Owner. c. Stamp cylinders/cores and keys with Owner's unique key system facility code as established by the manufacturer; key symbol and embossed or stamped with "DO NOT DUPLICATE" along with the "PATENTED" or patent number to enforce the patent protection. d. Failure to comply with stamping requirements shall be cause for replacement of keys involved at no additional cost to Owner. e. Forward permanent cylinders/cores to Owner, separately from keys, by means as directed by Owner. 5. Quantity: Furnish in the following quantities. a. Change (Day) Keys: 3 per cylinder/core. b. Option for LFIC or SFIC: Permanent Control Keys: 3. c. Master Keys: 6. 2.57 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Telkee 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: HPC, Lund B. Requirements: 1. Provide key control system, including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150% of number of locks required for Project. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 76/104 a. Provide complete cross index system set up by hardware supplier, and place keys on markers and hooks in cabinet as determined by final key schedule. Provide hinged -panel type cabinet for wall mounting. 2.58 KEY MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Schlage SITEMASTER 200 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Best Keystone 600N, Corbin-Russwin KeyWizard, Medeco KeyWizard, Sargent KeyWizard, Yale KeyWizard. B. Requirements: Software: Provide tracking, issuing, collecting and transferring information regarding keys. Provide customized query, reporting, searching capability, comprehensive location hardware listings, display key holder photos and signature for verification, and provide automatic reminders for maintenance, back-ups and overdue keys. Provide training for Owner's personnel on proper operation and application of key management software. 2.59 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify LCN 4040XP in a NO SUBSTITUTION specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4040XP series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft. 3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter with 3/4 inch (19 mm) diameter double heat -treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 7. Provide closers with solid forged steel main arms and factory assembled heavy-duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 77/104 8. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 9. Finish for Closer Cylinders, Arms, Adapter Plates, and Metal Covers: Powder coating finish which has been certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing as described in ANSI Standard A156.4 and ASTM B117, or has special rust inhibitor (SRI). 10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.60 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify LCN 4010/4110 in a NO SUBSTITUTION specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4010/4110/4020 series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. Certify surface mounted mechanical closers to meet fifteen million (15,000,000) full load cycles. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft. 3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter with 11/16 inch (17 mm) diameter double heat -treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 7. Provide closers with solid forged steel main arms and factory assembled heavy-duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers. When closers are parallel arm mounted, provide closers which mount within 6-inch (152 mm) top rail without use of mounting plate so that closer is not visible through vision panel from pull side. 8. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 9. Finish for Closer Cylinders, Arms, Adapter Plates, and Metal Covers: Powder coating finish which has been certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing as described in ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.4 and ASTM B117, or has special rust inhibitor (SRI). 10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 78/104 2.61 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify LCN 4010/4110 in an open CAST IRON specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4010/4110/4020 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Sargent 281/281P10/281TJ series factory assembled (without PRV) B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft. 3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter, with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter double heat -treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back -check. 7. Provide closers with a solid forged steel main arms and factory assembled heavy-duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers. 8. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 9. Finish for Closer Cylinders, Arms, Adapter Plates, and Metal Covers: Powder coating finish which has been certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing as described in ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.4 and ASTM B117, or has special rust inhibitor (SRI). 10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.62 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: WHEN REQUIRED TO SPECIFY LCN 4050 IN AN OPEN SPECIFICATION A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4050 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 7500 series, Yale 4400 series, Sargent 351 series. B. Requirements: Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 79/104 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with cast aluminum cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter with 11/16 inch (17 mm) diameter heat - treated pinion journal and full complement bearings. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and all weather requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back check. 7. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 8. Provide stick on templates, special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.63 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: WHEN REQUIRED TO SPECIFY FALCON SC70 IN AN OPEN SPECIFICATION A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon SC70 series. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 7500 series, Yale 4400 series. B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with aluminum cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter heat -treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 7. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 8. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 80/104 2.64 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify LCN 1460 in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 1460 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 8501/8501BF series, Sargent 1331 series, Yale 3501/3501BF series B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action [OPTION LCN No Substitute: cast iron] cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) diameter, with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter heat -treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. [OPTION LCN No Substitute: Cylinder body to have "FAST" power adjust speed dial to visually indicate spring power.] 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back -check. 7. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: not permitted. 8. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.65 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify LCN 1450 in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 1450 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 8501/8501BF series, Sargent 1331 series, Yale 3501/3501BF series B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with cast aluminum cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) diameter, with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter heat -treated pinion journal and full complement bearings. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 81/104 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back check. 7. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: not permitted. 8. Provide stick on and special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.66 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify FALCON SC80 in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon SC80/SC81 series Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 8501/8501BF series, Sargent 1331 series, Yale 3501/3501BF series B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with aluminum cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) diameter, with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter heat -treated pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back -check. 7. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: not permitted. 8. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.67 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify LCN 1250 in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 1250 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products subject to compliance with part B: Norton 1600, Sargent 1130 series, Yale 50 Series. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 82/104 B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with cast aluminum cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-3/8 inch (35 mm) diameter with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter pinion journal diameter heat -treated pinion journal and full complement bearings. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 6. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 7. Provide stick on and special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.68 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify FALCON SC60 in an open specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: Falcon SC60 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 1600, Sargent 1130 series, Yale 50 Series B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with aluminum cylinder. 3. Closer Body: 1-3/8 inch (35 mm) diameter with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter pinion journal. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C. 5. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 6. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.69 DOOR CLOSERS OPTION: when required to specify LCN 4030 in an NO SUBSTITUTION specification A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4030 series. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 83/104 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers at interior doors conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft. 3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/8 inch (29 mm) diameter, with 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter heat - treated pinion journal. 4. Provide all-weather hydraulic fluid, fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C. 5. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 6. Provide special template, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.70 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL CLOSER/HOLDERS A. Manufacturers and Products: Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4040SE/4310ME/4410ME Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 7700PT/7210MP1, Rixson 4PUSH/4PULL. B. Requirements: 1. Provide single -point or multi -point hold -open electro-mechanical closer/holders as specified. Coordinate voltage requirements and provide transformer if necessary. 2. Provide multi -point electro-mechanical closer/holders with swing free arms. 3. Provide closer/holders that function as full rack and pinion door closer when current is interrupted or continuous hold -open is not engaged. 4. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength [OPTION LCN only: cast iron] cylinder and full complement bearings at shaft. 5. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter with 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter double heat -treated pinion journal. 6. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 7. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 8. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back -check. 9. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 84/104 2.71 ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED CLOSER/HOLDERS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4310HSA/4410HSA 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 7110SZ/7120SZ B. Requirements: 1. Provide electrically controlled closer/holders with scanner activated hold -open function complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.4 and ANSI/BHMA A156.15 where specified. Coordinate voltage requirements and provide transformer if necessary. 2. Operation: Pedestrians, moving through doorway, trigger built-in scanner. When door is opened to 80 degrees or more, door is electrically held open. Hold -open period is adjustable up to 30 seconds. After last pedestrian in group passes through doorway, system timer releases hold -open, closing door under control of heavy duty closer. Provide units with built-in "On/Off" switch that provides continuous hold -open function 3. Provide electrically controlled closer/holders that functions as full rack and pinion door closer when current is interrupted or continuous hold -open is not engaged. 4. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength [OPTION LCN only: cast iron cylinder] and complement bearings at shaft. 5. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter with 11/16 inch (17 mm) diameter double heat -treated pinion journal.. 6. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 7. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. 8. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back -check. 9. Provide single lever (track) arm closer/holder for pull side mounting. Non -sized cylinders for interior doors to 4'-0" (102 mm) or exterior doors to 3'-0" (76 mm). Provide double lever arm closer/holder for push side mounting. Non -sized cylinders for interior doors to 4'-6" (114 mm) or exterior doors to 3'-6" (89 mm). 10. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 11. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.72 ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC AUTOMATIC OPERATORS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4600 series 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Norton 6000 series, Besam Power Swing B. Requirements: City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 85/104 1. Provide low energy automatic operator units with hydraulic closer complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.19. 2. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 3. Provide units with conventional door closer opening and closing forces unless power operator motor is activated. Provide door closer assembly with adjustable spring size, back -check, and opening and closing speed adjustment valves to control door 4. Provide units with on/off switch for manual operation, motor start up delay, vestibule interface delay, electric lock delay, and door hold open delay. 5. Provide units with conventional door closer opening and closing forces unless power operator motor is activated. Provide door closer assembly with adjustable spring size, back -check valve, sweep valve, latch valve to control door. 6. Provide drop plates, brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details. 7. Provide hard -wired actuator switches for operation as specified. 8. Provide weather -resistant actuators at exterior applications. 9. Provide key switches with LEDs, recommended and approved by manufacturer of automatic operator as required for function described in operation description of hardware group below. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 10. Provide complete assemblies of controls, switches, power supplies, relays, and parts/material recommended and approved by manufacturer of automatic operator for each individual leaf. Actuators control both doors simultaneously at pairs. Sequence operation of exterior and vestibule doors with automatic operators to allow ingress or egress through both sets of openings as directed by Architect. Locate actuators, key switches, and other controls as directed by Architect. 11. Provide units with vestibule inputs that allow sequencing operation of two units, and SPDT relay for interfacing with latching or locking devices. 2.73 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL AUTOMATIC OPERATORS A. Manufacturers and Products: Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN Senior Swing Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Besam SW200i, Horton 4000LE series B. Requirements: 1. Provide low energy automatic operator units that are electro-mechanical design complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.19. a. Opening: Powered by DC motor working through reduction gears. b. Closing: Spring force. c. Manual, hydraulic, or chain drive closers: Not permitted. d. Operation: Motor is off when door is in closing mode. Door can be manually operated with power on or off without damage to operator. Provide variable adjustments, including opening and closing speed adjustment. e. Cover: Aluminum. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 86/104 2. Provide units with manual off/auto/hold-open switch, push and go function to activate power operator, vestibule interface delay, electric lock delay, hold -open delay adjustable from 2 to 30 seconds, and logic terminal to interface with accessories, mats, and sensors. 3. Provide drop plates, brackets, or adapters for arms as required to suit details. 4. Provide hard -wired motion sensors and/or actuator switches for operation as specified. Provide weather -resistant actuators at exterior applications. 5. Provide key switches, with LEDs, recommended and approved by manufacturer of automatic operator as required for function as described in operation description of hardware sets. Cylinders: Refer to "KEYING" article, herein. 6. Provide complete assemblies of controls, switches, power supplies, relays, and parts/material recommended and approved by manufacturer of automatic operator for each individual leaf. Actuators control both doors simultaneously at pairs. Sequence operation of exterior and vestibule doors with automatic operators to allow ingress or egress through both sets of openings as directed by Architect. Locate actuators, key switches, and other controls as directed by Architect. 7. Provide units with inputs for smoke evacuation doors, where specified, which allow doors to power open upon fire alarm activation and hold open indefinitely or until fire alarm is reset, presence detector input, which prevents closed door from opening or door that is fully opened from closing, hold open toggle input, which allows remote activation for indefinite hold open and close second time input is activated, vestibule inputs, which allow sequencing operation of two units, and SPDT relay for interfacing with latching or locking devices. 2.74 PNEUMATIC AUTOMATIC OPERATORS A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: LCN 4820 series. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: No Substitute. B. Requirements: Provide low energy automatic operator units that are pneumatically powered complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.19. Provide units with conventional door closer opening and closing forces unless power operator motor is activated. Provide door closer assembly with adjustable spring size, back -check, and opening and closing speed adjustment valves to control door: Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. b. Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, with reduced opening force for physically handicapped. c. Regulation: By tamper -proof, non -critical valves. Provide closers with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and back -check. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 87/104 3. Provide separate conduits to carry high and low voltage wiring in compliance with National Electric Code, section 725-31. 4. When obstruction or resistance to opening swing is encountered, operator continues attempting to open door. 5. Provide operator designed to prevent damage to mechanism if system is actuated while door is latched or if door is forced closed during opening cycle. 6. Locate power unit and exhaust away from door to minimize noise and vibration in pedestrian areas. 7. Provide drop plates, brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details. 8. Provide hard -wired actuator switches for operation as specified. Provide weather - resistant actuators at exterior applications. 9. Provide complete assemblies of compressor, control boxes, tubing, switches, power supplies, relays, and parts/material recommended and approved by manufacturer of automatic operator for each individual leaf. Actuators control both doors simultaneously at pairs. Sequence exterior and vestibule doors with automatic operators to allow ingress or egress through both sets of openings as directed by Architect. Locate actuators and other controls as directed by Architect. Consult manufacturer for applications where tubing is run in rated plenums. 10. Provide control box or module with inputs and outputs, which allow sequencing operation, fire alarm system connections, actuators, swing side sensors, stop sensors, and SPDT relay for interfacing with latching or locking devices. Where required provide control box for "blow open" operation controlled by smoke evacuation system. 2.75 DOOR TRIM A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Requirements: 1. Provide push plates 4 inches (102 mm) wide by 16 inches (406 mm) high by 0.050 inch (1 mm) thick and beveled 4 edges. Where width of door stile prevents use of 4 inches (102 mm) wide plate, adjust width to fit. 2. Provide push bars of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Provide push bars of sufficient length to span from center to center of each stile. Where required, mount back to back with pull. 3. Provide offset pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with push bar. 4. Provide flush pulls as scheduled. Where required, provide back-to-back mounted model. 5. Provide pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with push bar. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 88/104 6. Provide pull plates 4 inches (102 mm) wide by 16 inches (406 mm) high by 0.050 inch (1 mm) thick, beveled 4 edges, and prepped for pull. Where width of door stile prevents use of 4 inches (102 mm) wide plate, adjust width to fit. 7. Provide wire pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. 8. Provide decorative pulls as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with pull. 2.76 PROTECTION PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Requirements: 1. Provide kick plates, mop plates, and armor plates minimum of 0.050 inch (1 mm) thick, beveled four edges as scheduled. Furnish with sheet metal or wood screws, finished to match plates. 2. Sizes of plates: a. Kick Plates: 10 inches (254 mm) high by 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs b. Mop Plates: 4 inches (102 mm) high by 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs c. Armor Plates: 36 inches (914 mm) high by 2 inches (51 mm) less width of door on single doors, 1 inch (25 mm) less width of door on pairs 2.77 OVERHEAD STOPS AND OVERHEAD STOP/HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturers: Glynn -Johnson 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rixson, Sargent B. Requirements: 1. Provide heavy duty concealed mounted overhead stop or holder as specified for exterior and interior vestibule single acting doors. 2. Provide heavy duty concealed mounted overhead stop or holder as specified for double acting doors. 3. Provide heavy or medium duty and concealed or surface mounted overhead stop or holder for interior doors as specified. Provide medium duty surface mounted overhead stop for interior doors and at any door that swings more than 140 degrees before striking wall, open against equipment, casework, sidelights, and where conditions do not allow wall stop or floor stop presents tripping hazard. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 89/104 4. Where overhead holders are specified provide friction type at doors without closer and positive type at doors with closer. 2.78 DOORSTOPS AND HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Provide door stops at each door leaf: 1. Provide wall stops wherever possible. Provide convex type where mortise type locks are used and concave type where cylindrical type locks are used. 2. Where a wall stop cannot be used, provide universal floor stops for low or high rise options. 3. Where wall or floor stop cannot be used, provide medium duty surface mounted overhead stop. 2.79 THRESHOLDS, SEALS, DOOR SWEEPS, AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS, AND GASKETING A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Zero International 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: National Guard, Pemko B. Requirements: 1. Provide thresholds, weather-stripping (including door sweeps, seals, and astragals) and gasketing systems (including smoke, sound, and light) as specified and per architectural details. Match finish of other items. 2. Size of thresholds: a. Saddle Thresholds: 1/2 inch (13 mm) high by jamb width by door width b. Bumper Seal Thresholds: 1/2 inch (13 mm) high by 5 inches (127 mm) wide by door width 3. Provide door sweeps, seals, astragals, and auto door bottoms only of type where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available. 2.80 SILENCERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 90/104 B. Requirements: 1. Provide "push -in" type silencers for hollow metal or wood frames. 2. Provide one silencer per 30 inches (762 mm) of height on each single frame, and two for each pair frame. 3. Omit where gasketing is specified. 2.81 MAGNETIC HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: LCN 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rixson, Sargent B. Requirements: 1. Provide wall or floor mounted electromagnetic door release as specified with minimum of 25 pounds of holding force. Coordinate projection of holder and armature with other hardware and wall conditions to ensure that door sits parallel to wall when fully open. Connect magnetic holders on fire -rated doors into the fire control panel for fail-safe operation. 2.82 MAGNETIC CATCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Engineered Products Company, Rockwood B. Requirements: 1. Provide magnetic catches with self -aligning magnets that can be surface mounted or mortised. 2. Provide magnetic catches in an aluminum case 1 inch wide x 3-1/8 inch long. Provide dual triple pole (Ives 327), where scheduled, with 14 pound load capacity, and dual double pole catches (Ives 326), where scheduled, with 9 pound load capacity. 2.83 DOOR POSITION SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Schlage 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: GE-Interlogix, Sargent B. Requirements: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 91/104 1. Provide recessed or surface mounted type door position switches as specified. 2. Coordinate door and frame preparations with door and frame suppliers. If switches are being used with magnetic locking device, provide minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) between switch and magnetic locking device. 2.84 DOOR VIEWERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Provide appropriate door viewer for door type and rating with minimum of 180-degree view area. 2.85 LATCH PROTECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Provide stainless steel latch protectors of type required to function with specified lock. 2.86 SLIDING DOOR HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Richards -Wilcox 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hafele, Henderson, KN Crowder B. Requirements: 1. Provide complete sets of sliding door hardware as recommended by manufacturer for door type and weight. a. Include track, channels, brackets, hangers, fasteners, guides, pulls, stops, and other hardware as required for complete installation. 2.87 BI-PASS DOOR HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Hager 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Hardware, Stanley, KN Crowder City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 92/104 B. Requirements: 1. Provide complete sets of by-pass door hardware as recommended by manufacturer for door type and weight. a. Include track, hangers, fasteners, guides, cup pulls, stops, and other hardware as required for complete installation. 2.88 BI-FOLD DOOR HARDWARE A. Manufacturer: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Hager 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Hardware, Stanley, KN Crowder B. Requirements: 1. Provide complete sets of bi-fold door hardware as recommended by manufacturer for door type and weight. a. Include track, hangers, fasteners, guides, and other hardware as required for complete installation. 2.89 POCKET DOOR HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Hager 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Hardware, Stanley, KN Crowder B. Requirements: 1. Provide complete sets of pocket door hardware as recommended by manufacturer for door type and weight. a. Include track, hangers, fasteners, guides, stops, and other hardware as required for complete installation. 2.90 COAT HOOKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: Ives. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Rockwood, Trimco B. Provide coat hooks as specified. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 93/104 2.91 FINISHES A. Finish: BHMA 626/652 (US26D); except: 1. Hinges at Exterior Doors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 2. Continuous Hinges: BHMA 630 (US32D) 3. Continuous Hinges: BHMA 628 (US28) 4. Push Plates, Pulls, and Push Bars: BHMA 630 (US32D) 5. Protection Plates: BHMA 630 (US32D) 6. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA 630 (US32D) 7. Door Closers: Powder Coat to Match 8. Wall Stops: BHMA 630 (US32D) 9. Latch Protectors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 10. Weatherstripping: Clear Anodized Aluminum 11. Thresholds: Mill Finish Aluminum B. Finish: BHMA 613/640 (US10B); except: 1. Continuous Hinges: US32D (BHMA 630). 2. Continuous Hinges: BHMA 710 (US10B) 3. Door Closers: Powder Coat to Match. 4. Latch Protectors: US32D (BHMA 630). 5. Weatherstripping: Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum. 6. Thresholds: Extruded Architectural Bronze, Oil -Rubbed 2.92 SPECIAL FINISHES A. Antimicrobial coatings 1. Furnish with antimicrobial coated hardware items designed with AM suffix to the finish, 626AM and /or 630AM. The non -toxic coating to be natural inorganic sliver -ion based antimicrobial added to the clear coating. The powder coat containing the antimicrobial compound to be electro-statically applied to a minimum thickness of 1.5 mils. The antimicrobial coatings are to protect the surface of the hardware item by inhibiting the growth of bacteria, mold, mildew, and odor. The antimicrobial coating shall pass the BHMA clear coat requirements and be registered with the EPA and FDA listed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of hardware, examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire -rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 94/104 B. Existing Door and Frame Compatibility: Field verify existing doors and frames receiving new hardware and existing conditions receiving new openings. Verify that new hardware is compatible with existing door and frame preparation and existing conditions. C. Examine roughing -in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Where on -site modification of doors and frames is required: 1. Carefully remove existing door hardware and components being reused. Clean, protect, tag, and store in accordance with storage and handling requirements specified herein. 2. Field modify and prepare existing door and frame for new hardware being installed. 3. When modifications are exposed to view, use concealed fasteners, when possible. 4. Prepare hardware locations and reinstall in accordance with installation requirements for new door hardware and with: a. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6. b. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.S "Recommended Hardware Reinforcement Locations for Mineral Core Wood Flush Doors." c. Doors in rated assemblies: NFPA 80 for restrictions on on -site door hardware preparation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following, unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831. 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, using only fasteners provided by manufacturer. C. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Protect all installed hardware during painting. D. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 95/104 E. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. F. Install operating parts so they move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking, or excessive clearance. G. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated indoor hardware schedule but not fewer than quantity recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches (750 mm) of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided. H. Intermediate Offset Pivots: Where offset pivots are indicated, provide intermediate offset pivots in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than one intermediate offset pivot per door and one additional intermediate offset pivot for every 30 inches (750 mm) of door height greater than 90 inches (2286 mm). I. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as indicated in keying section. J. Lead Protection: Lead wrap hardware penetrating lead -lined doors. Levers and roses to be lead lined. Apply kick and armor plates on lead -lined doors with adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. K. Wiring: Coordinate with Division 26, ELECTRICAL sections for: 1. Conduit, junction boxes and wire pulls. 2. Connections to and from power supplies to electrified hardware. 3. Connections to fire/smoke alarm system and smoke evacuation system. 4. Connection of wire to door position switches and wire runs to central room or area, as directed by Architect. 5. Testing and labeling wires with Architect's opening number. L. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. M. Door Closers: Mount closers on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors from corridors. Closers shall not be visible in corridors, lobbies and other public spaces unless approved by Architect. N. Closer/Holders: Mount closer/holders on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors. O. Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings or in equipment room, or alternate location as directed by Architect. City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 96/104 1. Coordination: Coordinate provision with the security systems provider to mitigate excessive or redundant purchase. 2. Configuration: Provide least number of power supplies required to adequately serve doors with electrified door hardware. 12 Q. Thresholds: Set thresholds in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." R. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they may impede traffic or present tripping hazard. S. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. T. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. U. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 30 degrees. 2. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage lock bolt. 3. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer shall examine and readjust each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 97/104 C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Provide training for Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." 3.7 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Locksets, exit devices, and other hardware items are referenced in the following hardware sets for series, type and function. Refer to the above -specifications for special features, options, cylinders/keying, and other requirements. B. Hardware Sets: HW SET: 01 Door #: 101A QTY DESCRIPTION 2 EA CONT. HINGE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 SET DOOR SEALS 1 EA THRESHOLD Door #: 102B, 102C, 104B CATALOG NUMBER 112XY 24-C-C-718 24-C-EO 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 8190HD 10" 0 SC71A SS PROVIDED BY ALUMINUM DOOR/FRAME MFG PER DETAIL FINISH MFR 628 IVE 630 FAL 630 FAL 626 SCH 630 IVE 689 FAL A ZER QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA CYLINDER AS REQUIRED 626 SCH BALANCE OF HARDWARE PROVIDED INCLUDING PANIC HARDWARE BY FOLDING DOOR MANUFACTURER City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 98/104 Door #: 103B QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA CONT. HINGE 112XY 628 IVE 1 EA DEADLOCK MS1850S (BACKSET AS REQ'D) 628 ADA 2 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-013 X A/R CAM 626 SCH 1 EA EXIT INDICATOR 4089 130 ADA 1 EA CYLINDER GUARD MS4043 130 ADA 1 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL PR 8190HD 10" N 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71A HDPA 689 FAL 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS444 626 IVE 1 SET DOOR SEALS PROVIDED BY ALUMINUM B/O DOOR/FRAME MFG 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL A ZER HW SET: 04 Door #: 119B QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE AX-25-R-L-DANE 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71A HDPA 689 FAL 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS444 626 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEALS 429AA-S (HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL A ZER PROVIDE MOUNTING PLATES AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE HARDWARE WITH GATE FABRICATOR. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 99/104 Door #: 106B CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE AX-25-R-L-DANE 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71A HDPA 689 FAL 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS444 626 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEALS 429AA-S (HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL A ZER HW SET: 06 Door #: 116B CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA LOCK W/DEADBOLT MA641L DG 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71A REG OR PA AS REQ 689 FAL 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/FS438 (AS REQ'D) 626 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEAL 328AA-S (HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL A ZER City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 100/104 Door #: 114A, 115A QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA KEYPAD LOCK DL2800WP N 626 ALA 1 EA CYLINDER AS REQUIRED 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71A REG OR PA AS REQ 689 FAL 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV AS REQ'D 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEAL 328AA-S (HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL A ZER 1 EA COAT AND HAT HOOK 582 626 IVE HW SET: 08 Door #: 116C, 117A, 117B QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 6 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE 1 EA CONST LATCHING BOLT FB51P 630 IVE 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1/DP2 AS REQ'D 626 IVE 1 EA LOCK W/DEADBOLT MA641L DG 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71A SS 689 FAL 1 EA DOOR HOLDER PAH60 689 LCN 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEALS 429AA-S (HEAD & JAMBS) AA ZER 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 39A A ZER 1 EA ASTRAGAL 43STST STST ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD PER DETAIL A ZER Door #: 116A, 118A, 119A QTY DESCRIPTION 1 EA PADLOCK/CYLINDER City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building CATALOG NUMBER AS REQUIRED FINISH MFR Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 101/104 BALANCE OF HARDWARE PROVIDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. HW SET: 10 Door #: 101B CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA CONT. HINGE 112XY 628 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 24-R-NL-OP 630 FAL 1 EA RIM CYLINDER 20-022 626 SCH 1 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190HD 10" 0 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71A SS 689 FAL 1 SET DOOR SEALS PROVIDED BY ALUMINUM B/O DOOR/FRAME MFG HW SET: 11 Door #: 103A, 103C, 104A, 105A CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK MA521L DG 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81A H (REG OR PA AS RE'D) 689 FAL 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/FS438 (AS REQ'D) 626 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEAL 488SBK PSA (HEAD & JAMBS) BK ZER HW SET: 12 Door #: 103D CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA BARN DOOR TRK & HDWE CRT-100 SERIES (NOTE BASEBOARD KNC THICKNESS) 1 EA DOOR PULL, 3/4" RND PR 8102HD 8" J 630 IVE City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 102/104 Door #: 106A, 113B CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK MA581L DG 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81A REG OR PA AS REQ 689 FAL 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/FS438 (AS REQ'D) 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64/SR65 GRY IVE HW SET: 14 Door #: 107A, 108A CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM DEADLOCK MA911L SECTIONAL 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" CFT 630 IVE 1 EA PULL PLATE 8302 10" 4" X 16" CFC 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81A REG OR PA AS REQ 689 FAL 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/FS438 (AS REQ'D) 626 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEAL 488SBK PSA (HEAD & JAMBS) BK ZER Door #: 109A, 110A CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK MA301 OCCUPIED/VACANT DGM 630 FAL 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81A REG OR PA AS REQ 689 FAL 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA MOP PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406/407CCV AS REQ'D 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR SEAL 488SBK PSA (HEAD & JAMBS) BK ZER 1 EA COAT AND HAT HOOK 582 626 IVE City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 103/104 Door #: 111A, 112A CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 513131 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK MA581L DG 630 FAL 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS436/FS438 (AS REQ'D) 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64/SR65 GRY IVE HW SET: 17 Door #: 113A CITY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 SET PCKT DR KIT CROWDERFRAME TYPE C (PR) KNC 1 EA LOCKSET/PULL COMBO 2001ADAP-3ST 626 ACC 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 X CAM AS REQ'D 626 SCH END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 104/104 SECTION 08 80 00 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Windows. 2. Doors. 3. Glazed entrances. 4. Interior borrowed lites. 1.2 DEFINATIONS A. Manufacturers of Glass Products: Firms that produce glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Glass Thickness: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C 1036 C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating -glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specific gas. D. Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. E. Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated -glass standard. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design glass, including comprehensive engineering analysis according to ASTM E 1300, ICC's current International Building Code by a qualified professional engineer, using the following design criteria: 1. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 1/9 1.4 1.5 2. Design Snow Loads: As indicated, but not less than snow loads applicable to Project as required by ASCE 7. Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures: Section 7.0, "Snow Loads." 3. Vertical Glazing: For glass surfaces sloped 15 degrees or less from vertical, design glass to resist design wind pressure based on glass type factors for short -duration load. 4. Sloped Glazing: For glass surfaces sloped more than 15 degrees from vertical, design glass to resist each of the following combinations of loads: Outward design wind pressure minus the weight of the glass. Base design on glass type factors for short -duration load. Inward design wind pressure plus the weight of the glass plus half of the design snow load. Base design on glass type factors for short -duration load. Half of the inward design wind pressure plus the weight of the glass plus the design snow load. Base design on glass type factors for long -duration load. 5. Thickness of Patterned Glass: Base design of patterned glass on thickness at thinnest part of the glass. 6. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading within individual glass lites. 11:l-X�i1���13�1��[�]►r1�I►��I�L A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass -framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants. Testing will not be required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials matching those submitted. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches square. C. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. D. Delegated -Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. E. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report. Qualification Data: For Installers. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 2/9 1.6 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: GANA's "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and GANA's "Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR- A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped Glazing." 4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing labeling is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. C. Fire -Protection -Rated Glazing Labeling: Permanently mark fire -protection -rated glazing with certification label of a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, test standard, whether glazing is for use in fire doors or other openings, whether or not glazing passes hose -stream test, whether or not glazing has a temperature rise rating of 450 deg F, and the fire -resistance rating in minutes. D. Insulating -Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC. WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated -Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form in which coated -glass manufacturer agrees to replace coated -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. Warranty Period: (10) Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which insulating -glass manufacturer agrees to replace insulating -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 3/9 1. Warranty Period: (10) Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass lites in thicknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated. B. Strength: Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind HS heat -treated float glass, or Kind FT heat -treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat -strengthened glass is indicated, provide Kind HS heat - treated float glass or Kind FT heat -treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide Kind FT heat -treated float glass. C. Wind borne -Debris -Impact Resistance: Provide exterior glazing that passes basic - protection testing requirements in ASTM E 1996 for Wind Zone indicated on drawings, when tested according to ASTM E 1886. Test specimens shall be no smaller in width and length than glazing indicated for use on the Project and shall be installed in same manner as glazing indicated for use on the Project. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet of grade. 2. Small -Missile Test: For glazing located more than 30 feet above grade. 3. Large -Missile Test: For all glazing, regardless of height above grade. D. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1. U-Factors: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 2. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 3. Visible Reflectance: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 300. 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Basis of Design: 1. Vitro Architectural Glass B. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 4/9 2.3 2.4 1. Type: GL-1 Clear monolithic Glass: %" (6mm) thick Clear Color: Starphire a. Visible Light Transmittance: 91% b. U-Value Winter: 1.02 C. U Value Summer: 0.93 d. SHGC:0.90 e. Shading Coefficient: 1.03 f. Outdoor visible Light Reflectance: 8% g. Outdoor appearance: Ultra Clear h. Tempered Glass requirement: As indicated on drawings. i. Provide Safety glazing labelling. 2. Type: GL-2 Clear Insulating Glass: Solarban 90 (2) Starphire + Starphire by Vitro Glass. a. Outdoor Lite: Starphire (low iron) float glass, sputter coated on second surface (2) b. Indoor Lite: Starphire (low iron) float glass C. Low-E Coating: Solarban 90 solar control (Sputtered). Location: Second Surface (s) 1) Visible Light Transmittance: 54% 2) U-Value Winter: 0.29 3) U-Value Summer: 0.27 4) SHGC:0.23 5) Shading Coefficient: 0.26 6) Outdoor Visible Light Reflectance: 13% 7) Outdoor Appearance: Clear 8) Insulating Unit Construction: 1/4" (6mm) glass + 1/2" (13mm) air space + 1/4" (6mm) glass 9) Tempered Glass requirement: As indicated on drawings. 10) Provide Safety glazing labelling. INSULATING GLASS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work. B. Insulating -Glass Units: Factory -assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190, and complying with other requirements specified. 1. Sealing System: Dual seal. 2. Spacer: Aluminum with powdered metal paint finish in color selected by Architect GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal, made from one of the following: 1. Neoprene complying with ASTM C 864. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 5/9 2. EPDM complying with ASTM C 864. 3. Silicone complying with ASTM C 1115. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber complying with ASTM C 1115. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed -cell, integral -skinned neoprene, silicone or thermoplastic polyolefin rubber gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. Application: Use where soft compression gaskets will be compressed by inserting dense compression gaskets on opposite side of glazing or pressure applied by means of pressure -glazing stops on opposite side of glazing. 2.5 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating -glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. VOC Content: For sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system, not more than 250 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D. 4. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.6 GLAZING TAPES A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed -cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 6/9 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. C. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). E. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. F. Perimeter Insulation for Fire -Resistive Glazing: Product that is approved by testing agency that listed and labeled fire-resistant glazing product with which it is used for application and fire - protection rating indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 7/9 E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass liter where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass liter from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. 3.2 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Installation with Pressure -Glazing Stops: Center glass liter in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure - glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.3 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 8/9 C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GLAZING 08 80 00 9/9 SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Exterior gypsum board for ceilings and soffits. 3. Tile backing panels. 4. Texture finishes. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full size Sample in 12-inch long length for each trim accessory indicated. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements for gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELS, GENERAL A. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 1/6 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Wallboard: Complying with ASTM C 36/C36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. American Gypsum Co. b. CertainTeed Corp. C. G-P Gypsum. d. Continental Building Products. e. National Gypsum Company. f. USG Corporation. B. Regular Gypsum Board (GWB): ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Ceiling Gypsum Board (GW-1): ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular -type gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Type X Gypsum Board (GWFR): ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. E. Mold -Resistant Gypsum Board (GWBWR): ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold - resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Core: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 2.3 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Board (GBG-1): ASTM C 1178/C 1178M, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Core: 5/8 inch. 2. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 2/6 2.4 2.5 B. Cementitious Backer Units (GBC-1): ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C 1288 or ASTM C 1325, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Available Products: a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990. b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. C. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board. d. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board/ 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 4. Width: Manufacturer's standard width, but not less than 32 inches. TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. C. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. f. Expansion (control) joint. g. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. B. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimension indicated on Drawings. 1. Basis -of -design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Fry Reglet Corporation or comparable product by one of the following: a. Gordon, Inc. b. MM Systems Corporation. C. Pittcon Industries. d. Tamlyn JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. 2. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 3. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 3/6 2.6 C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use high -build interior coating product designed for application by airless sprayer and to be used instead of skim coat to produce Level 5 finish. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backer Panels: 1. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. 2. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Sound -Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. D. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 4/6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS A. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. B. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Comply with ASTM C 840. E. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load -bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. F. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. G. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blogging is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corner of framed openings. H. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around duct, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floors/roof/ roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels o fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4-to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant. I. For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. J. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. K. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. L. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 5/6 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. 3. Level 3: N/A 4. Level4: N/A. 5. Level 5: All painted surfaces a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." 3.2 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Regular Type: Vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type X: where required for fire -resistance -rated assembly. 3. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. 4. Mold and Moisture Resistance Gypsum board: in areas of high humidity where surface will be painted and does not receive tiles or other finish. eg. locker rooms, rest rooms. 5. Tile backer units: in areas where tiles or other finish panels will be installed. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 6/6 SECTION 09 30 00 - TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic tile. 2. Setting material. 3. Grout. 4. Elastomeric Sealants. 5. Miscellaneous Materials. 1.2 DEFINATIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated. C. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern, Show widths, details, ad locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. C. Samples for verification: 1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. For ceramic mosaic tile in color blend patterns, provide full sheet of each color blend. 2. Assembled samples, mounted on a rigid panel, with grouted joints, for each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. Make samples at least 12 inches square, but not fewer than 4 tiles. Use grout of type in color or colors approved for completed Work. 3. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 1/10 1.4 INFORMATION SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. C. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer. D. Material Test Reports: For each tile -setting and- grouting product and special purpose tile. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim units: Furnish quantity of full-size unites equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size. 2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from one source or producer. 1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from one manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer for each product: 1. Waterproof membrane. 2. Joint sealants. 3. Metal edge strips. D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittal and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of each type of wall tile installation. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 2/10 1.7 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: For tiles in pool, restroom, bathroom and other wet walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ANSI A137.1-2012: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.60. 2. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.65. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coatings on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE PRODUCTS A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, and ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 3/10 D. Mounting: For factory -mounted tile, provide back- or edge mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where tile is indicated for installation in swimming pools, on exteriors or in wet areas, do not use back -or edge -mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance. E. Factory -Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type, protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating with continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces. F. Tile Type CT-1: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Daltile COLOR WHEEL -LINEAR Semi -Gloss Artic White. 2. Module Size: 6 inches by 18 inches 3. Thickness: 5/16 inch. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with cushion edges. 5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 6. Grout Color: GRT-01- Custom Building Products -Prism: Bright White G. Tile Type CT-02: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Daltile COLOR WHEEL -LINEAR Semi -Gloss Suede Gray. 2. Module Size: 6 inches by 18 inches 3. Thickness: 5/16 inch. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with cushion edges. 5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 6. Grout Color: GRT-01- Custom Building Products -Prism: Bright White. H. Tile Type CT-03: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Daltile COLOR WHEEL -LINEAR Semi -Gloss Sea Breeze. 2. Module Size: 6 inches by 18 inches 3. Thickness: 3/8 inch. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with cushion edges. 5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 6. Grout Color: GRT-01- Custom Building Products -Prism: Bright White. Tile Type CT-04: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Daltile COLOR WHEEL -LINEAR Semi -Gloss Ocean Blue. 2. Module Size: 6 inches by 18 inches City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 4/10 3. Thickness: 5/16 inch. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with cushion edges. 5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 6. Grout Color: GRT-01- Custom Building Products -Prism: Bright White. Tile Type CT-05 — Factory mounted with tiles indicated a, b, & c and pattern as indicated on drawings: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Daltile KEYSTONES a. Artic white 0190/SPA 0148 b. Waterfall0169 C. Ocean Blue D159 2. Module Size: 2 inches by 2 inches each tile 3. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with cushion edges. 5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 6. Grout Color: GRT-01- Custom Building Products -Prism: Bright White. K. Tile Type CT-06: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Daltile Multitude Origami White. 2. Module Size: 12 inches by 24 inches 3. Thickness: 5/16 inch. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with cushion edges. 5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 6. Grout Color: GRT-01- Custom Building Products -Prism: Bright White. L. Tile Type CT-07: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Daltile Multitude Nostalgia Blue 2. Module Size: 12 inches by 24 inches 3. Thickness: 5/16 inch. 4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with cushion edges. 5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 6. Grout Color: GRT-02 -Custom Building Products -Prism: Steel Blue. 2.2 SETTING MATERIALS A. Modified Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar, ANSI A118.4TE & ANSI A118.15TE & ANSI A118.11. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Custom Building Products Corporation ProLite Premium Large Format Tile Mortar or provide a comparable product by one of the following: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 5/10 a. C-Cure. b. Custom Building Products. C. Laticrete International, Inc. 2.3 GROUT MATERIALS A. Polymer -Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Custom Building Product; Prism or comparable product by one of the following: a. Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc. b. Boiardi Products; a QEP company. C. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company. d. Bostik, Inc. e. C-Cure. f. Jamo Inc. g. Laticrete International, Inc. h. MAPEI Corporation. i. Mer-Kote Products, Inc. j. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. k. Summitville Tiles, Inc. I. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company. 2.4 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. General: Provide sealants, primers, backer rods, and other sealant accessories that comply with the following requirements and with the applicable requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 1. Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints unless otherwise indicated. C. One -Part, Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, 0; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. DAP Inc.; 100 percent Silicone Kitchen and Bath Sealant. b. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786. C. GE Silicones, a division of GE Specialty Materials; Sanitary 1700. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 6/10 d. Laticrete International, Inc.; Latasil Tile & Stone Sealant. e. Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant. f. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 600 White. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile -setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips: Unless otherwise indicated, provide angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting -bed thickness, stainless -steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed -edge material. C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soils and reside without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. D. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. 1. Products: Custom Building Products: Aqua -Mix Penetrating Sealer, subject to compliance with requirements, available products from the manufacturers listed below that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Bonsal American, an Oldcastle company; Grout Sealer. b. Bostik, Inc.; CeramaSeal Siloxane 220. C. C-Cure; Penetrating Sealer 978. d. Jamo Inc.; Penetrating Sealer. e. MAPEI Corporation; KER 004, Keraseal Penetrating Sealer for Unglazed Grout and Tile. f. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.; Silicone Grout Sealer. g. Summitville Tiles, Inc.; SL-15, Invisible Seal Penetrating Grout and Tile Sealer. h. TEC, a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company; TA-256 Penetrating Silicone Grout Sealer. 2.6 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts to uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 7/10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, free of coatings that are incompatible with tile -setting materials including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with bonded mortar bed or thin - set mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified. b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. 3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinate, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thin -set mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile - setting material manufacturer. B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not, factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. D. Field -Applied Temporary Protective Coating: If indicated under tile type or needed to prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 8/10 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Exterior tile walls b. Interior tile walls. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. E. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Ceramic Tile: 1/16 inch. 2. Decorative Thin Wall Tile: 1/16 inch. F. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant -filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." G. Metal Edge Strips: Install where tile edge is exposed. H. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to cementitious grout joints. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 9/10 Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate. 1. Do not install tile or setting material over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate. 1. Do not install tile or setting materials over crack isolation membrane until membrane has cured. 3.4 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Wall Installations for CT-06 & CT-07: Wood Studs or Furring with Cement tile backer board: 1. Tile Installation TCNA: W244C-16. B. Exterior Wall Installation for CT-01, CT-02, CT-03, CT-04, CT-05: Concrete substrate: 1. Tile Installation TCNA: W202E-16. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TILING 09 30 00 10/10 SECTION 09 5123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical tiles and concealed suspension systems for ceilings. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports. B. Evaluation reports. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single -Source Responsibility: Provide acoustical panels units and fid components by a single manufacturer. 1. Fie Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 2. Surface burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 Classification. 3. Fire Resistance: As follows, tested per ASTM E119 and listed in the appropriate floor or roof design in the Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 1/5 1.7 1.8 1.9 B. Acoustical Panels: As with other architectural features located at the ceiling, may obstruct or skew the planned fire sprinkler water distribution pattern through possibly delay or accelerate the activation of the sprinkler o fire detection systems by channeling heat from the fire either towards or away from the device. Installers are advised to consult a fire protection engineer, NFPA 13, or local codes for guidance where automatic fire detection and suppression systems are present. C. Coordination of Work: Coordinate acoustical ceiling work with installers of related work including, but not limited to building insulation, gypsum board, light fixtures, mechanical systems, electrical system, and sprinklers. D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical ceiling area as shown on Drawings. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages, and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaged units in any way. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Space Enclosure: 1. HumiGuard Plus Ceilings: Building areas to receive ceilings shall be free of construction dust and debris. Products with HumiGuard Plus performance and hot dipped galvanized steel, aluminum or stainless -steel suspension system can be installed up to 120' (49°C) and in spaces before the building is enclosed, where HVAC systems are cycled or not operating. Cannot be used in exterior applications where standing water is present or where moisture will come in direct contact with the ceiling. WARRANTY A. Acoustical Panel: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace panels that fail withing the warranty period. Failure includes, but are not limited to the following: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 2/5 1. Acoustical Panels: Sagging and warping 2. Grid system: Rusting and manufacturer's defects. B. Warranty Period: 1. Acoustical Panels: Ten years from date of substantial completion. 2. Suspension: Ten years from date of substantial completion. 3. Ceiling System: Thirty years from date of substantial completion. C. The Warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.10 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed. Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quality of full-size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed. 2. Exposed Suspension System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed suspension components equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Ceiling Panels: 1. Armstrong World Industries or equivalent. B. Suspension Systems: 1. Armstrong World Industries or equivalent. C. Perimeter Systems: 1. Armstrong World Industries or equivalent. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNIT A. Acoustical Panels Type: ACT-01 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong Cermaguard Plus or comparable product. 2. Surface Texture: Medium 3. Composition: Mineral Fiber 4. Color: White City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 3/5 2.3 5. Size:24"x24" 6. Edge Profile: Square lay -in 15/16" for interface with PRELUDE XL 15/16" for Exterior Applications grid. 7. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423 Classified with UL label on product carton: 0.55 8. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton: 38 9. Sabins: N/A METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Components: 1. Main beams and cross tees, base metal and end detail, fabricated from commercial quality hot dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653. Main beams and cross tees are double -web steel construction with type exposed flange design/. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping prefinished galvanized in baked polyester paint. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching. a. Structural Classification: ASTM C635 Heavy Duty b. Color: White and match the actual color of the selected ceiling tile, unless noted otherwise. C. Acceptable Product: PRELUDE A 15/16" for Exterior Applications as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries or equivalent. B. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. C. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft annealed, with a yield stress load of at least three time the design load, but not less than 12 gauge. D. Edge Moldings and Trim: 1. HD7801G90 — 10ft Hemmed Angle Molding. E. Accessories: As required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not proceed with installation until all wet work such as concrete, terrazzo, plastering and painting has been completed and thoroughly dried out, unless expressly permitted by manufacturer's printed recommendations. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 4/5 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical tile ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M and seismic design requirements indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." B. Suspend main beam from overhead construction with hanger wires spaced 4 ft on center along the length of the main runner. Install hanger wires plumb and straight. C. Install wall moldings at intersection of suspended ceiling and vertical surfaces. Miter corners where wall moldings intersect or install corner caps. D. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspended system, with edges resting on flanges of main runner and cross tees. Cut and fil panels neatly against abutting surfaces. Support edges by wall moldings. E. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than -half -width tiles at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. F. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical tiles as indicated on reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Replace damaged and broken panels. B. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove any ceiling products that cannot be successfully cleaned and or repaired. Replace with attic stock or new products to eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 5/5 SECTION 09 72 61 - SOLID SURFACE WET WALL ASSEMBLY AND SHOWER BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Vertical, solid surface wall cladding for wet applications. B. Shower Bases C. Accessories 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International 1. ASTM D256; Impact Resistance of Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 2. ASTM D570; Water Absorption of Plastics. 3. ASTM D638; Tensile Properties of Plastics. 4. ASTM D696; Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics. 5. ASTM D790; Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 6. ASTM D2583; Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impresser. 7. ASTM E84; Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. ANSI A137.1; Tile Slip Test B. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. IAPMO/ANSI Standard Z124.1.2: Plastic Bathtub and Shower Units C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) LD.3 High Pressure Decorative Laminates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 0133 00 Submittal Procedures. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACE WET WALL ASSEMLBY AND SHOWER BASE 09 72 61 1/6 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's current product literature for each product indicated, including maintenance instructions. C. Samples: Provide color literature showing colors of material specified. D. Shop Drawings: Include details, and attachments to other work. 1. Submit shop drawings showing seams, termination points, and details of edges. 2. Submit coordination drawings indicating electrical and plumbing work. E. Manufacturer Instructions: Provide manufacturer's written installation instructions. F. Installer Certification: Submit a signed copy of the installer's certificate, acknowledging the employee has been trained and approved by manufacturer. G. Closeout Submittals 1. Refer to Section 0177 00 for Closeout Procedures and 0178 23 Operations and Maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer authorized installer shall fabricate and install solid surface products, and demonstrate successful experience in installing finished carpentry items similar in type and quality to those required for this project. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 0160 00 Product Requirements. B. Deliver sheets, fabricated items, materials, and components in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Store solid surface products and accessories as recommended by manufacturer. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's limited ten-year warranty against defective material and workmanship. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACE WET WALL ASSEMLBY AND SHOWER BASE 09 72 61 2/6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 MANUFACTURER A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products, but are not limited to products listed. 1. Corian by DuPont : www.corian.com 2. Samsung Chemical USA: www.staron.com 3. Aristech: www.aristechsurfaces.com 4. Wilsonart Contract: www.wilsonartcontract.com WET WALL PANEL SYSTEM A. Provide wet wall panel system of solid polymer components to include: panels, inside corner trim, outside finish trim. Dimensions of all components shall be standard manufacturer's dimensions to be field cut to fit. Panels shall be formed from manufacturer's standard 6mm (-1/4 inch) thick sheet product. Panels shall be full width and height with seams occurring only at the inside corners of the enclosure. PANEL MATERIALS A. Basis of Design: Avonite° Acrylic Solid Surface B. Description: Non -porous, homogeneous material maintaining the same composition throughout the part with a composition of polyester or acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment. C. Colors: 1. SSU 2: WHITE F1-8016 2. SSU 3: WHITE 8016 D. Vertical Wet Wall Characteristics: (solid colors) 1. Thickness: 6mm 2. Barcol Hardness: 59, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2583 3. Elongation: 2.2%, when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 4. Tensile strength: 3,800psi, when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 5. Tensile Modulus: 11 x 105,when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 6. Water Absorption after 24 hours:.07%, when tested in accordance with ASTM D570 7. Charpy Impact (Foot Pounds/Inch): 1.5, when tested in accordance with ASTM D6110 8. Impact Resistance 1/2 Pound: No Fracture, when tested in accordance with NEMA LD3- 3.8 9. Linear Thermal Expansion: 2.0 x 10-5, when tested in accordance with ASTM D696 City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACE WET WALL ASSEMLBY AND SHOWER BASE 09 72 61 3/6 10. High Temperature Resistance: Slight Effect, when tested in accordance with NEMA LD3- 3.6 11. Boiling Water Resistance: No Effect, when tested in accordance with ISFA 2-01 12. Stain Resistance: No Effect, when tested in accordance with NEMA LD3-3.4 13. Weight per sq. ft., 6mm thickness: 2.2 pounds E. Cast Shower Bases 1. Basis of Design: Aristech Acrylics 2. Description: Solid cast polyester / acrylic blend homogeneous resin base with side walls and drain. Specified drain location possible on fabricated models. Non-skid floor surface with water channels directing water to the drain at a 2- degree slope (1/4" per foot). 3. Conform to the requirements of IAPMO/ANSI Standard Z124.1.2 4. Slip Resistance Coefficient: 0.65 minimum as tested in accordance with ANSI A137.1 5. Size: As specified by Architect F. Shower Base Characteristics: 1. Tensile Strength: 4,800 psi, when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 2. Flexural strength: 8,300 psi, when tested in accordance with ASTM D790 3. Modulus of Elasticity: 1.2 x 101 psi per ASTM D790 4. High Temperature Resistance: No Effect, when tested in accordance with NEMA LD3-3.6 5. Stain Resistance: Passes, when tested in accordance with ANSI Z124 6. Flame Spread: Class A, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Provide matching inside corner trim and outside finish trim to conceal corner sealant and provide transition from shower to wall covering. 2.5 OPTIONAL SOAP/SHAMPOO COMPONENTS A. Provide matching cast recessed shampoo/soap holder. 2.6 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Panel Adhesive: Manufacturer recommended color matched adhesive B. Silicone Sealant: Mildew -resistant, FDA compliant, 100% clear silicone sealant FABRICATION C. Solid surface shall be factory fabricated by an authorized fabricator. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACE WET WALL ASSEMLBY AND SHOWER BASE 09 72 61 4/6 D. Solid surface paneling and shower/tub enclosures shall be fabricated of 6mm (-1/4") thick material unless otherwise indicated. E. Solid surface shall be fabricated to field measurements. F. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. G. Finished edges shall have a 1/16" radius PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install solid surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines and recommendations. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Inspect materials and location of installation for conditions affecting performance of work in accordance with shop drawings. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 SHOWER PAN INSTALLATION A. Install shower pan, plumb and level B. Coordinate plumbing with work of Division 22. 3.4 PANEL INSTALLATION A. Panels shall be provided to heights shown on the drawings with no horizontal seaming. B. Panels shall utilize the maximum panel dimension available to minimize vertical seams. C. Panels shall be full width and height with seams only at inside corners of enclosure. D. Field cut panels as required for plumbing fixtures and bath accessories. E. Apply quarter size dots of silicone adhesive approximately 1" inside of perimeter of solid surface panels. Apply additional dots of silicone every 8-10" apart over remaining surface. Apply hot melt glue to back of panel for temporary adhesion of panels to substrate while adhesive cures. F. Allow panels to cure for 24 hours, minimum, before exposure to moisture or pressure. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SOLID SURFACE WET WALL ASSEMLBY AND SHOWER BASE 09 72 61 5/6 3.5 G. Corner and vertical joints: Form 1/8-inch-wide joints, sealed with clear 100% silicone sealant. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains. B. Protect shower/bath enclosure from damage. Repair or replace damaged work, to Architect's satisfaction. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 SOLID SURFACE WET WALL ASSEMLBY AND SHOWER BASE 09 72 61 6/6 SECTION 09 84 00 — CEMENTITIOUS WOOD FIBER CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general conditions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions Divions-1 Specifications sections apply to work of this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Cementitious wood fiber plank acoustical wall and ceiling system 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of Tectum Direct -Attached ceiling panel B. Samples: Minimum 6-inch by 6-inch samples of specified Tectum Direct -Attached interior panel. C. Shop Drawings: Layout and details of Tectum Direct -Attached interior panels show locations of items that are to be coordinated with the installation as required. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports. 1. Certifications: UL certifications that products comply with specified requirements, including laboratory reports showing compliance with specified tests and standards. Acoustical performance, products must be tested to the A, D-20, C-2, or C-40 method. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate UL markings. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CEMENTITUIOUS WOOD FIBER CEILINGS 09 84 00 1/5 1.7 1.8 1.9 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 Classification. B. Coordination of Work: Coordinate acoustic ceiling work with installers of related work including, but not limited to building insulation, gypsum board, light fixtures, mechanical system, electrical systems, and sprinklers. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical ceiling area as shown on Drawings. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. DELIVERY, STORAGE& HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Provide labels indicating brand name, style, size and thickness. C. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. D. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaged units in any way. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install ceiling panels until building is closed in and HVAC system is operational. B. Locate materials onsite at least 72 hours before beginning installation to allow materials to reach temperature and moisture content equilibrium. C. Maintain the following conditions in areas where acoustical materials are to be installed 72 hours before, during and after installation: 1. Relative Humidity: 25 to 85% 2. Uniform Temperature: 32 to 120 degrees F WARRANTY A. Tectum Direct -Attached Ceiling Panels: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Defects in materials or factory workmanship. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CEMENTITUIOUS WOOD FIBER CEILINGS 09 84 00 2/5 B. Tectum Direct -Attached Ceiling Panels Warranty: Thirty (30) years from date of substantial completion. C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.10 MAINTENANCE A. Extra materials: Delivery extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed. Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels. 1. Tectum Direct -Attached Ceiling Panels: furnish quality of full-size unit equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Tectum Direct -Attached Ceiling Panels: 1. Tectum by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. Suspension System and Accessories: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2.2 TECTUM DIRECT -ATTACHED CEILING PANELS A. Acoustical Panels Type ACT-2 Tectum Direct -Attached Ceilings: 1. Surface Texture: Coarse. 2. Composition: Aspen wood fibers bonded with inorganic hydraulic cement. 3. Finish: Surface appearance shall be consistent from panel to panel. 4. Color: White 5. Size: Standard: 47 % -inch by 96-inch. 6. Thickness: standard 1 % -inch 7. Edge Profile: Long edge - Square & short edge — Beveled 8. UL Classified Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423: Mounting: Drywall Grid Sytem Mounting. 9. UL Classified Flame Spread: ASTM E 1477; Class A. Product must be able to meet this criteria after being painted six times. 10. Light Reflectance (LR) White Panel: ASTM E 1477. 11. Dimensional Stability/ Mold Resistance: Humiguard Plus and no significant mold growth when tested by ASTM D3273. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CEMENTITUIOUS WOOD FIBER CEILINGS 09 84 00 3/5 2.3 12. Sustainable: Third party verified EPD (Environmental Product Declaration) and HPD (Health Product Declaration) and Living Product Imperative Certification. 13. USDA Certified Biobased Product, 98% 14. Acceptable Product: Tectum Direct -Attached. A. Accessories: 1. #6 x 1 5/8-inch Painted Head Sharp Point Screws, item 81871-16 B. Suspension Components for Alternate Direct Attach — by Method of Armstrong Drywall Suspension. 1. Drywall Grid Main beam item HD8906G90 2. Drywall Grid Cross tees item XL8947PG90. 3. Perimeter angle item KAM12G90. 4. 1 5/8-inch shar point screws item 81871-16 C. Perimeter floating edge to create cove as shown in drawings: 1. Axiom Vector Trim 6-inch with Cap to close off ceiling and to secure HVAC Diffusers and lights. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not proceed with installation until all wet work such as concrete, terrazzo, plastering and painting has been completed and thoroughly dried out, unless expressly permitted by manufacturer's printed recommendations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install Tectum Direct -Attached Panels in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Replace damaged and broken Tectum Direct -Attach Panels. B. Clean exposed surfaces or acoustical ceilings, including trim, edges moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove any Tectum Direct -Attached Ceiling Panels that cannot be successfully cleaned and or repaired. Replace with attic stock or new product to eliminate evidence of damage. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CEMENTITUIOUS WOOD FIBER CEILINGS 09 84 00 4/5 END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 CEMENTITUIOUS WOOD FIBER CEILINGS 09 84 00 5/5 SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMU). 2. Steel. 3. Galvanized metal. 4. Wood. 5. Gypsum board. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. B. Samples: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 1/10 C. Product List: For each product indicated. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide product] [provide one of the products] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products] listed in other Part 2 articles for the paint category indicated. 1. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. 3. California Paints. 4. ICI Paints 5. PPG Architectural Finishes Inc City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 2/10 2.2 2.3 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction[ and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24)]. 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Dry -Fog Coatings: 400 g/L. 4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 5. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 6. Zinc -Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L. 7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 8. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 9. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 10. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. D. Low -Emitting Materials: Interior paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." E. Colors: As selected by Architect as indicated in a color/finish schedule. 1. 20 percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones. BLOCK FILLERS A. Block Filler, Latex, Interior/Exterior: MPI #4. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 3/10 2.4 PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Primer Sealer, Latex, Interior: MPI #50. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2. B. Wood -Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in pain system indicated. 2.5 METAL PRIMERS A. Primer, Rust -Inhibitive, Water Based: MPI #107. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2. B. Waterborne Galvanized -Metal Primer: MPI#134 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2. 2.6 WOOD PRIMERS A. Interior Latex -Based Wood Primer: MPI#39. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2. 2.7 LATEX PAINTS A. Interior Latex (Flat): MPI#53 (Gloss Level 1). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 0.5. B. Interior Latex (Low Sheen): MPI#44 (Gloss Level 2). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1. C. Interior Latex (Eggshell): MPI#52 (Gloss Level 3). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 4/10 D. Interior Latex (Satin): MPI#43 (Gloss Level 4). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1.5. E. Interior Latex (Semigloss): MPI#54 (Gloss Level 5). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 3. F. Interior Latex (Gloss): MPI#114 (Gloss Level 6, except minimum glass of 65 units at 60 deg). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 3. G. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex (Flat): MPI#143 (Gloss Level 1). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 4. H. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex (Low Sheen): MPI#144 (Gloss Level 2). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 4.5. I. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex (Eggshell): MPI#145 (Gloss Level 3). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 4.5. J. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex (Semigloss): MPI#147 (Gloss Level 5). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 3. 2.8 ALKYD PAINTS A. Interior Alkyd (Flat): MPI#49 (Gloss Level 1). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. B. Interior Alkyd (Eggshell): MPI#51 (Gloss Level 3). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. C. Interior Alkyd (Semigloss): MPI#47 (Gloss Level 5). City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 5/10 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2. D. Interior Alkyd (Gloss): MPI#48 (Gloss Level 6). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2.9 QUICK DRYING ENAMELS A. Quick -Drying Enamel (Semigloss): MPI#81 (Gloss Level 5). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. B. Quick -Drying Enamel (High Gloss): MPI#96 (Gloss Level 7). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. 2.10 CONCRETE SEALERS A. Water -Based Concrete Floor Sealer System: MPI#99. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. 3. Wood: 15 percent. 4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 5. Plaster: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 6/10 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface -applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual." B. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. B. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Horizontal: 1. Water -Based Concrete Floor Sealer System: MPI INT 3.2G. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 7/10 a. First Coat: Sealer, water based, for concrete floors, matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Sealer, water based, for concrete floors. B. CIVIL) Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI INT4.2A. a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex. 2. Alkyd System: MPI INT4.2C. a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior alkyd. 3. Alkyd Over Latex Sealer System: MPI INT 4.2N. a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler. b. Sealer Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. C. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Interior alkyd. 4. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System: MPI INT4.2E. a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler. b. Intermediate Coat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex. C. Steel Substrates: 1. Water -Based Dry -Fall System: MPI INT 5.1C. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Topcoat: Waterborne dry fall. 2. Alkyd Dry -Fall System: MPI INT 5.1D. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Topcoat: Interior alkyd dry fog/fall. 3. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1Q. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 a/10 4. Alkyd System: MPI INT 5.1E. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior alkyd. D. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: 1. Water -Based Dry -Fall System: MPI INT 5.3H. a. Prime Coat: Waterborne dry fall. b. Topcoat: Waterborne dry fall. 2. Alkyd Dry -Fall System: MPI INT 5.3F. a. Prime Coat: Cementitious galvanized -metal primer. b. Topcoat: Interior alkyd dry fog/fall. 3. Latex System: MPI INT 5.3A. a. Prime Coat: Cementitious galvanized -metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex. 4. Latex Over Waterborne Primer System: MPI INT 5.3J. a. Prime Coat: Waterborne galvanized -metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex. 5. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System: MPI INT 5.3N. a. Prime Coat: Waterborne galvanized -metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex. E. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI INT 9.2A. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex. 2. Alkyd Over Latex Primer System: MPI INT 9.2C. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 9/10 3.6 C. Topcoat: Interior alkyd. 3. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System: MPI INT 9.2M. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex. F. Cotton or Canvas Insulation -Covering Substrates: Including pipe and duct coverings. 1. Latex System: MPI INT 10.1A. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex. 2. Alkyd Over Latex Primer System: MPI INT 10.113. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior alkyd. PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE A. Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. a b c END OF SECTION PT-01: #SW 7648-BIG CHILL- Egg shell - Sherwin Williams. PT-02: #SW6493 — EBBTIDE- Egg shell - Sherwin Williams. PT-03: #SW7007 — CEILING BRIGHT WHITE — Flat - Sherwin Williams. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 10/10 SECTION 10 26 00 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Corner guards. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide handrails capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ft. applied in any direction. 2. Concentrated load of 200 IV applied in any direction. 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each impact -resistant wall protection unit. Include sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 12 inches long. D. Material certificates. E. Material test reports. F. Maintenance data. G. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 1/4 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723 by UL or another qualified testing agency. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in [the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines] [and] [ICC/ANSI A117.1]. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of impact -resistant wall protection units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures. b. Deterioration of plastic and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: To be type 304 alloy with #4 satin finish, Minimum strength, and durability properties as specified in ASTM A240. B. Adhesive: As recommended by corner guard manufacturer and with a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.2 CORNER GUARDS A. Surface mounted Corner Guards WIP-01: 1. Stainless steel corner guards to be CS Acrovyn: Surface mounted guards to be 16 gauge stainless steel. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 2/4 2.3 2.4 2. Model CO-8 90' stainless steel corner guard with 3/16" (4.8mm) radius and 3 1/2" (88.9mm) standard legs. Bull nose 3/4" (19.1mm) radius optional. Mounted with construction adhesive standard. 3. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: Construction Specialties, 3 Wener Way, Lebanon, NJ 08833 USA 800-233-8493., available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 4. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements: C-S Group, product CO-8 or comparable product by one of the following: a. American Floor Products Co., Inc. b. Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc. C. Balco, Inc. d. Construction Specialties, Inc. e. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems; Division of InPro Corporation. f. Korogard Wall Protection Systems; a division of RJF International Corporation. g. Musson Rubber Company. h. Pawling Corporation. i. Tepromark International, Inc. i. WallGuard.com. Fabrication A. General: Fabricate wall protection systems to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, detail, finish and member sizes. 1. Preassemble components in shop as much as possible to minimize field assembly. Finishes A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applications and designations of finishes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verification of conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. B. Surface Preparation: Prior to installation, clean substrate to remove dirt, debris and loose particles. Perform additional preparation procedures as required by manufacturer's instruction. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 3/4 3.2 C. Protection: Take all necessary stops to prevent damage to material during installation and to prevent damage by other trades. Use materials that may be easily removed without leaving residue or permanent stains. D. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using only approved adhesive or mounting hardware and locating all components firmly into position, level and plumb. 1. Install impact -resistant wall protection units in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings. CLEANING A. General: Immediately upon completion of installation, clean materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommended cleaning method. B. Remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from installation as work progresses and upon completion of work. C. Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended in writing by manufacturer. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 4/4 SECTION 10 28 00 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Washroom accessories as scheduled in this Section and as indicated on the Drawings 1.2 Related Sections: A. Section 06 10 53 - Rough Carpentry, coordination with blocking. B. Section 09 29 00 - Gypsum Board, coordination with blocking. C. Section 09 72 61 — Solid Surface Wet Wall Assembly and Shower Base, coordination with blocking. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data sheets for each product specified, including the following: 1. Installation Instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Cleaning and maintenance instructions. 4. Replacement parts information. B. Schedule: Submit a toilet accessory schedule, indicating the type and quantity to be installed in each washroom. Use room numbers as I indicated on the Drawings. 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated. 2. Identify products using designations indicated. C. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Bid Set 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 1/7 B. Single Source Requirement: To the greatest extent possible provide products from a single manufacturer (except Hand Dryer). C. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements applicable in the jurisdiction of the project, including but not limited to ADA and UCC.ANSI A117.1 requirements as applicable. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PUBLIC -USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, Bobrick Washroom Equipment (www.bobrick.com). Provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc. 2. American Specialties, Inc. 3. Bradley Corporation. 4. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 5. Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc. B. Grab Bar TA-1 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-5806- refer schedule in drawings for lengths. 2. Specifications: a. Grab Bar-18-8, Type-304 18 gauge stainless steel tubing with a satin -finish, slip - resistant surface. 1 %-inch outside diameter. Ends are heliarc welded to concealed mounting flanges. Clearance between the grab bar and wall is 1 %-inch. b. Concealed Mounting Flanges — 18-8, Type-304, 11 gauge stainless steel plate, end flanges 2-inch by 31/8-inch with holes for attachment to wall. Intermediate flanges 2 5/8-inch by 3 1/8-inch wide by 3 1/8-inch diameter. C. Mirror TA-2: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-165 - refer drawings for size. 2. Specifications: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 2/7 a. Mirror shall have one-piece type-430 stainless steel channel frame, with 900 mitered corners; all exposed surfaces shall have bright polished finish. Select float glass mirror shall be guaranteed for 15 years against silver spoilage. The back shall be protected by full-size, shock -absorbing, water-resistant, nonabrasive, polyethylene padding. Galvanized steel back shall have integral horizontal hanging brackets located at top and bottom for mounting on concealed wall hanger to prevent the mirror from pulling away from the wall. Locking devices secure mirror to concealed wall hanger. Mirror shall be removable from the wall. D. Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser TA-3: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-3888. 2. Specifications: a. Recessed multi -roll toilet dispenser shall be Type-304 stainless steel with welded construction, including dispensing mechanism, inner housing, and cam; exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Front of toilet tissue dispenser door shall be drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. Door shall be secured to cabinet with two rivets and equipped with a tumbler lock keyed like other washroom accessories. Flange shall be drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. Unit shall dispense two standard -core toilet tissue rolls up to 5 %-inch diameter (1800 sheets). Extra roll shall automatically drop in place when bottom roll is depleted. Unit shall be equipped with two heavy-duty, one-piece, molded ABS spindles. Theft -resistant, spindles retained in dispensing mechanism when door is locked. E. Automatic Hand Dryer TA-4: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-7179. 2. Specifications: a. Cover — 18-8, Type-304 stainless steel 18 gauge, with #4 satin -finish vertical grain. Air -inlet is vandal resistant. Cover projects no more than 4" from wall and is secured to mounting base with two recessed socket button head cap screws. b. Electronic Control — infrared sensor automatically turns dryer on when hands are held under air -outlet opening and across path of sensor. Remove hands from path of sensor and dryer stops. Electronic sensor has automatic shut off approximately 85 seconds after dryer turns on if an inanimate object is placed across air -outlet opening. After inanimate object is removed, electronic sensor automatically resets itself and dryer operates normally. F. Surface -mounted Soap Dispenser TA-5: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B4063. 2. Specifications: City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 3/7 a. Recessed soap dispenser shall be type-304 stainless steel with all -welded construction; exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Corrosion -resistant valve shall dispense commercially marketed all-purpose hand soaps. Valve shall be operable with one hand and with less than 5 pounds of force to comply with accessible design guidelines (including ADAAG). G. Sanitary Napkin Disposal TA-6: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-3513. 2. Specifications: a. Recessed sanitary napkin disposal shall be Type-304 stainless steel with all -welded construction; exposed surfaces shall have satin -finish. Door shall be Type-304, 20- gauge stainless steel with satin -finish. Secured to cabinet with two rivets and equipped with a magnetic catch and cable door -swing limiter. Waster receptacle shall be Type-304, heavy -gauge stainless steel. All -welded construction with a capacity of 0.6 gal. H. Baby Changing Station TA-7: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Koala Kare: KB110-SSRE. 2. Specifications: a. Baby changing station shall have durable, single piece deep drawn 304 satin finished stainless steel outer shell and recessed pan, with injection -molded polypropylene interior. Design of unit shall be recess -mounted. Unit shall be equipped with a pneumatic cylinder for controlled opening and closing of bed. Bed shall be secured to metal mounting chassis with a concealed full-length steel -on - steel hinge. Unit shall have Microban° antimicrobial embedded into plastic material on the changing surface. No hinge structure shall be exposed on interior or exterior surfaces. Unit shall 11-gauge steel mounting plates with mounting hardware included. Unit shall conform to ASTM F 2285-04 Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Diaper Changing Tables for Commercial use. ANSI Z535.4 Product Safety Signs and Labels, and ASTM G21 Antifungal Standards or local code if more stringent installation requirements are applicable for barrier -free accessibility. Bed shall have smooth concave changing area with a nylon safety strap and two hooks for bags or purses. Unit shall have a built -liner dispenser for use with 3-ply chemical free biodegradable sanitary liners, universal instruction graphics and safety messages in 6 languages. Unit shall be backed by manufacturer's 5-year limited warranty on materials and workmanship and include a provision for replacement caused by vandalism. Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser TA-8: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-3013. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 4/7 2. Specifications: a. Recessed toilet -seat -cover dispenser shall be Type-304 stainless steel with all - welded construction; exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Door shall be 18 gauge (1.2mm); have 9/16" (14mm) 90° return edges; be secured to cabinet with a concealed, full-length stainless steel piano -hinge. Equipped with a tumbler lock keyed like other Bobrick washroom accessories. Tumbler lock flush with the door - no protrusion. Dispenser shall have a minimum capacity of 500 paper toilet seat covers. Folding Shower Seat TA-9: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-5191. 2. Specifications: a. folding shower seat shall have a frame constructed of Type-304, satin -finish stainless steel that consists of 16-gauge (1.6mm), 1-1/4" (30mm) square tubing and 18-gauge (1.2mm), 1" (25mm) diameter seamless tubing. Seat shall be one-piece, 5/16-inch (8mm) thick, solidly fused plastic laminate with mate -finish melamine surfaces, ivory -colored face sheets, and black phenolic -resin core; secured to frame with stainless steel carriage bolts and acorn nuts. Shower seat shall be equipped with two 3" (75mm) diameter mounting flanges constructed of Type-304, 3/16" (5mm) thick, satin -finish stainless steel; a guide bracket constructed of Type-304, 16-gauge (1.6mm), satin -finish stainless steel; and a spring constructed of Type- 301, 24-gauge (0.6mm) stainless steel that is spot-welded to a baseplate of Type- 304, heavy gauge stainless steel. Seat shall remain in upright position when not in use. Shower seat shall comply with accessible design guidelines (including ADAAG in the U.S.A.). K. Curtain Rod TA-10: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-6047. 2. Specifications: a. Shower curtain rod shall be Type-304, 18-gauge stainless steel with satin finish. It shall have an outside diameter of 1 %-inch (25mm). One-piece, die -formed flanges shall be Type-304, 20 gauge stainless steel with satin -finish. L. Coat/Towel Hook TA-11: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-542. 2. Specifications: a. Coat Hook shall be type-304 stainless steel with satin finish. Coat Hook shall have 19mm (3/4") diameter Post with 6.4mm (1/4") diameter Hook Pin. Concealed mounting flange shall be 5.6mm (7/32") thick stainless steel plate, 46mm (1- 13/16") outside diameter and equipped with two screw holes for attachment and City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 5/7 2.2 thread on outside edge to fasten cover. Threaded flange cover shall be 1.4mm (17- gauge) stainless steel, 49mm (1-15/16") diameter and shall fasten over mounting flange to conceal mounting screws. Post and mounting flange are to be machined as one piece M. Mirror TA-12: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-1556 - refer drawings for size. 2. Specifications: a. Frameless stainless -steel mirror shall be 18-8 Type-304 20 gauge stainless steel polished to a No.8 mirror finish. Mirror shall have %-inch return concealing %-inch tempered Masonite backing. For corners countersunk holes provide flush fit of mounting screws with mirror surface. N. Shower Curtain TA-13: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: B-204 - refer drawings for size. 2. Specifications: a. Shower curtain shall be opaque, matte vinyl 0.008-inch thick, containing antibacterial and flame-retardant agents (formulated to meet CFSM Title 19.13115), and shall have white HDPE grommets along top. Bottom and side shall be hemmed. NFPA-701 certified. O. Locker Room Bench TA-14: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Bradley Corp Lenox Locker Pedestal Bench - refer drawings for size. 2. Specifications: a. Bench Top: Constructed of 1 %-inch high density polyethylene (HDPE) with homogeneous color and a matte finish texture. b. Pedestal: 17-inch black anodized aluminum pedestal with welded aluminum flanges. Anchored to floor and bench top with hardware provided. C. Color: To be selected by the Architect from full selection offered by the manufacturer. FABRICATION A. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 6/7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 IV, when tested according to ASTM F 446. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 7/7 SECTION 10 44 13 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fire protection cabinets for fire extinguishers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For fire protection cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. D. Maintenance data. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Rated, Fire Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E 814 for fire -resistance rating of walls where they are installed. B. Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. C. Coordinate sizes and locations of fire protection cabinets with wall depths. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304. 1. Finish: No 4 directional satin finish. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 1/4 2.2 B. Transparent Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell -cast sheet), 3 mm thick, with Finish 1 (smooth or polished). FIRE PROTECTION CABINET: FEC-1 A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. 1. Basis of design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Model #SS- 2409 Larsen's Manufacturing Company or comparable products by one of the following a. Fire End & Croker Corporation. b. J. L. Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Construction Products Group. C. GMR International Equipment Corporation. d. Modern Metal Products, Division ofTechnico Inc. e. Potter Roemer LLC. f. Strike First Corporation of America. B. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated. C. Cabinet Material: Stainless -steel sheet. 1. Shelf: Same metal and finish as cabinet. D. Door Material: Stainless steel. E. Door Style: Vertical Duo F. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door -operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide projecting door pull and friction latch. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. G. Accessories: 1. Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire -protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked -enamel finish. a. Model #808; Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 2. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire-extinguisher cabinet with the works "FIRE EXTINGUISHER." City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 2/4 1) Location: Applied to cabinet door. 2) Application Process: Engraved. 3) Orientation: Vertical 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. 1. Miter and weld joints and grind smooth. 2. Provide factory -drilled mounting holes. 3. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks. 4. Install door locks at factory. B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet type and trim style. 1. Fabricate door frames of one-piece construction with edges flanged. 2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. 2.4 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAM's AMP 500, "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products," for recommendations for applying and designing finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces for fire-extinguisher cabinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Finish fire-extinguisher cabinet after assembly. D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where semirecessed cabinets will be installed and prepare recesses as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 3/4 3.2 C. Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights indicated below 1. Fire -Extinguisher cabinet: 54 inches above finished floor to top of cabinet. D. Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. E. Identification: Apply vinyl lettering at locations indicated. F. Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. G. Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. ADJSUTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, f any, as fire-extinguisher cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Adjust fire-extinguisher cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. C. On completion of fire-extinguisher cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Touch up marred finishes or replace fire-extinguisher cabinets that cannot be restored to factory -finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended for furnished by fire-extinguisher cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturer. E. Replace fire-extinguisher cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 4/4 SECTION 10 44 16 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand -carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Operation and maintenance data. C. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16 1/3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each [fire protection cabinet] [mounting bracket] [fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket] indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. C. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. g. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc. h. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. i. Moon -American. j. Pem All Fire Extinguisher Corp.; a division of PEM Systems, Inc. k. Potter Roemer LLC. I. Pyro-Chem; Tyco Safety Products. 2. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. B. Multipurpose Dry -Chemical Type in Steel Container (FE-1): 6-lb (2.7-kg) nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate -based dry chemical in manufacturer's standard enameled -steel container. MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets for Fire Extinguishers Not Mounted in Cabinets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or black baked -enamel finish. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. C. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16 2/3 d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. g. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. h. Potter Roemer LLC. B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket -mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a PART 3 - EXECUTION Orientation: Vertical. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Install fire extinguishers (and mounting brackets) in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: 54 inches above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher. C. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16 3/3 SECTION 10 5126 - PLASTIC LOCKERS AND BENCHES PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid plastic lockers. RELATED SECTIONS B. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for locker anchorage. REFERENCES C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 2. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. US Federal Government: 1. U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG). ACTION SUBMITTALS E. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets for each type of product indicated include fabrication details, description of materials and finishes. 1. Product Test Reports: When requested by Architect, provide documentation indicating compliance of products with requirements, from a qualified independent testing agency. F. Shop Drawings: Include overall locker dimensions, floor plan, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Include choice of options with details. G. Samples for Selection: Furnish samples of manufacturer's full range of colors for initial selection. H. Samples for Approval: Furnish a physical sample of the material in the selected color. 1. Size: 6 by 6 inch (102 by 102 mm) in type of finish specified. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC LOCKERS 10 5126 1/5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Installation instructions. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. MAINTENANCE SUBMITTALS K. Operation and Maintenance Data. QUALITY ASSURANCE L. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer listed in this section, with minimum [5] years experience in the manufacture of plastic lockers. Manufacturers seeking approval must submit the following in accordance with Instructions to Bidders and Division 01 requirements: 1. Product data, including test data from qualified independent testing agency indicating compliance with requirements. 2. Samples of each component of product specified. 3. List of successful installations of similar products available for evaluation by Architect. 4. Submit substitution request not less than 15 days prior to bid date. M. Installers Qualifications: An experienced Installer regularly engaged in the installation of lockers for a minimum of 3 years. N. Source Limitations: Obtain plastic lockers and trim accessories from single manufacturer. O. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements of ADA/ABA and with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. P. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame -Spread Index: 100 or less. 2. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less. Q. Indoor Environmental Quality Certification: Provide certificate indicated that products have been certified under the following programs, or a comparable certification acceptable to Owner: 1. GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certified. 2. GREENGUARD Certified for Children and Schools. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC LOCKERS 10 5126 2/5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING R. Do not deliver plastic lockers to the site until the building is enclosed and HVAC systems are in operation. Deliver plastic lockers in manufacturer's original packaging. Store in an upright condition. Protect plastic lockers from exposure to direct sunlight. S. Ship plastic lockers fully assembled. T. Lift and handle plastic lockers from the base not the sides. WARRANTY U. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: 20 year against rust, delamination or breakage of plastic parts under normal use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of Bradley Corporation, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051, (800)272-3539, fax (262)251-5817; Email info@ BradleyCorp.com; Website www.bradleycorp.com. B. MATERIALS 1. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE): 30 percent pre -consumer recycled content polyethylene thermoplastic formed under high pressure into solid plastic components. 2. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE): 100 percent pre -consumer or post -consumer recycled content polyethylene thermoplastic formed under high pressure into solid plastic components. 3. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304. 4. Fasteners: Tamper -Resistant Fasteners: Stainless steel torx-head screws. Locker Connectors: No. 10-24 sex bolts. Anchors: Type and size required for secure anchorage. Drilled -in -place Masonry Anchors: Minimum 1/4 by 1-3/4 inch (6 by 44 mm) screws. STANDARD PLASTIC LOCKERS C. Basis -of -Design Product: Bradley LENOX LOCKER. D. Locker Configuration: Three tier E. Locker Dimensions City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC LOCKERS 10 5126 3/5 1. Height, Nominal: 72 inches (3 tier) 2. Width: 24 inches. 3. Depth: 18 inches. F. Material: HDPE plastic, 30 percent recycled material. G. Sides, Tops, Bottoms, Dividers, and Shelves: 3/8 inch (10 mm) thick HDPE plastic with smooth finish. H. Locker Shelves: 3/8 inch (10 mm) HDPE plastic, mortised into sides and back. Locker Tops: Slope top. Doors: Fabricate from a single piece 1/2 inch (13 mm) HDPE plastic. 1. Doors and Frame: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick HDPE plastic with matte texture finish [ with ventilation slots] [with cross -hatch mesh pattern]. 2. Handle: ADA/ABA Compliant handle fabricated from injection molded plastic. 3. Locks: Standard hasp 4. Hinges: Continuous piano hinges, .05 inch/18 gauge (1.27 mm) thick type 304 stainless steel fabricated to wrap around edges of door and frame and attached with stainless steel tamper -resistant screws. Finish: Powder coated to match color of locker. 5. Latch Bar: Full -height latch bar constructed of 1/2 inch (13 mm) HDPE plastic secured to locker with stainless steel tamper -resistant screws. K. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. L. Accessories: 1. Filler Panels: 1/2 inch (13 mm) HDPE filler panel, with color and finish matching locker body, attached with 3/8 inch (10 mm) thick HDPE solid plastic angle bracket. 2. Wall Hooks: cast zinc hook one per locker. 3. Number Plate: White acrylic with black film coating, laser etched with number specified. Provide one per locker. 4. Locker Base: 1 inch (26 mm) solid HDPE plastic, with black or finish matching locker body, 4 inch (101 mm) high. 5. Coat Rod: Schedule 40 PVC with plastic pole sockets and stainless steel tamper -resistant screws. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC LOCKERS 10 5126 4/5 PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. Install lockers in climate controlled environment, shielded from direct sunlight. B. General: Install on floor or other firm support. Install level, plumb, and true. 1. Position locker base per approved shop drawing. Using fasteners provided by manufacturer, anchor base sections to the floor. 2. Attach filler pieces to lockers with male -female sex bolts. 3. Position first locker according to submittal layout. Square and plumb the locker using concealed shims. Secure the locker to the wall at the top and bottom of the locker. Position second locker next to first, square and plumb to align the tops and bottoms; and temporarily clamp lockers together. Drill four holes through the sides of the lockers and connect lockers using sex bolts provided by manufacturer. C. Accessories: Fit exposed connections of trim, fillers, and closures together to form tight, hairline joints, with concealed fasteners and splice plates furnished by locker manufacturer. Install as indicated on approved shop drawings. 1. Hooks: Attach with at least two fasteners. 2. Coat Rods: Attach at height indicated. 3. Identification Plates: Identify plastic lockers with approved identification numbers. Attach plates to each locker door. 4. Filler Panels: Attach with concealed fasteners. 5. Sloping Tops: Attach sloping -tops to plastic lockers, with closures at exposed ends. FINAL CLEANING D. Clean locker interior and exterior surfaces. E. Remove packaging and construction debris and legally dispose of off -site. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building PLASTIC LOCKERS 10 5126 5/5 SECTION 12 93 13 — BICYCLE PARKING RACKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes the following: 1. Bicycle Parking Racks (exterior on paving) B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements related to this section: 1. Grouting frames into recess; refer to section 32 05 23 Concrete for Exterior Improvements. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and Division 1 specification 0133 00 Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product, include physical characteristics such as materials, specifications, and finish. C. Drawing: Show details including dimensions, materials, and options for each project. D. Samples for verification purposes: Finish samples of the color and type of powder coat to be provided for the Architect to make selection(s). 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data: For each product include the recommended methods repairing damage to the powder coat and materials finish from the manufacturer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store product(s) in original undamaged packaging and containers until ready for installation. B. Handle powder coated product(s) with sufficient care to prevent any scratches or damage to the finish. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Bicycle parking racks to carry a one yar manufacturer's limited warranty against defects in material and workmanship. The warranty begins at substantial completion. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building BICYCLE PARKING RACKS 12 93 13 1/3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following but are not limited to, the following: 1. Reliance Foundry: www.reliance-foundry.com a. Product: R-8240-SS stainless steel XL wave Bike rack- 5 curve. 2. Wagner Companies: www.wagnercompanies.com a. Product: Serpentine Bike Racks with 3 loops 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless steel: ASI Grade 316. 1. Pipe: ASTM 316. 2. Guage:11 3. Sheet, strip, and Plate: ASTM A959. 4. Finish: Buffed Satin Finish No. 6 B. Accessories: 1. Mounting Accessories a. Fasteners: 1) Standard % inch UNC Button Head Bolts c/w SS washer. 2) Drop in place concrete anchors, for% inch UNC bolts. 3) Sealant: Silicone elastomeric sealant for outdoor use. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine paving or other substate for compliance with manufacturer's requirements for placement and location of embedded items, condition of substrate, and other conditions affecting installation of bicycle racks. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's installation requirements and setting drawings. Install according to manufacturer's written instructions for specified setting method. B. Do not install damaged, cracked, chipped, deformed or marred bicycle racks. Field touch-up minor imperfections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Replace bicycle racks that cannot be field repaired. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building BICYCLE PARKING RACKS 12 93 13 2/3 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, clean racks in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to remove dust, dirt, adhesives, and other foreign material. B. Protect bicycle rack against damage. 3.4 CLOSEOUT A. Provide executed warranty. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 BICYCLE PARKING RACKS 12 93 13 3/3 SECTION 12 93 16 — BICYCLE STORAGE RACKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes the following: 1. Bicycle Storage Racks (interiors) 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and Division 1 specification 0133 00 Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product, include physical characteristics such as materials, specifications, and finish. C. Drawing: Show details including dimensions, materials, and options for each project. D. Samples for verification purposes: Finish samples of the color and type of powder coat to be provided for the Architect to make selection(s). 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data: For each product include the recommended methods repairing damage to the powder coat and materials finish from the manufacturer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store product(s) in original undamaged packaging and containers until ready for installation. B. Handle powder coated product(s) with sufficient care to prevent any scratches or damage to the finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following but are not limited to, the following: 1. Bike Solutions by Vermont Manufacturing Services, Inc. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building BICYCLE STORAGE RACKS 12 93 16 1/3 a. Product: The Original Mini Mum Vertical Bike Hanger. 2. Madrox: www.madrox.com 3. Dobra: www.dobradesign.com 2.2 MATERIALS A. Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40 or Schedule 10. B. Tubing: ASTM A 500. C. Round Bar and Flat Bar: ASTM A 36 D. Finish: Thermally fused TGIC polyester powder E. Color: To be selected by Architect. 2.3 MOUNTING A. Vertical surface wall mounted; stagger rack height to maximize spacing PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive bicycle racks. Notify Architect of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent utilization of bicycle racks. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's installation requirements and setting drawings. Install according to manufacturer's written instructions for specified setting method. B. Do not install damaged, cracked, chipped, deformed or marred bicycle racks. Field touch-up minor imperfections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Replace bicycle racks that cannot be field repaired. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, clean racks in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to remove dust, dirt, adhesives, and other foreign material. B. Protect bicycle rack against damage. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building BICYCLE STORAGE RACKS 12 93 16 2/3 3.4 CLOSEOUT A. Provide executed warranty. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 BICYCLE STORAGE RACKS 12 93 16 3/3 SECTION 12 48 13 - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes the following types of entrance flooring systems: 1. Floor Grids & Frame Assemblies. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements related to this section: 1. Grouting frames into recess; refer to sections 03 30 00 Cast -In-Place Concrete. 1.2 RERERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. The Aluminum Association C. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and Division 1 specification 0133 00 Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product. C. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail showing layout of grid and frame specified including details indicating construction relative to materials, direction of traffic, spline locations, profiles, anchors and accessories. D. Samples for verification purposes: Submit an assembled section of floor grid and frame members with selected tread insert showing each type of color for exposed floor grid, frame and accessories required. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data in form of manufacturer's printed instructions for cleaning and maintaining floor grids. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12 48 13 1/4 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Slip Resistance in accordance with ASTM D-2047-96, Coefficient of Friction, minimum 0.60 for accessible routes. Approved system to be certified by a third party as meeting a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.70 when tested in wet conditions. B. Utilize superior stainless -steel components Type 304 or Type 316. C. Single Source responsibility: Obtain floor grids and frames from one source of a single manufacturer. D. Flat-bed fabrication method. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: Check actual openings for grids by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Record actual measurement on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work. B. Recessed Conditions: IMPORTANT: Coordination with Division 03 Concrete specifications is required. For proper installation, the concrete recess must be flat and smooth throughout. If the recess is formed by a concrete contractor, the pour dimensions may require levelling grout to achieve the proper depth and a smooth finish. The final recess depth will match the specified product and must be field verified. For proper frame installation, the side walls of the concrete recess must also be straight and smooth. Inconsistencies with the recess and side walls must be remediated prior to product installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following but are not limited to, the following: 1. Construction Specialties: www.c-sgroup.com 2. Nystrom: www.nystrom.com 3. Babcock Davis: www.babcockdavis.com 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless steel —Type 316 stainless steel for surface wires and support bars. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12 48 13 2/4 2.3 FLOOR GRIDS A. Basis of Design: Construction Specialties G62 GridLlne 2, shall be manufactured from Type 316 stainless steel in 1 1/8-inch depth. Wires to be 0.157-inch wide x 0.236-inch deep, connected utilizing a stainless steel support bar structure and spaced 0.194-inches apart. Unit must withstand 1000 lb./wheel loads (load applied to a solid 5-inch by 2-inch wide polyurethane wheel, 1000 passes without damage). 2.4 GRID FRAMES A. SSA- Stainless steel Angle Frame shall be 1 %-inch deep recess in Type 316 stainless steel with 1/8-inch exposed surface. 2.5 LOCK DOWN MECHANISM A. HL-Hidden Lock Down shall be 1 N-inch x 1 %-inch x 1/8-inch Type 316 stainless steel hold down tabs to secure Gridline to concrete surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Manufacturer to provide factory supported field measurements to ensure precise installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Set grid type at height recommended by manufacturer for most effective cleaning action. C. Coordinate top of grid surfaces with bottom of doors that swing across to provide ample clearance between door and grid. City of Newport Beach Bid Set 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12 48 13 3/4 3.4 PROTECTION A. After completing frame installation and concrete work, provide temporary filler of plywood or fiberboard in recesses and cover frames with plywood protective flooring. Maintain protection until construction traffic has ended and Project is near Substantial Completion. Defer installation of floor grids until time of substantial completion of project. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12 48 13 4/4 SECTION 22 04 00 - PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. The "Mechanical General Provisions," Section 23 00 00 is a part of this section and applies as fully as if repeated herein. B. The work under this section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing the plumbing work, except as hereinafter specifically excluded. All work shall include up to 5 feet outside of the building unless noted otherwise on the drawings. C. Work included shall be as indicated on the drawings, including but not limited to the following: 1. Sanitary Soil, Waste and Vent System. 2. Domestic Water System including Water Heater. 3. Domestic Water Heater and Storage Tank 4. Storm Drain System. 5. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment. 6. Condensate Drain System for HVAC Equipment. 7. Sterilization and Tests. 8. Sand/Oil Waste System. D. Work not included: 1. Cutting and blocking of structure for fixtures and piping. 2. Forming and pouring of concrete for housekeeping pads. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Reference to Other Sections: The applicable requirements from the following specification sections shall form a part of the plumbing work and the Contractor shall consult them in detail for general and specific requirements: Section 230000 Mechanical General Provisions. 233000 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. 1.3 ENERGY CONSERVATION: A. Based on the latest edition of the California Energy Commission (CEC), the work will comply as follows: PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 1/22 1. The plumbing system equipment and fixtures shall meet the fuel type, input, volume, and quantity that are identical to the proposed design. The standard design shall assume recovery efficiency or thermal efficiency and standby loss as specified in Sections 111 or 113 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards. 2. Insulation for unfired hot water storage tanks shall meet Title 24 requirements. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION: A. Domestic hot water piping, hot water return piping, and 8 feet of cold water pipe at the water heating equipment shall be Johns -Manville, Certain -Teed, Owens Corning, or equal fiberglass with pressure sensitive closure system jacket. The conductivity range of the insulation shall be 0.22-0.28 BTU-IN/HR-SF-OF with a mean temperature rating of 1050F - 140°F. See table below for thickness of insulation: 13 Runouts Less than 1" 1" and larger 1" 1" 1%2" The insulation shall be applied over clean, dry pipe with all joints butted firmly together. The factory -attached tape shall be pasted smoothly over the insulation. C. Fittings shall be insulated with Manville Products #301 cement to a thickness equal to the adjoining pipe insulation and finished with 4-oz. canvas pasted on or finished with "Zeston" premolded PVC insulated fittings. D. Where piping is exposed to view, factory -applied 6-oz. canvas jacket or PVC jacketing shall be installed. E. Water supply and drain piping below accessible lavatories and sinks, unless the installation configuration protects the user against contact, shall be insulated with Handy Shield safety covers by Plumberex Specialty Products, Truebro Lav-Guard, Zurn, or equal. F. Condensate piping, condensate overflow piping, and sewer piping above grade receiving cold condensate within building shall be insulated with JM Rubatex by RBX Industries, Owens Corning, Armacell, or equal. 2.2 FITTINGS AND PIPING: A. Soil, Waste, Vent, and Rainwater Piping Within the Building: 1. Above Grade: a. Cast iron "no -hub" conforming to CISPI 301 NSF listed with neoprene gasket and Type 304 stainless steel clamping device conforming to CISPI 310 with NSF listing. Or, cast iron "No -Hub" conforming to CISPI 301 NSF with neoprene gasket and type 304 stainless steel clamping device conforming to ASTM C1540, Huskey HD 2000 for mid- PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 2/22 range and Huskey SD4000 heavy for high rise, or equal. Pipe manufacturers shall be AB&I Foundry, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry, Tyler Pipe and Coupling, or equal. Coupling manufacturers shall be Anaco, Mission Rubber, Ideal Tridon, or equal. b. Provide no -hub fitting restraint bracing for pipes 4" and larger per CISPI handbook. Bracing shall be used to prevent horizontal and vertical movement, equal to Holdrite # 117 series. 2. Below Grade: a. Cast iron "no -hub" conforming to CISPI 301 NSF listed with neoprene gasket and Type 304 stainless steel clamping device conforming to CISPI 310 with NSF listing. Or, cast iron "No -Hub" conforming to CISPI 301 NSF with neoprene gasket and type 304 stainless steel clamping device conforming to ASTM C1540, Huskey HD 2000 for mid -range and Huskey SD4000 heavy for high rise, or equal. Pipe manufacturers shall be AB&I Foundry, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry, Tyler Pipe and Coupling, or equal. Coupling manufacturers shall be Anaco, Mission Rubber, Ideal Tridon, or equal. b. Provide no -hub fitting restraint bracing for pipes 4" and larger per CISPI handbook. Bracing shall be used to prevent horizontal and vertical movement, equal to Holdrite # 117 series. c. At contractor's option, ABS DWV with ABS fittings may be used as permitted by code and local jurisdiction (when noted on plans only). B. Sewer and Storm Drain Piping from 5-feet Outside Building: PVC sewer pipe JM "Greenbell" as manufactured by Manville Products or cast iron no -hub conforming to CISPI 301 with neoprene gasket and 300 series stainless steel clamping device conforming to CISPI 310. C. Domestic Water Piping: 1. Above Grade: Lead free Type L copper tubing hard drawn. Pipe manufacturers shall be Mueller Industries, Cambridge -Lee Industries, Cerro Flow Products, or equal. a. Lead free wrought copper solder sweat fittings and lead-free solder. Fitting manufacturers shall be Elkhart Products Corporation, Mueller Industries, Nibco, or equal. 2. Below Grade: Lead free Type K copper tubing annealed, straight lengths with lead free wrought copper solder sweat fittings and lead-free solder. Pipe manufacturers shall be Mueller Industries, Cambridge -Lee Industries, Cerro Flow Products, or equal. Fitting manufacturers shall be Elkhart Products Corporation, Mueller Industries, Nibco, or equal. D. Domestic Water Piping from 5 Feet Outside Building: 1. 1%" and Smaller: Schedule 80 PVC Type I conforming to ASTM D1785 with Schedule 80, Type I, solvent welded fittings. 2. 2" and Larger: Class 200 PVC, SDR-12, rubber ring, bell end pipe, and pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM D2241. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 3/22 3. Thrust blocks shall be provided at all offsets, tees, and valves. Thrust block sizing as recommended by the latest code being enforced. E. Condensate Piping: Type "M" copper tubing, hard drawn with wrought copper or cast brass fittings, and lead free solder joints. Pipe manufacturers shall be Mueller Industries, Cambridge -Lee Industries, Cerro Flow Products, or equal. Fitting manufacturers shall be Elkhart Products Corporation, Mueller Industries, Nibco, or equal. F. Indirect Waste Piping: Type DWV copper drainage tubing with cast brass fittings. G. Under -drain or footing drain pipe shall be ADS green corrugated polyethylene perforated tubing and fittings especially fabricated for underdrains and capable to withstand ground pressure imposed on pipe. Submit brochure showing crushing strength and material thickness. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. Unions: In copper tubing 3" and smaller, Lead free Nibco 733-LF, Elkhart Products Corporation, or equal. B. Isolation Unions: Wilkins lead free DUxLC, Watts, Zurn, or equal for sizes 3" and smaller. C. Water hammer arresters in accordance with PDI-WH-201 standards, JR Smith 5000 series, Precision Plumbing Products, Zurn, or equal. Install with access panel. D. Floor drain trap primers: 1. Trap Primer: Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. (PPP) "Prime -Rite" Model PR-500 automatic floor drain trap primer valve with corrosion resistant fittings and copper reservoir, Watts, Mifab, or equal. Install PPP floor drain trap primer distribution unit DU-U Series as required. Install with access panel. 2. Trap Primer: Sloan VBF-72-Al PPP FVP-1VB (for use with flush valve water closet). E. Fixture Supplies: Flexible stainless steel braided, compression fittings, BrassCraft, T&S Brass, Sioux Chief, or equal. F. Curb Outlet: Pre -formed, self -leveling, and self -aligning, Curb-O-Let, or equal G. Tracer Wire: Provide on all buried plastic pipe No 10 AWG, TW insulated copper wire, Wal-Rich Corporation, Copperhead Industries, Priority Wire & Cable, or equal. Spiral wrap around complete length of all buried plastic piping at approximately 2' intervals terminate above grade. H. Buried Utility Warning Tape: 6" wide plastic labeled buried utility warning tape, Seton, Brady, Harris Industries, or equal. Tape shall be labeled with the appropriate service. Provide above all buried piping 5' — 0" outside of the building. Strainers 3" and Smaller: Lead free 250 lb., W.W.P., cast bronze, screwed, "Y" Pattern, 20 mesh, S.S. screen; Wilkins SXL100 Series, Watts, Armstrong or equal. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 4/22 Strainers 2-%" and Larger: Wilkins, Watts, Armstrong, or equal, lead free 150 lb., cast bronze, flanged, "Y" pattern, S.S. screen. Install plugged gate valve of same size as strainer plug. K. Escutcheons: 1" wide chrome or nickel -plated rust resistant. L. Pipe labels and valve tags shall be manufactured by W.H. Brady, Seton, Emedco or equal. 2.4 VALVES: A. Water: 1. Ball Valves: Bronze 2 Piece, full port, lead free ANSI/NSF 372 certified sizes %" through 2" Nibco T-585-80 LF/5-585-80LF, Apollo #77CLF, Milwaukee Valve UPBA400 (FNPT)/UPBA450 (sweat), or equal, full port, bronze lead free, or legend #T/S 901. 2. Check Valves: a. Silent check, 2-%" and smaller: Lead free ANSI/NSF 372 certified class 125, bronze, Y- Pattern, horizontal swing, renewable disc, threaded or solder; Nibco T/5-413-Y-LF series, Milwaukee Valve UP509 (FNPT)/UP1509 (Sweat) (Bronze Disc), Apollo, or equal. 3. Balancing Valves: Lead free bronze body/brass ball construction with glass and carbon filled TFE seat rings. Valves to have differential pressure read-out ports across valve seat area. Read-out ports shall be fitted with internal EPT inserts and check valves. Valve bodies to have %" NPT tapped drain/purge port. Valves to have memory stop feature to allow valve to be closed for service and then reopened to setpoint without disturbing balance position. All valves to have calibrated nameplates to assure specific valve settings. All valves shall be provided with strainer, molded insulation to permit access for balance and readout. ITT Bell and Gossett CB series, TACO, Watts, or equal. 4. Stops: Lead free angle or straight valve loose key with escutcheon at wall penetration. Stop and escutcheon shall be chrome plated T&S Brass, Nibco, BrassCraft, or equal. 5. Thermostatic Mixing Valve: Lead free under counter mixing valve for lavatory faucets, thermostatic tempering, one valve to serve one to four faucets equal to Symmons. 6. Master Tempering Valve and Automatic Balancing Valve System: Master tempering valve shall be constructed of solid brass with triple duty check stops and balancing poppet design, minimum flow rate of 0.5 gpm, adjustment range of 40OF to 160°F, and feature minimum flow control to ASSE 1017. Automatic balancing valve assembly with temperature/pressure gauges, flow meter, volume control, and in -line check valves, Leonard, Powers, Symmons, or equal. B. Combination pressure and temperature relief valve: With minimum 3" extension, Wilkins, Watts, Apollo, or equal, sized for proper pressure relief setting and BTU rating. C. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer (RPBFP): Lead free 175 PSI at 140°F, bronze body, celcon check seats, stainless steel relief valve seats, bronze body ball valve test cocks, nonrising stem gate valves (threaded for %" through 2" and flanged for 2%" through 10"), air gap drain fitting PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 5/22 (route drain to receptor); Wilkins #975XL2 2" and smaller; #375XL 2%" and larger, Watts, Apollo, or equal. D. Thermometers, gauges, temperature sensing devices and aquastat shall be equal to Honeywell, Weiss, Trerice, or equal. 2.5 YARD BOXES: A. "Brooks Products" 3TL concrete, Jensen Precast, Oldcastle, or equal, with hinged cast-iron locking traffic cover in walks and traffic areas, No. 3MA with reinforce concrete cover in planter areas. Cover to be marked with name of service. 2.6 CLEANOUTS: A. Cleanouts shall be manufactured by Zurn, J.R. Smith, Josam, or equal. B. Floor Cleanouts: Zurn ZN 1400-K-HD, J.R. Smith Fig. 4104-F-NB, Josam, or equal, with satin nickel bronze non-skid adjustable round top, flashing device. For carpeted areas install carpet markers-C. C. Wall Cleanouts: Zurn Z-1446, J.R. Smith Fig. 4532, Josam, or equal, with stainless steel or chrome plated cover and screws. D. Outside Cleanouts: Josam 58850 series, J.R. Smith Fig. 4253-U, Zurn Z1474-IN-VP, or equal low type anchoring flange in finished grade areas. Vandal proof covers to be marked "Cleanout." Encase anchoring flange in 20" square x 6" concrete pad, top of cleanout flush with finished surface. Option: J.R. Smith Fig. 4280, Josam 58480, Zurn Z1449, or equal cleanout in yard box specified above with 6" thick concrete, 8" all around box. 2.7 FLASHINGS: A. "Stoneman" No. 1100-4, GAF, Menards, or equal, four pound, seamless lead flashing assembly. Flashing shall have reinforced boot complete with cast-iron counterflashing sleeve and Permaseal waterproofing compound. All vent pipes shall be terminated 12" above the roof. (Roof penetrations per roofing inspector standards.) 2.8 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESS PANELS: A. Hangers and supports shall comply with the currently adopted edition of the California Plumbing Code and the IAPMO installation standards. Provide seismic support per the California Building Code. B. Hangers and Supports: 1. Split Ring or Loop Hangers with Swivel Adjuster, Solid Rods and Rod Sockets: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal. 2. Concrete Inserts: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal acceptable. PHASE-2 City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building Power driven anchors are not 07/13/2022 PLUMBING 22 04 00 6/22 3. Trapeze Hangers: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal channel with pipe clamps and guides as required (include type to be used in submittal). 4. Riser Clamps: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal. 5. Offset Pipe Clamps: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal. 6. Hot and Cold Water Pipe Isolation: 1-inch hair felt, Stoneman Trisolators, B-Line Isolators, HoldRite, or equal. 7. Provide and install galvanized pipe saddle at hangers under pipe inserts for insulated piping. 8. Floor or Roof Supports: Erico, Dura-Blok, Mifab, or equal. C. Access Panel for Valves and Water Hammer Arresters: Milcor, Elmdor, Karp, or equal painted steel, size as required for easy access, fire rated as required to match fire rating of wall assembly. Minimum size shall be 12" x 12". D. Fixture Supports: Furnish wall hung fixtures with supports by Zurn, J.R. Smith, Josam, or equal. 1. Water Closets: Zurn, EZ Carry, J.R. Smith Z 1201— N4 Series: with a static load rating up to 500 Ibs per ASME A112.66.1M, Josam, or equal. 2. Lavatories: Zurn, Z-1231-SL, J.R. Smith 700, Josam, or equal. 3. Water Closets Back to Back: Zurn, Z-1203-ND or Z-1204, J.R. Smith 200 series, Josam, or equal. E. Secondary Pipe Positioning & Supports: Makeshift, field devised methods of plumbing pipe support, such as with the use of scrap framing materials, are not allowed. Support and positioning of piping shall be by means of engineered methods that comply with IAPMO PS 42- 96. These shall be Hubbard Enterprises/HOLD RITE support systems or Owner -approved equivalent. F. Plenum Installations: Use pipe supports and hangers that meet ASTM E-84 25/50 standards, such as the Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Flame FighterT"' or Owner -approved equivalent. G. For vertical mid -span supports of piping 4" and under, use Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout BracketsT`" with Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Clamps or two -hole pipe clamps (MSS Type 26), by B-Line, Tolco, or equal. H. Support of piping, tubing, and equipment shall be accomplished by means of engineered products, specific to each application. Makeshift, field devised methods shall not be allowed. 2.9 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT: A. The equipment described in Part 2 of this Section shall be furnished and installed complete under this section of the specifications. See "Equipment Schedule" on drawings for size, PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 7/22 capacity, and electrical characteristics. B. Water heaters shall be listed in the State of California Energy Commission Directory of Certified Water Heaters. C. Thermal Expansion Absorber: Provide at water heaters and boilers where there is a reduced pressure backflow preventer in the system, equal to Flexcon WH series, Amtrol ST series, Wilkins HXT series, or equal. D. Water heaters, storage tanks, and expansion tanks installed in seismic zones shall be supported from the adjoining structure by the use of DSA approved safety restrain devices. Use QuickStrap from Hubbard Enterprises/HOLD RITE or Owner -approved equivalent. E. Water heaters shall be constructed in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code when the input is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU per hour or when the storage capacity is greater than 120 gallons. F. Water heaters shall be installed on a galvanized steel metal stand, 16 gauge, cold rolled, having a minimum height of 16" above the floor. Wall -hung water heaters shall be installed on a wall - mounted, galvanized steel platform, 18 gauge, cold rolled, complete with drain outlet, 45' brackets and threaded rods, Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE or equal. 2.10 PLUMBING FIXTURES: A. General Requirements: 1. All fixtures shall comply with State of California Energy Commission requirement for maximum flow. Submit manufacturer's certification of compliance. 2. Unless otherwise noted, all vitreous china or enameled cast-iron fixtures shall be white. Unless noted otherwise, all toilet seats shall be open front, white and less cover. 3. Furnish and install fixtures as specified on the plumbing fixture connection schedule. B. P-Traps: BrassCraft, Zurn, Oatey, or equal, chrome plated drawn brass with 17 gauge tubing drain to wall. Trap arms under lavatories and escutcheon at wall shall also be chrome plated. C. Job Conditions: 1. Check millworks shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough -in and installation. 2. Supplies shall be with stops and flexible riser. 3. Traps above floor shall be tubular brass "P" traps with bronze nuts unless otherwise indicated. 2.11 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE: A. See Water Heater Schedule on plumbing schedule sheets. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 8/22 2.12 PLUMBING FIXTURE SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE: A. See Fixture Connection Schedule on plumbing schedule sheets. 2.13 PIPE WRAPPING: A. Steel Piping in Concrete or Underground: 1. Wrap with approved tape products. 2. Wrap joints and fittings in the field with "Polyken" tape and primer. 2.14 SLEEVES: A. General: 1. Where pipes pass through concrete, masonry, or stud walls, or pass through ceilings, provide rust -proof sleeves of the size required. 2. Provide UL-listed fire rated sealant (specialty products, or equal) at all penetrations of fire - rated assemblies and between buildings along property line. 2.15 PIPE PENETRATION CURB: A. Provide pipe penetration curbs for all piping extending through roofing/weather proofing membranes. 2.16 OTHER PRODUCTS: A. Provide all other products necessary for complete installation and operation including rough -ins as required for washers and dryers. Such products shall be subject to the review of the Architect. 2.17 FIRE STOP PROTECTION: A. Provide slab, wall and roof penetrations with fire stop in accordance with chapter 15 of the latest CPC. B. System shall be installed as tested in accordance with ASTM E119, ASTM E 814, UL 263 or UL 1479. C. Fire stop shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour and shall match the rating of the slab, wall or roof assembly. D. System shall be equal to HoldRite Hybrid Flame Sleeving System, Pro -Set Pipe/Sleeve system, Hilti, or equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSULATION INSTALLATION: PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 9/22 A. Install insulation after piping has been installed, tested, and accepted and after pipes are in a clean, dry condition. All joints in insulation shall be butted firmly together and sealed with jacket lap strip. B. Apply insulation to all fittings and valve bodies. Flanges and unions shall not be covered. C. Where the insulation supports the weight of the pipe, install a 12" insert of rigid galvanized steel, at each pipe clamp or hanger, an insert of rigid "Kaylo" 12" long, shall be installed between pipe and hanger. High density fiberglass inserts shall be installed with galvanized saddles. D. Condensate drain pipe shall be completely insulated throughout the entire system. 3.2 PIPE INSTALLATION: A. Cast iron piping shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 4 of the CISPI "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," latest edition, and the current edition of IAPMO Installation Standard IS-6. B. Copper tubing shall be installed in accordance with the latest edition of the Copper Development Association "Copper Tube Handbook." Joints in copper tubing shall be made by first thoroughly cleaning the surface of the pipe and fittings, applying a copperized flux and sweating with lead free solder for all water piping and condensate piping above grade and below grade. C. Fluxes shall comply with ASTM B813 and shall be compatible with the lead-free solder used. Fluxes labeled as "self-cleaning" shall not be used. D. All pipe shall be carefully cleaned before installation. The ends of threaded steel pipe shall be reamed out full size with a long tapered reamer so as to be partially bell -mouthed and perfectly smooth. Openings in pipes, drains, fitting apparatus and equipment shall be kept covered or plugged to prevent foreign substance from entering. E. The grade of all sanitary sewers, storm drains and waste lines shall be as indicated on drawings, but not less than 1% slope. Sections of pipe shall be installed so as to provide smooth and uniform invert. Water shall not be allowed in the trenches while the sewer lines are being laid. Dirt, cement, or any other superfluous material shall be carefully removed from piping as the work progresses. Constant inspection shall be made of pipe and fittings during and after all installation for possible fractures and failures caused by installation. Backfill so as not to disturb pipe or jointing. F. Flush out all water mains, sanitary and condensate drains with water so as to obtain free flow. Remove all obstructions and defects discovered. Remove and replace items already installed and found to be defective or which has had grade or joints disturbed at no additional cost. G. Run piping free of traps, sags, or bends. Grade and valve for complete drainage and control of the system. H. All piping shall be installed to maintain headroom and keep passageways and openings clear. Install piping parallel and straight with adjacent walls or ceilings to present a uniform appearance. All piping, except where noted otherwise on plans, shall be concealed in walls or above ceilings. Route piping to PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 10/22 avoid electrical rooms. Do not route waste piping above kitchen areas. Do not route plastic pipe in return air plenums unless the pipe is plenum -rated with a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke developed index of 50 or less. I. ABS and PVC DWV piping shall be installed in accordance with the current editions of IAPMO Installation Standards 5 and 9 and chapter 14 of the California Plumbing Code, "Firestop Protection" J. Bending or forcing of pipe will not be allowed. Use fittings for all offsets or changes in alignment of piping. K. Proper provision shall be made for expansion and contraction by means of fittings and anchors and supports of all piping as described in the current editions of IAPMO Installation Standards 5 and 9. L. Proper provisions shall be made for seismic joints by means of seismic expansion joint fittings capable of movement in all directions in accordance with Structural seismic movement requirements. M. Bushings and long screw fittings will not be allowed. N. Install water hammer arresters on water piping to all flush valves, foot pedal valves, dish and clothes washers and quick closing valves per PDI-WH 201 standards. The completed system shall be free of water hammer noise. O. Unions shall be installed after each screw -type valve, connections for all equipment, appliances, and as required for erection and maintenance. No unions shall be installed in concealed locations. Unions are not required on installations using grooved joint couplings. Install isolation unions or waterway fittings on all connections between dissimilar metals and at connections to all water heating equipment and storage tanks. No holes for pipe or equipment will be allowed in any structural members without written consent of the Architect. Where pipes are to pass through or interfere with any member, or where notching, boring or cutting of the structure is necessary, the work shall be done by the General Contractor as directed. Isolate pipe from coming in direct contact with the structure. Q. Unless otherwise specified herein, all equipment and fixtures shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations. R. Any minor changes in work, which have not been installed, shall be made by the Contractor without additional compensation, except changes which are caused by architectural revisions resulting in an increase or decrease of the size or quantity of the materials specified or indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall submit an estimate of the cost of or credit for such changes which are not judged to be of a minor nature and shall proceed only upon the written authorization of the Architect. S. All piping shall be isolated from other piping, studs, ducts, any part of the building, framing, hangers, conduit, etc., with 1" strips of hair felt or pipe isolators. T. For condensate piping, provide minimum 3" deep seal trap and plugged cleanout tee at the equipment connection. Slope piping at %" per foot minimum. U. For buried piping, backfill with sand 6" all around, tamp and backfill to grade as specified in Section 230000, "Excavation and Backfill." PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building PLUMBING 22 04 00 11/22 V. Provide heating cable to maintain the temperature of liquids as follows: 1. Maintain 40' Fahrenheit in cold water piping exposed to freezing. 2. Maintain 120' Fahrenheit in hot water piping to remote fixtures when piping exceeds 10 feet in length. 3. Maintain 110° Fahrenheit in grease waste piping W. Provide and install polished chromium plate split ring escutcheons for pipes exposed in the building. X. Provide for suds relief at kitchen sinks per California Plumbing Code, section 711.0. 3.3 CLEANOUTS: A. Cleanouts shall be caulked into or clamped to pipe where shown on plans. Install under counter tops where they occur or in walls to avoid exposed condition. Cleanouts shall be accessible in all cases and shall be brought to surface on "Y" branches. All cleanouts shall be provided with removable floor or wall plate as specified in Part 2. 3.4 PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORTS: A. Installation shall comply with the currently accepted edition of the California Plumbing Code. B. Piping shall be firmly held in place by adjustable split ring malleable iron hangers, supports and pipe rests, located adjacent to fitting at each offset or change of direction, at the ends of branches over 5' long, at base of riser pipes and along piping where necessary to prevent sags, bends, or vibration. All hangers and supports shall be of design which will support weight of pipe, fluid and insulation and prevent sagging. C. Pipe clamps shall be heavy gauge iron, factory fabricated to fit against supporting surface when installed. Makeshift devices will not be acceptable. Plumbing tape is not allowed. D. Seismically brace all piping and equipment as specified in Section 230000 and per California Building Code. E. Hangers supported by concrete structure shall be attached by cast-iron manufactured concrete inserts installed at the time concrete is poured and each insert shall be provided with through rods lapped over structural reinforcing. Power driven fasteners are not acceptable. F. Hangers supported by structural steel shapes shall be attached by cast-iron clamps designed for use on the specific steel shape and equipped with retainers. G. All hangers shall be attached to halter rods by means of adjustable swivel, turnbuckle or double nut arrangement to allow height adjustment. H. Vertical piping shall be suitably supported from the building structure where required by means of malleable iron or steel pipe clamps of ample size, either bolted or welded to the pipe and PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 12/22 supported at the floor slab. Supports shall also act as anchors to allow for expansion and contraction of the piping. Provide rubber isolators for clamps where required for elimination of vibration and sound transmission to the structure. Vertical "no -hub" components shall be secured at each joint and at each floor. Miscellaneous Supports: Floor and wall brackets, etc., shall be provided where required in accordance with the best standard practice of the trade. In the event additional structural steel is required to transmit loads to maintain structure, same shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Support of piping, tubing, and equipment shall be accomplished by means of engineered products, specific to each application. Makeshift, field -devised methods shall not be allowed. K. Horizontal Cast -Iron Piping: 1. Supports shall maintain alignment and prevent sagging and shall be placed within 18" of the hub or joint. When the developed length between supports exceeds 4 feet, they shall be provided at each side of every joint. Supports shall also be provided at each horizontal branch connection. Suspended lines shall be braced to prevent horizontal movement as specified in Section 230000. 2. Hanger rod sizes shall be in accordance with Table 313.6 of the California Plumbing Code. 3. Trap arms and similar branches shall be firmly secured against movement in any direction. Closet bends shall be stabilized by firmly clamping and blocking. Where vertical closet stubs are used they shall be completely stabilized against all movement. L. Hangers for horizontal copper tubing and steel pipe shall be spaced in accordance with Table 313.3 of the California Plumbing Code. M. Support pipes on roof with pads and anchors per the roofing contractor. N. ABS and PVC DWV hangers at 4' on center at the end of the branch changes in direction and per the current editions of the IAPMO Installation Standard 5 and 9. O. All hangers for water piping shall be sized for use over trisolator or 1-inch hair felt. 3.5 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS: A. Provide standard weight black steel pipe sleeves for each pipe passing through foundation, walls, partitions, roofs, and ceiling. Pipe sleeves shall be installed flush with wall or floor. 1. Set pipe sleeves in place before concrete is poured. 2. For uninsulated pipe, provide sleeves that are two pipe sizes larger than the pipe passing through the opening, or provide a minimum of %" clearance between inside of the opening and outside of the pipe. 3. For insulated pipe, provide sleeves of adequate size to accommodate the full thickness of PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 13/22 pipe covering with clearance for packing and caulking. B. Caulk the space between sleeve and pipe or pipe covering. C. Finish and Escutcheons: 1. Smooth up rough edges around sleeves with plaster or spackling compound. 2. Provide escutcheons on all pipes exposed to view where passing through walls, partitions, ceilings, and similar locations. a. Size the escutcheons to fit pipe and covering. b. Hold escutcheons in place with set screw, or set in full bed of sealant. c. Where directed by Architect, paint escutcheon to match adjacent finish color. D. Sleeve diameter for piping through a masonry wall above grade or through floors shall be #10 gauge galvanized sheet steel and shall extend completely through the walls or floor finishing flush on both sides. The sleeve shall be 1" larger than the pipe with caulking to make the opening airtight. E. Sleeves through the fire walls or floors shall be packed with UL Listed fireproof wicking or other suitable noncombustible material to maintain the fire rating of the wall or floor assembly. 3.6 VALVES: A. Provide valves in water system. Locate and arrange so as to give complete regulation of apparatus and fixtures. B. Provide valves in at least the following locations: 1. In branches and/or headers of water piping serving a group of fixtures. 2. Shut-off valves at piping supply to the facility. 3. For shutoff of risers and branch mains. 4. For flushing and sterilizing the system. 5. A ball valve at the base of each riser at the ceiling of the parking level. 6. WYE Strainer at main supply. 7. Pressure regulator at the water supply to the facility. C. Locate valves for easy accessibility and maintenance. D. Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each balancing valve, control valve, water pressure -reducing valve, solenoid valve and pump. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 14/22 3.7 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: A. Provide water hammer arrestors on hot water lines and cold water lines. 1. Install in upright position at all quick closing valves, solenoids, isolated plumbing fixtures, and supply headers at plumbing fixture group. 2. Locate and size in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH 2O1. 3. Install water hammer arrestors behind access panels or ceiling panels. 3.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTION: A. Protect plumbing fixtures, faucets with hose connections, and other equipment having plumbing connections against possible back-siphonage. B. Arrange for testing of backflow devices as required by the governmental agencies having jurisdiction. C. Provide a reduced pressure backflow preventer at water connections for HVAC equipment, irrigation systems, pool and spa equipment, carbonation units, and as required per code. D. When supplying equipment with softened make-up water, provide the following permanent sign at the backflow device: "Warning: Supplied by Soft Water." E. Provide an approved receptor on accordance with the California Plumbing Code 2019 to receive discharged water from reduced pressure backflow preventors. 3.9 CONCRETE: A. Provide concrete required for the work of this Section in strict accordance with pertinent provisions of Division 3. 3.10 FIXTURE INSTALLATION: A. All plumbing fixtures shall be bedded and caulked along joint at walls, counter tops, and other intersecting surfaces with white adhesive caulking. B. Plumbing fixture trim and exposed supplies and "P" trap and arm shall be brass with polished chrome plated finish. Individual wheel handle, loose key stops, or, when so specified, screwdriver stops, shall be provided for all supplies, and unless integral with valves or faucets, or unless otherwise permitted, shall be mounted under the fixture. Exposed water supply and waste piping to wall shall be provided with polished chrome plated brass wall escutcheons. C. Fixtures with hangers or supporting arms shall have hangers or arms securely mounted on a %" thick x 6" wide steel wall plate which shall extend at least one stud beyond the first and last fixture mounting points. Concealed arm assemblies shall be attached to plates by four W x 1%" steel bolts and nuts, and hangers and exposed arms by 5/16" minimum full thread steel studs and jamb nuts. Plates shall be drilled and tapped at the time of fixture installation. D. Wall plates shall be recessed flush with studs and shall be securely attached to each stud PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 15/22 crossed. In steel stud construction, a 1-%" x 18" long furring channel shall be attached to each notched stud with fillet welds 1" long on 6" centers front and back. Plates shall be continuous fillet welded at both top and bottom to each furring channel. Provide backing for each plumbing fixture requiring same, at the time roughing -in is done. E. Where drains are specified with clamping collars, the water proofing membrane and flashing shall be carefully cut to fit the drain, then anchored between drain and collar with rustproof bolts. See Part 2 for flashings. F. Traps above floor shall be cast brass "P" traps with bronze nuts unless otherwise indicated. G. Provide branch tailpieces off air vent lines where required. H. All fixtures designated for use by the disabled shall be in compliance with current applicable codes, Title 24, and California Disabled Accessibility guide book. 1. Water Closets: Installed height shall be a minimum of 17" and a maximum of 19" measured to the top of the toilet seat. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting. Controls for the flush valves shall be mounted on the open side of the water closet no more than 44 inches above the floor. Flush controls shall be operable by an oscillating handle with a maximum operating force of 5 Ibf. 2. Lavatories: The top of the lavatory fixture rim shall be a maximum of 34 inches above the finished floor. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise covered to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. Faucet controls and operation mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 Ibf. Hand operated metering faucets are allowed if the faucet remains open for at least 10 seconds. Fit -up connections to equipment (furnished by others) shall be provided with valves, unions, flexible connectors, and adapters to make a final connection. Piping stubouts for equipment will be extended to make the final connection. The connection shall be made with devices recommended by the equipment manufacturer. Field verify exact point of connection prior to start of work. 3.11 SEISMIC RESTRAINT: A. General: 1. Furnish and install seismic restraint for all piping, equipment, etc., installed under the contract. All restraints shall meet the requirements of the current California Building Code. 2. Seismic restraints shall be designed and installed in accordance with good engineering practice to the approval of a Professional Engineer. The design and installation of restraints shall be generally in accordance with the current editions of the California Building Code all of which shall form and become a part of this installation. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 16/22 B. Seismic Equipment: 1. All manufactured equipment, pumps, tanks, water heaters, unit heaters, compressors, etc., shall be complete with manufacturers' designed and rated seismic restraint anchor points and attachments so that they may be easily bolted down or restrained in the field. Equipment attachment anchor points shall be certified by the manufacturer. The equipment manufacturers of any mechanical equipment used on this project must design their equipment so that the strength and anchorage of the internal components of the equipment exceeds the force level used to restrain and anchor the equipment itself to the supporting structure. 3.12 PROTECTION OF PIPING SYSTEMS: A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install and maintain pipe and equipment which is reasonably clean and free from rust, dirt, scale, etc. Where necessary, the Contractor shall provide temporary airtight covers at all pipe and equipment openings. B. Before turning the systems over to the Owner, all piping systems shall be thoroughly flushed of all scale and dirt. Drains shall be installed at the low points to facilitate flushing of the piping systems. 3.13 PAINTING: A. General: 1. Prime paint all ferrous metal items, except items to be encased in concrete, areas adjacent to field welds, and roof drains. 2. Clean all items free of loose mill scale, rust, and other contaminants. 3. For roof -mounted equipment, provide factory prefinish on all exposed surfaces. 4. Touch-up scratches and abrasions to be invisible to the unaided eye from a distance of 5'0". 3.14 REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL INSPECTION: A. All requirements shall be completed prior to final inspections. B. Thoroughly clean all parts of the piping, valves, and equipment. Exposed parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, oil and grease spots. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out. C. Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust and other spots, leaving a smooth and clean surface. Trap elements shall be removed during the cleaning and flushing period, after which they shall be replaced and adjusted. D. Electrical device covers shall not be installed until the finished coating of paint is completed. Device handles and receptacles shall be covered and/or protected during the painting operation to preserve the original factory bright new finish. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 17/22 E. All potable water lines shall be sterilized with chlorine. The chlorine residual concentration shall indicate not less than 50 parts per million (ppm) and shall be retained for a period of not less than 24 hours. Repeat procedure if the residual concentration has decreased below 25 ppm. After test is in compliance with this specification, flush the system until the residual is not more than 0.5 ppm. All work and certification of performance must be done by qualified personnel. Submit certification to Architect. NOTE: During construction phase, install Tee's and ball valves at locations directed and as required to facilitate sterilization and testing. Identify and indicate on the as -built plans the location of valves and ensure that they are accessible and are in a position not to cause cross -connections or artificial pressure loss in the system. 3.15 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: A. No piping work, fixtures, or equipment shall be concealed or covered until inspected by the Architect/Owner's Representative, who shall be notified when the work is ready for inspection. All work shall be completely installed, tested as required by local code, this section and the State Ordinances and State Safety Orders, and shall be leak -tight before inspection is requested. All tests shall be repeated as required by those making the inspection. B. All domestic water piping shall be flushed out, tested at 150 psig and shall be left under pressure of supply main or a minimum of 50 psi, whichever is greater, for the balance of the construction period. No air testing is allowed. Tests are to be applied for a minimum period of one hour. C. Soil, waste, vent, condensate and storm drain piping within the building shall be tested with a minimum of 10-foot head at each joint for a minimum of 3 hours with no loss in head. D. Plumbing fixtures shall be filled with water and checked for leaks and retarded drainage flow. Faucet aerators and shower heads shall be removed and cleaned thoroughly and flow shall be adjusted to eliminate dripping or splashing. E. Final pressures at the end of the test period for all piping systems shall be no more nor less than that caused by expansion or contraction of the test medium due to temperature changes. F. All protective coating systems shall be visually inspected for breaks in the coating system. Any holidays revealed shall be promptly repaired per manufacturer's instructions for repair of damaged pipe coatings. G. Cross -Connection Tests By Testing Agency: Comply with NFPA 99. Pressurize each system with nitrogen in accordance with Table 3. Check 100 percent of the outlets in each system. Include anesthesia gas evacuation in vacuum systems. 3.16 DRAWINGS OF RECORD: A. In addition to the "As -Built" drawings required, two complete sets of printed mechanical drawings shall be provided by the Architect for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. B. These drawings shall serve as work progress report sheets and the Contractor shall make all notations, PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 18/22 neat and legible, thereon daily as the work proceeds. The drawings shall be available for inspection at all times and shall be kept at the job at a location designated. C. At the completion of the work, these as -built drawings shall be signed by the Contractor indicating approval thereof, dated and returned to the Architect. D. The dimensions, locations and invert elevations of buried piping shall be accurately recorded on the as -built drawings. Dimensions shall be from permanent building walls (not from column lines). 3.17 GUARANTEE: A. All work under this section shall be guaranteed in writing in accordance with the "Mechanical General Provisions," Section 230000. B. All material except as otherwise noted shall be new, free from defect and of the quality and rating shown or specified. C. Any defect due to missing or improper material or faulty workmanship existing or developing during the warranty period shall be corrected and the resulting damage repaired. D. The warranty period shall be one year from date of acceptance of the project, except for items guaranteed by the manufacturer for a longer period. 3.18 OPERATING INSTRUCTION AND SERVICE MANUAL: A. The Contractor shall carefully prepare an operating instruction and service manual for the entire system including all equipment, excepting Owner -furnished equipment. The manual shall be submitted for review to the Architect at least 30 days prior to completion of the work. Failure to submit manual will delay final inspection and acceptance of the work. Contents shall be bound in a durable loose-leaf binder, complete with index. B. The following items shall be included in the manual. This list may not be complete and is to be used as a guide: 1. Part numbers of all replaceable items. 2. Manufacturer's cut sheets and rating tables, including brochures on all fixtures, equipment and materials installed. 3. Oiling, lubrication and greasing instructions, including maintenance time schedule. 4. Test data on all equipment. 5. Serial numbers of all principal pieces of equipment. 6. The names, addresses, phone and emergency phone numbers of the manufacturers' and subcontractors' suppliers. 7. Valve chart indicating location of valves for the project. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 19/22 8. Written guarantee. 9. Prints of complete as -built drawings, signed by the Contractor. 10. Reviewed submittal data and shop drawings in binder. 11. Test and balance data and copies of building inspections check lists signed off by the Inspector. 12. Potable water piping sterilization certificate. 13. Pipe and equipment identification schedule. C. After review of the manual by the Engineer, two copies of each manual shall be furnished for distribution. 3.19 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT: A. Identify all equipment with nameplates bearing equipment name and number using 1-%" wide, white Bakelite with %" black letters permanently mounted in a conspicuous place. B. Markings: Each piping system shall be identified and the direction of flow indicated by means of legends, color bands and flow arrows. The markings shall be applied after all painting and cleaning of the piping and insulation is completed. The stick-ons shall be taped all around the pipe in addition to being cemented on. C. Location: 1. The identification shall be applied to all piping except those located in furred spaces without access to permit entrance of personnel and piping buried in the ground or concrete. 2. The symbol and flow arrow shall be applied at all valve locations, at all points where piping enters or leaves a wall, partition, cluster of piping or similar obstruction and at approximately 30-foot intervals on runs with at least one symbol or flow arrow in each space or room. 3. Variation or changes in locations and spacing may be made only with the direction of the Architect to meet conditions. 4. Wherever two or more pipes run parallel, the printed symbol and other markings shall be applied in the same relative locations so as to be in either vertical or horizontal linearity, whichever the case may be. 5. The markings shall be located so as to be conspicuous and legible at all times from any reasonable point. D. Sizes shall be as recommended in ANSI A13.1. E. As an alternate to the above, the Contractor may submit a system of painted stenciled letters on a color coded background per ANSI A13.1. Complete data, color chart and sizes shall be PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach PLUMBING 22 04 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 20/22 submitted for review. F. Valve charts shall be provided for each piping system and shall consist of schematic drawings of piping layouts showing and identifying each valve and describing its function. Upon completion of the work and after approval by the Architect, one copy of each chart, sealed to rigid backboard with clear lacquer placed under glass and framed, shall be mounted in the mechanical room where directed by the Owner. Two additional unmounted copies shall be delivered to the Owner. Valve lists shall be furnished as required. G. Name Tags: Provide 1%" plastic square of 1%" round with %" letters for all valves. Black letters on white tags and marked for type of service intended. Attach tags to valve handles by "S" hooks. Furnish four printed lists showing valve number, service and location. One of these lists shall be individually framed with metal frames and glass fronts and mounted where directed by the Owner after approval. One additional copy shall be furnished as required. 3.20 BALANCING WATER SYSTEMS: A. The systems shall be balanced using the cocks and balance valves specified to obtain desired flow quantities through all heating elements, coils, etc. A full typed report of the balancing shall be provided to the Consultant for approval and, following acceptance of the report, a copy shall be incorporated within each maintenance manual specified. The Contractor shall include separately for his own work as required to coordinate with the testing agency and balancing water systems. B. Testing forms shall be equivalent to those available from A.A.B.C. and data shall consist of at least the following: 1. Differential head and shut-off head across circulating pumps. 2. Temperature drop across heating elements, cooling coils, heating coils, etc. Radiant ceiling systems to be balanced to give equal temperature drop. 3. Flow quantities in gpm for all systems equipped with flow meters. 3.21 DOMESTIC HOT WATER COMMISSIONING A. Functional Performance Tests: 1. Time required to reach set point at fixtures 2. Temperature required at fixtures: 3. Temperature set point at primary mixing valve 4. Quantity of fixtures to be tested: 5. Capacity testing for temperature at peak flow (typically tested at mop sink) PHASE-2 City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building 30-45 seconds 105-110 degrees F 120 degrees F 10% 30-45 minutes 07/13/2022 PLUMBING 22 04 00 21/22 END OF SECTION PHASE-2 City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building 07/13/2022 PLUMBING 22 04 00 22/22 SECTION 23 0000 -MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. The general conditions and Division 1 are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. This section, 230000, applies to all Division 23 categories, including but not limited to: Section 22 04 00 Plumbing 23 30 00 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning B. Reference to Other Sections: The applicable requirements from the above sections shall form a part of the mechanical work and each section shall consult the other sections in detail for general and specific requirements. 1.2 SCOPE: A. These Division 23 specifications and the accompanying drawings are intended to comprise the furnishing of all labor, and the furnishing and installing of all materials, equipment and supplies as specified herein and required for the satisfactory completion by the Contractor of all work pertaining to mechanical trades. 1.3 EXPLANATION OF DRAWINGS AND REFERENCE TO SCHEDULES: A. The drawings and these specifications are complementary to each other in that all apparatus, materials and equipment outlined in the drawings and/or specified herein shall be considered essential to the contract. B. The specifications are intended to describe the quality and character of the materials and equipment and methods of installation. All miscellaneous items of work and materials necessary for the completion of the installation shall be provided, whether or not mentioned in the specifications or shown on the drawings. C. Space allotted, clearances, access, electrical data, structural supports, etc., on drawings, is for equipment models and sizes as listed in schedules on plans. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility for the coordination with other trades required in the use of equal or substitute equipment or materials and pay all difference in cost arising from such substitutions, regardless of approval. D. Separate Sections cover the Site Work, Architectural Work and the Electrical Work. The Contractor shall familiarize themselves with the entire specification. E. Should there be any question as to the scope of the work for which the Contractor is responsible, they shall ask the Architect for an interpretation before submitting their bid. In the event that the Contractor finds discrepancies or omissions or is in doubt as to the exact meaning of the plans and/or specifications, they shall, before submitting bid, contactthe Mechanical Engineer for clarification. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 1/11 F. For purposes of clearness and legibility, drawings are diagrammatic and, although size and location of equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, the Contractor shall make use of all data in all the contract documents and shall verify this information at building site. G. The drawings indicate required size and points of termination of pipes, and suggest proper routes to conform to structure, avoid obstructions and preserve clearances. However, it is not intended that drawings indicate all necessary offsets and beam cans, and it shall be the work of the Contractor to make the installation in such a manner as to conform to structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. H. It is intended that all apparatus be located symmetrical with architectural elements. Refer to architectural details in completing the correlating work. I. The Contractor shall fully inform themselves regarding any and all peculiarities and limitations of the spaces available for the installation of all work and materials furnished and installed under the contract. They shall exercise due and particular caution to determine that all parts of their work are made quickly and easily accessible. J. The Contractor shall study all drawings and specifications to determine any conflict with ordinances and statutes. Any errors or omissions shall be reported, and any changes shall be shown in the as -built drawings and the additional work performed at no cost to the Owner. K. The submittal of bid shall indicate that the Contractor has examined the site and the drawings and has included all required allowances in their bid. They shall also determine in advance and make allowances for the methods of installing and connecting the equipment, the means of getting equipment in to place and they shall make themselves familiar with all the requirements of the contract. No allowance will be made for any error resulting from the Contractor's failure to visit job site and to review drawings, and bid shall include costs for all required drawings and changes as outlined above. L. The Contract Drawings indicate the extent, the general location and arrangement of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. Equipment, piping and ductwork shall be located to avoid interference with electrical, plumbing and structural features. All locations for mechanical work shall be checked and coordinated with the building, structural, electrical work. M. If any conflicts occur necessitating departures from the Contract Drawings, details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practical for written approval, and the piping, ductwork, fixtures or equipment affected shall not be installed until approval is received. N. Reference to Drawing Schedules: 1. Refer to equipment schedule for unit identification number and corresponding capacity and design requirements. 2. Wherever schedules or notes appear on the Drawings or in the specifications in which sizes and capacities of equipment are indicated, the equipment furnished and installed under this contract shall meet the following requirements under operating conditions. 1.4 DEFINITIONS: A. "Provide" shall mean "provide complete in place," that is, "furnish and install." B. "Piping" shall mean pipes, fittings, valves and all like pipe accessories connected thereto. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 2/11 C. Pressure ratings specified, such as for valves and the like, is the design working pressure and is for and with reference to the fluid which the device will serve. D. "Ductwork" shall mean ducts, plenums, compartments, casings or any like devices, including the building structure, which is used to convey or contain air. E. "Building Boundary" shall mean exterior building walls. F. "Mechanical Work" shall mean all work specified and shown in the Division 23, "Mechanical," categories. Mechanical Work generally includes: Plumbing, and Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. All work, material or equipment shall comply with the requirements of codes, ordinances and regulations of the local Government having jurisdiction at the location of the work, including the regulations of serving utilities, and any participating Government agencies having jurisdiction. B. The latest editions of the following Specifications, Codes and Standards shall form a part of these specifications, the same as if herein written out in full, and all materials and installations include but not be limited to: 1. CIVIC (California Mechanical Code) 2. ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning) 3. UL (Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.) 4. AMCA (Air Moving and Conditioning Associates) 5. California State Division of Industrial Safety 6. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards 7. CBC (California Building Code) 8. NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) 9. Newport County Codes 10. California Administrative Code, Title 24 11. Requirements of the State Fire Marshall 12. National Electrical Code 13. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) 14. AGA (American Gas Association) 15. OSHA 16. CPC (California Plumbing Code) 17. CEC (California Energy Code) PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 3/11 C. No requirement of these drawings and specifications shall be construed to void any of the provisions of the above standards. No apparatus, equipment, device or construction shall be installed which will provide a cross connection permitting any backflow or siphonage from any source into the domestic water supply system. 1.6 PERMITS AND FEES: A. Obtain all permits, patent rights, and licenses that are required for the performing of the work by all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, or orders of any officer and/or body, give all notices necessary in connection therewith, and pay all fees relating thereto and all costs and expenses incurred on account thereof. No work shall be covered before inspection by the jurisdictional authority and the Architect. 1.7 SUPERVISION AND COOPERATION: A. The Contractor shall include the services of experienced superintendents for each sub- section who shall be constantly in charge of the work, together with the qualified journeymen, helpers, and laborers, required to properly unload, install, connect, adjust, start, operate and test the work involved, including equipment and materials furnished by others. B. The work under this section shall be in cooperation with the work of other trades to prevent conflict or interference and to aid rapid completion of the overall project. 1.8 PROJECT SITE VISIT: A. Periodic visits to the project site by the Engineer are for the expressed purpose of verifying compliance with the contract documents. Such site visits shall not be construed as inspections, construction supervision, i.e., the Engineer assumes no responsibility for providing a safe place for the performance of the work by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees or the safety of the supplies of the Contractor. Neither shall such site visits relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the discovery of their own errors and the correction of them, nor of the responsibility of properly performing the work. 1.9 COORDINATION: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all information, drawings or layouts of equipment or work under this section which affect the work of the other trades. B. In case changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary due to developed conditions in the construction, or rearrangement of furnishings, or equipment, these changes shall be made without extra cost to the Owner, provided the change is ordered before work directly connected is installed, and no extra materials are required. 1.10 EXISTING UTILITIES: A. The location of utilities shown on the plans is the best-known information available at time of design. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate agencies and confirm the information and make arrangements for connection thereto, prior to excavation and installation of any piping or systems. B. Prior to installation of any waste and soil lines the Contractor shall physically verify whether the building sewer can be installed and properly connected to the sewer main. Any work requiring added expense which is caused by the Contractor to make such physical verification shall be borne by the Contractor. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 4/11 1.11 UTILITY SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION: A. All water and electric power used for construction shall be paid for by the Contractor. 1.12 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Equipment and materials shall be submitted to the Architect for approval within 30 days after award of Contract and prior to fabrication or purchase of equipment and materials. B. Installation of materials or ordering of equipment prior to approval of submittals is done entirely at the risk of the Contractor. C. Unless otherwise specifically directed in the following specifications, the submittals by the Contractor to the Architect shall be as follows: 1. Submit all items at one time in a neat and orderly manner as individual electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) indexed files. A partial submittal will not be acceptable. 2. Reference catalog cuts and brochures of products to proper paragraph in specifications. Furnish numerical index by specification article number, listing product name, catalog number and reference to page number of submittal brochure. 3. Cross reference individual catalog numbers of substitute products to number of specified materials. 4. Submit manufacturers' certification that equipment meets or exceeds the minimum requirements as specified. S. Where materials, equipment and installations are specified to conform with societies or agencies such as ANSI, ASHRAE, SMACNA, etc., submit certification of such compliance. 6. The submittal shall be complete and with manufacturer's selection data and information properly tagged to match equipment schedules and marked to show, among other things, material capacity and performance to meet capacities or performance as specified or indicated. Arrange the submittals in the same sequence as the specifications and reference in the upper right-hand corner, the particular specification provision for which each submittal is intended. Incomplete submittals will be rejected. 7. The Contractor is responsible for confirmation of code approval of material and equipment. Certification of code conformance by the manufacturer shall be submitted for: a. Water heaters. b. Backflow preventors. 8. If the Contractor submits a product that is specified, a complete set of brochures, rating tables, etc., is still required for future reference. 9. Review of the submittal is only for general conformance with design concept of project and general compliance with information given in the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirmation and correlation of the dimensions, quantities and sizes, for information that pertains to fabrication methods or construction techniques, and for coordination of work of all trades. Deviations from drawings and specifications shall be clearly and completely indicated (by a separate letter) in the submittal. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 5/11 10. For items, which are not manufactured, and which have to be specifically fabricated, including drawings and typical duct construction and complicated portions of ductwork as electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) files and detail description shall be submitted. Shop drawings shall be submitted with such promptness as to allow ample time for examination and any re -submittal. D. For duct and piping shop drawing development, the contractor shall obtain the most current architectural, structural and electrical CAD/Revit files. Files shall be overlaid on to mechanical duct and piping shop drawings files using Navisworks by Autodesk for clash detection by the contractor's BIM Coordinator. 1.13 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Substitution of an article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction, other than those specified by name, make or catalog number is not permitted before the bid date. The contractor awarded the project, may propose substitutions as part of the submittal package as value engineering items. Written approval cannot be finalized until submittals are examined and credit to the owner is established. B. It is the responsibility of the contractor to coordinate substituted materials and equipment with all trades. If the use of substituted equipment results in an increase in the cost, including the work of other trades, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for payment of said increase in cost. 1.14 GUARANTEE: A. In addition to the guarantees required elsewhere, all work, materials and equipment provided under the mechanical sections shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. Should any trouble develop during this period due to defective materials or faulty workmanship, the Contractor shall immediately furnish all necessary labor and materials to correct the trouble without cost to the Owner. The Contractor, under this guarantee, shall be responsible for all damages to any part of the premises caused by equipment furnished under this section. B. Furnish written certified guarantee, in acceptable form, to the Owner, against defective workmanship, materials and operating equipment. Further guarantee to rebalance and adjust entire system, or any part thereof as required for perfect operation for a period of at least one year after acceptance. Compressors shall have five-year warranty. Repair, replace and make satisfactorily operative any and all defective items and work, holding the Owner free from any cost and liability in connection therewith, for the term of the guarantee. 1.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES: A. Existing services required to stay in operation in areas not remodeled shall be maintained rerouted or otherwise provided with temporary connection to prevent interruptions. B. If impossible to prevent interruptions, they shall be performed during "off -hours" and coordinated with the Owner's Representative. C. Provide a minimum of seven (7) days written notice of interruption. Do not interrupt services without written consent of the Owner. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 6/11 1.16 DAMAGE BY LEAKS: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to the grounds, walks, roads, buildings, furnishings, piping systems, electrical systems and their equipment and contents, caused by leaks in the piping systems being installed or having been installed herein. They shall repair at their expense all damage so caused. 1.17 EMERGENCY REPAIRS: A. The Owner reserves the right to make emergency repairs as required to keep equipment in operation without voiding the Contractor's guarantee bond nor relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities. PART 2 — PRODUCTS A. The specification of the mechanical products is detailed in the individual specification sections of Division 23. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: A. The requirements of "mechanical" installation is detailed in the individual specification sections of Division 23. In addition, the following general requirements shall apply: 1. Obtain Manufacturer's printed installation instruction to aid in properly executing work of installing equipment whenever such instructions are available. Submit three copies of such instructions to the Architect prior to time of installation for use of supervisingthe work. 2. Erect equipment in a neat and workmanlike manner. Align, level and adjust for satisfactory operation. Install so that connecting and disconnecting of piping and accessories can be made readily, and so that all parts are easily accessible for inspection, operation, maintenance and repair. Minor deviation from arrangements shown on drawings may be made, as approved by the Architect. 3.2 PROTECTION OF PIPING SYSTEMS: A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install and maintain pipe and equipment which is reasonably clean and free from rust, dirt, scale, etc. Where necessary, the Contractor shall provide temporary airtight covers at all pipe and equipment openings. B. Before turning the systems over to the Owner, all piping systems shall be thoroughly flushed of all scale and dirt. Drains shall be installed at the low points to facilitate flushing of the piping systems. 3.3 PROTECTION OF AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS: A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection to keep dirt and foreign matter from getting into the air handling system. B. Ductwork and equipment shall not be left open for any extended period of time. Open section and open fittings shall be capped wherever they occur until such time as final connections are made to equipment, grilles, register, etc. as required by SMACNA IAQ Guidelines. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 7/11 3.4 PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: A. Do not route liquid filled pressure and drain piping over electrical equipment, switchboards motor control centers and the like. When unavoidable, install galvanized drain pans to prevent liquid from dripping or squirting onto such equipment. 3.5 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: A. See "Earthwork" section of the specifications for requirements. In addition, the following shall apply: 1. Execute all excavation to grades to accommodate elevations indicated and where invert elevations are not indicated, provide minimum coverage (above top of pipes) as follows: a. Any piping under building slab (top of pipe to underside of slab) 18-inches. b. Steel, cast iron, and copper in other locations 30-in. c. Clay and Plastic piping in other locations - 36-in. 2. Excavation for pipes shall be cut a minimum of six -inches below the required grade. A six- inch bed of sand or other approved material shall be then placed and properly compacted to provide an accurate grade and uniform bearing throughout the length of the pipe, except for plastic piping for which sand shall be used. 3. Sand used shall be washed river sand normally used for backfill purposes, free of clods or lumps of clay, rock, debris and rubbish. 4. Backfilling shall not be placed until the work has been inspected, tested and approved. 5. PVC piping excepted, backfill to point 12-inches above top of piping with fine earth (excavated material may be used) free of excessive amounts of clay, debris, rubbish, rocks, or clods, as approved by the Architect. Backfill above 12-inches from top of piping may be with excavated material. Apply backfill by hand in 6-inch deep layers the full width of the trench. Moisten each layer (do not flood or puddle), and hand tamp to a minimum 90 percent compaction before proceeding with the next layer of backfill. Note: PVC piping shall be backfilled with sand to a point 12-inches above top of piping, remainder of trench may be backfilled with fine earth as specified above. 6. Clods or lumps one -inch in size or larger will not be permitted in the backfill. If the excavated material is not suitable adequate material shall be provided by hauling from other locations. 7. Surplus earth or material remaining after backfilling shall be removed from the site as indicated in Section entitled "Earthwork." 8. Do not excavate under or near foundations or footings except in manner permitted and approved by the Architect. Do not backfill until installed piping has been successfully tested and approved for backfill by the jurisdictional inspector and the Architect. 3.6 RECORDDRAWINGS: A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate dimensional record of the as -built locations of all work under this Contract. This record shall be kept up-to-date at all times on blue line prints or an electronic set of plans as the job progresses and shall be available for inspection at all times. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 8/11 B. Upon completion of the work, the contractor shall obtain from the Architect CAD/Revit files of the applicable contract documents. All changes and information contained on the Record Drawings shall be transferred to the new CAD/Revit files. C. The Contractor shall submit one electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) files and one CAD/Revit set of files, of the completed reproducible Record Set for approval. Make such changes and correction as may be required for final approval. D. When final approval is received, sign the reproducible Record Set and stamp or note "As - Built" and submit to the Architect. E. Final observation will not be made until these approved as -built drawing files have been received by the Architect. 3.7 CUTTI NG AND PATCHI NG: A. Perform all cutting and fitting required for work of this Section in rough construction of the building. B. All patching of finished construction of building shall be performed under the section of specification covering these materials. C. All cutting of concrete work by this Contractor shall be by core drilling or concrete sawing. No cutting or coring shall be done without first obtaining the permission of the Architect. D. Information regarding requirements for openings, recesses, chases in the walls, partitions, framing or openings shall be provided for work under the appropriate sections of the specifications in advance of the work. Should this be neglected, delayed or incorrect and additional cutting is found to be required, this work shall be accomplished at no additional cost to the Owner. E. All access panels shall be approved by the Architect as to location, appearance, and finish. 3.8 VIBRATION ELIMINATION AND CONNECTORS: A. Rotating or reciprocating mechanical equipment shall be mounted on or suspended from vibration isolators to prevent vibration and structural borne noise transmission to the building. Refer to each mechanical trade section of these specifications for specific details. Flexible duct connection shall be used between all fan openings and sheet metal work. Flexible connectors shall be used in piping connections to rotating or reciprocating equipment. See individual mechanical sections for specifications. 3.9 REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL INSPECTION: A. All of the following items must be completed prior to final inspections. No exception and no final payment will be made until all items are completed and approved. For specific requirements see the individual section in the Division 23 Category. 1. Cleaning equipment and premises 2. Test and balance of systems 3. Test and balance reports are reviewed by the Engineer 4. Service manual S. Pipe and valve identification PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 9/11 6. Pipe and valve identification schedule 7. Operation tests 8. Operating instructions 9. As -built drawings 10. Certification of water sterilization 11. CALGreen and Title-24 Acceptance forms 3.10 EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT: A. General: B. All earthquake resistant designs for mechanical equipment, such as air handling units, water heaters, blowers, motors, ductwork, mechanical and plumbing piping, shall conform to the regulations of the California Building Code. C. The restraints which are used to prevent disruption of the function of the piece of equipment because of the application of the horizontal force shall be such that the forces are carried to the frame of the structure in such a way that the frame will not be deflected when the apparatus is attached to a mounting base and equipment pad, or to the structure in the normal way, utilizing the attachments provided. Equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. shall be secured to withstand a force in any direction equal to the value stated in the CBC for Commercial Buildings and the CAC for Healthcare Facilities, Schools, and Public Buildings. D. Piping: 1. All HVAC and Plumbing piping shall be secured by bracing at every fourth hanger transversely and every eighth hanger longitudinally. Bracing shall be done in accordance with the NFPA Code, and as described in paragraph "Sway Bracing for Protection against Earthquakes," of that code. 2. As approved by code authority, the SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems" may be used as a guide. E. No sway bracing is required for pipes that are installed on very short hangers (12-inches or less). F. As approved by the code authority a bracing system as manufactured by "Superstrut" or "Pipe Shields Inc." may be used. 3.11 ADJUSTMENTS OF SYSTEMS AND OPERATION TESTS: A. When the work included in these specifications is complete, and at such time as directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall adjust all parts of the systems, advising the Architect when this has been done and the work is ready for their final tests. Refer to "Balancing and Testing Procedures" in Section 23 00 00. B. The Owner may require operation of parts or all of the systems prior to final acceptance. If it becomes necessary for temporary use of the systems before all parts are complete, the Contractor shall adjust all parts as far as possible in order to make such temporary use as effective as possible. After temporary use and before acceptance tests, all systems shall be readjusted to meet permanent operational requirements. This occupancy shall not be construed as final acceptance cost of utilities for such operation will be paid by the Owner. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 10/11 C. Operation Test and Instruction: 1. After final acceptance, the Contractor shall operate all mechanical systems and provide operational instructions for a period of at least one eight -hour day(s) to demonstrate fulfillment of the requirements of the contract. During this time, all adjustments shall be made to the equipment until the entire system is in satisfactory operating condition acceptable to the Architect. 2. Final Operation Instructions: Contractor shall place a competent person at the building who shall operate the systems instructing the Owner's Representatives in all details of operation and maintenance. 3. Any required instructions from manufacturer's representatives shall be given during this period. 4. All arrangements for operation and instruction periods shall be made through the Architect. D. For specific requirements see individual Mechanical Sections. 3.12 RUBBISH REMOVAL AND CLEANING: A. Upon completion of the work under this section, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials, equipment and debris incidental to their work, and leave the premises clean and orderly. 3.13 SERVICE: Ninety (90) days free service shall be provided after completion of the job including changing of filters. Replacement filters shall be provided by the Owner and shall be on the job site. 3.14 PAINTING: A. Excepting piping identification specified in the specific section all painting is specified in the Painting Section of the Specifications. B. Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other spills. C. Factory finishes shall be repaired to original condition when scratched or dented. END OF SECTION PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach SUMMARY 0110 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 11/11 SECTION 23 30 00 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. The responsibilities of the Contractor shall include the following systems and equipment complete, and any additional work shown on the drawings or hereinafter specified. Packaged Rooftop Heat Pump Units Exhaust Fans Ductwork Duct and Pipe Insulation Vibration Isolation Automatic Temperature Control Test and Balance B. The Contractor shall provide all sheet metal work as shown on the drawings or as required for the mechanical systems. Sheet metal work shall be as specified in this section. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Reference to Other Sections: The applicable requirements from the following sections shall form a part of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning work and the Contractor shall consult them in detail for general and specific requirements. Section 23 00 00 General Requirements Mechanical 1.3 RELATED WORK: A. The following work will not be furnished under this section of the specifications but will be furnished by other trades. 1. Power voltage wiring and connections thereto and all power voltage conduit. 2. Openings in walls, floor, roofs. 3. Louvers in doors and building walls. 4. Concrete work. 5. Cutting, patching and furring. 6. Flashing. 7. Final painting. 8. Equipment foundation pads and platforms. 9. Gas and condensate piping. 1.4 FILTERS: A. A complete set of filters shall be supplied for use during the construction, testing and balancing period. A complete set of new filters shall be installed after testing and balancing. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 1/12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES: A. Supply ducts, return ducts, and exhaust ducts, plenum chambers, housing, panels, unless otherwise specified herein or on the drawings, shall be fabricated from zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheets conforming to the latest ASTM specification A-653. Zinc -coating shall be of the "Commercial" class. Where gauge numbers of metals are indicated or specified, they shall represent the manufacturer's standard gauge numbers, prior to galvanizing. B. Volume Dampers: 1. Damper blades shall be manufactured of 16-gauge sheet metal. 2. Round dampers up to 9-inch diameter may be installed in sheet metal spin fittings when used for balancing air distribution devices. Frames for dampers 10-inch diameter and above shall be 16-gauge galvanized steel. Dampers above 20-inch diameter shall be reinforced. Quadrant sizes shall be as follows: up to 9-inch diameter shall be 1/4-inch quadrant, 10-inch through 20-inch diameter shall be 3/8-inch quadrant, and over 20-inch diameter shall be 1/2-inch quadrant. C. Access Doors: 1. Duct access doors to all fire dampers shall be insulated type as manufactured by Duro Dyne, Pottorf, Karp or equal. Doors shall be 24-gauge, metal, 24 gauge frame, insulation shall be 1-inch fiberglass, covered with 28 gauge metal, with loose pin hinges, and cam - lock latches. Door frame shall contain foam gasket, and a sponge rubber gasket shall be attached to back of each door frame to ensure tight seal between duct and frame. Finish shall be factory applied. Service shall be stenciled on door, e.g., "Fire Damper" in 1/2-inch letters. Size shall be 16" x 12" where space and duct size permit. On small ducts and in restricted space, 12-inch by 10-inch may be used. 2. Access doors installed in round ductwork shall be rolled plate and shall be at least 2 gauges thicker than the gauge required for the duct. Doors shall be close -fitting with foam strip gasket and a minimum of 2 quick fastening latches. Doors for ducts up to 12-inches diameter shall be provided with 2 hinges and for ducts above 12-inches diameter provide one continuous hinge. D. Flexible Connectors: Furnish and install connections at the point where ductwork casing connects to fans, and where shown on the drawings. Connectors shall be manufactured by Duro Dyne. Indoor flexible connectors shall be Neoprene #1 0003 MFN metal fab. Outdoor flexible connectors shall be Durolon #10002 MFD metal fab. Connectors shall be securely clamped to ductwork, fans and apparatus by means of bolted metal straps. 2.2 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND ACCESSORIES: A. Line Sets shall be Copper Tube UL Recognized to 700 PSI. R410A Engineered and Tested. B. Insulation shall Meet ASTM B1003,ASTM C-534 & ASTM E-84 Fire & Smoke Rating. Closed cell elastomeric foam • Resists mold & mildew • UV retardant added to minimize ultraviolet degradation C. All Split system air conditioning equipment shall have refrigerant lines sized and installed in PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 2/12 strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations for each system application. Installation shall include all devices, accessories, and Means/methods of installation that may be recommended. 2.3 INSULATION: A. Install thermal insulation on clean, dry surfaces after testing, inspection, and approval in strict accordance with these specifications, applicable drawings and contract documents and manufacturers' recommendations. Except for materials listed below, all insulation and accessory materials are to meet NFPA requirement of flame spread not to exceed 25 and smoke developed not to exceed 50 as tested by Procedure ASTM-E-84, NFPA 225, or UL 723. 1. Excepted are: a. Flexible, closed cell, foamed plastic insulation (Armacell or approved equal) on water chilling units, copper tubing refrigerant piping, copper tubing runouts and drain lines only. B. Duct Insulation: Insulate all concealed supply and return air ducts with flexible glass fiber insulation with factory applied reinforced foil kraft facing, Manville R-series Microlite FSKL or approved equal. 1%" minimum thickness, density 2.0 pcf. Installed "R" value of 4.2 in conditioned space and 8.0. in non -conditioned space. C. Duct Liner: Ducts, where shown on the drawings shall be lined with 1%" minimum thickness, density 2.0 pcf, Manville "Linacoustic" or approved equal. The insulation shall not exceed k = .28 at 75°F mean temperature, installed R-value shall be 4.2 in conditioned space and 8.0 in non - conditioned space. D. Refrigeration suction piping shall be insulated with %" thick "Armacell" by Manville or approved equal. Exterior pipe insulation shall be protected with aluminum jacketing. E. Packaged Rooftop Heat Pump Units 1. General a. All units shall be products of a single manufacturer. b. The specification is based on products by Trane. Equal products of Carrier or Daikin may be used based on submittal review 2. Equipment Characteristics a. Equipment Series: Trane as per schedules or approved equal series by Carrier or Daikin acceptable. b. Compressor: Welded hermetic type with internal vibration isolation and internal pressure relief valve. c. Fans: Provide indoor fan with a centrifugal forward curved blower direct drive. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 3/12 Propeller type outdoor fan shall discharge vertically and be direct driven. d. Controls: factory wires and located in a readily accessible location. Equip compressor with crankcase heater and suction line accumulator. Compressor and fan motors shall have both thermal and current sensitive overload devices. Provide automatic defrost control. Control shall operate if required every 90 minutes for a period of not more than 10 minutes. Factory install low voltage transformer (24V) on unit for external control circuit. e. Filters: 2" thick pleated, MERV 13 efficiency (NBS dust spot test). f. Enthalpy Controlled Economizer: g. Units shall be downshot discharge. All units not available in downshot discharge shall be modified with factory supplied plenum to provide downshot airflow. h. Unit shall be draw-thru type, complete with all factory furnished components. Unit shall be Trane "Climate Changer" or approved equal. i. Cabinet: Cabinets shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, weatherproof sectionalized construction with removable panels. Units shall be designed for outdoor installation with factory -applied finish. All panels shall be internally lined with 1" thick, 1-1/2 lb. density, neoprene coated insulation. Fully insulate indoor air section of unit to prevent sweating and to muffle sounds. Provide side condensate drain fitting. Provide openings for power connection. Provide removable side panels and top cover for service access. Blower Section: Blower shall be statically and dynamically balanced, fan wheel shall be forward curve. Bearing shall be self -aligning sealed ball bearing type with provision for external lubrication of internally mounted bearing. Blower shaft shall not run through first critical speed in coming up to operating speed. Shaft shall be hollow or solid high carbon steel. Belt guard shall have tachometer hole. Motors shall have variable pitch "V" belt drives rated for 150% of motor nameplate horsepower and adjustable motor mount. Motor shall be open drip proof type, 1750 rpm maximum with 1.5 service factor. Belt guards shall conform to CAL -OSHA standards and be hinged for ease of belt service. k. Coil Sections: Coils shall be plate fin type with copper tubes and aluminum fins. Tubes shall be mechanically expanded into fins. Casing shall be galvanized steel with all panels internally insulated with 1" thick, neoprene coated glass fiber insulation. Coils shall be guaranteed for 250 psig working pressure. Coil section shall include a condensate drain pan. Drain pan shall be of the double pan construction with inner pan covered with mastic and thermally isolated from the exterior casing with 1" thick insulation. I. Filter section shall be "V" type factory built to hold the number of filters as shown on the drawings, with access openings on both sides. Filters shall be of the pleated media, disposable type. Filters shall have a rated average dust spot efficiency of not less than 35% when tested per A5HRAE-52-68 test standard. Filters shall be UL approved and classified as Class 2. F. Exhaust Fans: PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 4/12 1. In -Line Fans: a. Fan shall be factory assembled with square housing for in -line mounting in duct. Fans shall be Greenheck or approved equal. b. Wheel shall be backwardly inclined centrifugal type constructed of steel or aluminum that has been statically and dynamically balanced. c. The housing shall be constructed of formed steel, square shaped, with factory applied finish. One of the sides shall be hinged and shall support the motor and wheel assembly allowing the assembly to swing out for cleaning and inspection. d. Drive shall be belt type. Motor shall be open drip -proof type with inherent thermal protection. Provide belt guard. e. Ratings shall be in accordance with the appropriate A.M.C.A. approved test codes and procedures and bear the A.M.C.A. certified rating seal. 2. Centrifugal Exhaust Fan: a. Centrifugal fan shall include housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings and side support structure as a factory assembled unit. All sheet metal parts shall be cleaned, conditioned and painted with enameled primer finish prior to final assembly. A final coat of gray enamel shall be applied to all exterior surfaces after assembly. b. Fan shall be constructed to be capable of operating over the minimum pressure class limits as specified in A.M.C.A. Standard 2408-69. c. Precisely positioned cutoffs and aerodynamically spun inlet cones shall provide smooth air flow through the fan with minimum turbulence. d. Wheels shall be non —power —overloading with ten deep, backwardly inclined airfoil blades. Blades shall be securely welded to the spun rim and to the hub plate. Hubs shall be close grained cast-iron or, on Class III, tried after assembly and dynamically balanced. Wheels shall be keyed to the shaft in all cases. e. Shafts shall be solid AISI C-i 040 or 1045 hot rolled steel accurately turned and polished. Close tolerances shall be maintained where the shaft makes contact with the bearings. f. Bearings shall be heavy duty, grease lubricated, precision anti -friction ball or roller, self - aligning, pillow block type. Standard heavy-duty bearings shall be selected for a minimum average life (AFBMA L-50) in excess of 100,000 hours operation at maximum cataloged operating conditions. g. Fan shall be tested and rated in accordance with AMCA Standard 210 and the Certified Ratings Program. They shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. h. Fan shall be manufactured by Trane Co., Greenheck, McQuay or approved equal. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 5/12 3. Ceiling Exhaust Fans: a. Ventilator shall have steel housing finished in baked enamel and insulated with at least —/2" acoustic insulation. Housing shall have adjustable mounting brackets. b. Automatic Backdraft Damper shall be located within duct connector and shall have cushioned stops to prevent clatter. Damper/duct connector and wiring adapter plate shall be adjustable for either horizontal or vertical installation. c. Blower shall be removable and shall have a centrifugal blower type wheel. All motors are to be lifetime lubricated type, mounted with neoprene torsion mounts to isolate vibration. RPM not to exceed number listed for each model. d. Air Delivery shall be no less and sound levels no greater than listed for each model. All air and sound ratings shall be certified by AMCA. Units shall be UL listed. 2.4 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS: A. Air Conditioning system thermostats shall be California Energy code Title-24 complaint. One (1) thermostat shall be provided per system or zone unless multiple thermostats are shown per system or zone on the plans. Thermostats shall be provided with locking covers. B. Each Air Conditioning system shall have an automatic Condensate overflow Switch that will shut-off the Air Conditioning system if excessive condensate is detected. C. Fan System controlled by Thermostat shall have a Honeywell line -voltage Thermostat model T410 or equal. D. Electrical Wiring: See paragraph 3.7 of this section. E. Smoke Detectors: 1. The air duct smoke detector shall be of the photoelectronic type. 2. The detector housing shall be California State Fire Marshall listed (CASFM) and UL listed per UL268A, specifically for use in air handling systems. 3. The detector shall operate at air velocities of 100' per minute to 4,000' per minute. 4. The detector shall be capable of local reset button or remote test switch (RTS). 5. The duct detector housing shall incorporate an airtight smoke chamber in compliance with UL268A, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. 6. The housing shall be capable of mounting to either rectangular or round ducts without adaptor brackets. 7. An integral filter system shall be included to reduce dust and residue effects on the detector and housing, thereby, reducing maintenance and servicing. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 6/12 8. Sampling tubes shall be either be plastic or be able to be installed after the housing is mounted to the duct by passing through the duct housing. 9. The enclosure shall meet all applicable NEC and NFPA standards regarding the electrical junction boxes. Terminal connections shall be a strip and clamp method that is suitable for 12- 18 AWG wiring. 10. Single or multiple systems supplying air in excess of 2,000 CFM shall be equipped with automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall shut down the air -moving equipment then smoke is detected in the supply air. Detector shall be installed in the main supply duct or plenum. 2.5 MOTORS, DRIVES, GUARDS AND STARTERS: A. Motors shall be built to the specifications of the National Electric Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). The motor shall be ball bearing, drip -proof, squirrel cage induction type for full voltage start, to operate at speeds not to exceed 1750 rpm except when indicated otherwise. The motors shall be Lincoln, Electro Dynamic, Sterling, or approved equivalent. Motors mounted outdoors shall have encapsulated windings and have weatherproof hood. The minimum service factor shall be 1 .15. B. Drives shall have one belt for units under 5 horsepower, at least 2 belts for units 5 horsepower to 25 horsepower, and 3 belts for units 25 horsepower and over. Belts shall be V-belt design sized for at least 150 percent of the motor horsepower. Motor pulleys shall be of the variable pitch up to 7-1/2 horsepower and fixed pitch type, 10 horsepower and larger. Pulleys shall be cast-iron with steel bushings. Provide additional new pulleys where required to drive fans at speeds necessary to give the indicated volumes. Belts shall be Bates, B.F. Goodrich, Goodyear or equal. C. V-belt drives for the fans shall be properly protected by metal guards. Guards shall be made of not less than 16 gauge expanded metal %-inch mesh, on an angle iron frame so as to securely close in the top, bottom and both sides of the drive. Ample allowance shall be made in guard for motor and belt adjustment. The guard shall be provided with openings so that the rpm of the fans may be obtained. Guards on equipment outside of building shall be of weatherproof design. D. All guards shall be given a prime coat and one heavy coat of machinery gray enamel E. All guards shall conform to California General Industrial Safety Order Requirements F. Starters shall be reduced voltage "soft Start" for both motor starting and stopping, with overload protection on all legs. Starters shall be complete with NEMA Type I, enclosures with built-in "Hand -Off- Automatic" switch. Starters exposed to weather shall have NEMA Type 4 enclosure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. DUCTWORK: PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 7/12 A. Ductwork fabrication and installation shall conform to the recommendation of the latest edition of the duct construction standards as published by the Sheet Metal and Air conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., (SMACNA). These standards shall govern type of seams and joints, reinforcing and supports, corner closures duct hangers, elbows, turning vanes (use double vane type), tapers offsets; streamliners, branches from mains, tee connections, volume dampers, access doors in ducts, fire damper installation, casings and housing. All unwrapped exposed ducts shall be cross -broken; beading will not be acceptable. Ducts that are wrapped shall be cross -broken or beaded. B. Volume dampers shall be caulked in the ducts to avoid bypass. Damper blade position on all dampers shall be indicated by filing a notch in the exposed operation rod or splitter damper rod. Volume control dampers shall be installed in all branch ducts, whether shown on drawings or not, to allow balancing of the system. Where damper frames and blades constitute an obstruction in excess of 15 percent of the duct area, the duct shall be increased in size to receive the damper. C. All supply, return, and exhaust duct joints shall be sealed airtight with approved mastic. D. All ductwork exposed to weather, regardless of system pressure classification, shall be sealed in accordance with Seal Class A, as referenced in SMACNA Standards. Sealant shall consist of Foil faced FG-701/Sealant System by HardCast. 3.2. PIPING INSTALLATION: A. Refrigerant Piping: Cut pipe accurately to measure established at the site and work into place without springing or forcing. Install piping with sufficient flexibility for expansion and contraction due to temperature fluctuation inherent in its operation. Where pipe passes through building structure, pipe joints shall not be concealed, but located where they may be readily inspected. Run all piping essentially as indicated and detailed on the plans, taking care to avoid interference with other piping, conduit or equipment. Run piping plumb and straight and parallel sleeves of suitable size for all lines passing through building structure. Braze refrigerant piping with silver solder complying with AWS A5.8. The inside of tubing and fittings shall be free of flux. Clean the parts to be joined with emery cloth and keep hot until the solder has penetrated the full depth of the fitting and the extra flux has been expelled. Cool joints in air and remove flame marks and traces of flux. During the brazing operation, prevent an oxide film from forming on the inside of the tubing by slowly flowing dry nitrogen to expel the air. Make provision to automatically return oil on halocarbon systems. B. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves for all pipes and tubing which penetrate the building structure. Sleeves shall be securely retained in position and location before and during construction. Space between pipe and sleeves, shall be not less than V4" between outside of pipe and inside wall of sleeves. Pack the annular spaced with hemp or fiberglass, and seal with elastic cement. Sleeves for uninsulated pipes shall have ends flush with finished wall surfaces and the pipe or tubing shall be provided as above, with outside perimeter of pipe caulked to the sleeve. Extend sleeves for lines passing through floors 3" above finished floor slab, and caulk to the slab. Provide lines passing through roof areas with necessary slashing and counterflashing to provide a water -tight roof seal. C. Leak testing upon completion of installation of the air conditioning equipment, test all factory as PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 8/12 well as field refrigerant piping with an electronic -type leak detector to acquire a leak -tight refrigerant system. If leaks are detected at the time of installation or during the guarantee period, remove the entire refrigerant charge from the system, correct the leaks and retest the system. D. Evacuation, Dehydration, and Charging: After system is found to be without leaks, evacuate the system using an electronic gage with range accurate to 10 microns and a vacuum pump capable of pulling a vacuum of at least 1 mm Hg absolute. Evacuate system in strict accordance with the triple -evacuation and blotter method or in strict accordance with equipment manufacturer's printed instructions. System leak testing, evacuation, dehydration, and charging with refrigerant shall comply with ARI 260. 3.3. INSULATION INSTALLATION: A. Insulate no piping or equipment until tested and approved for tightness. All piping shall be dry when insulated. 3.4. EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION: A. The installation of all air conditioning equipment and exhaust fans shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction and installation book. All recommendations of manufacturer shall be followed, required clearances maintained, and factory approval secured for each installation. All equipment shall be securely fastened to its base. All parts of the installation shall be made weatherproof. A copy of the manufacturer's installation and service manual shall be kept with each piece of equipment at all times to allow an inspector to determine if the installation meets requirements. B. All work shall be performed by skilled mechanics, under the supervision of a competent foreman and in accordance with the best standards of practice of the trade. 3.5. ROOF AND WALL PENETRATIONS: A. All penetrations of roof and exterior walls shall be flashed watertight with lead or galvanized iron. B. Flashing shall comply with requirements for flashing in Sheet Metal Section. C. Pipe flashing shall be counterflashing sleeve type with 4-pound seamless lead flashing with 8" skirt. The joint shall be sealed with Permaseal water -proofing compound or equal. 3.6. IDENTIFICATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: A. Equipment: Equipment shall be identified by stenciling the identification plainly (such as EF-1 as shown on equipment schedule) on the service side. Lettering to be minimum size of 1". This applies to fans, boiler, etc. 3.7. ELECTRICAL WORK: A. Power voltage wiring and connections thereto and all power voltage conduit shall be furnished PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 9/12 and installed under the Electrical Division of the specifications. B. Low voltage and line voltage control wiring and connections thereto and all low and line voltage control conduit shall be furnished and installed under the Mechanical Sections of the specifications. C. Relays, push button stations, control equipment, etc., shall be furnished under the Mechanical Section of the specifications, except as noted on the drawings. Check drawings closely for starters that will be furnished under the Electrical Division which will be in Motor Control Panels. Magnetic motor starters, except those furnished with packaged mechanical equipment, will be furnished under Mechanical Division. D. Disconnect switches shall be furnished, installed and connected under the Electrical Division of the specification. 3.8. EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT: A. Provide a means to prohibit excessive motion of all mechanical equipment during an earthquake. B. All mechanical equipment, both hanging and base mounted, shall be provided with mounting connection points of sufficient strength to resist lateral seismic forces equal to 0.5 of equipment operating weight. 3.9. SHOP PRIMING PROCEDURES: A. Ferrous metal items, except items to be encased in concrete and areas adjacent to field welds shall be thoroughly cleaned and prime painted. B. Surfaces shall be cleaned free of loose mill scale, loose rust, accessible weld slag or flux deposit, dirt and other foreign matter by hand wire brushing. Oil and grease deposits shall be removed by solvent. C. After cleaning, surfaces shall be given one shop coat of prime paint applied thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces. Surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection shall be given an additional shop coat of slightly different color than first coat. D. After erection, rough up with prime paint all members where shop coat has been damaged, welds and area adjacent to welds and field bolts. 3.10. TEST AND BALANCE: A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and services necessary for and incidental to air and water systems testing and balancing. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 10/12 B. Include an extended warranty of one year after final acceptance by Owner, during which time the Owner may request a recheck or resetting of any outlet, coil or device listed in the test report. Provide technicians to assist in making any test or adjustment required. C. Contractor shall at his own expense, procure the service of an independent air balance and testing agency approved by the Owner, which specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, to balance, adjust and test all air moving equipment, air distribution systems and exhausting systems as herein specified. All instruments used by this agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. If requested, the test shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner and/or his representative. D. Air balance and testing shall not begin until system has been completed and is in full working order. The Contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment in full operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing. The Contractor shall submit, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Contract, one copy of submittal data for the testing and balancing of the air conditioning, heating and ventilating systems. The air balance agency shall provide proof of having successfully completed at least five projects of similar size and scope and shall be a certified member of the Associated Air Balance Council and/or National Environmental Balancing Bureau and/or Testing Adjusting & Balancing Bureau (TABB) unless otherwise approved. E. Test and balance agency shall include an extended warranty of ninety (90) days after completion of test and balancing work, during which time the Owner, at his discretion, may request a recheck or resetting of any outlet, supply air fan, or exhaust fan as listed in test report. The agency shall provide technicians to assist the Engineer in making any test he may require during this period of time. Commissioning agent shall conduct "spot checks" on air distribution to verify air balancing. F. The Air Conditioning Contractor shall award the test and balance Contract to the approved agency upon receipt of his Contract to proceed with air conditioning installation, to allow the air balance agency to schedule this work in cooperation with other trades involved and comply with the completion date. G. Upon completion of the air conditioning system, the air balance agency shall perform the tests, compile the test data, and submit in electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) the complete test data to the Contractor for forwarding to the Owners for evaluation and approval. 3.11. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: A. The Contractor shall provide in electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) The following shall be included in the Manual. 1. Identification: The Manual shall include the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each Sub -Contractor installing equipment and systems and of the local representative for each major item of equipment. 2. Index: The Manual shall have a Table of Contents and information shall be assembled with tab sheets to conform to the Table of Contents. PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 11/12 3.12. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: A. Manufacturer's Literature: Manufacturer's instructions for operation and maintenance of all mechanical equipment, including replacement parts list. B. Written Instruction: Typewritten instructions for operation and maintenance of the system composed of Operation Instruction, Maintenance Instructions and Maintenance Schedule. C. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: A brief description of the system indicating proper setting of switches and other equipment shall be furnished for the purpose of providing control of the system and its components by the operator. D. Maintenance Schedule: A list of each item of equipment requiring maintenance, showing all the components of each item of equipment, and the month of the year (service schedule) when each item or component of equipment should be inspected or serviced, as recommended and scheduled by the manufacturers. E. Verbal Instructions: Upon completion of the work, and at a time designated by the Owner, a competent Engineer from each supplier of major items or equipment shall be furnished to instruct the Owner's representative in the operation and maintenance of the equipment supplied by his company. F. Electronic files: A complete set of the above data along with control diagrams as installed, sequence of operations, complete catalog data, calibration information, spare parts lists, etc., for all control equipment shall be placed in electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) files identification section and index. Provide three complete electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) copies deliver to the Owner. 1. Manufacturer's Literature: Include Manufacturer's literature for all mechanical equipment. All equipment shall be identified by make, model and serial number. Electrical characteristics shall be noted. A complete parts list shall be included. 2. Operating Instructions: Provide a brief description of the system including proper setting of switches and other equipment. This may be provided as a part of the manufacturer's literature. If included in literature provide an index indicating on what page each item is located. Adjustments requiring the technical knowledge of the service agency personnel need not be included. 3. Maintenance Instructions: Provide a list of each item of mechanical equipment requiring inspection, lubrication, or service with a description of the schedule and performance of such maintenance including types of lubricant for each item of equipment. This may be provided as a part of the Manufacturer's Literature. If included in literature provide an index indicating on what page each item is located. 4. Controls: Provide system control in electronic, Portable Document Format (PDF) including complete catalog data, calibration information, spare parts lists, etc. A sequence shall be included with the diagram referring to component numbers or designations hereon. END OF SECTION PHASE-2 07/13/2022 City of Newport Beach HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 30 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 12/12 SECTION 260519 - LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire rated 600 V or less. 2. Aluminum building wire rated 600 V or less. 3. Metal -clad cable, Type MC, rated 600 V or less. 4. Fire -alarm wire and cable. 5. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260523 "Control -Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems communications cables and Classes 1, 2, and 3 control cables. 2. Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling" for cabling used for voice and data circuits. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For each conductor and cable indicating lead content. 2. 3. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost. 4. 5. Product Data: For solvents and adhesives, indicating VOC content. 6. Laboratory Test Reports: For solvents and adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low -emitting materials. 7. C. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519 - 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Belden Inc. 2. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83. 3. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 2.2 ALUMINUM BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn aluminum current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Belden Inc. 2. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Aluminum, complying with ASTM B800 and ASTM B801. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519 - 2 E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN] and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83. 3. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 2.3 METAL -CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC A. Description: A factory assembly of one or more current -carrying insulated conductors in an overall metallic sheath. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Belden Inc. 2. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Comply with UL 1569. 3. RoHS compliant. 4. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Circuits: 1. Single circuit. 2. Power -Limited Fire -Alarm Circuits: Comply with UL 1424. E. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. F. Ground Conductor: Bare. G. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type TFN/THHN/THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. H. Armor: Steel, interlocked. I. Jacket: PVC applied over armor. 2.4 FIRE -ALARM WIRE AND CABLE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519 - 3 2.5 1. Comtran Corporation. 2. nVent (PYROTENAX). 3. Rockbestos-Suprenant Cable Corp. B. General Wire and Cable Requirements: NRTL listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, Article 760. C. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, not less than No. 18. Circuit Integrity Cable: Twisted shielded pair, NFPA 70, Article 760, Classification Cl, for power -limited fire -alarm signal service Type FPL. NRTL listed and labeled as complying with UL 1424 and UL 2196 for a two-hour rating. D. Non -Power -Limited Circuits: Solid -copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C, color -coded insulation, and complying with requirements in UL 2196 for a two-hour rating. 1. Low -Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum, in pathway. 2. Line -Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum, in pathway. 3. Multiconductor Armored Cable: NFPA 70, Type MC, copper conductors, Type TFN/THHN conductor insulation, copper drain wire, copper armor with outer jacket with red identifier stripe, NTRL listed for fire -alarm and cable tray installation, plenum rated. CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 3M Electrical Products. 2. ABB, Electrification Products Division. 3. AFC Cable Systems; Atkore International. C. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section. D. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section. 1. Material: Copper. 2. Type: One hole with standard barrels. 3. Termination: Compression. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: 1. Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: 1. Copper, Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. C. Power -Limited Fire Alarm and Control: Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. E. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Metal -clad cable, Type MC. F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Metal -clad cable, Type MC. G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519 - 5 D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIRE -ALARM WIRE AND CABLE A. Comply with NECA 1 and NFPA 72. B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal pathway according to Section 280528 "Pathways for Electronic Safety and Security." 1. Install plenum cable in environmental airspaces, including plenum ceilings. 2. Fire -alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with fire -alarm system shall be installed in a dedicated pathway system. a. Cables and pathways used for fire -alarm circuits, and equipment control wiring associated with fire -alarm system, may not contain any other wire or cable. 3. Fire -Rated Cables: Use of two-hour, fire -rated fire -alarm cables, NFPA 70, Types MI and Cl, is permitted. 4. Signaling Line Circuits: Power -limited fire -alarm cables shall not be installed in the same cable or pathway as signaling line circuits. C. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power -limited and non -power -limited conductors as recommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with fire -alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp -on terminal spade lugs, pressure -type terminal blocks, or plug connectors. D. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes, cabinets, or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made. E. Color -Coding: Color -code fire -alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color -code for alarm circuit wiring and another for supervisory circuits. Color - code audible alarm -indicating circuits differently from alarm -initiating circuits. Use different colors for visible alarm -indicating devices. Paint fire -alarm system junction boxes and covers red. F. Risers: Install at least two vertical cable risers to serve the fire -alarm system. Separate risers in close proximity to each other with a minimum one -hour -rated wall, so the loss of one riser does not prevent receipt or transmission of signals from other floors or zones. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519 - 6 A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors]. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. D. Comply with requirements in Section 284621.11 "Addressable Fire -Alarm Systems" for connecting, terminating, and identifying wires and cables. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. 3.7 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.8 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." I �1 � 111Z�7�.`f �L�[�i►7►�T.11T.� [!� Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260519 - 7 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment. B. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 2. Ground bonding common with lightning protection system. 3. Foundation steel electrodes. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned as -built locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1. Plans showing as -built, dimensioned locations of system described in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: a. Test wells. b. Ground rods. C. Ground rings. d. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. 2. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells, ground rings, grounding connections for separately derived systems based on NETA MTS. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526 - 1 a. Tests shall determine if ground -resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if values do not. b. Include recommended testing intervals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by NETA. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS 2.3 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. C. Grounding Bus: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 4 inches in cross section, with 9/32-inch holes spaced 1-1/8 inches apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V and shall be Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526 - 2 A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. C. Bus -Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless exothermic -type wire terminals, and long -barrel, two -bolt connection to ground bus bar. D. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual, tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts. E. Cable -to -Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy. F. Cable Tray Ground Clamp: Mechanical type, zinc -plated malleable iron. G. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub. H. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt. I. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt. J. Lay -in Lug Connector: Mechanical type, copper rated for direct burial terminal with set screw. K. Service Post Connectors: Mechanical type, bronze alloy terminal, in short- and long -stud lengths, capable of single and double conductor connections. L. Signal Reference Grid Clamp: Mechanical type, stamped -steel terminal with hex head screw. M. Straps: Solid copper, copper lugs. Rated for 600 A. N. Tower Ground Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal one-piece clamp. O. U-Bolt Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal listed for direct burial. P. Water Pipe Clamps: 1. Mechanical type, two pieces with zinc -plated bolts. a. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. b. Listed for direct burial. 2. U-bolt type with malleable -iron clamp and copper ground connector. 2.5 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526 - 3 B. Ground Plates: 1/4 inch thick, hot -dip galvanized. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install barecopper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 30 inches below grade. C. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches minimum from wall, 6 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, and down; connect to horizontal bus. D. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses. 3.3 GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS A. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at the generator location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to the frame of the generator. [c��e�3�1�1�1�[ei�1� � ' e13�1�1� � � _ '7 : �1�[�l�f.�fyl���[K��i�J�l�►1�1[ A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned -copper Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526 - 4 conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure -sensitive insulating tape or heat -shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed -metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard -drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields according to written instructions by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. D. Pad -Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad -mounted equipment and noncurrent -carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned - copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation. 3.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal -clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. 9. X-Ray Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in circuits supplying x-ray equipment. C. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct -mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. D. Water Heater, Heat -Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat -tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. E. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch -circuit conductors. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526 - 5 A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any- D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. E. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug -type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526 - 6 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells , and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground -rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. C. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. E. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 1 ohm(s). 5. Substations and Pad -Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. 6. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. F. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260526 - 7 SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I . Steel slotted support systems. 2. Conduit and cable support devices. 3. Support for conductors in vertical conduit. 4. Structural steel for fabricated supports and restraints. 5. Mounting, anchoring, and attachment components, including powder -actuated fasteners, mechanical expansion anchors, concrete inserts, clamps, through bolts, toggle bolts, and hanger rods. 6. Fabricated metal equipment support assemblies. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems" for products and installation requirements necessary for compliance with seismic criteria. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation details for electrical hangers and support systems. 1. Hangers. Include product data for components. 2. Slotted support systems. 3. Equipment supports. 4. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For hangers and supports for electrical systems. 1. Include design calculations and details of hangers. 2. Include design calculations for seismic restraints. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale, and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529 - 1 B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. C. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the supported equipment and systems will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the supported equipment and systems will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. 3. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame Rating: Class 1. 2. Self -extinguishing according to ASTM D635. 2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32-inch- diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c. in at least one surface. 1. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 2. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Stainless steel, Type 304 Stainless steel, Type 316. 3. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 4. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. 5. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 6. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 7. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529 - 2 B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be made of malleable iron. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.3 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with the following standards for application and installation requirements of hangers and supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA 1. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529 - 3 3.2 2. NECA 101 3. NECA 105. B. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire -rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. C. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." D. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. E. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slottedsupport system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. F. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings, and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, according to NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529 - 4 6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with lock washers and nuts. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site - fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. END OF SECTION 260529 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260529 - 5 SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits and fittings. 2. Nonmetallic conduits and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping at conduit and box entrances. 2. Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior ductbanks, manholes, and underground utility construction. 3. Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems" for conduits, wireways, surface pathways, innerduct, boxes, faceplate adapters, enclosures, cabinets, and hndholes serving communications systems. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved: 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for enclosures, cabinets, and conduit racks and their mounting provisions, including those for internal components, from manufacturer. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 All products used, called out specifically in this section or otherwise, shall be listed and approved for installation in coastal environments. 2.2 METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Metal Conduit: 1. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. 3. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. 4. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. 5. PVC -Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated rigid steel conduit. a. Comply with NEMA RN 1. b. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. 6. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. 7. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc -coated steel or aluminum. 8. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. B. Metal Fittings: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 51413. 1. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Fittings, General: Listed and labeled for type of conduit, location, and use. 3. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 1203 and NFPA 70. 4. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: compression. 5. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 6. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. C. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.3 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Nonmetallic Conduit: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Newport Beach, CA Bid Set - 07/13/22 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 2 B. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653. 2. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. 3. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. C. Nonmetallic Fittings: 1. Fittings, General: Listed and labeled for type of conduit, location, and use. 2. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. 3. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. 4. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.4 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1, Type 3R Type 4 by application unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. 2.5 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic wireways and auxiliary gutters shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Description: PVC, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, and having snap -on cover, mechanically coupled connections, and plastic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings shall match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.6 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. All boxes, enclosures, and cabinets shall be stainless steel or listed and approved for costal installation. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 3 B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. D. Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Material: stainless steel or other material listed and approved for costal installation. 2. Type: Fully adjustable. 3. Shape: Rectangular. 4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, rectangular. 1. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. F. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. G. Paddle Fan Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of paddle fan weighing 70 lb. 1. Listing and labeling: Paddle fan outlet boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. H. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. I. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. J. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. K. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep. L. Gangable boxes are allowed. M. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1. Type 3R. Type 4 [by application with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Stainless Steel, finished inside and out. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic. 3. Interior Panels: Stainless steel; all sides finished. N. Cabinets: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 4 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, Type 3R by application stainless -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.7 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. General Requirements for Handholes and Boxes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be designed and identified as defined in NFPA 70, for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Polymer -Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer -Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel, fiberglass, or a combination of the two. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Oldcastle Infrastructure Inc.; CRH Americas. b. Quazite; Hubbell Incorporated, Power Systems. 2. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 3. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with closed bottom unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 5. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 6. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC.". 7. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit -terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. C. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes: Molded of fiberglass -reinforced polyester resin, with frame and covers of hot -dip galvanized -steel diamond plate. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Oldcastle Infrastructure Inc.; CRH Americas. b. Quazite; Hubbell Incorporated, Power Systems. 2. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 3. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with closed bottom unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 5 5. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 6. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, 'ELECTRIC.". 7. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit -terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Stainless Steel Rigid Conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Stainless Steel EMT. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried or concrete encased. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFNMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R, Stainless or material listed and approved for coastal environments. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated. 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Stainless Steel EMT. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Stainless Steel EMT. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Stainless Steel Rigid Conduit. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: Stainless Steel EMT. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FNMC, except use LFNMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless Steel Rigid Conduit. 7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless material listed and approved for coastal environments. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid stainless steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. EMT: Use setscrew or compression, stainless steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. E. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 6 3.2 F. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. G. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F. INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. B. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. C. Do not install raceways or electrical items on any "explosion -relief' walls or rotating equipment. D. Do not fasten conduits onto the bottom side of a metal deck roof. E. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. F. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. G. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. H. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. I. Make bends in raceway using large -radius preformed ells. Field bending shall be according to NFPA 70 minimum radii requirements. Use only equipment specifically designed for material and size involved. J. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. K. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached. L. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 1 inch of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 7 5. Change from ENT to RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, before rising above floor. M. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. N. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. O. Coat field -cut threads on PVC -coated raceway with a corrosion -preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. P. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. Q. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. R. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch radius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor -type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. T. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. U. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Conduit extending from interior to exterior of building. 4. Conduit extending into pressurized duct and equipment. 5. Conduit extending into pressurized zones that are automatically controlled to maintain different pressure set points. 6. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 8 V. Expansion -Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight -run length that exceeds 25 feet. 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 3. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per degree F of temperature change for PVC conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 5. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. W. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semi recessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. X. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated. Y. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between the box and cover plate or the supported equipment and box. Z. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. AA. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. BB. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. CC. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. DD. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. EE. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 9 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct -Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2. Install backfill as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 4. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub -up at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub -up ducts throughout length of elbow. 5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. b. For stub -ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 6. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND 14ANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. D. Field -cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 10 Md111111111111yall IMA11FA MM1 a91WIVA 9WWaI Mill ll:\I1Q:VIIM►ITO:a91aWe M1411:1a9111 ► its :.1741 e614 A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260533 - 11 SECTION 260544 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL f��:��1rk11M�1�7�Z�Z�l�1u1�1►1111.`! A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. Section Includes: 1. Round sleeves. 2. Rectangular sleeves. 3. Sleeve seal systems. 4. Grout. 5. Pourable sealants. 6. Foam sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ROUND SLEEVES A. Wall Sleeves, Steel: 1. Description: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends and integral waterstop. B. Pipe Sleeves, PVC: 1. Description: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. C. Sheet Metal Sleeves, Galvanized Steel, Round: 1. Description: Galvanized -steel sheet; thickness not less than 0.0239-inch; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw -fastening the sleeve to the board. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 260544 - 1 A. Sheet Metal Sleeves, Galvanized Steel, Rectangular: 1. Description: a. Material: Galvanized sheet steel. b. Minimum Metal Thickness: 1) For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and with no side larger than 16 inches, thickness must be 0.052 inch. 2) For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter not less than 50 inches or with one or more sides larger than 16 inches, thickness must be 0.138 inch. 2.3 SLEEVE SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable or between raceway and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel Fiber -reinforced plastic. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion -resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. fi��ef Z�I�11Y A. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non -fire - rated walls or floors. 1. Standard: ASTM C 1 107/C I 107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.5 POURABLE SEALANTS A. Description: Single -component, neutral -curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below. 1. Grade: Pourable (self -leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. 2.6 FOAM SEALANTS A. Description: Multicomponent, liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. Foam expansion must not damage cables or crack penetrated structure. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 260544 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES FOR NON -FIRE -RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above -Grade, Non -Fire -Rated, Concrete and Masonry -Unit Floors and Walls: Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: a. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall or floor so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing. b. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless sleeve seal system is to be installed or seismic criteria require different clearance. 4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting. 5. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection of floors. C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non -Fire -Rated Wall Assemblies: 1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for wall assemblies. D. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. E. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seal systems. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. F. Underground, Exterior -Wall and Floor Penetrations: Install steel pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve seal system. Grout sleeve into wall or floor opening. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 260544 - 3 A. Install sleeves in existing walls without compromising structural integrity of walls. Do not cut structural elements without reinforcing the wall to maintain the designed weight bearing and wall stiffness. B. Install conduits and cable with no crossings within the sleeve. C. Fill opening around conduits and cables with expanding foam without leaving voids. D. Provide metal sheet covering at both wall surfaces and finish to match surrounding surfaces. Metal sheet must be same material as sleeve. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVE SEAL SYSTEMS A. Install sleeve seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at raceway entries into building. B. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. END OF SECTION 260544 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 260544 - 4 SECTION 260548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I . Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Restraints - rigid type. 3. Restraints - cable type. 4. Restraint accessories. 5. Post -Installed concrete anchors. 6. Concrete inserts. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for commonly used electrical supports and installation requirements. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated load capacity for each seismic -restraint device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic -restraint component used. 3. Annotate types and sizes of seismic restraints and accessories, complete with listing markings or report numbers and load rating in tension and compression as evaluated by ICC-ES product listing and UL product listing or an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C. Delegated Design Submittal for Each Seismic -Restraint Device: 1. For each seismic -restraint device, including restraint - rigid and cable type, restraint accessory, and concrete anchor and insert that is required by this Section or is indicated on Drawings, submit the following: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260548 - 1 a. Seismic Restraints: Select seismic restraints complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data. b. Post -Installed Concrete Anchors and Inserts: Include calculations showing anticipated seismic loads. Include certification that device is approved by an NRTL for seismic reinforcement use. C. Seismic Design Calculations: Submit all input data and loading calculations prepared under "Seismic Design Calculations" Paragraph in "Performance Requirements" Article. d. Qualified Professional Engineer: All designated design submittals for seismic calculations are to be signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Seismic -Restraint Detail Drawings: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismicbracing for electrical components with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and seismic restraints. B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality -control reports. D. Seismic Qualification Data: Provide special certification for designated seismic systems as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.2.2, "Special Certification Requirements for Designated Seismic Systems" for all Designated Seismic Systems identified as such on Drawings or in the Specifications. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated active electrical seismic device and system, stating that it will remain operable following the design earthquake. Certification must be based on requirements of ASCE/SEI7, including shake table testing per ICC-ES AC156 or a similar nationally recognized testing standard procedure acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction or experience data as permitted by ASCE/SEI 7-05. 2. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification that components with hazardous contents maintain containment following the design earthquake by methods required in ASCE/SEI 7-05. 3. Submit evidence demonstrating compliance with these requirements for approval to authorities having jurisdiction after review and acceptance by a licensed professional engineer. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260548 - 2 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, be and NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic -Restraint Device Load Ratings: Devices to be tested and rated in accordance with applicable code requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. Devices to be listed by a nationally recognized third parry that requires periodic follow-up inspections and has a listing directory available to the public. Provide third -party listing by one or more of the following: ICC-ES product listing and UL product listing or an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design seismic control system. Seismic Performance: Equipment shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-05. B. Seismic Design Calculations: Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select seismic - restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI 7-05. Where "ASCE/SEI7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is the edition intended as reference throughout the Section Text. a. Data indicated below to be determined by Delegated Design Contractor must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Building Occupancy Category: as determined by civil and structural engineer. C. Building Risk Category: as determined by civil and structural engineer. d. Building Site Classification: as determined by civil and structural engineer. 2.2 RESTRAINTS - RIGID TYPE A. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated bracing assembly made of ANSFAISI S 110-07-S 1 slotted steel channels, ANSI/ASTM A53/A53M steel pipe, or other rigid steel brace member. Includes Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260548 - 3 accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion -resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 2.3 RESTRAINTS - CABLE TYPE A. Seismic- and Wind -Load -Restraint Cables: ASTM A1023/A1023M galvanized or ASTM A603 galvanized -steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for seismic -restraining cable service; with fittings attached by means of poured socket, swaged socket, or mechanical (Flemish eye) loop. B. Restraint cable assembly and cable fittings must comply with ASCE/SEI 19. All cable fittings and complete cable assembly must maintain the minimum cable breaking force. U-shaped cable clips and wedge -type end fittings do not comply and are unacceptable. 2.4 RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A. Hanger -Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted -support -system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. Non-metallic stiffeners are unacceptable. B. Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings and restraint cables. C. Bushings for Floor -Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. D. Bushing Assemblies for Wall -Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. E. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.5 POST -INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Drilled -in and stud -wedge or female -wedge type in zinc -coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E488/E488M. B. Provide post -installed concrete anchors that have been prequalified for use in seismic and wind - load applications. Post -installed concrete anchors must comply with all requirements of ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 13. 1. Prequalify post -installed anchors in concrete in accordance with ACI355.2 or other approved qualification testing procedures. 2. Prequalify post -installed anchors in masonry in accordance with approved qualification procedures. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260548 - 4 FKSI C. Expansion -type anchor bolts are not permitted for equipment in excess of 10 hp that is not vibration isolated. 1. Undercut expansion anchors are permitted. 1010IM410goIal�F.y�1:7116� A. Provide preset concrete inserts that are seismically prequalified in accordance with ICC- ES AC446 testing. B. Comply with MSS SP-58. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive seismic control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Secure raceways and cables to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES or an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffeners: Install where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods caused by seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Provide seismic restraintdevices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Electrical Seismic and Wind -Load Controls Schedule, where indicated on Drawings, where the Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems, and where required by applicable codes. 1. Install all equipment and devices to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-05. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260548 - 5 B. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." C. Installation of seismic restraints must not cause any stresses, misalignment, or change of position of equipment or conduits. D. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 2. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES or an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. E. Raceway, Cable, Wireway, Cable Tray, and Busway Support and Hanger Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 2. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES of an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. 3. Comply with requirements in NFPA 70 and ASCE/SEI 7-05. F. Equipment and Hanger Restraints: 1. Install resilient, bolt -isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 2. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC-ESor an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component. G. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. H. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment -mounting channels are attached to wall. I. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. J. Post -Installed Concrete Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260548 - 6 3. Mechanical -Type Anchor Bolts: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. fc �:tKK�lulu[6117:rtl[6l►[0]01JMVago:7Clem IW-3 W11glfyLIINS MI0Mel! A. Install flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where connection is terminated to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach equipment. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests and inspections. 2. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load -spreading members. 5. Test no fewer than four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 6. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Seismic controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 260548 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260548 - 7 SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Color and legend requirements for raceways, conductors, and warning labels and signs. 2. Labels. 3. Bands and tubes. 4. Tapes and stencils. 5. Tags. 6. Signs. 7. Cable ties. 8. Paint for identification. 9. Fasteners for labels and signs. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate composition, size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For arc -flash hazard study. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME A13.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 1 2.2 E. Comply with NFPA 70E andSection 260573.19 "Arc -Flash Hazard Analysis" requirements for arc -flash warning labels. F. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type. B. Color -Coding for Phase- and Voltage -Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch -circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied. 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. C. Phase C: Blue. 3. Colors for 240-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. 4. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. C. Phase C: Yellow. 5. Color for Neutral: White or gray. 6. Color for Equipment Grounds: Bare copper. 7. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green two or more yellow stripes. C. Warning Label Colors: 1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. D. Warning labels and signs shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 2 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." E. Equipment Identification Labels: Black letters on a white field. f►�c�1111:\3110 A. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, flexible labels laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing label ends. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. Snap -around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeves, with diameters sized to suit diameter and that stay in place by gripping action. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. C. Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, 3-mil-thick, polyester flexible label with acrylic pressure -sensitive adhesive. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Self -Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather- and chemical -resistant; self -laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. 3. Marker for Labels: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. D. Self -Adhesive Labels: Polyester, thermal, transfer -printed, 3-mil-thick, multicolor, weather - and UV -resistant, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 3 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Minimum Nominal Size: a. 1-1/2 by 6 inches for raceway and conductors. b. 3-1/2 by 5 inches for equipment. C. As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.4 BANDS AND TUBES A. Snap -around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeves, 2 inches long, with diameters sized to suit diameter and that stay in place by gripping action. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. B. Heat -Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tubes with machine -printed identification labels, sized to suit diameters of and shrunk to fit firmly around item being identified. Full shrink recovery occurs at a maximum of 200 deg F. Comply with UL 224. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. 2.5 SIGNS A. Baked -Enamel Signs: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Carlton Industries, LP. b. emedco. C. Marking Services, Inc. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 4 2. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 3. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. 4. Nominal Size: 7 by 10 inches. B. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. emedco. C. Marking Services, Inc. 2. Engraved legend. 3. Thickness: a. For signs up to 20 sq. in., minimum 1/16 inch thick. b. For signs larger than 20 sq. in., 1/8 inch thick. C. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. d. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners with 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. e. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. CN_�:�I1:11Y1�1.y A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. HellermannTyton. 2. Marking Services, Inc. 3. Panduit Corp. B. General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. C. UV -Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 5 D. Plenum -Rated Cable Ties: Self -extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D638: 7000 psi. 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F. 5. Color: Black. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless -steel screws or stainless -steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. C. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. G. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. H. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 6 I. System Identification for Raceways and Cables over 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. J. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. K. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch-high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. L. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. M. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY POWER." 2. "POWER." 3. "UPS." 4. N. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: 1. Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Attach labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. O. Snap -around Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. P. Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface of raceway or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. Q. Self -Adhesive Labels: 1. On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1- 1/2-inch-high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. R. Snap -around Color -Coding Bands: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. S. Heat -Shrink, Preprinted Tubes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. T. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 7 U. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 1. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. V. Floor Marking Tape: Apply stripes to finished surfaces following manufacturer's written instructions. W. Underground Line Warning Tape: 1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground -line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trenchexceeds 16 inches overall. 2. Install underground -line warning tape for direct -buried cables and cables in raceways. X. Baked -Enamel Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on minimum 1-1/2-inch-high sign; where two lines of text are required, use signs minimum 2 inches high. Y. Metal -Backed Butyrate Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on minimum 1-1/2-inch-high sign; where two lines of text are required, use signs minimum 2 inches high. Z. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on minimum 1-1/2-inch-high sign; where two lines of text are required, use signs minimum 2 inches high. AA. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 8 Ups i11130 I01a(W:1%I161 fY401:191billa11 A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. C. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive labels containing the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. 'EMERGENCY POWER." 2. "POWER." 3. "UPS." D. Control -Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and hndholes, use with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. E. Control -Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide heat -shrink preprinted tubes with the conductor designation. F. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Marker tape that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. G. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical -fiber cable. H. Workspace Indication: Apply floor marking tape to finished surfaces. Show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush -mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. I. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors. J. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive equipment labels or Baked -enamel warning signs or Metal -backed, butyrate warning signs. 1. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 2. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power -transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 9 K. Arc Flash Warning Labeling: Self-adhesive labels. L. Operating Instruction Signs: Self-adhesive labels or Baked -enamel warning signs Metal - backed, butyrate warning signs or Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs. M. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Self-adhesive labels or Baked -enamel warning signs or Metal -backed, butyrate warning signs Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch-high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. N. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Indoor Equipment: Self-adhesive label or Baked -enamel signs Metal -backed butyrate signs or Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic sign. 2. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign. END OF SECTION 260553 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Electrical Systems 260553 - 10 SECTION 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electronic time switches. 2. Electromechanical dial -time switches. 3. Outdoor photoelectric switches, solid state, flexible mounting. 4. Outdoor photoelectric switches, low voltage. 5. Indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors. 6. Switchbox-mounted occupancy sensors. 7. Digital timer light switch. 8. Outdoor motion sensors. 9. Lighting contactors. 10. Conductors and cables. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 2. Section 260011 "Facility Performance Requirements" for seismic -load, wind -load, acoustical, and other field conditions applicable to Work specified in this Section. 3. Section 262726 "Wiring Devices" for wall -box dimmers, non-networkable wall -switch occupancy sensors, and manual light switches. 4. All lighting controls shall be Acuity nLight wireless, networked lighting control system or approved equivalent. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show installation details for the following: a. Occupancy sensors. b. Vacancy sensors. 2. Interconnection diagrams showing field -installed wiring. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 1 C. Field quality -control reports. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranties. f1EA ��101.30 -*_TA►OVA A. Special Extended Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer warrant that installed lighting control devices perform in accordance with specified requirements and agree to repair or replace, including labor, materials, and equipment, devices that fail to perform as specified within extended warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Faulty operation of lighting control software. b. Faulty operation of lighting control devices. 2. Extended Warranty Period: Two year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. TE Connectivity Ltd. B. Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying with UL 917. 1. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Programs: a. Eight on -off set points on a 24-hour schedule and an annual holiday schedule that overrides the weekly operation on holidays. 3. Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on -off function of a program. 4. Astronomic Time 5. Automatic daylight savings time changeover. 6. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 2 i►•>�►�lei 000WGIKfl017:V[y%1►Ua%X661e[y&191► 061OW A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. WattStopper; Legrand North America, LLC. B. General Requirements for Sensors: 1. Wall or Ceiling -mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors. 2. Passive infrared or Ultrasonic or Dual technology. 3. Integrated or Separate power pack. 4. [ 5. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 6. Operation: a. Occupancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. b. Vacancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, lights are manually turned on and sensor turns lights off when the room is unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. C. Combination Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, sensor must be programmed to turn lights on when coverage area is occupied and turn them off when unoccupied, or to turn off lights that have been manually turned on; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. 7. Power: Line voltage. 8. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20 A or LED load at 120 and 277 V(ac), for 13 A tungsten at 120 V(ac), and for 1 hp at 120 V(ac). Sensor has 24 V(dc), 150 mA, Class 2 power source. 9. Mounting: a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position in a standard device box or outlet box. b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2 inch knockout in a standard electrical enclosure. C. Time -Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged door. 10. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal operation of sensor. 11. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure. 12. Automatic Light -Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc; turn lights off when selected lighting level is present. C. PIR Type: Wall or Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area by their heat and movement. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 3 1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6 inch minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. inch. 2. Detection Coverage (Corridor, Ceiling Mounted): Detect occupancy within 90 ft. when mounted on a 10 ft. high ceiling. D. Ultrasonic Type: Wall or Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area through pattern changes of reflected ultrasonic energy. 1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inch in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inch/s. 2. Detection Coverage (Small Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 600 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96 inch high ceiling. 3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96 inch high ceiling. 4. Detection Coverage (Large Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 2000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96 inch high ceiling. 5. Detection Coverage (Corridor): Detect occupancy anywhere within 90 ft. when mounted on a 10 ft. high ceiling in a corridor not wider than 14 ft.. 6. Detection Coverage (Room, Wall Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere within a 180- degree pattern centered on the sensor over an area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted 84 inch above finished floor. E. Dual -Technology Type: Wall or Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR and ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that control on -off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit. 1. Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology. 2. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6 inch minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. inch, and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inch in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inch/s. 3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96 inch high ceiling. 4. Detection Coverage (Room, Wall Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere within a 180- degree pattern centered on the sensor over an area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted 48 inch above finished floor. 2.3 SWITCHBOX-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. WattStopper; Legrand North America, LLC. B. General Requirements for Sensors: Automatic -wall -switch occupancy sensor with manual on - off switch, suitable for mounting in a single gang switchbox using hardwired connection. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 4 2.4 1. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application, and must comply with California Title 24. 2. Occupancy Sensor Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn lights off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. 3. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F. 4. Switch Rating: Not less than 800 VA LED load at 120 V, 1200 VA LED load at 277 V, and 800 W incandescent. C. Wall -Switch Sensor Tag WS1: 1. Standard Range: 180-degree field of view, field adjustable from 180 to 40 degrees; with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft.. 2. Sensing Technology: PIR. 3. Switch Type: SP, manual "on," automatic "off." 4. Capable of controlling load in three-way application. 5. Voltage: Match the circuit voltage. 6. Ambient -Light Override: Concealed, field -adjustable, light -level sensor from 10 to 150 fc. The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is higher than the set point of the sensor. 7. Concealed, field -adjustable, "off' time -delay selector at up to 30 minutes. 8. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space and helps eliminate false "off' switching. 9. Faceplate: Color matched to switch. D. Wall -Switch Sensor Tag WS2: 1. Standard Range: 210-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft.. 2. Sensing Technology: PIR. 3. Switch Type: SP, manual "on," automatic "off." 4. Capable of controlling load in three-way application. 5. Voltage: Match the circuit voltage. 6. Ambient -Light Override: Concealed, field -adjustable, light -level sensor from 10 to 150 fc. The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is higher than the set point of the sensor. 7. Concealed, field -adjustable, "off' time -delay selector at up to 30 minutes. 8. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space and helps eliminate false "off' switching. 9. Faceplate: Color matched to switch. OUTDOOR MOTION SENSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. WattStopper; Legrand North America, LLC. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 5 2.5 B. Description: Solid-state outdoor motion sensors. 1. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application, and must comply with California Title 24. 2. PIR or Dual -technology (PIR and ultrasonic) type, weatherproof. Detect occurrences of 6 inch minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. inch. Comply with UL 773A. 3. Switch Rating: a. Luminaire-Mounted Sensor: 1000 W incandescent, 500 VA fluorescent/LED. b. Separately Mounted Sensor: Dry contacts rated for 20 A LED load at 120 and 277 V(ac), for 13 A tungsten at 120 V(ac), and for 1 hp at 120 V(ac). Sensor has 24 V(dc), 150 mA, Class 2 power source. 4. Switch Type: SP, manual "on," automatic "off." With bypass switch to override the "on" function in case of sensor failure. 5. Voltage: Match the circuit voltage type. 6. Detector Coverage: a. Standard Range: 210-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft.. b. Long Range: 180-degree field of view and 110 ft. detection range. 7. Ambient -Light Override: Concealed, field -adjustable, light -level sensor from 10 to 150 fc. The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is higher than the set point of the sensor. 8. Concealed, field -adjustable, "off' time -delay selector at up to 30 minutes. 9. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space and help eliminate false "off' switching. 10. Operating Ambient Conditions: Suitable for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from minus 40 to plus 130 deg F, rated as "raintight" in accordance with UL 773A. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote -Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded -copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded -copper conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS A. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling -mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire -suppression systems, and partition assemblies. B. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CONTACTORS A. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure - borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory -installed vibration isolators. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF WIRING A. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch. B. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power -limited and nonpower-limited conductors in accordance with conductor manufacturer's instructions. C. Size conductors in accordance with lighting control device manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, device, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components and power and control wiring in accordance with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems. B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests must be witnessed by Architect. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 7 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Nonconforming Work: 1. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. E. Manufacturer Services: 1. Engage factory -authorized service representative to supervise field tests and inspections. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting lighting control devices to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time delay to suit Owner's operations. 2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's operations. 3. Align high -bay occupancy sensors using manufacturer's laser aiming tool. 3.7 MAINTENANCE A. Software and Firmware Service Agreement: 1. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, verify that software and firmware service agreement includes software support for two years. 2. Upgrade Service: At Substantial Completion, update software and firmware to latest version. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Verify upgrading software includes operating system and new or revised licenses for using software. a. Upgrade Notice: No fewer than 30 days to allow Owner to schedule and access the system and to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. 3. Upgrade Reports: Prepare written report after each update, documenting upgrades installed. END OF SECTION 260923 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Lighting Control Devices 260923 - 8 SECTION 262413 - SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service and distribution switchboards rated 600 V and less. 2. Surge protection devices. 3. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. 4. Instrumentation. 5. Control power. 6. Accessory components and features. 7. Identification. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each switchboard, overcurrent protective device, surge protection device, ground -fault protector, accessory, and component. B. Shop Drawings: For each switchboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Detail short-circuit current rating of switchboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Detail utility company's metering provisions with indication of approval by utility company. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 7. Include time -current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in switchboards. Submit on translucent log -log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 8. Include schematic and wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated Design Submittal: 1. For arc -flash hazard analysis. 2. For arc -flash labels. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 1 B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for switchboards, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 1.4 Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers qualified as defined in NEMA PB 2.1 and trained in electrical safety as required by NFPA 70E. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Installation Pathway: Remove and replace access fencing, doors, lift -out panels, and structures to provide pathway for moving switchboards into place. B. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install switchboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above switchboards is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 104 deg F. b. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace switchboard enclosures, buswork, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and factory installed interconnection wiring that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 2 1. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's agrees to repair or replace surge protection devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Switchboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. Shake -table testing shall comply with ICC- ES AC156. 2. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2.2 SWITCHBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Eaton. 2. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. B. Source Limitations: Obtain switchboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for switchboards including clearances between switchboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. D. Comply with NEMA PB 2. E. Comply with NFPA 70. F. Comply with UL 891. G. Front -Connected, Front -Accessible Switchboards: 1. Main Devices: Panel mounted. 2. Branch Devices: Panel mounted. 3. Sections front and rear aligned. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 3 H. Nominal System Voltage: As indicated on drawings. I. Main -Bus Continuous: As indicated on drawings. Seismic Requirements: Fabricate and test switchboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Section 260548 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. Shake -table testing shall comply with ICC- ES AC156. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." K. Indoor Enclosures: Stainless Steel L. Service Entrance Rating: Switchboards intended for use as service entrance equipment shall contain from one to six service disconnecting means with overcurrent protection, a neutral bus with disconnecting link, a grounding electrode conductor terminal, and a main bonding jumper. M. Utility Metering Compartment: Barrier compartment and section complying with utility company's requirements; hinged sealable door; buses provisioned for mounting utility company's current transformers and potential transformers or potential taps as required by utility company. If separate vertical section is required for utility metering, match and align with basic switchboard. Provide service entrance label and necessary applicable service entrance features. N. Bus Transition and Incoming Pull Sections: Matched and aligned with basic switchboard. O. Hinged Front Panels: Allow access to circuit breaker, metering, accessory, and blank compartments. Adequate ventilation to maintain temperature in pull box within same limits as switchboard. P. Buses and Connections: Three phase, four wire unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide phase bus arrangement A, B, C from front to back, top to bottom, and left to right when viewed from the front of the switchboard. 2. Phase- and Neutral -Bus Material: Tin-plated, high -strength, electrical -grade aluminum alloy with tin-plated aluminum circuit -breaker line connections. 3. Tin-plated aluminum feeder circuit -breaker line connections. 4. Load Terminals: Insulated, rigidly braced, runback bus extensions, of same material as through buses, equipped with mechanical connectors for outgoing circuit conductors. Provide load terminals for future circuit -breaker positions at full -ampere rating of circuit - breaker position. 5. Ground Bus: Minimum -size required by UL 891, hard -drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity, equipped with mechanical connectors for feeder and branch -circuit ground conductors. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 4 6. Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the ampacity of phase buses unless otherwise indicated, equipped with mechanical connectors for outgoing circuit neutral cables. Brace bus extensions for busway feeder neutral bus. Q. Future Devices: Equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections, and appurtenances at full rating of circuit -breaker compartment. 2.3 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Eaton. 2. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. B. SPDs: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 1449, Type 1. C. Features and Accessories: D. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single -pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than 200 kA. The peak surge current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. E. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits with 480Y/277 V, three-phase, four -wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V. 2. Line to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V. 3. Line to Line: 2000 V for 480Y/277 V. 2.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits for breakers below 400A Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous -Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front - mounted, field -adjustable trip setting 3. Electronic trip circuit breakers for breakers 400A and above, with rms sensing; field - replaceable rating plug or field-replicable electronic trip; and the following field - adjustable settings: a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long- and short -time pickup levels. C. Long and short time adjustments. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 5 d. Ground -fault pickup level, time delay, and I squared t response. 4. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and double -pole configurations with Class A ground -fault protection (6-mA trip). 5. Ground -Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground -fault protection (30-mA trip). 6. MCCB Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. C. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high -intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. d. Ground -Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time -delay settings, push -to -test feature, and ground -fault indicator. e. Zone -Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic trip unit; for interlocking ground -fault protection function. f. Communication Capability: Circuit -breaker -mounted communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system specified in Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." g. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 55 percent of rated voltage. h. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage without intentional time delay. i. Auxiliary Contacts: One SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit -breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuit -breaker contacts. j. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit -breaker operation; key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position. 2.5 INSTRUMENTATION A. Instrument Transformers: NEMA EI 21.1, and the following: 1. Current Transformers: NEMA EI 21.1; 5 A, 60 Hz, secondary; wound type; single secondary winding and secondary shorting device. Burden and accuracy shall be consistent with connected metering and relay devices. 2. Control -Power Transformers: Dry type, mounted in separate compartments for units larger than 3 kVA. 3. Current Transformers for Neutral and Ground -Fault Current Sensing: Connect secondary wiring to ground overcurrent relays, via shorting terminals, to provide selective tripping of main and tie circuit breaker. Coordinate with feeder circuit -breaker, ground -fault protection. B. Multifunction Digital -Metering Monitor: Microprocessor -based unit suitable for three- or four - wire systems and with the following features: Switch -selectable digital display of the following values with maximum accuracy tolerances as indicated: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 6 a. Phase Currents, Each Phase: Plus or minus 0.5 percent. b. Phase -to -Phase Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 0.5 percent. C. Phase -to -Neutral Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 0.5 percent. d. Megawatts: Plus or minus 1 percent. e. Megavars: Plus or minus 1 percent. f. Power Factor: Plus or minus 1 percent. g. Frequency: Plus or minus 0.1 percent. h. Accumulated Energy, Megawatt Hours: Plus or minus 1 percent; accumulated values unaffected by power outages up to 72 hours. i. Megawatt Demand: Plus or minus 1 percent; demand interval programmable from five to 60 minutes. j. Contact devices to operate remote impulse -totalizing demand meter. 2. Mounting: Display and control unit flush or semiflush mounted in instrument compartment door. C. Watt -Hour Meters and Wattmeters: 1. Comply with ANSI C12.1. 2. Three-phase induction type with two stators, each with current and potential coil, rated 5 A, 120 V, 60 Hz. 3. Suitable for connection to three- and four -wire circuits. 4. Potential indicating lamps. 5. Adjustments for light and full load, phase balance, and power factor. 6. Four -dial clock register. 7. Ratchets to prevent reverse rotation. 8. Removable meter with drawout test plug. 9. Semiflush mounted case with matching cover. 10. Appropriate multiplier tag. D. Impulse -Totalizing Demand Meter: 1. Comply with ANSI C12.1. 2. Suitable for use with switchboard watt-hour meter, including two -circuit totalizing relay. 3. Cyclometer. 4. Four -dial, totalizing kilowatt-hour register. 5. Positive chart drive mechanism. 6. Capillary pen holding a minimum of one month's ink supply. 7. Roll chart with minimum 31-day capacity; appropriate multiplier tag. 8. Capable of indicating and recording five-minute integrated demand of totalized system. 2.6 CONTROL POWER 2.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for switchboards with one or more service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store switchboards according to NECA 400. B. Install switchboards and accessories according to NECA 400. C. Equipment Mounting: Install switchboards on concrete base, 4-inch nominal thickness. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 1. Install conduits entering underneath the switchboard, entering under the vertical section where the conductors will terminate. Install with couplings flush with the concrete base. Extend 2 inches above concrete base after switchboard is anchored in place. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 3. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to switchboards. 6. Anchor switchboard to building structure at the top of the switchboard if required or recommended by the manufacturer. D. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, straps and brackets, and temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units and components. E. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." F. Operating Instructions: Frame and mount the printed basic operating instructions for switchboards, including control and key interlocking sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of finished wood or metal and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic. Mount on front of switchboards. G. Install filler plates in unused spaces of panel -mounted sections. H. Install overcurrent protective devices, surge protection devices, and instrumentation. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges. I. Install spare -fuse cabinet. Comply with NECA 1. K. Comply with requirements for terminating feeder bus specified in Section 262500 'Enclosed Bus Assemblies." Drawings indicate general arrangement of bus, fittings, and specialties. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 8 L. Comply with requirements for terminating cable trays specified in Section 260536 "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems." Drawings indicate general arrangement of cable trays, fittings, and specialties. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Switchboard Nameplates: Label each switchboard compartment with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." C. Device Nameplates: Label each disconnecting and overcurrent protective device and each meter and control device mounted in compartment doors with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: Acceptance Testing: a. Test insulation resistance for each switchboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. Open control and metering circuits within the switchboard, and remove neutral connection to surge protection and other electronic devices prior to insulation test. Reconnect after test. b. Test continuity of each circuit. 2. Test ground -fault protection of equipment for service equipment per NFPA 70. 3. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 4. Correct malfunctioning units on -site where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 5. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Switchboard will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies switchboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 9 MA bi1lu[40►0".110Mei A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain switchboards, overcurrent protective devices, instrumentation, and accessories. END OF SECTION 262413 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Switchboards 262413 - 10 SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch -circuit panelboards. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. MCCB: Molded -case circuit breaker. B. SPD: Surge protective device. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Detail enclosure types including mounting and anchorage, environmental protection, knockouts, corner treatments, covers and doors, gaskets, hinges, and locks. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 6. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 7. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations. 8. Include time -current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Panelboard schedules for installation in panelboards. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Panelboards 262416 - 1 I01Noa0 12103IIY[ 261 A. Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows: 1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified. 2. Altitude not exceeding 6600 feet. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace panelboards that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Panelboard Warranty Period: 18 months from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARDS COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with NEMA PB 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Enclosures: Flush and Surface -mounted, dead -front cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: Stainless Steel, Type 1 b. Outdoor Locations: Stainless Steel, Nema 3R 2. Height: 84 inches maximum. 3. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface -mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush -mounted fronts, overlap box. Trims shall cover all live parts and shall have no exposed hardware. F. Incoming Mains Location: Convertible between top and bottom. G. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. H. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Panelboards 262416 - 2 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type, with a lug on the neutral bar for each pole in the panelboard. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus -Configured Terminators: type, with a lug on the bar for each pole in the panelboard. 4. Feed -Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 6. I. NRTL Label: Panelboards shall be labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authority having jurisdiction for use as service equipment with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. Panelboards shall have meter enclosures, wiring, connections, and other provisions for utility metering. Coordinate with utility company for exact requirements. J. Future Devices: Panelboards shall have mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. K. Panelboard Short -Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. Assembly listed by an NRTL for 100 percent interrupting capacity. Ratings as shown on drawings. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Panelboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 2.3 POWER PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton. 2. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, distribution type. C. Doors: Secured with vault -type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 1. For doors more than 36 inches high, provide two latches, keyed alike. D. Mains: Circuit breaker. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Panelboards 262416 - 3 E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt -on circuit breakers. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt -on circuit breakers. 2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH -CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton. 2. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch -circuit type. C. Mains: Circuit breaker. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. 2.5 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Eaton. 2. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. B. MCCB: Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers for breakers under 400A a. Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads. b. Instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. C. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous -Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front - mounted, field -adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers for breakers 400A and above: a. RMS sensing. b. Field -replaceable rating plug or electronic trip. C. Digital display of settings, trip targets, and indicated metering displays. d. Multi -button keypad to access programmable functions and monitored data. e. Ten -event, trip -history log. Each trip event shall be recorded with type, phase, and magnitude of fault that caused the trip. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Panelboards 262416 - 4 f. Integral test jack for connection to portable test set or laptop computer. g. Field -Adjustable Settings: 1) Instantaneous trip. 2) Long- and short -time pickup levels. 3) Long and short time adjustments. 4) Ground -fault pickup level, time delay, and I squared T response. 4. Current -Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let -through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. 5. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and double -pole configurations with Class A ground -fault protection (6-mA trip). 6. GFEP Circuit Breakers: Class B ground -fault protection (30-MA trip). 7. Arc -Fault Circuit Interrupter Circuit Breakers: Comply with UL 1699; 120/240-V, single - pole configuration. 8. Subfeed Circuit Breakers: Vertically mounted. 9. MCCB Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Breaker handle indicates tripped status. C. UL listed for reverse connection without restrictive line or load ratings. d. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. e. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and HID lighting circuits. f. Ground -Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time -delay settings, push -to -test feature, and ground -fault indicator. 2.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Panelboard Label: Manufacturer's name and trademark, voltage, amperage, number of phases, and number of poles shall be located on the interior of the panelboard door. B. Breaker Labels: Faceplate shall list current rating, UL and IEC certification standards, and AIC rating. C. Circuit Directory: Directory card inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder. 2.7 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Panelboards 262416 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407. C. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." D. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. E. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. F. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. G. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field -adjustable, circuit -breaker trip ranges. H. Make grounding connections and bond neutral for services and separately derived systems to ground. Make connections to grounding electrodes, separate grounds for isolated ground bars, and connections to separate ground bars. I. Install filler plates in unused spaces. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories are not acceptable. Install directory inside panelboard door. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in power panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." E. Install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" identifying source of remote circuit. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Panelboards 262416 - 6 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test for low -voltage air circuit breakers stated in NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results, with comparisons of the two scans. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 262416 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Panelboards 262416 - 7 SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard -grade receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. 2. USB receptacles. 3. GFCI receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. 4. Toggle switches, 120/277 V, 20 A. 5. Decorator -style devices, 20 A. 6. Occupancy sensors. 7. Digital timer light switches. 8. Residential devices. 9. Wall -box dimmers. 10. Wall plates. A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. C. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL WIRING -DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. RoHS compliant. D. Comply with NEMA WD 1. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 1 E. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: White unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Essential Electrical System: Red. 3. SPD Devices: Blue. F. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. G. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 STANDARD -GRADE RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A A. Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596. B. Tamper -Resistant Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596. 5. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper -Resistant Receptacles" Article. C. Weather -Resistant Duplex Receptacle, 125 V, 20 A Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 2 a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498. 5. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations" Article. D. Tamper- and Weather -Resistant Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498. 5. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper -Resistant Receptacles" and "Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations" articles. 2.3 USB RECEPTACLES A. USB Charging Receptacles: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Single -piece, rivetless, nickel -plated, all -brass grounding system. Nickel - plated, brass mounting strap. 3. USB Receptacles: Dual, USB Type A, 5 V dc, and 2.1 A per receptacle (minimum). 4. Standards: Comply with UL 1310 and USB 3.0 devices. B. Tamper -Resistant Duplex and USB Charging Receptacles: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 3 a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Single -piece, rivetless, nickel -plated, all -brass grounding system. Nickel - plated, brass mounting strap. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the line voltage receptacle. 3. Line Voltage Receptacles: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding; NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. USB Receptacles: Dual USB Type A, 5 V dc, and 2.1 A per receptacle (minimum). 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498, UL 1310, USB 3.0 devices, and FS W-C-596. 6. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper -Resistant Receptacles" Article. 2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A A. Duplex GFCI Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Type: Non -feed through. 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. B. Tamper -Resistant Duplex GFCI Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. b. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Type: Non -feed through. 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. 6. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper -Resistant Receptacles" Article. C. Tamper- and Weather -Resistant, GFCI Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 4 2.5 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-15R. 4. Type: Non -feed through. 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and UL 943 Class A. 6. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper -Resistant Receptacles" and "Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations" articles. TOGGLE SWITCHES, 120/277 V, 20 A A. Single -Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A <Insert drawing designation>: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Standards: Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896. B. Two -Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896. C. Three -Way Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 5 C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896. 2.6 DECORATOR -STYLE DEVICES, 20 A A. Decorator Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498. B. Decorator Tamper -Resistant Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498. 5. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper -Resistant Receptacles" Article. C. Decorator, Tamper- and Weather -Resistant, Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 6 2.7 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498. 5. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper -Resistant Receptacles" and "Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations" articles. D. Decorator Single -Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Arrow Hart, Wiring Devices; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. d. Wiring Device-Kellems; Hubbell Incorporated, Commercial and Industrial. 2. Comply with UL 20. WALL PLATES A. Single Source: Obtain wall plates from same manufacturer of wiring devices. B. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high -impact thermoplastic. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring -loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. C. Wet -Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather - resistant, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 2. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 3. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Device Installation: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 7 All devices in finished areas shall be decorator style. 2. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 3. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device -mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. D. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. 2. Install hospital -grade receptacles in patient -care areas with the ground pin or neutral blade at the top. E. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. F. Dimmers: 1. Refer to 260923 for dimmers part of the lighting control system. 2. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 3. Verify that dimmers used for fan -speed control are listed for that application. 4. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' device, listing conditions in the written instructions. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. H. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. In healthcare facilities, prepare reports that comply with NFPA 99. 2. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 3. Test Instrument for Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital -display indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. C. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 8 D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 262726 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Wiring Devices 262726 - 9 SECTION 262813 - FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cartridge fuses rated 600 V ac and less for use in the following: a. Control circuits. b. Panelboards. C. Switchboards. d. Enclosed controllers. e. Enclosed switches. f. Electrical Disconnects 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Bussmann; Eaton, Electrical Sector. 2. Littelfuse, Inc. 3. Mersen USA. 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, current -limiting, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with circuit voltages. 1. Type RK-1: 250 or 600-V, zero- to 600-A rating, 200 kAIC. 2. Type RK-5: 250 or 600 -V, zero- to 600-A rating, 200 kAIC. 3. Type CC: 600-V, zero- to 30-A rating, 200 kAIC. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Fuses 262813 - 1 4. Type CD: 600-V, 3 1 - to 60-A rating, 200 kAIC. 5. Type J: 600-V, zero- to 600-A rating, 200 kAIC. 6. Type T: 250-V, zero- to and 1200-A 600-V, zero- to 800-A rating, 200 kAIC. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size and with system short-circuit current levels. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. 3.2 INSTALLATION Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. Install spare -fuse cabinet(s) in location shown on the Drawings. IDENTIFICATION A. Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information inside of door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder. END OF SECTION 262813 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Fuses 262813 - 2 SECTION 265119 - LED INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following types of LED luminaires: 1. Downlight. 2. Recessed, linear. 3. Strip light. 4. Surface mount, linear. 5. Surface mount, nonlinear. B. See electrical drawings for all LED interior light fixture manufacturers and models. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Manufacturers' Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved. B. Seismic Qualification Data: For luminaires, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. C. Product Certificates: For each type of luminaire. D. Product test reports. E. Sample warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Luminaire manufacturer's laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Interior Lighting 265119 - 1 B. Each luminaire type shall be binned within a three -step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. B. Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. 17:1:71r►409:Zo]11s,1ftK1 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Luminaires and lamps shall be labeled vibration and shock resistant. 1. The term "withstand" means "the luminaire will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified." B. Ambient Temperature: 41 to 104 deg F. 1. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent. C. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet < 2.2 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Factory -Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Locate labels where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. 1. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics: a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. Lamp diameter, shape, size, wattage, and coating. C. CCT and CRI. C. Recessed luminaires shall comply with NEMA LE 4 D. California Title 24 compliant. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Interior Lighting 265119 - 2 2.3 DOWNLIGHT: See electrical drawings for type, manufacturer, and model. 2.4 RECESSED, LINEAR: <>. See electrical drawings for type, manufacturer, and model 2.5 STRIP LIGHT See electrical drawings for type, manufacturer, and model. 2.6 SURFACE MOUNT, LINEAR See electrical drawings for type, manufacturer, and model. 2.7 SURFACE MOUNT, NONLINEAR See electrical drawings for type, manufacturer, and model. 2.8 MATERIALS A. Metal Parts: 1. Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. 2. Sheet metal components shall be steel unless otherwise indicated. 3. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. B. Steel: 1. ASTM A36/A36M for carbon structural steel. 2. ASTM A568/A568M for sheet steel. C. Stainless Steel: 1. 1. Manufacturer's standard grade. 2. 2. Manufacturer's standard type, ASTM A240/240M. D. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M. E. Aluminum: ASTM B209. 2.9 METAL FINISHES A. Variations in finishes are unacceptable in the same piece. Variations in finishes of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and if they can be and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.10 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Interior Lighting 265119 - 3 B. Single -Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as luminaire. C. Wires: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc -coated steel, 12 gage. D. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch minimum diameter, cadmium -plated, threaded steel rod. E. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to luminaire, line voltage, and equipment with threaded attachment, cord, and locking -type plug. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Provide support for luminaire without causing deflection of ceiling or wall. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. E. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for wiring connections. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery power and retransfer to normal. B. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass operation tests and inspections. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Interior Lighting 265119 - 4 C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Comply with requirements for startup specified in Section 260943.16 "Addressable-Luminaire Lighting Controls." B. Comply with requirements for startup specified in Section 260943.23 "Relay -Based Lighting Controls." Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Interior Lighting 265119 - 5 SECTION 265619 - LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior solid-state luminaires that are designed for and exclusively use LED lamp technology. 2. Luminaire supports. 3. Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and contactors. 2. Section 260926 "Lighting Control Panelboards" for panelboard-based lighting control. 3. Section 260943.16 "Addressable-Luminaire Lighting Controls" and Section 260943.23 "Relay -Based Lighting Controls" for manual or programmable control systems with low - voltage control wiring or data communication circuits. 4. Section 265613 "Lighting Poles and Standards" for poles and standards used to support exterior lighting equipment. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CCT: Correlated color temperature. B. CRI: Color rendering index. C. Fixture: See "Luminaire." D. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. E. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. F. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of luminaire. B. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 1 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For luminaire supports. 1. Include design calculations for luminaire supports and seismic restraints. A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale and coordinated. B. Seismic Qualification Data: For luminaires, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. C. Product Certificates: For each type of the following: 1. Luminaire. 2. Photoelectric relay. D. Sample warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1. Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project. Use ANSI and manufacturers' codes. 2. Provide a list of all photoelectric relay types used on Project; use manufacturers' codes. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Mark locations of exterior luminaires for approval by Architect prior to the start of luminaire installation. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 2 year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 2 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Luminaires shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. B. Seismic Performance: Luminaires and lamps shall be labeled vibration and shock resistant. 1. The term "withstand" means "the luminaire will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the luminaire will be fully operational during and after the seismic event." 2.2 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by an NRTL. C. FM Global Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by FM Global. D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. E. Lamp base complying with ANSI C81.61 or IEC 60061-1. F. CRI of minimum 80. CCT Refer to Luminaire Schedule on drawings.. G. L70 lamp life of 50,000 <Insert number> hours. H. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 0 percent of maximum light output. I. Nominal Operating Voltage: 120 V ac or 277 V ac. J. In -line Fusing: On the primary for each luminaire. K. Lamp Rating: Lamp marked for outdoor use and in enclosed locations. L. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer. 2. For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of luminaire from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 3 A. Area and Site: 1. Refer to Luminaire Schedule on drawings. B. Canopy: 1. Refer to Luminaire Schedule on drawings. C. Decorative Post Top: 1. Refer to Luminaire Schedule on drawings. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion -resistant aluminum or Stainless steel. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. D. Diffusers and Globes: 1. Acrylic Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic, with high resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated. 3. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless otherwise indicated. E. Lens and Refractor Gaskets: Use heat- and aging -resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors. F. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. G. Housings: 1. Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. 2. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 4 A. Variations in Finishes: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. B. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory -assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. C. Factory -Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. 2. Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buff complying with AA-M20 requirements; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard -coat wax. 3. Class I, Clear -Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class 1, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. 4. Class I, Color -Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class 1, integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker), complying with AAMA 611. a. Color: as selected by Architect. D. Factory -Applied Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 or SSPC-SP 8. 2. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer and two finish coats of high -gloss, high -build polyurethane enamel. a. Color: 1) As selected from manufacturer's standard catalog of colors. 2) Match Architect's sample of manufacturer's standard color. 3) As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Fasten luminaire to structural support. E. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Support luminaires without causing deflection of finished surface. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. F. Wall -Mounted Luminaire Support: Attached to a minimum 1/8 inch backing plate attached to wall structural members. G. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways. Conceal raceways and cables. H. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished grade unless otherwise indicated. I. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction. J. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. K. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and Section 260533 'Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for wiring connections and wiring methods. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF INDIVIDUAL GROUND -MOUNTED LUMINAIRES A. Aim as indicated on Drawings. B. Install on concrete base with top 4 inches above finished grade or surface at luminaire location. Cast conduit into base, and finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 6 A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch-thick, pipe -wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components. B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Verify operation of photoelectric controls. C. Illumination Tests: 1. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IES testing guide(s): a. IES LM-5. b. IES LM-50. C. IES LM-52. d. IES LM-64. e. IES LM-72. 2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. D. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 7 A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain luminaires and photocell relays. IW110XIIall Wei I[GHWO: IIIII] Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Led Exterior Lighting 265619 - 8 SECTION 270526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grounding conductors. 2. Grounding connectors. 3. Grounding busbars. 4. Grounding rods. 5. Grounding labeling. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. As -Built Data: Plans showing as -built locations of grounding and bonding infrastructure, including the following: 1. Ground rods. 2. Ground and roof rings. 3. BCT, TMGB, TGBs, and routing of their bonding conductors. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Cabling Installer must have personnel certified by BICSI on staff. 1. Installation Supervision: Installation shall be under the direct supervision of ITS Level 2 Installer, who shall be present at all times when Work of this Section is performed at Project site. 2. Field Inspector: Currently registered by BICSI as a designer RCDD to perform the on - site inspection. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526 - 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. C. Comply with TIA-607-B. 2.2 CONDUCTORS A. Comply with UL 486A-486B. B. Insulated Conductors: Stranded copper wire, green or green with yellow stripe insulation, insulated for 600 V, and complying with UL 83. 1. Ground wire for custom -length equipment ground jumpers shall be No. 6 AWG, 19- strand, UL-listed, Type THHN wire. 2. Cable Tray Equipment Grounding Wire: No. 6 AWG. C. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmils, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, and 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors terminated with two -hole copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Irreversible connectors listed for the purpose. Listed by an NRTL as complying with NFPA 70 for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. Comply with UL 486A-486B. B. Compression Wire Connectors: Crimp -and -compress connectors that bond to the conductor when the connector is compressed around the conductor. Comply with UL 467. 1. Electroplated tinned copper, C and H shaped. C. Busbar Connectors: Cast silicon bronze, solderless compression or exothermic -type, mechanical connector; with a long barrel and two holes spaced on 5/8- or 1-inch centers for a two -bolt connection to the bulbar. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526 - 2 D. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.4 GROUNDING BUSBARS A. TMGB: Predrilled, wall -mounted, rectangular bars of hard -drawn solid copper, 1/4 by 4 inches in cross section, length as indicated on Drawings. The busbar shall be NRTL listed for use as TMGB and shall comply with TIA-607-13. 1. Predrilling shall be with holes for use with lugs specified in this Section. 2. Mounting Hardware: Stand-off brackets that provide a 4-inch clearance to access the rear of the busbar. Brackets and bolts shall be stainless steel. 3. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall be Lexan or PVC. Comply with UL 891 for use in 600-V switchboards, impulse tested at 5000 V. B. TGB: Predrilled rectangular bars of hard -drawn solid copper, 1/4 by 2 inches in cross section, length as indicated on Drawings. The busbar shall be for wall mounting, shall be NRTL listed as complying with UL 467, and shall comply with TIA-607-13. 1. Predrilling shall be with holes for use with lugs specified in this Section. 2. Mounting Hardware: Stand-off brackets that provide at least a 2-inch clearance to access the rear of the busbar. Brackets and bolts shall be stainless steel. 3. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall be Lexan or PVC. Comply with UL 891 for use in 600-V switchboards, impulse tested at 5000 V. C. Rack and Cabinet Grounding Busbars: Rectangular bars of hard -drawn solid copper, accepting conductors ranging from No. 14 to No. 2/0 AWG, NRTL listed as complying with UL 467, and complying with TIA-607-13. Predrilling shall be with holes for use with lugs specified in this Section. 1. Cabinet -Mounted Busbar: Terminal block, with stainless -steel or copper -plated hardware for attachment to the cabinet. 2. Rack -Mounted Horizontal Busbar: Designed for mounting in 19- or 23-inch equipment racks. Include a copper splice bar for transitioning to an adjoining rack, and stainless - steel or copper -plated hardware for attachment to the rack. 3. Rack -Mounted Vertical Busbar: 72 or 36 inches long, with stainless -steel or copper - plated hardware for attachment to the rack. 2.5 GROUND RODS A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet in diameter. 2.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements for identification products in Section 270553 "Identification for Communications Systems." Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the ac grounding electrode system and equipment grounding for compliance with requirements for maximum ground -resistance level and other conditions affecting performance of grounding and bonding of the electrical system. B. Inspect the test results of the ac grounding system measured at the point of BCT connection. C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with connection of the BCT only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Bonding shall include the ac utility power service entrance, the communications cable entrance, and the grounding electrode system. The bonding of these elements shall form a loop so that each element is connected to at least two others. B. Comply with NECA 1. C. Comply with TIA-607-B. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. 1. The bonding conductors between the TGB and structural steel of steel -frame buildings shall not be smaller than No. 6 AWG. 2. The bonding conductors between the TMGB and structural steel of steel -frame buildings shall not be smaller than No. 6 AWG. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install barecopper conductor, No. 2 AWG minimum. C. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. D. Conductor Support: Secure grounding and bonding conductors at intervals of not less than 36 inches. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526 - 4 E. Grounding and Bonding Conductors: 1. Install in the straightest and shortest route between the origination and termination point, and no longer than required. The bend radius shall not be smaller than eight times the diameter of the conductor. No one bend may exceed 90 degrees. 2. Install without splices. 3. Support at not more than 36-inch intervals. 4. Install grounding and bonding conductors in 3/4-inch PVC conduit until conduit enters a telecommunications room. The grounding and bonding conductor pathway through a plenum shall be in EMT. Conductors shall not be installed in EMT unless otherwise indicated. a. If a grounding and bonding conductor is installed in ferrous metallic conduit, bond the conductor to the conduit using a grounding bushing that complies with requirements in Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems," and bond both ends of the conduit to a TGB. 3.4 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A. The BCT between the TMGB and the ac service equipment ground shall not be smaller than No. 1/0 AWG. 3.5 GROUNDING BUSBARS A. Indicate locations of grounding busbars on Drawings. Install busbars horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches minimum from wall, 12 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. B. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, and down; connect to horizontal bus. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Bond metallic equipment in a telecommunications equipment room to the grounding busbar in that room, using equipment grounding conductors not smaller than No. 6 AWG. B. Stacking of conductors under a single bolt is not permitted when connecting to busbars. C. Assemble the wire connector to the conductor, complying with manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Use crimping tool and the die specific to the connector. 2. Pretwist the conductor. 3. Apply an antioxidant compound to all bolted and compression connections. D. Primary Protector: Bond to the TMGB with insulated bonding conductor. E. Interconnections: Interconnect all TGBs with the TMGB with the telecommunications backbone conductor. If more than one TMGB is installed, interconnect TMGBs using the grounding Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526 - 5 equalizer conductor. The telecommunications backbone conductor and grounding equalizer conductor size shall not be less than 2 kcmils/linear foot of conductor length, up to a maximum size of No. 3/0 AWG unless otherwise indicated. F. Telecommunications Enclosures and Equipment Racks: Bond metallic components of enclosures to the telecommunications bonding and grounding system. Install top -mounted rack grounding bulbar unless the enclosure and rack are manufactured with the busbar. Bond the equipment grounding busbar to the TGB No. 2 AWG bonding conductors. G. Structural Steel: Where the structural steel of a steel frame building is readily accessible within the room or space, bond each TGB and TMGB to the vertical steel of the building frame. H. Electrical Power Panelboards: Where an electrical panelboard for telecommunications equipment is located in the same room or space, bond each TGB to the ground bar of the panelboard. 1. Shielded Cable: Bond the shield of shielded cable to the TGB in communications rooms and spaces. Comply with TIA-568-C.1 and TIA-568-C.2 when grounding shielded balanced twisted -pair cables. J. Rack- and Cabinet -Mounted Equipment: Bond powered equipment chassis to the cabinet or rack grounding bar. Power connection shall comply with NFPA 70; the equipment grounding conductor in the power cord of cord- and plug -connected equipment shall be considered as a supplement to bonding requirements in this Section. K. Access Floors: Bond all metal parts of access floors to the TGB. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Labels shall be preprinted or computer -printed type. 1. Label TMGB(s) with 'Ts-TMGB," where 'Ts" is the telecommunications space identifier for the space containing the TMGB. 2. Label TGB(s) with 'Ts-TGB," where 'Ts" is the telecommunications space identifier for the space containing the TGB. 3. Label the BCT and each telecommunications backbone conductor at its attachment point: "WARNING! TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING CONDUCTOR. DO NOT REMOVE OR DISCONNECT!" 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526 - 6 2. Test the bonding connections of the system using an ac earth ground -resistance tester, taking two -point bonding measurements in each telecommunications equipment room containing a TMGB and a TGB and using the process recommended by BICSI TDMM. Conduct tests with the facility in operation. a. Measure the resistance between the busbar and the nearest available grounding electrode. The maximum acceptable value of this bonding resistance is 100 milliohms. Test for ground loop currents using a digital clamp -on ammeter, with a full-scale of not more than 10 A, displaying current in increments of 0.01 A at an accuracy of plus/minus 2.0 percent. a. With the grounding infrastructure completed and the communications system electronics operating, measure the current in every conductor connected to the TMGB and in each TGB. Maximum acceptable ac current level is 1 A. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground at the BCT exceeds 5 ohms, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. D. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 270526 - 7 SECTION 270528 - PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits and fittings. 2. Nonmetallic conduits and fittings. 3. Optical -fiber -cable pathways and fittings. 4. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Nonmetallic wireways and auxiliary gutters. 6. Metallic surface pathways. 7. Nonmetallic surface pathways. 8. Hooks. 9. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 10. Polymer -concrete handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. A. Product data for each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets and custom underground handholes and boxes. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Seismic rating for all pathway racks, enclosures, cabinets, equipment racks, and their mounting provisions, including those for internal components, from manufacturer. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Description: Metal raceway of circular cross section with manufacturer -fabricated fittings. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 1 1. AFC Cable Systems; Atkore International. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit; Atkore International. 3. Southwire Company. C. General Requirements for Metal Conduits and Fittings: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Comply with TIA-569-D. D. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. E. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. F. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. G. PVC -Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated GRC. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. H. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. I. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 51413. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 1203 and NFPA 70. 2. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: Setscrew. 3. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL-467, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. J. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Description: Nonmetallic raceway of circular section with manufacturer -fabricated fittings. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit; Atkore International. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 2 2.3 2. Anaconda Sealtite; Anamet Electrical, Inc. 3. Electri-Flex Company. C. General Requirements for Nonmetallic Conduits and Fittings: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Comply with TIA-569-D. D. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. E. Rigid HDPE: Comply with UL 651A. F. Continuous HDPE: Comply with UL 651A. G. RTRC: Comply with UL 2515A and NEMA TC 14. 1. Fittings: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. H. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Description: Sheet metal trough of rectangular cross section fabricated to required size and shape, without holes or knockouts, and with hinged or removable covers. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. B-line; Eaton, Electrical Sector. 2. MonoSystems, Inc. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. C. General Requirements for Metal Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters: 1. Comply with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1, Type 3R, Type 4 unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 2. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Comply with TIA-569-D. D. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 3 O,�Ie[e]eluIglIII:\Ila161VISIkIWATIMI&V- 00O7:11011:4IIl/:1: IKKIIII0M11OW A. Description: Fiberglass polyester, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, without holes or knockouts. Cover shall be gasketed with oil -resistant gasket material and fastened with captive screws treated for corrosion resistance. Connections shall be flanged and have stainless - steel screws and oil -resistant gaskets. B. Description: PVC, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, and having snap -on cover, mechanically coupled connections, and plastic fasteners. C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. ABB, Electrification Products Division. 2. Hoffman; nVent. 3. Niedax Inc. D. General Requirements for Nonmetallic Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Comply with TIA-569-D. E. Fittings and Accessories: Couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings shall match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. F. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.5 SURFACE METAL PATHWAYS A. Description: Galvanized steel with snap -on covers, complying with UL 5. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. MonoSystems, Inc. 2. Panduit Corp. 3. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. C. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with TIA-569-D. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 4 A. Description: Two- or three-piece construction, complying with UL 5A, and manufactured of rigid PVC. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ABB, Electrification Products Division. 2. MonoSystems, Inc. 3. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. C. Finish: Texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. E. Comply with TIA-569-D. 2.7 HOOKS A. Description: Prefabricated sheet metal cable supports for telecommunications cable. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. MonoSystems, Inc. 2. Panduit Corp. 3. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. C. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with TIA-569-D. E. Galvanized steel. F. J shape. 2.8 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Description: Enclosures for communications. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ABB, Electrification Products Division. 2. MonoSystems, Inc. 3. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 5 C. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: 1. Comply with TIA-569-D. 2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for use in wet locations. 3. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. 4. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep. D. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. E. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover. F. Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Material: sheet metal. 2. Type: Fully adjustable. 3. Shape: Rectangular. 4. Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. G. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, rectangular. 1. Nonmetallic floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. H. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. I. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. J. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. K. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1 Type 3R galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.9 POLYMER -CONCRETE HANDHOLES A. Description: Molded of sand and aggregate; bound together with polymer resin; and reinforced with steel, fiberglass, or a combination of the two. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 6 B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Armorcast Products Company. 2. Oldcastle Infrastructure Inc.; CRH Americas. 3. Quazite; Hubbell Incorporated, Power Systems. C. General Requirements for Polymer Concrete Handholes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Comply with TIA-569-D. D. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with closed bottom unless otherwise indicated. E. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 1. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 2. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "COMMUNICATIONS". PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Minimum Pathway Size: 3/4-inch trade size for copper and aluminum cables, and I inch for optical -fiber cables. B. Pathway Fittings: Compatible with pathways and suitable for use and location. C. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. D. Install surface pathways only where indicated on Drawings. E. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the following standards for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA 1. 2. NECA/BICSI568. 3. TIA-569-D. 4. NECA 101 5. NECA 105. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 7 B. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of pathways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. C. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire -rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. D. Comply with requirements in Section 270529 "Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems" for hangers and supports. E. Comply with requirements in Section 270544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways and Cabling" for sleeves and sleeve seals for communications. F. Keep pathways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal pathway runs above water and steam piping. G. Complete pathway installation before starting conductor installation. H. Install no more than the equivalent of two 90-degree bends in any pathway run. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. Utilize long radius ells for all optical -fiber cables. I. Conceal rigid conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. J. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached. K. Pathways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure pathways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals. 2. Arrange pathways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. Comply with requirements for expansion joints specified in this article. 3. Arrange pathways to keep a minimum of 1 inch of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. 5. Change from nonmetallic conduit and fittings to RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, and fittings before rising above floor. L. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for pathways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. M. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of pathway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. N. Coat field -cut threads on PVC -coated pathway with a corrosion -preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 8 O. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure, to assure a continuous ground path. P. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits of 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to ensure cut is straight and perpendicular to the length. Q. Install pull wires in empty pathways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Secure pull wire, so it cannot fall into conduit. Cap pathways designated as spare alongside pathways in use. R. Surface Pathways: 1. Install surface pathway for surface telecommunications outlet boxes only where indicated on Drawings. 2. Install surface pathway with a minimum 2-inch radius control at bend points. 3. Secure surface pathway with screws or other anchor -type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight pathway section. Support surface pathway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. S. Pathways for Optical -Fiber and Communications Cable: Install pathways, metal and nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows: 1. 3/4-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: Install pathways in maximum lengths of 50 feet. 2. 1-Inch Trade Size and Larger: Install pathways in maximum lengths of 75 feet. 3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of pathway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. T. Install pathway -sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed pathways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install pathway - sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. U. Install devices to seal pathway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals, so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all pathways at the following points: Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service pathway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. V. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding PVC conduit and fittings. W. Expansion -Joint Fittings: Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F, and that has straight -run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 9 in each run of aboveground RMC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F, and that has straight -run length that exceeds 100 feet. 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 3. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 5. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. X. Hooks: 1. Size to allow a minimum of 25 percent future capacity without exceeding design capacity limits. 2. Shall be supported by dedicated support wires. Do not use ceiling grid support wire or support rods. 3. Hook spacing shall allow no more than 6 inches of slack. The lowest point of the cables shall be no less than 6 inches adjacent to ceilings, mechanical ductwork and fittings, luminaires, power conduits, power and telecommunications outlets, and other electrical and communications equipment. 4. Space hooks no more than 5 feet o.c. 5. Provide a hook at each change in direction. Y. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated. Z. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surface to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. AA. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls, so they are not in the same vertical channel. BB. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. CC. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 10 DD. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct -Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Install backfill. 2. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. 3. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor unless otherwise indicated. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete around conduit for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. b. For stub -ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 4. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Section 270553 "Identification for Communications Systems." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. D. Field cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 270544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways and Cabling." Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 11 f f:�aM1f91cola 91.to] A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage or deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 270528 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Pathways for Communications Systems 270528 - 12 SECTION 270529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel slotted support systems for communication raceways. 2. Conduit and cable support devices. 3. Support for conductors in vertical conduit. 4. Structural steel for fabricated supports and restraints. 5. Mounting, anchoring, and attachment components, including powder -actuated fasteners, mechanical expansion anchors, concrete inserts, clamps, through bolts, toggle bolts, and hanger rods. 6. Fabricated metal equipment support assemblies. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 270548 "Seismic Controls for Communications Systems" for products and installation requirements necessary for compliance with seismic criteria. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation details for communications hangers and support systems. 1. Trapeze hangers. Include product data for components. 2. Steel slotted -channel systems. 3. Aluminum slotted -channel systems. 4. Nonmetallic slotted -channel systems. 5. Equipment supports. 6. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 7. Include design calculations for seismic restraints. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale, shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for hangers and supports for communications equipment and systems, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 270529 - 1 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design hanger and support system. B. Seismic Performance: Hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the supported equipment and systems will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the system will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. C. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame Rating: Class 1. 2. Self -extinguishing according to ASTM D635. 2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles, with minimum 13/32-inch- diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c. in at least one surface. 1. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 2. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Galvanized steel, Stainless Steel Type 304, Stainless Steel Type 316. 3. Channel Width: 1-5/8 inches. 4. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 270529 - 2 2.3 5. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 6. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 7. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 8. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel clamps, hangers, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored communications conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be made of malleable iron. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type stainless steel for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM F3125/F3125M,Grade A325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 270529 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with the following standards for application and installation requirements of hangers and supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA 1. 2. NECA/BICSI568. 3. TIA-569-C. 4. NECA 101. 5. NECA 105. B. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire -rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. C. Comply with requirements for pathways specified in Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems." D. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMTs, IMCs, and RMCs as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. E. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted or other support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. F. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, according to NFPA 70. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components, so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. C. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten communications items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: I . To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 270529 - 4 3. To Masonry: Use approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Use expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated -driven threaded studs, provided with lock washers and nuts, may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with lock washers and nuts. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. D. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site - fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor communications materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION 270529 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 270529 - 5 SECTION 270536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ladder cable tray. 2. Wire -mesh cable tray. 3. Cable tray accessories. 4. Warning signs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260536 "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems" for cable trays and accessories serving electrical systems. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for cable trays, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. B. Field quality -control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Cable trays and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536 - 1 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CABLE TRAYS A. Cable Trays and Accessories: Identified as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location, application, and grounding. B. Sizes and Configurations: See the Cable Tray Schedule on Drawings for specific requirements for types, materials, sizes, and configurations. C. Structural Performance: See articles on individual cable tray types for specific values for uniform load distribution, concentrated load, and load and safety factor parameters. 2.3 LADDER CABLE TRAY A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. ABB, Electrification Products Division. 2. MonoSystems, Inc. 3. MP Husky USA Cable Tray & Cable Bus. B. Description: 1. Configuration: Two longitudinal side rails with transverse rungs swaged or welded to side rails, complying with NEMA VE 1. 2. Width: 12 inches unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3. Minimum Usable Load Depth: 4 inches 5 inches 6 inches. 4. Straight Section Lengths: 10 feet, except where shorter lengths are required to facilitate tray assembly. 5. Rung Spacing: 6 inches o.c. 6. Radius -Fitting Rung Spacing: 9 inches at center of tray's width. 7. Minimum Cable -Bearing Surface for Rungs: 7/8-inch width with radius edges. 8. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of side rails. 9. Structural Performance of Each Rung: Capable of supporting a maximum cable load, with a safety factor of 1.5, plus a 200-lb concentrated load, when tested according to NEMA VE 1. 10. Fitting Minimum Radius: 12 inches. 11. Class Designation: Comply with NEMA VE 1, Class 5AA. 12. Splicing Assemblies: Bolted type using serrated flange locknuts. 13. Splice -Plate Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading capacity of cable tray. 14. Covers: Solid or Louvered type made of same materials and with same finishes as cable tray. C. Materials and Finishes: Steel: a. Straight Section and Fitting Side Rails and Rungs: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011/Al0l 1M, SS, Grade 33. b. Steel Tray Splice Plates: ASTM A1011/Al0l IM, HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536 - 2 C. Fasteners: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A510/A51OM, Grade 1008. d. Finish: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM A123/A123M, Class B2. 1) Hardware: Galvanized, ASTM B633. e. Finish: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90. 1) Hardware: Galvanized, ASTM B633. f. Finish: Electrogalvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM B633. 1) Hardware: Galvanized, ASTM B633. g. Finish: Powder -coat enamel paint. 1) Powder -Coat Enamel: Cable tray manufacturer's recommended primer and corrosion -inhibiting treatment, with factory -applied powder -coat paint. 2) Epoxy -Resin Prime Coat: Cold -curing epoxy primer, MPI# 101. 3) Epoxy -Resin Topcoat: Epoxy, cold -cured gloss, MPI# 77. 4) Hardware: Chromium -zinc plated, ASTM Ft 136. h. Finish: Factory -standard primer, ready for field painting, with chromium -zinc - plated hardware according to ASTM F1136. i. Finish: Black oxide finish for support accessories and miscellaneous hardware according to ASTM D769. 2. Aluminum: a. Materials: Alloy 6063-T6 according to ANSI H35.1/H 35.1M for extruded components, and Alloy 5052-H32 according to ANSI H35.1/H 35.1M for fabricated parts. b. Hardware: Chromium -zinc -plated steel, ASTM F1136. C. Hardware for Aluminum Cable Tray Used Outdoors: Stainless steel, Type 316, ASTM F593 and ASTM F594. 3. Stainless Steel: a. Materials: Low -carbon, passivated stainless steel, Type 304L or Type 316L, ASTM F593 and ASTM F594. b. Hardware for Stainless -Steel Cable Tray Used Outdoors: Stainless steel, Type 316, ASTM F593 and ASTM F594. 2.4 WIRE -MESH CABLE TRAY A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536 - 3 1. B-line; Eaton, Electrical Sector. 2. MonoSystems, Inc. 3. MP Husky USA Cable Tray & Cable Bus. B. Description: 1. Configuration: Galvanized- steel wire mesh, complying with NEMA VE 1. 2. Width: 12 inches unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3. Minimum Usable Load Depth: 4 inches. 4. Straight Section Lengths: 10 feet, except where shorter lengths are required to facilitate tray assembly. 5. Structural Performance: Capable of supporting a maximum cable load, with a safety factor of 1.5, plus a 200-lb concentrated load, when tested according to NEMA VE 1. 6. Class Designation: Comply with NEMA VE 1, Class 5AA. 7. Splicing Assemblies: Bolted type using serrated flange locknuts. 8. Splice -Plate Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading capacity of cable tray. C. Materials and Finishes: Steel: a. Straight Sections and Fittings: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011/A1011M, SS, Grade 33. b. Steel Tray Splice Plates: ASTM Al011/Al011M, HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1. C. Fasteners: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A510/A51OM, Grade 1008. d. Finish: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM A123/A123M, Class B2. 1) Hardware: Galvanized, ASTM B633. Finish: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90. 1) Hardware: Galvanized, ASTM B633. £ Finish: Electrogalvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM B633. 1) Hardware: Galvanized, ASTM B633. g. Finish: Powder -coat enamel paint. 1) Powder -Coat Enamel: Cable tray manufacturer's recommended primer and corrosion -inhibiting treatment, with factory -applied powder -coat paint. 2) Epoxy -Resin Prime Coat: Cold -curing epoxy primer, MPI# 101. 3) Epoxy -Resin Topcoat: Epoxy, cold -cured gloss, MPI# 77. 4) Hardware: Chromium -zinc plated, ASTM F1136. h. Finish: Factory -standard primer, ready for field painting, with chromium -zinc - plated hardware according to ASTM F1136. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536 - 4 Finish: Black oxide finish for support accessories and miscellaneous hardware according to ASTM D769. 2.5 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and finishes as cable tray. B. Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as for cable tray. C. Cable tray supports and connectors, including bonding jumpers, as recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 2.6 WARNING SIGNS A. Comply with requirements for identification in Section 270553 "Identification for Communications Systems." B. Lettering: 1-1/2-inch-high, black letters on yellow background with legend "Warning! Not To Be Used as Walkway, Ladder, or Support for Ladders or Personnel." 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test and inspect cable trays according to NEMA FG 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION A. Install cable trays according to NEMA FG 1. B. Install cable trays as a complete system, including fasteners, hold-down clips, support systems, barrier strips, adjustable horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, crosses, cable dropouts, adapters, covers, and bonding. C. Fasten cable tray supports to building structure and install seismic restraints. D. Design fasteners and supports to carry cable tray, the cables, and a concentrated load of 200 lb. Comply with requirements in Section 270529 "Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems." Comply with seismic -restraint details according to Section 270548.16 "Seismic Controls for Communications Systems." E. Install center -hung supports for single -rail trays designed for 60 versus 40 percent eccentric loading condition, with a safety factor of 3. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536 - 5 F. Support wire -basket cable trays with center support hangers. G. Support center support hangers for wire -basket trays with 1/4-inch-diameter rods. H. Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable trays and to equipment. Support cable trays independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable trays on equipment enclosure. I. Install expansion connectors where cable trays cross building expansion joints and in cable tray runs that exceed dimensions recommended in NEMA FG 1. Space connectors and set gaps according to applicable standard. Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." K. Install capped metal sleeves for future cables through firestop-sealed cable tray penetrations of fire and smoke barriers. L. Install barriers to separate cables of different systems, such as power, communications, and data processing; or of different insulation levels, such as 600, 5000, and 15 000 V. M. Install permanent covers, if used, after installing cable. Install cover clamps according to NEMA VE 2. N. Install warning signs in visible locations on or near cable trays after cable tray installation. A. Ground cable trays according to NFPA 70 unless additional grounding is specified. Comply with requirements in Section 270526 "Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems." B. Cable trays with shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers. C. Bond cable trays to power source for cables contained within with bonding conductors sized according to NFPA 70, Article 250.122, "Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors." 3.3 CABLE INSTALLATION A. Install cables only when each cable tray run has been completed and inspected. B. Fasten cables on horizontal runs with cable clamps or cable ties according to NEMA VE 2. Tighten clamps only enough to secure the cable, without indenting the cable jacket. C. Fasten cables on vertical runs to cable trays every 18 inches. D. Fasten and support cables that pass from one cable tray to another or drop from cable trays to equipment enclosures. Fasten cables to the cable tray at the point of exit and support cables Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536 - 6 independent of the enclosure. The cable length between cable trays or between cable tray and enclosure shall be no more than 72 inches. E. Tie MI cables down every 36 inches where required to provide a 2-hour fire rating and every 72 inches elsewhere. F. In existing construction, remove inactive or dead cables from cable trays. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Connect raceways to cable trays according to requirements in NEMA VE 2 and NEMA FG 1. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized, survey for compliance with requirements. 2. Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in cable trays, vibrations, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause or have caused damage. 3. Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable trays do not exceed that permitted by NFPA 70. Verify that communications or data-processing circuits are separated from power circuits by barriers or are installed in separate cable trays. 4. Verify that there are no intruding items such as pipes, hangers, or other equipment in the cable tray. 5. Remove dust deposits, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any blockage of tray ventilation. 6. Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and retorque in suspect areas. 7. Check for missing, incorrect, or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with specified hardware. 8. Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding; verify that all takeoff raceways are bonded to cable trays. Test entire cable tray system for continuity. Maximum allowable resistance is 1 ohm. B. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed cable trays and cables. END OF SECTION 270536 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Cable Trays for Communications Systems 270536 - 7 SECTION 270544 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS AND CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL f��:��1rk11M�1�7�Z�Z�l�1u1�1►1111.`! A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. llw► Y11ulu/."I1419 A. Section Includes: 1. Round sleeves. 2. Rectangular sleeves. 3. Sleeve seal systems. 4. Grout. 5. Pourable sealants. 6. Foam sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ROUND SLEEVES A. Wall Sleeves, Steel: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, LLC. b. Flexicraft Industries. C. GPT; an EnPro Industries company. 2. Description: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends and integral waterstop. B. Sheet Metal Sleeves, Galvanized Steel, Round: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways and Cabling 270544 - 1 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Benefast. b. Specified Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: Galvanized -steel sheet; thickness not less than 0.0239-inch; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw -fastening the sleeve to the board. 2.2 RECTANGULAR SLEEVES A. Sheet Metal Sleeves, Galvanized Steel, Rectangular: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Abesco Fire LLC. b. Specified Technologies, Inc. C. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. 2. Description: a. Material: Galvanized sheet steel. b. Minimum Metal Thickness: 1) For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and with no side larger than 16 inches, thickness must be 0.052 inch. 2) For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter not less than 50 inches or with one or more sides larger than 16 inches, thickness must be 0.138 inch. 2.3 SLEEVE SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 3. Proco Products, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and pathway or cable or between pathway and cable. 1. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 2. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion -resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways and Cabling 270544 - 2 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. W.R. Meadows, Inc. B. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non -fire - rated walls or floors. 1. Standard: ASTM C 1 107/C I 107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.5 POURABLE SEALANTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. 2. GAF. 3. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. B. Description: Single -component, neutral -curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below. 1. Grade: Pourable (self -leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. 2.6 FOAM SEALANTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Dow Chemical Company (The). 2. Innovative Chemical Products (Building Solutions Group). B. Description: Multicomponent, liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. Foam expansion must not damage cables or crack penetrated structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES FOR NON -FIRE -RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Comply with NECA 1. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways and Cabling 270544 - 3 B. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above -Grade, Non -Fire -Rated, Concrete and Masonry -Unit Floors and Walls: Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: a. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall or floor so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing. b. Seal annular space between sleeve and pathway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pathway or cable, unless sleeve seal system is to be installed or seismic criteria require different clearance. 4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting. 5. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection of floors. C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non -Fire -Rated Wall Assemblies: 1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for wall assemblies. D. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual pathways and cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. E. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seal systems. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. F. Underground, Exterior -Wall and Floor Penetrations: 1. Install steel pipe sleeves with integral waterstops. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pathway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve seal system. Install sleeve during construction of floor or wall. 2. Install steel pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pathway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve seal system. Grout sleeve into wall or floor opening. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RECTANGULAR SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS A. Install sleeves in existing walls without compromising structural integrity of walls. Do not cut structural elements without reinforcing the wall to maintain the designed weight bearing and wall stiffness. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways and Cabling 270544 - 4 B. Install conduits and cable with no crossings within the sleeve. C. Fill opening around conduits and cables with expanding foam without leaving voids. D. Provide metal sheet covering at both wall surfaces and finish to match surrounding surfaces. Metal sheet must be same material as sleeve. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVE SEAL SYSTEMS A. Install sleeve seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at pathway entries into building. B. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for pathway or cable material and size. Position pathway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pathway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. END OF SECTION 270544 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways and Cabling 270544 - 5 SECTION 270553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Underground -line warning tape. 2. Bands and tubes. 3. Cable ties. 4. Miscellaneous identification products. 5. Labels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Identification Schedule: 1. Outlets: Scaled drawings indicating location and proposed designation. 2. Backbone Cabling: Riser diagram showing each communications room, backbone cable, and proposed backbone cable designation. 3. Racks: Scaled drawings indicating location and proposed designation. 4. Patch Panels: Enlarged scaled drawings showing rack row, number, and proposed designations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and TIA 606-B. B. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. C. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Communications Systems 270553 - 1 2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Black letters on a white field. 2.3 LABELS A. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, flexible labels laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing label ends. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeves, with diameters sized to suit diameters of raceway or cable they identify, that stay in place by gripping action. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. C. Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, 3-mil-thick, vinyl flexible labels with acrylic pressure -sensitive adhesive. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,: a. Brady Corporation. b. Panduit Corp. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Self -Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather- and chemical -resistant; self -laminating protective shields over the legend. Labels sized such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. 3. Marker for Labels: a. Permanent, waterproof black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. b. Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof black ink recommended by printer manufacturer. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Communications Systems 270553 - 2 D. Self -Adhesive Labels: Vinyl, thermal, transfer -printed, 3-mil-thick, multicolor, weather- and LTV -resistant, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Brother International Corporation. C. Ideal Industries, Inc. d. Panduit Corp. 2. Minimum Nominal Size: a. 1-1/2 by 6 inches for raceway and conductors. b. 3-1/2 by 5 inches for equipment. C. As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.4 SIGNS A. Baked -Enamel Signs: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Carlton Industries, LP. b. emedco. C. Marking Services, Inc. 2. Preprinted aluminum signs, high -intensity reflective, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 3. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. 4. Nominal Size: 7 by 10 inches. B. Laminated -Acrylic or Melamine -Plastic Signs: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. emedco. C. Marking Services, Inc. 2. Engraved legend. 3. Thickness: a. For signs up to 20 sq. in., minimum 1/16 inch thick. b. For signs larger than 20 sq. in., 1/8 inch thick. C. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. d. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners with 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Communications Systems 270553 - 3 e. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.5 CABLE TIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. HellermannTyton. 2. Marking Services, Inc. 3. Panduit Corp. B. General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. C. UV -Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black. D. Plenum -Rated Cable Ties: Self -extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F according to ASTM D638: 7000 psi. 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F. 5. Color: Black. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless -steel screws or stainless -steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Communications Systems 270553 - 4 manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. C. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. D. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. E. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of communications systems and connected items. F. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. G. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: 1. Secure tight to surface of raceway or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Attach labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. 3. Provide label 6 inches from cable end. H. Snap -Around Labels: 1. Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Provide label 6 inches from cable end. I. Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: 1. Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Provide label 6 inches from cable end. J. Self -Adhesive Labels: 1. On each item, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1- 1/2-inch-high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. K. Cable Ties: General purpose, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Communications Systems 270553 - 5 Mph i11130 I01a(W."II161 INI191billa11 A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations with high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. C. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify covers of each junction and pull box with self-adhesive labels containing wiring system legend. 1. System legends shall be as follows: a. Telecommunications. D. Faceplates: Label individual faceplates with self-adhesive labels. Place label at top of faceplate. Each faceplate shall be labeled with its individual, sequential designation, numbered clockwise when entering room from primary egress, composed of the following, in the order listed: 1. Wiring closet designation. 2. Colon. 3. Faceplate number. E. Equipment Room Labeling: 1. Racks, Frames, and Enclosures: Identify front and rear of each with self-adhesive labels containing equipment designation. 2. Patch Panels: Label individual rows in each rack, starting at top and working down, with self-adhesive labels. 3. Data Outlets: Label each outlet with a self-adhesive label indicating the following, in the order listed: a. Room number being served. b. Colon. C. Faceplate number. F. Backbone Cables: Label each cable with a self-adhesive wraparound label indicating the location of the far or other end of the backbone cable. Patch panel or punch down block where cable is terminated should be labeled identically. G. Horizontal Cables: Label each cable with a self-adhesive wraparound label indicating the following, in the order listed: 1. Room number. 2. Colon. 3. Faceplate number. H. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels. I. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures: Baked -enamel warning signs. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Communications Systems 270553 - 6 Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Indoor Equipment: Laminated -acrylic or melamine -plastic sign. 2. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated -acrylic or melamine -plastic sign. 3. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Communications cabinets. b. Uninterruptible power supplies. C. Computer room air conditioners. d. Fire -alarm and suppression equipment. e. Egress points. f. Power distribution components. END OF SECTION 270553 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Identification for Communications Systems 270553 - 7 SECTION 271513 - COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Category 6 twisted pair cable. 2. Twisted pair cable hardware, including plugs and jacks. 3. Cable management system. 4. Grounding provisions for twisted pair cable. 1.2 COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING DESCRIPTION A. Horizontal cabling system shall provide interconnections between Distributor A, Distributor B, or Distributor C, and the equipment outlet, otherwise known as "Cabling Subsystem 1," in the telecommunications cabling system structure. Cabling system consists of horizontal cables, intermediate and main cross -connects, mechanical terminations, and patch cords or jumpers used for horizontal -to -horizontal cross -connection. 1. TIA-568-C.1 requires that a minimum of two equipment outlets be installed for each work area. 2. Horizontal cabling shall contain no more than one transition point or consolidation point between the horizontal cross -connect and the telecommunications equipment outlet. 3. Bridged taps and splices shall not be installed in the horizontal cabling. B. The maximum allowable horizontal cable length is 295 feet. This maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet to the workstation equipment or in the horizontal cross -connect. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Reviewed and stamped by RCDD. 1. System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules, in software and format selected by Owner. 2. System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules that are part of the cabling and asset identification system of the software. 3. Cabling administration Drawings and printouts. 4. Wiring diagrams and installation details of telecommunications equipment, to show location and layout of telecommunications equipment. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 1 C. Twisted pair cable testing plan. D. Sustainable Design Submittals: E. Samples: For telecommunications jacks and plugs, in specified finish, one for each type and configuration and faceplates for color selection and evaluation of technical features. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For RCDD, Installer, installation supervisor, and field inspector. B. Product Certificates: For each type of product. C. Source quality -control reports. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On USB media. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Cabling Installer must have personnel certified by BICSI on staff. 1. Layout Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, cabling administration Drawings, and field testing program development by an RCDD. 2. Installation Supervision: Installation shall be under the direct supervision of Level Installer, who shall be present at all times when Work of this Section is performed at Project site. 3. Testing Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD to supervise on -site testing. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency must have personnel certified by BICSI on staff. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 2 IN016JA1J1►XV4IM21 A. Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications pathways and cabling with Owner's telecommunications and LAN equipment and service suppliers. =Kll0IVI KI.11=11Q:iIV/[y�l:Xef:791118M"►111111 A. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide software support for two years. B. Upgrade Service: Update software to latest version at Project completion. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system and new or revised licenses for using software. 1. Provide 30 days' notice to Owner to allow scheduling and access to system and to allow Owner to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Horizontal cabling system shall comply with transmission standards in TIA-568-C.1, when tested according to test procedures of this standard. B. Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Comply with TIA-569-D. C. Grounding: Comply with TIA-607-13. 2.2 GENERAL CABLE CHARACTERISTICS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with the applicable standard and NFPA 70 for the following types: 1. Communications, Plenum Rated: Type CMP complying with UL 1685 or Type CMP in listed cable routing assembly. 2. Communications, Plenum Rated: Type CM, Type CMG, Type CMP, Type CMR, or Type CMX in metallic conduit installed according to NFPA 70, Article 300.22, "Wiring in Ducts, Plenums, and Other Air -Handling Spaces." 3. Communications, Non -plenum: Type CMR complying with UL 1666 and ICEA 5-103- 701. 4. Communications, Non -plenum: Type CMP or Type CMR in listed plenum or riser communications raceway. 5. Communications, Non -plenum: Type CMP or Type CMR in metallic conduit installed according to NFPA 70, Article 300.22, "Wiring in Ducts, Plenums, and Other Air - Handling Spaces." Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 3 B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke -Developed Index: 50 or less. C. RoHS compliant. 2.3 CATEGORY 6 TWISTED PAIR CABLE A. Description: Four -pair, balanced -twisted pair cable, with internal spline, certified to meet transmission characteristics of Category 6 cable at frequencies up to 250MHz. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Belden. 2. Berk-Tek Leviton; a Nexans/Leviton alliance. 3. CommScope, Inc. 4. Mohawk; a division of Belden Networking, Inc. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA WC 66/ICEA 5-116-732 and TIA-568-C.2 for Category 6 cables. D. Conductors: 100-ohm, 23 AWG solid copper. E. Shielding/Screening: Shielded twisted pairs (FTP). F. Cable Rating: Plenum. G. Jacket: White or Blue thermoplastic. 1. Refer to department specific IT policy for coloring requirements. RFI shall be submitted at bid time or after award to confirm coloring requirements. 2.4 TWISTED PAIR CABLE HARDWARE A. Description: Hardware designed to connect, splice, and terminate twisted pair copper communications cable. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: I. Belden. 2. Berk-Tek Leviton; a Nexans/Leviton alliance. 3. CommScope, Inc. 4. Mohawk; a division of Belden Networking, Inc. C. General Requirements for Twisted Pair Cable Hardware: Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 4 1. Comply with the performance requirements of Category 6. 2. Comply with TIA-568-C.2, IDC type, with modules designed for punch -down caps or tools. 3. Cables shall be terminated with connecting hardware of same category or higher. D. Source Limitations: Obtain twisted pair cable hardware from same manufacturer as twisted pair cable, from single source. E. Connecting Blocks: 1. 110-style IDC for Category 6. 2. Provide blocks for the number of cables terminated on the block, plus 25 percent spare, integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated. F. Cross -Connect: Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit interconnection between cables. 1. Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables. G. Patch Panel: Modular panels housing numbered jack units with IDC-type connectors at each jack location for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables. 1. Features: a. Universal T568A and T568B wiring labels. b. Labeling areas adjacent to conductors. C. Replaceable connectors. d. 24 or 48 ports. 2. Construction: 16-gauge steel and mountable on 19-inch equipment racks. 3. Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four -pair cable indicated. H. Patch Cords: Factory -made, four -pair cables in 48-inchlengths; terminated with an eight - position modular plug at each end. 1. Patch cords shall have bend -relief -compliant boots and color -coded icons to ensure performance. Patch cords shall have latch guards to protect against snagging. 2. Patch cords shall have color -coded boots for circuit identification. I. Plugs and Plug Assemblies: 1. Male; eight position; color -coded modular telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four -pair, 100-ohm, unshielded or shielded twisted pair cable. 2. Standard: Comply with TIA-568-C.2. 3. Marked to indicate transmission performance. J. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: 1. Female; eight position; modular; fixed telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four -pair, 100-ohm, unshielded or shielded twisted pair cable. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 5 2. Designed to snap -in to a patch panel or faceplate. 3. Standard: Comply with TIA-568-C.2. 4. Marked to indicate transmission performance. K. Faceplate: 1. Four port, vertical single gang faceplates designed to mount to single gang wall boxes. 2. Eight port, vertical double gang faceplates designed to mount to double gang wall boxes. 3. Plastic Faceplate: High -impact plastic. Coordinate color with Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." 4. Metal Faceplate: Stainless steel, complying with requirements in Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." 5. For use with snap -in jacks accommodating any combination of twisted pair, optical fiber, and coaxial work area cords. a. Flush mounting jacks, positioning the cord at a 45-degree angle. L. Legend: 1. Machine printed, in the field, using adhesive -tape label. 2. Snap -in, clear -label covers and machine -printed paper inserts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL CABLES A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECABICSI 568. B. Each data location indicated on the drawings shall consist of a minimum (2) Cat6 drops in a common faceplate. C. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays, except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces, attics, and gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal raceway and cables, except in unfinished spaces. 1. Install plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. 2. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems." D. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train cables within enclosures. Connect to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of enclosure. E. General Requirements for Cabling: Comply with TIA-568-C.1. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 6 2. Comply with BICSI's Information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems," "Cable Termination Practices" Section. 3. Install 110-style IDC termination hardware unless otherwise indicated. 4. Do not untwist twisted pair cables more than 1/2 inch from the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. 5. Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross -connects, and patch panels. 6. Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 7. Install lacing bars to restrain cables, prevent straining connections, and prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer. 8. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems," "Cable Termination Practices" Section. Use lacing bars and distribution spools. 9. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation, and replace it with new cable. 10. Cold -Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat lamps shall not be used for heating. 11. In the communications equipment room, install a 10-foot-long service loop on each end of cable. 12. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI Information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems," "Pulling and Installing Cable" Section. Monitor cable pull tensions. F. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields. G. Separation from EMI Sources: Comply with recommendations from BICSI's "Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual" and TIA-569-D for separating unshielded copper communication cable from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment. 3.2 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." B. Comply with TIA-569-D, Annex A, "Firestopping." C. Comply with "Firestopping Systems" Article in BISCI's "Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual." 3.3 GROUNDING A. Install grounding according to the "Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection" chapter in BICSI's "Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual." Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 7 B. Comply with TIA-607-B and NECA/BICSI-607. C. Locate grounding bus bar to minimize the length of bonding conductors. Fasten to wall, allowing at least a 2-inch clearance behind the grounding bus bar. Connect grounding bus bar to suitable electrical building ground, using a minimum No.4 AWG grounding electrode conductor. D. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than a No. 6 AWG equipment grounding conductor. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIA-606-13. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 270553 "Identification for Communications Systems." B. Paint and label colors for equipment identification shall comply with TIA-606-B for Class 2 level of administration, including optional identification requirements of this standard. C. Equipment grounding conductors. D. Cable and Wire Identification: 1. Label each cable within 4 inches of each termination and tap, where it is accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Each wire connected to building -mounted devices is not required to be numbered at the device if wire color is consistent with associated wire connected and numbered within panel or cabinet. 3. Exposed Cables and Cables in Cable Trays and Wire Troughs: Label each cable at intervals not exceeding 15 feet. 4. Label each terminal strip, and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel. a. Individually number wiring conductors connected to terminal strips, and identify each cable or wiring group, extended from a panel or cabinet to a building - mounted device, with the name and number of a particular device. b. Label each unit and field within distribution racks and frames. 5. Identification within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets: Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable -terminating and -connecting hardware. Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both voice and data communication cabling, use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service. E. Labels shall be preprinted or computer -printed type, with a printing area and font color that contrast with cable jacket color but still comply with TIA-606-B requirements for the following: Cables use flexible vinyl or polyester that flexes as cables are bent. Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 8 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visually inspect jacket materials for NRTL certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for compliance with color -coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for compliance with TIA-568-C.1. 2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 3. Test twisted pair cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination but not cross -connection. C. Data for each measurement shall be documented. Data for submittals shall be printed in a summary report that is formatted similarly to Table 10.1 in BICSI's "Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual," or shall be transferred from the instrument to the computer, saved as text files, printed, and submitted. D. Remove and replace cabling where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. E. End -to -end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 271513 Newport Beach Jr. Lifeguard Station Bid Set - 07/13/22 Newport Beach, CA Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling 271513 - 9 SECTION 31 11 00 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Clearing vegetation, debris, trash and other materials within limits indicated. B. Grubbing of vegetation within limits indicated. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Caltrans Standard Specifications. 1. Section 16, Clearing and Grubbing. B. California Building Code: Chapter 33 — Site Work, Demolition and Construction. C. City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Standard Special Provisions 1. Part 3 Construction Methods, Section 300-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Locate and clearly flag vegetation to remain or to be relocated. 3.2 RESTORATION A. Repair or replace vegetation indicated to remain that is damaged by construction operations, as directed by the Owner. B. Employ a qualified arborist, licensed in jurisdiction where the Project is located, to submit details of proposed repairs and to repair damage to shrubs. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CLEARING AND GRUBBING 311100 1/2 3.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots. B. Remove trash, debris, logs, concrete, masonry and other waste materials. C. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. D. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18-inches below subgrade. E. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of remaining trees. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CLEARING AND GRUBBING 311100 2/2 SECTION 3123 33 - TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, bedding, and backfill for underground storm drain, sanitary sewer, and water piping and associated structures. 1.2 SECTION EXCLUDES A. Drainage fill material and placement around subdrains. B. Trenching and backfill for other utilities such as underground HVAC piping, electrical conduit, telephone conduit, gas piping, cable TV conduit, etc. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 3123 00 — Excavation and Fill. B. Section 33 40 00 — Storm Drainage Utilities. 1.4 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ASTM: 1. C 33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. C 150, Specification for Portland Cement. 3. C 260, Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 4. C 618, Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. 5. D 1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. 6. D 2321, Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe. 7. D 2487, Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. 8. D 3740, Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. 9. E 329, Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. 10. E 548, Guide for General Criteria Used for Evaluating Laboratory Competence B. California Code of Regulation Title 24, Part 2, California Building Code: 1. Chapter 11B—Accessibility to Public Buildings. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 3123 33 1/7 2. Chapter 33 — Site Work, Demolition and Construction. C. Caltrans Standard Specifications: 1. Section 19, Earthwork. 2. Section 26, Aggregate Bases. 3. Section 68, Subsurface Drains. 4. Section 88, Engineering Fabrics. D. CAL/OSHA, Title 8. E. City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Standard Special Provisions 1.5 DEFINITONS A. AC: Asphalt Concrete. B. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. C. Bedding: Material from bottom of trench to bottom of pipe. D. CDF: Controlled Density Fill. E. DIP: Ductile Iron Pipe. F. Initial Backfill: Material from bottom of pipe to 12-inches above top of pipe. G. PCC: Portland Cement Concrete. H. RCP: Reinforced Concrete Pipe. I. Springline of Pipe: Imaginary line on surface of pipe at a vertical distance of % the outside diameter measured from the top or bottom of the pipe. J. Subsequent Backfill: Material from 12-inches above top of pipe to subgrade of surface material or subgrade of surface facility or to finish grade. K. Trench Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and within horizontal trench dimensions. conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. 1. Authorized Trench Over -Excavation: Excavation below trench subgrade elevations or beyond indicated horizontal trench dimensions as shown on plans. 2. Unauthorized Trench Over -Excavation: Excavation below trench subgrade elevations or beyond indicated horizontal trench dimensions. Unauthorized excavation shall be without additional compensation. L. Utility Structures: City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 3123 33 2/7 1. Storm drainage manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, curb inlets, vaults, etc. 2. Sanitary sewer manholes, vaults, etc. 3. Water vaults, etc. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 0133 00 — Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Grading and quality characteristics showing compliance with requirements for the Work. 2. Certify that material meets requirements of the Project. C. Samples: 1. If required, provide 40-pound samples of all imported trench bedding and backfill material sealed in airtight containers, tagged with source locations and suppliers of each proposed material. 2. Provide materials from same source throughout work. Change of source requires approval of the Owner. 1.7 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Conform all work to the appropriate portion(s) of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, Section 19. B. Percentage of compaction specified shall be the minimum acceptable. The percentage represents the ratio of the dry density of the compacted material to the maximum dry density of the material as determined by the procedure set forth in ASTM D 1557. C. Conform work to the requirements of the California Building Code. 1. Section 1806A.11— Pipe and Trenches. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Promptly notify the Owner of surface or subsurface conditions differing from those disclosed in the construction documents. First notify the Owner verbally to permit verification and extent of condition and then in writing. No claim for conditions differing from those anticipated in the Contract Documents will be allowed unless Contractor has notified the Owner in writing of differing conditions prior to contractor starting work on affected items. B. Protect open, trenches, and utility structure excavations with fences, covers and railings to maintain safe pedestrian and vehicular traffic passage. C. Stockpile on -site and imported backfill material temporarily in an orderly and safe manner. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 3123 33 3/7 D. Provide dust and noise control in conformance with Section 02000, Supplemental General Requirements for Civil Improvements. Also see Division 1 General Requirements for Cleaning and Waste Management. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL A. ASTM D 2321, Class IA, IB or II. 1. Clean and free of clay, silt or organic matter. B. Permeable Material: Conform to Section 68-1.025 of Caltrans Standard Specifications, Class 2 permeable. C. Class 2 Aggregate Base: Conform to Section 26 of Caltrans Standard Specifications, %-inch maximum. Material shall also be non -expansive and predominantly granular soil or soil -rock mixture "(percent of passing #200: 50 maximum, 5 minimum)" with plasticity index of 15 or less. D. Sand: Conform to Section 19-3.025B of Caltrans Standard Specifications. 2.2 SUBSEQUENT BACKFILL A. Conform to on -site or imported structural backfill in Section 3123 00 — Excavation and Fill. 2.3 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF) (IN TRENCHES) A. Provide non-structural CDF, from bottom of trench to finish subgrade of subbase or base material, that can be excavated by hand and produce unconfined compressive 28-day strengths from 50-psi to a maximum of 150-psi. Provide aggregate no larger than 3/8-inch top size. The 3/8-inch aggregate shall not comprise more than 30% of the total aggregate content. B. Cement: Conform to the standards as set forth in ASTM C-150, Type II Cement. C. Fly Ash: Conform to the standards as set forth in ASTM C-618, for Class F pozzolan. Do not inhibit the entrainment of air with the fly ash. D. Air Entraining Agent: Conform to the standards as set forth in ASTM C-260. E. Aggregates need not meet the standards as set forth in ASTM C-33. Any aggregate, producing performances characteristics described herein will be accepted for consideration. The amount of material passing a #200 sieve shall not exceed 12% and no plastic fines shall be present. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 3123 33 4/7 F. Provide CDF that is a mixture of cement, Class F pozzolan, aggregate, air entraining agent and water. CDF shall be batched by a ready mixed concrete plant and delivered to the job site by means of transit mixing trucks. G. The Contractor shall determine the actual mix proportions of the controlled density fill to meet job site conditions, minimum and maximum strengths, and unit weight. Entrained air content shall be a minimum of 4.0%. The actual entrained air content shall be established for each job with the materials and aggregates to be used to meet the placing and unit weight requirements. Entrained air content may be as high as 20% for fluidity requirements. 2.4 CONCRETE STRUCTURE BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. Precast Structures: Same materials to the same heights as specified for pipe bedding and backfill. B. Poured -in -Place Structures: 1. Bedding: In general, bedding is not required, pour bases against undisturbed native earth in cut areas and against engineered fill compacted to 90% relative compaction in embankment areas. 2. Side Backfill: On -site or imported structural fill meeting the requirements given in Section 31 23 00 — Excavation and Fill. 2.5 FILTER FABRIC A. Filter Fabric: 1. Filter Fabric: Section 88-1.03 of Caltrans Standard Specifications. 2. Mirafi 140N (Mirafi Inc., Charlotte, NC) (Tel. 800-438-1855) or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION A. Existing PCC or AC Areas: Cut PCC or AC to full depth at a minimum distance of 12-inches beyond the edge of the trench. B. Excavate by hand or machine. For gravity systems begin excavation at the outlet end and proceed upstream. Excavate sides of the trench parallel and equal distant from the centerline of the pipe. Hand trim excavation. Remove loose matter. C. Excavation Depth for Bedding: Minimum of 4-inches below bottom, except that bedding is not required for nominal pipe diameters of 2-inches or less. D. Excavation Width at Springline of Pipe: City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 3123 33 5/7 1. Up to a nominal pipe diameter of 24-inches: Minimum of twice the outside pipe diameter. 2. Nominal pipe diameter of 30-inches through 36-inches: Minimum of the outside pipe diameter plus 2-feet. 3. Nominal pipe diameter of 42-inches through 60-inches: Minimum of the outside pipe diameter plus 3-feet. E. Over -Excavations: Backfill trenches that have been excavated below bedding design subgrade, with approved bedding material. F. Comply with the Owner's limitations on the amount of trench that is opened or partially opened at any one time. Do not leave trenches open overnight without the approval of the Owner. G. Where forming is required, excavate only as much material as necessary to permit placing and removal of forms. H. Grade bottom of trench to provide uniform thickness of bedding material and to provide uniform bearing and support for pipe along entire length. Remove stones to avoid point bearing. 3.2 CONTROL OF WATER AND DEWATERING A. Be solely responsible for dewatering trenches and excavations and subsequent control of ground and surface water. Provide and maintain such pumps or other equipment as may be necessary to control ground water. B. Dewater during backfilling operation so that groundwater is maintained a least one foot below level of compaction effort. C. Reroute surface water runoff away from open trenches and excavations. Do not allow water to accumulate in trenches and excavations. D. Maintain dewatering system in place until dewatering is no longer required. 3.3 BRACING AND SHORING A. Conform to California and Federal OSHA requirements. B. Place and maintain such bracing and shoring as may be required to support the sides of the excavations for the proper protection of workmen; to facilitate the work; to prevent damage to the pipes and appurtenances being constructed; and to prevent damage to adjacent structures or facilities. Remove all bracing and shoring upon completion of the work. C. Be solely responsible for all bracing and shoring and, if requested by the Owner, submit details and calculations to the Owner. The Owner may forward the submittal to the Consulting Engineer and/or the California Division of Industrial Safety for their review. The Contractor's submittal shall include the basic design, assumed soils conditions and estimation of forces to be resisted, together with plans and specifications of the materials and methods to be used, and shall be prepared by a civil City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 3123 33 6/7 engineer or structural engineer registered in California. No excavations in trench section or around structures shall precede a response to the submittal by the Owner. D. Be solely responsible for installing and extracting the sheathing in a manner which will not disturb the line, grade, or backfill compaction or operation of the utility being installed or adjacent utilities and facilities. 3.4 PIPE BEDDING A. Accurately shape bedding material to the line and grade called for on the Plans. Carefully place and compact bedding material to the elevation of the bottom of the pipe in layers not exceeding 8- inches in loose thickness. Compact bedding material at optimum water content to 95% relative compaction unless specified otherwise on the. Compact by pneumatic tampers or other mechanical means. Jetting or ponding of bedding material will not be permitted. 3.5 BACKFILLING A. Bring initial backfill up simultaneously on both sides of the pipe, so as to prevent any displacement of the pipe from its true alignment. Carefully place and compact initial backfill material to an elevation of 12-inches above the top of the pipe in layers not exceeding 8-inches in loose thickness. Compact bedding material at optimum water content to 90% relative compaction unless specified otherwise on the. Compact by pneumatic tampers or other mechanical means. Jetting or ponding of initial backfill material will not be permitted. B. Bring subsequent backfill to subgrade or finish grade as indicated. Carefully place and compact subsequent backfill material to the proper elevation in layers not exceeding 8-inches in loose thickness. Compact bedding material at optimum water content to 90% relative compaction, unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Compact by pneumatic tampers or other mechanical means. Jetting or ponding of subsequent backfill material will not be permitted. C. Do not use compaction equipment or methods that produce horizontal or vertical earth pressures that may cause excessive pipe displacement or damage the pipe. 3.6 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of utility earthwork all lines, manholes catch basins, inlets, water meter boxes and other structures shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, rubbish, debris and obstructions of any kind to the satisfaction of the Owner. B. See Section 01 74 00 — Refer to Division 1 General Requirements for Cleaning and Waste Management for further cleanup requirements. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 3123 33 7/7 SECTION 32 05 23 - CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Materials for portland cement concrete. B. Aggregate and aggregate grading for portland cement concrete. C. Water for portland cement concrete. D. Admixtures for portland cement concrete. E. Proportioning for portland cement concrete. F. Mixing and transporting portland cement concrete. G. Formwork for cast in place portland cement concrete. H. Embedded materials for portland cement concrete. I. Steel reinforcement for portland cement concrete. J. Placing and finishing portland cement concrete. K. Curing portland cement concrete. L. Protecting portland cement concrete. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 3123 00, Excavation and Fill. B. Section 32 12 00, Asphalt Concrete Pavement. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ASTM Standards 1. A 82, Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A 185, Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. A 615, Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars, for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. C 94, Specification for Ready -mixed Concrete. 5. C 114, Method for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 1/11 6. C 150. Portland Cement. 7. C 618, Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as Natural Admixture in Portland Cement. 8. C 1751, Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete. Paving and Structural Construction (Non -extruded and Resilient Bituminous Types). B. Caltrans Standard Specifications: 1. Section 51: Concrete Structures. 2. Section 73: Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks. 3. Section 90: Portland Cement Concrete. C. California Building Code: 1. Chapter 11B—Accessibility To Public Buildings. 2. Chapter 19A — Concrete. 3. Chapter 33 — Site Work, Demolition and Construction. 4. Section 1133B — General Accessibility for Entrances, Exits and Paths of Travel. D. City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Standard Special Provisions 1. Part 2 Construction Materials, Section 201 2. Part 3 Construction Methods, Section 303 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 0133 00—Submittal Procedures. B. Design Mixes: Have all concrete mixes designed by a testing laboratory and approved by the Consulting Engineer. Conform all mixes to the applicable building code requirement, regardless of other minimum requirements listed herein or on the drawings. Submit mix designs for review before use. Show proportions and specific gravities of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, and water and gradation of combined aggregates. C. Reinforcing Steel Shop -Drawings 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete shall be subject to quality assurance in accordance with Section 90 of the Standard Specifications. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 2/11 1. Slump tests: Have available, at job site, equipment required to perform slump tests. Make one slump test for each cylinder sample, from same concrete batch. Allowable maximum slump shall be 4 inches for walls and 3 inches for slabs on grade and other work. B. Certifications: 1. Provide Owner's Representative at the time of delivery with certificates of compliance signed by both Contractor and Supplier containing the following statements: 2. Materials contained comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents in all respects. 3. Proportions and mixing comply with the design mix approved by the Consulting Engineer. Design mix shall have been field tested in accordance with the herein requirements of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and produces the required compressive strength under like conditions. 4. Statement of type and amount of any admixtures. 5. Provide Owner's Representative, at time of delivery, with certified delivery ticket stating volume of concrete delivered and time of mixing, or time of load -out in case of transit mixers. C. Conform to the applicable provisions of Section 51, 73 and 90 of the Caltrans Standard Specification and these Technical Specifications. 1. Conform construction of portland cement concrete surface improvements (including curbs, gutters, medians, valley gutters, walks) to the requirements of Section 73 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise required in these Technical Specifications or shown on the Plans 2. Construct "V" ditches in accordance with Section 72-4 of the Standard Specifications; except that finishing shall be in accordance with Standard Specification Section 73 instead of S3, or as otherwise required in these Technical Specifications or shown on the Plans. 3. Conform other construction of portland cement concrete items to the requirements of Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise required in these Technical Specifications or shown on the Plans. D. Conform to the requirements of the California Building Code section 1929A.2 for testing of reinforcing bars. 1.7 DESIGNATION A. General: The 28-day compressive strength is designated per the City of Newport Beach mix. Whenever the concrete is designated by class or as minor concrete herein or on the plans, the concrete shall contain the cement per cubic yard. B. Unless specified otherwise herein or on the Plans, Portland Cement Concrete for this Project shall be City of Newport Beach mix. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 3/11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 2.1 PORTLAND CEMENT A. General: Contractor to use City of Newport Beach standard mix. 2.2 AGGREGATE AND AGGREGATE GRADING A. General: Conform to the requirements of Section 90-2.02, 2.02A and 2.02B of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. B. Aggregate Size and Gradation: Conform to the requirements of section 90-3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications for 25-mm (1-inch) maximum combined aggregate. 2.3 WATER A. General: Conform to the requirements of section 90-2.03 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, for mixing and curing portland cement concrete and for washing aggregates. 2.4 CLASSIFICATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Concrete for the following items shall be designated by the following classes per Section 90-1.01 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications: 1. Vehicular Pavement: Class 2. 2. Curbs, Gutters, and Sidewalks: Minor Concrete. 3. Cast in place Concrete Pipe: City of Newport Beach Standard drawings. 4. Thrust Blocks: City of Newport Beach Standard drawings. 5. Sign and Fence Footings: The concrete shall consist of a minimum of 376 pounds of Portland cement per cubic yard of concrete. 6. Water, Storm, and Sanitary Structures: The concrete shall consist of a minimum of 564 pounds of Portland cement per cubic yard of concrete. 2.5 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL A. Material for expansion joints in portland cement concrete improvements shall be premolded expansion joint fillers conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 1751. Expansion joint material shall be shaped to fit the cross section of the concrete prior to being placed. Suppliers certificates showing conformance with this specification shall be delivered with each shipment of materials delivered to the job site. Unless noted otherwise herein or on the Plans expansion joint thickness shall be as follows: 1. Curbs, Curb Ramps, Island Paving, Sidewalks, Driveways and Gutter Depressions: %-inch. 2. Concrete Slope Protection, Gutter Lining, Ditch Lining and Channel Lining: %-inch. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 4/11 3. Structures: As indicated. 2.6 REINFORCEMENT AND DOWELS A. Bar reinforcement for concrete improvements shall be deformed steel bars of the size or sizes called for on the plans conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 615 for Grade 60 bars. Size and shape for bar reinforcement shall conform to the details shown or called for on the Plans. Substitution of wire mesh reinforcement for reinforcing bars will not be allowed. B. Slip dowels, where noted or called for on the plans or detail drawings shall be smooth billet -steel bars as designated and conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 615 for Grade 60 bars. Ends of bars inserted in new work shall be covered with a cardboard tube sealed with cork; no grease or oil shall be used. C. Mesh for reinforcement for concrete improvements shall be cold drawn steel wire mesh of the size and spacing called for on the plans conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 82 for the material and ASTM Designation A 185 for the mesh. Size and extent of mesh reinforcement shall conform to the details shown or called for on the plans. D. Tie wire for reinforcement shall be eighteen (18) gauge or heavier, black, annealed conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 82. E. Suppliers certificates showing conformance with this specification shall be delivered with each shipment of materials delivered to the job site. 2.7 COLOR AND PATTERNFOR DECORATIVE SURFACES A. Colors for decorative surfacing shall be CHROMIX admixtures as manufactured by the L. M. Scofield Company, Schedule A-312.05 or approved equal. The specific color shall be as designated or called for on the Plans. B. Patterns for decorative surfacing shall be standard "Bomanite" patterns as copyrighted by the Bomanite Corporation of Palo Alto, California or equal. The specific pattern shall be as designated or called for on the Plans. 2.8 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Conform water stops and other items required to be embedded in of Portland Cement Concrete structures to the applicable requirements of Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise specifically noted or called for on the Plans or detail drawings. B. Curing Compounds: 1. Regular Portland Cement Concrete: "Non -Pigmented Curing Compound - chlorinated Rubber Base -Clear" conforming to the requirements contained in Section 90-7.01B, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 5/11 2. Color Conditioned Decorative Portland Cement Concrete: LITHOCHROME colorwax as manufactured by the L. M. Scofield Company or approved equal. 2.9 FORMS A. Conform to the requirements of Section 51-1.05 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 2.10 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Conform to the following Sections of Caltrans Standard Specifications: 1. 51-1.02, Minor Structures. 2. 70-1.02C, Flared End Sections. 3. 70-1.02H, Precast Concrete Structures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION A. Structural excavation may be either by hand, or by machine and shall be neat to the line and dimension shown or called for on the plans. Excavation shall be sufficient width to provide adequate space for working therein, and comply with CAL -OSHA requirements. B. Where an excavation has been constructed below the design grade, refill the excavation to the bottom of the excavation grade with approved material and compact in place to 95% of the maximum dry density. C. Remove surplus excavation material remaining upon completion of the work from the job site, or condition it to optimum moisture content and compact it as fill or backfill on the site. 3.2 BRACING AND SHORING A. Conform to California and Federal OSHA requirements. B. Place and maintain such bracing and shoring as may be required to support the sides of the excavations for the proper protection of workmen; to facilitate the work; to prevent damage to the facility being constructed; and to prevent damage to adjacent structures or facilities. Remove all bracing and shoring upon completion of the work. C. Be solely responsible for all bracing and shoring and, if requested by the Owner's Representative, submit details and calculations to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may forward the submittal to the Consulting Engineer and/or the California Division of Industrial Safety for their review. The Contractor's submittal shall include the basic design, assumed soils conditions and estimation of forces to be resisted, together with plans and specifications of the materials and City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 6/11 methods to be used, and shall be prepared by a civil engineer or structural engineer registered in California. No excavations related to the proposed facility shall precede a response to the submittal by the Owner's Representative. D. Be solely responsible for installing and extracting the sheathing in a manner which will not disturb the position or operation of the facility being constructed or adjacent utilities and facilities. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE FORMS A. Form concrete improvements with a smooth and true upper edge. Side of the form with a smooth finish shall be placed next to concrete. Construct forms rigid enough to withstand the pressure of the fresh concrete to be placed without any distortion. B. Thoroughly clean all forms prior to placement and coat forms with an approved form oil in sufficient quantity to prevent adherence of concrete prior to placing concrete. C. Carefully set forms to the alignment and grade established and conform to the required dimensions. Rigidly hold forms in place by stakes set at satisfactory intervals. Provide sufficient clamps, spreaders and braces to insure the rigidity of the forms. D. Provide forms for back and face of curbs, lip of gutters and edge of walks, valley gutters or other surface slabs that are equal to the full depth of the concrete as shown, noted or called for on the Plans. On curves and curb returns provide composite forms made from benders or thin planks of sufficient ply to ensure rigidity of the form. 3.4 PLACING STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Bars shall be free of mortar, oil, dirt, excessive mill scale and scabby rust and other coatings of any character that would destroy or reduce the bond. All bending shall be done cold, to the shapes shown on the plans. The length of lapped splices shall be as follows: 1. Reinforcing bars No. 8, or smaller, shall be lapped at least 45 bar diameters of the smaller bar joined, and reinforced bars Nos. 9, 10, and 11 shall be lapped at least 60 bar diameters of the smaller bars joined, except when otherwise shown on the plans. 2. Splice locations shall be made as indicated on the plans. B. Accurately place reinforcement as shown on the plans and hold firmly and securely in position by wiring at intersections and splices, and by providing precast mortar blocks or ferrous metal chairs, spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires, and other approved devices of sufficient strength to resist crushing under applied loads. Provide supports and ties of such strength and density to permit walking on reinforcing without undue displacement. C. Place reinforcing to provide the following minimum concrete cover: 1. Surfaces exposed to water: 4-inches. 2. Surfaces poured against earth: 3-inches. 3. Formed surfaces exposed to earth or weather: 2-inches. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 7/11 4. Slabs, walls, not exposed to weather or earth: 1-inch. D. Minimum spacing, center of parallel bars shall be two and one half (2-1/2) times the diameter of the larger sized bar. Accurately tie reinforcing securely in place prior to pouring concrete. Placing of dowels or other reinforcing in the wet concrete is not permitted. 3.5 MIXING AND TRANSPORTING PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Transit mix concrete in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 94. Transit mix for not less than ten (10) minutes total, not less than three (3) minutes of which shall be on the site just prior to pouring. Mix continuous with no interruptions from the time the truck is filled until the time it is emptied. Place concrete within one hour of the time water is first added unless authorized otherwise by the Owner's Representative. B. Do not hand mix concrete for use in concrete structures. 3.6 PLACING PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Thoroughly wet subgrade when concrete is placed directly on soil. Remove all standing water prior to placing concrete. B. Do not place concrete until the subgrade and the forms have been approved. C. Convey concrete from mixer to final location as rapidly as possible by methods that prevent separation of the ingredients. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in final position to avoid re- handling. D. Place and solidify concrete in forms without segregation by means of mechanical vibration or by other means as approved by the Owner's Representative. Continue vibration until the material is sufficiently consolidated and absent of all voids without causing segregation of material. The use of vibrators for extensive shifting of fresh concrete will not be permitted. E. Concrete in certain locations may be pumped into place upon prior approval by the Owner's Representative. When this procedure requires redesign of the mix, such redesign shall be submitted for approval in the same manner as herein specified for approval of design mixes. 3.7 PLACING ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Place water stops and other items required to be embedded in of portland cement concrete structures at locations shown or required in accordance with Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications unless otherwise specifically noted or called for on the Plans. B. Curing Compounds: City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 8/11 1. Regular Portland Cement Concrete: Apply "Non -Pigmented Curing Compound - chlorinated Rubber Base -Clear" in accordance with Section 90-7.01B, 7.01D and 7.03 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 2. Color Conditioned Decorative Portland Cement Concrete: Apply LITHOCHROME colorwax in accordance with the manufactures instructions. 3.8 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Construct expansion joints incorporating premolded joint fillers at twenty (20) foot intervals in all concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, median/island paving, valley gutters, driveway approaches and at the ends of all returns. At each expansion joint install one-half inch by twelve inch (1/2" x 1211) smooth slip dowels in the positions shown or noted on the detail drawings. B. Orient slip dowels at right angles to the expansion joint and hold firmly in place during the construction process by means of appropriate chairs. 3.9 WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS A. Construct weakened plane joints in concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, median/island paving and valley gutters between expansion joints at ten (10) foot intervals throughout, or as otherwise indicated. Depth of joint score depth to be one-fourth (25%) the thickness of the concrete. 1. Grooved Joints: Form weakened plane joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8-inch. Repeat grooving of weakened plane joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 3.10 FINISHING CONCRETE A. Finish curb and gutter in conformance with the applicable requirements of Section 73-1.04 and 73- 1.05A of the Caltrans Standard Specifications as modified herein. B. Where monolithic curb, gutter and sidewalk is specified, separate concrete pours will not be allowed. C. Provide a medium broom finish to all horizontal surfaces unless otherwise shown. 3.11 FORM REMOVAL A. Remove forms without damage to the concrete. Remove all shores and braces below the ground surface, before backfilling. B. Do not backfill against concrete until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to prevent damage. C. Leave forms for cast -in -place walls in place at least 72 hours after pouring. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 9/11 D. Leave edge forms in place at least 24 hours after pouring. 3.12 CONSTRUCTION A. Form, place and finish concrete walkways, island paving, valley gutters and driveway approaches in conformance with the applicable requirements of Section 73-1.04 and 73-1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications as modified herein. B. Construct new concrete curb, curb and gutter and valley gutters against existing asphalt concrete by removing a minimum of 12-inches of the asphalt concrete to allow placement of curb or gutter forms. Patch pavement with a 6-inch deep lift of asphalt concrete after gutter form is removed. 3.13 CONNECTING TO EXISTING CONCRETE IMPROVMENTS A. New curb, gutter, or sidewalk is to connect to existing improvements to remain by saw cutting to existing sound concrete at the nearest score line, expansion joint or control joint. Drill and insert %- inch diameter by 12-inch long dowels at 24-inches on center into existing improvements. Install pre -molded expansion joint filler at the matching joint. B. A cold joint to the existing curb is not acceptable. 3.14 DECORATIVE SURFACING CONSTRUCTION A. Decorative surfacing concrete walks, concrete median islands or other installations shall be formed and placed as a concrete slab conforming to the details shown or noted on the Plans. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Finish subgrade for concrete improvements shall be subject to approval prior to placement of forms. B. No concrete shall be placed prior to approval of forms. C. Concrete improvements constructed shall not contain "bird baths" or pond water and shall be smooth and ridge free. D. Conform the finish grade at top of curb, flow line of gutter, and the finish cross section of concrete improvements to the design grades and cross sections. E. Variation of concrete improvements from design grade and cross section as shown or called for on the plans shall not exceed the tolerances established in Sections 73-1.05 and/or 73-1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 10/11 3.16 RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. Replace in kind all pavement or other improvements removed or damaged due to the installation of concrete improvements. B. Remove, landscaping or plantings damaged or disturbed due to the installation of concrete improvements. Replace in kind. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building CONCRETE FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 11/11 SECTION 32 12 00 - ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Prime coat. B. Tack coat. C. Asphalt concrete paving. D. Asphalt concrete overlay. E. Speed bumps. F. Asphalt curbs. G. Pavement grinding. H. Adjusting manholes, valves, monument covers and other structures to grade. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Geotechnical Report: "GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT, Proposed Junior Lifeguard Facility" Prepared by Jeff Katz Architecture., dated October 30, 2020. B. ASTM: 1. D 979: Practice for Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures. 2. D 1073: Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures. 3. D 1188: Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin -Coated Specimens. 4. D 2041: Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures. 5. D 2726: Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Non -Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures. 6. D 2950: Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Method. 7. D 3549: Test Method for Thickness or Height of Compacted Bituminous Paving Mixture Specimens. 8. D 3666: Specifications for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Bituminous Paving Mixtures. C. Caltrans Standard Specifications: City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 1/8 1. Section 39: Asphalt Concrete. 2. Section 88: Engineering Fabrics. 3. Section 92: Asphalts. 4. Section 93: Liquid Asphalts. 5. Section 94: Asphaltic Emulsions. D. City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Standard Special Provisions 1. Part 2 Construction Materials, Section 203 2. Part 3 Construction Methods, Section 302-5 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: Owner's Representative will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. 1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work complies with or deviates from specified requirements. B. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. C. Thickness of Asphalt Concrete: In -place compacted thickness of asphalt courses will be determined according to ASTM D 3549. D. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each asphalt course will be tested for compliance with smoothness tolerances. E. In -Place Density: Samples of uncompacted paving mixtures and compacted pavement will be secured by testing agency according to ASTM D 979. 1. Reference maximum theoretical density will be determined by averaging results from 4 samples of hot -mix asphalt -paving mixture delivered daily to site, prepared according to ASTM D 2041, and compacted according to job -mix specifications. 2. In -place density of compacted pavement may be determined by testing core samples according to ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726. 3. One core sample may be taken for every 1000 sq. yd. or less of installed pavement, but in no case will fewer than 3 cores be taken. 4. Field density of in -place compacted pavement may also be determined by nuclear method according to ASTM D 2950 and correlated with ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 2/8 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedure outlined by the Architect. B. Job -Mix Designs: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that each asphalt concrete mix complies with requirements. C. Material Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that each material complies with requirements. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Prime Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at application. 2. Tack Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at application. 3. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at application. 4. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at application. 5. Reinforcing Fabric: Air temperature is 50 deg F and rising and pavement temperature is 40 deg F and rising. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASPHALT CONCRETE A. Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39, Type B. B. Asphalt Materials: 1. Asphalt: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 92, steam refined paving asphalt, PG64-16. 2. Prime Coat: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 92, SC-70. 3. Tack Coat: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 93, SS1. C. Aggregates: Conform to Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-2.02. D. Storing, Proportioning and Mixing Materials: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-3. E. Pavement Reinforcing Fabric: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 88. F. Sand: ASTM D 1073, Grade No. 2 or 3. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 3/8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to support paving and imposed loads. B. Proof -roll subbase using heavy, pneumatic -tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable or that require further compaction. C. Notify Owner's Representative in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving until these conditions have been satisfactorily corrected. 3.2 PAVEMENT GRINDING A. Clean existing paving surface of loose or deleterious material immediately before pavement grinding. B. Grind conforms as indicated. 3.3 SOIL STERILANT A. Furnish and apply to areas indicated in accordance with Section 312300. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR AGGREGATE BASE MATERIALS A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials remove loose and deleterious material from substrate surfaces and ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive paving according to the Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-4.01. B. Prime Coat: Apply uniformly over surface of compacted -aggregate base according to the Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-4.02. Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Allow prime coat to cure for 24 hours minimum. 1. If prime coat is not entirely absorbed within 8 hours after application, spread excess prime coat with hand tools and broadcast sand over surface to blot excess asphalt. Use just enough sand to prevent pickup under traffic. Remove loose sand by sweeping before pavement is placed and after volatiles have evaporated. 2. Protect primed substrate from damage until ready to receive paving. C. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to all vertical surfaces against which asphalt concrete is to be placed, including existing surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete paving and to surfaces abutting or projecting into new asphalt pavement, according to the Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-4.02. 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before paving. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 4/8 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. 3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR PAVEMENT AT ASPHALT CONCRETE OVERLAYS A. Pavement Irregularities: Level with asphalt concrete, Type B, No. 4 maximum. B. Pavement Cracks: 1. Less than %-inch wide: Clean of all dirt by compressed air jet, spray and seal with RS-1 asphaltic emulsion. 2. Wider than %-inch: Clean of all dirt by compressed air jet, spray and seal with RS-1 asphaltic emulsion and skin patch. C. Clean surface of all material, such as leaves, dirt, sand, gravel, water and vegetation prior to applying binder of paving asphalt to existing surface. 3.6 PAVEMENT REINFORCING FABRIC A. Protect from exposure to ultraviolet rays until placed. B. Reject rolls with broken or damaged cores, or factory wrinkled fabric that prevents wrinkle free placement. C. Place with binder of paving asphalt in accordance with Section 39-4.03 of Caltrans Standard Specifications. 3.7 ASPHALT CONCRETE SPREADING AND COMPACTING EQUIPMENT A. Spreading Equipment: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-5.01. B. Compaction Equipment: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-5.02. 3.8 ASPHALT CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place, spread and compact asphalt concrete to required grade, cross section, and thickness according to the Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 39-6.01, 39-6.02 and 39-6.03. B. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 5/8 3.9 JOINTS A. Construct joints to ensure continuous bond between adjoining paving sections according to the Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 39-6.01 and 39-6.02. 1. Construct joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other sections of asphalt course. 2. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. 3. Offset longitudinal joints in successive courses a minimum of 6 inches. 4. Offset transverse joints in successive courses a minimum of 24 inches. 5. Compact joints as soon as asphalt concrete will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 3.10 COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot -mix paving will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact according to the Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 39-6.01 and 39-6.03. B. Compaction Requirements: Average Density to be 95 percent of reference maximum theoretical density according to ASTM D 2041, but not less than 90 percent nor greater than 96 percent. C. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while asphalt is still warm. D. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while still hot, with back of rake or smooth iron. Compact thoroughly using tamper or other satisfactory method. E. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials and replace with fresh asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. F. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.11 ASPHALT CURBS A. Construction: Place over compacted surfaces according to Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-7.01 as specified for dikes. Apply a light tack coat prior to construction, unless pavement surface is still tacky and free of dust. B. Shape: Place asphalt concrete to curb cross section indicated. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 6/8 3.12 SPEED BUMPS A. Construct speed bumps over compacted pavement surfaces according to Caltrans Standard Specification Section 39-6. Apply a light tack coat prior to construction, unless pavement surface is still tacky and free of dust. B. Place asphalt concrete by hand using a template/screed designed to result in speed bump cross- section indicated after compaction. C. Compact speed bumps with 8 ton static roller. 3.13 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, VALVES, MONUMENT COVERS AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE A. Remove pavement, using vertical cuts, as needed to remove frame and provide for concrete collar. Do not damage adjacent pavement. 1. Circular Covers: Cut circle with radius 6 inches larger than cover and concentric with cover. 2. Rectangular Covers: Cut rectangle 6 inches larger than cover on all sides. B. Install grade rings or blocking as needed to raise cover to finish grade. C. Pour concrete collar: 1. Bottom of Collar: Top of existing collar or 6 inches below top of proposed collar, whichever is at a higher elevation. 2. Top of Collar: Bottom of existing asphalt pavement. 3. Apply tack coat to all exposed surfaces. 4. Fill excavation with asphalt concrete and, while still hot, compact flush with adjacent surface. 3.14 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Asphalt Pavement: 1. Course thickness and surface smoothness within the tolerances Caltrans in the Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 39-6.01, 39-6.02 and 39-6.03. 2. Total Thickness: Not less than indicated. B. Trench Patch: 1. Compacted surface: Within 0.01 foot of adjacent pavement. 2. Do not create ponding. C. Adjust Covers: 1. Compacted surface: Up to 0.01 foot higher, and no lower, than adjacent pavement. 2. Do not create ponding. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 7/8 END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building BID SET 07/13/2022 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 00 8/8 SECTION 32 88 00 — IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Work includes but is not necessarily limited to installation of new irrigation and the restoration of existing irrigation adjacent to the project area disturbed by project construction. A. Related work in other sections (including but not limited to): 1. Trenching, backfilling 2. Project close-out (record "as -built" drawings: 3. Selective demolition 4. Plumbing 5. Electrical 6. Landscaping B. Related Documents: 1. The Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. 2. Landscaping — 32 90 00 1.2 REFERENCES: A. Refer to Section 01090 for information concerning availability and use of references. ANSI B16.18-84 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ANSI/ASME A112.26.1M-84 - Water Hammer Arresters ANSI/ASME B16.3-85 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings ANSI/ASME B16.15-85 - Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 ASSE 1020-81- Vacuum Breakers, Anti -Siphon, Pressure Type ASTM A 53-90b - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM B 43-91 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes ASTM D 1784-91 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 ASTM D 2241-89 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated Pipe (SDR Series) ASTM D 2464-91 - Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM D 2466-90a - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM D 2564-91a - Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems ASTM D 2774-72 - Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping ASTM D 2855-90 - Making Solvent -Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings ASTM F 441-89 - Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80 AWWA C500-86 - Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems AWWA C511-89 - Reduced -Pressure Principle Backflow-Prevention Assembly PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-1 AWWA C651-86 - Disinfecting Water Mains FCCCHR-U5C-92 - List of Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies FS 0-F-506C - Flux, Soldering: Paste and Liquid MSS SP-80-87 Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves MSS SP-85-85 - Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends NEMA ICS 2-88 - Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies NEMA ICS 6-88 (Rev. 1) - Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems NFPA 70-93 - National Electrical Code NSF 14-90 - Plastic Piping Components and Related Materials PPI TN8/8-73 - Making Threaded Joints with Thermoplastic Pipe & Fittings UL 651-89 - Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: All service, labor, materials, transportation and equipment necessary to perform the work indicated on the Drawings and as specified. 1. Explanation of Drawings: a. Due to the scale of drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc. which may be required. The contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of his work and plan his work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc. as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, planting, and architectural features. b. All work called for in the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. C. The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that unknown obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences should be brought to the attention of the Engineer. In the event this notification is not performed, the irrigation contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary and shall perform such revisions at his own expense. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals 1. Material List: a. The Contractor shall furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes specified by name in the drawings and specifications. No substitution will be allowed without prior written approval by the Engineer and approved as or equal in accordance with Section 01340. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-2 b. Complete material list shall be submitted prior to performing any work. Material list shall include the manufacturer, model number and description of all materials and equipment to be used. C. Equipment or materials installed or furnished without prior approval of the Engineer may be rejected and the Contractor required to remove such materials from the site at their own expense. d. Approval of any item, alternate or substitute indicates only that the product or products apparently meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted. e. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability under the guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the guarantee. 2. Balboa Peninsula Park Area: a. Existing Valves systems 1 through 6: The Contractor shall provide a plan drawing showing existing conditions for the location of existing irrigation sprinklers , valves and and pressure mainline and wiring based on site review and exploration. Where possible the location of connecting laterals should be illustrated for impacted valve systems. A legend shall be included with the plan drawing that lists the make model and model and size( where applicable) of illustrated equipment. b. Proposed Irrigation Restoration: The contractor shall provide a plan drawing showing the proposed renovation plan and legend for the impacted area. Include a proposed material legend. 3. Record and As -Built Drawings: a. The Contractor shall provide and keep up to date a complete "as built" record set of bond prints which shall be corrected daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as built" locations, sizes, and kinds of equipment. This set of drawings shall be kept on the site and shall be used only as a record set. b. These drawings shall also serve as work progress sheets, and the Contractor shall make neat and legible annotations thereon daily as the work proceeds, showing the work as actually installed. These drawings shall be available at all times for review. C. Contractor shall provide Engineer with a record set of drawings prior to beginning maintenance period. d. Contractor shall dimension from two (2) permanent points of reference, building corners, sidewalk, or road intersections, etc., the location of the following items: 1. Connection to existing water lines. 2. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension max 100' along routing). 3. Sprinkler control valves 4. Quick coupling valves. 5. Other related equipment as directed by the Engineer. 6. Significant changes in routing of lateral lines from those indicated on the plans. 7. Backflow preventer PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-3 8. Location of irrigation laterals, mainline and wiring sleeves and conduit under the paving. e. The Contractor shall deliver the corrected and completed bond prints and a digital copy to the Engineer prior to authorization to begin landscape maintenance period. Delivery of the bond prints will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing required information that may be omitted from the prints. f. The Contractor shall provide update controller charts for controller "B" and "C" for the areas where changes have taken place. 4. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: a. Prepare and deliver to the Owner within ten calendar days prior to completion of construction, two hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, list of equipment with name and addresses of local manufacturer's representatives. 2. Catalog and parts sheets on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Guarantee statement. 4. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. b. In addition to the above mentioned maintenance manuals, provide the Owner's maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Owner at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. 5. Equipment to be Furnished: a. Supply as a part of this contract the following tools: 1. Two (2) sets of special tools required for removing, disassembling and adjusting each type of sprinkler and valve supplied on this project. 2. Two (2) quick coupler keys and matching hose swivels. b. The above mentioned equipment shall be turned over to the Owner at the conclusion of the project. Before final observation can occur, evidence that the Owner has received material must be shown to the Engineer. 1.5 GUARANTEE A. The general conditions and supplementary conditions of these Specifications shall be filed with the Owner or his representative prior to acceptance of the irrigation system. B. A copy of the guarantee form shall be included in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. C. The guarantee form shall be retyped onto the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following information PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-4 GUARANTEE FOR IRRIGATION SYSTEM We hereby guarantee that the irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse, or neglect expected. We agree to repair or replace all defects in material or workmanship which may develop during the period of one year from date of acceptance and also to repair or replace all damages resulting from the repair of such defects at no additional cost to the Owner. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Owner, after receipt of written notice. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Owner, we authorize the Owner to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. PROJECT: LOCATION: CONTRACTOR/COMPANY: LICENSE NO: ADDRESS: PHONE: DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE: SIGNED: DATE: 1.6 OBSERVATION A. Observation Schedule 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer and Newport Beach Landscape Inspector as necessary for inspections. a. Pre -job conference - 5 working days b. Trenching - 5 working days C. Pressure supply line installation and testing - 5 working days d. Lateral line and electrical valves - 5 working days e. Coverage tests — 5 working days f. Pre -maintenance and final observation - 5 working days PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Junior Lifeguard Building the the City of Bid Set 07/13/22 Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-5 2. No work shall be backfilled until appropriate observations and testing have been completed and approved by the Engineer and the City of Newport Beach Landscape Inspector and governing agency representative(s). 3. The Contractor will be back charged for any time and mileage used by the Engineer as a result of a prematurely scheduled site visit. 4. A final site observation visit and performance test by the Engineer shall be at the same time as the final site observation of the specified plant establishment period. 5. In addition to the above noted observations the Contractor shall comply with all governing agencys' regulations for installation and inspection. Contractor is solely responsible for coordinating the necessary inspections required by the governing agencies. 1.7 TESTING A. Field Quality Control 1. Testing of Irrigation System a. Prior to the system being pressure tested and before the installation of any terminal fittings the entire pipeline system shall be thoroughly flushed to remove dirt, scale and or other material. b. Test all new pressure lines under hydrostatic pressure of 125 pounds per squareinch, and prove watertight 4 hours or as required by governingagency specifications. C. Testing of pressure main lines shall occur after installation of control valves, pressure regulators, backflow preventers and y-strainers. Control valves to laterals shall be closed during testing of mainlines. d. A sprinkler coverage test shall performed after the sprinkler heads are installed and shall demonstrate that each section or unit is balanced to provide uniform and adequate coverage of the areas serviced. Any necessary adjustments shall be made as noted in Section 1.06-2. e. The drip system components shall be tested and flushed per the manufacturer's specifications. Pressure shall be regulated at the valve asembly to optimize flow for each system. Additional check valves, flush valves etc. may need to be added to the individual systems to optimize operation of drip systems based on actual site conditions. f. Recommended Dripline and Emitter Lateral Flushing Procedures. i) Flush the system every two weeks for the first six (6) weeks and check the water that is flushed out for cleanliness. Establish a regular system flushing schedule for the future based on results from the initial six -week flushing schedule. ii) Flush the system completely after any repairs are made and monitor system operation closely under regular system flushing schedule. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-6 iii) Check the pressure at the supply and flush headers on a regular basis and compare with the pressure readings taken after installation. g. Recommended Dripline and Emitter Lateral Leakage Testing Procedures. i) Subject installed dripline tubing and emitter lateral piping to water pressure equal to specified operating pressure for ten (10) minutes. Test with control zone components and dripline flush valve components installed. ii) Partially backfill buried pipe and tubing to prevent movement under pressure. Expose couplings, fittings, and valve components. iii) Visually inspect valve assemblies and fittings for leakage and replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat test until test segment is free from leaks. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. 2. Adjustment of the System a. The Contractor shall flush and adjust all sprinkler heads for optimum performance and to prevent over -spray onto walks, roadways, and buildings as much as possible. b. If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation equipment will provide proper and more adequate coverage, the Contractor shall make such adjustments prior to planting. Adjustments may also include changes in nozzle sizes and degrees of arc as required and installation of pressure compensating devices as may be required by site conditions and the specific irrigation component. C. All sprinkler heads shall be set perpendicular to finished grades unless otherwise designated on the plans. d. Programming of controllers . e. Testing and adjustment of all peripheral control components including, but not limited to master valve, flow sensor/meter, pressure regulator. f. Adjustment of individual remote control valves. 1.8 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Code Requirements shall be those of State and Municipal Codes and Regulations locally governing this work, providing that any requirements of the Drawings and Specifications, not conflicting therewith but exceeding the Code Requirements shall govern, unless written permission to the contrary is granted by the Engineer. B. The manufacturer's recommended methods of installation which, when recommended for approval by the Engineer, shall become the basis for review and accepting or rejecting actual installation methods used on the work when not otherwise specified or detailed. C. Extreme care shall be exercised in excavating and working in the area due to existing utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by his operations. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-7 D. Connections shall be made at approximately the locations shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions. E. Landscape headers and mowing strips shall be in place before installation of sprinkler system. F. Specimen trees (24" box or larger) shall be installed prior to installation of irrigation equipment. G. Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions. H. Plan locations of heads, valves, controller and pipe lines are diagrammatic and indicate the spacing and relative locations of all installations. All equipment shall be placed in planting areas unless directed otherwise. Dielectric bushings shall be used in any connections with piping of dissimilar metal materials. J. Point of connection( existing meters water controller locations) are noted on the drawings. Verify all conditions on site. K. Permission to shut off any existing in -use water line must be obtained 72 hours in advance, in writing from the Engineer. The Contractor shall receive instructions from the Engineer as to the exact length of time of each shut-off. L. Contractor shall be acquaint themselves with all site conditions and proposed site conditions as indicated on the plans and specifications and is responsible for exploratory work to verify site conditions. M Contractor is responsible for restoration, repair or replacement of existing or new work that is damaged due to his negligence. N. All existing areas disturbed or damaged by project construction shall be restored their original condition or complete working order. O. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to request inspection of work as noted in the observation schedule . Contractor shall refer to specifications and approved drawings for listing of observations and inspections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials, equipment or suppliers shall be as shown on drawings or herein specified or approved equal in accordance with Section 01630. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-8 B. Material shall be in conformance with the City of Beach Public Works, Park Division "Standard Irrigation Materials List". C. Piping: Pipe sizes shown are nominal inside diameter unless otherwise noted. 1. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe : a) Piping shall conform to the following: i) PVC Plastic Pressure Lines : For piping upstream of remote control valves and quick couplers. All one and one-half (1 1/2) inches and smaller shall be ASTM D-1784-1785 Type 1, Grade 1, PVC 1120, Schedule 40. ii) Two (2) inch and larger shall be ASTM D-1784 Type 1, Grade 1, PVC 1120, Class 315 (SDR 13.5)ASTM D 2241, 2672 or 3139. b) Plastic Non -Pressure Lines: For piping downstream of remote control valves, ASTM D-1784, Type 1, Grade 1 PVC 1120 Schedule 40, All lateral pipe end runs shall be W unless otherwise indicated. c) Identification: Furnish plastic pipe continuously and permanently marked with following information: Manufacturer's name or trade mark, size, class and type of pipe, working pressure at 73.40F, and National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) rating. d) PVC pipe used above ground shall be UV protected "brownline" pipe or equal. 2. Brass Pipe : IPS Standard weight 125 pounds, 85% red brass. 3. Galvanized Pipe : ASTM A 53, standard weight. 4. Copper pipe shall be per governing codes. 5. Blank dripline irrrigation tubing shall be made by the same manufacturer as the dripline tubing with inline emitters. D. Fittings and Connections: 1. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Fittings and Connections: Type 11, Grade 1, Schedule 40, high impact molded fittings, manufactured from virgin compounds as specified for piping, tapered socket or molded thread type, suitable for either solvent weld or screwed connections. Fittings and connections shall be of the same type and schedule as the corresponding piping. Machine threaded fittings and plastic saddle and flange fittings are not acceptable. Furnish fittings permanently marked with following information: Nominal pipe size, type and schedule of material, and National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval. PVC fitting shall conform to ASTM D2464 and D2466. 2. Swing joint assembly for large turf rotors shall be factory pre -assembled, with double O-rings and PVC Schedule 80 IPS pipe, Dura, Spears , Lasco or approved equal. 3. Polyvinly Chloride Schedule 80 Risers and Nipples: Type I, Grade I, Schedule 80, high impact molded, manufactured from virgin compounds specified, for piping and conforming to ASTM D-2464. Threaded ends shall be molded threads only. Machined threads are not acceptable. Spears Mfg. Co., Dura Plastic Products or equal. 4. Brass Pipe Fittings and Connections: ANSI B 43, IPS , Standard Weight 125 pound class, 85% red brass threaded fittings and connections. 5. Galvanized Iron Fittings and Connections: ANSI B 16.3, Class 150 zinc coated or ANSI 16.4, Class 125 zinc coated. 6. Copper fittings and connections: Per governing codes. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-9 7. Compression fittings, adapters and other special fittings for dripline line and polyethylene tubing shall be the same manufacturer as the dripper lineline/ tubing. 8. Thread lubricant shall be Teflon ribbon type , suitable for threaded installations as per manufacturer's recommendations. 9. Solvent cements and primers shall comply with ASTM D22564. Socket joints shall be made per recommended procedures for joining PVC plastic pipe and fittings with PVC slovent cement by the pipe and fitting manufacturer and procedures outlined in the Appendix of ASTM D2564. T Christy Enterprises, IPS Weld -On, or equal. E. Automatic Controller Assembly and Equipment 1. Controller shall be furnished and installed complete with all electrical connections and ready for operation. New Controller Assembly (s) "B" and "C" shall be as noted on the drawings. F. Automatic Control Wire: 1. The wiring size and colors shall match existing systems. At a minimum the sizes shall conform to the sizes noted in this section 2. Electric wiring which runs from Controller to the automatic control valves shall be No. 14, solid, single conductor, copper wire, 1/16 in. insulation, 1/16 in. neoprene jacket, Style DB (Direct Burial) or equal.. 2. Common wires shall be #12 size, white color. Control wires shall be #14 size for runs under 1500 feet and #12 size for runs greater than 1500 feet. Color code wires for valve stations shall match existing wires. 3. All spare wires shall be #12 size, solid color, red in color. 4. Wire splice connectors shall be waterproof 3M DBR-Y . 5. Specialized wire, communication cables, and connectors shall be as required by the controller assembly or component manufacturer specifications and shall be installed in conduit. G. Flow Sensor /Flow Meter 1. Flow sensor is existing. H. Remote Control Valves: 1. Control valves, shall be as indicated in the irrigation legend. 2. Master remote control valve is existing. Sprinkler Heads 1. Pop-up Spray Type: full or part circle pop-up spray type sprinkler body, stem, nozzle and screen constructed of heavy duty plastic. The sprinkler shall have a soft wiper seal for cleaning debris from pop-up stem as it retracts into case to prevent sprinkler from sticking up. The sprinkler shall have a matched precipitation rate nozzle with an adjusting screw capable of regulating the radius and flow. The sprinkler shall have a strong stainless steel retracting spring for pop down. Pop-up height and nozzles shall be as indicated on the Drawings. The sprinkler head shall have a screen under the nozzle to protect it from clogging and for easy removal for cleaning and flushing PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-10 system. The sprinkler head shall have a bottom inlet and may have a side inlet for ease of installation. 2. Pop-up Rotary Type: Rotary sprinkler of the gear driven type, capable of covering area at pressure and maximum discharge indicated on the drawings. a. The sprinkler shall be available in adjustable arc or in full or part circle configuration b. The sprinkler shall have a 1/2" or 3/4" NPT inlet and shall be accessible by a threaded cap easy for service. C. The pop-up height shall be as indicated on the drawings. The nozzle shall be integrally molded multiple orifice type that can be changed with tools included. Radius shall be adjustable by a plastic, allen type diffuser pin. Nozzle turret shall be molded with a service indentation to accept a tool for raising nozzle piston for service. d. The body of the sprinkler shall be constructed of non -corrosive heavy duty ABS. The sprinkler shall be equipped with a filter screen for debris stoppage. 3. Sprinklers as indicated shall have an in -head check valve or below the headcheck valve. 4. All sprinkler heads with a similar functions shall be of common manufacture, and with the exception of shrubbery heads, shall be marked with the manufacturer's name and identification in a position where they may be identified without being removed from the system. 5. Sprinklers shall be as indicated on the plans . Quick Coupler Assembly: 1. Quick coupler valves shall be as indicated on the plans. K. Ball Valves: Valve shall be as indicated on the plans. M. Backflow Preventer: Backflow preventer is existing. N. Booster Pump: Booster pump assembly is existing. 0. Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall shall be plastic valve boxes, with lockable covers with stainless steel bolts. The boxes/lids shall be green color.. Minimum sizes of valve boxes shall be as follows: 1. Remote Control Valves (RCV and master Valve): 14" x 19" 2. Globe and Ball Valves: 9 inch diameter or 14"x 19" 3. Flow Sensor: 14 inch by 19 inch 4. Valve boxes shall be NDS Pro Series Plus, Rainbird VB Specification series or equal P. Tracer Wire: AWG #. 10, Type TW plastic coated solid copper wires. Q. Concrete thrust blocks and footings shall conform to compressive strength of 2,000 p.s.i. concrete at 28 days. R. Sand bed and backfill shall be Class A clean fill sand. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Inspect site and check all grades. B. Carefully verify all dimensions at site and existing conditions prior to demolition and compare with proposed work. 1. Repair, replace and restore all irrigation in areas within and adjacent to the general limit of work as impacted by project construction and indicated on the plans C. Report in writing all discrepancies or errors between Drawings and existing conditions to Engineer and resolve them before proceeding with the work in this section. D. Locations on Drawings are diagrammatic and approximate only, and shall be changed and adjusted as necessary and as directed to meet existing conditions and obtain complete water coverage. Locate and stake all work and obtain approval of the Engineer before any installation. E. Install and extend system as shown on the Drawings, and as necessary to carry out the intent of the Drawings and Specifications. F If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation equipment will provide proper and more adequate coverage, Contractor shall make all necessary adjustments prior to proceeding with planting. G. Locate lines, valves, and other existing underground utilities prior to starting work and shall protect all existing utilities from damage during the course of construction. Obtain approval of the Engineer before digging trenches or interrupting utility service. H. The Contractor shall obtain permits and call for inspections required by local codes and regulations. Contractor is reponsible for the coordination and installation of all sleeves required for the proper installation of the irrigation. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Field Measurements: 1. Layout and staking: Prior to installation, stake sprinkler head locations in accordance with the Drawings. 2. Piping layout: Make any adjustments to avoid damage to existing improvements, provide for future installation of specimen plant material, and conform to actual field conditions. Install sleeving and conduit as necessary. B. Protection: Protect existing and new improvements and systems installed prior to irrigation installation, maintain in place until completion of work. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-12 3.3 INSTALLATION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEM: A. General: 1. Contractor shall verify location of water point of connections for irrigationand where shutoff valves are located to that are necessary to isolate sections of irrigation during demolition of existing irrigation and installation of new systems. 2. Provide temporary water connections between existing mainline and laterals to remain to keep all existing systems to remain operational during construction. With the approval of the Engineer the Contractor may use hand watering and truck watering to irrigate planting areas impacted by construction until the system is restored. 2. All irrigation system work including hydrostatic testing, coverage, trenches, and other excavation shall take place after finish grading and before tests, preliminary operation tests of automatic controller, backfill, densification of planting. 3. During installation of pipe, fittings, valves, and other pipeline components, prevent foreign matter from entering system. Temporarily cap or plug open ends during cessation of installation operations. 4. Locate valves and other irrigation equipment in planting areas and locate piping along edges of planting areas except where it is not feasible to do so. 5. Coordinate irrigation work so that there will be not conflict with installation of utilities or work of other trades. 6. All irrigation piping and control wires under paving through walls and footings shall be placed in sleeves. 7. Remove and dispose of existing irrrigation systems including piping, wiring, valves and other equipment within area of work, that are not needed for any existing or adjacent irrigation systems to remain operational. Contractor shall be responsible for removal off site of excess soil generated by irrigation trenching operation. 8. Verify location of existing trees, new trees, site lighting, site utilities, site walls and other obstructions that may affect the layout of the irrigation system. B. Excavation and Backfilling of Trenches: 1. Excavate trenches, prepare subgrade, and backfill to line and grade with sufficient room for pipe fittings, testing and observation operations. Do not backfill until the pipe system has been subjected to a hydrostatic test as specified. 2. Depth of trench for piping in planting areas and for sleeving in non -paved areas: Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Line • 6" diameter or greater 36" cover • 3"- 5-1/2" diameter 24" cover • 2 1/2" diameter and smaller 18" cover • Polyvinyl Chloride Non -Pressure Line: 12" cover • Control Wiring 18" cover Polyethylene tubing (where indicated to be buried) 4" uniform depth. 3. Schedule 80 PVC sleeves under major roads: PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-13 • 6" or less diameter 36" cover • greater than 6" diameter 48" cover 4. Schedule 40 pvc sleeves paving: • 6" diameter or greater 36" cover • 3"- 5-1/2" diameter 24" cover • 2 1/2" diameter and smaller 18" cover 5. Trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread: Deposit topsoil on one side of trench and sub -soil on opposite side. 6. Provide sand bedding a minimum of 2" under, around and 4"above top of PVC plastic pipe lateral pipe and brass pipe. Pressure mainline shall have a 6" sand bed and 6" sand cover installed prior to the placemnt of any other backfill material. 7. Repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. Do not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved for tightness, quality of workmanship and materials. 8. Backfill trenches, after approval of piping, with suitable and approved material, tamping soil around pipe and thoroughly compacting all trench fills until 90% compaction has been achieved. 9. Backfill materialshall be as indicated on drawings or an an approved soil, free from rocks and clods. 10. Trenches located under areas where paving, asphaltic concrete or concrete, will be installed shall be backfilled with sand (a layer six (6) inches below the pipe and six (6 inches above the pipe) and compacted in layers to 90% compaction, using manual or mechanical tamping devices. Trenches for piping shall be compacted to equal the compaction of the existing adjacent undisturbed soil and shall be left in a firm unyielding condition. All trenches shall be left flush with the adjoining grade. The sprinkler irrigation Contractor shall set in place, cap and pressure test all piping under paving prior to the paving work. 11. Generally, piping under existing walks may be accomplished by jacking or boring, but where any cutting or breaking of sidewalk and/or concrete is necessary, it shall be done and replaced by the Contractor as part of the contract cost. Permission to cut or break sidewalks and/or concrete shall be obtained from the Owner. C. Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: 1. Because of the nature of plastic pipe and fittings, exercise caution in handling, loading and storing, to avoid damage. 2. The pipe and fittings shall be stored under cover until using, and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. 3. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be discarded until such dent or damaged section is cut and rejoined with a coupling. 4. Trench depth shall be as specified above from the finish grade to the top of the pipe. The bottom of the trench shall be free of rocks, clods, and other sharp -edged objects. 5. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be bevelled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-14 6. Pipe shall be snaked from side -to -side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. 7. Center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Leave joints exposed for observation(s) during testing. 8. No water shall be permitted in the pipe until observations have been completed and a period of at least 24 hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing. 9. Plastic to metal joints shall be made with plastic male adapters, metal nipple hand tightened, plus one turn with a strap wrench. 10. Plastic to Plastic Joints: Solvent -weld, using solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer only. 11. Solvent -Weld Joints: Assemble per manufacturer's recommendations. 12. Thrust blocks for all specified piping shall be of size and type required by the manufacturer's installation guide. D. Installation of Brass Pipe and Galvanized Iron Pipe. 1. Cut piping by power jacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. Cut no piping with metallic wheel cutter of any description. Ream and remove rough edges of burrs so smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained. 2. Carefully and smoothly place Teflon tape on male thread only. Tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. E. Dielectric bushings shall be used for connections of piping of dissimilar metal materials. F. Tracer Wires: 1. Tracer wire shall be installed with plastic irrigation main lines. 2. The tracer wire shall be placed on the bottom of the trench under the vertical projection of the pipe with spliced joints soldered and covered with insulation type tape. 3. Tracer wire shall follow the main line pipe and/or branch lines and terminate in the yard box with the control valves. Provide enough length of wire or tape to make a loop and attach a "Dymo-Tape" type plastic label with the designation "Tracer Wire." G. Automatic Sprinkler Controller Assembly: The exisitng controller assemblies "B" and "C are existing and shall be replaced placed as indicated on the drawings in the same location. 1. Connections to control wiring shall be made within the Controller cabinet 2. Electrical wiring shall be in a rigid PVC plastic conduit from controller to electrical outlet. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for installing all wiring to the sub - panels, clocks, or elsewhere as required, in order to complete this installation. A disconnect switch shall be included. 3. Contractor shall contact controller representative for field assistance with upgrades controller assembly and connections to existing peripheral component installation. 4. Contractor shall provide written confirmation from controller representative that assembly and peripheral components are functioning properly and the system has been installed properly. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-15 H. Remote Control Wiring: 1. Direct Burial Control Wire Sizes: As specified hereinbefore. 2. Provide one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. Provide 4 foot minimum expansion loop at each valve to permit removal and maintenance of valves. Do not interconnect neutral wires between controllers. 3. Controll wire shall be located in mainline trenches where possible and bundled and taped to the pipe per applicable sections of "Greenbook" Section 801-5.6. 4. Control Wire Splices: Allow only on runs of more than 300-feet and shall be made only in valve or pull boxes only. All wires in pull boxes shall be loose and shall not come within three (3") from lid. Each wire splice shall be encased in the waterproof epoxy of waterproof connectors. 5. Testing: All wiring shall be tested for continuity, open circuits and unintentional grounds prior to connecting to equipment. The minimum insulation resistance to ground shall be 50 megaohms. Any wiring not meeting this requirement shall be replaced, at the Contractor's expense. The responsibility and cost of testing lies with the contractor to ensure that it is completed. 6. Numbering and Tagging: Identify direct burial control wires from automatic valves to terminal strips or controller at terminal strip by color coding and tagging wire with number of connected valve. 7. Include two (2) red (#14 AWG) spare wires from furthest valve or manifold on each end run to each controller and additional spare wires as noted on Drawings. Remote Control Valves: Install remote control valves and assemblies in locations as shown on the drawings, with a cover of 4 1/2 inches minimum over top of flow control stem. Install a union type connection. Fit with valve box and locking cover. Valve Box: Install valve boxes as shown on detail. Install no more than one valve per box. Valve boxes shall be branded with the Station number and controller . All other valves shall be identified by function. Letter size shall be 3" minimum. 1. Pull Boxes shall be labeled "PB" in like manners descibed for remote control valves: gate valve shall be labelled "GV; ball valve shall be labelled "BV" K. Flushing of System: 1. After all new sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, all necessary work has been completed, and prior to installation of sprinkler heads, the control valves shall be opened and a full head of water used to flush out the system. 2. Sprinkler heads/ emitters shall be installed only after flushing of the system has been accomplished. 3. Sprinklers heads shall be adjusted upon installation to prevent overspray onto non - irrigated areas prior to the performance of the coverage test. L. Sprinkler Heads: 1. All sprinkler heads shall be installed as indicated on drawings. 2. Nozzle size of all heads shall be adjusted to suit particular conditions of the area. This shall be done after the system has been thoroughly tested. PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-16 M. Quick Coupler Assembly: Install all quick couplers as indicated on drawings and as directed. Set all valves plumb and true to finish grade at a maximum of 12 inches from paving, walks, headers or curbs, and as shown on plans and as directed. N. Manual Control Valves: Install control valves in locations as shown on the drawings,with a cover of 4 1/2 inches minimum over top of flow control stem. Install per details indicated. 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. As project progresses, Contractor shall maintain all areas in a neat manner and remove unsightly debris as necessary. After completion of project, Contractor shall remove all debris and containers used in accomplishing work. Sweep and clean all sidewalks, asphalt, and concrete areas adjacent to plantings. Contractor shall clean all vertical surfaces adjacent to planting areas that may have been affected by his work. END OF SECTION PHASE-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Bid Set 07/13/22 Junior Lifeguard Building Irrigation Systems 32 88 00-17 SECTION 32 90 00 - LANDSCAPING PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: Planting of trees, shrubs, vines, ground cover, wood mulch and maintenance of such planting. Related Documents: 1. The Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. 2. Irrigation Systems — 32 88 00 3. ANSI A300 (Part 6) — American National Standard for Tree Care Operations 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. The term "Planting Area" shall mean all areas to be planted with trees, shrubs, ground covers, rock mulch, wood mulch. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit articles, equipment, materials or processes specified by name in the drawings and specifications. Provide catalog data and full descriptive literature. No substitutions shall be allowed without the prior written approval of the Engineer. Submit certificates of compliance, trip slips and invoices for soil amendments, fertilizers, and plant materials, with quantities of each. C. Specimen Tree Samples: Prior to delivery to the site submit one color scaled photographic sample of each tree variety and size indicate 15 gallons in size and larger for approval. Photographs to 8.5"x 10" size. Each photograph shall be labeled with the plant's botanical name and container size. At the Contractor's option and expense, he may retain the services of the Engineer to review trees 15 gallon and larger tagged at the nursery or at its place of growth, or as otherwise indicated. D. Shrub Samples: Prior to delivery to the site submit one color scaled photographic sample of each shrub/vine variety and size indicated for approval. Each photograph shall be labeled with the plant's botanical name and container size. Submit 3 samples of each variety and size of plant material at the site a minimum of 15 days before planting operations. Accepted samples shall remain on the site and shall be maintained as standards of comparison for plant materials to be furnished. Samples may be incorporated into the work. E. Agronomic Soils Testing: 1. Furnish two (2) sets of soils analysis of existing on -site soil. 2. There shall be two (2) sampling areas located throughout the site as selected by Engineer. PHASE-1 Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 1/9 3. Take the first core samples of site soil at a depth of 6 to 12 inches at each location, within proposed planting areas, after completion of final grading and prior to weed control and soil preparation. 4. Testing laboratory shall be Waypoint Analytical (714) 282-8777 or approved equal. Costs of tests shall be included in Contract Sum. 5. Request testing for fertility and suitability analysis with written recommendations for soil amendment, fertilizer and chemical conditioners, application rates for soil preparation, planting backfill mix, hydrospray, and post -maintenance fertilization programs. Include plant material list with soil samples to lab. Lab to comment on plant material suitability 6. Planting requirements and soil amendment specifications are based on similar site conditions and may need to be revised based on the findings of the soils analysis tests. Soils analysis recommendations shall take precedence over the amendment and fertilizer application rates specified in this Section. 7. Submit testing laboratory's interpretation, recommendations, and comments to the Engineer within 14 days after the completion of rough grading. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. After installation of plant materials but before the pre -maintenance inspection, the Engineer, using the specified copies of the certificates, trip slips, and invoices for the plant materials and related items, will check such material, comparing the total quantities of each material furnished against the total area and the quantities specified. If the minimum amounts have not been furnished, the Engineer will require the installation of additional materials to fulfill the minimum requirements specified. Upon delivery of materials and completion of soil conditioning and grading but before initiating planting operations, the Engineer using the specified copies of certificates, trip slips, and invoices for soil preparation materials, will check such material, comparing the total quantities of each material furnished against the total area of each operation. If the minimum rates of application have not been met, the Engineer will require the distribution of additional quantities of these materials to fulfill the minimum application requirements specified. C. Deliver a sample of the soil amendments to the Engineer within 35 days after "Notice to Proceed" for submittal to a testing laboratory. After soil amendments have been thoroughly mixed into the site, take random samples of the mixed soil and deliver them to the testing laboratory for comparison to a control mix. Responsibility for payment for testing by the contractor. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice. 2. Perform grading and soil preparation only during the period when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. If the moisture content of the soil should reach such a level that working it would destroy soil structure, suspend spreading and grading operations until PHASE -I CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Junior Lifeguard Building Bid Set 07/13/2022 LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 2/9 the moisture content is increased or reduced to acceptable levels and the desired results are likely to be obtained. B. Existing Conditions: 1. Before excavation for planting or placing of plant materials, locate underground utility lines and take proper precautions to avoid damage to such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such lines and plant locations, notify the Engineer who will arrange for the relocation of one or the other. Assume responsibility for making repairs to damage to existing facilities resulting from landscaping activities. 2. Utilities (water and electricity) used during the installation of the landscaping and irrigation systems shall be paid for as specified in Section 0129 00. C. Field Measurements: 1. Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with landscaping, carefully check and verify dimensions and immediately inform the Engineer of discrepancies between the drawings and specifications and actual conditions. 1.6 GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS: A. Guarantee shrubs, vines and ground covers to remain healthy and vigorously growing condition for a period of sixty (60) days from date of written approval to begin the maintenance and plant establishment period. B. Guarantee trees to live in a healthy and vigorous growing condition for a period of one (1) year from date of written approval to begin the maintenance and plant establishment period. C. Replace within seven (7) days, plants found to be dead and plants not in a vigorous condition noted within the guarantee period. D. Use plants for replacement of the same kind and size as specified in the plant list. Furnish plant and fertilize as originally specified. 1.7 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT: A. The maintenance and plant establishment period begins on the first day after all landscape work on this project is complete, checked, accepted, and written approval from the Engineer is given to begin the maintenance period, and shall continue thereafter for no less than sixty (60) continuous days. B. Continuously maintain all involved areas during the progress of the landscaping operations and during the maintenance period until the final acceptance of the work. C. Regular planting maintenance operations shall begin immediately after each plant is planted. Plants shall be kept in a healthy, growing condition and in a visually pleasing appearance by watering, pruning, mowing, rolling, trimming, edging, fertilizing, restaking, pest and disease PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 3/9 controlling, spraying, weeding, cleaning -up and other necessary operation of maintenance. Landscape areas shall be kept free of weeds, noxious grass, and other undesired vegetative growth and debris. Plants found to be dead or in an impaired condition shall be replaced immediately. D. The completion date of the contract maintenance period will be extended, when in the opinion of the Engineer, improper maintenance or possible poor or unhealthy condition of planted material are evident at the termination of the scheduled maintenance period. Assume responsibility for additional maintenance of the landscaping until landscaping is completed and acceptable. E. Assume responsibility for maintaining adequate protection of the areas. Repair damaged areas immediately. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL AMENDMENT AND FERTILIZER: A. Organic Soil Amendment: Type 1 organic soil amendment. Contain a special blend of organic fractions to supply several degrees of breakdown rate, a portion of inorganic amendment that resists further breakdown, a long-lasting form of iron, pH of 5.5 to 7.0, EC of 1.0 to 2.0, organic matter (dry weight basis) more than 90 percent, non-ionic wetting agent and total nitrogen content of 0.5 percent. Acceptable products or equal: Humic Compost, Agrii-Service, Inc. B. Gypsum: Commercially processed and packaged gypsum (CaSo4-21­120) with minimum 80 percent grade containing 14 percent minimum combined sulfur. C. Iron Sulphate: Ferric or ferrous sulphate in pelleted or granular form containing not less than 18 percent metallic iron. Material shall conform to the Agricultural Code of the State of California. D. Soil Sulfur: Elemental sulfur (99.5 percent) minimum. E. Fertilizer: 1. Preplanting Fertilizer: Long-lasting, controlled release, uniform in composition, free -flowing, suitable for application with approved equipment, and shall contain the following minimum available percentages by weight of plant food: Nitrogen 6 percent minimum Phosphoric Acid 20 percent minimum Potash 20 percent minimum 2. Post -planting Fertilizer: Organic base, long lasting, non -burning, slow release, free flowing, uniform in composition, suitable for application with approved equipment, and shall contain the following minimum available percentages of weight of plant food with trace minerals of 3 percent iron (expressed metallic) and 5 percent sulfur (elemental). PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 4/9 Nitrogen 16 percent minimum Phosphoric Acid 6 percent minimum Potash 8 percent minimum 3. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip type commercial grade planting tablets, of varying sizes with the following available percentages by weight of plant food: 21 gram tablet 5-7 gram tablet Nitrogen 20% minimum 12% minimum Phosphoric Acid 10% minimum 8% minimum Potash 5% minimum 8% minimum 2.2 CLASS "A" TOPSOIL: Imported soil for planters shall be Class "A" topsoil. Import soil shall be a natural, friable, well - draining soil. Provide soil free from subsoil, brush, objectionable weeds, seeds, rocks, organic or inorganic debris. The soil shall be free of any toxic substance, organic or inorganic; soil sterilants; salts; and no soil removed from roadbed excavations. Import topsoil shall be a natural, friable, well -draining soil. Provide soil free from subsoil, brush, objectionable weeds, seeds, rocks, organic or inorganic debris, silt, and clay. The soil shall be free of any toxic substance, organic or inorganic; soil sterilants; salts; and no soil removed from roadbed excavations. This soil shall be with a composition as follows: 1. Screen Size: 3/8" 2. 65-75% sand 3. 15-20% silt 4. 10-14% clay 5. Ece: 0-3 dS/m 6. pH: 6.0 - 7.5 7. ESP 0-12 2.3 PLANTING BACKFILL: A. Planting backfill for shrub planting in native on site soil shall be a thoroughly blended mixture of soil and amendments at the following mixture: Soil Amendment 50% Stockpiled on site soil 50% Iron Sulphate 1 pounds per cubic yard of mix Gypsum 10 pounds per cubic yard of mix Pre -Plant Fertilizer 1 pounds per cubic yard of mix Soil Sulfur 1 pounds per cubic yard of mix B. Planting backfill for shrub planting in architectural planters shall be a thoroughly blended mixture of soil and amendments at the following mixture: Soil Amendment 50% Class "A" Topsoil 50% PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 5/9 Iron Sulphate Gypsum Pre -Plant Fertilizer Soil Sulfur 2.4 PLANT MATERIALS: 1 pounds per cubic yard of mix 10 pounds per cubic yard of mix 1 pounds per cubic yard of mix 1 pounds per cubic yard of mix A. Nomenclature: The scientific and common names of plants herein specified conform with the approved names given in "A Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants of California", published by the University of California, College of Agriculture, Manual 32 (1963). Refer to list of plant material on drawings. B. Quality and size of plants shall be No. 1, of Pinto Tag stock. They shall be vigorous, of normal growth, free from disease, insects, insect eggs, and exceed the measurements specified. Pinto Tags shall be submitted to the Engineer. C. Container stock (1 gallon, 5 gallon, 15 gallon and boxes) shall have been grown in containers for at least 6 months, but not over 2 years. No container plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth, when taken from the container, shall be planted, except upon special approval. No trees with damaged roots or broken balls shall be planted. D. Pruning shall not be done, before delivery, except by written approval of the Engineer. E. Root pruning of existing trees shall be done under the supervision of a certified arborist approved by the Engineer. F. Inspection of plant materials, required by City, County or State authorities, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and where necessary he shall secure permits or certificates before delivery of plants to site. G. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval or rejection, at the site at any time before or during progress of landscaping, for size, variety, condition, latent defects and injuries. Immediately remove rejected plants from the site. H. Substitutions will not be permitted except that if proof is submitted that any plant specified is not obtainable, a proposal will be considered for use of the nearest equivalent size or variety and cost. All substitutions are subject to Engineer's approval in accordance with the General Conditions. Quantities shall be furnished as needed to complete landscaping indicated. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect root condition of any species, particularly those grown from seed, and if found defective, to reject the plants represented by the defective sample. K. Identify plant species or varieties correctly on legible, weatherproof labels attached securely to plant. There shall be a minimum of one labeled plant for each 5 plants in a lot. PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 6/9 L. Sod shall be per plans. M. Groundcover plants shall be healthy vigorous rooted cuttings grown in flats and pots until transplanting. N. Pre -emergence Herbicide: Acceptable manufacturers or equal: Surflan Treflan Dymid O. Weed Contact Spray: Acceptable products or equal: Roundup 2.5 WOOD MULCH: A. Landscaped or bare soil areas (with the exception of areas shown on the plans with turf) shall be covered with wood mulch, dark brown in color, 2" minus size. Foreign materials such as plywood or particle board incorporated within the mulch blend will not be accepted. Wood mulch shall be weed free. Wood mulch shall be well seasoned. Fresh wood chips are not acceptable. Install minimum 3 inch depth of mulch. Acceptable product or equal: Premium Landscape Mulch, MB Organics & Organic Solutions. 2.6 ROOT BARRIER: A. Root control barrier shall be as noted on the plans or an approved equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 FINISH GRADING: A. Finish grades shall be as indicated on the Grading Plans. B. Finish grades shall be measured as the final water compacted and settled surface grades and shall be within + 0.1 foot of the spot elevations and grade lines indicated on grading plans. C. Finish grades shall be measured at the top surface of surface materials. D. Molding and rounding of the grades shall be provided at all changes in slope. E. Undulations and irregularities in the planting surfaces resulting from tillage, rototilling and other operations shall be leveled and floated out before planting operations are initiated. F. Take precautions to protect and avoid damage to sprinkler heads, irrigation lines, and other underground utilities during grading and conditioning operations. PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 7/9 G. Final finish grades shall insure positive drainage of the site with surface drainage away from buildings, walls, and toward roadways, drains and catch basins. H. Final grades shall be acceptable to the City Inspector before planting operations will be allowed to begin. Planting surfaces shall be graded with no less than 2 percent surface slope for positive drainage. 3.2 PLANTING: A. The layout of locations for plants and outlines of groundcover to be planted shall be approved on the site by the Engineer, before their planting. All such locations shall be checked for possible interference with existing underground piping, before excavation of holes. If underground construction or utility lines are encountered in the excavation of planting areas, other locations for the planting may be selected by the Engineer. Damage to existing utilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Planting Trees, Shrubs and Vines: 1. Excavated holes shall have vertical sides with roughened surfaces and shall be of minimum sizes indicated. Holes shall be, in all cases, large enough to permit handling and planting without injury or breakage of root balls or roots. 2. Excavation shall include the stripping and stacking of all acceptable soil encountered within the areas to be excavated for plant pits and planting beds. Protect areas that are to be trucked over and upon which soil is to be temporarily stacked pending its re -use for the fillings of holes, pits and beds. 3. Excess soil generated from the planting holes shall be spread on the site as directed or removed from the site at the contractor's expense. 4. Plants in can containers shall have the cans opened by cutting vertically on opposite sides of each can with nursery can openers, tin snips or other approved instruments for this purpose. All used cans shall be removed to the storage area or from the site daily. 5. The plants shall be planted at approved locations with the specified conditioner and soil planting backfill. 6. The plants shall be placed in the planting pits on the backfill material which has been hand -tamped and water settled to the rootball base levels before the placement of the plants. After setting the plants, the remaining backfill material shall be carefully tamped and settled around each rootball to fill all voids. 7. Each tree and shrub shall be placed in the center of the hole and shall be set plumb and held rigidly in position until the planting backfill has been tamped from around each root ball. 8. All plants shall be set at such a level that after settling they bear the same relationship to the surrounding finish grade as they bore to the soil line grade in the container, unless otherwise indicated. 9. Planting tablets shall be placed in each planting hole at the following rates: 1-5 gram tablet per liner and flat size plant. 1-21 gram tablet per 1 gallon container. PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 8/9 3-21 gram tablets per 5 gallon container. 4-21 gram tablets per 15 gallon container. 1-21 gram tablet per each 4 inch of box size. 10. No plant will be accepted if the rootball is broken or cracked, either before, during, or after the process of installation. 11. All plants shall be thoroughly watered in to the full depth of each planting hole immediately after planting. 12. All trees, 15 gallon and larger, shall be staked perthe details. The stakes shall be driven in plumb and secure. Special care shall be taken that the driving in of the stake does not damage the tree roots or root ball. Tree ties shall be fastened to each tree and stake by looping figure 8's with the inside diameter of the tie at 2 or 3 times the diameter of the tree and by tacking the back of the tie to the stake. 13. Staking: All specimen trees 24 inch box and larger shall be staked as indicated. 14. The staking shall be accomplished in such a manner as to ensure the proper and healthy growth and the safety of the plants, property, and the public. 15. The Contractor shall be responsible for all surface and subsurface drainage required which may affect his guarantee of the trees, shrubs, and vines. 16. Pruning after planting shall be required on all trees, shrubs, and vines when necessary to provide the specified or approved standard shapes, form and sizes characteristic to each plant. Pruning may include thinning, topping, and cutting and shall be under the direction of the Engineer. Cuts over 3/4 inch in diameter shall be painted with an approved tree sealant. 3.3 HERBICIDE APPLICATION / WEED ERADICATION: A. Water all planting areas until weeds have germinated. Cease watering for three (3) day. Apply "Round -up" or approved herbicide to eradicate germinated weeds. Remove weeds after herbicide has had sufficient time to kill. B. Pre -emergence herbicide shall be applied to groundcover and shrub areas only and in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Do not apply in lawn areas. Engineer shall be notified and present at the time of application. 3.4 ROOT BARRIER: 3.5 Q Q Install root barrier per manufacturer's requirements. The length of the root barrier shall be as noted on the plans. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Inspection: Inspections herein specified shall be made by the Engineer. The Contractor shall request inspection 48 hours in advance of on site visit. B. Inspection will be required for the following parts of the landscaping: 1. Pre -job conference. 2. Rough grading. PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 9/9 3. Trenching (irrigation & utilities). 4. Pressure test main line. 5. Tree -pit and staking. 6. Irrigation coverage. 7. Final grading. 8. Shrub pit and planting. 9. Start of maintenance period. 10. Periodic 30-day Inspection. 11. Final Inspection. 3.6 CLEAN UP: A. As landscaping progresses, maintain all areas in a neat manner and remove unsightly debris as necessary. After completion, remove debris and containers used in accomplishing landscaping. Sweep and clean all sidewalks, asphalt, and concrete areas adjacent to plantings. END OF SECTION PHASE -I Bid Set 07/13/2022 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH LANDSCAPING 32 90 00 Junior Lifeguard Building 10/9 SECTION 33 05 16 - UTILITY STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manhole structures for gravity storm drain and sanitary sewer utilities. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. B. Section 33 40 00 — Storm Drainage Utilities. C. Section 32 05 23 — Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. AASHTO: 1. M 199: Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. B. ASTM: 1. A 615/A615M: Deformed and Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. C 478: Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 3. C 1244: Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test. C. Caltrans Standard Specifications. 1. Section 51, Concrete Structures. 2. Section 75, Miscellaneous Metal. D. California Building Code. 1. Section 1172B — Exterior Routes of Travel. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. B. ASTM: American Society for Testing Materials. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 1/4 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 0133 00 — Submittal Procedures. B. Product data for the following: 1. Cleanout plugs or caps. C. Shop drawings: Include plans, elevations, details and attachments for the following: 1. Precast concrete manholes, frames and covers. 2. Precast concrete cleanout boxes and box covers. D. Design Mix Reports and Calculations: For each class of cast -in -place concrete. E. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle precast concrete manholes according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Protect imported bedding and backfill material from contamination by other materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANOUTS A. Piping: Same as sanitary sewer line if possible. B. Top Cap: Threaded and of same material as piping if possible. C. Box Size: As required to provide access and allow easy removal and reinstallation of cap. D. Box Types: 1. Landscape Areas: Portland cement concrete box and box cover (bolt -down), light duty. 2. Traffic Areas: Portland cement concrete box and box cover or steel or cast iron cover, heavy duty, both box and cover (bolt down) to be rated for AASHTO H2O loading. E. Box Cover Markings: "S.D." for storm drain cleanouts, "S.S." for sanitary sewer cleanouts, unless otherwise specified. F. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, box manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Associated Concrete Products, Inc. (Santa Ana, California) (Tel. 714-557-7470). 2. Brooks Products Inc. (EI Monte, California) (Tel. 818-443-3017). City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 2/4 3. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. (Fremont, California) (Tel. 800-486 7070). 2.2 MANHOLES A. General: Size, shape, configuration, depth, etc. of manhole and frame and cover shall be as indicated. B. Portland Cement Concrete and Reinforcing: 1. Cast -In -Place Portion: Use Class A Concrete per Caltrans Standard Specification Section 90, and ASTM A615 Grade 60 reinforcing steel bars. 2. Precast Portion: ASTM C 478. Rate for AASHTO H2O loading in traffic areas. C. Frames and Covers: As indicated and in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Section 75- 1.02. D. Steps: ASTM C 478 or AASHTO M 199. Manufacture from deformed, %-inch steel reinforcement rod complying with ASTM A 615 and encased in polypropylene complying with ASTM D4101. Include pattern designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Acceptable manufacturer is Hanson Concrete Products, (Milpitas, CA) (Tel 408-262-1091) or equal. E. Force Main Piping Access Openings: 1. General: As indicated. 2.3 JOINT SEALANT FOR STRUCTURES AND MANHOLES A. Mortar: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 51-1.135. 1. Use to seal around pipes at connections to structures and manholes. Also use to seal joints between precast sections of structures and manholes. B. Gaskets: Preformed flexible rubber or plastic gasket. 1. Rubber Gaskets: ASTM C443. 2. Plastic Gaskets: Federal Specification SS-S-00210 (GSA-FSS), Type I, Rope Form; or alternate standard which may exist. Acceptable material is "Ram-Nek," as manufactured by the K. T. Snyder Company (Houston TX), or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. General: Install as indicated. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 3/4 3.2 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install as indicated. 3.3 TESTING OF MANHOLES ON GRAVITY LINES A. At the option of the Contractor, either the following hydrostatic or vacuum test shall be performed. B. Hydrostatic Test: 1. Insert inflatable plugs in all sewer inlets and outlets. 2. Fill the manhole with water to a point six inches below the base of the manhole frame. 3. Maintain the water at this point for one hour to allow time for absorption. 4. Begin one -hour test period. Measure the amount of water added in one -hour period to maintain the water level at six inches below the base of the manhole frame. Do not allow water level to drop more than 25% of the manhole depth. 5. Determine the allowable leakage by the following formula. 6. L=0.0002 x D X H 1/2 7. L = Allowable leakage, gallons per minute. 8. D = Depth of manhole from top to bottom, feet. 9. H = Head of water in feet as measured from the surface of the water in the manhole to the sewer line invert or to the prevailing ground water surface outside the manhole. The lesser height governs. 10. If the leakage exceeds the allowable, determine the cause, take remedial action and re -test the manhole. If the leakage is less than the allowable and leaks are observed, repair the leaks. C. Vacuum Test: 1. General: Test in accordance with ASTM C 1244. 2. Test prior to backfilling around the manhole. 3. Test Preparation: Plug all lift holes and pipes entering or exiting the manhole. 4. Place test head inside the top section of the manhole's cone section and inflate in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 5. Draw a vacuum of 10-inches of mercury and shut the pump off. 6. With the valve closed, the time for the vacuum to drop 9-inches shall be measured. 7. The manhole shall pass the test if the time is greater than 60 seconds for a 48-inch diameter manhole, 75 seconds for a 60-inch diameter manhole and 90 seconds for a 72-inch diameter manhole. 8. If the manhole fails the initial test, make necessary repairs with a non -shrink grout while the vacuum is still being drawn. Retest until a satisfactory test is obtained. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 4/4 SECTION 33 10 00 - WATER UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Site water distribution system for domestic and fire protection services up to 5 feet of any on -site building being served. B. Domestic water and fire protection water transmission or distribution system within a roadway or street right-of-way. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. B. Section 32 05 23 — Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ASTM: 1. A 536: Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 2. B 88: Specifications for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 3. D 1785: Specifications for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. 4. D 2564: Specifications for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 1. C104: Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. C105: Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 3. C110: Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (76 mm Through 1,219 mm) for Water. 4. C111: Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. C115: Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges. 6. C150: Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 7. C151: Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 8. C153: Ductile- Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 9. C200: Steel Water Pipe-6 In. (150 mm) and larger. 10. C203: Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines -Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 11. C205: Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe- 4 In. and Larger - Shop Applied. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 1/20 12. C207: Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service -Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). 13. C208: Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 14. C209: Cold Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. 15. C210: Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. 16. C213: Fusion -Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. 17. C214: Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. 18. C218: Coating the Exterior of Aboveground Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings. 19. C219: Bolted, Sleeve -type Couplings for Plain -End Pipe. 20. C500: Metal -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 21. C502: Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants. 22. C503: Wet Barrel Fire Hydrants. 23. C504: Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves. 24. C507: Ball Valves 6 In. Through 8 In. (150 mm Through 1,200 mm). 25. C508: Swing -check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 In. (50mm) Through 24 In. (600 mm) N PS. 26. C509: Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 27. C510: Double Check Valve Backflow-Prevention Assembly. 28. C511: Reduced -Pressure Principle Backflow-Prevention Assembly. 29. C512: Air -Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks Service. 30. C550: Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 31. C600: Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. 32. C605: Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 33. C606: Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 34. C651: Disinfecting Water Mains. 35. C800: Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 36. C900: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. Through 12 In. (100mm Through 300mm) for Water Distribution. 37. C901: Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, % In. (13mm) Through 3 In. (76mm) for Water Service. 38. C905: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In. Through 48 In. (350 mm Through 1,200 mm) for Water Transmission and Distribution. 39. C906: Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. (100 mm) through 63 In (1,575 mm), for Water Distribution and Transmission. 40. C907: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water - 4 In. through 8 In. (100 mm Through 200 mm). 41. C908: PVC Self -Tapping Saddle Tees for Use on PVC Pipe. 42. M11: Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation. 43. M23: PVC Pipe - Design and Installation. 44. M41: Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. C. NFPA 24 D. City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, Standard Special Provisions 1. Part 2 Construction Materials, Section 207 City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 2/20 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. B. ASTM: American Society for Testing Materials. C. AWWA: American Waterworks Association D. DI: Ductile iron. E. DIP: Ductile iron pipe. F. FM: Factory Mutual. G. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. H. NSF: National Sanitation Foundation. I. PCC: Portland cement concrete. J. PE: Polyethylene. K. PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride. L. UL: Underwriters Laboratory. 1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Internal Pressures: As indicated on plans. B. External Load: Earth load indicated by depth of cover plus AASHTO H2O live load unless indicated otherwise. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 0133 00 — Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Piping materials and fittings. 2. Pipe couplings. 3. Flexible pipe fittings. 4. Restrained pipe fittings. 5. High deflection fittings/ball joints. 6. Expansion joints. 7. Flexible expansion joints. 8. Gate valves. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 3/20 9. Butterfly valves. 10. Check valves. 11. Air and vacuum relief valves. 12. Blow -off valves. 13. Pressure reducing valves. 14. Pressure sustaining valves. 15. Ball valves. 16. Fire hydrants. 17. Post indicator valves. 18. Fire department connections. 19. Backflow preventers. 20. Precast valve boxes and box covers. C. Shop drawings: Include plans, elevations, details and attachments. 1. Precast and cast in -place vaults and covers. 2. Wiring diagrams for alarm devices. D. Field test reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with the Project requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of utility supplying water. Do not operate existing valves or tap existing piping without written permission and/or presence of utility company representative. B. Comply with the following requirements and standards: 1. NSF 61: "Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects" for materials for potable water. 2. NFPA 24: "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances" for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision. 3. CEC: "California Electric Code" for electrical connections between wiring and electrically operated devices. C. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping and specialties made to a specified standard. 1.8 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following: 1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. 3. Set Valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. Deliver piping with factory -applied end -caps. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris and moisture. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 4/20 C. Handling: Use slings to handle valves and fire hydrants whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants according to the following. 1. Do not remove end protectors, unless necessary for inspection, then reinstall for storage. 2. Protection from Weather: Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew -point temperature. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. E. Do not store plastic pipe and fittings in direct sunlight. F. Protect pipe, fittings, flanges, seals and specialties from moisture, dirt and damage. G. Protect linings and coatings from damage. H. Handle precast boxes, vaults and other precast structures according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect imported bedding and backfill material from contamination by other materials. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate connection to existing water mains with water utility supplying water. B. Coordinate piping materials, sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements with building domestic water distribution piping and fire protection piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SMALL -SIZE SERVICE PIPES A. Copper Pipe: Sizes %-inch through 2-inch. 1. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM B 88, Type K, seamless water tube, annealed. 2. Joints: Restrain by couplings. B. PE Plastic Pipe: Sizes %-inch through 3-inch. 1. Pipe and Fittings: AWWA C901. 2. Joints: Restrain with clamps or heat -fusion. C. PVC Pipe: Sizesl/8-inch through 3 inch. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 5/20 1. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40 2. Joints: Restrain with solvent cement. Do not use threaded pipe. 3. Solvent Cement: ASTM D2564. 2.2 LARGE -SIZE SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PIPES A. DIP: Sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. 1. Pipe: AWWA C150 and C151. 2. Fittings a. Standard: AWWA C110, sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. b. Compact: AWWA C153, sizes 4-inch through 24-inch. 3. Pipe and Fitting Lining: Cement Mortar, AWWA C104. 4. Pipe and Fitting Coating: Asphaltic, AWWA C151 or C115. 5. Exterior Soil Corrosion Protection for Pipe and Fittings: Polyethylene encasement, AWWA C105. 6. Unrestrained Joints: a. Push -On Bell and Spigot Joint: AWWA C111. b. Mechanical Joint: AWWA C111. 7. Restrained Joints: a. Flanged Joint: AWWA C115. b. Push -On Bell and Spigot Joint: AWWA C111 with "Field Lok Gasket," sizes 4-inch through 24-inch;"TR Flex," sizes 4-inch through 64-inch; both by U. S. Pipe (Birmingham AL) (Tel.205-254-7442) or approved equal. "Megalug" restraint harness, Ebaa Iron (Eastland TX) (Tel 800-443-1716) or approved equal. C. Mechanical Joint: AWWA C111 with "Mega Lug," sizes 3-inch through 48-inch. Ebaa Iron (Eastland TX) (Tel 800-443-1716) or approved equal. d. Grooved and Shouldered Joints: AWWA C150, AWWA C151 and AWWA C606. 24-inch maximum size. 8. Couplings: a. Plain End Pipe to Plain End Pipe: Ductile iron or steel bolted couplings, manufacturer's shop coating with low alloy steel bolts and nuts. Steel couplings to conform to AWWA C219. Smith -Blair, Inc, (Texarkana, AR) (Tel. 501-773-5127), Dresser (Bradford, PA) (Tel.-814-368-3131) or approved equal. b. Plain End Pipe to Flanged Pipe: 1) Ductile iron or steel bolted flanged coupling adapters, manufacturer's shop coating with low alloy steel bolts and nuts. Steel flanged couplings to conform to AWWA C219. Smith -Blair, Inc, (Texarkana, AR) (Tel. 501-773-5127), Dresser (Bradford, PA) (Tel.-814-368-3131) or approved equal; or 2) restrained flange adapter, "Megaflange," sizes 3-inch through 36 inch, Ebaa Iron (Eastland TX ) (Tel 800-443-1716) or approved equal. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 6/20 B. PE Pipe: Sizes 4-inch through 64-inch. 1. Pipe and Fittings: AWWA C906. 2. Joints: a. Thermal Butt Fusion: AWWA C906 and pipe manufacturer's recommendations. b. Flanged joining: AWWA C906 and pipe manufacturer's recommendations. C. Other: Check with pipe manufacturer. C. PVC Pipe: Sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. 1. Pipe: a. 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWA C900. b. 14-inch through 48-inch: AWWA C905. 2. Fittings: DI conforming to 2.2A above. 3. Unrestrained Joints: a. Push -On Bell and Spigot Joint: AWWA C900. 4. Restrained Joints: a. Push -On Bell and Spigot Joint: Harness assembly as manufactured by Ebaa Iron (Eastland, Tx) (Tel. 800-433-1716) or approved equal. b. Plain End PVC to DI Mechanical Joint: Ebaa Iron (Eastland, Tx) (Tel. 800-433-1716) or approved equal. 5. Steel or Ductile Iron Couplings: a. Plain End Pipe to Plain End Pipe: Ductile iron or steel bolted couplings, manufacturer's shop coating with low alloy steel bolts and nuts. Steel couplings to conform to AWWA C219. Smith -Blair, Inc, (Texarkana, AR) (Tel. 501-773-5127), Dresser (Bradford, PA) (Tel.-814-368-3131) or approved equal. b. Plain End Pipe to DI or Steel Flanged Pipe: Ductile iron or steel bolted flanged coupling adapters, manufacturer's shop coating with low alloy steel bolts and nuts. Steel flanged couplings to conform to AWWA C219. Smith -Blair, Inc, (Texarkana, AR) (Tel. 501-773-5127), Dresser (Bradford, PA) (Tel.-814-368-3131) or approved equal. 6. PVC Couplings a. Unrestrained Plain End to Plain End Pipe: AWWA C900, as manufactured by CertainTeed (Valley Forge, PA) (Tel. 610 341-6820) or approved equal. b. Restrained Plain End to Plain End Pipe: AWWA C900, "Certa-Lock" as manufactured by CertainTeed (Valley Forge, PA) (Tel. 610 341-6820) or approved equal. D. Cement Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe: 6-inch and larger. 1. Pipe: AWWA C200 and AWWA M11. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 7/20 2. Special Sections and Fittings: AWWA C200, C207, C208 and AWWA M11 for all bends, tees, nozzles, closures, etc. 3. Flanges: AWWA C207. Includes blind flanges. 4. Linings and Coatings for Pipe, Special Sections and Fittings: Cement Mortar Lining and Coating: AWWA C205. a. Liquid Epoxy Lining and Coating: AWWA C210. b. Fusion Bonded Epoxy Lining and Coating: AWWA C213. C. Coal -Tar Lining and Coating: AWWA C203. d. Cold -Applied Tape Coatings, Piping: AWWA C214. e. Cold -Applied Tape Coatings, Specials, Connection and Fittings: AWWA C209. f. Cold Applied Petrolatum Tape and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Buried or Submerged Steel Water Pipelines. g. Aboveground Pipe Coatings: AWWA C218.] 5. Non -Restrained Joints: AWWA M11. a. Rubber Gasket: Carnegie -shape rubber gasket as indicated. 6. Restrained Joints: AWWA M11. Where a flanged joint, butt strap or coupling are not indicated, either restrained joint a, or b, as follows, is acceptable, but the selected joint shall be used throughout the project. a. Rubber Gasket: Carnegie -shape rubber gasket with field welded restraint bar as indicated. b. Field Lap Welded Slip Joint: As indicated. C. Field Welded Butt Strap: As indicated. d. Flanged Joint: AWWA C207 with Type 316L stainless steel bolts and nuts as indicated. 7. Joint Coating for Cement Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe: a. Field Joint Encasement: Cement mortar contained in fabric lined with closed cell polyethylene foam as indicated. Attach fabric to pipe with Type 316L stainless steel straps as indicated. Closed cell polyethylene foam encasement shall be by Industrial Specialties (Fullerton, CA) (Tel. 800-638-8127) or approved equal. 8. Non -Restrained Flexible Couplings: AWWA C219, Smith Blair, Inc (Texarkana, TX) (Tel. 501- 773-5127), Number 411 or approved equal, with factory applied fusion -bond epoxy coating and Type 316L stainless steel bolts and nuts. 9. Restrained Flexible Couplings: Non -restrained flexible coupling supplemented with a restraining harness as indicated and as follows: a. Restraining harness design by Contractor's pipe manufacturer using criteria presented in Section 13.10 of AWWA M11. b. Space harness -lugs and tie bolts equally around the pipe. C. Type 316L stainless steel harness tie bolts and nuts. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 8/20 d. Design and dimensions of harness lugs to be modified from that shown in AWWA M11, as necessary, to provide additional height to clear the coupling. 10. Field Coating of Coupling Assemblies: Apply either of the following flexible tape and mastic or putty coating systems to the all non -restrained or restrained flexible steel couplings. a. Denso Coating System — Denso North American, Inc., (Houston, TX), (Tel 281-821- 3355). b. Trenton Coating System —Allied Utility Products, (Livermore, CA) (Tel. 510-484-4007 or 510-373-7400). 2.3 HIGH DEFLECTION FITTINGS/BALL JOINTS A. Plain End Pipe: Xtra Flex Restrained Joint High Deflection Fittings, 4-inch through 24-inch, U. S. Pipe, (Birmingham, AL) (Tel. 205-254-7442) or approved equal. B. Mechanical or Flanged Joint: Flex 900, 4-inch through 12-inch, Ebaa Iron Sales, (Eastland, TX) (Tel. 800-433-1716) or approved equal. 2.4 EXPANSION JOINTS A. TR Flex Joints: TR Flex Telescoping Sleeve, 4-inch through 64 inch, U. S. Pipe, (Birmingham, AL) (Tel. 205-254-7442). B. Mechanical or Flanged Joint: Ex -Tend 200, 4-inch through 36-inch, EBAA Iron Sales, (Eastland, TX) (Tel. 800-433-1716) or approved equal. 2.5 FLEXIBLE EXPANSION JOINTS A. Plain End to Plain End Pipe: "Xtra Flex," sizes 4-inch through 24-inch, U. S. Pipe, (Birmingham AL) (Tel. 205-254-7442) or equal. B. Flanged or mechanical Joint: "Flex -Tend," sizes 3-inch through 48-inch, Ebaa Iron (Eastland TX) (Tel. 800-433-1716) or equal. C. Flanged Joint: Starflex, Series 500, Star Pipe Products, (Tel. 800-999-3009) or equal. 2.6 GATE VALVES A. Provide on lines 10-inch and smaller. B. Valves, 3-Inch through 20-Inch: AWWA C509, resilient -seated, non -rising stem, gray or ductile -iron body and bonnet, with bronze or gray or ductile -iron gate, bronze stem and square stem operating nut unless noted otherwise. All bolts, nuts and washers, except operating nut, shall be stainless steel. Stem operating nut to be 2-inches square and open counter -clockwise. Stem extensions shall City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 9/20 be installed to bring the stem operating nut to within 2-feet of finish grade where the depth from finish grade to the stem operating nut exceeds 4-feet. Equip valves in pump stations and other interior or vault installations with hand -wheels. Provide protective epoxy interior and exterior coating according to AWWA C550 and manufacturer's recommendations. C. Service Line Valves and Fittings, 2-Inch and Smaller: AWWA C800 D. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Mueller Company (Decatur, IL) (Tel.800-423-1323). 2. M&H Valve Company (Anniston, AL) (Tel. 205-237-3521). 3. Crane Company (New York, NY). E. Valve Box and Cover: 9-inch minimum diameter PCC box with extensions of length required for depth of bury of valve, and cast iron or ductile iron cover with lettering "WATER". Both the box and the cover shall be rated for AASHTO H2O loading. 2.7 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Provide on lines larger than 10-inch. B. Valves, 3-Inch through 72-Inch: AWWA C 504, rubber seated, Class 150B cast iron body, cast or ductile iron discs, stainless steel shafts, adjustable field replaceable rubber seats mating against stainless steel seat rings and field -replaceable seals. Flanged or mechanical joint end connections. No wafer type valves allowed. Traveling nut type valve actuators designed for buried service unless noted otherwise. All bolts, nuts and washers, except wrench nut, shall be stainless steel. Wrench nut to be 2-inches square and open counter -clockwise. Stem extensions shall be installed to bring the wrench nut to within 2-feeet of finish grade where the depth from finish grade to the wrench nut exceeds 4-feet. Equip valves in pump stations and other interior or vault installations with hand -wheels. Provide protective epoxy interior and exterior coating according to AWWA C550 and manufacturer's recommendations. C. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Mueller Company (Decatur, IL) (Tel.800-423-1323). 2. M&H Valve Company (Anniston, AL) (Tel. 205-237-3521). 3. Crane Company (New York, NY). D. Valve Box and Cover: 9-inch minimum diameter PCC box with extensions of length required for depth of bury of valve, and cast iron or ductile iron cover with lettering "WATER". Both the box and the cover shall be rated for AASHTO H2O loading. 2.8 AIR RELEASE, AIR/VACUUM AND COMBINATION AIR VALVES A. AWWA C512, specific type of valve, size, details and valve box as indicated. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 10/20 B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Apco Valves, Valve and Primer Corporation (Schaumburg, IL) (Tel. 708-529-9000). 2. Crispin Valve (Berwick, PA) (Tel. 800-247-8258). 2.9 BLOW -OFF VALVES A. Blow -off valve assemblies, details and boxes as indicated. 2.10 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Valves 2-Inch through 24-Inch: AWWA C508, details as indicated. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Mueller Company (Decatur, IL) (Tel.800-423-1323). 2. M&H Valve Company (Anniston, AL) (Tel. 205-237-3521). 2.11 BALL VALVES A. Valves 6-Inch through 48-Inch: AWWA C507, details as indicated. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Crane Company (New York, NY). 2.12 PRESSURE -REGULATING VALVES A. Valve: Automatic, pilot -operated, cast-iron body with interior coating according to AWWA C550. 250-psi Working -pressure, bronze pressure -reducing pilot valve and tubing, and means for discharge pressure adjustment. Details as indicated. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cla-Val Company (Newport Beach, CA) (Tel. 714-548-2201). 2. Bermad (Porterville, CA) (Tel. 209-781-6630). 3. Ames Company (Woodland, CA) (Tel. 916-666-2493). City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 11/20 2.13 FLOW -REGULATING vALVES A. Valve: Automatic, pilot -operated, cast-iron body with interior coating according to AWWA C550. 250-psi working -pressure, bronze pressure -reducing pilot valve and tubing, and means for flow adjustment. Details as indicated. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cla-Val Company (Newport Beach, CA) (Tel. 714-548-2201). 2. Bermad (Porterville, CA) (Tel. 209-781-6630). 3. Ames Company (Woodland, CA) (Tel. 916-666-2493). 2.14 SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND WATER METERS A. Service connections and water meter details and boxes as indicated. 2.15 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Wet Barrel: AWWA C503, details as indicated. B. Dry Barrel: AWWA C502, details as indicated. 2.16 REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Provide as indicated and as required by State or local agency. B. General: AWWA C511, with OS gate valve on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks and pressure -differential relief valve with ASME A112.1.2 air gap fitting located between 2 positive -seating check valves for continuous -pressure application. C. Body: 1. 2-Inch and Smaller: Bronze with threaded ends. 2. 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: Bronze, cast iron steel, or stainless steel with flanged ends. D. Interior Lining: AWWA C550, epoxy coating for cast iron or steel bodies. E. Interior Components: Corrosion -resistant materials. F. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cla-Val Company (Newport Beach, CA) (Tel. 714-548-2201). 2. Ames Company (Woodland, CA) (Tel. 916-666-2493). 3. Febco, CMB Industries, Inc. (Fresno, CA) (Tel. 559-252-0791). City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 12/20 4. Hersey Products, Inc. (Dedham, MA) (Tel. 617-326-9400). 2.17 DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY A. FM approved or UL listed, with OS&Y gate valve on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include two positive -seating check valves and test cocks, and bypass with displacement -type water meter, valves, and double-check backflow preventer, for continuous pressure application. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cla-Val Company (Newport Beach, CA) (Tel. 714-548-2201). 2. Ames Company (Woodland, CA) (Tel. 916-666-2493). 3. Febco, CMB Industries, Inc. (Fresno, CA) (Tel. 559-252-0791). 4. Hersey Products, Inc. (Dedham, MA) (Tel. 617-326-9400). 2.18 POST INDICATOR VALVE A. General: UL 789, FM approved, vertical -type, cast-iron body with operating wrench extension rod, and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of bury of valve. Review fire department connection with agency having jurisdiction. Check hose threads and all sizes with fire department. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Mueller Co. (Decatur, IL) (Tel.800-423-1323). 2. Clow Corporation (Oskaloosa, IA). 2.19 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Exposed, Freestanding Fire Department Connection: UL 405, cast brass body with threaded inlets according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department hose threads and threaded bottom outlet. Include lugged caps, gaskets and chains; lugged swivel connections and drop clapper for each hose -connection inlet; 18-inch high brass sleeve; and round escutcheon plate. Four 2-1/2-inch NPS inlets and 6-inch NPS outlet. 2.20 UNDERGROUND VAULTS/PITS A. General: Portland cement concrete, precast or cast -in -place as indicated. B. Portland Cement Concrete and Reinforcing Steel: Section 32 05 23 — Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements. C. Access Openings: As indicated. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 13/20 D. External Load: Earth load plus AASHTO H2O live load if located in paved areas. E. Lids: Bolt down type. 2.21 TRACER WIRE A. General: Minimum #12 AWG stranded copper wire with green THW, THWN, or THHN rated insulation. 2.22 WARNING TAPE A. General: Non -detectable 3-inch warning tape made of solid blue film with continuously printed black -letter message reading "CAUTION —WATER LINE BURIED BELOW." 2.23 PCC THRUST BLOCKS A. Portland Cement Concrete and Reinforcing Steel: Section 32 05 23 — Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Install pipe, fittings, and appurtenances utilizing best practices, manufacturer's instructions, and in accordance with the following: 1. DIP: AWWA M41 and AWWAC600. 2. PVC pipe: AWWA M23 and AWWA C605. 3. Steel Pipe: AWWA M11. B. Pipe Depth and Trench Configuration: Conform to elevations, profiles and typical trench section(s) indicated. C. Excavation, Bedding, Backfill, and Compaction: Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. D. Handling: Carefully handle during loading, hauling, unloading and placing operations to avoid breakage or damage. Use strap type slings for lifting and placing; no chains or hooks will be permitted. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Laying: Before lowering pipe into the trench, remove all stakes, debris, loose rock and other hard materials from the bottom of the trench. Lay accurately in conformance with lines and grades indicated. Lay pipe on a bed of bedding material specified and prepared by handwork, dug true to grade. Furnish firm bearing for pipe throughout it's entire length with bell holes provided at the ends of each pipe length of sufficient size to permit making up the particular type of joint being City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 14/20 used. Adjust pipe to line and grade by scraping away or filling and tamping material under the body of the pipe for the entire pipe length and not by blocking or wedging. After final positioning, hold pipe in place in trench with backfill material placed equally on both sides of the pipe at as many locations as required to hold the pipe section in place. F. Curved Alignment: When necessary to conform to the alignment specifically indicated, lay pipe on a curved alignment by means of asymmetrical closure of joints or bending of the pipe barrel. If necessary, use shorter than the standard lengths of pipe to achieve curvature specified. Do not exceed the recommendations of the pipe manufacture for deflections at the joints or pipe bending. G. Closure: Close open ends of pipes and appurtenance openings at the end of each days work or when work is not in progress. 3.2 CONNECTING TO EXISTING MAINS 3.3 3.4 3.5 A. Pressure Tap Connections: Perform in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the system being tapped. Maintain a positive pressure flow from the main being tapped to the tapping device to flush plastic chips, metal ribbons, etc. into the tapping devise and not into the pipe being tapped. B. Other Connections: As indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the line being connected to. ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Mechanically Restrained Joints: Install where indicated for lengths indicated in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. PCC Thrust Blocks: Install where required and as indicated. Bearing area indicated is to be against undisturbed earth. Allow a minimum of 24-hours curing time before introducing water into the pipeline and allow a minimum of 7-days curing time before pressure testing. HIGH DEFLECTION FITTINGS/BALL JOINTS, EXPANSION JOINTS, AND FLEXIBLE EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install all valves in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the following: 1. General: a. Gate Valves: Appendix A of AWWA C509. b. Butterfly Valves: Appendix A of AWWA C504. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 15/20 2. Joints: a. Valves on DI, PE and PVC Pipe: Mechanical joint valves for buried locations. Flanged - end valves for installation in vaults/pits. b. Valves on Steel Pipe: As indicated for buried locations. Flanged -end valves for installation in vaults/pits. 3.6 SERVICE CONNECTIONS INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the system. 3.7 WATER METER INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the system. 3.8 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the system and the fire department. 3.9 REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the system and the local health department requirements. 3.10 DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the system and the fire department. 3.11 POST INDICATOR VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the owner of the system and the fire department. 3.12 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated and in accordance with the requirements of NFPA #24 and the fire department. 3.13 UNDERGROUND VAULT/PIT INSTALLATION A. Install as indicated. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 16/20 B. Excavation and Backfill: Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. 3.14 TRACER WIRE INSTALLATION A. Install on trench bottom under the vertical projection of the pipe to protect it in all installations. B. Form a mechanically and electrically continuous line throughout the pipeline, extending to the nearest valve or other pipeline appurtenance designated by the owner of the system or the Owner. Extend the wire up the outside of the valve box/riser and cut a hole that is 8-inches from the top, extend a 12-inch wire lead to the inside of the box. At other pipeline appurtenances, designated by the owner of the system or the Owner, terminate the 12-inch wire lead inside the enclosure. C. Splice wire with a splicing device consisting of and electro-tin plated seamless copper sleeve conductor. Install as recommended by the manufacturer. Wrap splices and damaged insulation with electrician's tape. 3.15 WARNING TAPE INSTALLATION A. Install tape approximately 1-foot above and along the centerline of the pipe. B. Where tape is not continuous, lap tape ends a minimum of 2-feet. 3.16 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TEST A. General: 1. Provide all necessary materials and equipment, including water. 2. Backfill all trenches sufficient to hold pipe firmly in position. 3. Allow time for thrust blocks to cure prior to testing. 4. Flush all pipes prior to testing to remove all foreign material. 5. Perform pressure and leakage test concurrently. 6. Test pressure: See Subsection titled "System Performance Requirements." 7. Apply test pressure by means of a pump connected to the pipe. 8. Base test pressure on the elevation of the lowest point in the line. 9. Fill each closed valve section or bulk -headed section slowly. Expel air from section being tested by means of permanent air vents installed at high points or by means of temporary corporation cocks installed at such points. Remove and plug the temporary corporation cocks at the conclusion of the test. 10. Allow water to stand in the pipe for 24 hours before test pressure is applied. 11. Allow the system to stabilize at the test pressure before conducting the leakage test. 12. Do not operate valves in either the opening or closing direction at differential pressures above the valves rated pressure. 13. Maintain test pressure as specified for type of pipe being tested. 14. Pressure Test: Examine any exposed pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and joints during the test, if no leaks are observed the section of line has passed the pressure test. If leaks are City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 17/20 observed, repair any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, valves, or hydrants, and repeat the pressure test. 15. Leakage Test: Perform as specified hereafter for the type of pipe being installed. B. DIP Leakage Test: Perform in accordance with AWWA C600. Selected requirements of AWWA C600 are repeated as follows: 1. Maintain the test pressure, +/- 5 psi, for a minimum of two hours. 2. No piping will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: L = (S x D x P1/2)/133,200 L = Allowable leakage, gallons per hour. S = Length of pipe tested, feet. D = Nominal diameter of pipe, inches. P = Average test pressure during the leakage test, pounds per square inch (gauge). C. PE Pipe Leakage Test: 1. Apply the test pressure and allow the pipe to stand, without makeup pressure, for sufficient time to allow for diametric expansion or pipe stretching to stabilize, approximately two to three hours. 2. After the above stabilization has occurred, return the section being tested to the test pressure. Hold the test pressure for one to three hours. If the pressure in the test section drops, and it is determined the drop may be the result of expansion resulting from increasing temperature, a limited amount of additional water may be added to bring the pressure back to the test pressure. Allowable amounts of make-up water, to compensate for expansion due to increasing temperature, are as shown in the following table. Make-up water is only allowed during this final test period and not during the initial stabilization described in the previous paragraph. If the additional water added is less than the allowable shown in the table and there are no visual leaks or significant pressure drops, the tested section passes the test. 3. Nominal Allowance for Expansion (U.S. Gals./100 Feet of Pipe) Pipe 1-Hour 2-Hour 3-Hour Size (in.) Test Test City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 18/20 Test 3 0.10 0.15 0.25 4 0.13 0.25 0.40 6 0.30 0.60 0.90 8 0.50 1.0 1.50 10 0.75 1.3 2.1 11 1.0 2.0 3.0 12 1.1 2.3 3.4 14 1.4 2.8 4.2 16 1.7 3.3 5.0 18 2.2 4.3 6.5 20 2.8 5.5 8.0 22 3.5 7.0 10.5 24 4.5 8.9 13.3 28 5.5 11.1 16.8 32 7.0 14.3 21.5 36 9.0 18.0 27.0 40 11.0 22.0 33.0 48 15.0 27.0 43.0 D. PVC Pipe Leakage Test: Perform in accordance with AWWA M23. Selected requirements of AWWA M23 are repeated as follows: 1. Maintain the test pressure, +/- 5 psi, for a minimum of two hours. 2. No piping will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: L = (N x D x P1/2)/7,400 L = Allowable leakage, gallons per hour. N = Number of joints in the length of the pipeline tested. D = Nominal diameter of pipe, inches. P = Average test pressure during the leakage test, pounds per square inch (gauge). E. Cement Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe Leakage Test: Perform in accordance with AWWA M11. Selected requirements of AWWA M11 are repeated as follows: 1. Maintain the test pressure, +/- 5 psi, for a minimum of two hours. 2. There shall be no significant leakage for pipe with welded joints or mechanical couplings. 3. For pipe joined with O-ring rubber gaskets, a leakage of 25 gallons per inch of diameter per mile per 24-hours is allowed. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 19/20 3.17 DISINFECTION A. All New Pipelines shall be disinfected in accordance with one of the three methods specified in AWWA C651 and the following: 1. Disinfect after pressure and leakage test have been performed and accepted. 2. The method used shall be at the Contractor's option, unless specified by the owner of the water system. 3. Engage the services of a commercial testing laboratory, approved by the owner of the water system, to perform the bacteriological tests specified in Section 5.1 of AWWA C651. Direct the testing laboratory to send the original report of the bacteriological testing to the owner of the water system. Should the laboratory report show that any sample taken was not acceptable, repeat the sterilization process shall until a satisfactory sterilization is accomplished. 4. Lawfully dispose of the chlorinated water. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building WATER UTILITIES 33 1000 20/20 SECTION 33 30 00 - SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roadway and/or site sanitary gravity sewers and force mains up to 5 feet of any on -site building. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. B. Section 32 05 23 — Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements. C. Section 33 05 16 — Utility Structures. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. AASHTO: 1. M 252: Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing. 2. M 294: Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12 to 24-inch Diameter. B. ASTM: 1. A 615/A615M: Deformed and Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A 674 Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for Water and Other Liquids. 3. C 443: Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. 4. C 1173: Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Piping Systems. 5. D 1785: Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. 6. D 2235: Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 7. D 2321: Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications. 8. D 2564: Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 9. D 2751: Acrylontrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 10. D 3034: Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 11. D 4101: Propylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. 12. F 477: Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 13. F 656: Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 14. F 679: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 15. F-1336: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gasket Sewer Fittings. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 1/8 C. AWWA: 1. C104: Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. C105: Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 3. C110: Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (76 mm Through 1,219 mm) for Water. 4. C111: Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. C150: Thickness design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 6. C151: Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 7. C153: Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 8. M41: Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. D. Caltrans Standard Specifications. 1. Section 65, Reinforced Concrete Pipe. E. California Building Code. F. Section 1806A.11— Pipes and Trenches. G. California Plumbing Code. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. B. ABS: Acylonitrile-butadiene-styrene. C. ASTM: American Society for Testing Materials. D. AWWA: American Water Works Association. E. HDPE: High -density polyethylene. F. PE: Polyethylene. G. DIP: Ductile iron pipe. H. PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride. I. RCP: Reinforced concrete pipe. J. NPS: Nominal pipe size. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 0133 00 — Submittal Procedures. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 2/8 B. Product data for the following: 1. Piping materials and fittings. 2. Special pipe couplings. 3. Joint sealants. 4. Sewage air relief valves. C. Shop drawings: Include plans, elevations, details and attachments for the following: 1. Force main piping access openings. D. Design Mix Reports and Calculations: For each class of cast -in -place concrete. E. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic pipe and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Protect pipe, fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. C. Handle precast concrete pipe and other precast structures according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Protect imported bedding and backfill material from contamination by other materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS FOR GRAVITY FLOW A. ABS Pipe and Fittings: 4-inch through 12 inch, ASTM D 2751, SDR 35. Bell and spigot joints. 1. Bell and Spigot Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. B. DIP: Sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. 1. Pipe: AWWA C150 and C151. 2. Pressure Class: Minimum pressure class for size indicated. 3. Fittings a. Standard: AWWA C110, sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. b. Compact: AWWA C153, sizes 4-inch through 24-inch. 4. Pipe and Fitting Lining: Cement Mortar, AWWA C104. 5. Pipe and Fitting Coating: Asphaltic, AWWA C151 or C115. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 3/8 6. Exterior Soil Corrosion Protection for Pipe and Fittings: Polyethylene encasement, AWWA C105. 7. Joints: a. Push -On Bell and Spigot Joint: AWWA C111. b. Mechanical Joint: AWWA C111. C. Flanged joint. AWWA C115. C. PE Pipe and Fittings (HDPE): 4-inch through 10-inch, AASHTO M252 Type S, smooth interior and corrugated exterior. Bell and spigot joints. 1. Bell and Spigot Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. 2. Couplings: AASHTO M 252, corrugated band type, engage a minimum of 4 corrugations, 2 on each side of pipe joint. D. PE Pipe and Fittings (HDPE): 12-inch through 48-inch, AASHTO M 294.Type S, smooth interior and corrugated exterior. Bell and spigot joints. 1. Bell and Spigot Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. 2. Couplings: AASHTO M 252, corrugated band type, engage a minimum of 4 corrugations, 2 on each side of pipe joint. E. PVC Pipe: 1. Pipe: a. 4-inch through 15-inch: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35. Bell and spigot joints. b. 18 inch through 36-inch: ASTM F 679, T-1 wall. Bell and spigot joints. 2. Fittings: a. 4-inch through 27-inch: ASTM F 1336. b. 30-inch through 36-inch: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35 3. Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. F. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Designated by Class, rubber gasketed joints, Type II or V cement. 1. Circular Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65-1.02A(1). Class III. 2. Oval shaped (Elliptical) Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65- 1.02B. Class HE -III and VE-III. 3. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65-1.06. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS FOR FORCE MAINS A. DIP: See Section 33 10 00 —Water Utilities. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 4/8 B. PE Pipe: See Section 33 10 00 — Water Utilities. C. PVC Pipe: See Section 33 10 00 — Water Utilities. 2.3 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLINGS A. Gravity Piping: ASTM C 1173. Rubber or elastomeric sleeve and band assembly fabricated to match outside diameters of pipes to be joined. B. Force Main piping: See Section 33 10 00 — Water Utilities. 2.4 MANHOLES AND CLEANOUTS A. See Section 33 05 16 — Utility Structures. 2.5 SEWAGE AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR FORCE MAINS A. General: As indicated. 2.6 THRUST BLOCKS FOR FORCE MAINS A. General: Location, configuration bearing area, etc. as indicated. B. Portland Cement Concrete: Section 32 05 23 — Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GRAVITY PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Install pipe, fittings, and appurtenances utilizing best practices, manufacturer's instructions, and in accordance with Section 6 and 7 of ASTM D 2321 for plastic pipe, Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65-1.07 for reinforced concrete pipe and chapter 11.3.3 of AWWA M41 for ductile iron pipe. B. Pipe Depth and Trench Configuration: Conform to typical trench section(s) indicated. C. Excavation, Bedding, Backfill, and Compaction: Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. D. Handling: Carefully handle during loading, hauling, unloading and placing operations to avoid breakage or damage. Use strap type slings for lifting and placing; no chains or hooks will be permitted. Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Laying: Before lowering pipe into the trench, remove all stakes, debris, loose rock and other hard materials from the bottom of the trench. Lay accurately in conformance with lines and grades City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 5/8 indicated. Start laying the pipeline at the low end and proceed upstream. Lay bell and spigot pipe with the bell end facing upstream. Lay pipe on a bed prepared by handwork, dug true to grade. Furnish firm bearing for pipe throughout it's entire length with bell holes provided at the ends of each pipe length of sufficient size to permit making up the particular type of joint being used. Adjust pipe to line and grade by scraping away or filling and tamping material under the body of the pipe for the entire pipe length and not by blocking or wedging. After final positioning, hold pipe in place in trench with backfill material placed equally on both sides of the pipe at as many locations as required to hold the pipe section in place. F. Curved Alignment: When necessary to conform to the alignment specifically indicated, lay pipe on a curved alignment by means of asymmetrical closure of joints or bending of the pipe barrel. Use shorter lengths of pipe than the standard length if necessary to achieve curvature specified. Do not exceed the recommendations of the pipe manufacture for deflections at the joints or pipe bending. G. Closure: Close open ends of pipes and appurtenance at the end of each days work or when work is not in progress. 3.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: See Section 33 10 00 — Water Utilities. 3.3 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLINGS A. General: Use where required to join piping and no other appropriate method is specified. Do not use instead of specified joining methods. B. Installation: Per manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION A. General: Install as indicated. 3.5 TESTING OF GRAVITY PIPING MAINS A. Obstructions: After backfilling and compacting, but before paving or other surface improvements, test sewer for obstructions either by rodding or by the sewer ball method. Provide for intercepting all grit, rocks and other flushed debris to keep debris from entering the existing system. B. At the option of the Contractor, either the following hydrostatic or air test shall be performed. C. Hydrostatic Test: 1. Test after backfilling to finish grade or pavement structural section subgrade in paved areas. 2. Test sewer mains between successive manholes by closing the lower end of the sewer main to be tested and the inlet sewer main of the upper manhole with stoppers. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 6/8 3. Fill pipe and manholes with water to a point four feet below the ground surface of the upper manhole, but in no case less than four feet above the pipe invert. If ground water is present, the water surface at the upper manhole shall be at least four feet above the level of the ground water. 4. Fill piping at least one hour prior to testing. 5. Test piping at least two hours by maintaining the head specified above with measured additions of water. The sum of these additions of water, in the two-hour test period, shall be the leakage amount. 6. The maximum allowable head of water above any portion of sewer being tested shall be 15- feet. Where the difference in elevation between successive manholes exceeds 15-feet, a test tee shall be installed between manholes, and the testing shall be carried on between the tee and the manhole. 7. The allowable leakage shall not exceed 0.1-gallons per minute per inch diameter, per 1000- feet of sewer main being tested. 8. If the leakage exceeds the above amount, determine the cause and remedy it prior to retesting. 9. If the leakage is less than the allowable, but leaks are observed, repair the observed leaks. D. Air Test: 1. Test after backfilling to finish grade or pavement structural section subgrade in paved areas. 2. Apply to each length between adjacent manholes. 3. Supply pressure gauge with minimum divisions of 0.10-psi and with an accuracy of +/- 0.04- psi. When requested by the Owner, provide certification that the gauge has been tested for accuracy within the last six months by a reliable testing firm. 4. Pressurize the test section to 3.5-psi, and then hold the pressure above 3.0-psi during a saturation period of at least 5 minutes. At the end of the saturation period, note the pressure, which must be a minimum of 3.0-psi, and begin the timed period. If the pressure drops 0.5-psi in less than the time given in the following table the section of pipe has not passed the test. 5. PipeSize Minimum Time Allowed for Pressure to Drop 0.5-PSI 4" 125seconds 6" 185seconds 8" 245seconds 10" 310seconds 12" 370seconds 15" 460seconds 18" 555seconds 21" 10 minutes 24" 12 minutes 27" 14 minutes 30" 16 minutes 36" 18 minutes 42" 20 minutes 48" 23 minutes 54" 26 minutes City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 7/8 6. If the time for the pressure to drop 0.5-psi is 125% or less of the time indicated, the line shall immediately be re -pressurized to 3.0-psi and the test repeated. If, during the 5-minute saturation period, the pressure drops less than 0.5-psi after the initial pressurization and air is not added, the section undergoing the test shall have passed. 7. If the test did not pass, find and repair the leak to the satisfaction of the Owner. 8. When the prevailing ground water is above the line being tested the air pressure shall be increased 0.43-psi for each foot the water table is above the invert of the pipe at the highest manhole. 3.6 TESTING OF LATERALS A. At the option of the Contractor, either the following hydrostatic or air test shall be performed. B. Hydrostatic Test: 1. Test laterals before backfilling. 2. Plug lateral at its ends and fill with water through the cleanouts. 3. Maintain the water level in the cleanouts as high as possible throughout the test period. 4. One hour after filling with water, examine the lateral for leakage. 5. Repair all leaks to the satisfaction of the Owner. 6. Do not backfill the trench until testing and repairs of the lateral are complete, and approved by the Owner. 7. Following approval of the Owner, remove all plugs, dispose of the water and complete the connection to the main. C. Air Test 1. Test after backfilling to finish grade or pavement structural section subgrade in paved areas. 2. Test in accordance with subsection above titled "Testing of Gravity Piping Mains," paragraph titled "Air Test." 3.7 HYDROSTATIC AND LEAKAGE TESTING OF FORCE MAINS A. General: Perform hydrostatic and leakage test in accordance with Section 33 10 00 — Water Utilities. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES 33 30 00 8/8 SECTION 33 40 00 - STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roadway and/or site storm drainage up to 5-feet of any on -site building. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. AASHTO: 1. M 252: Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing. 2. M 294: Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12 to 24-inch Diameter. B. ASTM: 1. A 74: Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 2. A 615/A615M: Deformed and Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. C 443: Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. 4. C 564: Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 5. C 1173: Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Piping Systems. 6. D 1785: Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. 7. D 2235: Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and fittings. 8. D 2321: Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications. 9. D 2564: Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 10. D 2751: Acrylontrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 11. D 3034: Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 12. D 4101: Specifications for Propylene Injection and Extrusion Materials. 13. F 477: Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 14. F 656: Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 15. F 679: Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 16. F-1336: Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gasket Sewer Fittings. C. AWWA: 1. C104: Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 1/9 2. C105: Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 3. C110: Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (76 mm Through 1,219 mm) for Water. 4. C111: Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. C150: Thickness design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 6. C151: Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 7. C153: Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 8. M41: Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. D. Caltrans Standard Specifications: 1. Section 65, Reinforced Concrete Pipe. 2. Section 66, Corrugated Metal Pipe. 3. Section 70. Miscellaneous Facilities. 4. Section 72, Slope Protection. E. Caltrans Standard Plans: 1. Plan D94A: Metal and Plastic Flared End Sections. 2. Plan D9413: Concrete Flared End Sections. 3. Plan D97A: Corrugated Metal Pipe Coupling Details No.1, Annular Coupling Band Bar and Strap and Angle Connection. 4. Plan D9713: Corrugated Metal Pipe Coupling Details No. 2, Hat Band Coupler and Flange Details. 5. Plan D97C: Corrugated Metal Pipe Coupling Details No. 3, Helical and Universal Couplers. 6. Plan D97D: Corrugated Metal Pipe Coupling Details No. 4, Hugger Coupling Bands. 7. Plan D97E: Corrugated Metal Pipe Coupling Details No. 5, Standard Joint. 8. Plan D97F: Corrugated Metal Pipe Coupling Details No. 6, Positive Joint. 9. Plan D97G: Corrugated Metal Pipe Coupling Details No. 7, Positive Joints and Downdrains. 10. Plan D98A: Slotted Corrugated Steel Pipe Drain Details. 11. Plan D98B: Slotted Corrugated Steel Pipe Drain Details. F. California Building Code. G. Section 1806A.11— Pipes and Trenches. H. Section 1133B.7.2 —Gratings. California Plumbing Code. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. B. ABS: Acylonitrile-butadiene-styrene. C. ASTM: American Society for Testing Materials. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 2/9 D. AWWA: American Water Works Association. E. CMP: Corrugated metal pipe. F. DIP: Ductile iron pipe. G. HDPE: High -density polyethylene. H. NPS: Nominal pipe size. I. PE: Polyethylene. J. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. K. RCP: Reinforced concrete pipe. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Follow submittal procedures outlined in Section 0133 00 — Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data Shop Drawings, Etc.: For the following: 1. Piping materials and fittings. 2. Special pipe couplings. 3. Polymer -concrete, channel drainage systems (trench drains). 4. Joint sealants. 5. Plastic area drains. 6. Precast concrete catch basins, inlets, curb inlets, and area drains, including frames and grates. 7. Concrete, metal and plastic flared end sections. C. Design Mix Reports and Calculations: For each class of cast in place concrete. D. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic structures, pipe and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Protect pipe, fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. C. Handle precast concrete pipe and other precast structures according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Protect imported bedding and backfill material from contamination by other materials. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 3/9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. ABS Pipe and Fittings: Smaller than 4-inch, ASTM D 2751, SDR 35. Solvent cement joints. 1. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. B. ABS Pipe and Fittings: 4-inch through 12 inch, ASTM D 2751, SDR 35. Bell and spigot joints. 1. Bell and Spigot Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. C. Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings: Hub and spigot, 2-inch through 15-inch, ASTM A74, service class. 1. Gaskets: ASTM 564, rubber, compression type, thickness to match class of pipe. D. Corrugated Metal Pipe and Fittings: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 66. 1. Bituminous Coating: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 66-1.03. 2. Bituminous Lining: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 66-1.03. 3. Bituminous Pavings: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 66-1.03. 4. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 66-2. 5. Corrugated Steel Pipe: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 66-3. 6. Slotted Corrugated Steel Pipe: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 66-3.09. 7. Details: Caltrans Standard Plans D97A, D9713, D97C, D97D, D97E, D97F, D97G, D98A and D98B. E. DIP: Sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. 1. Pipe: AWWA C150 and C151. 2. Pressure Class: Minimum pressure class for size indicated. 3. Fittings: a. Standard: AWWA C110, sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. b. Compact: AWWA C153, sizes 4-inch through 24-inch. 4. Pipe and Fitting Lining: Cement Mortar, AWWA C104. 5. Pipe and Fitting Coating: Asphaltic, AWWA C151 or C115. 6. Exterior Soil Corrosion Protection for Pipe and Fittings: Polyethylene encasement, AWWA C105. 7. Joints: a. Push -On Bell and Spigot Joint: AWWA C111. b. Mechanical Joint: AWWA C111. C. Flanged joint. AWWA C115. F. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Designated by Class, rubber gasketed joints. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 4/9 1. Circular Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65-1.02A(1). Class 2. Oval shaped (Elliptical) Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65- 1.02B. Class HE -III and VE-III. 3. Reinforced Concrete Pipe Arch: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65-1.02C. 4. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65-1.06. G. PE Pipe and Fittings: 4-inch through 10-inch, AASHTO M 252 Type S, smooth interior and corrugated exterior. Bell and spigot joints. 1. Bell and Spigot Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. 2. Couplings: AASHTO M 252, corrugated band type. Engage a minimum of 4 corrugations, 2 on each side of pipe joint. H. PE Pipe and Fittings: 12-inch through 48-inch, AASHTO M 294.Type S, smooth interior and corrugated exterior. Bell and spigot joints. 1. Bell and Spigot Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. 2. Couplings: AASHTO M 252, corrugated band type. Engage a minimum of 4 corrugations, 2 on each side of pipe joint. PVC Pipe and Fittings -Smaller than 4-Inch: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. 1. Joints: Solvent Cement, ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F656. 2. Perforation size, Location, and Spacing: ASTM D 2729 J. PVC Pipe and Fittings,4-Inch and Larger 1. Pipe: a. 4-inch through 15-inch: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35. Bell and spigot joints. b. 18 inch through 36-inch: ASTM F 679, T-1 wall. Bell and spigot joints. 2. Fittings: a. 4-inch through 27-inch: ASTM F 1336. b. 30-inch through 36-inch: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35 3. Joint Gasket: Elastomeric seal, ASTM F 477. 4. Perforation Size, Location, and Spacing: ASTM D 2729 2.2 PIPE ANCHORS A. Section 32 05 23 — Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 5/9 2.3 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLINGS A. Plastic, Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM C 1173, rubber or elastomeric sleeve and band assembly fabricated to match outside diameters of pipes to be joined. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Portland cement concrete collar as indicated. 2.4 CURB INLETS, CATCH BASINS, DROP INLETS, AREA DRAINS, ETC. A. General: Size, shape, configuration, depth, etc. of structure and frame, grate, or cover shall be as indicated. And per Jensen Precast manufacturer's specifications. B. Precast Structure: Rate for AASHTO H2O loading in paved areas. C. Steps: ASTM C 478 or AASHTO M 199. Manufacture from deformed, %-inch steel reinforcement rod complying with ASTM A 615 and encased in polypropylene complying with ASTM D4101. Include pattern designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Acceptable manufacturer is Hanson Concrete Products, (Milpitas, CA) (Tel 408-262-1091). D. Frames, Grates and Covers: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 75-1.02, 75-1.03 and 75-1.05. 1. Galvanize steel frames, grates and covers. 2. Grates and covers shall be non -rocking, bolt -down type. 3. Rate for AASHTO H2O loading in paved areas. 2.5 METAL, Concrete or plastic flared end sections A. General: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 70-1.02C and Caltrans Standard Plan D94A and D94B. 2.6 SLOPE PROTECTION A. Rock Slope Protection: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-2.02. 1. Fabric: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-2.025. B. Concrete/Shotcrete Slope Protection: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-4.03. 1. Bar Reinforcement: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 52-1.02A, minimum Grade 40. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 52-1.02C. Use 6 x 6-W1.4 xW1.4 unless otherwise indicated. C. Concreted -Rock Slope Protection: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-5.02. D. Sacked Concrete Slope Protection. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 6/9 1. Concrete: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 90, Class 3. 2. Sacks: 10 ounce burlap measuring approximately 19.5-inches by 36 inches when empty and laid flat. 2.7 CONCRETE/SHOTCRETE DITCH LINING A. General: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-4.03. 1. Bar Reinforcement: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 52-1.02A, minimum Grade 40. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 52-1.02C. Use 6 x 6-W1.4 xW1.4 unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 Contech Engineered Solutions LLC A. General: Filterra Peak Diversion FTBD 6 x 8 — 698506-010, see manufacturer's detail and specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Install pipe, fittings, and appurtenances utilizing best practices, manufacturer's instructions, and in accordance with Section 6 and 7 of ASTM D 2321 for plastic pipe, Caltrans Standard Specification Section 65-1.07 for reinforced concrete pipe, Caltrans Standard Specification Sections 66-1.045 and 66-105 for corrugated metal pipe and chapter 11.3.3 of AWWA M41 for cast iron and ductile iron pipe. B. Pipe Depth and Trench Configuration: Conform to typical trench section(s) indicated. C. Excavation, Bedding, Backfill, and Compaction: Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. D. Handling: Carefully handle during loading, hauling, unloading and placing operations to avoid breakage or damage. Use strap type slings for lifting and placing; no chains or hooks will be permitted. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Laying: Before lowering pipe into the trench, remove all stakes, debris, loose rock and other hard materials from the bottom of the trench. Lay accurately in conformance with lines and grades indicated. Start laying the pipeline at the low end and proceed upstream. Lay bell and spigot pipe with the bell end facing upstream. Lay pipe on a bed prepared by handwork, dug true to grade. Furnish firm bearing for pipe throughout it's entire length with bell holes provided at the ends of each pipe length of sufficient size to permit making up the particular type of joint being used. Adjust pipe to line and grade by scraping away or filling and tamping material under the body of the pipe for the entire pipe length and not by blocking or wedging. After final positioning, hold pipe in place in trench with backfill material placed equally on both sides of the pipe at as many locations as required to hold the pipe section in place. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 7/9 F. Curved Alignment: When necessary to conform to the alignment specifically indicated, lay pipe on a curved alignment by means of asymmetrical closure of joints or bending of the pipe barrel. Use shorter lengths of pipe than the standard length if necessary to achieve curvature specified. Do not exceed the recommendations of the pipe manufacture for deflections at the joints or pipe bending. G. Closure: Close open ends of pipes and appurtenance openings at the end of each days work or when work is not in progress. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPE ANCHORS A. Install at location, configuration and details shown on the Plans. 3.3 SPECIAL PIPE COUPLINGS A. General: Use where required to join piping and no other appropriate method is specified. Do not use instead of specified joining methods. B. Installation: Per manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF CURB INLETS, CATCH BASINS, DROP INLETS, AREA DRAINS, ETC. A. Excavation, Bedding, Backfill, and Compaction: Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. B. Poured in Place Structures: Install as indicated and Caltrans Standard Specification Section S1. 1. Shape bottoms to convey flows as indicated. C. Precast Structures: Install as indicated. 1. Seal all joints and pipe entrances and exits. 2. Place concrete in bottom and shape to convey flows as indicated. 3.S POLYMER -CONCRETE TRENCH DRAIN INSTALLATION A. Excavation, Bedding, Backfill, and Compaction: Section 3123 33 —Trenching and Backfilling. B. Install: As indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 CONCRETE OR PLASTIC FLARED END SECTION INSTALLATION A. Install: As indicated. City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 8/9 3.7 SLOPE PROTECTION PLACEMENT A. Rock Slope Protection: Caltrans Standard Specification Section72-2.03 and as indicated. 1. Use Method B Placement unless otherwise indicated. B. Concrete/Shotcrete Slope Protection: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-4.02 and 72-4.04. C. Concreted -Rock Slope Protection: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-5.03 and 72-5.04. 1. Use Method B Placement unless otherwise indicated. D. Sacked Concrete Slope Protection. 1. Detailed configuration: As indicated. 2. Use one cubic foot of concrete per sack. 3. Locate headers and stretchers as indicated. 4. Headers: Folded end to bank. 5. Stretchers: Folded ends are not to be adjacent. 6. Place no more than four vertical courses until initial set has taken place in first course. 3.8 CONCRETE/SHOTCRETE DITCH LINING PLACEMENT A. Concrete/Shotcrete Slope Protection: Caltrans Standard Specification Section 72-4.02 and 72-4.04. 3.9 TESTING A. General: Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours advance notice. 4. Submit separate reports for each test. 5. Where authorities having jurisdiction do not have published procedures, perform tests in accordance with latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) Section 1109.0, Testing. 6. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 7. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. END OF SECTION City of Newport Beach BID SET 07/13/2022 Junior Lifeguard Building STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 9/9 PROJECT MANUAL for NEWPORT BEACH Junior Lifeguard Building 901 E. Ocean Front, Newport Beach, CA 92661 Bid Set 07/13/22 Volume 2 of 2 JKAe r I K a t z ARCHITECTURE 6353 Del Cerro Blvd, San Diego, CA 92120 TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume 1 DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 Summary 01 2500 Substitution Procedure 01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures 01 2900 Payment Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 3223 Photographic Documentation 01 3300 Submittal Procedures 01 4000 Quality Requirement 01 4200 References 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 5723 Temporary Storm Water Pollution Control 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 7300 Execution 01 7419 Construction Waste Management 01 7700 Closeout Procedures 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 7839 Project Record Documents 01 7900 Demonstration and Training I�71�/69[�7►[�Y��Z/6911►[KK�7►1�711[�7►69 [IYZ 18I818� 9 110111 GTi1 DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 0331 00 Concrete Work 03 33 50 Architectural Concrete 03 35 43 Polished Concrete Finishing DIVISION 05 — METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 0551 33 Metal Ladders 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings 05 70 00 Decorative Metals DIVISION 06 —WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 06 20 Decorative Laminate 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry A I TOC 06 10 60 Sheathing 06 20 23 Interior Finish Carpentry 0611 16 Plastic Laminate -Clad Architectural Cabinets 0661 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications 06 73 00 Composite Decking DIVISION 07 —THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 12 11 Under Slab Vapor Barrier 0721 00 Thermal Insulation 07 54 23 Thermoplastic-Polyolefin Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0771 13 Premanufactured Coping and Edge Systems 07 72 00 Roof Accessories 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 22 20 Fiberglass Doors and Frames 0831 13 Access Doors and Frames 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 33 26 Overhead Coiling Grilles 08 35 13.10 Folding Glass Doors (Exterior) 08 35 13.11 Folding Glass Doors (Interior) 0841 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefront 08 62 50 Tubular Skylights (Solatube) 0871 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing IN1rj1.11I L9816Ma1104169ax` 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 00 Tiling 09 50 00 Acoustical Tile Ceiling 09 72 61 Solid Surface Wet Wall Assembly & Shower Base 09 84 00 Cementitious Wood Fiber Ceiling 0991 23 Interior Painting 91krj1.91.•L S[III9,x@]F-A091MR 10 26 00 Wall and Door Protection 10 28 00 Toilet, bath, & Laundry Accessories 10 44 13 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets 10 44 16 Fire Extinguishers 1051 26 Plastic Lockers DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS 12 48 13 Entrance Floor Mats & Frames 12 93 13 Bicycle Parking Racks a I TOC 12 93 16 Bicycle Storage Racks DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING 22 04 00 Plumbing DIVISION 23 — HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 00 00 Mechanical General Provisions 23 30 00 Heating, ventilating and Air Conditioning 191krj69[QL PI:m :111xf 1:7107G1I 25 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 44 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceway and Cabling 26 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices 26 24 13 Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 28 13 Fuses 2651 19 LED Interior Lighting 26 56 19 LED Exterior Lighting I�71�/69[�7►PiQK�7� 4� d11►1[�7G\1[�7►69 27 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems 27 05 28 Pathway for Communications Systems 27 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 27 05 36 Cable Trays for Communications Systems 27 05 44 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communications Pathways & Cabling 27 05 53 Identification for Communications Systems 27 15 13 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing 31 2333 Trenching and Backfilling DIVISION 32 —EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 23 Concrete for Exterior Improvements 32 12 00 Asphalt Concrete Pavement 32 88 00 Irrigation System 32 90 00 Landscaping DIVISION 33 — UTILITIES C I TOC 33 05 15 Utility Structures 33 10 00 Water Utilities 33 30 00 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities 33 40 00 Storm Drainage Utilities M7 .RTT-% Document-1 Preliminary Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Includes APPENDIX L. Document-2 GEOCON - Review Letter for Structural, Civil and Landscape Plan. Document-3 Geotechnical Engineering Investigation: Proposed Junior Lifeguard Facility 50 Main Street, Newport Beach, California — revised February 1, 2022. Geovision Report dated: June 30, 2022 Document-4 Addendum to Geotechnical Investigation Clarification of Rapid Impact Compaction Recommendations. Document-5 City of Newport, Public Works Department, Special Provisions. D I TOC DOCUMENT 1 PLAN# 0929-2022 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Project Name: Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard 901 E. Ocean Front Newport Beach, CA 92661 Prepared for: City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Dr. Newport Beach, CA 92660 Prepared by: BKF Engineers 4675 MacArthur Court, Suite 400 Newport Beach, CA 92660 (949) 526-8460 WQMP Prepared: May 16, 2022 / ? �,O�7FSS��/V�\ Z c> n K No. C 42393 CIVIL S 4P \E OF Exp. 03/31/24 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project This Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) has been prepared for the City of Newport Beach by BKF Engineers. The WQMP is intended to comply with the requirements of the County of Orange NPDES Stormwater Program requiring the preparation of the plan. The undersigned, while it owns the subject property, is responsible for the implementation of the provisions of this plan, including the ongoing operation and maintenance of all best management practices (BMPs), and will ensure that this plan is amended as appropriate to reflect up-to-date conditions on the site consistent with the current Orange County Drainage Area Management Plan (DAMP) and the intent of the non -point source NPDES Permit for Waste Discharge Requirements for the County of Orange, Orange County Flood Control District and the incorporated Cities of Orange County within the Santa Ana Region. Once the undersigned transfers its interest in the property, its successors -in -interest shall bear the aforementioned responsibility to implement and amend the WQMP. An appropriate number of approved and signed copies of this document shall be available on the subject site in perpetuity. Owner: Title Public Works Company City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Address Newport Beach, CA 92660 Email pwinfognewportbeachcagov Telephone # 949-644-3311 I understand my responsibility to implement the provisions of this WQMP including the ongoing operation and maintenance of the best management practices (BMPs) described herein. Owner Date Signature JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Owner's Certification Page Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Preparer (Engineer): Bruce Kirby, P.E. Title Project Manager PE Registration # 42393 Company BKF Engineers 4675 MacArthur Court, Suite 400 Address Newport Beach, CA 92660 Email bkirby@bkf.com Telephone # (949) 526-8460 I hereby certify that this Water Quality Management Plan is in compliance with, and meets the requirements set forth in, Order No. R8-2009-0030/ NPDES No. CAS618030, of the Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board. Prepare Si nature Signature Date 2/3/22 Q�aressrp,4, R Place Stamp s No. C 42393rn Here cMc or cn���°��,� JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Owner's Certification Page ii Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Contents Page No. Section I Permit(s) and Water Quality Conditions of Approval or Issuance ........... 1 SectionII Project Description..................................................................................3 SectionIII Site Description.......................................................................................8 Section IV Best Management Practices(BMPs)......................................................12 Section V Inspection/Maintenance Responsibility for BMPs.................................29 Section VI BMP Exhibit (Site Plan).........................................................................34 Section VII Educational Materials............................................................................35 Appendices Appendix A ................................ Checklist for Categorizing Development and Significant ................................................Redevelopment Projects As "Priority" or "Non -Priority" Appendix B ..... .. Technical Guidance Document (TGD) NRCS Hydrologic Soils Group Map Appendix C.............................Technical Guidance Document (TGD) Rainfall Zones Map Appendix D.................Technical Guidance Document (TGD) Geotechnical Hazards Maps Appendix E...................................................................Infiltration Feasibility Checklist AppendixF..........................................................................................Percolation Test Appendix G.....................................Low Impact Development (LID) Sizing Calculations ..............................................................................2-Year Storm HEC-HMS Calculations Appendix H..... .......................................................................... BMP Exhibit (Site Plan) AppendixI ..... ...................................................................................... BMP Fact Sheet Appendix J ..... ........................................ BMP Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan Appendix K..... .................................................................... Hydromodification Analysis Appendix L..... ............................................. Geotechnical Report (For Reference Only) JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Table of Contents Page Hi Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Section I Permit(s) and Water Quality Conditions of Approval or Issuance Provide discretionary or grading/building permit information and water quality conditions of approval, or permit issuance, applied to the project. If conditions are unknown, please request applicable conditions from staff. Refer to Section 2.1 in the Technical Guidance Document (TGD) available on the OC Planning website (ocplanning.net). Project Infomation Permit/Application No. Grading or Building (If applicable) TBD Permit No. TBD (If applicable) Address of Project Site (or Tract Map and Lot 901 E. Ocean Front Number if no address) Newport Beach, CA 92661 and APN uality Conditions of Approval or Issuance [WQor] Prior to the issuance of any grading or building permits, the applicant shall submit for review and approval by the Manager, Permit Services, a Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) specifically identifying Best Management Practices (BMPs) that will be used onsite to control predictable pollutant runoff. The applicant shall utilize the Orange County Drainage Area Management Plan (DAMP), Model WQMP, and Technical Guidance Manual for reference, and the County's WQMP template for submittal. This WQMP shall include the following: Water Quality - Detailed site and project description Conditions of Approval - Potential stormwater pollutants or Issuance applied to - this project. Post -development drainage characteristics (Please list verbatim.) - Low Impact Development (LID) BMP selection and analysis - Structural and Non -Structural source control BMPs - Site design and drainage plan (BMP Exhibit) - GIS coordinates for all LID and Treatment Control BMPs - Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Plan that (r) describes the long-term operation and maintenance requirements for BMPs identified in the BMP Exhibit; (2) identifies the entity that will be responsible for long-term operation and maintenance of the referenced BMPs; and (3) describes the mechanism for JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section I Page 1 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project funding the long-term operation and maintenance of the referenced BMPs The BMP Exhibit from the approved WQMP shall be included as a sheet in all plan sets submitted for plan check and all BMPs shall be depicted on these plans. Grading and building plans must be consistent with the approved BMP exhibit. Was a Conceptual Water Quality Management Plan No conceptual Water Quality Management Plan was previously approved for previously approved for this project. this project? Watershed -Based Plan Conditions Provide applicable conditions from watershed - based plans including WIHMP for Newport Bay has not been approved at this time. ' WIHMPs and TMDLS. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section I Page 2 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Section II Project Description II.1 Project Description Description of Proposed Project E The proposed Junior Lifeguard Building Project, hereon referred to as E "Project", is considered a Priority Development Project. The following conditions have triggered the WQMP for the North Orange County Permit Area for Priority Projects: • New development projects that create 10,000 square feet or more Development Category of impervious surface. This category includes commercial, (From Model WQMP, industrial, residential housing subdivisions, mixed -use, and Table 7.11-2; or -3): public projects on private or public property that falls under the planning and building authority. • Parking lots 5,000 square feet or more including associated drive aisle, and potentially exposed to urban stormwater runoff. See Appendix A for more information. ............................................................................................................................................................................ Project Area (ftz): 42,860 E Number of Dwelling Units: N/A i SIC Code: i................................................ .................................................:.......................................................................... Pervious Impervious Project Area ................................ ............................................................... ........................... Area Area Percentage Percentage (acres or sq ft) (acres or sq ft) :................................ :............................. :.................................. ................................................. Pre -Project Conditions ......................... 9,943 sq It 23% 33,217 sq It 77% ................................................. Post -Project Conditions e................................ e............................. e.................................i......................... 2,640 sq ft 6% 40,220 sq ft 94% :................................ i.............................:............................................................. ................................................. Existing Conditions: The Project's existing drainage pattern is handled via sheet flow. A portion of the site drains south over the parking lot surface and discharges over a driveway onto the sand of the adjacent beach area. The remaining portion surface drains to the north onto A St and eventually drains onto E. Balboa Blvd, where it eventually Drainage drains to a catch basin or the bay. Patterns/Connections :proposed Conditions: The Project's proposed drainage pattern is designed to convey flows similar to i the existing conditions. However, the stormwater that drained to the south side, i will drain toward the north, via a valley gutter, as directed by the City, and collect in a grated inlet catch basin. The remaining portion of the site will drain away from the proposed building and surface flow to the north along the same ........................................................................................................................... JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section II Page 3 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project ............................................................................................................................... valley gutter located at the center of the drive aisle. The grate inlet installed along the valley gutter, near the entrance to Parking Lot A, will capture the i runoff and divert it a treatment BMP. The runoff will be treated by a flow -based i BMP facility prior to discharge from the Project site, into the existing sand beneath the existing ground, which mimics existing drainage conditions. Also, there is no existing underground storm drain system. ............................................................................................................................... The Project is a proposed o.98-acre site for a Junior Lifeguard building and i modifications to an existing parking lot (Parking Lot A). The existing parking lot is bounded by the Newport Balboa Bike Trail and residential structures to the north, a grass field park to the east, the beach and ocean to the south, and Balboa Pier to the west. The existing parking lot contains 81 parking stalls. The proposed Junior Lifeguard building will occupy the southwest corner of the Project site. Construction of the proposed building, ramps, stairs and landscaping will require the removal of parking stalls on the southwest corner of the site. The drive aisle will be re- aligned to wrap around the west side of the building. Additional parking stalls i will be installed by expanding/realigning the main parking lot to the west, but Narrative Project i not changing the grade and flow pattern from the existing conditions. Description: i This Project is broken up into two phases. Phase r will consist of modifying (Use as much space as Parking Lot A, providing a pad for the future building, and modifying the main necessary.) i parking lot to maintain/increase the overall parking stall count. Phase z will be the construction of the proposed Lifeguard Tower Building. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section II Page 4 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project II.2 Potential Stormwater Pollutants Urban runoff from a developed site and stormwater pollution associated with the runoff has the potential to contribute pollutants to the municipal storm drain system and ultimately to the tributary receiving waters. Pollutants that are commonly associated with urban development include suspended solids/ sediment, nutrients, metals, microbial pathogens, oil and grease, toxic organic compounds, and trash/debris. The pollutants of concern for a specific project are based upon the pollutants identified by regulatory agencies as impairing receiving waters, and pollutants that are anticipated or potentially could be generated by the project based on the proposed land uses. Pollutants of Concern Check One for each: E=Expected to Pollutant be of concern Additional Information and Comments N=Not Expected to be of concern Suspended -Solid/ Sediment E ® N ❑ Nutrients E ® N ❑ ......... ......... ......... Heavy Metals ........ ...... ......... ......... ......... ......... ........... E ® N ❑ Pathogens (Bacteria/ Virus) E ® N ❑ ......... ....... ......... ......... Pesticides ......... .,..... ......... ......... ......... ......... ........... E ® N ❑ Oil and Grease I E ® N ❑ Toxic Organic Compounds E ® N ❑ Trash and Debris E ® N ❑ JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section II Page 5 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project II.3 Hyrologic Conditions of Concern A Hydrologic Conditions of Concern (HCOC) is a combination of upland hydrologic conditions and stream biological and physical conditions that presents a condition of concern for physical and/or biological degradation of streams. ® No ❑ Yes According to Figure 4 in Appendix D, the Project site is not located in a potential area of erosion, habitat, and physical structure susceptibility. Therefore, HCOCs are not considered to exist and the downstream conveyance is not susceptible to hydromodification impacts. See Appendix D for Susceptibility Map. IIA Post Development Drainage Characteristics The Project's proposed drainage pattern is designed to convey flows similar to the existing conditions. Stormwater on the south side will drain toward the north and collect into a grated inlet catch basin. The remaining portion of the site will drain away from the proposed building and surface flow to the north along a valley gutter located at the center of the drive aisle. A grated inlet will be installed along the valley gutter to capture the runoff and divert it into a treatment BMP. The runoff will be treated by a flow -based BMP Facility prior to discharge from the Project site. The discharged storm water will ultimately discharge into the Newport Bay. II.5 Property Ownership/Management The property ownership/management For this Project is the City of Newport Beach. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section II Page 6 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Section III Site Description IIIA Physical Setting Fill out table with relevant information. Refer to Section 2.3.1 in the Technical Guidance Document (TGD). Name of Planned Community/Planning Junior Lifeguard Building Area (if applicable) Location/Address 901 E. Ocean Front Newport, CA 92661 Existing Land Use: General Plan Land Use Parking Lot Designation Proposed Land Use: Parking lot and Junior Lifeguard Building Existing Zone: Public Facilities (PF) Zoning Proposed Zone: Public Facilities (PF) Acreage of Project Site 10.98 Acres Predominant Soil Type I Hydrologic Soil Group D JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section III Page 7 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project III.2 Site Characteristics Site Characteristics 85' Percentile, 24-Hour Rainfall Precipitation Zone Storm Depth = o.65 inches See Appendix C for additional information TopographyThe site topography is relatively flat, ranging from r% to z%. The existing site consists of a parking lot and adjacent sidewalk and landscape. ......... ......... ......... ... Existing Conditions: The Project's existing drainage pattern is handled via sheet flow. A portion of the site drains south over the parking lot surface and discharges over a driveway onto the sand of the adjacent beach area. The remaining portion surface drains to the north onto A St and eventually drains onto E. Balboa Blvd, where it eventually drains to a catch basin or the bay. Drainage Proposed Conditions: Patterns/Connections The Project's proposed drainage pattern is designed to convey flows similar to the existing conditions. Stormwater on the south side will drain toward the north and collect into a grate inlet catch basin. The remaining portion of the site will drain away from the proposed building and surface flow to the north along a valley gutter located at the center of the drive aisle. A grated inlet will be installed along the valley gutter to capture the runoff and divert it to a BMP. The runoff will be treated by a flow -based BMP facility prior to discharge from the Project site. The underlying soil on site is predominantly Soil Group D. Based on the geotechnical field investigation and published geologic maps of the area, the Soil Type, Geology, and site is underlain by artificial fill and Holocene age beach deposits that are in hdiltiation Properties turn underlain by Pleistocene age marine deposits. See Appendix L for additional information. Review of the Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Newport Beach Quadrangle Hydrogeologic indicates that the historically highest groundwater level in the area is less than in feet beneath the ground surface. During the Geotechnical Investigation, (Groundwater) groundwater was encountered in borings Br and Bz at depths of 7 and 6 feet Conditions below the existing ground surface, respectively. See Appendix L for additional information JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section III Page 8 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project During the Geotechnical Investigation, groundwater was encountered in Geotechnical Conditions borings Br and Bz at depths of 7 and 6 Feet below the existing ground surface, (relevant to infiltration) respectively. See Appendix L for additional information. i Off -Site Drainage N/A ......... ............................... Utility and Infrastructure The Project will connect to existing sewer and water lines in main street, from Information the southwest corner of the Project site. III.3 Watershed Description Fill out table with relevant information and include information regarding BMP sizing, suitability, and feasibility, as applicable. Refer to Section 2.3.3 in the Technical Guidance Document (TGD). IReceiving Waters Drainage From the Project discharges into Newport Bay. Newport Bay has the following 303(d) listed impairments: 303(d) Listed Impairments • Toxicity • Other Organics Applicable TMDLs For this Project are: • Bacteria Indicators/ Pathogens (Implementation Phase) • Metals (Technical TMDLs) Applicable TMDLs • Nutrients (Implementation Phase) • Pesticides (Technical TMDLs and Implementation Phase) • Turbidity/Siltation (Implementation Phase) ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ........ ......... ....... ......... ......... Based on the proposed Project land use and anticipated operations may lead to the anticipated pollutants of concern: • Suspended-Solid/Sediment Pollutants of Concern for Nutrients the Project • Heavy Metals • Pathogens (Bacteria/Virus) • Pesticides • Oil and Grease JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section III Page 9 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project • Toxic Organic Compounds • Trash and Debris Environmentally Sensitive The Project is not located within an environmentally sensitive and special and Special Biological biological significant area. Significant Areas See Appendix Dfor additional information. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section III Page 10 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Section IV Best Management Practices (BMPs) IV. 1 Project Performance Criteria (NOC Permit Area only) Is there an approved WIHMP or equivalent for the project area that includes more stringent LID feasibility YES ❑ NO criteria or if there are opportunities identified for implementing LID on regional or sub -regional basis? If yes, describe WIHMP feasibility criteria or regional/sub-regional LID opportunities. Project Performance Criteria If HCOC exists, list applicable hydromodification Based on the susceptibility map from Figure XVI-3d of the TGD, the Project is not control susceptible to hydromodification impacts. performance criteria (Section See Appendix D for Susceptibility Map. 7.II-2.4.2.2 in MWQMP) Based on the Model WQMP Section 7.II-2.4.3, the following performance criteria for LID implementation have been established for the North Orange County Permit. Priority Projects must infiltrate, harvest and use, evapotranspire, or biotreat/biofilter List applicable LID the 85' Percentile, 24-Hour storm event (Design Capture Volume). For the proposed Project, the 851' Percentile, 14-Hour design storm depth is o.65 inches. performance criteria (Section Per the Geotechnical Report, groundwater was encountered at depths of 6 and 7 feet 7.II-2.4.3 from below existing ground surface at the boring locations. At the time of this report, a MWQMP) percolation test has not been performed. Due to the groundwater constraints, it is anticipated that infiltration is not feasible. Therefore, the proposed Project will utilize a Treatment control BMP. The Project proposes a proprietary biotreatment device, and will utilize a Filterra Tree Box structure sized for treatment of the 85`h Percentile, 24-Hr storm event. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 11 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Project implements a flow -based BMP, a Filterra Tree Box structure by Contech. The List applicable Filterra structure is designed for 8o percent annual capture efficiency (per Section treatment control '',, 111.3.3. Capture Efficiency Method for Flow -based BMPs of TGD). BMP performance The Project's Filterra Tree Box has the following design aspects: criteria (Section 7.II-3.2.2 from Filterra unit designed to treat flows ranging from water quality storm (0.19 MWQMP) cfs) to 2-year storm (1.24 cfs) • Filterra unit has a biofiltration media infiltration rate of 14o inches per hour 85' Percentile, 24-Hour Storm Depth = o.65 inches (per Figure XVLi: Orange County Rainfall Zones Map of TGD) Runoff Coefficient, C = (0q5 x impervious ) + 0.15 Calculate LID design storm Runoff Coefficient, C = (0q5 x 0.94) + 0.15 = 0.86 capture volume Vd,sign = C x Depth x Area x 43,56o x 1/12 for Project. Vd,sign = 0.86 x o.65 inches x o.98 acres x 43,56o x 1/12 = 1,9T7 cubic feet See Appendix G for LID Design Flowrate Calculations. The Project does not have HCOCs and thus hydromodification controls are not required. Hydraulic Source '', From a hydraulic performance perpsective, the Filterra Tree Box structure will treat Controls flows up to the 2-year storm event. For larger storm events, flows will bypass through an overflow structure. See Appendix G for 2-year, 24-hour runoff calculations using HEC-HMS. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 12 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.2. Site Design and Drainage Refer to Section 2.4.2 in the Technical Guidance Document (TGD). Site Design Practices: The Project utilizes the following BMPs: • Filterra Tree Box structure by Contech The Project site is approximately o.98 Acres. Due to the configuration on this Project, there are limited opportunities to implement other site design practices. More specifically, minimization of impervious and maximization of infiltration are not practically feasible - (i) onsite area is nearly all impervious and (ii) site soils are primarily Soil Group D with low infiltration rates. BMP Incorporation: The site is designed to incorporate BMPs by utilizing on -site storm drainage systems to convey impervious areas (i.e. AC pavement, concrete, roof, etc.) into a proprietary flow -based BMP that treats the 85th Percentile, 24-Hour storm event. Larger storm flows will discharge through an overflow structure into the existing sand adjacent to the Project, which mimics existing condition drainage conveyance. DMA Characteristics: Drainage Area Design Flowrate GIS Management (Acres) LID BMP Used (cfs) Coordinates Area Lat: 33.6oro8° DMA r 0.98 Filterra Tree Box 0.19 cfs Long:-117.899" See Appendix G for LID Design Flowrate Calculations. See Appendix H for additional information. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 13 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.3 LID BMP Selection and Project Conformance Analysis IV.3.1 Hydrologic Source Controls (HSCs) Hydrologic Source Controls on the Project were incorporated at the schematic design level to reduce the amount of stormwater runoff from the development. Name Included? Localized on -lot infiltration ❑ Impervious area dispersion (e.g. roof top El Street trees (canopy interception) ❑ Residential rain barrels (not actively managed) ❑ Green roofs/Brown roofs ❑ Blue roofs ❑ Impervious area reduction (e.g. permeable pavers, site design) ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 14 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.3.2 Infiltration BMPs Infiltration refers to the physical process of percolation, or downward seepage, of water through a soil's pore space. As water infiltrates, the natural filtration, adsorption, and biological decomposition properties of soils, plant roots, and micro-organisms work to remove pollutants prior to the water recharging the underlying groundwater. Infiltration can provide multiple benefits, including pollutant removal, peak flow control, groundwater recharging, and flood control. Name Included? Bioretention without underdrains ❑ Rain gardens ❑ Porous landscaping ❑ Infiltration planters ❑ Retention swales ❑ Infiltration trenches ❑ Infiltration basins ❑ Drywells ❑ Subsurface infiltration galleries ❑ French drains ❑ Permeable asphalt ❑ Permeable concrete ❑ Permeable concrete pavers ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Based on the Geotechnical Report, groundwater was encountered at depths of 6 and 7 feet at the boring locations. Therefore, infiltration is not feasible. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 15 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.3.3 Evapotranspiration, Rainwater Harvesting BMPs Harvest and Use BMPs are LID BMPs that capture and store stormwater runoff for later use. These BMPs are engineered to store a specified volume of water and have no design surface discharge until this volume is exceeded. The utilization of capture water used should comply with codes and regulations and should not result in runoff to storm drains or receiving waters. Potential uses of captured water may include irrigation demand, indoor non -potable demand, industrial process water demand, or other demands. Name Included? All HSCs; See Section IV.3.1 ❑ Surface -based infiltration BMPs ❑ Biotreatment BMPs ❑ Above -ground cisterns and basins ❑ Underground detention ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 16 Prlonb Project Water Quality Management Plan (Wgf1P) Junior LNeguard Bulltllug Project SUMMARY OF HARVESTED WATER DEMAND AND FEASIBILITY (WORIISHEEF J) 1 What demands for M1arves[Mwater exist in the bibutaryarea lcM1eck all that Bared on the Summary of Harvested Water Demand Bear bility, worksheet Evapotrans piation/ rainwater harvesting is infeasible. apply) 2 Toilet and urinal flushing 3 Landscame irrigation x a Men s What me aesi n[alaW IV.3.4 Biotreatrnent BMPs BioheabnevtBMPs are abroad class of LID BMPs that reduce stonnwater volume to the maximum extent practicable, treat stonnwater using a suite of heatrnevtmeeharusms ehaaetenstie of biologically active systems, and discharge water to the downstream stone drain system or directly to receiving waters. The Project will iveoryorate a proprietary bioheahnevt device, which will be aF4erro Tree Box structure —see 9m[ion IV.39'ITea[men[ Control BMPs. ]UNIIXt LIFEGUNRD WILDING PPO£GT Settion IV Page 17 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Name Included? Bioretention with underdrains ❑ Stormwater planter boxes with underdrains ❑ Rain gardens with underdrains ❑ Constructed wetlands ❑ Vegetated swales ❑ Vegetated filter strips ❑ Proprietary vegetated biotreatment systems ❑ Wet extended detention basin ❑ Dry extended detention basins ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ❑ JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 18 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.3.5 Hydromodification Control BMPs See Section 5 of the Technical Guidance Document (TGD). The Project does not require Hydromodification Control BMPs. Hydromodification Control BMPs BMP Name BMP Description IV.3.6 Regional/Sub-Regional LID BMPs Describe regional/sub-regional LID BMPs in which the project will participate. Refer to Section 7.11- 2.4.3.2 of the Model WQMP. Regional/Sub-Regional LID BMPs Low Impact Design has been incorporated in the Project design to mitigate the effects of the development prior to discharging from the site. As a result, the proposed Project will not require treatment through the Regional/Sub-Regional LID BMPs. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 19 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.3.7 Treatment Control BMPs Treatment control BMPs can only be considered if the Project conformance analysis indicates that it is not feasible to retain the full design capture volume with LID BMPs. The Project will utilize a Treatment control BMP. Treatment Control BMPs BMP Name I BMP Description Filterra Tree Box Flow -based BMP device manufactured by Contech. The device's filter media handles high flowrates. 11 JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 20 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.3.8 Non-structural Source Control BMPs Fill out non-structural source control check box forms or provide a brief narrative explaining if non- structural source controls were not used. Non -Structural Source Control BMPs Check One If not applicable, state brief Not Identifier Name Included reason Applicable N1 Education for Property Owners, ® El and Occupants ................................................................................................................................................................... N2 Activity Restrictions ® ❑ ................................................................................................................................................................... N3 Common Area Landscape ® ❑ Management ................................................................................................................................................................... N4 BMP Maintenance ® ❑ ................................................................................................................................................................... N5 Title 22 CCR Compliance (How ® El will comply) ................................................................................................................................................................... Project does not discharge any N6 Local Industrial Permit Compliance ❑ ® fuel and other areas of concern to public properties ................................................................................................................................................................... N7 Spill Contingency Plan ® ❑ ................................................................................................................................................................... Project does not propose any NS Underground Storage Tank El® underground storage tanks that Compliance will store hazardous materials ................................................................................................................................................................... N9 Hazardous Materials Disclosure ® ElCompliance ................................................................................................................................................................... N10 Uniform Fire Code Implementation ® ❑ ................................................................................................................................................................... N11 Common Area Litter Control ® ❑ ................................................................................................................................................................... N12 Employee Training ® ❑ ................................................................................................................................................................... N13 ❑ ® Project does not propose any Housekeeping of Loading Docks loading docks ................................................................................................................................................................... N14 Common Area Catch Basin Inspection ® ❑ ................................................................................................................................................................... N15 Street Sweeping Private Streets and ® ElParking Lots ................................................................................................................................................................... N16 El ® Project does not propose any Retail Gasoline Outlets gasoline facilities or outlets JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 21 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.3.9 Structural Source Control BMPs Fill out structural source control check box forms or provide a brief narrative explaining if structural source controls were not used. Structural Source Control BMPs Check One Identifier Name If not applicable, state brief Included Not reason Applicable Sl Provide storm drain system stenciling ® ❑ and signage Design and construct outdoor material S2 storage areas to reduce pollution ® ❑ introduction Design and construct trash and waste S3 storage areas to reduce pollution ® ❑ introduction Use efficient irrigation systems & S4 landscape design, water conservation, ® ❑ smart controllers, and source control S5 Protect slopes and channels and ® ❑ provide energy dissipation Incorporate requirements applicable to individual priority project categories ® ❑ (from SDRWQCB NPDES Permit) S6 Dock areas ❑ ® Project does not propose dock areas S7 Maintenance bays ❑ ® Project does not propose maintenance bays S8 Vehicle wash areas ❑ ® Project does not propose vehicle wash areas S9 Outdoor processing areas ❑ ® Project does not propose an outdoor processing area S10 Equipment wash areas ❑ ® Project does not propose equipment wash areas Sll Fueling areas El® Project does not propose a fueling area S12 Hillside landscaping ❑ ® Project is not on a hillside S13 Wash water control for food ❑ ® Project does not propose a food preparation areas preparation area S14 Community car wash racks ❑ ® Project does not propose a community car wash JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 22 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project IV.4 Alternative Compliance Plan (If Applicable) Refer to Section 7.II 3.0 in the WQMP. IV.4.1 Water Quality Credits Refer to Section 3.1 of the Model WQMP for description of credits and Appendix VI of the Technical Guidance Document (TGD) for calculation methods for applying water quality credits. Description of Proposed Project qu Project Types that Qualify for Water Quality Credits (Select all that apply): ❑Redevelopment ❑Brownfield redevelopment, meaning � ❑ Higher density development projects which projects that reduce the redevelopment, expansion, or reuse of real include two distinct categories (credits can only overall impervious i property which may be complicated by the i be taken for one category): those with more than footprint of the project 1 presence or potential presence of hazardous seven units per acre of development (lower site. I substances, pollutants or contaminants, and I credit allowance); vertical density which have the potential to contribute to I developments, for example, those with a Floor adverse ground or surface WQ if not to Area Ratio (FAR) of 2 or those having more redeveloped. than 18 units per acre (greater credit allowance). ❑ Mixed use development, such as a ❑ Transit -oriented developments, such as a-----, ❑ Redevelopment projects combination of residential, commercial, i mixed use residential or commercial area in an established historic industrial, office, institutional, or other land ! designed to maximize access to public district, historic uses which incorporate design principles that transportation; similar to above criterion, but I preservation area, or similar can demonstrate environmental benefits that where the development center is within one significant city area would not be realized through single use ! half mile of a mass transit center (e.g. bus, rail, 1 including core City Center projects (e.g. reduced vehicle trip traffic with light rail or commuter train station). Such areas (to be defined through the potential to reduce sources of water or air projects would not be able to take credit for mapping). pollution). ! both categories, but may have greater credit assigned ❑ Live -work ❑In -fill projects, the i ❑Developments with ❑ i developments, a variety of conversion of empty lots Developments 1 developments designed to and other underused spaces dedication of ❑ Developments 1 in historic I support residential and 1 into more beneficially used undeveloped portions to I i districts or in a city center vocational needs together - spaces, such as residential parks, preservation g p area. 1 historic 1 areas and other pervious 1 1 1similar to criteria to mixed 1 or commercial areas. uses. preservation I use development; would not 1 areas. be able to take credit for _______________________ i___________________ 1 both categories. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 23 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Calculation of Water Quality Credits N/A (if applicable) IV.4.2 Alternative Compliance Plan Information Refer to Section 7.II 3.0 in the Model WQMP. This Project does not require the use of alternative compliance methods for the treatment of stormwater runoff. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section IV Page 24 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Section V Inspection/Maintenance Responsibility for BMPs Refer to Section 7.114.0 in the Model WQMP. BMP Inspection/Maintenance Inspection/ Minimum Reponsible rBM Maintenance Frequency of Party(s) Activities Required Activities Inspection and documentation of Filterra unit for ponded Bi-annually water, sediment accumulation, and structural damage Removal of trash/debris and mulch; Replacement of mulch Bi-annually layer with even distribution Filterra Tree Box City of across entire unit Newport Beach Pruning of vegetation and evaluation of plant health Bi-annually conditions Properly clean surrounding area of Filterra unit; Record notes on Bi-annually necessary inspection / maintenance logs See Appendix J for Filterra Owner's Manual for inspection/maintenance information. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section V Page 25 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Source Control BMP Inspection/Maintenance Inspection/ Minimum Reponsible BMP Maintenance Frequency of Party(s) Activities Required Activities N1. Education for Provide training to key staff; Provide minimum Property Owners, City of Provide education material to training upon initial Tenants, and Newport Beach hiring; Yearly updates of Occupants occupants. educational materials N2. Activity City of Restrict certain activities during As required by inclement Restrictions Newport Beach inclement weather or increased weather of changes to risk of pollution site conditions Provide landscape maintenance at a minimum of once per Routine landscape maintenance; week or as -needed. Tree- N3. Common Area City of tree -trimming; weed- trimming and addition of Landscape Newport Beach abatement; addition of fertilizer; fertilizer at a minimum of Management routine irrigation once per year; Provide as -needed maintenance and repair of irrigation system. Provide inspections of all Inspect on -site BMPs at a N4. BMP City of structural and permanent BMPs minimum of once per Maintenance Newport Beach on the Project site; Make repairs year; Repair or provide as -needed maintenance prior to each rainy season Provide training to all City of new employees; N5. Title 22 CCR Newport Training of staff and routine Minimum of biannual Compliance updates to compliance plan Beach updates to compliance plans and procedures JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section V Page 26 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Prepare a Spill City of Contingency Plan of N7. Spill Prepare a Spill Contingency how occupants will Contingency Plan Newport Plan prepare for and respond Beach to spills of hazardous materials N9.Hazardous City of Provide documentation Materials Provide disclosure and training and training to comply Disclosure Newport for hazardous materials with hazardous Compliance Beach materials procedures. Provide training on fire protection and Initial building design per emergency procedures N10. Uniform Fire City of OCFA regulations; Provide to all new staff. Code Newport routine inspections of fire Minimum of once yearly Implementation Beach protection systems; Training to inspections of fire all staff protection systems or as -needed per OCFA codes Provide regular trash Provide routine trash pickup; pickup by waste N11. Common Area City of regular inspections of facility management contractor Newport for litter. Provide sufficient at a minimum of once Litter Control Beach waste receptacles for the per week. Daily property of occupancy inspections and clean- up maintenance staff Provide initial training upon hiring to all new N12. Employee City of Provide initial training to all staff. Minimum of once Newport new staff. Provide refresher yearly refreshers to Training Beach training to existing staff existing staff. As -needed updates to training for key personnel Provide minimum of N14. Common Area City of Conduct inspections on catch once yearly inspections Catch Basin Newport basins and storm drain inlets and cleaning of catch Inspection Beach within the property basins and storm drain inlets JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section V Page 27 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Inspect parking lot areas at a minimum of once per week for N15. Street Provide sweeping as necessary accumulated sediment City of Sweeping Private to remove accumulated or trash. Conduct Streets and Parking Newport sediment and litter from sweeping as necessary Beach Lots. parking lot area but at a minimum of once per week to remove sediment and debris During Project construction. Stencils S1. Provide storm Provide stencilling at all direct City of will be re -stencilled as drain system inlets to the storm drain stencilling and Newport system with the phrase "No necessary to maintain Beach legibility but at a signage Dumping, Drains to Ocean' minimum of once every five years There is possibility for oil leakage from the outdoor Transformers. A containment structure s proposed to capture Provide transfer areas where the oil and stormwater S2. Design and incidental spills may occur. in this area and will be construct outdoor This includes but not limited City of maintained and material storage enclosing the area, providing Newport discharged by a areas to reduce secondary containment Beach maintenance truck to pollution structure, not discharge into introduction storm drain or street, prevent cross contamination into both preventative measures sewer and storm drain. Conduct maintenance of containment structure monthly and after every rainstorm event. Provide regular trash S3. Design and pickup by waste construct trash and City of management contractor waste storage Newport Clean and remove trash from at a minimum of one per areas to reduce pollution Beach waste storage area week. Daily inspections and clean-up by introduction maintenance staff JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section V Page 28 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project S4. Use efficient Inspect irrigation irrigation systems system during regular & landscape City of Provide connection to recycled weekly landscaping design, water Newport water irrigation system; Repair conservation, Beach irrigation system as -needed maintenance; Repair smart controllers, immediately to prevent and source control over irrigation or runoff SS. Protect slopes City of Provide routine inspections of and channels and Newport sloped channel areas for trash Inspect all areas of provide energy swale channels dissipation In Beach and debris NJ JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section V Page 29 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Section VI BMP Exhibit (Site Plan) VIA BMP Exhibit (Site Plan) See Appendix H for BMP Exhibit (Site Plan). VI.2 Submittal and Recordation of Water Quality Management Plan Following approval of the Final Project -Specific WQMP, three copies of the approved WQMP (including BMP Exhibit, Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan, and Appendices) shall be submitted. In addition, these documents shall be submitted in a PDF format. Each approved WQMP (including BMP Exhibit, Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan, and Appendices) shall be recorded in the Orange County Clerk -Recorder's Office, prior to close-out of grading and/ or building permit. Educational Materials are not required to be included. JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section VI Page 30 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Section VII Educational Materials Refer to the Orange County Stormwater Program (ocwatersheds.com) for a library of materials available. Please only attach the educational materials specifically applicable to this project. Other materials specific to the project may be included as well and must be attached. Education Materials Residential Material Check If Business Material Check If (http://www.ocwatersheds.com) Applicable (http://www.ocwatersheds.com) Applicable The Ocean Begins at Your Front Door ® Tips for the Automotive Industry ❑ Tips for Car Wash Fund-raisers ❑ Tips for Using Concrete and Mortar ❑ Tips for the Home Mechanic ❑ Tips for the Food Service Industry ❑ Homeowners Guide for Sustainable El Maintenance Practices for Your Water Use Business Business Household Tips ❑ Other Material Check If Attached Proper Disposal of Household ❑ Hazardous Waste Recycle at Your Local Used Oil ❑ ❑ Collection Center (North County) Recycle at Your Local Used Oil El El Center (Central County) Recycle at Your Local Used Oil El El Center (South County) Tips for Maintaining a Septic Tank El ElSystem Responsible Pest Control ® ❑ Sewer Spill ❑ ❑ Tips for the Home Improvement El ElProjects Tips for Horse Care ❑ ❑ Tips for Landscaping and Gardening ® ❑ Tips for Pet Care ❑ ❑ Tips for Pool Maintenance ❑ ❑ Tips for Residential Pool, Landscape ❑ ❑ and Hardscape Drains Tips for Projects Using Paint ❑ ❑ JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Section VII Page 31 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX A Checklist for Categorizing Development and Significant Redevelopment Projects As ""Priority" or ""Non -Priority" JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Checklist for Categorizing Development and i 300 N. Flower Street Significant Redevelopment Projects iSanta Ana CA92703 As "Priority" or "Non -Priority" ®Frasszaaaa .................. ......... .... ............................................ ............................................ ................................. : County of Orange ®Frasszaaas MODEL WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN (MODEL WQMP) PRIORITY PROJECT CATEGORIES Yes No (Unless otherwise indicated, these requirements apply to both the Santa Ana and San Diego Regions.) 1. Both Permit Areas —New development projects that create 10,000 square feet or more of impervious surface (collectively over the entire project site). This category includes commercial, industrial, residential, mixed -use, and public projects on private, or public, property that falls under the planning and building authority of the Permittees. ^x San Diego Region only —All pollutant generating development or redevelopment projects that result in the disturbance of one acre or more of land will be considered Priority Projects starting December 16, 2012. 2. Automotive repair shops. This applies to facilities that are categorized in any one of the following Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes 5013, 5014, 5541, 7532-7534, and 7536-7539. 3. Both Permit Areas— Restaurants where the land area of development is 5,000 square feet or more including parking area. This category is defined as facilities that sell prepared foods and drinks for consumption, including stationary lunch counters and refreshment stands selling prepared foods and drinks for immediate consumption (SIC code 5812), where the land area for development is greater than 5,000 square feet. San Diego Region only— Restaurants where land development is less than 5,000 square feet shall meet all WQMP requirements except for structural treatment control BMP/LID, and hydromodifcation. 4. Hillside development that creates greater than 5,000 square feet of impervious surface. Hillside development is defined as any development which is located in an area with known X erosive soil conditions or where the development will grade on any natural slope that is twenty- five (25) percent or greater. 5. Both Permit Areas— Impervious surface of 2,500 square feet or more located within, directly adjacent to (within 200 feet), or discharging directly into receiving waters within Environmentally Sensitive Areas. San Diego Region only— or a project with an increase in impervious area byl0 % or more of its naturally occurring condition located within, directly adjacent to (within 200 feet), or discharging directly to receiving waters within Environmentally Sensitive Areas. 6. Both Permd Areas— Parking lots 5,000 square feet or more including associated drive aisle, and potentially exposed to urban stormwater runoff. A parking lot is defined as a land area or facility for the temporary parking or storage of motor vehicles used personally, for business, or for commerce. San Diego Region only— or parking lots with 15 parking spaces or more and potentially exposed to runoff. 7. Streets, roads, highways, and freeways- This category includes any paved surface that is V 5,000 square feet or greater used for the transportation of automobiles, trucks, motorcycles, and other vehicles. 5/19/11 Page 1 of 2 8. Significant Redevelopment. See definitions below. 9. Retail Gasoline Outlets (RGOs)- This category includes RGOs that meet the following criteria: (a) 5,000 square feet or more, or (b) a projected Average Daily Traffic (ADT) of 100 or more vehicles per day. Determination: Note: Priority Project: Any question answered "Yes" Non -Priority Project: All questions are answered "No" BMPs — Best Management Practices LID — Low Impact Development WQMP — Water Quality Management Plan Definitions of "Significant Redevelopment' Santa Ana Region definition of "Significant Redevelopment' (Model WQMP, Section 7.11-1.2): All significant redevelopment projects, where significant redevelopment is defined as the addition or replacement of 5,000 or more square feet of impervious surface on an already developed site. Redevelopment does not include routine maintenance activities that are conducted to maintain original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, original purpose of the facility, or emergency redevelopment activity required to protect public health and safety. If the redevelopment results in the addition or replacement of less than 50 percent of the impervious area on -site and the existing development was not subject to WQMP requirement, the numeric sizing criteria (see Section 7.11-2.0 of Model WQMP) only applies to the addition or replacement area. If the addition or replacement accounts for 50 percent or more of the impervious area, the Project WQMP requirements apply to the entire development. San Diego Region definition of "Significant Redevelopment' (Order No. R9-2009-0002, Section F.1 d): Those redevelopment projects that create, add, or replace at least 5,000 square feet of impervious surface on an already developed site and the existing development and/or the project falls under the project categories or locations listed in the table above. Where redevelopment results in an increase of less than fifty percent of the impervious surfaces of a previously existing development, and the existing development was not subject to WQMP requirements, the numeric sizing criteria (see Section 7.11-2.0 of Model WQMP) applies only to the addition or replacement, and not the entire development. Where redevelopment results in an increase of more than fifty percent of the impervious surfaces of a previously existing development, the numeric sizing criteria applies to the entire development. Definition of Redevelopment (Order No. R9-2009-0002, Attachment C, Definitions): The creation, addition, and or replacement of impervious surface on an already developed site. Examples include the expansion of a building footprint, road widening, the addition to or replacement of a structure, and creation or addition of impervious surfaces. Replacement of impervious surfaces includes any activity that is not part of a routine maintenance activity where impervious material(s) are removed, exposing underlying soil during construction. Redevelopment does not include trenching and resurfacing associated with utility work; resurfacing existing roadways; new sidewalk construction, pedestrian ramps, or bike lane on existing roads; and routine replacement of damaged pavement, such as pothole repair. 5/19/11 Page 2 of 2 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX 6 Technical Guidance Document (TGD) NRCS Hydrologic Soils Group Map JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT r PROJECT LOCATION IS WITHIN HYDROLOGIC SOIL GROUP OF D Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX C Technical Guidance Document (TGD) Rainfall Zones Map JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX D Technical Guidance Document (TGD) Geotechnical Hazards Maps JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT , as H Not -,- u. A NA .: ��C3dCC�4 40 C��G34G�CG3 3CMD�DOO LEGEND 0 odro is IN IN 11 IF ;F7rFNjEdJ III ,, E . _ �. -. ° -_... 11 :�� - City Boundaries g € M o �... aa., 2 I: �CoIL7Y 'h t oo„,•, ,- [� OCWD Groundwater Basin Protection Boundary MJ _ e ISEEN _ ii e •e • `"" H Plume Protection Boundaries0 NINE N Hilo • r� ~• _ o BasinGroundwaterProtection N - •` SL - Sou Basin Groundwater Protection Project a � --r J North B th B G Q IS No —Ik I d @� -- Toro Marine Base = aided. u .�. SEE ® Tustin Marine Air Base El M B Q to, Floor, �T st M A B Q Q NE '" Approximate Selenium Contamination Area 0 ld do Cerritos N" • . - MI IN r/' •* Pia _ °•••^• Note: Individual contamination sites are not lotted. r .. ..., _ «.�.�,.A. , ,. __. as El E f •• See State Water Resources Control Board Geotracker database a a' ` S. - _ http// eotmckerwaterboardscagov) 0 r ..._. E ' " e Department of Toxic Substance Control Envirostor database @� as I IN for �urrenviros sother contaminated sites. sources ((�5 - °woo •° o listing of active w : ---,. 1i r 2 % g , to f •� Groundwater basin and plume protection boundaries for a "r LIFE E "' South Omnge County are not shown on this exhibit o ld mHe - `1..^ H "'s"' - Q ut i •se at this time EEAI HE SN NI HE ,.,, ,. .•_ > ..- dW >n SEEN-0 a' IF 5 ,'I SEES ..Was, 'All �h a. Edi ,. IN LA IN IS IF a��. „.. 3 : Ora, led O dam...,,.... M ". °E° .. s +{ L . `I� LwJ n . u - Q ado I .. _ ,,. i hw E.I-.,,,. ,... Fill Sol 11 Ed, °,. So III _ o a „°., led o11 11 1 is solds m.....,... -r o O 3 ,".,_ ISENE o .......... U s . ,.M:., , 0 w al I Ed I 0Hqr NYI own...,.,. - O r. Oin s E oultill, -I I soll. ,,tl SEE 1••�q o I n,.... ''lo I•w�u�. z SEE ry >ISHISE c _ EN 11. f/I o ..... x %r/f�fj' ° pro..... .. ,. , � ��� (H 0 LL No II "*+ o .ad d rn ei For. a m w 0 0 w e w HE AS.SlArd oalr- NE Harris I so ry eeaan '%. 0 Sidi- H ..., ,.- o w x `�. F, ..� ... m�a„ LU 0 IN I old 0 INVE •� f V8ad Nor 1. or pa IN, 'NINE to iii oIS a T x•m, NI I i SHE IN 11 Hi INSKtlome[e6 cm,a I Soa.aIF E FIGURE Miles,` 0 s :; of - G No XVI-2f a �a a �Q Q� o�Q GQaO �Q o� oa O a U v� 0 n� O V Q I Q o 0 O U IL z z O � 8 � W FIGURE XVI-2g Susceptibility Potential Areas of Erosion, Habitat, & Physical Structure Susceptibility Channel Type — Earth (Unstable) — Earth (Stabilized) — Stabilized Tidel Influence c Mean High Water Line (4 28') Water Body 0 Basin 0 Dam 0 Lake ] Reservoir Other Lands Airporumilitary Santa Ana River Watershed PROJECT LOCATED IS WITHIN NOT POTENTIAL AREAS OF EROSION, HABITAT, & PHYSICAL STRUCTURE SUSCEPTIBILITY Ana helmBay- runringronHarbm Watershed l aono R xor nd o 91g servoion oR onv Baa�olr or � vlaw Dram it/� Santa Ana River Watershed o .0 „ io BAR `rvm b W3 OrOYId {il South Orange County Feet 0 9,000 18,000 ATE (FEB 2013) d tom Q Q � � q O LPgm OO La. gm U o M) Half M) 0 � RM a�BE Q dim O Q �o U w r, z ¢ K 0 a t®gym U Q Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX E Infiltration Feasibility Checklist JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT TECHNICAL GUIDANCE DOCUMENT Table 2.7. Infiltration BMP Feasibility Worksheet Infeasibility Criteria Yes No Would Infiltration BMPs pose significant risk for groundwater related concerns? Refer to Appendix VIII 1 (Worksheet 1) for guidance on groundwater -related X infiltration feasibility criteria. Provide basis: Based on the Geotechnical Report, groundwater was encountered at depths of 6 and 7 feet at the boring locations. Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. Would Infiltration BMPs pose significant risk of increasing risk of geotechnical hazards that cannot be mitigated to an acceptable level? (Yes if the answer to any of the following questions is yes, as established by a geotechnical expert): • The BMP can only be located less than 50 feet away 2 from slopes steeper than 15 percent V • The BMP can only be located less than eight feet from building foundations or an alternative setback. • A study prepared by a geotechnical professional or an available watershed study substantiates that stormwater infiltration would potentially result in significantly increased risks of geotechnical hazards that cannot be mitigated to an acceptable level. Provide basis: Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. uld infiltration of the DCV from drainage area violate �/ 3 [downstreamwater rights? /� Provide basis: Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. 2-34 December 20, 2013 TECHNICAL GUIDANCE DOCUMENT Table 2.7. Infiltration BMP Feasibility Worksheet (continued) Partial Infeasibility Criteria Yes No Is proposed infiltration facility located on HSG D soils or the site geotechnical investigation identifies presence of 4 soil characteristics which support categorization as D x /� soils? Provide basis: Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. Is measured infiltration rate below proposed facility 5 less than 0.3 inches per hour? This calculation shall be X based on the methods described in Appendix Vll. Provide basis: At the time of this report, a percolation test has not been performed. Based on the mapped Hydrologic Soil Group D, it is anticipated that the infiltration rate will be less than 0.3 in/hr. Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. Would reduction of over predeveloped conditions cause impairments to downstream beneficial uses, 6 such as change of seasonality of ephemeral washes X or increased discharge of contaminated groundwater to surface waters? Provide citation to applicable study and summarize findings relative to the amount of infiltration that is permissible: Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. Would an increase in infiltration over predeveloped conditions cause impairments to downstream 7 beneficial uses, such as change of seasonality of X ephemeral washes or increased discharge of contaminated groundwater to surface waters? Provide citation to applicable study and summarize findings relative to the amount of infiltration that is permissible: Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. 2-35 December 20, 2013 TECHNICAL GUIDANCE DOCUMENT Table 2.7. Infiltration BMP Feasibility Worksheet (continued) Infiltration Screening Results (check box corresponding to result): Is there substantial evidence that infiltration from the project would result in a significant increase in I&I to the sanitary sewer that cannot be sufficiently mitigated? (See Appendix XVID 8 Provide narrative discussion and supporting evidence: Summarize findings of studies provide reference to studies, calculations, maps, data sources, etc. Provide narrative discussion of study/data source applicability. If any answer from row 1-3 is yes: infiltration of any volume is not feasible within the DMA or equivalent. g Provide basis: Summarize findings of infeasibility screening If any answer from row 4-7 is yes, infiltration is permissible but is not presumed to be feasible for the entire DCV. Criteria for designing biotreatment BMPs to achieve the maximum feasible infiltration and ET shall x 10 apply. Provide basis: Due to high ground water, infiltration is not feasible Summarize findings of infeasibility screening If all answers to rows 1 through 11 are no, infiltration of the 11 full DCV is potentially feasible, BMPs must be designed to infiltrate the full DCV to the maximum extent practicable. Harvest and Use In{easibft Harvest and use infeasibility criteria include: • If inadequate demand exists for the use of the harvested rainwater. See Ayyendix X for guidance on determining harvested water demand and applicable feasibility thresholds. • If the use of harvested water for the type of demand on the project violates codes or ordinances most applicable to stormwater harvesting in effect at the time of project application and a waiver of these codes and/or ordinances cannot be obtained. It is noted that codes and ordinances most applicable to stormwater harvesting may change 2-36 December 20, 2013 HARVESTED WATER DEMAND AND FEASIBILITY :: BKF 100+ ENGINEERS SURVEYORS YEARS PLANNERS Date: 1/31/2022 Job No.: 20181708 Project: Newport Beach Jr Lifeguard Building Description and Assumptions: Based on: Technical Guidance Document (TGD) for the Preparation of Conceptual/Preliminary and/or Project Water Quality Management Plans (WQMPs) SUMMARY OF HARVESTED WATER DEMAND AND FEASIBILITY (WORKSHEET J) 1 What demands for harvested water exist in the tributary area (check all that apply:) 2 Toilet and urinal flushing 3 Landscape irrigation X 4 Other: 5 What is the design capture storm depth? d = 0.65 linches 6 lWhat is the project size? A = 0.98 Jac 7 What is the acreage of impervious area? IA =1 0.92 ac For projects with multiple types of demand ( toilet flushing, indoor demand, and/or other demand) What is the minimum use required for partial capture? 8 Table X.6 of TDG gpd 9 What is the project estimated wet season total daily use? gpd 10 Is partial capture potentially feasible? (Line 9 > Line 8?) For projects with only toilet flushing demand 11 What is the minimum TUTIA for partial capture? (Table X.7 of TGD) 12 What is the project estimated TUTIA? 13 Is partial capture potentially feasible? (Line 12 > Line 11?) For projects with only irrigation demand What is the minimum irrigation area required based on 14 conservation landscape design? (Table X.8 of TGD) 0.54 ac What is the proposed project irrigated area? (multiply 15 conservation landscaping by 1; multiply active turf by 2) 0.09 ac 16 Is partial capture potentially feasible? (Line 15 > Line 14?) NO Provide supporting assumptions and citations for controlling demand calculation: BKF Engineers BKF I Project No. 172009 4675 MacArthur Court, Suite 400 Newport Beach, California 92660 F111991IPA101CA4DIA CA Ti\R 64uimim hNi m ki ro. Poimtitl e,Ntl Cg, t rwmiWy c,ts u„iw:w-ass 004) m m 0]2 039 0O0.60 03 Om 72 O] 0]0 03 037 ON Erl O OB 09 03 04 O 8w 01 04 ON om OAS 090 Oses a 0+ 0" oJi om 00 02 0 098 051 ow 0w 101 09 :114 09 031 0m 1m 107 N 057 uo 112 3 36 o W EKE Engineers EKE I Pages rvorrm0 Nelsen rn� lson ne,,<,imz m o,�, z Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX F Percolation Test (Pending) JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX G Low Impact Development (LID) Sizing Calculations 2-Year Storm HEC-HMS Calculations JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project Low Impact Development (LID) Sizing Calculations JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Stormwater Quality Design Measure Calculations Date: 5/4/2022 Job No.: 20181708 Project: Newport Beach Jr Lifeguard Building Description and Assumptions: Based on: Technical Guidance Document (TGD) for the Preparation of Conceptual/Preliminary and/or Project Water Quality Management Plans (WQMPs). BMP will be Proprietary Biotreatment device. CAPTURE EFFICIENCY METHOD FOR FLOW -BASED BMPs (WORKSHEET D) 1. Determine the design capture storm depth used for calculating volume 1 Enter the time of concentration Tc = 10 Using Figure 111.4, determine the design intensity at which the 2 estimated time of concentration achieves 80% efficiency. See Appendix IV.2 3 Enter the effect depth of provided HSCs upstream, Worksheet A 4 Enter capture efficiency corresponding to dHSc Worksheet A Using Figure 111.4, determine the design intensity at which the 5 time of concentration (Tc) achieves the upstream capture efficiency 6 Determine the design intensity that must be provided by BMP Idesign = 11 - 12 2. Calculate the design flowrate 1 Enter Project area tributary to BMP(s) 2 Enter Project Imperviousness 3 Calculate Runoff Coefficient 11 = 0.23 in/hr dHSC = ---- inches Y2 = % 12 = ---- Idesign = 0.23 in/hr W�IVOK imp = 0.94 C = 0.86 acres C = (0.75 x imp) + 0.15 4 Calculate Design Flow Rate QdP51gn = 0.19 cfs Qdesign = (C X Idesign X A) Supporting Calculations Describe system: Runoff surface flows to a cross fall gutter which conveys flows northerly to an inlet which discharges to the Filterra Tree Box structure for treatment. Provide time of concentration assumptions: Time of Concentration (Te) based on Orange County Hydrology Manual Figure D-1 Time of Concentration Nomograph for Initial Subarea . Based on L = ±500 feet, H = ±3 feet, and +90% impervious results in Tc of 10 minutes. BKF Engineers BKF I Project No. 180867 4675 MacArthur Court, Suite 400 Newport Beach, California 92660 L 1000 900 800 700 600 L=500ft m w as � 350 0 c F 300 0 250 J L aci 200 J Tr=10min 150 100 Tc' 100 LIMITATIONS: 1. Maximum length = 1000 Feet Tc 90 2. Maximum area = 10 Acres 5 . (min) 80 0. V 70 U H 500 6 3 D Y. 400 0 60 Q .-. 300 ti 200 7 !2 m 0 N EOM 100 m E o 50 L- — o„O 80 60 8 E e m m m a a0 m m E 30 > o 20 9 0 m 10 10 Z% E m 6 H=3ft LL _ F q �+► 030 Undeveloped 0 - — 2 12 �, Good Cover % _c H 25 Undeveloped � 0 S 18 EFair Cover .6 / / 14 o` E Undeveloped x 0 q 1 3 �2 15 0 20 Poor Cover , 0 19 zo 4 .2 16 c 18 Single Family 1717 E , (5-7 DU/AC) 16 `o_ 14 C Pavedjal 19 o 13 m KEY L-H-Tc-K-Tc' 20 c +90% Impervious ° 12 o ° 11� _ c 25 u 7 6 ORANGE COUNTY HYDROLOGY MANUAL PI Development 80- Apartment w 75 - Mobile Horne 30 ° 65- Condominium E 60- Single Family-5,000 ft2 Lot 40 -Single Family-1 /4 Acre Lot 35 20- Single Family -I Acre Lot 15 -Developed Open Space 10 - Single Family- 21/2 Acre Lot 40 EXAMPLE: ( I ) L= 55d, H=5.0', K=Single Family (5-7 DU/AC) Development, Tc=12.6 min. (2) L= 550% H= 5.0% K= Commercial Development, Tc=9.7 min. TIME OF CONCENTRATION NOMOGRAPH FOR INITIAL SUBAREA D-4 Figure D-1 TECHNICAL GUIDANCE DOCUMENT APPENDICES Worksheet D: Capture Efficiency Method for Flow -Based BMPs Graphical Operations 100% I 80% u w 70% m 3 60% a [) 5096 Tv = 40% w 3(Y% rn ca 2096 a RWAI —Tc >= 60 minutes — Tc = 30 minutes -� :c( i t �Tc - 10 minutes 411111111111 c = min tes --- Extrapolated Data 0.15 0.20 Design Intensi10-25 inlhr Provide supporting graphical operations. See Example III.7. I,es;gn = 0.23 in/hr 0.30 0.35 0.40 III-25 May 19, 2011 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project 2-Year Storm HEC-HMS Calculations JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT E -Yr, 2E Rainfall = 2.05 inches TABLE B.1. MAXIMUM PRECIPITATION FOR INDICATED DURATION D-DAYS (INCHES) BELOW 2000' ELEVATION Return Period In Yrs. 1D 2D 3D 4D 5D 6D 8D IOD 15D 20D 30D 60D 365D mom*K-Y-�� 2 2.05 2.76 3.08 3.21 3.36 3.61 3.94 4.24 4.73 5.21 6.20 8.44 13.60 3.73 4.24 4.79 5.01 5.23 5.59 6.05 6.47 7.20 7.83 9.18 12.69 19.13 10 3.68 5.23 5.92 6.22 6.50 6.94 7.44 7.94 8.79 9.49 11.07 15.48 22.56 20 4.31 6.17 6.99 7.38 7.71 8.22 8.74 9.31 10.26 11.02 12.80 18.08 25.69 25 4.49 6.46 7.33 7.75 8.09 8.63 9.15 9.74 10.72 11.49 13.34 18.90 26.66 40 4.89 7.06 8.03 8.50 8.88 9.47 9.98 10.62 10.95 12.46 14.44 20.58 28.63 50 5.07 7.35 8.35 8.86 9.25 9.86 10.38 11.03 12.11 12.91 14.95 21.37 29.55 100 5.63 8.22 9.35 9.95 10.38 11.07 11.57 12.29 13.45 14.28 16.51 23.77 32.32 ABOVE 2000' ELEVATION Return Period In Yrs. I 2D 3D 4D 5D 6D 8D IOD 15D 20D 30D 60D 365D 2 3.81 5.33 5.89 6.22 6.66 7.17 7.88 8.38 8.97 9.62 11.29 15.91 26.05 5 5.71 8.25 9.23 9.75 10.40 11.12 12.17 12.81 13.72 14.51 16.73 23.74 36.88 10 7.05 10.26 11.58 12.23 12.98 13.80 15.02 15.71 16.83 17.66 20.17 28.69 43.86 20 8.36 12.20 13.85 14.63 15.45 16.35 17.72 18.42 19.74 20.59 23.33 33.25 50.33 25 8.76 12.81 14.53 15.40 16.24 17.16 18.57 19.27 20.65 21.50 24.31 34.66 52.35 40 9.62 14.08 16.08 16.99 17.87 18.82 20.32 21.02 22.53 21.95 26.32 37.56 53.33 50 19.02 14.68 16.79 17.74 18.63 19.61 21.14 21.84 23.41 24.25 27.25 38.91 58.43 100 11.27 16.52 18.98 20.05 20.99 22.01 23.65 24.33 26.09 26.91 30.09 42.99 64.30 13 -- 5 Curve Numbers of Hydrologic Soil -Cover Complexes For Pervious Areas -AMC 11 Quality of Soil Grou Cover Type (3) Cover (2) A a c n D NATURAL COVERS - Barren 78 86 91 93 (Rockland, eroded and graded land) Chaparral, Broadleaf Poor 53 70 80 85 (Manzonita, ceanothus and scrub oak) Fair 40 63 75 81 Good 31 57 71 78 Chaparral, Narrowleaf Poor 71 82 88 91 (Chamise and redshank) Fair 55 72 81 86 Grass, Annual or Perennial Poor 67 78 86 89 50 69 79 Good 38 61 74 8 Meadows or Cienegas Poor 63 77 85 88 (Areas with seasonally high water table, Fair 51 70 80 84 principal vegetation is sod forming grass) Good 30 58 71 78 Open Brush Poor 62 76 84 88 (Soft wood shrubs - buckwheat, sage, etc.) Fair 46 66 77 83 Good 41 63 75 81 Woodland Poor 45 66 77 83 (Coniferous or broadleaf trees predominate. Fair 36 60 73 79 Canopy density is at least 50 percent.) Good 25 55 70 77 Woodland, Grass Poor 57 73 82 86 (Coniferous or broadleaf trees with canopy Fair 44 65 77 82 density from 20 to 50 percent) Good 33 58 72 79 URBAN COVERS - Residential or Commercial Landscaping Good 32 56 69 75 (Lawn, shrubs, etc.) Turf Poor 58 74 83 87 (Irrigated and mowed grass) Fair 44 65 77 82 Good 33 58 72 79 AGRICULTURAL COVERS - Fallow 77 86 91 94 (Land plowed but not tilled or seeded) ORANGE COUNTY CURVE NUMBERS FOR HYDROLOGY MANUAL PERVIOUS AREAS C- 6 Figure C-3 (I of 2) Hydrologic Element [JLB] l"T1 Subbasin Loss Transform Options Basin Dame; NB JLB Element Name: ]LB Description; '`Area HI? 0,0015374 Latitude Degrees; Longitude Deqrees; Discretization Method: —None— NO Canopy Method; '—None— Surface Method; 44one— v Loss Method; ' SCS Curve Number Transform Method: SCS Unit Hyrdrograph B03cflUi Mcthod; Nwc Ile Apply Close Hydrologic Element [JLE] Subbasin Loss Transform BaMin Name: NB JLB Element Name: JIB Initial Abstraction OM "Curve Number; .80 "Impervious (°IQ) - 94 Options Apply L�Ose Hydrologic Element [JLB] El x Subbasin Loss Transform Options Basin Name; r-aB JLB Element Name; JLB Graph Type: Standard (PU 4" :':Lag Time (MIN) 10 05 Global Summary Results for Run "Run 2 Yr 20-Hi' — 0 X PrnfPQ:NR ]LB HECHMS Simulation Rm:On 3-Yr 391I r[of Run: 0 Motley.No 3LB E dof Run'. orologlc Mood Met 2-Yr ComWfe Tune. OPTP CHBNGED� RECOMPUTE Conbo Speofimtions: Control 2 V929Hr SRow Oe,l `Element Volume Unt, 0IN Q. ACRE+ Somm HYLmlog= Hy,r= Damn;;Al P®koRtlrarye TmeofP®k Volume Den (cr-E'1 NClume �® Graph for&biral -JLB- — ❑ X SuMasln VJW'Rea lls for Run "Run 2-Yf 2"ro CL ON �B 05 aB iG oBTi 1--�- 1 15 3 ON 03M 060 NO 12M 1500 1800 21 U0 0000 03M 01.1air 22 Mar�1022 Le¢fd ((orrykT :WTROWY.a31r RECQWIFJ Rn:Wni-Vr3HIrEN:a[ABRVIAttpYbr E� � Rn'.IMbVr Mllrftnn:hlBlbyilRe:�4Nnlmi Wf® — Rn:Nn?Yr MNrF\eM.lBRs:�.WRw WaW ___ w.rw.ranxa.6w:.aupve...w61B�m 1z t2a cfz 1.0 6.e 0.6 6.a oz a6 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX H BMP Exhibit (Site Plan) JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT —OCEAN -FRONT E o i i Y 1 BASIS OF BEARINGS: I BENCHMARK: THE BASIS OF BEARINGS FOR THIS SURVEY IS THE CALIFORNIA COORDINATE SYSTEM, CCS83, ZONE VI, 2017.50 DATUM ADJUSTMENT GPS DERIVED BETWEEN OCS POINTS 6093R1 AND 6183R1. Designation: 1 E-116-99 FOUND 3 3/4" OCS ALUMINUM BENCHMARK DISK STAMPED "1E-116-99", SET IN THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF A 5.0 FT. BY 5.0 FT. CONCRETE CATCH BASIN. MONUMENT IS LOCATED ALONG THE WESTERLY SIDE OF PALM STREET, 110 FT. NORTHERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF BAY AVENUE AND 21 FT. WEST OF THE CENTERLINE OF PALM STREET. MONUMENT IS SET LEVEL WITH THE SIDEWALK. ELEVATION = 7.587 FEET, NAVD88, LEVELED 2015. FEMA BOUNDARY (ZONE VE) NO. I DATE I DESCRIPTION OF REVISIONS NON-STRUCTURAL BMP'S: O1 N3 — COMMON AREA LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT O2 N14 — COMMON AREA CATCH BASIN INSPECTION O3 N11 — COMMON AREA LITTER CONTROL O4 N15 — STREET SWEEPING OF PUBLIC STREETS & PARKING LOTS STRUCTURAL BMP'S: O S1 — PROVIDE STORM DRAIN STENCILING & SIGNAGE OS2 — DESIGN AND CONSTRUCT OUTDOOR MATERIAL STORAGE AREAS TO REDUCE POLLUTION INTRODUCTION OS3 — DESIGN AND CONSTRUCT TRASH AND WASTE STORAGE AREAS TO REDUCE POLLUTION S4 — USE EFFICIENT IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AND LANDSCAPE l� DESIGN, WATER CONSERVATION, SMART CONTROLLERS, AND SOURCE CONTROL O O S9 — OUTDOOR PROCESSING AREAS S10 — EQUIPMENT WASH AREAS LEGEND: � E E � E E � —10-9D-9D— DMA BOUNDARY PROPERTY LINE STORM DRAIN PIPING M FLOW ARROWS Aam' c CONCRETE PAVEMENT LANDSCAPING X DRAINAGE SUB —AREA LABEL X DRAINAGE SUB —AREA SIZE (ACRES) ❑■ 12X12 STORM DRAIN INLET GRAPHIC SCALE (INS) I Inch = 20 fL JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT JKA e f f k a t z ARCHITECTURE 6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 1 �.Ieffkaimmhitecture.com 4675 MACARTHUR CT. SUITE 400 NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92660 (949) 526-8460 www.bkf.com PROJECT: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING 901 EAST OCEAN FRONT NEWPORT BEACH, CA Description: Date: Exp. 03/31/24 Project Number: 181 104 Sheet Title: WQMP SITE PLAN SHEET NUMBER: 1 Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX I BMP Manufacturer Brochures JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT 81 12"Ox4" FRAME AND COVER, TYP. OF (FRAME CAST -IN) PLAN VIEW GRATEx 48"FRAME E OUTLET �6' GRATE (FRAME CAST -IN) 4"0 SDR 35 PVC 10 OUTLET COUPLING CAST INTO WALL PLAN VIEW TOP SLAB NOT SHOWN IRRIGATION SYSTEM CON DU IT 2" PJ PVC (CAST -IN) 3 PLACES COUNT DESCRIPTION INSTALLED BY PLANT. SEE INSTALLATION 1 CONTECH NOTE G MULCH. SEE INSTALLATION 12CF CONTECH NOTE G 1 ENERGY DISSIPATION ROCK CONTECH LAYER ARD FILTERRA MEDIA 84 CF STAN CONTECH 1/2 #4 ROUND AGGREGATE 24 CF UNDERDRAIN STONE (1.14 T) CONTECH 1 FILTERRA FLOWKIT 408A-5.54 CONTECH 48" x 48" STD TREE GRATE, NF 1 #87100022, 6"BREAK CONTECH 1 48" x 48" STD TREE GRATE CONTECH FRAME. 1 70 x 8" CLEANOUT (CAST -IN) CONTECH 12"0 x 4" FRAME AND COVER, 2 EJ #41610201, OR EQUIV. CONTECH (CAST -IN) 3 2"0 PVC IRRIGATION CONDUIT CONTECH 1 SEALANT FOR JOINTS CONTRACTOR PLYWOOD TRANSFER HOLE 1 CONTECH COVER WATER QUALITY 0.18 CFS FLOW RATE PEAK FLOW RATE 1.24 CFS RETURN PERIOD OF 2YRS PEAK FLOW BIOFILTRATION MEDIA 140 in/hr INFILTRATION RATE 0 F TO 0 0 0 0 0 0f Z Q %" GAP FILLED WITH ENERGY DISSIPATION O D O BUTYL MASTIC SEALANT ROCK LAYER GENERAL NOTES , LIE Q U d BY CONTRACTOR R 1. CONTECH TO PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE O L.L I­_T 106 IRRIG OPENING 2. FOR FABRICATION DRAWINGS WITH DETAILED STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS, w (.0 J = ILL.TOP OF STRUCTURE SYSTEM PLEASE CONTACT YOUR CONTECH ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS LLC REPRESENTATIVE. > 0 ofCONDUIT (� Z - ELEV.=12.95 INLET PIPE WWWCONTECH ES.COM 0 W 0 0 Q p n C? 3. FILTERRA WATER QUALITY STRUCTURE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL DESIGN DATA Z Y A 3" MULCH AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING. Z m Q VVEIF_EUEp�0_6S 4. STRUCTURE SHALL MEET PEDESTRIAN (300 PSF) LIVE LOAD WITH HS-20 SURCHARGE AND W 1 Z N H-5 LOAD AT THE CURB INLET, ASSUMING EARTH COVER OF 0"-4" AND GROUNDWATER If 1 FILTERRA AT ELEVATION. ENGINEER OF RECORD TO CONFIRM Q W 0'- 0 W f�l ACTUALON GROUNODWATEORR ELINISH EVATIONADE 5. F ILTER RA STRU CTU R E SHALL B E PRECAST CON CR ETE CON FOR M IN G TO ASTM C857,ASTM of 0 DO �TDE BOTTOf� 6" UNDERDRAIN C918 AND ACI-318 LOAD FACTOR DESIGN METHOD aLU - f OUTLET PIPE77777 ELEV. STONE 6. PLANT, MULCH, AND DISSIPATION ROCKS SUPPLIED BYCONTECH AND DELIVERED ATTIME W W _ 12"PJ PVC FLOWKIT OF SYSTEM ACTIVATION. PLANT SELECTION SHALL BE DONE BYTHE ENGINEER OF RECORD H- O LL Z IN PIPE (16"0 OPENING) OUTLET PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS J 8EN PVC INV. ELEV.=7.77 EL (1. EL OPENING) INSTALLATION NOTES LU INV. ELEV.=10.35 Z A. ANY SUB -BASE, BACKFILL DEPTH, AND/OR ANTI -FLOTATION PROVISIONS ARE SITE -SPECIFIC ELEVATION VIEW RIGHT END VIEW DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER OF RECORD B. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH SUFFICIENT LIFTING AND REACH CAPACITY TO LIFTAND SET THE FILTERRA STRUCTURE. SPREADER BAR WITH SUFFICIENT CABLE IS J REQUIRED FOR SAFETY AND REDUCTION OF DAMAGE TO CONCRETE STRUCTURE m w C. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL JOINT SEALANT BETWEEN ALL STRUCTURE SECTIONS AND _ ZO E o and eL„ ASSEMBLE STRUCTURE m D. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE, INSTALL, AND GROUT INLETAND OUTLET PIPE(S). MATCH PIPE min w m dl 0, INVERTS WITH ELEVATIONS SHOWN. ALL PIPE CENTERLINES TO MATCH PIPE OPENING " a it enm CENTERLINES m E. CONTRACTOR TO SU PPLY AND INSTALL INLET PROTECTION BAR IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL Z w u JURISDICTIONI� W v �004 F. CONTRACTOR TO TAKE APPROPRIATE MEASURES TO PROTECT FILTERRA MEDIA BAY FROM Z 3 w CONSTRUCTION -RELATED EROSION RUNOFF U G. CONTECH IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTIVATION OF THE SYSTEM WHICH INCLUDES PLANTING Z � W STRUCTURE WEIGHT OF THE SPECIFIED PLANT, MULCH INSTALLATION, AND PLACING OF DISSIPATION ROCK. DATE.. APPROXIMATE HEAVIEST PICK =30500 LBS. ACTIVATION ONLY OCCURS WHEN THE SITE IS FULLY STABILIZED WITH FINAL PAVEMENT 1/21/2022 BASE SECTION SHIPPED WITH STONE AND FILTERRA MEDIA INSTALLED INSTALLED AND SWEPT CLEAN OF CONSTRUCTION SEDIMENT DESIGNED.]APPROVED DRAM STRUCTURE DELIVERED IN 2 PIECE(S) H. CONTACT CONTECH MAINTENANCE AND FIELD OPERATIONS AT 513-645-7770 TO SCHEDULE RLH DJB ACTIVATION ceec RLKEDRLHMAX. RLH RLHSPRINKLER FOOTPRINT=7'x 11' I. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT ALL FILTERRA UNITS BE WATERED BY IRRIGATION LINES OR SYSTEMS ON A REGULAR BASIS. FILTERRA UNITS MAYBE EQUIPPED WITHPROJECT No.SEQUENCE No. CONTECH IRRIGATION HOLES FOR NEW OR EXISTING IRRIGATION LINES UPON REQUEST 698506 010 PROPOSAL PRECS SHEET. LAYOUT 6 DRAWING FTPD0608VO610-L 1 OF 1 , jl p, � i i ENGINEERED SOLUTION �� lid it 'A L_ - • AMOK G i �^"'i' ,�, ..--•... .�-� �. �� k �!\ y y'�(, A > - � � f yes , / _ ifir ^F01 i t r rJ $� 6 i i1 pl DA .rFM^g ,e � r � • ,�. ! i F i ltel.rra- High- Per Vwmance Bioretention �+ i h • � °®9 e�i9 r4 ®�oa•• ,may ul - �../rTece'bEyC�r 41 n 1a« a !^$r' - w mot. t The experts you need to Contech is the leader in stormwater solutions, helping engineers, contractors and owners with infrastructure and land development projects throughout North America. With our responsive team of stormwater experts, local regulatory expertise and flexible solutions, Contech is the trusted partner you can count on for stormwater management solutions. Your Contech Team STORMWATER CONSULTANT It's myjob to recommend the bestsolution to meet permitting requirements. STORMWATER DESIGN ENGINEER 1 workwith consultants to design the best approved solution to meetyourproject's needs. REGULATORY MANAGER 1 understand the local stormwater regulations and whatsolutions will be approved. SALES ENGINEER 1 make sure oursolutions meet the needs of the contractor during construction. r a Low Impact Development in a Arrkseen above,hi rSrormwarer Porkseen above, rheFJrena Small Footprint - Filterra° sysremsmrroundd forhecenrral courtyard allowedlorthe crearim old communlryspace with parkin,, ,MewaUs, and bencherin a goainr Filterra is an engineered high-performance bioretention downrownareaarradxionar system. While it operates similarto traditional bioretention, bmrerenron ryrem rrearng the same drainage area would have its high flow media allows for a reduction in footprint of occupied the more parr area leaving up to 9S% versus traditional bioretention practices. Filterra no mom for rhese amenties. provides a Low Impact Development (LID) solution fortight, highly developed sites such as urban development projects, commercial parking lots, residential streets, and streetscapes. Its small footprint also reduces installation and life cycle costs �� ��� ��� versus traditional bioretention. Filterra can be configured Bioretention Systems in many different ways to enhance site aesthetics, integrate �filteffd fi%oycapec with other LID practices, or increase runoff reduction through infiltration below or downstream of the system. How the Fi' Tested in the field at OStormwater enters the Filterra through a pipe, curb inlet, or sheet Flow and ponds over the pretreatment mulch layer, capturing heavy sediment and debris. Organics and microorganisms within the mulch trap and degrade metals and hydrocarbons. The mulch also provides water retention for the system's vegetation. © Stormwater Flows through engineered Filterra media which filters fine pollutants and nutrients. Organic material in the media removes dissolved metals and acts as a food source for root zone microorganisms. Treated water exits through an underdrain pipe or infiltrates (if designed accordingly). © Rootzone microorganisms digest and transform pollutants into forms easily absorbed by plants. 0 Plant roots absorb stormwater and pollutants that were transformed by microorganisms, regenerating the media's pollutant removal capacity. The roots grow, provide a hospitable environment for the rootzone microorganisms and penetrate the media, maintaining hydraulic conductivity. © The plant trunk and foliage utilize nutrients such as Nitrogen and Phosphorus for plant health, sequester heavy metals into the biomass, and provide evapotranspiration of residual water within the system. Filterra° Features and Benefits d BENEFITS High biofiltration media Flow rate (up to 175"lhr+) Greatly reduced footprintversus traditional bioretention and LID solutions Filterra system is packaged, including all components Quality control for easy, fast and successful installation necessary for system performance Quick and easy maintenance Low lifecycle costs Variety of configurations and aesthetic options Integrates easily into any site or landscape plan Natural stormwater management processes featuring Meets Low Impact Development requirements and ensures organics and vegetation Tong -term performance Select Filterra° Approvals Filterra is approved through numerous local, state and federal verification programs, including: • New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJ DEP) • Washington Department of Ecology (GULD) -Basic, Enhanced, Phosphorus, and Oil • Mary land Department of the Environment- Environmental Site Design (ESD) • Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(FCEO) • Virginia Department of Environmental Quality (VA DEO) • Maine Department of Environmental Protection (ME DEP) • Atlanta, GA Regional Commission • Los Angeles County, CA Altemateto AttaxhmentH • City of Portland, Oregon Bureau of Environmental Services • North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NC DEO) Filterra° Performance Testing Results Each ba[ch OfFJ[erra'medla has been e,ceieoeh, rored re ensure compNen[ performance everyfim e. Total Suspended Solids(TSS) 86% 3.3 Total Phosphorus -TAPE (TP) 70% 0.05 Total Nitrogen (TN) 34% 0.54 Total Copper (TCu) 55% 0.004 Total Dissolved Copper 43% 0.003 Total Zinc(TZn) 56% 0.04 Total Dissolved Zinc 54% 0.1 Source,. Total Zinc(TZn) 56% 0.04 OVA(TAPP)Field Smdy-2006 Total Petroleum Herrera ((APE) Study-2009 Hydrocarbons 87% 0.71 Herrera((APE)Study-2014 NCSfafe Study-2015 Noce 'Some jurudicriorsrecogn¢e higher removal ra[er. Conway urConrech ROrmworerConsultan[br performance eooecCcNons. Filterra° Maintenance Activation and first year of maintenance is included with every system.* With proper routine maintenance, the engineered media within the Filterra system should last as long as traditional bioretention media. Routine maintenance is included by the manufacturer on all Filterra systems for the firstyear after activation.* This includes a maximum of 2 visits to remove debris, replace pretreatment mulch, and prune the vegetation. Maintenance is low-cost, low -tech and simple: ■ Remove trash, sediment, and mulch ■ Replace with a fresh 3" layer of mulch ■ No confined space entry or special tools ■ Easily performed by landscape connactor or facilities maintenance provider 'SomeexdosiorsmayapplY All stormwater treatment systems require maintenance for effective operation. Filerra offers high performance blorerenoon ibr advanced pollomnt removal wth ecrymalnrenance. Plan[ h,mrh evmamon andpmNng is important Co encourage growth. Filterra° Configurations Multiple system configurations integrate with site hydraulic design and layout... The Filterra is available in a variety of precast configurations as well as Filterra Bioscape, which can be installed directly into an excavated basin. Bypasvia downstream catch basin. Sys =via downstream catch basin. Additional con1p urattons available, including offlrne-pipe, peak diversion -grate, and internal bypass curb -chamber Filterra° Bioscape° Oe Configurations tl19as Na aowm(ream Catch basin Byf , f, up stream rtmcture MWtplemleto➢tlons Byoas ma upstream structure Multplelnlen'tic,. *Additional configurations available, Including bioscape vaultofFline pipe. y Sr,dard Tree Grace Recesed Top Slab F Caawm/Demra[Ive Tree Grace Poff Grace wl[h Grasser I L 5 Open Top Pfanrer-Fdrerras,osape IScreer Tree An aesthetic solution to meet your bioretention needs Filterra° Bioscape° Large-scale Filterra that can be customized to your site... ■ Ideal for Filterra systems greater than 300 square feet ■ Design with or without containment structure ■ Incorporate infiltration directly below the system, where required ■ Combinewith upstream storage or downstream infiltration ■ Use as an alternative to larger regional traditional bioretention systems ■ Easily add pretreatment Hydrodynamic Separator for large-scale or heavy pollutant loading applications A partner STOR PIPE STRUCTURES SOLUTIONSUTIONSk SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS Few companies offer the wide range of high - quality stormwater resources you can find with us — state-of-the-art products, decades of expertise, and all the maintenance support you need to operate your system cost-effectively. No1H ING IN THIS CATALOG SHOULD BE CONSTRUED ASA WARRANTY APPLICATIONS SUGGESTED HEREIN ARE DESCRIBED ONLY TO HELP READERS MARE THEIR OWN EVALUATIONS AND DECISIONS AND ARE NEITHER GUARANTEES NOR WARRANTIES OF SUITABILITY FOR ANY APPLICATION. CONFECT MAKES NOwARRAN7 WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, RELATED TO THEAPPLICATIONS, MATERIALS, COATINGS, OR PRODUCTS DISCUSSED HEREIN ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MEBCHANTABwTVIWDAwMPLIED.RRANTIES OF FITNESS wBANY PARTICULAR PUBPOSEARE DISCLAIMED BVCONTECH SEE CONFECTS CONDITIONS OF SALE THE CONTECH WAY Contechm Engineered Solutions provides innovative, cost effective site solutions to engineers contractors, and developers on projects across North Americs.Our portfolio includes bridges drainage, erosion control, retaining wall, sanitary sewerand stormwater management products. TAKE THE NEXT STEP For more information: www.ContechES corn CCONTECH' ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS G�soaalwlmu= Oman 800-3381122I www.ContechES.com Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX J BMP Operations and Maintenance (0&M) Plan JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT Filterra Owner's Manual fi Ite Bioretention Systems MNTECH® ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS This Owner's Manual applies to all precast Filterra Configurations, including Filterra Bioscape Vault. i <.Se Yt l ^v � �_•�� �'-y � `` �,:, ti 0 filtera Bioretention Systems Table of Contents Introduction................................................................................4 Activation Overview.....................................................................4 Filterra Plant Selection Overview...................................................6 Warranty Overview......................................................................6 Routine Maintenance Guidelines...................................................6 Maintenance Visit Procedure.........................................................9 Appendix 1 —Activation Checklist...............................................12 Appendix 2 — Planting Requirements for Filterra Systems................13 Appendix 3 — Filterra Tree Grate Opening Expansion Procedure ....15 MNTECH® ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS www.ContechES.com/filterra 1800-338-1122 3 Introduction Thank you for your purchase of the Filterra® Bioretention System. Filterra is a specially engineered stormwater treatment system incorporating high performance biofilfration media to remove pollutants from stormwater runoff. The systems proud (vegetation and soil microorganisms) then further breakdown and absorb captured pollutants. All components of the system worl,together to provide a sustainable long-term solution for treating stormwater runoff. The Filterra system has been delivered toyou with protection in place to resist intrusion of construction related sediment which can contaminate the biofiltration media and result in inadequate system performance. These protection devices are intended as a best practice and cannot fully prevent contamination. It is the purchaser's responsibility to provide adequate measures to prevent construction related runoff from entering the Filterra system. Included with your purchase is Activation of the Filterra system by the manufacturer as well as a 1-yearwarranty from delivery of the system and 1-year of routine maintenance (mulch replacement, debris removal, and pruning of vegetation) up to twice during the first year after activation. Design and Installation Each project presents different scopes forthe use of Filterra systems. Information and help may be provided to the design engineer during the planning process. Correct Filters box sizing (by rainfall region) is essential to predict pollutant removal rates for a given area. The engineer shall submit calculations for approval by the local jurisdiction. The contractor is responsible forthe correct installation of Filters units as shown in approved plans. A comprehensive installation manual is available at www.ContechES.com. Activation Overview Activation of the Filterra system is a procedure completed by the manufacturer to place the system into working condition. This involves the following items: • Removal of construction runoff protection devices • Planting of the system's vegetation • Placement of pretreatment mulch layer using mulch certified for use in Filters systems. Activation MUST be provided by the manufacturer to ensure proper site conditions are met for Activation, proper installation of the vegetation, and use of pretreatment mulch certified for use in Filterra systems. 4 w—Conk—hES.—AIterra 1800-3381122 Minimum Requirements The minimum requirements for Filterra Activation are as follows: 2. The site landscaping must be fully stabilized, i.e. full landscaping installed and some grass cover (not just straw and seed) is required to reduce sediment transport. Construction debris and materials should be removed from surrounding area. Final paving must be completed. Final paving ensures that paving materials will not enter and contaminate the Filterra system during the paving process, and that the plant will receive runoff from the drainage area, assisting with plant survival for the Filterra system. 3. Where curb inlets are included as part of the Filterra system, Filterra throat opening should be at least 4" in order to ensure adequate capacity for inflow and debris. C4" MIN CLEAR THROAT OPENING CAST -IN -PLACE GUTTER AND THROAT OPENING (BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL STANDARDS) e e THROAT PROTECTION DEVICE DO NOT REMOVE - LEAVE IN PLACE UNTIL SITE IS STABILIZED AND FILTERRA IS ACTIVATED An Activation Checklist is included on page 12 to ensure proper conditions are met for Contech to perform the Activation services. A charge of $500.00 will be invoiced for each Activation visit requested by Customer where Contech determines that the site does not meet the conditions required for Activation. www.Contech ES.com/filterra 1800-338-1122 5 Filterra Plant Selection Overview A Plant List is available on the Contech website highlighting recommended plants for Filterra systems in your area. Keep in mind that plants are subject to availability due to seasonality and required minimum size for the Filterra system. Plants installed in the Filterra system are container plants (max 15 gallon) from nursery stock and will be immature in height and spread at Activation. It is the responsibility of the owner to provide adequate irrigation when necessary to the plant of the Filterra system. The "Planting Requirements for Filterra Systems" document is included as an appendix and discusses proper selection and care of the plants within Filterra systems. Warranty Overview Refer to the Contech Engineered Solutions LLC Stormwater Treatment System LIMITED WARRANTY for further information. The following conditions may void the Filterra system's warranty and waive the manufacturer provided Activation and Maintenance services: • Unauthorized activation or performance of any of the items listed in the activation overview • Any tampering, modifications or damage to the Filterra system or runoff protection devices • Removal of any Filterra system components • Failure to prevent construction related runoff from entering the Filterra system • Failure to properly store and protect any Filterra components (including media and underdrain stone) that may be shipped separately from the vault Routine Maintenance Guidelines With proper routine maintenance, the biofiltration media within the Filterra system should last as long as traditional bioretention media. Routine maintenance is included by the manufacturer on all Filterra systems for the first year after activation. This includes a maximum of 2 visits to remove debris, replace pretreatment mulch, and prune the vegetation. More information is provided in the Operations and Maintenance Guidelines. Some Filterra systems also contain pretreatment or outlet bays. Depending on site pollutant loading, these bays may require periodic removal of debris, however this is not included in the first year of maintenance, and would likely not be required within the first year of operation. These services, as well as routine maintenance outside of the included first year, can be provided by certified maintenance providers listed on the Contech website. Training can also be provided to other stormwater maintenance or landscape providers. 6 w .ContechES.com/filterra 1800-338-1122 Why Maintain? All sormwatenreatment Them require maintenance for effective operation. This necessity is often incorporated inyour m's propepermitting ing processas a legally binding BMP maintenance agreement. Other reasons to maintain are: • Avoiding legal challenges from your iudsdi non's maintenance enforcement program. Prolonging the expected mespan of your Fllterro media. Avoiding more costly media replacement. Helping reduce pollutant loads leaving your property Simple maintenance of the Fllterro Is required to continue effeHve pollutant removal from sormwater runoff before discharge Into downstream waters. This procedure will also extend the longevity of the living bloflner system. The unit will recycle and accumulate pollutants within the biomass, but Is also subleaed to other materials entering the Inlet. This may Include trash, silt and leaves era. which will be contained above the mulch Iota[ Too mud; silt may Inhibit the Fllterm's flow rate, which Is the reason for site stabilization before aaroation. Regular replacement of the mulch sops accumulation of such sediment. When to Maintain? Contech includes a 1-year maintenance plan with each Them purchase. Annual included maintenance consists of a maximum of two (a scheduled visits. Additional maintenance maybe necessary depending on sediment and trash loading (by Owner orat additional cosh. The start of the maintenance plan begins when the Them Is activated. Maintenance visits are typically scheduled seasonally; the spring visit aims to clean up afterwinter loads Indudlng salts and sands while the fall visit helps the Them by removing excessive leaf ones It has been found that In regions which receive between 30-50 inches of annual rainfall, (2) two visits are generally required; regions with Tess rainfall often only require (1) one visit per annum. Varying land uses can affect maintenance frequency; e.g. some fast food restaurants require more frequent resh removal. Contributing drainage areas which ore sublea to new development wherein the recommended erosion and sediment control measures have not been Implemented may require additional maintenance visits. Some sites may be subleaed to coreme sediment ortmsh Toads, requiring morefrequent maintenance visits. This Is the reason for detailed notes of maintenance anions per unit, helping the Supplier and Owner predict future maintenance frequencies, reflecting individual site conditions. Owners must promptly notity the maintenance provider of any damagem the plumps), which constitute(s) an Integral pan of the bioretemion technology. Owners should also advise other landscape or maintenance contractorsto leave all maintenance mthe Supplier (i.e. no pruning orrenoming) during the first year wnv CmredfSmmfidt.,o 16003361122 Exclusion of Services Clean up due to major contamination such as oils, chemicals, toxic spills, etc. will result in additional costs and are not covered under the Supplier maintenance contract. Should a major contamination event occur the Owner must block off the outlet pipe of the Filterra (where the cleaned runoff drains to, such as drop inlet) and block off the throat of the Filterra. The Supplier should be informed immediately. Maintenance Visit Summary Each maintenance visit consists of the following simple tasks (detailed instructions below). 1 . Inspection of Filterra and surrounding area 2. Removal of tree grate (where applicable) and erosion control stones 3. Removal of debris, trash and mulch 4. Mulch replacement 5. Plant health evaluation and pruning or replacement as necessary b. Clean area around Filterra 7. Complete paperwork Maintenance Tools, Safety Equipment and Supplies Ideal tools include: camera, bucket, shovel, broom, pruners, hoe/rake, and tape measure. Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) should be used in accordance with local or company procedures. This may include impervious gloves where the type of trash is unknown, high visibility clothing and barricades when working in close proximity to traffic and also safety hats and shoes. A T-Bar or crowbar should be used for moving the tree grates, where applicable (up to 170 Ibs each). If tree grate opening expansion is necessary, safety glasses/goggles and a 31b or greater mini sledgehammer are required. Most visits require minor trash removal and a full replacement of mulch. See below for actual number of bagged mulch that is required in each media bay size. Mulch should be a double shredded, hardwood variety. Some visits may require additional Filterra engineered soil media available from the Supplier. Media Bay Length Media Bay Width Filter Surface Area (ft2) Volume at 3" (ft) # of 2 ft3 Mulch Bags Other sizes not listed - 1 bag per 8 ft2 of media. www.ContechES.com/filterra 1800-338-1122 Maintenance Visit Procedure Keep sufficient documentation of maintenance actions to predict location specific maintenance frequencies and needs. An example Maintenance Report is included in this manual. 1. Inspection of Filterra and surrounding area • Record individual unit before maintenance with photograph (numbered). Record on Maintenance Report (see example in this document) the following: Record on Maintenance Report the following: W Standing Water yes no Damage to Box Structure yes no Damage to Grate (if applicable) yes no Is Bypass Clear yes no If yes answered to any of these observations, record with close-up photograph (numbered). 2. Removal of tree grate (if applicable) and erosion control stones • Remove cast iron grates for access into Filterra box (if applicable). • Dig out silt (if any) and mulch and remove trash & foreign items. 3. Removal of debris, trash and mulch Novi Record on Maintenance Report the following: Silt/Clay yes no Cups/ Bags yes no Leaves boh yes no Buckets Removed • After removal of mulch and debris, measure distance from the top of the Filterra engineered media soil to the top of the top slab. Compare the measured distance to the distance shown on the approved Contract Drawings for the system. Add Filterra media (not top soil or other) to bring media up as needed to distance indicated on drawings. Record on Maintenance Report the following: W Distance to Top of Top Slab (inches) Inches of Media Added www.ContechES.com/filterra 1800-338-1122 9 4. Mulch replacement • Add double shredded mulch evenly across the entire unit to a depth of 3". • Refer to Filters Mulch Specifications for information on acceptable sources. • Ensure correct repositioning of erosion control stones by the Filterra inlet to allow for entry of trash during a storm event. • Replace Filterra grates (if applicable) correctly using appropriate lif ing or moving tools, taking care not to damage the plant. • Where applicable, if 6" free grate opening is too close to plant trunk, the grate opening may be expanded to 12" using a mini sledgehammer. Refer to instructions in Appendix 3. 5. Plant health evaluation and pruning or replacement as necessary • Examine the plant's health and replace if necessary. • Prune as necessary to encourage growth in the correct directions Record on M.irtencunce Report the following: Height above top of Filterra Unit _ (ft) Width at Widest Point _ (ft) Health healthy I unhealthy Damage to Plant yes no Plant Replaced yes no 6. Clean area around Filterra Clean area around unit and remove all refuse to be disposed of appropriately. 7. Complete paperwork • Deliver Maintenance Report and photographs to appropriate location (normally Cortech during maintenance contract period). • Some jurisdictions may require submission of maintenance reports in accordance with approvals. It is the responsibility of the Owner to comply with local regulations. 10 w—Conk—hES.—AIterra 1 800 338 112 2 Maintenance Checklist Drainage System Failure Problem Conditions to Check Condition that Should Exist Actions Excessive Accumulated sediments or Inlet should be free of Inlet sediment or trash trash impair free flow of water obstructions allowing free Sediments and/or trash should accumulation. into Filters. distributed flow of water into be removed. Filters. Trash and debris should be Mulch Cover Trash and floatable Excessive trash and/or debris Minimal trash or other debris removed and mulch cover raked debris accumulation. accumulation. on mulch cover. level. Ensure bark nugget mulch is not used. "Ponding" in unit could be "Ponding" of water indicative of clogging due Stormwater should drain Recommend contact Mulch Cover on mulch cover. to excessive fine sediment freely and evenly through manufacturer and replace mulch accumulation or spill of mulch cover. as a minimum. petroleum oils. Soil/mulch too wet, evidence of Vegetation Plants not growing spill. Incorrect plant selection. Plants should be healthy and Contact manufacturer for advice. or in poor condition. Pest infestation. Vandalism to pest free. plants. Plant growth Plants should be appropriate Trim/prune plants in accordance Vegetation to the species and location of with typical landscaping and excessive. Filters. safety needs. Cracks wider than 1/2 inch Structure Structure has visible or evidence of soil particles Vault should be repaired. cracks. entering the structure through the cracks. Maintenance is ideally to be performed twice annually. Filterra Inspection & Maintenance Log Filterra System Size/Model: Location: Date Mulch & Debris Removed Depth of Mulch Added Mulch grand Height of Vegetation Above Top of Vault Vegetation Species Issues with System Comments www.ContechES.com/filterra 1800-338-1122 Appendix 1 - Filterra® Activation Checklist C� NTECH® ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS Project Name: Site Contact Name: Site Owner/End User Name: Preferred Activation Date: Company: Site Contact Phone/Email: Site Owner/End User Phone/Email: (provide 2 weeks minimum from date this form is submitted) Final Pavement Landscaping Construction Throat Site System Size / Top Coat Complete materials / Opening Plant Species Designation Complete / Grass Piles / Debris Measures 4" Requested Emerging Removed Min. Height ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ No ❑ N/A Attach additional sheets as necessary. NOTE: A charge of $500.00 will be invoiced for each Activation visit requested by Customer where Contech determines that the site does not meet the conditions required for Activation. ONLY Contech authorized representatives can perform Activation of Filterra systems; unauthorized Activations will void the system warranty and waive manufacturer supplied Activation and 1 st Year Maintenance. Signature 12 www.ContechES.com/ilterra 1800-338-1122 Date Appendix 2 - Planting Requirements for Filterra° Systems Plant Material Selection Select Elaot(s) as specified in the engineering plans and specifications. Select plants) with full root development but not to the point where root bound. Use local nursery container plants only. Ball and budapped plants are not permitted. For precast Filterra systems with a tree grate, plants) must not have scaffold limbs at east 14 inches from the crown due to spacing between the top of the mulch and the tree grate. Lower branches can be pruned away provided there are sufficient scaffold branches fortree orshrub development. CROWN GRAFT For precast Filterra systems with a tree grate, atthe time of installation, It Is required _ _ _f IL SURFACE that plants) must be at least 6" above the tree grate opening at installation forall Filterra configurations. This DOES NOT apply to Full Grate Cover designs. Plant(s) shall not have a mature height greaterthan 25 feet. For standard 21" media depth, a 7— 15 gallon container size shall be used. Media less than 21" (Filterra boxes only) may require smaller container plants. For precast Filterra systems, plants) should have a single trunk at installation, and pruning may be necessary at activation and maintenance for some with a tree grate of the faster growing species, or species known to produce basal sprouts. Plant Installation During transport protectthe plant foliage from wind and excessive jostling. Promo removing the plants) from the container, ensure the soil moisture is sufficient to maintain the integrity of the root ball. If needed, pre -wet the container plant. Cut away any roots which are growing out of the containerdrain holes. Plants with excessive root growth from the drain holes should be rejected. Plant(s) should be carefully removed from the pot by gently pounding on the sides of the containerwith the fist to loosen root ball. Then carefully slide out Do not IN plant(s) by trunk as this can break roots and cause soil to fall off. Fxtractthe root ball in a horizontal position and support itto prevent It {rom breaking apart. Alternatively the pot can be cut away to minimize root ball disturbance. Remove any excess soil from above the rootflam after removing plant(s) from container. Excavate a hole with a diameter4" greaterthan the root ball, gently place the plant(s). If plant(s) have any circling roots from being pot bound, gently tease them loose without breaking them. If root ball has a root mat on the bottom, it should be shaved off with a knife just above the mat line. Plant the free/shrub/grasswith the top of the root ball 1" above surrounding media to allow for settling. All plants should have the main stem centered in thetree grate (where applicable) upon completion of installation. With all trees/shrubs, remove dead, diseased, crossed/rubbing, sharply crotched branches or branches growing excessively long orinwrong direction compared to majority of branches. To prevent ransplant shock (especially if planting takes place in the hot season), it may be necessaryto prune some of the foliage to compensate for reduced root uptake capacity. This is accomplished by pruning away some of the smaller secondary branches or main scaffold branch if there are too many. Too much foliage relative to the root ball can dehydrate and damage the plant. Plant staking may be required. www.ConrechES.com/filrena j 800-338-1122 Mulch Installation • Only mulch that meets Contech Engineered Solutions' mulch specifications can be used in the Filterra system. • Mulch must be applied to a depth of 3" evenly overthe surface of the media. Irrigation Requirements • Each Filterra system must receive adequate irrigation to ensure survival of the living system during periods of drier weather. • Irrigation sources include rainfall runoff from downspouts and/or cutter flow, applied water through the top/free grate or in some cases from an irrigation system with emitters installed during construction. • At Activation: Apply about one (cool climates) to two (warm climates) gallons of wafer per inch of trunk diameter over the root ball. • During Establishment: In common with all plants, each Filterra plant will require more frequent watering during the establishment period. One inch of applied wafer perweek for the first three months is recommended for cooler climates (2 to 3 inches forwarmer climates). If the system is receiving rainfall runoff from the drainage area, then irrigation may not be needed. Inspection of the soil moisture content can be evaluated by gently brushing aside the mulch layer and feeling the soil. Be sure to replace the mulch when the assessment is complete. Irrigate as needed**. • Established Plants: Established plants have fully developed roof systems and can access the entire wafer column in the media. Therefore irrigation is less frequent but requires more applied water when performed. For a mature system assume 3.5 inches of available waterwithin the media matrix. Irrigation demand can be estimated as 1" of irrigation demand perweek. Therefore if dry periods exceed 3 weeks, irrigation may be required. It is also important to recognize that plants which are exposed to windy areas and reflected heat from paved surfaces may need more frequent irrigation. Long term care should develop a history which is more site specific. ** Five gallons per square yard approximates 1 inch of wafer Therefore for a 6' by 6' Filterra approximately 20-60 gallons of wafer is needed. To ensure even distribution of wafer it needs to be evenly sprinkled over the entire surface of the filter bed, with special attention to make sure the root ball is completely wetted. NOTE: if needed, measure the time it fakes to fill a five gallon bucket to estimate the applied waterflow rate then calculate the time needed to irrigate the Filterra. For example, if the flow rate of the sprinkler is 5 gallons/minute then it would fake 12 minutes to irrigate a 6' by 6' filter. 14 w—Conk—hES.—AIterra 1800-3381122 Appendix 3 - Filterra° Tree Grate Opening Expansion Procedure The standard grates used on all Filterra configurations that employ Tree Grates are fabricated with a 6" opening that is designed with a breakaway section that can be removed, allowing the grate opening to be expanded to 12" as the tree matures and the trunk widens. The following tools are required to expand the opening: • Mini sledgehammer (3 lb. or greater) • Safety Glasses / Goggles The following guidelines should be followed to properly expand the tree opening from 6" to 12": Remove the grate from the Filterra frame, place it flat on a hard surface, and support the grate by stepping on the edge or using other weighted items such as a few mulch bags if this is being done during a Filterra maintenance event. Put on safety glasses/goggles. Align the mini sledgehammer as shown in the figure to the left. The head of the sledgehammer should be aimed just inside the wide cast iron bar between the larger grate section and the breakaway section. 2. Repeatedly hit the grate at this spot with the mini sledgehammer. 3. After several hits, the breakaway section should snap cleanly off of the larger grate section. Reinstall the grate into the Filterra grate frame. Recycle or dispose of the breakaway section per local guidelines. w...ContechES.compii lterra 1800-338-1122 15 0 fifira Bioretention Systems C� NTECH® ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS 9025 Centre Pointe Drive, Suite 400 West Chester, OH 45069 info@conteches.com 1800-338-1122 www.ContechES.com © 2021 Contech Engineered Solutions LTC, a QUIKRETE Company ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. NOTHING IN THIS CATALOG SHOULD BE CONSTRUED AS A WARRANTY. APPLICATIONS SUGGESTED HEREIN ARE DESCRIBED ONLY TO HELP READERS MAKE THEIR OWN EVALUATIONS AND DECISIONS, AND ARE NEITHER GUARANTEES NOR WARRANTIES OF SUITABILITY FOR ANY APPLICATION. CON TECH MAKES NO WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS, MATERIALS, COATINGS, OR PRODUCTS DISCUSSED HEREIN. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED BY CONTECH. EDE 6/21 SEE CONTECH'S CONDITIONS OF SALE (,AVAILABLE AT W W WCONTECHES.COM/COS) FOR MORE INFORMATION. Priority Project Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) Junior Lifeguard Building Project APPENDIX L Geotechnical Report (For Reference Only) JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED JUNIOR LIFEGUARD FACILITY 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA PREPARED FOR JEFF KATZ ARCHITECTURE NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 SEPTEMBER 5, 2019 REVISED FEBRUARY 1, 2022 GEOCON W E S T, I N C. G E O T E C H N I C A L Project No. W1033-88-01 September 5, 2019 Revised February 1, 2022 Mr. Jeff Katz Jeff Katz Architecture 6353 Del Cerro Boulevard San Diego, California 92120 ■ ENVIRONMENTAL ■ Subject: GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED JUNIOR LIFEGUARD FACILITY 901 EAST OCEAN, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA Dear Mr. Katz: MATE R I A L S <<] In accordance with your authorization of our proposal dated July 9, 2019, we have prepared this geotechnical investigation report for the proposed junior lifeguard facility to be located within Parking Lot A at the subject site. The accompanying report presents the findings of our study, and our conclusions and recommendations pertaining to the geotechnical aspects of proposed design and construction. Based on the results of our investigation, it is our opinion that the project can be developed as proposed provided the recommendations in this report are followed and implemented during design and construction. If you have any questions regarding this report, or if we may be of further service, please contact the undersigned. Very truly yours, GEOCON WEST, INC. P OFESSfp4 CO wrn C87439 X -�C 1V1\1 0 Petrina Zen PE 87489 (EMAIL) Addressee Susan Kirkgard CEG 1754 QROF ESSIpN� �O ,ENO Mqs l� W GE3092 °Tc,�N 4 of c AI AN Jelisa Thomas Adams GE 3 092 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE.................................................................................................................1 2. SITE CONDITIONS & PROJECT DESCRIPTION.......................................................................1 3. GEOLOGIC SETTING....................................................................................................................2 4. SOIL AND GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS.........................................................................................2 4.1 Artificial Fill..........................................................................................................................2 4.2 Beach Deposits......................................................................................................................3 4.3 Old Marine Deposits..............................................................................................................3 5. GROUNDWATER...........................................................................................................................3 6. GEOLOGIC HAZARDS..................................................................................................................4 6.1 Surface Fault Rupture............................................................................................................4 6.2 Seismicity...............................................................................................................................5 6.3 Seismic Design Criteria.........................................................................................................5 6.4 Liquefaction Potential............................................................................................................7 6.5 Lateral Spreading...................................................................................................................8 6.6 Slope Stability........................................................................................................................9 6.7 Earthquake -Induced Flooding................................................................................................9 6.8 Tsunamis, Seiches, and Flooding...........................................................................................9 6.9 Oil Fields & Methane Potential...........................................................................................10 6.10 Subsidence...........................................................................................................................10 7. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.........................................................................11 7.1 General.................................................................................................................................11 7.2 Soil and Excavation Characteristics.....................................................................................13 7.3 Minimum Resistivity, pH, and Water -Soluble Sulfate........................................................13 7.4 Grading................................................................................................................................14 7.5 Ground Improvement - Rapid Impact Compaction.............................................................16 7.6 Mat Foundation Design........................................................................................................17 7.7 Miscellaneous Foundations..................................................................................................18 7.8 Lateral Design......................................................................................................................19 7.9 Exterior Concrete Slabs-on-Grade.......................................................................................19 7.10 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations...........................................................................20 7.11 Retaining Wall Design.........................................................................................................21 7.12 Retaining Wall Drainage......................................................................................................23 7.13 Temporary Excavations.......................................................................................................24 7.14 Surface Drainage..................................................................................................................24 7.15 Plan Review.........................................................................................................................25 LIMITATIONS AND UNIFORMITY OF CONDITIONS LIST OF REFERENCES TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) MAPS, TABLES, AND ILLUSTRATIONS Figure 1, Vicinity Map Figure 2, Site Plan Figure 3, Regional Fault Map Figure 4, Regional Seismicity Map Figures 5 and 6, DE Empirical Estimation of Liquefaction Potential Figures 7 and 8, NICE Empirical Estimation of Liquefaction Potential Figures 9 and 10, Retaining Wall Drain Detail APPENDIX A FIELD INVESTIGATION Figures At and A2, Boring Logs APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING Figures B 1 and B2, Direct Shear Test Results Figures B3 through B9, Consolidation Test Results Figure B 10, Grain Size Analysis Test Results Figure B11, Expansion Index Test Results Figure B 12, Modified Compaction Test Results Figure B 13, Corrosivity Test Results GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE This report presents the results of a geotechnical investigation for the proposed junior lifeguard facility located within Parking Lot A at the subject site (Vicinity Map, Figure 1). The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the subsurface soil and geologic conditions underlying the area of proposed construction and, based on conditions encountered, to provide conclusions and recommendations pertaining to the geotechnical aspects of proposed design and construction. The scope of this investigation included a site reconnaissance, field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and the preparation of this report. The site was explored on August 5, 2019 by excavating two 8-inch diameter borings to depths of approximately 20'/z feet and 50'/z feet below the existing ground surface using a truck -mounted mud -rotary drilling machine. The approximate locations of the exploratory borings are depicted on the Site Plan (see Figure 2). A detailed discussion of the field investigation, including boring logs, is presented in Appendix A. Laboratory tests were performed on selected soil samples obtained during the investigation to determine pertinent physical and chemical soil properties. Appendix B presents a summary of the laboratory test results. The recommendations presented herein are based on analysis of the data obtained during the investigation and our experience with similar soil and geologic conditions. References reviewed to prepare this report are provided in the List ofReferences section. If project details vary significantly from those described herein, Geocon should be contacted to determine the necessity for review and possible revision of this report. 2. SITE CONDITIONS & PROJECT DESCRIPTION The subject site is located at 901 East Ocean in the City of Newport Beach, California. The existing parking lot (Parking Lot A) is bounded by the Newport Balboa Bike Trail and residential structures to the north, by a grass field park to the east, by the beach and ocean to the south, and by Balboa Pier to the west. The area of the proposed construction is currently an asphalt paved parking lot. Surface water drainage at the site appears to be by sheet flow along the ground surface to area drains and the city streets. Vegetation onsite consists of grass and trees. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 1 - Revised February I, 2022 Information concerning the proposed project was furnished by the client. It is our understanding that the proposed development will consist of a new 5,600 square -foot Junior Lifeguard Facility, as well as miscellaneous paving and utility improvements. We assume that the proposed structure will be single -story. Due to the preliminary nature of the project, formal plans depicting the proposed development are not available for inclusion in this report. The existing site conditions are depicted on the Site Plan (see Figure 2). Based on the preliminary nature of the design at this time, wall and column loads were not available. It is anticipated that column loads for the proposed structure will be up to 100 kips, and wall loads will be up to 2 kips per linear foot. Once the design phase proceeds to a more finalized plan, the recommendations within this report should be reviewed and revised, if necessary. Geocon should be contacted to determine the necessity for review and possible revision of this report. 3. GEOLOGIC SETTING The subject site is located on Balboa Peninsula, a narrow strip of land at the southern edge of the Orange County Coastal Plain, bound by Newport Harbor to the north and the Pacific Ocean to the south. The Coastal Plain is a relatively flat -lying alluviated surface with an average slope of less than 20 feet per mile. The lowland surface is bounded by hills and mountains on the north and east and by the Pacific Ocean to the south and southwest (Department of Water Resources, 1967). Prominent structural features within the Orange County Coastal Plain include the central lowland plain, the northwest trending line of low hills and mesas near the coast underlain by the Newport -Inglewood Fault Zone (Newport Mesa, Huntington Beach Mesa, Bolsa Chica Mesa, and Landing Hill), and the San Joaquin Hills to the southeast (Department of Water Resources, 1967). 4. SOIL AND GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS Based on our field investigation and published geologic maps of the area, the site is underlain by artificial fill and Holocene age beach deposits that are in turn underlain by Pleistocene age marine deposits (CDMG, 1981; CGS, 2012). Detailed stratigraphic profiles of the materials encountered at the site are provided on the boring logs in Appendix A. 4.1 Artificial Fill Artificial fill was encountered in our field explorations to a maximum depth of 11/z feet below existing ground surface. The artificial fill generally consists of light brown poorly graded sand with some shell fragments. The artificial fill is characterized as moist and medium dense. The fill is likely the result of past grading or construction activities at the site. Deeper fill may exist between excavations and in other portions of the site that were not directly explored. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 -2- Revised February I, 2022 4.2 Beach Deposits The artificial fill is underlain by Holocene age unconsolidated beach deposits consisting of light brown fine- to medium -grained sand. The beach deposits extend to depths of approximately 9'/z to 11 feet beneath the existing ground surface and are characterized as loose to medium dense and moist to wet. 4.3 Old Marine Deposits Pleistocene age marine deposits were encountered beneath the younger beach deposits and consist primarily of light brown to brown, gray to olive gray, or olive brown poorly -graded sand and silty sand with varying amounts of shell fragments. The marine deposits are primarily moist to wet and medium dense to very dense. 5. GROUNDWATER Review of the Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Newport Beach Quadrangle (California Division of Mines and Geology [CDMG], 1997a) indicates that the historically highest groundwater level in the area is less than 10 feet beneath the ground surface. Groundwater information presented in this document is generated from data collected in the early 1900's to the late 1990s. Based on current groundwater basin management practices, it is unlikely that groundwater levels will ever exceed the historic high levels. Groundwater was encountered in borings B 1 and B2 at depths of 7 and 6 feet below the existing ground surface, respectively. Given the proximity of the site to the coastline, the depth to groundwater is likely influenced by tidal fluctuations. Based on these considerations, groundwater may be encountered during construction. Also, it is not uncommon for groundwater levels to vary seasonally or for groundwater seepage conditions to develop where none previously existed, especially in impermeable fine-grained soils which are heavily irrigated or after seasonal rainfall. In addition, recent requirements for stormwater infiltration could result in shallower seepage conditions in the immediate site vicinity. Proper surface drainage of irrigation and precipitation will be critical for future performance of the project. Recommendations for drainage are provided in the Surface Drainage section of this report (see Section 7.14). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 3 - Revised February I, 2022 6. GEOLOGIC HAZARDS 6.1 Surface Fault Rupture The numerous faults in Southern California include active, potentially active, and inactive faults. The criteria for these major groups are based on criteria developed by the California Geological Survey (CGS, formerly known as CDMG) for the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone Program (CGS, 2018). By definition, an active fault is one that has had surface displacement within Holocene time (about the last 11,700 years). A potentially active fault has demonstrated surface displacement during Quaternary time (approximately the last 1.6 million years), but has had no known Holocene movement. Faults that have not moved in the last 1.6 million years are considered inactive. The site is not within a state -designated Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone (CGS, 2019a and 2019b;) for surface fault rupture hazards. No active or potentially active faults with the potential for surface fault rupture are known to pass directly beneath the site. Therefore, the potential for surface rupture due to faulting occurring beneath the site during the design life of the proposed development is considered low. However, the site is located in the seismically active Southern California region, and could be subjected to moderate to strong ground shaking in the event of an earthquake on one of the many active Southern California faults. The faults in the vicinity of the site are shown in Figure 3, Regional Fault Map. The closest surface trace of an active fault to the site is the Newport -Inglewood Fault Zone located approximately 0.6 mile to the south-southwest (Ziony and Jones, 1989). Other nearby active faults are the Palos Verdes Fault Zone (offshore segment), the Whittier Fault, and the Elsinore Fault located approximately 12.5 miles southwest, 22.5 miles north-northeast, and 23.5 miles northeast of the site, respectively (Ziony and Jones, 1989). The active San Andreas Fault Zone is located approximately 54 miles northeast of the site (Ziony and Jones, 1989). Several buried thrust faults, commonly referred to as blind thrusts, underlie the Los Angeles Basin and the Orange County Coastal Plain at depth. These faults are not exposed at the ground surface and are typically identified at depths greater than 3.0 kilometers. The October 1, 1987, Ms 5.9 Whittier Narrows earthquake and the January 17, 1994, Mv, 6.7 Northridge earthquake were a result of movement on the Puente Hills Blind Thrust and the Northridge Thrust, respectively. These thrust faults and others in the greater Los Angeles area are not exposed at the surface and do not present a potential surface fault rupture hazard at the site; however, these deep thrust faults are considered active features capable of generating future earthquakes that could result in moderate to significant ground shaking at the site. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 4 - Revised February I, 2022 6.2 Seismicity As with all of Southern California, the site has experienced historic earthquakes from various regional faults. The seismicity of the region surrounding the site was formulated based on research of an electronic database of earthquake data. The epicenters of recorded earthquakes with magnitudes equal to or greater than 5.0 in the site vicinity are depicted on Figure 4, Regional Seismicity Map. A partial list of moderate to major magnitude earthquakes that have occurred in the Southern California area within the last 100 years is included in the following table. LIST OF HISTORIC EARTHQUAKES Earthquake (Oldest to Youngest) Date of Earthquake Magnitude Distance to Epicenter (Miles) Direction to Epicenter Near Redlands July 23, 1923 6.3 46 NE Long Beach March 10, 1933 6.4 4 WNW Tehachapi July 21, 1952 7.5 116 NW San Fernando February 9, 1971 6.6 63 NW Whittier Narrows October 1, 1987 5.9 33 NNW Sierra Madre June 28, 1991 5.8 46 N Landers June 28, 1992 7.3 93 ENE Big Bear June 28, 1992 6.4 74 ENE Northridge January 17, 1994 6.7 56 NW Hector Mine October 16, 1999 7.1 116 NE Rid ecrest July 5, 2019 7.1 150 1 N The site could be subjected to strong ground shaking in the event of an earthquake. However, this hazard is common in Southern California and the effects of ground shaking can be mitigated if the proposed structures are designed and constructed in conformance with current building codes and engineering practices. 6.3 Seismic Design Criteria The following table summarizes site -specific design criteria obtained from the 2019 California Building Code (CBC; Based on the 2018 International Building Code [IBC] and ASCE 7-16), Chapter 16 Structural Design, Section 1613 Earthquake Loads. The data was calculated using the online application Seismic Design Maps, provided by OSHPD. The short spectral response uses a period of 0.2 second. We evaluated the Site Class based on the discussion in Section 1613.2.2 of the 2019 CBC and Table 20.3-1 of ASCE 7-16. The values presented below are for the risk -targeted maximum considered earthquake (MCER). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 5 - Revised February I, 2022 2019 CBC SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS Parameter Value 2019 CBC Reference Site Class D Section 1613.2.2 MCEe Ground Motion Spectral Response 1.397g Figure 1613.2.1(1) Acceleration — Class B (short), Ss MCER Ground Motion Spectral Response 0.496g Figure 1613.2.1(2) Acceleration—ClassB (1 sec), Si Site Coefficient, FA 1.0 Table 1613.2.3(1) Site Coefficient, Fv 1.804* Table 1613.2.3(2) Site Class Modified NICER Spectral Response 1.397g Section 1613.2.3 (Eqn 16-36) Acceleration (short), SMs Site Class Modified NICER Spectral Response 0.894g* Section 1613.2.3 (Eqn 16-37) Acceleration —(1 sec), SMi 5% Damped Design Spectral Response Acceleration (short), Sns 0.931g Section 1613.2.4 (Eqn 16-38) 5% Damped Design Spectral Response Acceleration (1 sec), Sm 0.596g* Section 1613.2.4 (Eqn 16-39) Note: *Per Section 11.4.8 of ASCE/SEI 7-16, a ground motion hazard analysis shall be performed for projects for Site Class "E" sites with Ss greater than or equal to 1.0g, and for Site Class "D" and "E" sites with S 1 greater than 0.2g. Section 11.4.8 also provides exceptions which indicates that the ground motion hazard analysis may be waived provided the exceptions are followed. Using the code based values presented in the table above, in lieu of a performing a ground motion hazard analysis, requires the exceptions outlined in ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4.8 be followed. The table below presents the mapped maximum considered geometric mean (MCEG) seismic design parameters for projects located in Seismic Design Categories of D through F in accordance with ASCE 7-16. ASCE 7-16 PEAK GROUND ACCELERATION Parameter Value ASCE 7-16 Reference Mapped MCEG Peak Ground Acceleration, 0.613g Figure 22-9 PGA Site Coefficient, FPGA 1.1 Table 11.8-1 Site Class Modified MCEG Peak Ground 0.674g Section 11.8.3 (Eqn 11.8-1) Acceleration, PGAM Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 6 - Revised February I, 2022 The Maximum Considered Earthquake Ground Motion (MCE) is the level of ground motion that has a 2 percent chance of exceedance in 50 years, with a statistical return period of 2,475 years. According to the 2019 California Building Code and ASCE 7-16, the NICE is to be utilized for the evaluation of liquefaction, lateral spreading, seismic settlements, and it is our understanding that the intent of the Building code is to maintain "Life Safety" during a NICE event. The Design Earthquake Ground Motion (DE) is the level of ground motion that has a 10 percent chance of exceedance in 50 years, with a statistical return period of 475 years. Deaggregation of the NICE peak ground acceleration was performed using the USGS online Unified Hazard Tool, 2014 Conterminous U.S. Dynamic edition (v4.2.0). The result of the deaggregation analysis indicates that the predominant earthquake contributing to the NICE peak ground acceleration is characterized as a 6.66 magnitude event occurring at a hypocentral distance of 7.65 kilometers from the site. Deaggregation was also performed for the Design Earthquake (DE) peak ground acceleration, and the result of the analysis indicates that the predominant earthquake contributing to the DE peak ground acceleration is characterized as a 6.55 magnitude occurring at a hypocentral distance of 17.41 kilometers from the site. Conformance to the criteria in the above tables for seismic design does not constitute any kind of guarantee or assurance that significant structural damage or ground failure will not occur if a large earthquake occurs. The primary goal of seismic design is to protect life, not to avoid all damage, since such design may be economically prohibitive. 6.4 Liquefaction Potential Liquefaction is a phenomenon in which loose, saturated, relatively cohesionless soil deposits lose shear strength during strong ground motions. Primary factors controlling liquefaction include intensity and duration of ground motion, gradation characteristics of the subsurface soils, in -situ stress conditions, and the depth to groundwater. Liquefaction is typified by a loss of shear strength in the liquefied layers due to rapid increases in pore water pressure generated by earthquake accelerations. The current standard of practice, as outlined in the "Recommended Procedures for Implementation of DMG Special Publication 117, Guidelines for Analyzing and Mitigating Liquefaction in California" and "Special Publication 117A, Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California" requires liquefaction analysis to a depth of 50 feet below the lowest portion of the proposed structure. Liquefaction typically occurs in areas where the soils below the water table are composed of poorly consolidated, fine to medium -grained, primarily sandy soil. In addition to the requisite soil conditions, the ground acceleration and duration of the earthquake must also be of a sufficient level to induce liquefaction. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 7 - Revised February I, 2022 The State of California Seismic Hazard Zone Map for the Newport Beach Quadrangle (1997b) indicates that the site is located in an area designated as having a potential for liquefaction. In addition, the City of Newport Beach (2006) indicates that the site is located within an area identified as having a potential for liquefaction. Liquefaction analysis of the soils underlying the site was performed using an updated version of the spreadsheet template LIQ2_30.WQ1 developed by Thomas F. Blake (1996). This program utilizes the 1996 NCEER method of analysis. This semi -empirical method is based on a correlation between values of Standard Penetration Test (SPT) resistance and field performance data. The liquefaction analysis was performed for a Design Earthquake level by using a high groundwater table of 5 feet below the ground surface, a magnitude 6.68 earthquake, and a peak horizontal acceleration of 0.490g (2/sPGAM). The enclosed liquefaction analysis, included herein for boring B1, indicates that the alluvial soils below the historic high groundwater level could be susceptible to approximately 1.1 inches of total settlement during Design Earthquake ground motion (see enclosed calculation sheets, Figures 5 and 6). It is our understanding that the intent of the Building Code is to maintain "Life Safety" during Maximum Considered Earthquake level events. Therefore, additional analysis was performed to evaluate the potential for liquefaction during a NICE event. The structural engineer should evaluate the proposed structure for the anticipated NICE liquefaction induced settlements and verify that anticipated deformations would not cause the foundation system to lose the ability to support the gravity loads and/or cause collapse of the structure. The liquefaction analysis was also performed for the Maximum Considered Earthquake level by using a high groundwater table of 5 feet below the ground surface, a magnitude 6.78 earthquake, and a peak horizontal acceleration of 0.734g (PGAM). The enclosed liquefaction analysis, included herein for boring B1, indicates that the alluvial soils below the historic high groundwater level could be susceptible to approximately 1.1 inches of total settlement during Maximum Considered Earthquake ground motion (see enclosed calculation sheets, Figures 7 and 8). 6.5 Lateral Spreading Lateral spread occurs as a result of liquefaction induced lateral ground movement and typically occurs due to the presence of liquefiable soils over a gently sloping ground surface or sloping geologic contact. For the purposes of this report, we have assumed that the marine terrace deposits underlying the potentially liquefiable soils may be sloping away from the site at a gradient of 0.5 percent. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 8 - Revised February I, 2022 Analysis of the potential for lateral spread was performed using the method proposed by Zhang et. al. (2004) to evaluate the potential for lateral spread and the resulting lateral displacements. The analyses of lateral spread were performed by assuming a high groundwater table of 5 feet below the surface, a magnitude 6.67 earthquake, a peak horizontal acceleration of 0.734g (PGAM), and a ground slope of 0.5 percent. Based on the results of the analyses, it is anticipated that lateral displacements of 1.5 feet could occur at the ground surface (see enclosed calculation sheet, Figure 8). The foundation design recommendations presented in this report are intended to minimize the effects of lateral spread on the proposed improvements. 6.6 Slope Stability The topography at the site is relatively level and the site is not located within an area identified as having a potential for slope instability (CDMG, 1997b; City of Newport Beach, 2006). There are no known landslides near the site, nor is the site in the path of any known or potential landslides. Therefore, the potential for slope stability hazards to adversely affect the proposed development is considered low. 6.7 Earthquake -Induced Flooding Earthquake -induced flooding is inundation caused by failure of dams or other water -retaining structures due to earthquakes. Based on a review of the City of Newport Beach (2006) and the Orange County Safety Element (2004), the site is not located within a potential inundation area for an earthquake -induced dam failure. Therefore, the probability of earthquake -induced flooding is considered very low. 6.8 Tsunamis, Seiches, and Flooding The site is located approximately 250 feet from the Pacific Ocean. According to the City of Newport Beach General Plan (2006) and the State of California (CGS, 2009), the site is located within a tsunami inundation hazard zone. Therefore, there is a potential for tsunamis to adversely impact the site. Seiches are large waves generated in enclosed bodies of water in response to ground shaking. No major water -retaining structures are located immediately up gradient from the project site. Flooding from a seismically -induced seiche is considered unlikely. The site is within an area of minimal flooding (Zone X) as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA, 2019, City of Newport Beach, 2006). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 9 - Revised February I, 2022 6.9 Oil Fields & Methane Potential Based on a review of the California Division of Oil, Gas and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) Well Finder Website (DOGGR, 2019), the site is not located within the limits of an oilfield and oil or gas wells are not located in the immediate site vicinity. However, due to the voluntary nature of record reporting by the oil well drilling companies, wells may be improperly located or not shown on the location map and undocumented wells could be encountered during construction. Any wells encountered during construction will need to be properly abandoned in accordance with the current requirements of the DOGGR. As previously indicated, the site is not located within an oilfield. Therefore, the potential for methane at the site is considered very low. Should it be determined that a methane study is required for the proposed development it is recommended that a qualified methane consultant be retained to perform the study and provide mitigation measures as necessary. 6.10 Subsidence Subsidence occurs when a large portion of land is displaced vertically, usually due to the withdrawal of groundwater, oil, or natural gas. Soils that are particularly subject to subsidence include those with high silt or clay content. The site is not located within an area of known ground subsidence (Orange County, 2004). No large-scale extraction of groundwater, gas, oil, or geothermal energy is occurring or planned at the site or in the general site vicinity. There appears to be little or no potential for ground subsidence due to withdrawal of fluids or gases at the site. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - to- Revised February I, 2022 7. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 7.1 General 7.1.1 It is our opinion that neither soil nor geologic conditions were encountered during the investigation that would preclude the construction of the proposed project provided the recommendations presented herein are followed and implemented during design and construction. 7.1.2 Up to 11/z feet of existing artificial fill was encountered during the site investigation. The existing fill encountered is believed to be the result of past grading and construction activities at the site. Deeper fill may exist in other areas of the site that were not directly explored. It is our opinion that the existing fill, in its present condition, is not suitable for direct support of proposed foundations or slabs. The existing fill and site soils are suitable for re -use as engineered fill provided the recommendations in the Grading section of this report are followed (see Section 7.4). 7.1.3 The enclosed liquefaction settlement analyses indicates that the site soils could be susceptible to approximately 1.1 inches of total settlement as a result of the Design Earthquake peak ground acceleration (2/sPGAM). Differential settlement at the foundation level is anticipated to be less than 0.7 inches over a distance of 30 feet. Furthermore, the analyses indicate that lateral displacements of 1.5 feet could affect the site. The foundation design recommendations presented herein are intended to minimize the effects of settlement on proposed improvements. 7.1.4 Potentially liquefiable soils were encountered between 5 and 11 feet below the ground surface. Below this depth, the in situ soils are relatively dense and not considered susceptible to liquefaction. These materials are not considered suitable for direct support of the proposed structure. The potentially liquefiable soils must be excavated and replaced, improved, or penetrated through by foundation excavations. 7.1.5 Based on our conversations with the design team, it is recommended that ground improvement consisting of Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC) be performed. Where feasible, it is recommended that the RIC extend laterally a minimum distance of 20 feet beyond the building footprint area. The Client should be aware that RIC is designed and performed by a specialty geotechnical contractor. Recommendations for the design of Rapid Impact Compaction are provided in Section 7.5. 7.1.6 Subsequent to performing RIC, the proposed building may be supported on reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the improved soils. Recommendations for the design of a mat foundation are provided in Section 7.6. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 11 - Revised February I, 2022 7.1.7 Improvements which are not supported on improved soils, such as walkways, paving, and utilities, may still be subject to seismic and/or static settlement. The client should consider the flexibility of the products and pavements being installed. Utilities traversing through existing site soil should use flexible connections in order to minimize the damage to underground installations caused by potential soil movements. 7.1.8 It should be noted that implementation of the recommendations presented herein is not intended to completely prevent damage to the structure during the occurrence of strong ground shaking as a result of nearby earthquakes. It is intended that the structure be designed in such a way that the amount of damage incurred as a result of strong ground shaking be minimized. 7.1.9 Groundwater was encountered a depths of 6 to 7 feet below existing ground surface. Given the proximity of the site to the coastline, the depth to groundwater is likely also influenced by tidal fluctuations. Furthermore, it is our understanding that future sea level rise is possible and future water levels should be considered for design. Based on these considerations, groundwater may be encountered during construction activities. 7.1.10 It is recommended that flexible utility connections be utilized for all rigid utilities to minimize or prevent damage to utilities from minor differential movements. 7.1.11 Foundations for small outlying structures, such as block walls up to 6 feet high, planter walls or trash enclosures, which will not be tied to the proposed structure, may be supported on conventional foundations bearing on a minimum of 12 inches of newly placed engineered fill which extends laterally at least 12 inches beyond the foundation area. Where excavation and proper compaction cannot be performed or is undesirable, foundations may derive support directly in the undisturbed old marine deposits found at or below a depth of 18 inches below existing ground surface, and should be deepened as necessary to maintain a minimum 12-inch embedment into the recommended bearing materials. If the soils exposed in the excavation bottom are soft or loose, compaction of the soils will be required prior to placing steel or concrete. Compaction of the foundation excavation bottom is typically accomplished with a compaction wheel or mechanical whacker and must be observed and approved in writing by a Geocon representative. 7.1.12 Where new paving is to be placed, it is recommended that all existing fill soils and soft soils be excavated and properly compacted for paving support. The client should be aware that excavation and compaction of all existing fill in the area of new paving is not required, however, paving constructed over existing uncertified fill or unsuitable soils may experience increased settlement and/or cracking, and may therefore have a shorter design life and increased maintenance costs. As a minimum, the upper 12 inches of soil should be scarified and properly compacted. Paving recommendations are provided in the Preliminary Pavement Recommendations section of this report (see Section 7.10). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 12- Revised February I, 2022 7.1.13 Once the design and foundation loading configuration for the proposed structure proceeds to a more finalized plan, the recommendations within this report should be reviewed and revised, if necessary. Based on the final foundation loading configurations, the potential for settlement should be reevaluated by this office. 7.1.14 Any changes in the design, location or elevation of improvements, as outlined in this report, should be reviewed by this office. Geocon should be contacted to determine the necessity for review and possible revision of this report. 7.2 Soil and Excavation Characteristics 7.2.1 The in -situ soils can be excavated with moderate effort using conventional excavation equipment. Caving should be anticipated in unshored excavations, especially where saturated and granular soils are encountered. The contractor should be aware that casing will likely be required during foundation construction and formwork may be required to prevent caving of shallow foundation excavations. 7.2.2 It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that all excavations and trenches are properly shored and maintained in accordance with applicable OSHA rules and regulations to maintain safety and maintain the stability of adjacent existing improvements. 7.2.3 All onsite excavations must be conducted in such a manner that potential surcharges from existing structures, construction equipment, and vehicle loads are resisted. The surcharge area may be defined by a 1:1 projection down and away from the bottom of an existing foundation or vehicle load. Penetrations below this 1:1 projection will require special excavation measures such as sloping and shoring. Excavation recommendations are provided in the Temporary Excavations section of this report (see Section 7.13). 7.2.4 The upper 5 feet of existing site soils encountered during this investigation are considered to have a "very low" expansive potential (EI = 0) and are classified as "non -expansive" in accordance with the 2019 California Building Code (CBC) Section 1803.5.3 (see Figure B 11). The recommendations presented herein assume that proposed foundations and slabs will derive support in these materials. 7.3 Minimum Resistivity, pH, and Water -Soluble Sulfate 7.3.1 Potential of Hydrogen (pH) and resistivity testing as well as chloride content testing were performed on representative samples of soil to generally evaluate the corrosion potential to surface utilities. The tests were performed in accordance with California Test Method Nos. 643 and 422 and indicate that the soils are considered "moderately corrosive" with respect to corrosion of buried ferrous metals on site. The results are presented in Appendix B (Figure B13) and should be considered for design of underground structures. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 13 - Revised February I, 2022 7.3.2 Laboratory tests were performed on representative samples of the site materials to measure the percentage of water-soluble sulfate content. Results from the laboratory water-soluble sulfate tests are presented in Appendix B (Figure B13) and indicate that the on -site materials possess a sulfate exposure class of "SO" to concrete structures as defined by 2019 CBC Section 1904 and ACI 318-19 Chapter 19. However, concrete structures extending below a depth of 5 feet could be subject to seawater exposure and aggressive sulfate attack. ACI 318 requires a minimum of Type II cement or Type I plus a pozzolan to resist the moderate sulfate attack from seawater (ACI 318-19 Chapter 19). 7.3.3 Geocon West, Inc. does not practice in the field of corrosion engineering and mitigation. If corrosion sensitive improvements are planned, it is recommended that a corrosion engineer be retained to evaluate corrosion test results and incorporate the necessary precautions to avoid premature corrosion of buried metal pipes and concrete structures in direct contact with the soils. 7.4 Grading 7.4.1 A preconstruction conference should be held at the site prior to the beginning of grading operations with the owner, contractor, civil engineer and soil engineer in attendance. Special soil handling requirements can be discussed at that time. 7.4.2 Earthwork should be observed, and compacted fill tested by representatives of Geocon West, Inc. The existing fill and old marine deposits encountered during exploration are suitable for reuse as engineered fill, provided any encountered oversize material (greater than 6 inches) and any encountered deleterious debris is removed. 7.4.3 Grading should commence with the removal of all existing vegetation and existing improvements from the area to be graded. Deleterious debris such as wood and root structures should be exported from the site and should not be mixed with the fill soils. Asphalt and concrete should not be mixed with the fill soils unless approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. All existing underground improvements planned for removal should be completely excavated and the resulting depressions properly backfilled in accordance with the procedures described herein. Once a clean excavation bottom has been established it must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.). 7.4.4 It is recommended that the proposed structure be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the alluvial soils which have been improved by Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC). Where feasible, it is recommended that the RIC extend laterally a minimum distance of 20 feet beyond the building footprint area. Recommendations for the design of Rapid Impact Compaction are provided in Section 7.5. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 14 - Revised February I, 2022 7.4.5 All excavations must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon). 7.4.6 All fill and backfill soils should be placed in horizontal loose layers approximately 6 to 8 inches thick, moisture conditioned to optimum moisture content, and properly compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density per ASTM D 1557 (latest edition). 7.4.7. Where new paving is to be placed, it is recommended that all existing fill and soft soils be excavated and properly compacted for paving support. As a minimum, the upper 12 inches of soil should be scarified, moisture conditioned to optimum moisture content, and compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). Paving recommendations are provided in Preliminary Pavement Recommendations section of this report (see Section 7.10). 7.4.8 Foundations for small outlying structures, such as block walls up to 6 feet high, planter walls or trash enclosures, which will not be tied to the proposed structure, may be supported on conventional foundations bearing on a minimum of 12 inches of newly placed engineered fill which extends laterally at least 12 inches beyond the foundation area. Where excavation and proper compaction cannot be performed or is undesirable, foundations may derive support directly in the undisturbed old marine deposits found at or below a depth of 18 inches, and should be deepened as necessary to maintain a minimum 12-inch embedment into the recommended bearing materials. If the soils exposed in the excavation bottom are soft or loose, compaction of the soils will be required prior to placing steel or concrete. Compaction of the foundation excavation bottom is typically accomplished with a compaction wheel or mechanical whacker and must be observed and approved in writing by a Geocon representative. 7.4.9 Although not anticipated for this project, all imported fill shall be observed, tested, and approved by Geocon West, Inc. prior to bringing soil to the site. Rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter shall not be used in the fill. Import soils used as structural fill should have an expansion index less than 20 and corrosivity properties that are equally or less detrimental to that of the existing onsite soils (see Figure 1313). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 15 - Revised February I, 2022 7.4.10 It is recommended that flexible utility connections be utilized for all rigid utilities to minimize or prevent damage to utilities from minor differential movements. Utility trenches should be properly backfilled in accordance with the requirements of the Green Book (latest edition). The pipe should be bedded with clean sands (Sand Equivalent greater than 30) to a depth of at least 1 foot over the pipe, and the bedding material must be inspected and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon). The use of gravel is not acceptable unless used in conjunction with filter fabric to prevent the gravel from having direct contact with soil. The remainder of the trench backfill may be derived from onsite soil or approved import soil, compacted as necessary, until the required compaction is obtained. The use of minimum 2-sack slurry as backfill is also acceptable. Prior to placing any bedding materials or pipes, the trench excavation bottom must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon). 7.4.11 All trench and foundation excavation bottoms must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon), prior to placing bedding sands, fill, steel, gravel, or concrete. 7.5 Ground Improvement — Rapid Impact Compaction 7.5.1 Due to the potential for seismically -induced settlements, it is recommended that soil improvement consisting of Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC) be performed. Subsequent to the performance of RIC, the proposed structure may be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the improved soils. 7.5.2 Ground improvement through RIC uses a hydraulic hammer to repeatedly strike the ground surface to achieve densification. RIC is most effective when being used to treat granular soils up to 20 feet below the surface. As compaction and densification is achieved, additional fill may be required to maintain the desired elevation. Additionally, since RIC uses dynamic compaction, the vibrations and noise produced by RIC must be tolerable to the site and adjacent properties. 7.5.3 The pattern and depth of the ground improvements may vary depending upon the purposes of mitigation and stratigraphic conditions. The contractor should design the RIC based on the settlement and bearing pressure criteria stated herein. The contractor should evaluate the post -ground improvement static and dynamic settlements within the remediation zone and provide this information to the project structural engineer for consideration in the design of the structures. 7.5.4 The RIC ground improvement should extend at least 20 feet laterally outside the edge of planned building structure, where feasible. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 16 - Revised February I, 2022 7.5.5 RIC design should be based on settlement criteria of a maximum combined static and seismic differential settlement of 1 inch over a distance of 40 feet with an allowable bearing pressure of 3,500 pounds per square foot (psf). 7.5.6 The RIC design package should be submitted to Geocon West, Inc. for review at least two weeks prior to mobilization for construction. Within the design package, the specialty contractor should outline a performance and load testing program to verify the effectiveness of the ground improvement and to confirm the bearing capacity of the improved soils. During the load testing, a representative of Geocon should be present to observe the RIC and testing. The information obtained from the load testing should be used to modify the depth necessary to achieve design capacities, as well as develop installation criteria that can be used during construction. 7.5.7 Common testing methods include a plate -load test or geophysical test methods. Where plate -load testing is performed, the load test should be performed to a capacity of 1.5 times the design load. As a minimum, we recommended at least two load tests be performed. Where geophysical test methods are performed, an initial baseline test should be performed prior to the start of ground improvement. Once the baseline measurements are established, the threshold for achieving the desired bearing pressure and settlement will be established. 7.6 Mat Foundation Design 7.6.1 Subsequent to performing ground improvement, the proposed structure may be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the improved soil. A mat foundation system is more capable of minimizing the effects of differential settlement and has sufficient rigidity to allow the structure to behave more uniformly. However, re -leveling of the mat foundation could be necessary following strong ground shaking through the use of mud jacking or other similar techniques if differential settlement occurs. 7.6.2 Based on information provided by a specialty design -build contractor, an average allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,500 psf is anticipated subsequent to performance of the RIC ground improvement. The design bearing pressure should be confirmed by the RIC contractor and through load testing (see Section 7.5). 7.6.3 The allowable bearing pressure may be increased by up to one-third for transient loads due to wind or seismic forces. 7.6.4 It is recommended that a modulus of subgrade reaction of 150 pounds per cubic inch (pci) be utilized for the design of the mat foundation bearing in improved soils. This value is a unit value for use with a 1-foot square footing. The modulus should be reduced in accordance with the following equation when used with larger foundations: Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 17 - Revised February I, 2022 rB+1l1I2 F KR—K2BJ where: Kx = reduced subgrade modulus K = unit subgrade modulus B = foundation width (in feet) 7.6.5 The thickness of and reinforcement for the mat foundation should be designed by the project structural engineer. 7.6.6 For seismic design purposes, a coefficient of friction of 0.4 may be utilized between concrete slab and subgrade soils without a moisture barrier, and 0.15 for slabs underlain by a moisture barrier. 7.6.7 Foundation excavations should be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and concrete to verify that the exposed soil conditions are consistent with those anticipated. If unanticipated soil conditions are encountered, foundation modifications may be required. 7.6.8 This office should be provided a copy of the final construction plans so that the recommendations presented herein could be properly reviewed and revised if necessary. 7.7 Miscellaneous Foundations 7.7.1 Foundations for small outlying structures, such as block walls up to 6 feet in height, planter walls or trash enclosures, which will not be structurally supported by the proposed building, may be supported on conventional foundations deriving support on a minimum of 12 inches of newly placed engineered fill which extends laterally at least 12 inches beyond the foundation area. Where excavation and compaction cannot be performed or is undesirable, such as adjacent to property lines, foundations may derive support in the undisturbed old marine deposits found at or below a depth of 18 inches, and should be deepened as necessary to maintain a minimum 12-inch embedment into the recommended bearing materials. 7.7.2 If the soils exposed in the excavation bottom are loose, compaction of the soils will be required prior to placing steel or concrete. Compaction of the foundation excavation bottom is typically accomplished with a compaction wheel or mechanical whacker and must be observed and approved by a Geocon representative. Miscellaneous foundations may be designed for a bearing value of 1,500 psf, and should be a minimum of 12 inches in width, 18 inches in depth below the lowest adjacent grade and 12 inches into the recommended bearing material. The allowable bearing pressure may be increased by up to one-third for transient loads due to wind or seismic forces. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - is- Revised February I, 2022 7.7.3 Foundation excavations should be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and concrete to verify that the excavations and exposed soil conditions are consistent with those anticipated. 7.8 Lateral Design 7.8.1 Resistance to lateral loading may be provided by friction acting at the base of foundations, slabs and by passive earth pressure. An allowable coefficient of friction of 0.4 may be used with the dead load forces in the newly placed engineered fill and competent beach deposits or undisturbed old marine deposits. 7.8.2 Passive earth pressure for the sides of foundations and slabs poured against newly placed engineered fill or competent beach deposits above the groundwater table may be computed as an equivalent fluid having a density of 280 pcf with a maximum earth pressure of 2,800 psf. Passive earth pressure for the sides of foundations poured against undisturbed old marine deposits below the groundwater table may be computed as an equivalent fluid having a density of 140 pcf with a maximum earth pressure of 1,400 psf (values have been reduced for buoyancy). When combining passive and friction for lateral resistance, the passive component should be reduced by one-third. A one-third increase in the passive value may be used for wind or seismic loads. 7.9 Exterior Concrete Slabs -on -Grade 7.9.1 Exterior slabs, not subject to traffic loads, should be at least 4 inches thick and reinforced with No. 3 steel reinforcing bars placed 18 inches on center in both horizontal directions, positioned near the slab midpoint. Prior to construction of slabs, the upper 12 inches of subgrade should be moistened to optimum moisture content and properly compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). Crack control joints should be spaced at intervals not greater than 10 feet and should be constructed using saw -cuts or other methods as soon as practical following concrete placement. Crack control joints should extend a minimum depth of one-fourth the slab thickness. The project structural engineer should design construction joints as necessary. 7.9.2 The moisture content of the slab subgrade should be maintained and sprinkled as necessary to maintain a moist condition as would be expected in any concrete placement. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 19 - Revised February I, 2022 7.9.3 The recommendations of this report are intended to reduce the potential for cracking of slabs due to settlement. However, even with the incorporation of the recommendations presented herein, foundations, stucco walls, and slabs -on -grade may exhibit some cracking due to minor soil movement and/or concrete shrinkage. The occurrence of concrete shrinkage cracks is independent of the supporting soil characteristics. Their occurrence may be reduced and/or controlled by limiting the slump of the concrete, proper concrete placement and curing, and by the placement of crack control joints at periodic intervals, in particular, where re-entrant slab corners occur. 7.10 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations 7.10.1 Where new paving is to be placed, it is recommended that all existing fill and soft materials be excavated and properly compacted for paving support. The client should be aware that excavation and compaction of all existing artificial fill and soft soils in the area of new paving is not required; however, paving constructed over existing uncertified fill or unsuitable material may experience increased settlement and/or cracking, and may therefore have a shorter design life and increased maintenance costs. As a minimum, the upper twelve inches of paving subgrade should be scarified, moisture conditioned to optimum moisture content, and properly compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). 7.10.2 The following pavement sections are based on an assumed R-Value of 35. Once site grading activities are complete an R-Value should be obtained by laboratory testing to confirm the properties of the soils serving as paving subgrade, prior to placing pavement. 7.10.3 The Traffic Indices listed below are estimates. Geocon does not practice in the field of traffic engineering. The actual Traffic Index for each area should be determined by the project civil engineer. If pavement sections for Traffic Indices other than those listed below are required. Geocon should be contacted to provide additional recommendations. Pavement thicknesses were determined following procedures outlined in the California Highway Design Manual (Caltrans). It is anticipated that the majority of traffic will consist of automobile and large truck traffic. PRELIMINARY PAVEMENT DESIGN SECTIONS Location Estimated Traffic Asphalt Concrete Class 2 Aggregate Index (TT) (inches) Base (inches) Automobile Parking and Driveways 4.0 3.0 4.0 Trash Truck & Fire Lanes 7.0 4.0 9.0 Trash Truck & Fire Lanes 1 7.0 8.5 None Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 20 - Revised February I, 2022 7.10.4 Asphalt concrete should conform to Section 203-6 of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" (Green Book). Class 2 aggregate base materials should conform to Section 26-1.02A of the "Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation" (Caltrans). The use of Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) in lieu of Class 2 aggregate base is acceptable. Crushed Miscellaneous Base should conform to Section 200-2.4 of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" (Green Book). 7.10.5 Unless specifically designed and evaluated by the project structural engineer, where exterior concrete paving will be utilized for support of vehicles, it is recommended that the concrete be a minimum of 6 inches of concrete reinforced with No. 3 steel reinforcing bars placed 18 inches on center in both horizontal directions. Concrete paving supporting vehicular traffic should be underlain by a minimum of 4 inches of aggregate base and a properly compacted subgrade. The subgrade and base material should be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). 7.10.6 The performance of pavements is highly dependent upon providing positive surface drainage away from the edge of pavements. Ponding of water on or adjacent to the pavement will likely result in saturation of the subgrade materials and subsequent cracking, subsidence and pavement distress. If planters are planned adjacent to paving, it is recommended that the perimeter curb be extended at least 12 inches below the bottom of the aggregate base to minimize the introduction of water beneath the paving. 7.11 Retaining Wall Design 7.11.1 The recommendations presented below are generally applicable to the design of rigid concrete or masonry retaining walls having a maximum height of 5 feet. In the event that walls significantly higher than 5 feet are planned, Geocon should be contacted for additional recommendations. 7.11.2 Retaining walls with a level backfill surface that are not restrained at the top should be designed utilizing a triangular distribution of pressure (active pressure) of 30 pcf. 7.11.3 Restrained walls are those that are not allowed to rotate more than 0.001H (where H equals the height of the retaining portion of the wall in feet) at the top of the wall. Where walls are restrained from movement at the top, walls may be designed utilizing a triangular distribution of pressure (at -rest pressure) of 57 pcf. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 21 - Revised February I, 2022 7.11.4 The wall pressures provided above assume that the proposed retaining walls will support relatively undisturbed sand dune deposits or engineered fill derived from onsite soils. If import soil will be used to backfill proposed retaining walls, revised earth pressures may be required to account for the geotechnical properties of the import soil used as engineered fill. This should be evaluated once the use of import soil is established. All imported fill shall be observed, tested, and approved by Geocon West, Inc. prior to bringing soil to the site. 7.11.5 The wall pressures provided above assume that the retaining wall will be properly drained preventing the buildup of hydrostatic pressure. If retaining wall drainage is not implemented, the equivalent fluid pressure to be used in design of undrained walls is 90 pcf. The value includes hydrostatic pressures plus buoyant lateral earth pressures. 7.11.6 Additional active pressure should be added for a surcharge condition due to sloping ground, vehicular traffic or adjacent structures and should be designed for each condition as the project progresses. 7.11.7 Retaining wall foundations may be supported on conventional foundations deriving support in newly placed engineered fill. 7.11.8 Continuous footings may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 1,500 pounds per square foot (psf), and should be a minimum of 12 inches in width and 18 inches in depth below the lowest adjacent grade, and 12 inches into the recommended bearing material. 7.11.9 Isolated spread foundations may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 2,000 psf, and should be a minimum of 12 inches in width, 18 inches in depth below the lowest adjacent grade, and 12 inches into the recommended bearing material. 7.11.10 The soil bearing pressure above may be increased by 200 psf and 500 psf for each additional foot of foundation width and depth, respectively, up to a maximum allowable soil bearing pressure of 2,500 psf. The allowable bearing pressure may be increased by one-third for transient loads due to wind or seismic forces. 7.11.11 Continuous footings should be reinforced with a minimum of four No. 4 steel reinforcing bars, two placed near the top of the footing and two near the bottom. Reinforcement for spread footings should be designed by the project structural engineer. 7.11.12 The above foundation dimensions and minimum reinforcement recommendations are based on soil conditions and building code requirements only, and are not intended to be used in lieu of those required for structural purposes. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 22 - Revised February I, 2022 7.11.13 Foundation excavations should be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and concrete to verify that the exposed soil conditions are consistent with those anticipated. If unanticipated soil conditions are encountered, foundation modifications may be required. 7.12 Retaining Wall Drainage 7.12.1 Retaining walls not designed for hydrostatic pressures should be provided with a drainage system extended at least two-thirds the height of the wall. At the base of the drain system, a subdrain covered with a minimum of 12 inches of gravel should be installed, and a compacted fill blanket or other seal placed at the surface (see Figure 9). The clean bottom and subdrain pipe, behind a retaining wall, should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon), prior to placement of gravel or compacting backfill. 7.12.2 As an alternative, a plastic drainage composite such as Miradrain or equivalent may be installed in continuous, 4-foot-wide columns along the entire back face of the wall, at 8 feet on center. The top of these drainage composite columns should terminate approximately 18 inches below the ground surface, where either hardscape or a minimum of 18 inches of relatively cohesive material should be placed as a cap (see Figure 10). These vertical columns of drainage material would then be connected at the bottom of the wall to a collection panel or a 1-cubic-foot rock pocket drained by a 4-inch subdrain pipe. 7.12.3 Subdrainage pipes at the base of the retaining wall drainage system should outlet to an acceptable location via controlled drainage structures. Drainage should not be allowed to flow uncontrolled over descending slopes. 7.12.4 Moisture affecting below grade walls is one of the most common post -construction complaints. Poorly applied or omitted waterproofing can lead to efflorescence or standing water. Particular care should be taken in the design and installation of waterproofing to avoid moisture problems, or actual water seepage into the structure through any normal shrinkage cracks which may develop in the concrete walls, floor slab, foundations and/or construction joints. The design and inspection of the waterproofing is not the responsibility of the geotechnical engineer. A waterproofing consultant should be retained in order to recommend a product or method, which would provide protection to subterranean walls, floor slabs and foundations. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 23 - Revised February I, 2022 7.13 Temporary Excavations 7.13.1 Excavations up to 5 feet in height may be required during construction operations. The excavations are expected to expose artificial fill and beach deposits, which may be subject to excessive caving. Vertical excavations up to five feet in height may be attempted where not surcharged by adjacent traffic or structures; however, the contractor should be prepared for caving sands in open excavations. 7.13.2 Vertical excavations greater than five feet or where surcharged by existing structures will require sloping or shoring measures in order to provide a stable excavation. Where sufficient space is available, temporary unsurcharged embankments could be sloped back at a uniform 1:1 slope gradient or flatter, up to a maximum height of 6 feet. A uniform slope does not have a vertical portion. 7.13.3 If excavations in close proximity to an adjacent property line and/or structure are required, special excavation measures such as slot -cutting or shoring may be necessary in order to maintain lateral support of offsite improvements. Recommendations for alterative temporary excavation measures can be provided under separate cover, if needed. 7.13.4 Where sloped embankments are utilized, the top of the slope should be barricaded to prevent vehicles and storage loads at the top of the slope within a horizontal distance equal to the height of the slope. If the temporary construction embankments are to be maintained during the rainy season, berms are suggested along the tops of the slopes where necessary to prevent runoff water from entering the excavation and eroding the slope faces. Geocon personnel should inspect the soils exposed in the cut slopes during excavation so that modifications of the slopes can be made if variations in the soil conditions occur. All excavations should be stabilized within 30 days of initial excavation. 7.14 Surface Drainage 7.14.1 Proper surface drainage is critical to the future performance of the project. Uncontrolled infiltration of irrigation excess and storm runoff into the soils can adversely affect the performance of the planned improvements. Saturation of a soil can cause it to lose internal shear strength and increase its compressibility, resulting in a change in the original designed engineering properties. Proper drainage should be maintained at all times. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 2A- Revised February I, 2022 7.14.2 All site drainage should be collected and controlled in non -erosive drainage devices. Drainage should not be allowed to pond anywhere on the site, and especially not against any foundation or retaining wall. The site should be graded and maintained such that surface drainage is directed away from structures in accordance with 2019 CBC 1804.4 or other applicable standards. Positive site drainage should be provided away from structures, pavement, and the tops of slopes to swales or other controlled drainage structures. Pavement areas should be fine graded such that water is not allowed to pond. 7.14.3 Landscaping planters immediately adjacent to paved areas are not recommended due to the potential for surface or irrigation water to infiltrate the pavement's subgrade and base course. Either a subdrain, which collects excess irrigation water and transmits it to drainage structures, or an impervious above -grade planter boxes should be used. In addition, where landscaping is planned adjacent to the pavement, it is recommended that consideration be given to providing a cutoff wall along the edge of the pavement that extends at least 12 inches below the base material. 7.15 Plan Review 7.15.1 Grading and foundation plans should be reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to finalization to verify that the plans have been prepared in substantial conformance with the recommendations of this report and to provide additional analyses or recommendations. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 25 - Revised February I, 2022 LIMITATIONS AND UNIFORMITY OF CONDITIONS 1. The recommendations of this report pertain only to the site investigated and are based upon the assumption that the soil conditions do not deviate from those disclosed in the investigation. If any variations or undesirable conditions are encountered during construction, or if the proposed construction will differ from that anticipated herein, Geocon West, Inc. should be notified so that supplemental recommendations can be given. The evaluation or identification of the potential presence of hazardous or corrosive materials was not part of the scope of services provided by Geocon West, Inc. 2. This report is issued with the understanding that it is the responsibility of the owner, or of his representative, to ensure that the information and recommendations contained herein are brought to the attention of the architect and engineer for the project and incorporated into the plans, and the necessary steps are taken to see that the contractor and subcontractors carry out such recommendations in the field. 3. The findings of this report are valid as of the date of this report. However, changes in the conditions of a property can occur with the passage of time, whether they are due to natural processes or the works of man on this or adjacent properties. In addition, changes in applicable or appropriate standards may occur, whether they result from legislation or the broadening of knowledge. Accordingly, the findings of this report may be invalidated wholly or partially by changes outside our control. Therefore, this report is subject to review and should not be relied upon after a period of three years. 4. The firm that performed the geotechnical investigation for the project should be retained to provide testing and observation services during construction to provide continuity of geotechnical interpretation and to check that the recommendations presented for geotechnical aspects of site development are incorporated during site grading, construction of improvements, and excavation of foundations. If another geotechnical firm is selected to perform the testing and observation services during construction operations, that firm should prepare a letter indicating their intent to assume the responsibilities of project geotechnical engineer of record. A copy of the letter should be provided to the regulatory agency for their records. In addition, that firm should provide revised recommendations concerning the geotechnical aspects of the proposed development, or a written acknowledgement of their concurrence with the recommendations presented in our report. They should also perform additional analyses deemed necessary to assume the role of Geotechnical Engineer of Record. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 LIST OF REFERENCES California Department of Water Resources, 1967, Progress Report on Groundwater Geology of the Coastal Plain of Orange County, dated July, 1967. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1998, State of California Seismic Hazard Zones, Newport Beach Quadrangle, Landslide Hazard Zones, Official Map, Released: April 15, 1998. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1997a, Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Anaheim and Newport Beach Quadrangles, Orange County, California, revised 2001, Seismic Hazard Zone Report 003. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1997b, State of California Seismic Hazard Zones, Newport Beach Quadrangle, Liquefaction Hazard Zones, Official Map, Released : April 17, 1997. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1981, Geologic Map of Orange County, California, Showing Mines and Mineral Deposits, Compiled by P. K. Morton and R. V. Miller, Bulletin 204, Plate 1, Scale: 1:48000. California Division of Oil, Gas and Geothermal Resources, 2019, Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources Well Finder, http://maps.conservation.ca.gov.doggr/index.html#close. California Geological Survey, 2019a, CGS Information Warehouse, Regulatory Map Portal, http://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/infoniiationwarehouse/index.htn l?map=regulatorvmaps. California Geological Survey, 2019b, Earthquake Zones of Required Investigation, https://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/EQZApp/app/. California Geological Survey, 2018, Earthquake Fault Zones, A Guide for Government Agencies, Property Owners/Developers, and Geoscience Practitioners for Assessing Fault Rupture Hazards in California, Special Publication 42, Revised 2018. California Geologic Survey, 2012, Geologic Compilation of Quaternary Surficial Deposits in Southern California, SantaAna 30'X 60' Quadrangle, A Project for the Department of Water Resources by the California Geological Survey, Compiled from existing sources by Trinda L. Bedrossian, CEG and Peter D. Roffers, CGS Special Report 217, Plate 16, Scale 1:100,000. California Geological Survey, 2009, Tsunami Inundation Map for Emergency Planning, State of California, County of Orange, Newport Beach Quadrangle, dated March 15, 2009. FEMA, 2019, Online Flood Hazard Maps, http://www.esri.com/hazards/index.html. Jennings, C. W. and Bryant, W. A., 2010, FaultActivnyMap of California, California Geological Survey Geologic Data Map No. 6. Orange County Water District, 2018, On-line Groundwater Contour Maps http://www.ocwd.com/Portals/0/ProgramsProiects/Hydrogeology/GroundwaterContourMaps/J une WL20131-2.1)df. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 LIST OF REFERENCES (continued) Orange County Water District, 2015, Tune 2014 Groundwater Elevation Contours for the Principal Aquifer, Orange County Water District Groundwater Management Plan, 2015 Update. Orange, County of, 2004, Safety Element, Advance Planning Program, Environmental Management Agency. Newport Beach, City of, 2006, Safety Element of the General Plan, Figures S1 through S3. Sprotte, E. C., Fuller, D. R., Greenwood, R. B., Murata, H. A. Real, C. R., and Sherburne, R. W., 1980, Classification and Mapping of Quaternary Sedimentary Deposits for Purposed of Seismic Zonation, South Coastal Los Angeles Basin, Orange County, California, California Division of Mines and Geology Open File Report 80-19. U.S. Geological Survey, 1972, Newport Beach 7.5 Minute Topographic Map. Ziony, J. I., and Jones, L. M., 1989, Map Showing Late Quaternary Faults and 1978-1984 Seismicity of the Los Angeles Region, California, U.S. Geological Survey Miscellaneous Field Studies Map MF-1964. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 TOPOI map p0ntad on 08/17/19 knot .TPG' and 'Un di,d.lpg' 117.91667- W 117.90000^ W WGS84 117.88333^ W -9f J J� i, a ti, -� ° M .Light i34 .,�� Park M \ 4 _ O 3 1 SUBJECT ..SITE....._ _ vs JO Z \\ \ r O� W 117.90000^ W WGS84117.88333° W n }117.91667^ �I% Imo io. o nm Qom 13° V Pim�elfiom iOPo�0.*]A[0 R'iM6mmP�odxtimu(ww�M.om) REFERENCE:U.S.G.S. TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS, 7.5 MINUTE SERIES, NEWPORT BEACH, CA QUADRANGLE GEOCON ��� VICINITY MAP W E IS T° I N C. 901 EAST OCEAN ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 3303 N. SAN FERNANDO BLVD.-SUITE 100-BURBANK, CA 91504 PHONE (818)841-8388 - FAX (818)841-1704 DRAFTED BY: RA CHECKED BY: SFK FEB. 2022 PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG. 1 LEGEND -O�B2 Approximate Location of Boring —� Approximate Location of Proposed Structure 30' 60' GEOCON Ask SITE PLAN W E 8 T, I N C. 901 EAST OCEAN ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 15526 ROCKFIELDBLVD MUITEJ-IWINE CA 9261e PHONE (949)491-6570 - FAX (949)2994550 DRAFTED BY JS CHECKED BY JTA FEB.2022 1 PROJECT NO W1033-88-01 1 FIG Reference: Jennings, C.W. and Bryant, W. A., 2010, Fault Activity Map of California, California Geological Survey Geologic Data Map No. 6. ?�e•'^?Xo i rf�\` .r r� rr •r• \ `\d `s� 4 i'' • r, N - ' $1.4SA p4A flEw �J, \ SS. - ,/'..\''t ' �. - O �a11 ,4'JL• \� � ` take► � �. �.�. c----,�-v �.,.,�, ri � N � -• �'• �f a�°� �' Y -- `r - - . ,. of � � t; ti ..� tOr `Tt./��a���z jet, �- '� .f.. , 4 1 �` / + \ t`1�� r ; •'•rC'�n- .�I � � 1 •vy fi � �,� j ./! I , -S.l -. y r O St `SC 1 i-��'\ •trr0,\,. 1 f .. / -ir," ,r�./ �, yf y �`•, ``'•�'J r 1•.-..,?Q 'A /\� , I V•t[xks` .'�! i �' \\ ,,, •�`•� f - RlU(t� e" "!'. `..f )`1c� 4" �1',!F< \._L!` Utr_.�O� � -i ,- 0 % / •♦ �. �.�'{` !'^� _ �' j ` n \ t ( 1 \� �1 ( _yG i (Sys -sG• �` � •\ �� '.'E; ��:.-... ,d��A�!_L03A �nyt��0~",'ry'6 ,`�.`y7/ � ; `�% '`,\ ' � �' ~, C•�,�fi�+J' NaEvotia ``°y f•'rORrN'' f `~�, , \ •y� \� , 5 �•, r• iI �/ r.; \ \ . %'S_ NTgL • v° \� - c� nard w.•., r t /- t1 �2„_ KtN�' It AG. SQL,.. ♦ /_ ! / ? . frL( �Y\j'(f� /'. / s L< 7J{ U 74 \ ,t i c'� �`. eit ar; �!- 3 • o�'c I / R Sr r o ` Ph, i`. •� \ •j u;;�r Pc-rr � ., �'� � � J- ' �;j' 'f�,o`• als: N. � � ,' , �,� •� { i 'h.� � '"� :, i 1 0 r, ,'�+ b� / '�� !f! r ,lu , Oyt c . ='���. _ -' "' ZONE i �--•-•— \ Y' <., `\.. ♦v` "��'y< ` 1 c °\ �f M R V i4. 1 iY•♦` 'f OA1 M �!A b\ SrS1F! 1 /`7G \ -! ' •,. ^V\,�.' � CV -,, r �, ,. rir �}F/-r� 1 .-..� • u;� i c4� ..exf�t ti k' ,�r� � `-i• ♦ �� �••' t ��../ � ``_ � �1 ti ph . A ' ��lr, •\y ~'i�f i ��°Ac tn: Gi �, n< <!`- �: _ L�r ��c� \\ R ►. r �T o±�'-° `J ;- = a `� i, �;� r .E: /,._r}.. +✓�\7Y\ rAu;r ..� Q .� C _ � ��o Nf�� � _ „•�• ram•- ? w� \ \y?`�,% f .... 0 � C` ��a-- ,�� .r, • �/ \ \ � \ �=a \ ��11~•- r0 r�f r -t � �. '3 •:f t ��.`� Opo f •` ` \ .A, !r I ,_„ �\ �� 1 t r � / ��rr-- ` � • 4 i— r � / � sue'! L:J � ♦ � .If �y+�9 -.. t ^ � \` ♦, �/ 'G •\ � ''ti � ! � � - '-- `� �r`� `s�, l • \ r \ •-' 't 1r 1 � !^CHar'- \ase^rt'• o�<- .R<4 t�4..Z•"� � _— J,Y.� - t-r1 � �Hi � cr. �reRuAx: C3�Y1-"� ' y�+ L,, _ ie o `\ . ''"" '�+ o \ \v ► :..-r et �1 / rAVL - 4 storm \ sr S ZONEcA�a. r Air :'- W �tk,,.- - O K; S1�Yr� . \ b?i.. 1 �' _ ♦ OG. fAVLi � too q � Wit. E. , , .. .�.. c L`,,• •� �.-.�� •t { n$a /V• ` • P �_ ' R el �� • \ / 4r... / \ ,•1' \ \\\\`c r. •: •� ',�. O� - _�4 a$ - r •F ono Fla '° J- \_ 1���r �'s f'� ' f r� i r� \ yF•.. ` A, i ♦�� \ i 1 � •�p _� .r, i� _�if�,0� od i ` �irj"�. \`r !oo \ > TIYA= u� o --� - ` o m tr� \7 r `. \ � �� - �r, �. \�` - -- - I • Ji ," . rr � "•^� _� \ • \\ � ur ~• �'� - �' � Rr1iV ?. `q fO'• \ t/ Batt r� s9 `t \ y A iei" \ �. \ 4 \ �`~Q r \!� To� Inc y �IuJl9rto.'.�� a s,.�• Rivcrsl j. aholy( COW,`�:r, a �\ i. r �_ / t\ �! p7ir\ \ \ � ,,' Lop � \�•.. � -1� I' i(! \ \� �•" ,I % 1' \ ,1 �'.> > ,` _�.\\ � \CCtt� �i,S',\ `��, \ O `c. C % tro'': ` pc \ `� qLC a ante mer� !1 S! \ ` ✓q4t gp Sl�f'-' \ \�� ��'• � // ..fy \ I ©, '\ n1r�. \�_, 0, . ' Nr �,—r 8 - on o\• .� �,\i CR to �O hr�'•" ,'- o i \�, 4,�. e11���'1?U` !i \ ,,, tGIGG •\r i Ali � ,, 1l 1F t Years DESCRIPTION Geologic Before Fault Recency Time Present Symbol of Scale (Approx.) Movement ON LAND OFFSHORE Displacement dunng hetadc bme (a,g. $an Andreae fault 1906). = Includes areas of (mown faWt creep. — 200 Displacement during Holocene Faultoffeets seafbor seermenls •V' — dom ' �t C' bme. or strata of Hducene aye. 0 11.[00 •' Ferdta showing evdenoe.f Fault cuts "bate of Let. c0 Olaplacemenl tlunng Isle PlBlslOcene age Quatenary time.E u 100,000 ' Cy .T. ? Un3vided Quatenary faults- Fault cuts stralaof Quatenary a most faults inthis categoryshow emdanoe ofdisplacemenl during age the last 1,600,000 yean; �, T possible exrepticns are faults which displace lacks of undifferentiated Plio-Pleistcoene U age- 1,600,000' T Fauas wthout tecagniz d Fault cuts strata of Pliocene of Quaternary displacement or olda,ag., C shanyingevidence of no y C1displ t during Quat&o.ry the. Not neceseadly inactive. a a 4.5 billion Quaberrwy now ,oupized as extending to 2.6 Aka (Waker and Gelseense, 2009). Quaternary faults In this map were established using the previous 1.6 Me criterion. ent oo . o l � � \ `t,t \\ / \`♦ , till It '�!f'///� ` 0 12 24 Miles tQt[a/. � � ram-•- ,,ykri, GEOCON OP W E S T, I N C. ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 3303 N. SAN FERNANDO BLVD. - SUITE 100 - BURBANK, CA 91504 PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: RA CHECKED BY: SFK REGIONAL FAULT MAP I 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA FEB. 2022 I PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG. 3 I 19 sri �•+ Y f ^, t ► �'y (j AIR, .y� _•' - ,�,r. r+ ,:� T 1 �� •��"�lY"` . � • �� `jar :!:� Jr. iI ' , ! r . ■'ram 1 `+ "y. 1 w t J f4i �'f :t+• r /T G7"e?", fr' ! P �' �,. :l[r F j! •'i ►r�ir 'sr' . a '�'! . .� ...ra 1 j•.!�` `T { f, .. l: i r' i>i} `.//,� �,`,(�l''�yrr�+�+..�.. ii "��l. i ll • , ✓ ! „C R� i '' I r r ! I?: J • �� 'i . f - } �� t, ! f �� r '' l4 ' " �. 1:'+'�^•�'- ..fir � — .,-.�..� ''�. �i'- � � �" f , 750 Ff Wff or 0117 w— • 0 EPICENTER MAP LEGEND Period 1800 - 1869 - 1932 - 1868 1931 1999 > 7.00 0 , 6.5 - 6.9 0 i • 6.0-6.4 • 5.5 - 5.9 i • 5.0 - 5.4 • • - Historical Faultinga e �.1 r RIVER51DE :• '7 - ; _ �, ,.,�. �. -rare' , ,y� _ ' ;, ORA13Cx 1 r SITEe} ;"' 11 k. %tw r♦ r' • r;• �� IMPERIAL t +ems r$ .� s • �� • �� l •j y ; J Holocene Faulting r I.Qf ( ,f r• Highways (Major) Highways (Minor) . � ,�rc{': • �. '. '� ,�y! ' r Lakes Last two digits of M > 6.5 �( earthquake year I 35' ;13 Reference: Toppozada, T., Branum, D., Petersen, M., Hallstrom, C., Cramer, C., and Reichle, M., 2000, "2 Epicenters and Areas Damaged by Mz5 California Earthquakes, 1800 - 1999, California Geological Survey, Map Sheet 49. 0 20 40 Miles GEOCON Jzk W E S T, I N C. W, ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 3303 N. SAN FERNANDO BLVD. -SUITE 100 - BURBANK, CA 91504 PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: RA CHECKED BY: SFK REGIONAL SEISMICITY MAP 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA FEB. 2022 1 PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 FIG. 4 Client: 50 Main St, Newport Beach File No.: W1033-88-01 Boring : 1 GEOCON EMPIRICAL ESTIMATION OF LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL NCEER (1996) METHOD FARTHOIJAKF INFORMATION - Earthquake Magnitude: 6.68 Peak Horiz. Acceleration PGAM (g): 0.734 2/3 PGAM (g): 0.490 Calculated Mag.Wtg.Factor: 0.747 Historic High Groundwater: 5.0 Groundwater Depth During Exploration: 7.0 LIQUEFACTION CALCULATIONS: IjUnit Wt. Water pc DESIGN EARTHQUAKE By Thomas F. Blake (1994-1996) FNFRGY& ROD CORRFCTK)NS- Energy Correction (CE) for N60: 1.25 Rod Len.Corr. CR 0-no or 1-yes): 1.0 Bore Dia. Corr. (CB): 1.00 Sampler Corr. (CS): 1.20 Use Ksi ma 0 or 1): 1.0 Depth to Base (ft) Total Unit Wt. (pcf) Water (0 or 1) FIELD SPT (N) Depth of SPT (ft) Liq.Sus. (0 or 1) 200 (%) Est. Dr (%) CN Factor Corrected (N1)60 Eff. Unit Wt. (psf) Resist. CRR rd Factor Induced CSR Liquefac. Safe.Fact. 1.0 111.1 0 11.0 1.0 1 2 80 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.998 0.237 2.0 111.1 0 11.0 2.0 1 2 78 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.993 0.236 3.0 111.1 0 11.0 3.0 1 2 76 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.989 0.235 4.0 111.1 0 11.0 4.0 1 2 75 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.984 0.234 -- 5.0 111.1 1 11.0 5.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.979 0.248 0.93 6.0 111.1 1 11.0 6.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.975 0.274 0.84 7.0 124.2 1 11.0 7.0 1 2 72 1.700 21.0 61.8 0.230 0.970 0.294 0.78 8.0 124.2 1 11.0 8.0 1 2 71 1.658 20.5 61.8 0.224 0.966 0.309 0.73 9.0 124.2 1 11.0 9.0 1 2 70 1.595 19.7 61.8 0.215 0.961 0.321 0.67 10.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.538 26.0 61.8 0.302 0.957 0.330 0.92 11.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.487 25.1 61.8 0.287 0.952 0.338 0.85 12.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.437 48.7 72.0 Infin. 0.947 0.344 Non-Liq. 13.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.388 47.0 72.0 Infin. 0.943 0.348 Non-Liq. 14.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.344 45.5 72.0 Infin. 0.938 0.351 Non-Liq. 15.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.304 44.2 72.0 Infin. 0.934 0.354 Non-Liq. 16.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.268 42.9 72.0 Infin. 0.929 0.356 Non-Liq. 17.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.234 58.6 72.0 Infin. 0.925 0.357 Non-Liq. 18.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.203 57.1 72.0 Infin. 0.920 0.358 Non-Liq. 19.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.174 55.7 72.0 Infin. 0.915 0.359 Non-Liq. 20.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.147 54.5 68.5 Infin. 0.911 0.360 Non-Liq. 21.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.123 53.3 68.5 Infin. 0.906 0.361 Non-Liq. 22.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.101 56.7 68.5 Infin. 0.902 0.361 1 Non-Liq. 23.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.080 55.6 68.5 Infin. 0.897 0.361 Non-Liq. 24.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.060 54.6 68.5 Infin. 0.893 0.361 Non-Liq. 25.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.041 53.6 62.8 Infin. 0.888 0.361 Non-Liq. 26.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.025 52.8 62.8 Infin. 0.883 0.361 Non-Liq. 27.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 1.009 54.8 62.8 Infin. 0.879 0.361 Non-Liq. 28.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.994 54.0 62.8 Infin. 0.874 0.361 Non-Liq. 29.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.979 53.2 62.8 Infin. 0.870 0.361 Non-Liq. 30.0 126.0 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.966 52.5 63.6 Infin. 0.865 0.360 Non-Liq. 31.0 126.0 1 37.0 1 27.5 1 1 106 0.952 1 51.7 63.6 1 Infin. 0.861 0.360 Non-Liq. 32.0 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.939 54.9 63.6 Infin. 0.856 0.359 Non-Liq. 33.5 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.924 54.0 63.6 Infin. 0.850 0.358 Non-Liq. 34.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.918 55.1 60.2 Infin. 0.846 0.357 Non-Liq. 35.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.904 54.3 60.2 Infin. 0.842 0.357 Non-Liq. 36.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.894 53.6 60.2 Infin. 0.838 0.356 Non-Liq. 37.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.884 53.0 60.2 Infin. 0.833 0.356 Non-Liq. 38.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.874 52.4 60.2 Infin. 0.829 0.355 Non-Liq. 39.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.865 51.9 60.2 Infin. 0.824 0.354 Non-Liq. 40.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.855 51.3 64.9 Infin. 0.819 0.353 Non-Liq. 41.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.845 50.7 64.9 Infin. 0.815 0.352 Non-Liq. 42.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.836 59.0 64.9 Infin. 0.810 0.350 Non-Liq. 43.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.827 58.3 64.9 Infin. 0.806 0.349 Non-Liq. 44.0 1 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.819 57.7 64.9 Infin. 0.801 0.347 Non-Liq. 45.0 125.2 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.810 57.1 62.8 Infin. 0.797 0.346 Non-Liq. 46.0 125.2 1 47.0 1 42.5 1 107 1 0.802 1 56.6 1 62.8 1 Infin. 0.792 0.345 Non-Liq. 47.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.795 68.0 62.8 Infin. 0.787 0.343 Non-Liq. 48.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.787 67.3 62.8 Infin. 0.783 0.342 Non-Liq. 49.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.780 66.7 62.8 Infin. 0.778 0.340 Non-Liq. 50.5 127.8 1 1 57.0 1 47.5 1 115 0.771 65.9 65.4 Infin. 0.773 0.339 Non-Liq. Figure 5 1 G- E0001e1 Client : 50 Main St, Newport Beach File No.: W1033-88-01 Boring : 1 LIQUEFACTION SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS DESIGN EARTHQUAKE (SATURATED SAND AT INITIAL LIQUEFACTION CONDITION) NCEER (1996) METHOD EARTHQUAKE INFORMATION: Earthquake Magnitude: 6.68 PGAM 0.734 2/3 PGAM 0.49 Calculated Mag.Wtg.Factor: 0.747 Historic High Groundwater: 5.0 Groundwater a Exploration: 7.0 TO BASE COUNT N DENSITY (PCF) STRESS O(TSF) STRESS O'(TSF) REL. DEN. Dr(%) A U,U"3, BLOWS (N1)60 LIQUEFACTION SAFETY FACTOR o ume ricEQ Strain leis} (�) SETTLE. Pe (in.) avco 1.0 11 111.11 0.028 0.028 80 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 2.0 11 111.11 0.083 0.083 78 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 3.0 11 111.11 0.139 0.139 76 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 4.0 11 111.11 0.194 0.194 75 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 5.0 11 111.11 0.250 0.234 73 21 0.339 0.93 1.30 0.16 6.0 11 111.11 0.306 0.259 73 21 0.376 0.84 1.40 0.17 7.0 11 124.1643 0.364 0.286 72 21 0.405 0.78 1.40 0.17 8.0 11 124.1643 0.426 0.317 71 21 0.428 0.73 1.40 0.17 9.0 11 124.1643 0.489 0.348 70 20 0.447 0.67 1.60 0.19 10.0 15 124.1643 0.551 0.379 81 26 0.462 0.92 1.10 0.13 11.0 15 124.1643 0.613 0.410 81 25 0.476 0.85 1.10 0.13 12.0 28 134.4156 0.677 0.443 104 49 0.486 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 13.0 28 134.4156 0.745 0.479 104 47 0.494 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 14.0 28 134.4156 0.812 0.515 104 46 0.501 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 15.0 28 134.4156 0.879 0.551 104 44 0.507 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 16.0 28 134.4156 0.946 0.587 104 43 0.513 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 17.0 37 134.4156 1.013 0.623 116 59 0.517 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 18.0 37 134.4156 1.081 0.659 116 57 0.521 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 19.0 37 134.4156 1.148 0.695 116 56 0.525 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 20.0 37 130.9091 1.214 0.731 116 54 0.529 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 21.0 37 130.9091 1.280 0.765 116 53 0.532 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 22.0 37 130.9091 1.345 0.799 110 57 0.536 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 23.0 37 130.9091 1.410 0.833 110 56 0.539 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 24.0 37 130.9091 1.476 0.868 110 55 0.541 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 25.0 37 125.1816 1.540 0.900 110 54 0.544 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 26.0 37 125.1816 1.603 0.932 110 53 0.547 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 27.0 37 125.1816 1.665 0.963 106 55 0.550 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 28.0 37 125.1816 1.728 0.995 106 54 0.553 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 29.0 37 125.1816 1.790 1.026 106 53 0.555 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 30.0 37 126.0126 1.853 1.058 106 52 0.558 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 31.0 37 126.0126 1.916 1.089 106 52 0.560 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 32.0 39 126.0126 1.979 1.121 105 55 0.562 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 33.5 39 126.0126 2.058 1.161 105 54 0.564 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 34.0 40 122.5588 2.089 1.176 102 55 0.565 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 35.0 40 122.5588 2.166 1.214 102 54 0.568 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 36.0 40 122.5588 2.227 1.244 102 54 0.570 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 37.0 40 122.5588 2.288 1.274 102 53 0.571 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 38.0 40 122.5588 2.349 1.304 102 52 0.573 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 39.0 40 122.5588 2.411 1.334 102 52 0.575 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 40.0 40 127.3266 2.473 1.366 102 51 0.576 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 41.0 40 127.3266 2.537 1.398 102 51 0.577 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 42.0 47 127.3266 2.600 1.430 107 59 0.579 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 43.0 47 127.3266 2.664 1.463 107 58 0.580 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 44.0 47 127.3266 2.728 1.495 107 58 0.580 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 45.0 47 125.154 2.791 1.527 107 57 0.582 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 46.0 47 125.154 2.854 1.559 107 57 0.583 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 47.0 57 125.154 2.916 1.590 115 68 0.584 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 48.0 57 125.154 2.979 1.621 1 115 67 0.585 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 49.0 57 120.104 3.041 1.653 110 67 0.586 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 50.5 57 121.6424 3.120 1.693 115 1 66 0.587 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 11 TOTAL SETTLEMENT = 1.1 INCHES Figure 6 Client : 50 Main St, Newport Beach 91 Ca ► rf�vivII NRRr.r.1171 Boring : 1 GEOCON EMPIRICAL ESTIMATION OF LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE NCEER (1996) METHOD FARTHOIIAKF INFORMATION - Earthquake Magnitude: 6.78 Peak Horiz. Acceleration PGAM (g): 0.734 Calculated Mag.Wtg.Factor: 0.776 Historic High Groundwater: 5.0 Groundwater Depth During Exploration: 7.0 LIQUEFACTION CALCULATIONS: IlUnit Wt. Water pc By Thomas F. Blake (1994-1996) FNFRGY& ROD CORRFCTK)NS- Energy Correction (CE) for N60: 1.25 Rod Len.Corr. CR 0-no or 1-yes): 1.0 Bore Dia. Corr. (CB): 1.00 Sampler Corr. (CS): 1.20 Use Ksi ma 0 or 1): 1.0 Depth to Base (ft) Total Unit Wt. (1 Water (0 or 1) FIELD SPT (N) Depth of SPT (ft) Liq.Sus. (0 or 1) 200 (%) Est. Dr (%) CN Factor Corrected (N1)60 Eff. Unit Wt. (psf) Resist. CRR rd Factor Induced CSR Liquefac. Safe.Fact. 1.0 111.1 0 11.0 1.0 1 2 80 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.998 0.369 2.0 111.1 0 11.0 2.0 1 2 78 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.993 0.368 3.0 111.1 0 11.0 3.0 1 2 76 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.989 0.366 4.0 111.1 0 11.0 4.0 1 2 75 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.984 0.364 -- 5.0 111.1 1 11.0 5.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.979 0.387 0.59 6.0 111.1 1 11.0 6.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.975 0.426 0.54 7.0 124.2 1 11.0 7.0 1 2 72 1.700 21.0 61.8 0.230 0.970 0.457 0.50 8.0 124.2 1 11.0 8.0 1 2 71 1.658 20.5 61.8 0.224 0.966 0.481 0.47 9.0 124.2 1 11.0 9.0 1 2 70 1.595 19.7 61.8 0.215 0.961 0.499 0.43 10.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.538 26.0 61.8 0.302 0.957 0.515 0.59 11.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.487 25.1 61.8 0.287 0.952 0.527 0.54 12.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.437 48.7 72.0 Infin. 0.947 0.536 Non-Liq. 13.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.388 47.0 72.0 Infin. 0.943 0.542 Non-Liq. 14.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.344 45.5 72.0 Infin. 0.938 0.547 Non-Liq. 15.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.304 44.2 72.0 Infin. 0.934 0.551 Non-Liq. 16.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.268 42.9 72.0 Infin. 0.929 0.554 Non-Liq. 17.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.234 58.6 72.0 Infin. 0.925 0.557 Non-Liq. 18.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.203 57.1 72.0 Infin. 0.920 0.558 Non-Liq. 19.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.174 55.7 72.0 Infin. 0.915 0.559 Non-Liq. 20.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.147 54.5 68.5 Infin. 0.911 0.561 Non-Liq. 21.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.123 53.3 68.5 Infin. 0.906 0.561 Non-Liq. 22.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.101 56.7 68.5 Infin. 0.902 0.562 Non-Liq. 23.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.080 55.6 68.5 1 Infin. 0.897 0.562 Non-Liq. 24.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.060 54.6 68.5 Infin. 0.893 0.562 Non-Liq. 25.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.041 53.6 62.8 Infin. 0.888 0.562 Non-Liq. 26.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.025 52.8 62.8 Infin. 0.883 0.563 Non-Liq. 27.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 1.009 54.8 62.8 Infin. 0.879 0.563 Non-Liq. 28.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.994 54.0 62.8 Infin. 0.874 0.562 Non-Liq. 29.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.979 53.2 62.8 Infin. 0.870 0.562 Non-Liq. 30.0 126.0 1 37.0 1 27.5 1 1 106 0.966 52.5 63.6 Infin. 0.865 0.561 Non-Liq. 31.0 126.0 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.952 51.7 63.6 Infin. 0.861 0.560 Non-Liq. 32.0 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.939 54.9 63.6 Infin. 0.856 0.559 Non-Liq. 33.5 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.924 54.0 63.6 Infin. 0.850 0.558 Non-Liq. 34.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.918 55.1 60.2 Infin. 0.846 0.556 Non-Liq. 35.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.904 54.3 60.2 Infin. 0.842 0.556 Non-Liq. 36.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.894 53.6 60.2 Infin. 0.838 0.555 Non-Liq. 37.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.884 53.0 60.2 Infin. 0.833 0.554 Non-Liq. 38.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.874 52.4 60.2 Infin. 0.829 0.553 Non-Liq. 39.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.865 51.9 60.2 Infin. 0.824 0.551 1 Non-Liq. 40.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.855 51.3 64.9 Infin. 0.819 0.549 Non-Liq. 41.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.845 50.7 64.9 Infin. 0.815 0.547 Non-Liq. 42.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.836 59.0 64.9 Infin. 0.810 0.545 Non-Liq. 43.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.827 58.3 64.9 Infin. 0.806 0.543 Non-Liq. 44.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.819 57.7 64.9 Infin. 0.801 0.541 Non-Liq. 45.0 125.2 1 47.0 1 42.5 1 107 1 0.810 57.1 62.8 Infin. 0.797 0.539 Non-Liq. 46.0 125.2 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.802 56.6 62.8 Infin. 0.792 0.537 Non-Liq. 47.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.795 68.0 62.8 Infin. 0.787 0.535 Non-Liq. 48.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.787 67.3 62.8 Infin. 0.783 0.532 Non-Liq. 49.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.780 66.7 62.8 Infin. 0.778 0.530 Non-Liq. 50.5 127.8 1 1 57.0 47.5 1 1 115 0.771 65.9 65.4 Infin. 0.773 1 0.527 Non-Liq. Figure 7 Client : 50 Main St, Newport Beach / File No.: W1033-88-01 Boring : 1 GEOCON, LIQUEFACTION SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (SATURATED SAND AT INITIAL LIQUEFACTION CONDITION) OFFER (1996) METHOD FARTHOl1AKF INFORMATION Figure 8 GROUND SURFACE PROPERLv � coMPACTED BACKFILL /WATERPROOF WALL RETAINING WALL ry A ai I e 6 IA CRUSHED ROCK 9 IT° y ° •4 ° 9 a FILTER FABRIC ENVELOPE MIRAFI 40M OR EOUIVALENF a_ Bu 1 ePo^: jII 2/3IT e ,A PERFORATED A T OR AD ND To OR INAPESYSTEM DRAINAGE SYSTEM � MATFYUND TION I � I d a 1�4 g8Q 4'4 oy�2 G be`B A1�6'+Sy T 3 FILTER FABRIC LAVER / MIRAFI500XO OR EQUIVALENT OPTIONAL 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK(DENSIFIED) NO SCALE GEOCON W E 8 T, I N C. s ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 3303 N. XAN FERNANDO BLVD.-SUITE 100-BURBANK, CA 01504 PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: PZ CHECKED BY JTA RETAINING WALL DRAIN DETAIL 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA FEB.2022 I PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG.9 FILTER FABRIC LAYER MIRAFI 50OX OR EQUIN a s a BASEMENT RETAINING WALL OR OUNO SURFACE 18" PROPERLY COMPACTED BACKFILL DRAINAGE PANELO DRAIN 1000 OR EQUIVALENT) WATER PROOFING BYARCHITECT CRUSHED ROCK (1 C FILTER FABRIC ENVELOPE a"e MAT FOUNgATON } MIRAFI 140N OR EQUIVALENT 4" CIA. SCHEDULE 40 PERFORATED PVC PIPE EXTENDED TO APPROVED a. a a e _.. .. _s.... .a •� OUTLET 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK (DENSIFIED) NOTE. TOP OF DRAINAGE PANEL NOT MORE THAN 18INCHES FROM GROUND SURFACE NO SCALE GEOCON RETAINING WALL DRAIN DETAIL W E 8 T, I N C. s ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 901 EAST OCEAN 3303N. SANFERNANDOBLVD.-SUITE100- BURBANK,CA91504 NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: PZ I CHECKED BY: JTA FEB. 2022 I PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG. 10 /_1„21►191KI APPENDIX A FIELD INVESTIGATION The site was initially explored on August 5, 2019 by drilling two 8-inch diameter borings using a truck - mounted mud -rotary drilling machine. The borings were drilled to depths of 20'/z and 50'/z feet below the existing ground surface. Representative and relatively undisturbed samples were obtained by driving a 3 inch, O. D., California Modified Sampler into the "undisturbed" soil mass with blows from a 140-pound auto -hammer falling 30 inches. The California Modified Sampler was equipped with 1-inch high by 21/8-inch diameter brass sampler rings to facilitate soil removal and testing. Bulk samples were also obtained. Standard Penetration Tests were performed in boring B1. The soil conditions encountered in the borings were visually examined, classified and logged in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). The logs of the borings are presented on Figures At and A2. The logs depict the soil and geologic conditions encountered and the depth at which samples were obtained. The logs also include our interpretation of the conditions between sampling intervals. Therefore, the logs contain both observed and interpreted data. We determined the lines designating the interface between soil materials on the logs using visual observations, penetration rates, excavation characteristics and other factors. The transition between materials may be abrupt or gradual. Where applicable, the boring logs were revised based on subsequent laboratory testing. The locations of the borings are shown on Figure 2. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 w BORING DEPTH AMPLE 0 SOIL owe Q Q ZLL in z IN NO O z CLASS ELEV. (MSL.) -- DATE COMPLETED 08/05/2019 � 0 0 in M 0 � to Feel ­ ::J D O IUSCSI w rn o wwm > x O z 20 O EQUIPMENT Mud Rotary BY: JS a �" MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 3" AC / 9" Base ARTIFICIAL FILL Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, light brown, fine-grained. 2 BEACH DEPOSITS B1@2.5' Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, light brown, fine-grained. 20 102.5 8.4 4 B1@5' - SP - with brown mottles 11 14.9 6 ' 1 8 B1@7.5' - loose,brown,fine-grained with some medium -grained 12 102.7 20.9 10 B 1 @10' - medium dense, moist to wet, fine- to medium -grained, trace coarse -grained 15 21.5 OLD MARINE DEPOSITS 12 Sand, medium dense, wet, brown, fine-grained. B1@12.5' - 47 112.2 19.8 4 B1@15' -fine-grained with some medium -grained 28 23.0 6 - dense 18 B1@17.5' 37 23.5 SP 20 B1@20' -very dense 94 108.1 21.1 22 - moist, dense, olive brown, fine-grained B1@22.5' - 37 27.0 24 B1@25' - verydense 91 103.2 21.3 26 - dense, moist to wet 28 B1@27.5' - 37 26.2 Figure Al, W1033-88-01 BORING LOGS.GPJ Log of Boring 1, Page 1 of 2 SAMPLE SYMBOLS ❑ SAMPLING UNSUCCESSFUL STANDARD PENETRATION TEST DRIVE SAMPLE (UNDISTURBED) t2 DISTURBED OR BAG SAMPLE Q CHUNK SAMPLE 1 WATER TABLE OR SEEPAGE NOTE. THE LOG OF SUBSURFACE COND DIONS SHOWN HEREON APPLIES ONLY AT THE SPECIFIC BORING OR TRENCH LOCATION AND AT THE DATE INDICATED. IT IS NOT WARRANTED TO BE REPRESENTATIVE OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AT OTHER LOCATIONS AND TIMES. GEOCON PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 w BORING DEPTH AMPLE 0 SOIL owe Q Q ZLL wo z IN NO O z CLASS ELEV. (MSL.) -- DATE COMPLETED 08/05/2019 � 0 0 0 M V) to Feel ­ ::J D O IUSCSI w rn o wwm > x O z 20 EQUIPMENT Mud Rotary BY: JS a �" MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 30 131@30' -moist, olive gay, some silt 88 102.2 23.3 32 Sp B1@32.5' - 39 26.6 34 --- - iII ___ _________________ __ ------------- Silty Sand, dense, moist, gay, fine -gained. --- ------ 131@35' _ f _ 64 96.2 27.4 - 38 B1@37.5' III _ 1, -_ f _ 40 25.2 40 131@40' II J II 1�1 _- f_ I -very dense 95 102.6 24.1 42 -�-� SM - dense, trace shell fragments B 1 @42.5' 1� - 47 23.0 44 1 I B1@45' IIII 11 -_ 4 - fine -gained, decrease in shell fragments 50 (5') 102.0 22.7 46 1II 48 B1@47.5' III - -tracemedium-gained 57 25.7 1I Total depth ofboring: 50.5 feet. Fill to 1.5 feet. Groundwater encountered at 7 feet Backfilled with cement bentonite gout Surface restored. *Penetration resistance for 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches by auto -hammer. Figure Al, W1033-88-01 BORING LOGS.GPJ Log of Boring 1, Page 2 of 2 SAMPLE SYMBOLS ❑ SAMPLING UNSUCCESSFUL STANDARD PENETRATION TEST DRIVE SAMPLE (UNDISTURBED) t2 DISTURBED OR BAG SAMPLE Q CHUNK SAMPLE 1 WATER TABLE OR SEEPAGE NOTE. THE LOG OF SUBSURFACE COND TIONS SHOWN HEREON APPLIES ONLY AT THE SPECIFIC BORING OR TRENCH LOCATION AND AT THE DATE INDICATED. IT IS NOT WARRANTED TO BE REPRESENTATIVE OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AT OTHER LOCATIONS AND TIMES. GEOCON PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 af BORING DEPTH w owe wo AMPLE 0 SOIL Q Q ZLL z IN NO O z CLASS ELEV. (MSL.) -- DATE COMPLETED 08/05/2019 � 0 0 0 M V) to Feel ­ D IUSCSI w rn o wwm > af O z 20 ::J O (D O EQUIPMENT Mud Rotary BY: JS a �" MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 BULK - 5" AC / 9" Base 0-5' ARTIFICIAL FILL Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, fight brown, fine-grained with - some medium -gained, some shell fragments. BEACH DEPOSITS B2@2.5' 29 102.4 6.5 Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, fight brown, fine- to 4 medium -grained, trace shell fragments. B2@5' - SP - loose, moist to wet, olive brown, fine -gained, some fine gavel 11 89.7 22.2 6 _- 8 B2@7.5' - medium dense, wet, fine -gained with some medium -gained 27 103.8 18.9 10 - OLD MARINE DEPOSITS B2@10' Sand, dense, fine- to medium -gained, olive brown, trace fine shell fragments. 57 106.8 19.5 12 B2@12.5' - - increase in shell fragments, trace coarse -gained sand 68 108.5 18.9 14 SP B2@15 62 107.8 18.8 16 18 20 B2 20 = - moist, decrease in coarse -grained sand and shell fragments 71 100.0 25.3 Total depth ofboring: 20.5 feet. Fill to 1.5 feet. Groundwater encountered at 6 feet Backfilled with cement bentonite gout Surface restored. *Penetration resistance for 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches by auto -hammer. Figure A2, W1033-88-01 BORING LOGS.GPJ Log of Boring 2, Page 1 of 1 SAMPLE SYMBOLS ❑ SAMPLING UNSUCCESSFUL STANDARD PENETRATION TEST DRIVE SAMPLE (UNDISTURBED) t2 DISTURBED OR BAG SAMPLE Q CHUNK SAMPLE 1 WATER TABLE OR SEEPAGE NOTE. THE LOG OF SUBSURFACE COND DIONS SHOWN HEREON APPLIES ONLY AT THE SPECIFIC BORING OR TRENCH LOCATION AND AT THE DATE INDICATED. IT IS NOT WARRANTED TO BE REPRESENTATIVE OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AT OTHER LOCATIONS AND TIMES. GEOCON APPENDIX APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests were performed in accordance with generally accepted test methods of the "American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)", or other suggested procedures. Selected samples were tested for direct shear strength, consolidation and expansion characteristics, moisture density relationships, grain -size, corrosivity, in -place dry density and moisture content. The results of the laboratory tests are summarized in Figures B 1 through B 13. The in -place dry density and moisture content of the samples tested are presented in the boring logs, Appendix A. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 5.0 4.0 3.0 N � N L 2.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 Normal Stress (ksf) Project No.: W1033-88-01 901 East Ocean 40P DIRECT SHEAR TEST RESULTS Newport Beach, CA Consolidated Drained ASTM D-3080 GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B1 Boring No. B-2 Sample No. B2@0-5 Depth (ft) 0-5 Light Brown Sand (SP) Peak 100 34.3 Ultimate Normal Strest (kip/ft2) 1 3 6 Peak Shear Stress (kip/ft�) � 0.77 � 1.96 � 3.60 Shear Stress @End of Test (ksf) O 0.71 ❑ 1.90 A 3.19 5.0 4.0 3.0 N Y N N N is N L 2.0 1.0 / 0.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 Normal Stress (ksf) Project No.: W1033-88-01 901 East Ocean 40P DIRECT SHEAR TEST RESULTS Newport Beach, CA Consolidated Drained ASTM D-3080 GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B2 Boring No. B-2 Sample No. B2@2.5 Depth (ft) 2.5 Light Brown Sand (SP) Peak 467 33.2 Ultimate Normal Strest (kip/ft2) 1 3 6 Peak Shear Stress (kip/ft�) � 1.07 � 2.61 � 3.69 Shear Stress @ End of Test (ksf) O 0.72 ❑ 1.99 A 3.46 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Light B�roPw)n Sand B1@2.5 99.1 15.1 19.7 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B3 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@5 98.2 24.9 24.1 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B4 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) B1@7.5 Brown Sand (SP) 99.9 18.7 20.8 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B5 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@10 103.5 20.0 20.8 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B6 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 ---- 4.0 0 ---- i Y 0 5.0 0 U ---- Y 0 2 6.0 w a 7.0 8.0 9.0 -- 10.0 0 1 10 Consolidation Pressure (psf) Project No.: W1033-88-01 901 East Ocean 440��*i CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS Newport Beach, CA ASTM D-2435 GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B7 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) B1@12.5 Brown Sand (SP) 107.9 20.7 21.6 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@15 101.9 22.5 23.3 (40P Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B8 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@20 95.8 27.1 28.2 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B9 100.0 80.0 O O N 60.0 6 z 0) C En En a 40.0 11 P 10 1 0.1 0.01 Grain Diamter (mm) Sample No. Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve B-1 @ 5' B-1 @ 10' 1.8 4.0 41 OW) - GEOCON Checked GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS ASTM D-1140 y: Pz M Feb. 2022 901 East Ocean Newport Beach, CA 0.001 W1033-88-01 I BJ B2@0-5 MOLDED SPECIMEN BEFORE TEST AFTER TEST Specimen Diameter (in.) 4.0 4.0 Specimen Height (in.) 1.0 1.0 Wt. Comp. Soil + Mold (gm) 541.0 569.7 Wt. of Mold (gm) 171.4 171.4 Specific Gravity (Assumed) 2.7 2.7 Wet Wt. of Soil + Cont. (gm) 677.4 569.7 Dry Wt. of Soil + Cont. (gm) 662.7 351.5 Wt. of Container (gm) 377.4 171.4 Moisture Content N 5.2 13.3 Wet Density (pcf) 111.5 120.0 Dry Density (pcf) 106.0 105.9 Void Ratio 0.6 0.6 Total Porosity 0.4 0.4 Pore Volume (cc) 76.8 75.3 Degree of Saturation N [Smeaej 24.0 62.3 Date Time Pressure (psi) Elapsed Time (min) Dial Readings (in.) 8/13/2019 10:00 1.0 0 0.4051 8/13/2019 10:10 1.0 10 0.4053 Add Distilled Water to the Specimen 8/14/2019 10:00 1.0 1430 0.3977 8/14/2019 11:00 1.0 1490 0.3977 Expansion Index (EI meas) _ -7.6 Expansion Index ( Report ) = 0 Expansion Index, EI50 CBC CLASSIFICATION * UBC CLASSIFICATION ** 0-20 Non -Expansive Very Low 21-50 Expansive Low 51-90 Expansive Medium 91-130 Expansive High >130 Expansive Very High * Reference: 2016 California Building Code, Section 1803.5.3 ** Reference: 1997 Uniform Building Code, Table 18-I-B. Project No.: W1033-88-01 Ooffj EXPANSION INDEX TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D 4829 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B11 ;ample No: B2@0-5 Light Brown Sand (SP) TEST NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Wt. Compacted Soil + Mold (g) 5936 5974 6004 6034 Weight of Mold (g) 4296 4296 4296 4296 Net Weight of Soil (g) 1640 1678 1708 1738 Wet Weight of Soil + Cont. (g) 1914.3 1938.4 2053.0 1 2097.1 Dry Weight of Soil + Cont. (g) 1840.8 1834.9 1911.7 1920.1 Weight of Container (g) 378.5 378.7 378.7 377.1 Moisture Content (%) 5.0 7.1 9.2 11.5 Wet Density (pcf) 1 108.6 1 111.1 113.1 115.1 Dry Density (pcf) 1 103.4 1 103.7 1 103.5 1 103.2 Maximum Dry Density (pcf) 104.4I Optimum Moisture Content (%)1 8.2 120.0 115.0 U 110.0 !Z 95.0 +- 0.0 ------- S.G. 2.65 - -- -- S.G. 2.7 ............. S.G. 2.75 5.0 10.0 15.0 Moisture Content (%) W1A11 Preparation Method: A (4O,W) MODIFIED COMPACTION TEST OF Project No.: W1033-88-01 SOILS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-1557 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B12 SUMMARY OF LABORATORY POTENTIAL OF HYDROGEN (pH) AND RESISTIVITY TEST RESULTS CALIFORNIA TEST NO. 643 Sample No. Sample No. pH Resistivity (ohm centimeters) B2 @ 0-5 8.9 7500 (Moderately Corrosive) Sample No. Water DOCUMENT 2 GEOOION W E S T, I N C. GEOTEC H N I C A L■ ENVIRONMENTAL ■ MATERIALS Project No. W1033-88-01 July 6, 2022 Mr. Jeff Katz COAR (formerly Jeff Katz Architecture) 6353 Del Cerro Boulevard San Diego, California 92120 Subject: REVIEW OF STRUCTURAL, CIVIL, AND LANDSCAPE PLANS PROPOSED JUNIOR LIFEGUARD FACILITY 901 EAST OCEAN, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA References: Geotechnicallnvestigation, by Geocon West, Inc., dated February 1, 2022; Addendum to Geotechnicallnvestigation, by Geocon West, Inc., dated May 9, 2022; Structural Plans, City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building, by Oriel Engineering, Sheets S-101 thru S-103, S-201, S-301, S-401, June 30, 2022 (delta 1); Civil Plans, City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building, by BKF, Sheets C-0.1, C-4.0, C-4.1, C-5.0, June 30, 2022 (delta 1); Landscape Plans, City of Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building, by Parterre, Sheets 1-1.7 and L 1.8, June 30, 2022. Ladies and Gentlemen: This letter has been prepared subsequent to our review of the referenced structural, civil, and landscape plans for the subject site transmitted to us via email on July 6, 2022. The purpose of this letter is to provide written confirmation that subject plans have been reviewed by the undersigned engineer. Based on a review of the plans, the plans appear to be in conformance with the intent of the project geotechnical recommendations in the above referenced report dated February 1, 2022 and addenda. Any future revisions or modifications to the plans should be reviewed and approved by this office. Should you have any questions regarding this letter, or if we may be of further service, please contact the undersigned at your convenience. Very truly yours, GEOCON WEST, INC. Uh 3092 (1) Addressee 2807 McCaw Avenue . Irvine, CA 92618 . Telephone (949) 491-6670 . oc@geoconinc.com DOCUMENT 3 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED JUNIOR LIFEGUARD FACILITY 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA PREPARED FOR JEFF KATZ ARCHITECTURE NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 SEPTEMBER 5, 2019 REVISED FEBRUARY 1, 2022 GEOCON W E S T, I N C. G E O T E C H N I C A L Project No. W1033-88-01 September 5, 2019 Revised February 1, 2022 Mr. Jeff Katz Jeff Katz Architecture 6353 Del Cerro Boulevard San Diego, California 92120 ■ ENVIRONMENTAL ■ Subject: GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED JUNIOR LIFEGUARD FACILITY 901 EAST OCEAN, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA Dear Mr. Katz: MATE R I A L S <<] In accordance with your authorization of our proposal dated July 9, 2019, we have prepared this geotechnical investigation report for the proposed junior lifeguard facility to be located within Parking Lot A at the subject site. The accompanying report presents the findings of our study, and our conclusions and recommendations pertaining to the geotechnical aspects of proposed design and construction. Based on the results of our investigation, it is our opinion that the project can be developed as proposed provided the recommendations in this report are followed and implemented during design and construction. If you have any questions regarding this report, or if we may be of further service, please contact the undersigned. Very truly yours, GEOCON WEST, INC. P OFESSfp4 CO wrn C87439 X -�C 1V1\1 0 Petrina Zen PE 87489 (EMAIL) Addressee Susan Kirkgard CEG 1754 QROF ESSIpN� �O ,ENO Mqs l� W GE3092 °Tc,�N 4 of c AI AN Jelisa Thomas Adams GE 3 092 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE.................................................................................................................1 2. SITE CONDITIONS & PROJECT DESCRIPTION.......................................................................1 3. GEOLOGIC SETTING....................................................................................................................2 4. SOIL AND GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS.........................................................................................2 4.1 Artificial Fill..........................................................................................................................2 4.2 Beach Deposits......................................................................................................................3 4.3 Old Marine Deposits..............................................................................................................3 5. GROUNDWATER...........................................................................................................................3 6. GEOLOGIC HAZARDS..................................................................................................................4 6.1 Surface Fault Rupture............................................................................................................4 6.2 Seismicity...............................................................................................................................5 6.3 Seismic Design Criteria.........................................................................................................5 6.4 Liquefaction Potential............................................................................................................7 6.5 Lateral Spreading...................................................................................................................8 6.6 Slope Stability........................................................................................................................9 6.7 Earthquake -Induced Flooding................................................................................................9 6.8 Tsunamis, Seiches, and Flooding...........................................................................................9 6.9 Oil Fields & Methane Potential...........................................................................................10 6.10 Subsidence...........................................................................................................................10 7. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.........................................................................11 7.1 General.................................................................................................................................11 7.2 Soil and Excavation Characteristics.....................................................................................13 7.3 Minimum Resistivity, pH, and Water -Soluble Sulfate........................................................13 7.4 Grading................................................................................................................................14 7.5 Ground Improvement - Rapid Impact Compaction.............................................................16 7.6 Mat Foundation Design........................................................................................................17 7.7 Miscellaneous Foundations..................................................................................................18 7.8 Lateral Design......................................................................................................................19 7.9 Exterior Concrete Slabs-on-Grade.......................................................................................19 7.10 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations...........................................................................20 7.11 Retaining Wall Design.........................................................................................................21 7.12 Retaining Wall Drainage......................................................................................................23 7.13 Temporary Excavations.......................................................................................................24 7.14 Surface Drainage..................................................................................................................24 7.15 Plan Review.........................................................................................................................25 LIMITATIONS AND UNIFORMITY OF CONDITIONS LIST OF REFERENCES TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) MAPS, TABLES, AND ILLUSTRATIONS Figure 1, Vicinity Map Figure 2, Site Plan Figure 3, Regional Fault Map Figure 4, Regional Seismicity Map Figures 5 and 6, DE Empirical Estimation of Liquefaction Potential Figures 7 and 8, NICE Empirical Estimation of Liquefaction Potential Figures 9 and 10, Retaining Wall Drain Detail APPENDIX A FIELD INVESTIGATION Figures At and A2, Boring Logs APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING Figures B 1 and B2, Direct Shear Test Results Figures B3 through B9, Consolidation Test Results Figure B 10, Grain Size Analysis Test Results Figure B11, Expansion Index Test Results Figure B 12, Modified Compaction Test Results Figure B 13, Corrosivity Test Results GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE This report presents the results of a geotechnical investigation for the proposed junior lifeguard facility located within Parking Lot A at the subject site (Vicinity Map, Figure 1). The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the subsurface soil and geologic conditions underlying the area of proposed construction and, based on conditions encountered, to provide conclusions and recommendations pertaining to the geotechnical aspects of proposed design and construction. The scope of this investigation included a site reconnaissance, field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and the preparation of this report. The site was explored on August 5, 2019 by excavating two 8-inch diameter borings to depths of approximately 20'/z feet and 50'/z feet below the existing ground surface using a truck -mounted mud -rotary drilling machine. The approximate locations of the exploratory borings are depicted on the Site Plan (see Figure 2). A detailed discussion of the field investigation, including boring logs, is presented in Appendix A. Laboratory tests were performed on selected soil samples obtained during the investigation to determine pertinent physical and chemical soil properties. Appendix B presents a summary of the laboratory test results. The recommendations presented herein are based on analysis of the data obtained during the investigation and our experience with similar soil and geologic conditions. References reviewed to prepare this report are provided in the List ofReferences section. If project details vary significantly from those described herein, Geocon should be contacted to determine the necessity for review and possible revision of this report. 2. SITE CONDITIONS & PROJECT DESCRIPTION The subject site is located at 901 East Ocean in the City of Newport Beach, California. The existing parking lot (Parking Lot A) is bounded by the Newport Balboa Bike Trail and residential structures to the north, by a grass field park to the east, by the beach and ocean to the south, and by Balboa Pier to the west. The area of the proposed construction is currently an asphalt paved parking lot. Surface water drainage at the site appears to be by sheet flow along the ground surface to area drains and the city streets. Vegetation onsite consists of grass and trees. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 1 - Revised February I, 2022 Information concerning the proposed project was furnished by the client. It is our understanding that the proposed development will consist of a new 5,600 square -foot Junior Lifeguard Facility, as well as miscellaneous paving and utility improvements. We assume that the proposed structure will be single -story. Due to the preliminary nature of the project, formal plans depicting the proposed development are not available for inclusion in this report. The existing site conditions are depicted on the Site Plan (see Figure 2). Based on the preliminary nature of the design at this time, wall and column loads were not available. It is anticipated that column loads for the proposed structure will be up to 100 kips, and wall loads will be up to 2 kips per linear foot. Once the design phase proceeds to a more finalized plan, the recommendations within this report should be reviewed and revised, if necessary. Geocon should be contacted to determine the necessity for review and possible revision of this report. 3. GEOLOGIC SETTING The subject site is located on Balboa Peninsula, a narrow strip of land at the southern edge of the Orange County Coastal Plain, bound by Newport Harbor to the north and the Pacific Ocean to the south. The Coastal Plain is a relatively flat -lying alluviated surface with an average slope of less than 20 feet per mile. The lowland surface is bounded by hills and mountains on the north and east and by the Pacific Ocean to the south and southwest (Department of Water Resources, 1967). Prominent structural features within the Orange County Coastal Plain include the central lowland plain, the northwest trending line of low hills and mesas near the coast underlain by the Newport -Inglewood Fault Zone (Newport Mesa, Huntington Beach Mesa, Bolsa Chica Mesa, and Landing Hill), and the San Joaquin Hills to the southeast (Department of Water Resources, 1967). 4. SOIL AND GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS Based on our field investigation and published geologic maps of the area, the site is underlain by artificial fill and Holocene age beach deposits that are in turn underlain by Pleistocene age marine deposits (CDMG, 1981; CGS, 2012). Detailed stratigraphic profiles of the materials encountered at the site are provided on the boring logs in Appendix A. 4.1 Artificial Fill Artificial fill was encountered in our field explorations to a maximum depth of 11/z feet below existing ground surface. The artificial fill generally consists of light brown poorly graded sand with some shell fragments. The artificial fill is characterized as moist and medium dense. The fill is likely the result of past grading or construction activities at the site. Deeper fill may exist between excavations and in other portions of the site that were not directly explored. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 -2- Revised February I, 2022 4.2 Beach Deposits The artificial fill is underlain by Holocene age unconsolidated beach deposits consisting of light brown fine- to medium -grained sand. The beach deposits extend to depths of approximately 9'/z to 11 feet beneath the existing ground surface and are characterized as loose to medium dense and moist to wet. 4.3 Old Marine Deposits Pleistocene age marine deposits were encountered beneath the younger beach deposits and consist primarily of light brown to brown, gray to olive gray, or olive brown poorly -graded sand and silty sand with varying amounts of shell fragments. The marine deposits are primarily moist to wet and medium dense to very dense. 5. GROUNDWATER Review of the Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Newport Beach Quadrangle (California Division of Mines and Geology [CDMG], 1997a) indicates that the historically highest groundwater level in the area is less than 10 feet beneath the ground surface. Groundwater information presented in this document is generated from data collected in the early 1900's to the late 1990s. Based on current groundwater basin management practices, it is unlikely that groundwater levels will ever exceed the historic high levels. Groundwater was encountered in borings B 1 and B2 at depths of 7 and 6 feet below the existing ground surface, respectively. Given the proximity of the site to the coastline, the depth to groundwater is likely influenced by tidal fluctuations. Based on these considerations, groundwater may be encountered during construction. Also, it is not uncommon for groundwater levels to vary seasonally or for groundwater seepage conditions to develop where none previously existed, especially in impermeable fine-grained soils which are heavily irrigated or after seasonal rainfall. In addition, recent requirements for stormwater infiltration could result in shallower seepage conditions in the immediate site vicinity. Proper surface drainage of irrigation and precipitation will be critical for future performance of the project. Recommendations for drainage are provided in the Surface Drainage section of this report (see Section 7.14). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 3 - Revised February I, 2022 6. GEOLOGIC HAZARDS 6.1 Surface Fault Rupture The numerous faults in Southern California include active, potentially active, and inactive faults. The criteria for these major groups are based on criteria developed by the California Geological Survey (CGS, formerly known as CDMG) for the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone Program (CGS, 2018). By definition, an active fault is one that has had surface displacement within Holocene time (about the last 11,700 years). A potentially active fault has demonstrated surface displacement during Quaternary time (approximately the last 1.6 million years), but has had no known Holocene movement. Faults that have not moved in the last 1.6 million years are considered inactive. The site is not within a state -designated Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone (CGS, 2019a and 2019b;) for surface fault rupture hazards. No active or potentially active faults with the potential for surface fault rupture are known to pass directly beneath the site. Therefore, the potential for surface rupture due to faulting occurring beneath the site during the design life of the proposed development is considered low. However, the site is located in the seismically active Southern California region, and could be subjected to moderate to strong ground shaking in the event of an earthquake on one of the many active Southern California faults. The faults in the vicinity of the site are shown in Figure 3, Regional Fault Map. The closest surface trace of an active fault to the site is the Newport -Inglewood Fault Zone located approximately 0.6 mile to the south-southwest (Ziony and Jones, 1989). Other nearby active faults are the Palos Verdes Fault Zone (offshore segment), the Whittier Fault, and the Elsinore Fault located approximately 12.5 miles southwest, 22.5 miles north-northeast, and 23.5 miles northeast of the site, respectively (Ziony and Jones, 1989). The active San Andreas Fault Zone is located approximately 54 miles northeast of the site (Ziony and Jones, 1989). Several buried thrust faults, commonly referred to as blind thrusts, underlie the Los Angeles Basin and the Orange County Coastal Plain at depth. These faults are not exposed at the ground surface and are typically identified at depths greater than 3.0 kilometers. The October 1, 1987, Ms 5.9 Whittier Narrows earthquake and the January 17, 1994, Mv, 6.7 Northridge earthquake were a result of movement on the Puente Hills Blind Thrust and the Northridge Thrust, respectively. These thrust faults and others in the greater Los Angeles area are not exposed at the surface and do not present a potential surface fault rupture hazard at the site; however, these deep thrust faults are considered active features capable of generating future earthquakes that could result in moderate to significant ground shaking at the site. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 4 - Revised February I, 2022 6.2 Seismicity As with all of Southern California, the site has experienced historic earthquakes from various regional faults. The seismicity of the region surrounding the site was formulated based on research of an electronic database of earthquake data. The epicenters of recorded earthquakes with magnitudes equal to or greater than 5.0 in the site vicinity are depicted on Figure 4, Regional Seismicity Map. A partial list of moderate to major magnitude earthquakes that have occurred in the Southern California area within the last 100 years is included in the following table. LIST OF HISTORIC EARTHQUAKES Earthquake (Oldest to Youngest) Date of Earthquake Magnitude Distance to Epicenter (Miles) Direction to Epicenter Near Redlands July 23, 1923 6.3 46 NE Long Beach March 10, 1933 6.4 4 WNW Tehachapi July 21, 1952 7.5 116 NW San Fernando February 9, 1971 6.6 63 NW Whittier Narrows October 1, 1987 5.9 33 NNW Sierra Madre June 28, 1991 5.8 46 N Landers June 28, 1992 7.3 93 ENE Big Bear June 28, 1992 6.4 74 ENE Northridge January 17, 1994 6.7 56 NW Hector Mine October 16, 1999 7.1 116 NE Rid ecrest July 5, 2019 7.1 150 1 N The site could be subjected to strong ground shaking in the event of an earthquake. However, this hazard is common in Southern California and the effects of ground shaking can be mitigated if the proposed structures are designed and constructed in conformance with current building codes and engineering practices. 6.3 Seismic Design Criteria The following table summarizes site -specific design criteria obtained from the 2019 California Building Code (CBC; Based on the 2018 International Building Code [IBC] and ASCE 7-16), Chapter 16 Structural Design, Section 1613 Earthquake Loads. The data was calculated using the online application Seismic Design Maps, provided by OSHPD. The short spectral response uses a period of 0.2 second. We evaluated the Site Class based on the discussion in Section 1613.2.2 of the 2019 CBC and Table 20.3-1 of ASCE 7-16. The values presented below are for the risk -targeted maximum considered earthquake (MCER). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 5 - Revised February I, 2022 2019 CBC SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS Parameter Value 2019 CBC Reference Site Class D Section 1613.2.2 MCEe Ground Motion Spectral Response 1.397g Figure 1613.2.1(1) Acceleration — Class B (short), Ss MCER Ground Motion Spectral Response 0.496g Figure 1613.2.1(2) Acceleration—ClassB (1 sec), Si Site Coefficient, FA 1.0 Table 1613.2.3(1) Site Coefficient, Fv 1.804* Table 1613.2.3(2) Site Class Modified NICER Spectral Response 1.397g Section 1613.2.3 (Eqn 16-36) Acceleration (short), SMs Site Class Modified NICER Spectral Response 0.894g* Section 1613.2.3 (Eqn 16-37) Acceleration —(1 sec), SMi 5% Damped Design Spectral Response Acceleration (short), Sns 0.931g Section 1613.2.4 (Eqn 16-38) 5% Damped Design Spectral Response Acceleration (1 sec), Sm 0.596g* Section 1613.2.4 (Eqn 16-39) Note: *Per Section 11.4.8 of ASCE/SEI 7-16, a ground motion hazard analysis shall be performed for projects for Site Class "E" sites with Ss greater than or equal to 1.0g, and for Site Class "D" and "E" sites with S 1 greater than 0.2g. Section 11.4.8 also provides exceptions which indicates that the ground motion hazard analysis may be waived provided the exceptions are followed. Using the code based values presented in the table above, in lieu of a performing a ground motion hazard analysis, requires the exceptions outlined in ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4.8 be followed. The table below presents the mapped maximum considered geometric mean (MCEG) seismic design parameters for projects located in Seismic Design Categories of D through F in accordance with ASCE 7-16. ASCE 7-16 PEAK GROUND ACCELERATION Parameter Value ASCE 7-16 Reference Mapped MCEG Peak Ground Acceleration, 0.613g Figure 22-9 PGA Site Coefficient, FPGA 1.1 Table 11.8-1 Site Class Modified MCEG Peak Ground 0.674g Section 11.8.3 (Eqn 11.8-1) Acceleration, PGAM Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 6 - Revised February I, 2022 The Maximum Considered Earthquake Ground Motion (MCE) is the level of ground motion that has a 2 percent chance of exceedance in 50 years, with a statistical return period of 2,475 years. According to the 2019 California Building Code and ASCE 7-16, the NICE is to be utilized for the evaluation of liquefaction, lateral spreading, seismic settlements, and it is our understanding that the intent of the Building code is to maintain "Life Safety" during a NICE event. The Design Earthquake Ground Motion (DE) is the level of ground motion that has a 10 percent chance of exceedance in 50 years, with a statistical return period of 475 years. Deaggregation of the NICE peak ground acceleration was performed using the USGS online Unified Hazard Tool, 2014 Conterminous U.S. Dynamic edition (v4.2.0). The result of the deaggregation analysis indicates that the predominant earthquake contributing to the NICE peak ground acceleration is characterized as a 6.66 magnitude event occurring at a hypocentral distance of 7.65 kilometers from the site. Deaggregation was also performed for the Design Earthquake (DE) peak ground acceleration, and the result of the analysis indicates that the predominant earthquake contributing to the DE peak ground acceleration is characterized as a 6.55 magnitude occurring at a hypocentral distance of 17.41 kilometers from the site. Conformance to the criteria in the above tables for seismic design does not constitute any kind of guarantee or assurance that significant structural damage or ground failure will not occur if a large earthquake occurs. The primary goal of seismic design is to protect life, not to avoid all damage, since such design may be economically prohibitive. 6.4 Liquefaction Potential Liquefaction is a phenomenon in which loose, saturated, relatively cohesionless soil deposits lose shear strength during strong ground motions. Primary factors controlling liquefaction include intensity and duration of ground motion, gradation characteristics of the subsurface soils, in -situ stress conditions, and the depth to groundwater. Liquefaction is typified by a loss of shear strength in the liquefied layers due to rapid increases in pore water pressure generated by earthquake accelerations. The current standard of practice, as outlined in the "Recommended Procedures for Implementation of DMG Special Publication 117, Guidelines for Analyzing and Mitigating Liquefaction in California" and "Special Publication 117A, Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California" requires liquefaction analysis to a depth of 50 feet below the lowest portion of the proposed structure. Liquefaction typically occurs in areas where the soils below the water table are composed of poorly consolidated, fine to medium -grained, primarily sandy soil. In addition to the requisite soil conditions, the ground acceleration and duration of the earthquake must also be of a sufficient level to induce liquefaction. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 7 - Revised February I, 2022 The State of California Seismic Hazard Zone Map for the Newport Beach Quadrangle (1997b) indicates that the site is located in an area designated as having a potential for liquefaction. In addition, the City of Newport Beach (2006) indicates that the site is located within an area identified as having a potential for liquefaction. Liquefaction analysis of the soils underlying the site was performed using an updated version of the spreadsheet template LIQ2_30.WQ1 developed by Thomas F. Blake (1996). This program utilizes the 1996 NCEER method of analysis. This semi -empirical method is based on a correlation between values of Standard Penetration Test (SPT) resistance and field performance data. The liquefaction analysis was performed for a Design Earthquake level by using a high groundwater table of 5 feet below the ground surface, a magnitude 6.68 earthquake, and a peak horizontal acceleration of 0.490g (2/sPGAM). The enclosed liquefaction analysis, included herein for boring B1, indicates that the alluvial soils below the historic high groundwater level could be susceptible to approximately 1.1 inches of total settlement during Design Earthquake ground motion (see enclosed calculation sheets, Figures 5 and 6). It is our understanding that the intent of the Building Code is to maintain "Life Safety" during Maximum Considered Earthquake level events. Therefore, additional analysis was performed to evaluate the potential for liquefaction during a NICE event. The structural engineer should evaluate the proposed structure for the anticipated NICE liquefaction induced settlements and verify that anticipated deformations would not cause the foundation system to lose the ability to support the gravity loads and/or cause collapse of the structure. The liquefaction analysis was also performed for the Maximum Considered Earthquake level by using a high groundwater table of 5 feet below the ground surface, a magnitude 6.78 earthquake, and a peak horizontal acceleration of 0.734g (PGAM). The enclosed liquefaction analysis, included herein for boring B1, indicates that the alluvial soils below the historic high groundwater level could be susceptible to approximately 1.1 inches of total settlement during Maximum Considered Earthquake ground motion (see enclosed calculation sheets, Figures 7 and 8). 6.5 Lateral Spreading Lateral spread occurs as a result of liquefaction induced lateral ground movement and typically occurs due to the presence of liquefiable soils over a gently sloping ground surface or sloping geologic contact. For the purposes of this report, we have assumed that the marine terrace deposits underlying the potentially liquefiable soils may be sloping away from the site at a gradient of 0.5 percent. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 8 - Revised February I, 2022 Analysis of the potential for lateral spread was performed using the method proposed by Zhang et. al. (2004) to evaluate the potential for lateral spread and the resulting lateral displacements. The analyses of lateral spread were performed by assuming a high groundwater table of 5 feet below the surface, a magnitude 6.67 earthquake, a peak horizontal acceleration of 0.734g (PGAM), and a ground slope of 0.5 percent. Based on the results of the analyses, it is anticipated that lateral displacements of 1.5 feet could occur at the ground surface (see enclosed calculation sheet, Figure 8). The foundation design recommendations presented in this report are intended to minimize the effects of lateral spread on the proposed improvements. 6.6 Slope Stability The topography at the site is relatively level and the site is not located within an area identified as having a potential for slope instability (CDMG, 1997b; City of Newport Beach, 2006). There are no known landslides near the site, nor is the site in the path of any known or potential landslides. Therefore, the potential for slope stability hazards to adversely affect the proposed development is considered low. 6.7 Earthquake -Induced Flooding Earthquake -induced flooding is inundation caused by failure of dams or other water -retaining structures due to earthquakes. Based on a review of the City of Newport Beach (2006) and the Orange County Safety Element (2004), the site is not located within a potential inundation area for an earthquake -induced dam failure. Therefore, the probability of earthquake -induced flooding is considered very low. 6.8 Tsunamis, Seiches, and Flooding The site is located approximately 250 feet from the Pacific Ocean. According to the City of Newport Beach General Plan (2006) and the State of California (CGS, 2009), the site is located within a tsunami inundation hazard zone. Therefore, there is a potential for tsunamis to adversely impact the site. Seiches are large waves generated in enclosed bodies of water in response to ground shaking. No major water -retaining structures are located immediately up gradient from the project site. Flooding from a seismically -induced seiche is considered unlikely. The site is within an area of minimal flooding (Zone X) as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA, 2019, City of Newport Beach, 2006). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 9 - Revised February I, 2022 6.9 Oil Fields & Methane Potential Based on a review of the California Division of Oil, Gas and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) Well Finder Website (DOGGR, 2019), the site is not located within the limits of an oilfield and oil or gas wells are not located in the immediate site vicinity. However, due to the voluntary nature of record reporting by the oil well drilling companies, wells may be improperly located or not shown on the location map and undocumented wells could be encountered during construction. Any wells encountered during construction will need to be properly abandoned in accordance with the current requirements of the DOGGR. As previously indicated, the site is not located within an oilfield. Therefore, the potential for methane at the site is considered very low. Should it be determined that a methane study is required for the proposed development it is recommended that a qualified methane consultant be retained to perform the study and provide mitigation measures as necessary. 6.10 Subsidence Subsidence occurs when a large portion of land is displaced vertically, usually due to the withdrawal of groundwater, oil, or natural gas. Soils that are particularly subject to subsidence include those with high silt or clay content. The site is not located within an area of known ground subsidence (Orange County, 2004). No large-scale extraction of groundwater, gas, oil, or geothermal energy is occurring or planned at the site or in the general site vicinity. There appears to be little or no potential for ground subsidence due to withdrawal of fluids or gases at the site. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - to- Revised February I, 2022 7. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 7.1 General 7.1.1 It is our opinion that neither soil nor geologic conditions were encountered during the investigation that would preclude the construction of the proposed project provided the recommendations presented herein are followed and implemented during design and construction. 7.1.2 Up to 11/z feet of existing artificial fill was encountered during the site investigation. The existing fill encountered is believed to be the result of past grading and construction activities at the site. Deeper fill may exist in other areas of the site that were not directly explored. It is our opinion that the existing fill, in its present condition, is not suitable for direct support of proposed foundations or slabs. The existing fill and site soils are suitable for re -use as engineered fill provided the recommendations in the Grading section of this report are followed (see Section 7.4). 7.1.3 The enclosed liquefaction settlement analyses indicates that the site soils could be susceptible to approximately 1.1 inches of total settlement as a result of the Design Earthquake peak ground acceleration (2/sPGAM). Differential settlement at the foundation level is anticipated to be less than 0.7 inches over a distance of 30 feet. Furthermore, the analyses indicate that lateral displacements of 1.5 feet could affect the site. The foundation design recommendations presented herein are intended to minimize the effects of settlement on proposed improvements. 7.1.4 Potentially liquefiable soils were encountered between 5 and 11 feet below the ground surface. Below this depth, the in situ soils are relatively dense and not considered susceptible to liquefaction. These materials are not considered suitable for direct support of the proposed structure. The potentially liquefiable soils must be excavated and replaced, improved, or penetrated through by foundation excavations. 7.1.5 Based on our conversations with the design team, it is recommended that ground improvement consisting of Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC) be performed. Where feasible, it is recommended that the RIC extend laterally a minimum distance of 20 feet beyond the building footprint area. The Client should be aware that RIC is designed and performed by a specialty geotechnical contractor. Recommendations for the design of Rapid Impact Compaction are provided in Section 7.5. 7.1.6 Subsequent to performing RIC, the proposed building may be supported on reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the improved soils. Recommendations for the design of a mat foundation are provided in Section 7.6. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 11 - Revised February I, 2022 7.1.7 Improvements which are not supported on improved soils, such as walkways, paving, and utilities, may still be subject to seismic and/or static settlement. The client should consider the flexibility of the products and pavements being installed. Utilities traversing through existing site soil should use flexible connections in order to minimize the damage to underground installations caused by potential soil movements. 7.1.8 It should be noted that implementation of the recommendations presented herein is not intended to completely prevent damage to the structure during the occurrence of strong ground shaking as a result of nearby earthquakes. It is intended that the structure be designed in such a way that the amount of damage incurred as a result of strong ground shaking be minimized. 7.1.9 Groundwater was encountered a depths of 6 to 7 feet below existing ground surface. Given the proximity of the site to the coastline, the depth to groundwater is likely also influenced by tidal fluctuations. Furthermore, it is our understanding that future sea level rise is possible and future water levels should be considered for design. Based on these considerations, groundwater may be encountered during construction activities. 7.1.10 It is recommended that flexible utility connections be utilized for all rigid utilities to minimize or prevent damage to utilities from minor differential movements. 7.1.11 Foundations for small outlying structures, such as block walls up to 6 feet high, planter walls or trash enclosures, which will not be tied to the proposed structure, may be supported on conventional foundations bearing on a minimum of 12 inches of newly placed engineered fill which extends laterally at least 12 inches beyond the foundation area. Where excavation and proper compaction cannot be performed or is undesirable, foundations may derive support directly in the undisturbed old marine deposits found at or below a depth of 18 inches below existing ground surface, and should be deepened as necessary to maintain a minimum 12-inch embedment into the recommended bearing materials. If the soils exposed in the excavation bottom are soft or loose, compaction of the soils will be required prior to placing steel or concrete. Compaction of the foundation excavation bottom is typically accomplished with a compaction wheel or mechanical whacker and must be observed and approved in writing by a Geocon representative. 7.1.12 Where new paving is to be placed, it is recommended that all existing fill soils and soft soils be excavated and properly compacted for paving support. The client should be aware that excavation and compaction of all existing fill in the area of new paving is not required, however, paving constructed over existing uncertified fill or unsuitable soils may experience increased settlement and/or cracking, and may therefore have a shorter design life and increased maintenance costs. As a minimum, the upper 12 inches of soil should be scarified and properly compacted. Paving recommendations are provided in the Preliminary Pavement Recommendations section of this report (see Section 7.10). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 12- Revised February I, 2022 7.1.13 Once the design and foundation loading configuration for the proposed structure proceeds to a more finalized plan, the recommendations within this report should be reviewed and revised, if necessary. Based on the final foundation loading configurations, the potential for settlement should be reevaluated by this office. 7.1.14 Any changes in the design, location or elevation of improvements, as outlined in this report, should be reviewed by this office. Geocon should be contacted to determine the necessity for review and possible revision of this report. 7.2 Soil and Excavation Characteristics 7.2.1 The in -situ soils can be excavated with moderate effort using conventional excavation equipment. Caving should be anticipated in unshored excavations, especially where saturated and granular soils are encountered. The contractor should be aware that casing will likely be required during foundation construction and formwork may be required to prevent caving of shallow foundation excavations. 7.2.2 It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that all excavations and trenches are properly shored and maintained in accordance with applicable OSHA rules and regulations to maintain safety and maintain the stability of adjacent existing improvements. 7.2.3 All onsite excavations must be conducted in such a manner that potential surcharges from existing structures, construction equipment, and vehicle loads are resisted. The surcharge area may be defined by a 1:1 projection down and away from the bottom of an existing foundation or vehicle load. Penetrations below this 1:1 projection will require special excavation measures such as sloping and shoring. Excavation recommendations are provided in the Temporary Excavations section of this report (see Section 7.13). 7.2.4 The upper 5 feet of existing site soils encountered during this investigation are considered to have a "very low" expansive potential (EI = 0) and are classified as "non -expansive" in accordance with the 2019 California Building Code (CBC) Section 1803.5.3 (see Figure B 11). The recommendations presented herein assume that proposed foundations and slabs will derive support in these materials. 7.3 Minimum Resistivity, pH, and Water -Soluble Sulfate 7.3.1 Potential of Hydrogen (pH) and resistivity testing as well as chloride content testing were performed on representative samples of soil to generally evaluate the corrosion potential to surface utilities. The tests were performed in accordance with California Test Method Nos. 643 and 422 and indicate that the soils are considered "moderately corrosive" with respect to corrosion of buried ferrous metals on site. The results are presented in Appendix B (Figure B13) and should be considered for design of underground structures. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 13 - Revised February I, 2022 7.3.2 Laboratory tests were performed on representative samples of the site materials to measure the percentage of water-soluble sulfate content. Results from the laboratory water-soluble sulfate tests are presented in Appendix B (Figure B13) and indicate that the on -site materials possess a sulfate exposure class of "SO" to concrete structures as defined by 2019 CBC Section 1904 and ACI 318-19 Chapter 19. However, concrete structures extending below a depth of 5 feet could be subject to seawater exposure and aggressive sulfate attack. ACI 318 requires a minimum of Type II cement or Type I plus a pozzolan to resist the moderate sulfate attack from seawater (ACI 318-19 Chapter 19). 7.3.3 Geocon West, Inc. does not practice in the field of corrosion engineering and mitigation. If corrosion sensitive improvements are planned, it is recommended that a corrosion engineer be retained to evaluate corrosion test results and incorporate the necessary precautions to avoid premature corrosion of buried metal pipes and concrete structures in direct contact with the soils. 7.4 Grading 7.4.1 A preconstruction conference should be held at the site prior to the beginning of grading operations with the owner, contractor, civil engineer and soil engineer in attendance. Special soil handling requirements can be discussed at that time. 7.4.2 Earthwork should be observed, and compacted fill tested by representatives of Geocon West, Inc. The existing fill and old marine deposits encountered during exploration are suitable for reuse as engineered fill, provided any encountered oversize material (greater than 6 inches) and any encountered deleterious debris is removed. 7.4.3 Grading should commence with the removal of all existing vegetation and existing improvements from the area to be graded. Deleterious debris such as wood and root structures should be exported from the site and should not be mixed with the fill soils. Asphalt and concrete should not be mixed with the fill soils unless approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. All existing underground improvements planned for removal should be completely excavated and the resulting depressions properly backfilled in accordance with the procedures described herein. Once a clean excavation bottom has been established it must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.). 7.4.4 It is recommended that the proposed structure be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the alluvial soils which have been improved by Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC). Where feasible, it is recommended that the RIC extend laterally a minimum distance of 20 feet beyond the building footprint area. Recommendations for the design of Rapid Impact Compaction are provided in Section 7.5. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 14 - Revised February I, 2022 7.4.5 All excavations must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon). 7.4.6 All fill and backfill soils should be placed in horizontal loose layers approximately 6 to 8 inches thick, moisture conditioned to optimum moisture content, and properly compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density per ASTM D 1557 (latest edition). 7.4.7. Where new paving is to be placed, it is recommended that all existing fill and soft soils be excavated and properly compacted for paving support. As a minimum, the upper 12 inches of soil should be scarified, moisture conditioned to optimum moisture content, and compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). Paving recommendations are provided in Preliminary Pavement Recommendations section of this report (see Section 7.10). 7.4.8 Foundations for small outlying structures, such as block walls up to 6 feet high, planter walls or trash enclosures, which will not be tied to the proposed structure, may be supported on conventional foundations bearing on a minimum of 12 inches of newly placed engineered fill which extends laterally at least 12 inches beyond the foundation area. Where excavation and proper compaction cannot be performed or is undesirable, foundations may derive support directly in the undisturbed old marine deposits found at or below a depth of 18 inches, and should be deepened as necessary to maintain a minimum 12-inch embedment into the recommended bearing materials. If the soils exposed in the excavation bottom are soft or loose, compaction of the soils will be required prior to placing steel or concrete. Compaction of the foundation excavation bottom is typically accomplished with a compaction wheel or mechanical whacker and must be observed and approved in writing by a Geocon representative. 7.4.9 Although not anticipated for this project, all imported fill shall be observed, tested, and approved by Geocon West, Inc. prior to bringing soil to the site. Rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter shall not be used in the fill. Import soils used as structural fill should have an expansion index less than 20 and corrosivity properties that are equally or less detrimental to that of the existing onsite soils (see Figure 1313). Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 15 - Revised February I, 2022 7.4.10 It is recommended that flexible utility connections be utilized for all rigid utilities to minimize or prevent damage to utilities from minor differential movements. Utility trenches should be properly backfilled in accordance with the requirements of the Green Book (latest edition). The pipe should be bedded with clean sands (Sand Equivalent greater than 30) to a depth of at least 1 foot over the pipe, and the bedding material must be inspected and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon). The use of gravel is not acceptable unless used in conjunction with filter fabric to prevent the gravel from having direct contact with soil. The remainder of the trench backfill may be derived from onsite soil or approved import soil, compacted as necessary, until the required compaction is obtained. The use of minimum 2-sack slurry as backfill is also acceptable. Prior to placing any bedding materials or pipes, the trench excavation bottom must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon). 7.4.11 All trench and foundation excavation bottoms must be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon), prior to placing bedding sands, fill, steel, gravel, or concrete. 7.5 Ground Improvement — Rapid Impact Compaction 7.5.1 Due to the potential for seismically -induced settlements, it is recommended that soil improvement consisting of Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC) be performed. Subsequent to the performance of RIC, the proposed structure may be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the improved soils. 7.5.2 Ground improvement through RIC uses a hydraulic hammer to repeatedly strike the ground surface to achieve densification. RIC is most effective when being used to treat granular soils up to 20 feet below the surface. As compaction and densification is achieved, additional fill may be required to maintain the desired elevation. Additionally, since RIC uses dynamic compaction, the vibrations and noise produced by RIC must be tolerable to the site and adjacent properties. 7.5.3 The pattern and depth of the ground improvements may vary depending upon the purposes of mitigation and stratigraphic conditions. The contractor should design the RIC based on the settlement and bearing pressure criteria stated herein. The contractor should evaluate the post -ground improvement static and dynamic settlements within the remediation zone and provide this information to the project structural engineer for consideration in the design of the structures. 7.5.4 The RIC ground improvement should extend at least 20 feet laterally outside the edge of planned building structure, where feasible. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 16 - Revised February I, 2022 7.5.5 RIC design should be based on settlement criteria of a maximum combined static and seismic differential settlement of 1 inch over a distance of 40 feet with an allowable bearing pressure of 3,500 pounds per square foot (psf). 7.5.6 The RIC design package should be submitted to Geocon West, Inc. for review at least two weeks prior to mobilization for construction. Within the design package, the specialty contractor should outline a performance and load testing program to verify the effectiveness of the ground improvement and to confirm the bearing capacity of the improved soils. During the load testing, a representative of Geocon should be present to observe the RIC and testing. The information obtained from the load testing should be used to modify the depth necessary to achieve design capacities, as well as develop installation criteria that can be used during construction. 7.5.7 Common testing methods include a plate -load test or geophysical test methods. Where plate -load testing is performed, the load test should be performed to a capacity of 1.5 times the design load. As a minimum, we recommended at least two load tests be performed. Where geophysical test methods are performed, an initial baseline test should be performed prior to the start of ground improvement. Once the baseline measurements are established, the threshold for achieving the desired bearing pressure and settlement will be established. 7.6 Mat Foundation Design 7.6.1 Subsequent to performing ground improvement, the proposed structure may be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the improved soil. A mat foundation system is more capable of minimizing the effects of differential settlement and has sufficient rigidity to allow the structure to behave more uniformly. However, re -leveling of the mat foundation could be necessary following strong ground shaking through the use of mud jacking or other similar techniques if differential settlement occurs. 7.6.2 Based on information provided by a specialty design -build contractor, an average allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,500 psf is anticipated subsequent to performance of the RIC ground improvement. The design bearing pressure should be confirmed by the RIC contractor and through load testing (see Section 7.5). 7.6.3 The allowable bearing pressure may be increased by up to one-third for transient loads due to wind or seismic forces. 7.6.4 It is recommended that a modulus of subgrade reaction of 150 pounds per cubic inch (pci) be utilized for the design of the mat foundation bearing in improved soils. This value is a unit value for use with a 1-foot square footing. The modulus should be reduced in accordance with the following equation when used with larger foundations: Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 17 - Revised February I, 2022 rB+1l1I2 F KR—K2BJ where: Kx = reduced subgrade modulus K = unit subgrade modulus B = foundation width (in feet) 7.6.5 The thickness of and reinforcement for the mat foundation should be designed by the project structural engineer. 7.6.6 For seismic design purposes, a coefficient of friction of 0.4 may be utilized between concrete slab and subgrade soils without a moisture barrier, and 0.15 for slabs underlain by a moisture barrier. 7.6.7 Foundation excavations should be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and concrete to verify that the exposed soil conditions are consistent with those anticipated. If unanticipated soil conditions are encountered, foundation modifications may be required. 7.6.8 This office should be provided a copy of the final construction plans so that the recommendations presented herein could be properly reviewed and revised if necessary. 7.7 Miscellaneous Foundations 7.7.1 Foundations for small outlying structures, such as block walls up to 6 feet in height, planter walls or trash enclosures, which will not be structurally supported by the proposed building, may be supported on conventional foundations deriving support on a minimum of 12 inches of newly placed engineered fill which extends laterally at least 12 inches beyond the foundation area. Where excavation and compaction cannot be performed or is undesirable, such as adjacent to property lines, foundations may derive support in the undisturbed old marine deposits found at or below a depth of 18 inches, and should be deepened as necessary to maintain a minimum 12-inch embedment into the recommended bearing materials. 7.7.2 If the soils exposed in the excavation bottom are loose, compaction of the soils will be required prior to placing steel or concrete. Compaction of the foundation excavation bottom is typically accomplished with a compaction wheel or mechanical whacker and must be observed and approved by a Geocon representative. Miscellaneous foundations may be designed for a bearing value of 1,500 psf, and should be a minimum of 12 inches in width, 18 inches in depth below the lowest adjacent grade and 12 inches into the recommended bearing material. The allowable bearing pressure may be increased by up to one-third for transient loads due to wind or seismic forces. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - is- Revised February I, 2022 7.7.3 Foundation excavations should be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and concrete to verify that the excavations and exposed soil conditions are consistent with those anticipated. 7.8 Lateral Design 7.8.1 Resistance to lateral loading may be provided by friction acting at the base of foundations, slabs and by passive earth pressure. An allowable coefficient of friction of 0.4 may be used with the dead load forces in the newly placed engineered fill and competent beach deposits or undisturbed old marine deposits. 7.8.2 Passive earth pressure for the sides of foundations and slabs poured against newly placed engineered fill or competent beach deposits above the groundwater table may be computed as an equivalent fluid having a density of 280 pcf with a maximum earth pressure of 2,800 psf. Passive earth pressure for the sides of foundations poured against undisturbed old marine deposits below the groundwater table may be computed as an equivalent fluid having a density of 140 pcf with a maximum earth pressure of 1,400 psf (values have been reduced for buoyancy). When combining passive and friction for lateral resistance, the passive component should be reduced by one-third. A one-third increase in the passive value may be used for wind or seismic loads. 7.9 Exterior Concrete Slabs -on -Grade 7.9.1 Exterior slabs, not subject to traffic loads, should be at least 4 inches thick and reinforced with No. 3 steel reinforcing bars placed 18 inches on center in both horizontal directions, positioned near the slab midpoint. Prior to construction of slabs, the upper 12 inches of subgrade should be moistened to optimum moisture content and properly compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). Crack control joints should be spaced at intervals not greater than 10 feet and should be constructed using saw -cuts or other methods as soon as practical following concrete placement. Crack control joints should extend a minimum depth of one-fourth the slab thickness. The project structural engineer should design construction joints as necessary. 7.9.2 The moisture content of the slab subgrade should be maintained and sprinkled as necessary to maintain a moist condition as would be expected in any concrete placement. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 19 - Revised February I, 2022 7.9.3 The recommendations of this report are intended to reduce the potential for cracking of slabs due to settlement. However, even with the incorporation of the recommendations presented herein, foundations, stucco walls, and slabs -on -grade may exhibit some cracking due to minor soil movement and/or concrete shrinkage. The occurrence of concrete shrinkage cracks is independent of the supporting soil characteristics. Their occurrence may be reduced and/or controlled by limiting the slump of the concrete, proper concrete placement and curing, and by the placement of crack control joints at periodic intervals, in particular, where re-entrant slab corners occur. 7.10 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations 7.10.1 Where new paving is to be placed, it is recommended that all existing fill and soft materials be excavated and properly compacted for paving support. The client should be aware that excavation and compaction of all existing artificial fill and soft soils in the area of new paving is not required; however, paving constructed over existing uncertified fill or unsuitable material may experience increased settlement and/or cracking, and may therefore have a shorter design life and increased maintenance costs. As a minimum, the upper twelve inches of paving subgrade should be scarified, moisture conditioned to optimum moisture content, and properly compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). 7.10.2 The following pavement sections are based on an assumed R-Value of 35. Once site grading activities are complete an R-Value should be obtained by laboratory testing to confirm the properties of the soils serving as paving subgrade, prior to placing pavement. 7.10.3 The Traffic Indices listed below are estimates. Geocon does not practice in the field of traffic engineering. The actual Traffic Index for each area should be determined by the project civil engineer. If pavement sections for Traffic Indices other than those listed below are required. Geocon should be contacted to provide additional recommendations. Pavement thicknesses were determined following procedures outlined in the California Highway Design Manual (Caltrans). It is anticipated that the majority of traffic will consist of automobile and large truck traffic. PRELIMINARY PAVEMENT DESIGN SECTIONS Location Estimated Traffic Asphalt Concrete Class 2 Aggregate Index (TT) (inches) Base (inches) Automobile Parking and Driveways 4.0 3.0 4.0 Trash Truck & Fire Lanes 7.0 4.0 9.0 Trash Truck & Fire Lanes 1 7.0 8.5 None Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 20 - Revised February I, 2022 7.10.4 Asphalt concrete should conform to Section 203-6 of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" (Green Book). Class 2 aggregate base materials should conform to Section 26-1.02A of the "Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation" (Caltrans). The use of Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) in lieu of Class 2 aggregate base is acceptable. Crushed Miscellaneous Base should conform to Section 200-2.4 of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" (Green Book). 7.10.5 Unless specifically designed and evaluated by the project structural engineer, where exterior concrete paving will be utilized for support of vehicles, it is recommended that the concrete be a minimum of 6 inches of concrete reinforced with No. 3 steel reinforcing bars placed 18 inches on center in both horizontal directions. Concrete paving supporting vehicular traffic should be underlain by a minimum of 4 inches of aggregate base and a properly compacted subgrade. The subgrade and base material should be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction, as determined by ASTM Test Method D 1557 (latest edition). 7.10.6 The performance of pavements is highly dependent upon providing positive surface drainage away from the edge of pavements. Ponding of water on or adjacent to the pavement will likely result in saturation of the subgrade materials and subsequent cracking, subsidence and pavement distress. If planters are planned adjacent to paving, it is recommended that the perimeter curb be extended at least 12 inches below the bottom of the aggregate base to minimize the introduction of water beneath the paving. 7.11 Retaining Wall Design 7.11.1 The recommendations presented below are generally applicable to the design of rigid concrete or masonry retaining walls having a maximum height of 5 feet. In the event that walls significantly higher than 5 feet are planned, Geocon should be contacted for additional recommendations. 7.11.2 Retaining walls with a level backfill surface that are not restrained at the top should be designed utilizing a triangular distribution of pressure (active pressure) of 30 pcf. 7.11.3 Restrained walls are those that are not allowed to rotate more than 0.001H (where H equals the height of the retaining portion of the wall in feet) at the top of the wall. Where walls are restrained from movement at the top, walls may be designed utilizing a triangular distribution of pressure (at -rest pressure) of 57 pcf. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 21 - Revised February I, 2022 7.11.4 The wall pressures provided above assume that the proposed retaining walls will support relatively undisturbed sand dune deposits or engineered fill derived from onsite soils. If import soil will be used to backfill proposed retaining walls, revised earth pressures may be required to account for the geotechnical properties of the import soil used as engineered fill. This should be evaluated once the use of import soil is established. All imported fill shall be observed, tested, and approved by Geocon West, Inc. prior to bringing soil to the site. 7.11.5 The wall pressures provided above assume that the retaining wall will be properly drained preventing the buildup of hydrostatic pressure. If retaining wall drainage is not implemented, the equivalent fluid pressure to be used in design of undrained walls is 90 pcf. The value includes hydrostatic pressures plus buoyant lateral earth pressures. 7.11.6 Additional active pressure should be added for a surcharge condition due to sloping ground, vehicular traffic or adjacent structures and should be designed for each condition as the project progresses. 7.11.7 Retaining wall foundations may be supported on conventional foundations deriving support in newly placed engineered fill. 7.11.8 Continuous footings may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 1,500 pounds per square foot (psf), and should be a minimum of 12 inches in width and 18 inches in depth below the lowest adjacent grade, and 12 inches into the recommended bearing material. 7.11.9 Isolated spread foundations may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 2,000 psf, and should be a minimum of 12 inches in width, 18 inches in depth below the lowest adjacent grade, and 12 inches into the recommended bearing material. 7.11.10 The soil bearing pressure above may be increased by 200 psf and 500 psf for each additional foot of foundation width and depth, respectively, up to a maximum allowable soil bearing pressure of 2,500 psf. The allowable bearing pressure may be increased by one-third for transient loads due to wind or seismic forces. 7.11.11 Continuous footings should be reinforced with a minimum of four No. 4 steel reinforcing bars, two placed near the top of the footing and two near the bottom. Reinforcement for spread footings should be designed by the project structural engineer. 7.11.12 The above foundation dimensions and minimum reinforcement recommendations are based on soil conditions and building code requirements only, and are not intended to be used in lieu of those required for structural purposes. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 22 - Revised February I, 2022 7.11.13 Foundation excavations should be observed and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and concrete to verify that the exposed soil conditions are consistent with those anticipated. If unanticipated soil conditions are encountered, foundation modifications may be required. 7.12 Retaining Wall Drainage 7.12.1 Retaining walls not designed for hydrostatic pressures should be provided with a drainage system extended at least two-thirds the height of the wall. At the base of the drain system, a subdrain covered with a minimum of 12 inches of gravel should be installed, and a compacted fill blanket or other seal placed at the surface (see Figure 9). The clean bottom and subdrain pipe, behind a retaining wall, should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon), prior to placement of gravel or compacting backfill. 7.12.2 As an alternative, a plastic drainage composite such as Miradrain or equivalent may be installed in continuous, 4-foot-wide columns along the entire back face of the wall, at 8 feet on center. The top of these drainage composite columns should terminate approximately 18 inches below the ground surface, where either hardscape or a minimum of 18 inches of relatively cohesive material should be placed as a cap (see Figure 10). These vertical columns of drainage material would then be connected at the bottom of the wall to a collection panel or a 1-cubic-foot rock pocket drained by a 4-inch subdrain pipe. 7.12.3 Subdrainage pipes at the base of the retaining wall drainage system should outlet to an acceptable location via controlled drainage structures. Drainage should not be allowed to flow uncontrolled over descending slopes. 7.12.4 Moisture affecting below grade walls is one of the most common post -construction complaints. Poorly applied or omitted waterproofing can lead to efflorescence or standing water. Particular care should be taken in the design and installation of waterproofing to avoid moisture problems, or actual water seepage into the structure through any normal shrinkage cracks which may develop in the concrete walls, floor slab, foundations and/or construction joints. The design and inspection of the waterproofing is not the responsibility of the geotechnical engineer. A waterproofing consultant should be retained in order to recommend a product or method, which would provide protection to subterranean walls, floor slabs and foundations. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 23 - Revised February I, 2022 7.13 Temporary Excavations 7.13.1 Excavations up to 5 feet in height may be required during construction operations. The excavations are expected to expose artificial fill and beach deposits, which may be subject to excessive caving. Vertical excavations up to five feet in height may be attempted where not surcharged by adjacent traffic or structures; however, the contractor should be prepared for caving sands in open excavations. 7.13.2 Vertical excavations greater than five feet or where surcharged by existing structures will require sloping or shoring measures in order to provide a stable excavation. Where sufficient space is available, temporary unsurcharged embankments could be sloped back at a uniform 1:1 slope gradient or flatter, up to a maximum height of 6 feet. A uniform slope does not have a vertical portion. 7.13.3 If excavations in close proximity to an adjacent property line and/or structure are required, special excavation measures such as slot -cutting or shoring may be necessary in order to maintain lateral support of offsite improvements. Recommendations for alterative temporary excavation measures can be provided under separate cover, if needed. 7.13.4 Where sloped embankments are utilized, the top of the slope should be barricaded to prevent vehicles and storage loads at the top of the slope within a horizontal distance equal to the height of the slope. If the temporary construction embankments are to be maintained during the rainy season, berms are suggested along the tops of the slopes where necessary to prevent runoff water from entering the excavation and eroding the slope faces. Geocon personnel should inspect the soils exposed in the cut slopes during excavation so that modifications of the slopes can be made if variations in the soil conditions occur. All excavations should be stabilized within 30 days of initial excavation. 7.14 Surface Drainage 7.14.1 Proper surface drainage is critical to the future performance of the project. Uncontrolled infiltration of irrigation excess and storm runoff into the soils can adversely affect the performance of the planned improvements. Saturation of a soil can cause it to lose internal shear strength and increase its compressibility, resulting in a change in the original designed engineering properties. Proper drainage should be maintained at all times. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 2A- Revised February I, 2022 7.14.2 All site drainage should be collected and controlled in non -erosive drainage devices. Drainage should not be allowed to pond anywhere on the site, and especially not against any foundation or retaining wall. The site should be graded and maintained such that surface drainage is directed away from structures in accordance with 2019 CBC 1804.4 or other applicable standards. Positive site drainage should be provided away from structures, pavement, and the tops of slopes to swales or other controlled drainage structures. Pavement areas should be fine graded such that water is not allowed to pond. 7.14.3 Landscaping planters immediately adjacent to paved areas are not recommended due to the potential for surface or irrigation water to infiltrate the pavement's subgrade and base course. Either a subdrain, which collects excess irrigation water and transmits it to drainage structures, or an impervious above -grade planter boxes should be used. In addition, where landscaping is planned adjacent to the pavement, it is recommended that consideration be given to providing a cutoff wall along the edge of the pavement that extends at least 12 inches below the base material. 7.15 Plan Review 7.15.1 Grading and foundation plans should be reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer (a representative of Geocon West, Inc.), prior to finalization to verify that the plans have been prepared in substantial conformance with the recommendations of this report and to provide additional analyses or recommendations. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 25 - Revised February I, 2022 LIMITATIONS AND UNIFORMITY OF CONDITIONS 1. The recommendations of this report pertain only to the site investigated and are based upon the assumption that the soil conditions do not deviate from those disclosed in the investigation. If any variations or undesirable conditions are encountered during construction, or if the proposed construction will differ from that anticipated herein, Geocon West, Inc. should be notified so that supplemental recommendations can be given. The evaluation or identification of the potential presence of hazardous or corrosive materials was not part of the scope of services provided by Geocon West, Inc. 2. This report is issued with the understanding that it is the responsibility of the owner, or of his representative, to ensure that the information and recommendations contained herein are brought to the attention of the architect and engineer for the project and incorporated into the plans, and the necessary steps are taken to see that the contractor and subcontractors carry out such recommendations in the field. 3. The findings of this report are valid as of the date of this report. However, changes in the conditions of a property can occur with the passage of time, whether they are due to natural processes or the works of man on this or adjacent properties. In addition, changes in applicable or appropriate standards may occur, whether they result from legislation or the broadening of knowledge. Accordingly, the findings of this report may be invalidated wholly or partially by changes outside our control. Therefore, this report is subject to review and should not be relied upon after a period of three years. 4. The firm that performed the geotechnical investigation for the project should be retained to provide testing and observation services during construction to provide continuity of geotechnical interpretation and to check that the recommendations presented for geotechnical aspects of site development are incorporated during site grading, construction of improvements, and excavation of foundations. If another geotechnical firm is selected to perform the testing and observation services during construction operations, that firm should prepare a letter indicating their intent to assume the responsibilities of project geotechnical engineer of record. A copy of the letter should be provided to the regulatory agency for their records. In addition, that firm should provide revised recommendations concerning the geotechnical aspects of the proposed development, or a written acknowledgement of their concurrence with the recommendations presented in our report. They should also perform additional analyses deemed necessary to assume the role of Geotechnical Engineer of Record. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 LIST OF REFERENCES California Department of Water Resources, 1967, Progress Report on Groundwater Geology of the Coastal Plain of Orange County, dated July, 1967. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1998, State of California Seismic Hazard Zones, Newport Beach Quadrangle, Landslide Hazard Zones, Official Map, Released: April 15, 1998. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1997a, Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Anaheim and Newport Beach Quadrangles, Orange County, California, revised 2001, Seismic Hazard Zone Report 003. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1997b, State of California Seismic Hazard Zones, Newport Beach Quadrangle, Liquefaction Hazard Zones, Official Map, Released : April 17, 1997. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1981, Geologic Map of Orange County, California, Showing Mines and Mineral Deposits, Compiled by P. K. Morton and R. V. Miller, Bulletin 204, Plate 1, Scale: 1:48000. California Division of Oil, Gas and Geothermal Resources, 2019, Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources Well Finder, http://maps.conservation.ca.gov.doggr/index.html#close. California Geological Survey, 2019a, CGS Information Warehouse, Regulatory Map Portal, http://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/infoniiationwarehouse/index.htn l?map=regulatorvmaps. California Geological Survey, 2019b, Earthquake Zones of Required Investigation, https://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/EQZApp/app/. California Geological Survey, 2018, Earthquake Fault Zones, A Guide for Government Agencies, Property Owners/Developers, and Geoscience Practitioners for Assessing Fault Rupture Hazards in California, Special Publication 42, Revised 2018. California Geologic Survey, 2012, Geologic Compilation of Quaternary Surficial Deposits in Southern California, SantaAna 30'X 60' Quadrangle, A Project for the Department of Water Resources by the California Geological Survey, Compiled from existing sources by Trinda L. Bedrossian, CEG and Peter D. Roffers, CGS Special Report 217, Plate 16, Scale 1:100,000. California Geological Survey, 2009, Tsunami Inundation Map for Emergency Planning, State of California, County of Orange, Newport Beach Quadrangle, dated March 15, 2009. FEMA, 2019, Online Flood Hazard Maps, http://www.esri.com/hazards/index.html. Jennings, C. W. and Bryant, W. A., 2010, FaultActivnyMap of California, California Geological Survey Geologic Data Map No. 6. Orange County Water District, 2018, On-line Groundwater Contour Maps http://www.ocwd.com/Portals/0/ProgramsProiects/Hydrogeology/GroundwaterContourMaps/J une WL20131-2.1)df. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 LIST OF REFERENCES (continued) Orange County Water District, 2015, Tune 2014 Groundwater Elevation Contours for the Principal Aquifer, Orange County Water District Groundwater Management Plan, 2015 Update. Orange, County of, 2004, Safety Element, Advance Planning Program, Environmental Management Agency. Newport Beach, City of, 2006, Safety Element of the General Plan, Figures S1 through S3. Sprotte, E. C., Fuller, D. R., Greenwood, R. B., Murata, H. A. Real, C. R., and Sherburne, R. W., 1980, Classification and Mapping of Quaternary Sedimentary Deposits for Purposed of Seismic Zonation, South Coastal Los Angeles Basin, Orange County, California, California Division of Mines and Geology Open File Report 80-19. U.S. Geological Survey, 1972, Newport Beach 7.5 Minute Topographic Map. Ziony, J. I., and Jones, L. M., 1989, Map Showing Late Quaternary Faults and 1978-1984 Seismicity of the Los Angeles Region, California, U.S. Geological Survey Miscellaneous Field Studies Map MF-1964. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 TOPOI map p0ntad on 08/17/19 knot .TPG' and 'Un di,d.lpg' 117.91667- W 117.90000^ W WGS84 117.88333^ W -9f J J� i, a ti, -� ° M .Light i34 .,�� Park M \ 4 _ O 3 1 SUBJECT ..SITE....._ _ vs JO Z \\ \ r O� W 117.90000^ W WGS84117.88333° W n }117.91667^ �I% Imo io. o nm Qom 13° V Pim�elfiom iOPo�0.*]A[0 R'iM6mmP�odxtimu(ww�M.om) REFERENCE:U.S.G.S. TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS, 7.5 MINUTE SERIES, NEWPORT BEACH, CA QUADRANGLE GEOCON ��� VICINITY MAP W E IS T° I N C. 901 EAST OCEAN ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 3303 N. SAN FERNANDO BLVD.-SUITE 100-BURBANK, CA 91504 PHONE (818)841-8388 - FAX (818)841-1704 DRAFTED BY: RA CHECKED BY: SFK FEB. 2022 PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG. 1 LEGEND -O�B2 Approximate Location of Boring —� Approximate Location of Proposed Structure 30' 60' GEOCON Ask SITE PLAN W E 8 T, I N C. 901 EAST OCEAN ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 15526 ROCKFIELDBLVD MUITEJ-IWINE CA 9261e PHONE (949)491-6570 - FAX (949)2994550 DRAFTED BY JS CHECKED BY JTA FEB.2022 1 PROJECT NO W1033-88-01 1 FIG Reference: Jennings, C.W. and Bryant, W. A., 2010, Fault Activity Map of California, California Geological Survey Geologic Data Map No. 6. ?�e•'^?Xo i rf�\` .r r� rr •r• \ `\d `s� 4 i'' • r, N - ' $1.4SA p4A flEw �J, \ SS. - ,/'..\''t ' �. - O �a11 ,4'JL• \� � ` take► � �. �.�. c----,�-v �.,.,�, ri � N � -• �'• �f a�°� �' Y -- `r - - . ,. of � � t; ti ..� tOr `Tt./��a���z jet, �- '� .f.. , 4 1 �` / + \ t`1�� r ; •'•rC'�n- .�I � � 1 •vy fi � �,� j ./! I , -S.l -. y r O St `SC 1 i-��'\ •trr0,\,. 1 f .. / -ir," ,r�./ �, yf y �`•, ``'•�'J r 1•.-..,?Q 'A /\� , I V•t[xks` .'�! i �' \\ ,,, •�`•� f - RlU(t� e" "!'. `..f )`1c� 4" �1',!F< \._L!` Utr_.�O� � -i ,- 0 % / •♦ �. �.�'{` !'^� _ �' j ` n \ t ( 1 \� �1 ( _yG i (Sys -sG• �` � •\ �� '.'E; ��:.-... ,d��A�!_L03A �nyt��0~",'ry'6 ,`�.`y7/ � ; `�% '`,\ ' � �' ~, C•�,�fi�+J' NaEvotia ``°y f•'rORrN'' f `~�, , \ •y� \� , 5 �•, r• iI �/ r.; \ \ . %'S_ NTgL • v° \� - c� nard w.•., r t /- t1 �2„_ KtN�' It AG. SQL,.. ♦ /_ ! / ? . frL( �Y\j'(f� /'. / s L< 7J{ U 74 \ ,t i c'� �`. eit ar; �!- 3 • o�'c I / R Sr r o ` Ph, i`. •� \ •j u;;�r Pc-rr � ., �'� � � J- ' �;j' 'f�,o`• als: N. � � ,' , �,� •� { i 'h.� � '"� :, i 1 0 r, ,'�+ b� / '�� !f! r ,lu , Oyt c . ='���. _ -' "' ZONE i �--•-•— \ Y' <., `\.. ♦v` "��'y< ` 1 c °\ �f M R V i4. 1 iY•♦` 'f OA1 M �!A b\ SrS1F! 1 /`7G \ -! ' •,. ^V\,�.' � CV -,, r �, ,. rir �}F/-r� 1 .-..� • u;� i c4� ..exf�t ti k' ,�r� � `-i• ♦ �� �••' t ��../ � ``_ � �1 ti ph . A ' ��lr, •\y ~'i�f i ��°Ac tn: Gi �, n< <!`- �: _ L�r ��c� \\ R ►. r �T o±�'-° `J ;- = a `� i, �;� r .E: /,._r}.. +✓�\7Y\ rAu;r ..� Q .� C _ � ��o Nf�� � _ „•�• ram•- ? w� \ \y?`�,% f .... 0 � C` ��a-- ,�� .r, • �/ \ \ � \ �=a \ ��11~•- r0 r�f r -t � �. '3 •:f t ��.`� Opo f •` ` \ .A, !r I ,_„ �\ �� 1 t r � / ��rr-- ` � • 4 i— r � / � sue'! L:J � ♦ � .If �y+�9 -.. t ^ � \` ♦, �/ 'G •\ � ''ti � ! � � - '-- `� �r`� `s�, l • \ r \ •-' 't 1r 1 � !^CHar'- \ase^rt'• o�<- .R<4 t�4..Z•"� � _— J,Y.� - t-r1 � �Hi � cr. �reRuAx: C3�Y1-"� ' y�+ L,, _ ie o `\ . ''"" '�+ o \ \v ► :..-r et �1 / rAVL - 4 storm \ sr S ZONEcA�a. r Air :'- W �tk,,.- - O K; S1�Yr� . \ b?i.. 1 �' _ ♦ OG. fAVLi � too q � Wit. E. , , .. .�.. c L`,,• •� �.-.�� •t { n$a /V• ` • P �_ ' R el �� • \ / 4r... / \ ,•1' \ \\\\`c r. •: •� ',�. O� - _�4 a$ - r •F ono Fla '° J- \_ 1���r �'s f'� ' f r� i r� \ yF•.. ` A, i ♦�� \ i 1 � •�p _� .r, i� _�if�,0� od i ` �irj"�. \`r !oo \ > TIYA= u� o --� - ` o m tr� \7 r `. \ � �� - �r, �. \�` - -- - I • Ji ," . rr � "•^� _� \ • \\ � ur ~• �'� - �' � Rr1iV ?. `q fO'• \ t/ Batt r� s9 `t \ y A iei" \ �. \ 4 \ �`~Q r \!� To� Inc y �IuJl9rto.'.�� a s,.�• Rivcrsl j. aholy( COW,`�:r, a �\ i. r �_ / t\ �! p7ir\ \ \ � ,,' Lop � \�•.. � -1� I' i(! \ \� �•" ,I % 1' \ ,1 �'.> > ,` _�.\\ � \CCtt� �i,S',\ `��, \ O `c. C % tro'': ` pc \ `� qLC a ante mer� !1 S! \ ` ✓q4t gp Sl�f'-' \ \�� ��'• � // ..fy \ I ©, '\ n1r�. \�_, 0, . ' Nr �,—r 8 - on o\• .� �,\i CR to �O hr�'•" ,'- o i \�, 4,�. e11���'1?U` !i \ ,,, tGIGG •\r i Ali � ,, 1l 1F t Years DESCRIPTION Geologic Before Fault Recency Time Present Symbol of Scale (Approx.) Movement ON LAND OFFSHORE Displacement dunng hetadc bme (a,g. $an Andreae fault 1906). = Includes areas of (mown faWt creep. — 200 Displacement during Holocene Faultoffeets seafbor seermenls •V' — dom ' �t C' bme. or strata of Hducene aye. 0 11.[00 •' Ferdta showing evdenoe.f Fault cuts "bate of Let. c0 Olaplacemenl tlunng Isle PlBlslOcene age Quatenary time.E u 100,000 ' Cy .T. ? Un3vided Quatenary faults- Fault cuts stralaof Quatenary a most faults inthis categoryshow emdanoe ofdisplacemenl during age the last 1,600,000 yean; �, T possible exrepticns are faults which displace lacks of undifferentiated Plio-Pleistcoene U age- 1,600,000' T Fauas wthout tecagniz d Fault cuts strata of Pliocene of Quaternary displacement or olda,ag., C shanyingevidence of no y C1displ t during Quat&o.ry the. Not neceseadly inactive. a a 4.5 billion Quaberrwy now ,oupized as extending to 2.6 Aka (Waker and Gelseense, 2009). Quaternary faults In this map were established using the previous 1.6 Me criterion. ent oo . o l � � \ `t,t \\ / \`♦ , till It '�!f'///� ` 0 12 24 Miles tQt[a/. � � ram-•- ,,ykri, GEOCON OP W E S T, I N C. ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 3303 N. SAN FERNANDO BLVD. - SUITE 100 - BURBANK, CA 91504 PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: RA CHECKED BY: SFK REGIONAL FAULT MAP I 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA FEB. 2022 I PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG. 3 I 19 sri �•+ Y f ^, t ► �'y (j AIR, .y� _•' - ,�,r. r+ ,:� T 1 �� •��"�lY"` . � • �� `jar :!:� Jr. iI ' , ! r . ■'ram 1 `+ "y. 1 w t J f4i �'f :t+• r /T G7"e?", fr' ! P �' �,. :l[r F j! •'i ►r�ir 'sr' . a '�'! . .� ...ra 1 j•.!�` `T { f, .. l: i r' i>i} `.//,� �,`,(�l''�yrr�+�+..�.. ii "��l. i ll • , ✓ ! „C R� i '' I r r ! I?: J • �� 'i . f - } �� t, ! f �� r '' l4 ' " �. 1:'+'�^•�'- ..fir � — .,-.�..� ''�. �i'- � � �" f , 750 Ff Wff or 0117 w— • 0 EPICENTER MAP LEGEND Period 1800 - 1869 - 1932 - 1868 1931 1999 > 7.00 0 , 6.5 - 6.9 0 i • 6.0-6.4 • 5.5 - 5.9 i • 5.0 - 5.4 • • - Historical Faultinga e �.1 r RIVER51DE :• '7 - ; _ �, ,.,�. �. -rare' , ,y� _ ' ;, ORA13Cx 1 r SITEe} ;"' 11 k. %tw r♦ r' • r;• �� IMPERIAL t +ems r$ .� s • �� • �� l •j y ; J Holocene Faulting r I.Qf ( ,f r• Highways (Major) Highways (Minor) . � ,�rc{': • �. '. '� ,�y! ' r Lakes Last two digits of M > 6.5 �( earthquake year I 35' ;13 Reference: Toppozada, T., Branum, D., Petersen, M., Hallstrom, C., Cramer, C., and Reichle, M., 2000, "2 Epicenters and Areas Damaged by Mz5 California Earthquakes, 1800 - 1999, California Geological Survey, Map Sheet 49. 0 20 40 Miles GEOCON Jzk W E S T, I N C. W, ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 3303 N. SAN FERNANDO BLVD. -SUITE 100 - BURBANK, CA 91504 PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: RA CHECKED BY: SFK REGIONAL SEISMICITY MAP 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA FEB. 2022 1 PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 FIG. 4 Client: 50 Main St, Newport Beach File No.: W1033-88-01 Boring : 1 GEOCON EMPIRICAL ESTIMATION OF LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL NCEER (1996) METHOD FARTHOIJAKF INFORMATION - Earthquake Magnitude: 6.68 Peak Horiz. Acceleration PGAM (g): 0.734 2/3 PGAM (g): 0.490 Calculated Mag.Wtg.Factor: 0.747 Historic High Groundwater: 5.0 Groundwater Depth During Exploration: 7.0 LIQUEFACTION CALCULATIONS: IjUnit Wt. Water pc DESIGN EARTHQUAKE By Thomas F. Blake (1994-1996) FNFRGY& ROD CORRFCTK)NS- Energy Correction (CE) for N60: 1.25 Rod Len.Corr. CR 0-no or 1-yes): 1.0 Bore Dia. Corr. (CB): 1.00 Sampler Corr. (CS): 1.20 Use Ksi ma 0 or 1): 1.0 Depth to Base (ft) Total Unit Wt. (pcf) Water (0 or 1) FIELD SPT (N) Depth of SPT (ft) Liq.Sus. (0 or 1) 200 (%) Est. Dr (%) CN Factor Corrected (N1)60 Eff. Unit Wt. (psf) Resist. CRR rd Factor Induced CSR Liquefac. Safe.Fact. 1.0 111.1 0 11.0 1.0 1 2 80 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.998 0.237 2.0 111.1 0 11.0 2.0 1 2 78 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.993 0.236 3.0 111.1 0 11.0 3.0 1 2 76 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.989 0.235 4.0 111.1 0 11.0 4.0 1 2 75 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.984 0.234 -- 5.0 111.1 1 11.0 5.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.979 0.248 0.93 6.0 111.1 1 11.0 6.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.975 0.274 0.84 7.0 124.2 1 11.0 7.0 1 2 72 1.700 21.0 61.8 0.230 0.970 0.294 0.78 8.0 124.2 1 11.0 8.0 1 2 71 1.658 20.5 61.8 0.224 0.966 0.309 0.73 9.0 124.2 1 11.0 9.0 1 2 70 1.595 19.7 61.8 0.215 0.961 0.321 0.67 10.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.538 26.0 61.8 0.302 0.957 0.330 0.92 11.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.487 25.1 61.8 0.287 0.952 0.338 0.85 12.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.437 48.7 72.0 Infin. 0.947 0.344 Non-Liq. 13.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.388 47.0 72.0 Infin. 0.943 0.348 Non-Liq. 14.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.344 45.5 72.0 Infin. 0.938 0.351 Non-Liq. 15.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.304 44.2 72.0 Infin. 0.934 0.354 Non-Liq. 16.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.268 42.9 72.0 Infin. 0.929 0.356 Non-Liq. 17.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.234 58.6 72.0 Infin. 0.925 0.357 Non-Liq. 18.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.203 57.1 72.0 Infin. 0.920 0.358 Non-Liq. 19.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.174 55.7 72.0 Infin. 0.915 0.359 Non-Liq. 20.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.147 54.5 68.5 Infin. 0.911 0.360 Non-Liq. 21.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.123 53.3 68.5 Infin. 0.906 0.361 Non-Liq. 22.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.101 56.7 68.5 Infin. 0.902 0.361 1 Non-Liq. 23.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.080 55.6 68.5 Infin. 0.897 0.361 Non-Liq. 24.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.060 54.6 68.5 Infin. 0.893 0.361 Non-Liq. 25.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.041 53.6 62.8 Infin. 0.888 0.361 Non-Liq. 26.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.025 52.8 62.8 Infin. 0.883 0.361 Non-Liq. 27.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 1.009 54.8 62.8 Infin. 0.879 0.361 Non-Liq. 28.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.994 54.0 62.8 Infin. 0.874 0.361 Non-Liq. 29.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.979 53.2 62.8 Infin. 0.870 0.361 Non-Liq. 30.0 126.0 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.966 52.5 63.6 Infin. 0.865 0.360 Non-Liq. 31.0 126.0 1 37.0 1 27.5 1 1 106 0.952 1 51.7 63.6 1 Infin. 0.861 0.360 Non-Liq. 32.0 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.939 54.9 63.6 Infin. 0.856 0.359 Non-Liq. 33.5 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.924 54.0 63.6 Infin. 0.850 0.358 Non-Liq. 34.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.918 55.1 60.2 Infin. 0.846 0.357 Non-Liq. 35.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.904 54.3 60.2 Infin. 0.842 0.357 Non-Liq. 36.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.894 53.6 60.2 Infin. 0.838 0.356 Non-Liq. 37.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.884 53.0 60.2 Infin. 0.833 0.356 Non-Liq. 38.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.874 52.4 60.2 Infin. 0.829 0.355 Non-Liq. 39.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.865 51.9 60.2 Infin. 0.824 0.354 Non-Liq. 40.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.855 51.3 64.9 Infin. 0.819 0.353 Non-Liq. 41.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.845 50.7 64.9 Infin. 0.815 0.352 Non-Liq. 42.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.836 59.0 64.9 Infin. 0.810 0.350 Non-Liq. 43.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.827 58.3 64.9 Infin. 0.806 0.349 Non-Liq. 44.0 1 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.819 57.7 64.9 Infin. 0.801 0.347 Non-Liq. 45.0 125.2 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.810 57.1 62.8 Infin. 0.797 0.346 Non-Liq. 46.0 125.2 1 47.0 1 42.5 1 107 1 0.802 1 56.6 1 62.8 1 Infin. 0.792 0.345 Non-Liq. 47.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.795 68.0 62.8 Infin. 0.787 0.343 Non-Liq. 48.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.787 67.3 62.8 Infin. 0.783 0.342 Non-Liq. 49.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.780 66.7 62.8 Infin. 0.778 0.340 Non-Liq. 50.5 127.8 1 1 57.0 1 47.5 1 115 0.771 65.9 65.4 Infin. 0.773 0.339 Non-Liq. Figure 5 1 G- E0001e1 Client : 50 Main St, Newport Beach File No.: W1033-88-01 Boring : 1 LIQUEFACTION SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS DESIGN EARTHQUAKE (SATURATED SAND AT INITIAL LIQUEFACTION CONDITION) NCEER (1996) METHOD EARTHQUAKE INFORMATION: Earthquake Magnitude: 6.68 PGAM 0.734 2/3 PGAM 0.49 Calculated Mag.Wtg.Factor: 0.747 Historic High Groundwater: 5.0 Groundwater a Exploration: 7.0 TO BASE COUNT N DENSITY (PCF) STRESS O(TSF) STRESS O'(TSF) REL. DEN. Dr(%) A U,U"3, BLOWS (N1)60 LIQUEFACTION SAFETY FACTOR o ume ricEQ Strain leis} (�) SETTLE. Pe (in.) avco 1.0 11 111.11 0.028 0.028 80 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 2.0 11 111.11 0.083 0.083 78 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 3.0 11 111.11 0.139 0.139 76 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 4.0 11 111.11 0.194 0.194 75 21 0.318 -- 0.00 0.00 5.0 11 111.11 0.250 0.234 73 21 0.339 0.93 1.30 0.16 6.0 11 111.11 0.306 0.259 73 21 0.376 0.84 1.40 0.17 7.0 11 124.1643 0.364 0.286 72 21 0.405 0.78 1.40 0.17 8.0 11 124.1643 0.426 0.317 71 21 0.428 0.73 1.40 0.17 9.0 11 124.1643 0.489 0.348 70 20 0.447 0.67 1.60 0.19 10.0 15 124.1643 0.551 0.379 81 26 0.462 0.92 1.10 0.13 11.0 15 124.1643 0.613 0.410 81 25 0.476 0.85 1.10 0.13 12.0 28 134.4156 0.677 0.443 104 49 0.486 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 13.0 28 134.4156 0.745 0.479 104 47 0.494 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 14.0 28 134.4156 0.812 0.515 104 46 0.501 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 15.0 28 134.4156 0.879 0.551 104 44 0.507 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 16.0 28 134.4156 0.946 0.587 104 43 0.513 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 17.0 37 134.4156 1.013 0.623 116 59 0.517 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 18.0 37 134.4156 1.081 0.659 116 57 0.521 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 19.0 37 134.4156 1.148 0.695 116 56 0.525 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 20.0 37 130.9091 1.214 0.731 116 54 0.529 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 21.0 37 130.9091 1.280 0.765 116 53 0.532 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 22.0 37 130.9091 1.345 0.799 110 57 0.536 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 23.0 37 130.9091 1.410 0.833 110 56 0.539 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 24.0 37 130.9091 1.476 0.868 110 55 0.541 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 25.0 37 125.1816 1.540 0.900 110 54 0.544 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 26.0 37 125.1816 1.603 0.932 110 53 0.547 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 27.0 37 125.1816 1.665 0.963 106 55 0.550 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 28.0 37 125.1816 1.728 0.995 106 54 0.553 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 29.0 37 125.1816 1.790 1.026 106 53 0.555 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 30.0 37 126.0126 1.853 1.058 106 52 0.558 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 31.0 37 126.0126 1.916 1.089 106 52 0.560 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 32.0 39 126.0126 1.979 1.121 105 55 0.562 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 33.5 39 126.0126 2.058 1.161 105 54 0.564 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 34.0 40 122.5588 2.089 1.176 102 55 0.565 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 35.0 40 122.5588 2.166 1.214 102 54 0.568 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 36.0 40 122.5588 2.227 1.244 102 54 0.570 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 37.0 40 122.5588 2.288 1.274 102 53 0.571 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 38.0 40 122.5588 2.349 1.304 102 52 0.573 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 39.0 40 122.5588 2.411 1.334 102 52 0.575 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 40.0 40 127.3266 2.473 1.366 102 51 0.576 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 41.0 40 127.3266 2.537 1.398 102 51 0.577 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 42.0 47 127.3266 2.600 1.430 107 59 0.579 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 43.0 47 127.3266 2.664 1.463 107 58 0.580 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 44.0 47 127.3266 2.728 1.495 107 58 0.580 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 45.0 47 125.154 2.791 1.527 107 57 0.582 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 46.0 47 125.154 2.854 1.559 107 57 0.583 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 47.0 57 125.154 2.916 1.590 115 68 0.584 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 48.0 57 125.154 2.979 1.621 1 115 67 0.585 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 49.0 57 120.104 3.041 1.653 110 67 0.586 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 50.5 57 121.6424 3.120 1.693 115 1 66 0.587 Non-Liq. 0.00 0.00 11 TOTAL SETTLEMENT = 1.1 INCHES Figure 6 Client : 50 Main St, Newport Beach 91 Ca ► rf�vivII NRRr.r.1171 Boring : 1 GEOCON EMPIRICAL ESTIMATION OF LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE NCEER (1996) METHOD FARTHOIIAKF INFORMATION - Earthquake Magnitude: 6.78 Peak Horiz. Acceleration PGAM (g): 0.734 Calculated Mag.Wtg.Factor: 0.776 Historic High Groundwater: 5.0 Groundwater Depth During Exploration: 7.0 LIQUEFACTION CALCULATIONS: IlUnit Wt. Water pc By Thomas F. Blake (1994-1996) FNFRGY& ROD CORRFCTK)NS- Energy Correction (CE) for N60: 1.25 Rod Len.Corr. CR 0-no or 1-yes): 1.0 Bore Dia. Corr. (CB): 1.00 Sampler Corr. (CS): 1.20 Use Ksi ma 0 or 1): 1.0 Depth to Base (ft) Total Unit Wt. (1 Water (0 or 1) FIELD SPT (N) Depth of SPT (ft) Liq.Sus. (0 or 1) 200 (%) Est. Dr (%) CN Factor Corrected (N1)60 Eff. Unit Wt. (psf) Resist. CRR rd Factor Induced CSR Liquefac. Safe.Fact. 1.0 111.1 0 11.0 1.0 1 2 80 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.998 0.369 2.0 111.1 0 11.0 2.0 1 2 78 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.993 0.368 3.0 111.1 0 11.0 3.0 1 2 76 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.989 0.366 4.0 111.1 0 11.0 4.0 1 2 75 1.700 21.0 111.1 0.230 0.984 0.364 -- 5.0 111.1 1 11.0 5.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.979 0.387 0.59 6.0 111.1 1 11.0 6.0 1 2 73 1.700 21.0 48.7 0.230 0.975 0.426 0.54 7.0 124.2 1 11.0 7.0 1 2 72 1.700 21.0 61.8 0.230 0.970 0.457 0.50 8.0 124.2 1 11.0 8.0 1 2 71 1.658 20.5 61.8 0.224 0.966 0.481 0.47 9.0 124.2 1 11.0 9.0 1 2 70 1.595 19.7 61.8 0.215 0.961 0.499 0.43 10.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.538 26.0 61.8 0.302 0.957 0.515 0.59 11.0 124.2 1 15.0 10.0 1 4 81 1.487 25.1 61.8 0.287 0.952 0.527 0.54 12.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.437 48.7 72.0 Infin. 0.947 0.536 Non-Liq. 13.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.388 47.0 72.0 Infin. 0.943 0.542 Non-Liq. 14.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.344 45.5 72.0 Infin. 0.938 0.547 Non-Liq. 15.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.304 44.2 72.0 Infin. 0.934 0.551 Non-Liq. 16.0 134.4 1 28.0 15.0 1 104 1.268 42.9 72.0 Infin. 0.929 0.554 Non-Liq. 17.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.234 58.6 72.0 Infin. 0.925 0.557 Non-Liq. 18.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.203 57.1 72.0 Infin. 0.920 0.558 Non-Liq. 19.0 134.4 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.174 55.7 72.0 Infin. 0.915 0.559 Non-Liq. 20.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.147 54.5 68.5 Infin. 0.911 0.561 Non-Liq. 21.0 130.9 1 37.0 17.5 1 116 1.123 53.3 68.5 Infin. 0.906 0.561 Non-Liq. 22.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.101 56.7 68.5 Infin. 0.902 0.562 Non-Liq. 23.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.080 55.6 68.5 1 Infin. 0.897 0.562 Non-Liq. 24.0 130.9 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.060 54.6 68.5 Infin. 0.893 0.562 Non-Liq. 25.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.041 53.6 62.8 Infin. 0.888 0.562 Non-Liq. 26.0 125.2 1 37.0 22.5 1 110 1.025 52.8 62.8 Infin. 0.883 0.563 Non-Liq. 27.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 1.009 54.8 62.8 Infin. 0.879 0.563 Non-Liq. 28.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.994 54.0 62.8 Infin. 0.874 0.562 Non-Liq. 29.0 125.2 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.979 53.2 62.8 Infin. 0.870 0.562 Non-Liq. 30.0 126.0 1 37.0 1 27.5 1 1 106 0.966 52.5 63.6 Infin. 0.865 0.561 Non-Liq. 31.0 126.0 1 37.0 27.5 1 106 0.952 51.7 63.6 Infin. 0.861 0.560 Non-Liq. 32.0 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.939 54.9 63.6 Infin. 0.856 0.559 Non-Liq. 33.5 126.0 1 39.0 32.5 1 105 0.924 54.0 63.6 Infin. 0.850 0.558 Non-Liq. 34.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.918 55.1 60.2 Infin. 0.846 0.556 Non-Liq. 35.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.904 54.3 60.2 Infin. 0.842 0.556 Non-Liq. 36.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.894 53.6 60.2 Infin. 0.838 0.555 Non-Liq. 37.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.884 53.0 60.2 Infin. 0.833 0.554 Non-Liq. 38.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.874 52.4 60.2 Infin. 0.829 0.553 Non-Liq. 39.0 122.6 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.865 51.9 60.2 Infin. 0.824 0.551 1 Non-Liq. 40.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.855 51.3 64.9 Infin. 0.819 0.549 Non-Liq. 41.0 127.3 1 40.0 37.5 1 102 0.845 50.7 64.9 Infin. 0.815 0.547 Non-Liq. 42.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.836 59.0 64.9 Infin. 0.810 0.545 Non-Liq. 43.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.827 58.3 64.9 Infin. 0.806 0.543 Non-Liq. 44.0 127.3 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.819 57.7 64.9 Infin. 0.801 0.541 Non-Liq. 45.0 125.2 1 47.0 1 42.5 1 107 1 0.810 57.1 62.8 Infin. 0.797 0.539 Non-Liq. 46.0 125.2 1 47.0 42.5 1 107 0.802 56.6 62.8 Infin. 0.792 0.537 Non-Liq. 47.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.795 68.0 62.8 Infin. 0.787 0.535 Non-Liq. 48.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.787 67.3 62.8 Infin. 0.783 0.532 Non-Liq. 49.0 125.2 1 57.0 47.5 1 115 0.780 66.7 62.8 Infin. 0.778 0.530 Non-Liq. 50.5 127.8 1 1 57.0 47.5 1 1 115 0.771 65.9 65.4 Infin. 0.773 1 0.527 Non-Liq. Figure 7 Client : 50 Main St, Newport Beach / File No.: W1033-88-01 Boring : 1 GEOCON, LIQUEFACTION SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (SATURATED SAND AT INITIAL LIQUEFACTION CONDITION) OFFER (1996) METHOD FARTHOl1AKF INFORMATION Figure 8 GROUND SURFACE PROPERLv � coMPACTED BACKFILL /WATERPROOF WALL RETAINING WALL ry A ai I e 6 IA CRUSHED ROCK 9 IT° y ° •4 ° 9 a FILTER FABRIC ENVELOPE MIRAFI 40M OR EOUIVALENF a_ Bu 1 ePo^: jII 2/3IT e ,A PERFORATED A T OR AD ND To OR INAPESYSTEM DRAINAGE SYSTEM � MATFYUND TION I � I d a 1�4 g8Q 4'4 oy�2 G be`B A1�6'+Sy T 3 FILTER FABRIC LAVER / MIRAFI500XO OR EQUIVALENT OPTIONAL 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK(DENSIFIED) NO SCALE GEOCON W E 8 T, I N C. s ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 3303 N. XAN FERNANDO BLVD.-SUITE 100-BURBANK, CA 01504 PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: PZ CHECKED BY JTA RETAINING WALL DRAIN DETAIL 901 EAST OCEAN NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA FEB.2022 I PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG.9 FILTER FABRIC LAYER MIRAFI 50OX OR EQUIN a s a BASEMENT RETAINING WALL OR OUNO SURFACE 18" PROPERLY COMPACTED BACKFILL DRAINAGE PANELO DRAIN 1000 OR EQUIVALENT) WATER PROOFING BYARCHITECT CRUSHED ROCK (1 C FILTER FABRIC ENVELOPE a"e MAT FOUNgATON } MIRAFI 140N OR EQUIVALENT 4" CIA. SCHEDULE 40 PERFORATED PVC PIPE EXTENDED TO APPROVED a. a a e _.. .. _s.... .a •� OUTLET 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK (DENSIFIED) NOTE. TOP OF DRAINAGE PANEL NOT MORE THAN 18INCHES FROM GROUND SURFACE NO SCALE GEOCON RETAINING WALL DRAIN DETAIL W E 8 T, I N C. s ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS 901 EAST OCEAN 3303N. SANFERNANDOBLVD.-SUITE100- BURBANK,CA91504 NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA PHONE (818) 841-8388 - FAX (818) 841-1704 DRAFTED BY: PZ I CHECKED BY: JTA FEB. 2022 I PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 I FIG. 10 /_1„21►191KI APPENDIX A FIELD INVESTIGATION The site was initially explored on August 5, 2019 by drilling two 8-inch diameter borings using a truck - mounted mud -rotary drilling machine. The borings were drilled to depths of 20'/z and 50'/z feet below the existing ground surface. Representative and relatively undisturbed samples were obtained by driving a 3 inch, O. D., California Modified Sampler into the "undisturbed" soil mass with blows from a 140-pound auto -hammer falling 30 inches. The California Modified Sampler was equipped with 1-inch high by 21/8-inch diameter brass sampler rings to facilitate soil removal and testing. Bulk samples were also obtained. Standard Penetration Tests were performed in boring B1. The soil conditions encountered in the borings were visually examined, classified and logged in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). The logs of the borings are presented on Figures At and A2. The logs depict the soil and geologic conditions encountered and the depth at which samples were obtained. The logs also include our interpretation of the conditions between sampling intervals. Therefore, the logs contain both observed and interpreted data. We determined the lines designating the interface between soil materials on the logs using visual observations, penetration rates, excavation characteristics and other factors. The transition between materials may be abrupt or gradual. Where applicable, the boring logs were revised based on subsequent laboratory testing. The locations of the borings are shown on Figure 2. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 w BORING DEPTH AMPLE 0 SOIL owe Q Q ZLL in z IN NO O z CLASS ELEV. (MSL.) -- DATE COMPLETED 08/05/2019 � 0 0 in M 0 � to Feel ­ ::J D O IUSCSI w rn o wwm > x O z 20 O EQUIPMENT Mud Rotary BY: JS a �" MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 3" AC / 9" Base ARTIFICIAL FILL Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, light brown, fine-grained. 2 BEACH DEPOSITS B1@2.5' Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, light brown, fine-grained. 20 102.5 8.4 4 B1@5' - SP - with brown mottles 11 14.9 6 ' 1 8 B1@7.5' - loose,brown,fine-grained with some medium -grained 12 102.7 20.9 10 B 1 @10' - medium dense, moist to wet, fine- to medium -grained, trace coarse -grained 15 21.5 OLD MARINE DEPOSITS 12 Sand, medium dense, wet, brown, fine-grained. B1@12.5' - 47 112.2 19.8 4 B1@15' -fine-grained with some medium -grained 28 23.0 6 - dense 18 B1@17.5' 37 23.5 SP 20 B1@20' -very dense 94 108.1 21.1 22 - moist, dense, olive brown, fine-grained B1@22.5' - 37 27.0 24 B1@25' - verydense 91 103.2 21.3 26 - dense, moist to wet 28 B1@27.5' - 37 26.2 Figure Al, W1033-88-01 BORING LOGS.GPJ Log of Boring 1, Page 1 of 2 SAMPLE SYMBOLS ❑ SAMPLING UNSUCCESSFUL STANDARD PENETRATION TEST DRIVE SAMPLE (UNDISTURBED) t2 DISTURBED OR BAG SAMPLE Q CHUNK SAMPLE 1 WATER TABLE OR SEEPAGE NOTE. THE LOG OF SUBSURFACE COND DIONS SHOWN HEREON APPLIES ONLY AT THE SPECIFIC BORING OR TRENCH LOCATION AND AT THE DATE INDICATED. IT IS NOT WARRANTED TO BE REPRESENTATIVE OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AT OTHER LOCATIONS AND TIMES. GEOCON PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 w BORING DEPTH AMPLE 0 SOIL owe Q Q ZLL wo z IN NO O z CLASS ELEV. (MSL.) -- DATE COMPLETED 08/05/2019 � 0 0 0 M V) to Feel ­ ::J D O IUSCSI w rn o wwm > x O z 20 EQUIPMENT Mud Rotary BY: JS a �" MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 30 131@30' -moist, olive gay, some silt 88 102.2 23.3 32 Sp B1@32.5' - 39 26.6 34 --- - iII ___ _________________ __ ------------- Silty Sand, dense, moist, gay, fine -gained. --- ------ 131@35' _ f _ 64 96.2 27.4 - 38 B1@37.5' III _ 1, -_ f _ 40 25.2 40 131@40' II J II 1�1 _- f_ I -very dense 95 102.6 24.1 42 -�-� SM - dense, trace shell fragments B 1 @42.5' 1� - 47 23.0 44 1 I B1@45' IIII 11 -_ 4 - fine -gained, decrease in shell fragments 50 (5') 102.0 22.7 46 1II 48 B1@47.5' III - -tracemedium-gained 57 25.7 1I Total depth ofboring: 50.5 feet. Fill to 1.5 feet. Groundwater encountered at 7 feet Backfilled with cement bentonite gout Surface restored. *Penetration resistance for 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches by auto -hammer. Figure Al, W1033-88-01 BORING LOGS.GPJ Log of Boring 1, Page 2 of 2 SAMPLE SYMBOLS ❑ SAMPLING UNSUCCESSFUL STANDARD PENETRATION TEST DRIVE SAMPLE (UNDISTURBED) t2 DISTURBED OR BAG SAMPLE Q CHUNK SAMPLE 1 WATER TABLE OR SEEPAGE NOTE. THE LOG OF SUBSURFACE COND TIONS SHOWN HEREON APPLIES ONLY AT THE SPECIFIC BORING OR TRENCH LOCATION AND AT THE DATE INDICATED. IT IS NOT WARRANTED TO BE REPRESENTATIVE OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AT OTHER LOCATIONS AND TIMES. GEOCON PROJECT NO. W1033-88-01 af BORING DEPTH w owe wo AMPLE 0 SOIL Q Q ZLL z IN NO O z CLASS ELEV. (MSL.) -- DATE COMPLETED 08/05/2019 � 0 0 0 M V) to Feel ­ D IUSCSI w rn o wwm > af O z 20 ::J O (D O EQUIPMENT Mud Rotary BY: JS a �" MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 BULK - 5" AC / 9" Base 0-5' ARTIFICIAL FILL Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, fight brown, fine-grained with - some medium -gained, some shell fragments. BEACH DEPOSITS B2@2.5' 29 102.4 6.5 Sand, poorly graded, medium dense, moist, fight brown, fine- to 4 medium -grained, trace shell fragments. B2@5' - SP - loose, moist to wet, olive brown, fine -gained, some fine gavel 11 89.7 22.2 6 _- 8 B2@7.5' - medium dense, wet, fine -gained with some medium -gained 27 103.8 18.9 10 - OLD MARINE DEPOSITS B2@10' Sand, dense, fine- to medium -gained, olive brown, trace fine shell fragments. 57 106.8 19.5 12 B2@12.5' - - increase in shell fragments, trace coarse -gained sand 68 108.5 18.9 14 SP B2@15 62 107.8 18.8 16 18 20 B2 20 = - moist, decrease in coarse -grained sand and shell fragments 71 100.0 25.3 Total depth ofboring: 20.5 feet. Fill to 1.5 feet. Groundwater encountered at 6 feet Backfilled with cement bentonite gout Surface restored. *Penetration resistance for 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches by auto -hammer. Figure A2, W1033-88-01 BORING LOGS.GPJ Log of Boring 2, Page 1 of 1 SAMPLE SYMBOLS ❑ SAMPLING UNSUCCESSFUL STANDARD PENETRATION TEST DRIVE SAMPLE (UNDISTURBED) t2 DISTURBED OR BAG SAMPLE Q CHUNK SAMPLE 1 WATER TABLE OR SEEPAGE NOTE. THE LOG OF SUBSURFACE COND DIONS SHOWN HEREON APPLIES ONLY AT THE SPECIFIC BORING OR TRENCH LOCATION AND AT THE DATE INDICATED. IT IS NOT WARRANTED TO BE REPRESENTATIVE OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AT OTHER LOCATIONS AND TIMES. GEOCON APPENDIX APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests were performed in accordance with generally accepted test methods of the "American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)", or other suggested procedures. Selected samples were tested for direct shear strength, consolidation and expansion characteristics, moisture density relationships, grain -size, corrosivity, in -place dry density and moisture content. The results of the laboratory tests are summarized in Figures B 1 through B 13. The in -place dry density and moisture content of the samples tested are presented in the boring logs, Appendix A. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 Revised February I, 2022 5.0 4.0 3.0 N � N L 2.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 Normal Stress (ksf) Project No.: W1033-88-01 901 East Ocean 40P DIRECT SHEAR TEST RESULTS Newport Beach, CA Consolidated Drained ASTM D-3080 GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B1 Boring No. B-2 Sample No. B2@0-5 Depth (ft) 0-5 Light Brown Sand (SP) Peak 100 34.3 Ultimate Normal Strest (kip/ft2) 1 3 6 Peak Shear Stress (kip/ft�) � 0.77 � 1.96 � 3.60 Shear Stress @End of Test (ksf) O 0.71 ❑ 1.90 A 3.19 5.0 4.0 3.0 N Y N N N is N L 2.0 1.0 / 0.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 Normal Stress (ksf) Project No.: W1033-88-01 901 East Ocean 40P DIRECT SHEAR TEST RESULTS Newport Beach, CA Consolidated Drained ASTM D-3080 GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B2 Boring No. B-2 Sample No. B2@2.5 Depth (ft) 2.5 Light Brown Sand (SP) Peak 467 33.2 Ultimate Normal Strest (kip/ft2) 1 3 6 Peak Shear Stress (kip/ft�) � 1.07 � 2.61 � 3.69 Shear Stress @ End of Test (ksf) O 0.72 ❑ 1.99 A 3.46 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Light B�roPw)n Sand B1@2.5 99.1 15.1 19.7 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B3 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@5 98.2 24.9 24.1 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B4 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) B1@7.5 Brown Sand (SP) 99.9 18.7 20.8 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B5 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@10 103.5 20.0 20.8 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B6 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 ---- 4.0 0 ---- i Y 0 5.0 0 U ---- Y 0 2 6.0 w a 7.0 8.0 9.0 -- 10.0 0 1 10 Consolidation Pressure (psf) Project No.: W1033-88-01 901 East Ocean 440��*i CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS Newport Beach, CA ASTM D-2435 GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B7 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) B1@12.5 Brown Sand (SP) 107.9 20.7 21.6 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@15 101.9 22.5 23.3 (40P Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B8 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 4.0 Y 0 5.0 0 U Y 0 2 6.0 a 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 L 0 WATER ADDED AT 1.0 KSF 1 Consolidation Pressure (psf) 10 DRY DENSITY INITIAL FINAL SAMPLE ID. SOIL TYPE (PCF) MOISTURE (%) MOISTURE (%) Olive B�ro�w)n Sand B2@20 95.8 27.1 28.2 (40m) Project No.: W1033-88-01 CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-2435 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B9 100.0 80.0 O O N 60.0 6 z 0) C En En a 40.0 11 P 10 1 0.1 0.01 Grain Diamter (mm) Sample No. Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve B-1 @ 5' B-1 @ 10' 1.8 4.0 41 OW) - GEOCON Checked GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS ASTM D-1140 y: Pz M Feb. 2022 901 East Ocean Newport Beach, CA 0.001 W1033-88-01 I BJ B2@0-5 MOLDED SPECIMEN BEFORE TEST AFTER TEST Specimen Diameter (in.) 4.0 4.0 Specimen Height (in.) 1.0 1.0 Wt. Comp. Soil + Mold (gm) 541.0 569.7 Wt. of Mold (gm) 171.4 171.4 Specific Gravity (Assumed) 2.7 2.7 Wet Wt. of Soil + Cont. (gm) 677.4 569.7 Dry Wt. of Soil + Cont. (gm) 662.7 351.5 Wt. of Container (gm) 377.4 171.4 Moisture Content N 5.2 13.3 Wet Density (pcf) 111.5 120.0 Dry Density (pcf) 106.0 105.9 Void Ratio 0.6 0.6 Total Porosity 0.4 0.4 Pore Volume (cc) 76.8 75.3 Degree of Saturation N [Smeaej 24.0 62.3 Date Time Pressure (psi) Elapsed Time (min) Dial Readings (in.) 8/13/2019 10:00 1.0 0 0.4051 8/13/2019 10:10 1.0 10 0.4053 Add Distilled Water to the Specimen 8/14/2019 10:00 1.0 1430 0.3977 8/14/2019 11:00 1.0 1490 0.3977 Expansion Index (EI meas) _ -7.6 Expansion Index ( Report ) = 0 Expansion Index, EI50 CBC CLASSIFICATION * UBC CLASSIFICATION ** 0-20 Non -Expansive Very Low 21-50 Expansive Low 51-90 Expansive Medium 91-130 Expansive High >130 Expansive Very High * Reference: 2016 California Building Code, Section 1803.5.3 ** Reference: 1997 Uniform Building Code, Table 18-I-B. Project No.: W1033-88-01 Ooffj EXPANSION INDEX TEST RESULTS 901 East Ocean ASTM D 4829 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B11 ;ample No: B2@0-5 Light Brown Sand (SP) TEST NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Wt. Compacted Soil + Mold (g) 5936 5974 6004 6034 Weight of Mold (g) 4296 4296 4296 4296 Net Weight of Soil (g) 1640 1678 1708 1738 Wet Weight of Soil + Cont. (g) 1914.3 1938.4 2053.0 1 2097.1 Dry Weight of Soil + Cont. (g) 1840.8 1834.9 1911.7 1920.1 Weight of Container (g) 378.5 378.7 378.7 377.1 Moisture Content (%) 5.0 7.1 9.2 11.5 Wet Density (pcf) 1 108.6 1 111.1 113.1 115.1 Dry Density (pcf) 1 103.4 1 103.7 1 103.5 1 103.2 Maximum Dry Density (pcf) 104.4I Optimum Moisture Content (%)1 8.2 120.0 115.0 U 110.0 !Z 95.0 +- 0.0 ------- S.G. 2.65 - -- -- S.G. 2.7 ............. S.G. 2.75 5.0 10.0 15.0 Moisture Content (%) W1A11 Preparation Method: A (4O,W) MODIFIED COMPACTION TEST OF Project No.: W1033-88-01 SOILS 901 East Ocean ASTM D-1557 Newport Beach, CA GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B12 SUMMARY OF LABORATORY POTENTIAL OF HYDROGEN (pH) AND RESISTIVITY TEST RESULTS CALIFORNIA TEST NO. 643 Sample No. Sample No. pH Resistivity (ohm centimeters) B2 @ 0-5 8.9 7500 (Moderately Corrosive) Sample No. Water GEOCON W E 8 T, I N C. GEOTEC H N I C A L■ ENVIRONMENTAL ■ MATERIA Project No. W1033-88-01 July 11, 2022 Mr. Jeff Katz COAR (formerly Jeff Katz Architecture) 6353 Del Cerro Boulevard San Diego, California 92120 Subject: RESPONSE TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT REVIEW CHECKLIST PROPOSED JUNIOR LIFEGUARD FACILITY 901 EAST OCEAN, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA References: Geotechnical Investigation, by Geocon West, Inc., dated February 1, 2022; Addendum to Geotechnical Investigation, by Geocon West, Inc., dated May 9, 2022; City of Newport Beach Geotechnical Report Review Checklist, dated May 19, 2022. Ladies and Gentlemen: This letter has been prepared in response to the referenced Geotechnical Report Review Checklist prepared by the City of Newport Beach, consisting of 5 comments, dated May 19, 2022. Comment 1 was previously resolved by the referenced Addendum to Geotechnical Investigation dated May 9, 2022. A copy of the review letter is appended herein. Responses to the review comments as well as updated geotechnical recommendations are included below. Where differing, the recommendations presented herein supersede the recommendations of the referenced reports and addenda. Comment 1: [marked as resolved] Comment 2: Please provide additional Geophones (Vibration Monitoring Locations) parallel to Ocean Front East. Response 2: Acknowledged. The project has performed a vibration study to predict the maximum anticipated peak particle velocity (PPV) resulting from the proposed Rapid Impact Ground Improvement (RIC). This study included performing a vibration study to develop a site -specific PPV attenuation relationship. We retained the services of a GeoVision, a geophysical consultant, to perform this study. Their report which summarizes their approach, site -specific measurements, and findings is attached herein. 2807 McCaw Avenue . Irvine, CA 92618 . Telephone (949) 491-6670 . oc@geoconinc.com The findings of the vibration study indicate that a conservative estimate of the maximum PPV at the nearest residence, at a distance of 140-feet, from a typical RIC source is anticipated to be 0.21 inches per second. The report also states that "While damage potential is minimal, this level of vibration falls into the Caltrans vibration annoyance potential "Strongly Perceptible" category. Vibration from RIC will be felt in the nearby residences.". Based on these findings, we have prepared an updated exhibit showing the recommended geophone locations which includes additional monitoring placed along the south edge of the bike path (parallel to Ocean Front East). In this example, the geophones are spaced approximately every 25 feet within 140 feet from the edge of the RIC improvement zone. This exhibit is intended to show the recommended zone to be equipped with geophones; final locations can be adjusted based on site conditions and accessibility. A monitoring system with a real-time alert system to provide feedback to the RIC operator can be considered. Additionally, it is suggested that community outreach be performed prior the start of the RIC activities to inform nearby residents of the dates and times to of the RIC activities. Comment 3: Please provide justification for proposed Ultimate bearing value of 3,500psf. Based on Terzaghi's Continuous Footing maximum value is 3,100psf. Please provide a remold shear test to justify your bearing value. Response 3: The recommended allowable bearing pressure is for a mat foundation; therefore, we have used a factor of safety of 3 and equivalent footing dimensions for an isolated pad footing of 10 feet. Additionally, based on our correspondence with the project structural engineer, the maximum bearing pressure demand is 3,000 psf. A copy of the remolded shear test is attached herein. Calculation of the recommended bearing pressure is provided below: ................................................... BEARING CAPACITY CALCULATION SAMPLE: ENG. FILL (RM 90%) COHESION = 100 psf PHI= 34 degrees FTG DEPTH = 1.5 feet SPREAD FTG. WIDTH = 10 feet Ny= 33.0 Nq= 31.0 Nc = 44.0 DENSITY= 100 pcf SPREAD FOOTING (SQUARE) Qu = CNc(1+ 0.3B/L) + yDNq + 0.4ybNy Qall= 7,857 psf FS=3 Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 2 - July 11, 2022 Comment 4: Please review proposed stormwater infiltration design adjacent to proposed building and indicate if it will pose a geotechnical hazard to the property. Response 4: Based on our review of the Utility Plan (sheet C-5.0) and our communication with the project civil engineer, there is no infiltration planned within the building footprint or within the RIC improvement area. Infiltration is planned south of the proposed building, near the beach, and north of the building near the north entrance of the A Street Parking Lot. At the south and north locations, infiltration will occur at depths of approximately 3 and 5 feet below the ground surface, respectively. The locations where infiltration will occur are greater than 25 feet from the building foundation footprint. Furthermore, it is our understanding that onsite infiltration is proposed because there is no existing storm drain system to tie into. According to the project civil engineer, the proposed infiltration system mimics the main parking lot's method stormwater discharge. Additionally, they have confirmed that an infiltration rate was not needed for the design of this system. The soils encountered in our site exploration are primarily granular and should be accepting of stormwater. Consolidation testing was performed on samples as shallow as 21/22 feet and did not show a tendency for hydrocollapse upon saturation. Based on the offset from the building foundation, the proposed onsite infiltration is not anticipated to pose a geotechnical hazard to the property. Comment 5: Please review the Grading Foundation and Landscape Plans for compliance with geotechnical recommendations of this report. Response 5: Acknowledged. The Grading, Foundation and Landscape plans are being prepared by others and should be provided to Geocon for review. If you have any questions regarding this letter, or if we may be of further service, please contact the undersigned. Very truly yours, GEOCON WEST, I Qp0iES51p,�,. �SHOMggbY(nn. � GE3092 K GP g 19 0rECNN� Jelisa Thomas A of aaF GE 3092 Enclosures: Copy of GeotechTucal Report Checklist Vibration Study by GeoVision, dated June 30, 2022 Sheet Al.1 with markup (geophone exhibit) Figure B 1, Direct Shear Test Results W10338801 -3- July 11, 2022 geophysical GE(f ysion services VIBRATION ESTIMATION FOR RAPID IMPACT COMPACTION AT THE NEWPORT JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING Report 22225-01 June 30, 2022 VIBRATION ESTIMATION FOR RAPID IMPACT COMPACTION US9:I;8L1IATiT1101:401111111L11101:aIIaXrl�11AN91*11111111WIL1 w Prepared for: Geocon West, Inc. 2807 McGaw Avenue Irvine, California 92614 Prepared by: GEOVision Geophysical Services 1124 Olympic Drive Corona, California 92881 (961) 649-1234 Report 22225-01 June 30, 2022 Report 22225-01 ii I P a g e TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................1 1.1 BACKGROUND.........................................................................................................................1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK.....................................................................................................................1 2 CONSTRUCTION VIBRATION CRITERIA..................................................................3 2.1 VIBRATION BACKGROUND......................................................................................................3 2.2 PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY CRITERIA.....................................................................................3 2.3 VIBRATION ATTENUATION FORMULA.....................................................................................5 3 SITE -SPECIFIC PPV PARAMETERS.............................................................................6 3.1 METHODOLOGY......................................................................................................................6 3.2 PPV& FESTIMATION................................................................................................................6 3.3 ESTIMATION OF ATTENUATION PARAMETER"N...................................................................... 8 3.3.1 10-LB Sledgehammer Source........................................................................................12 3.3.2 Accelerated Weight Drop Source..................................................................................13 4 SITE -SPECIFIC RIC VIBRATION ESTIMATION.....................................................16 4.1 RECOMMENDED PPV EQUATION.......................................................................................... 16 4.2 PPV ESTIMATE FOR CLOSEST RESIDENCES...........................................................................17 5 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................................18 6 REFERENCES...................................................................................................................19 Report 22225-01 iii I P a g e 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Background Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC) has been recommended for liquefaction mitigation at the planned site of the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building in Newport Beach, California. RIC uses repeated weight impacts to compact soil prior to foundation construction. These impacts cause ground vibrations that radiate from the foot of the RIC machine. Figure 1 shows the site plan for the Junior Lifeguard Building. The closest residential buildings to the planned site are just across the Newport -Balboa Bike Trail at the foot of A Street. RIC operation would be as close as 140 feet from these buildings. Vibration effects are a concern. The City of Newport Beach has set a construction vibration threshold of 0.5 inch per second peak particle velocity (PPV) at these nearby properties. This report documents our conservative engineering estimate of RIC-induced ground vibration at this site. To develop this site -specific PPV estimate we have followed Caltrans and other published engineering guidance for construction vibration estimation. 1.2 Scope of Work Geovision, working in cooperation with Geocon West, performed the following tasks: • Estimation of RIC vibration at a reference distance of 25 feet • Vibration attenuation measurements at the proposed RIC site • Estimate PPV at 140 feet from a RIC machine at this site and compare to the City of Newport Beach vibration criterion. This report documents the tasks and presents recommendations for monitoring and mitigation during the RIC process. Report 22225-01 1 l P a g e a e 7 � b .O EL Ab a; 'Y ^! 2 • o „n Legend Vibration Monamng Leaden Approx. Limits of RIC Zone . Ahenuabon Source Figure 1: Newport Junior Lifeguard Building plan with MC zone and Geovision's temporary attenuation array monitoring and source locations shown. From Sheet AM of Site Plan dated 4/6/22. Report 22225-01 2 1 P a g e 2 Construction Vibration Criteria 2.1 Vibration Background Vibrations from construction activities can adversely affect nearby people and structures. Pile driving and blasting are generally the most problematic construction activities in terms of human perception and potential damage, but RIC and other construction activities can cause significant vibration and noise. Reference 1, the 2020 version of the Caltrans Transportation and Construction Vibration Guidance Manual, provides an excellent overview of the larger construction vibration issue and explains the basics of vibrations, vibration assessment, and vibration measurements. Chapter 7 of the Caltrans vibration manual provides an excellent distillation of vibration studies and literature into a methodology suitable for this project. Both damage potential and human perception are addressed in this reference. 2.2 Peak Particle Velocity Criteria The main parameter used for vibration assessment is Peak Particle Velocity (PPV), in units of inch per second (in/s). This is the maximum vibratory velocity of a point on the ground surface in a particular direction (X, Y, or Z, Z is vertical). Table 1 below (Table 19 in the Caltrans vibration manual) contains recommended guideline damage potential threshold criteria in terms of PPV for different types of structures. Vibration sources are characterized as Transient or Continuous/Frequent; vibration from RIC will be considered Continuous/Frequent as impacts are repeated many times at each location. For newer residential structures the appropriate damage potential threshold PPV is 0.5 in/s. This is the allowable level set by the City of Newport Beach for this project. Report 22225-01 3 1 P a g e Tablet: Caltrans(Rd.1) vibration damage potential timesholdcriteria Table 19. Guideline Vibration Damage Potential Threshold Criteria Maximum PPV in/sec Cantinuous/Frequent Structure and Condition Transient Sources Intermittent Sources Extremely hagde Mrtom buildings, mans, ancient monuments 0.12 008 Fragile buddings 02 01 Hmmm and some old buildings 05 025 Olden asidemtial sbucmres 05 03 New residential stuct res 10 05 Modern mdustnal commercial buildings 20 05 Now Tramsmat sources create a single isolated vlm mon event such as blestmg or drop balls. Commuouslfiequent wtamiuemt sources wclmde mpact pile drivers, pogo -stick compactors, cnmk-and-seat equammnt vibratory pile drivers, and vibratory compaction equipment Construction vibrations are felt by people. This experience can range from barely perceptible to severe. Table 2 below (Table 20 in the Caltrans vibration manual) provided guideline vibration perception levels in terms of PPV. For continuous/frequent intermittent sources including RIC, PPV between 0.1-0.4 in/swill be considered "Strongly perceptible". Tablet: Caltrans (Rd.1) vibration annoyance potential criteria Table 20. Guideline Vibration Annoyance Potential Criteria Maximum PPV (In/sec) Carmiftemllisaa M Rumen Response Transient Soutwa I0.01 msourc.s 0.0`125 0.01 Dea edyrstmept 025 010 stroneTy pecrytible Sammcbypercryble 09 0_4 severs z o o.a Now Ta msient sources create a single isolated vibrmiom even, such as blasting or drop balls_ Cormuou✓frequent inamittent sauces ivchde mpsa pile Incas, jsma -stick compactor, mack-and-seat egmprai vibratory pile drivers, and vibratory compaction equipmeat. Report 22225-01 4 l P a g e 2.3 Vibration Attenuation Formula The Caltrans vibration manual provides a simplified formula for estimating the PPV at a given distance from a particular piece of equipment on a particular soil site. This is detailed in Chapter 7. The specific formula is: PPV(equipment, distance, soil type) = PPV,,K25/D)° in/s Where: PPV,,f = measured or specified PPV for particular equipment at a distance of 25 feet, in/s. D = distance from the equipment, ft n = attenuation exponent PPVref will be a combined property of both the equipment and the soil type. The Caltrans vibration manual contains recommended values of PPVref for various construction equipment, developed using experimental data from published studies. For example, PPVref for an impact pile driver is 0.65 in/s. RIC vibrations are not specifically addressed in the Caltrans manual. "n", the attenuation exponent, approximates the decrease in PPV with distance from the surface source. "n" will be a property of the soil type, compaction, and possibly the frequency content of the source. The Caltrans vibration manual suggests a default value of n=1.1 but acknowledges a range of 1.0 — 1.5. A site -specific empirical value is most appropriate when available. For the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building site, a site -specific value of n is determined through measurement of vibration at various distances from a known source. PPV,,f is chosen from published RIC vibration measurements. Our efforts to determine these values and the site -specific PPV estimation equation for the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building site are described in the next section.. Report 22225-01 51 P a g e 3 SITE -SPECIFIC PPV PARAMETERS 3.1 Methodology We need conservative estimates of PPVref and n to apply the Caltrans vibration estimation methodology to the proposed RIC soil densification at the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building site. Selecting areasonable maximum literature -based estimate of PPVref and aminimum measurement - based value of the attenuation parameter n will provide appropriately conservative, upper -bound PPV estimates for RIC vibrations at different distances. The following subsections detail this PPVref and n estimation. 3.2 PPVref Estimation The Caltrans vibration guidelines provide a table of Reference PPV at 25 ft values for various construction equipment. For example, PPVref= 2.4 in/s for a large pavement breaker, 0.65 in/s for an impact pile driver, 0.21 in/s for a vibratory roller, and 0.089 in/s for a large bulldozer. However, the Caltrans guidelines are silent regarding RIC and weight drop soil compaction methods. Our literature survey found four published references presenting quantitative vibration data for RIC operations. Each of References 2-5 contain data that can directly provide PPV levels at a 25- foot (8 meter) distance from the RIC machine and therefore a measure of PPVref for the Caltrans equation. Lauzon et al. (Ref. 2) measured PPV versus distance from 7-9 ton RIC machines in a variety of soil conditions around Quebec, Canada. Figure 2 is a summary plot from this paper, showing PPV versus distance for RIC and DC ("dynamic compaction", large weight drops from a crane). At 8m (25'), the best fit PPV is 10mm/s (0.4 in/s) and the maximum PPV value is 22 mm/s (.9 in/s). Dominant RIC vibration frequencies were reported to be in the 10-30Hz range. Report 22225-01 61 P a g e �■�111111�■ =m a u� � IV iTR �1:_� " Frel i< w�wl �■ ME �1 Sr La I�■Llii � IIIII■IIN 31.1 11-M.1111.11 *Fir Is Fmw, 2: eevverswdMwe farm carry MC wd Uc'bsmar Quebec, Canada. Fem Law,, etL 2011(ReL I). Nw thw ZA mmh-1' a. Report 22225 01 ] I P eg e El Khaled et al. (Ref. 3) measured PPV versus distance for a 16-ton RIC machine in Saudi Arabian sands. Their best -fit curve shows a PPV of 30 mm/s (1.2 in/s) at 8m (25') from the RIC machine. Adam and Paulmichi (Ref. 4) measured PPV versus distance for 7- and 9-ton RIC machines in sands and gravels at various sites in Austria. For the 7-ton machine, their best -fit curve shows a PPV of 29 mm/s (1.1 in/s) at 8m (25') from the RIC machine. Municon (Ref. 5) measured PPV versus distance for a 7-ton RIC rig at a downtown San Francisco site. This site was artificial fill and/or SF bay muds. Their data show a maximum PPV of 1.2 in/s at 20' and 0.8 in/s at 30' from the RIC machine; interpolating gives a PPV at 25' of 1.0 in/s. At 150' from the RIC machine their measured PPV ranges from 0.06 — 0.12 in/s. The values of PPVr,f(PPV at 25') inferred from these four references range from 0.9 — 1.2 in/s. To be very conservative, we choose a value of PPV,,f = 1.2 in/s for our vibration estimation. 3.3 Estimation of Attenuation Parameter "n" We used a temporary array of seismometers and two energy sources to estimate the attenuation exponent "n" in the PPV equation: PPV(equipment, distance, soil type) = PPV,,K25/D)° in/s Five matched vertical 1-Hz geophones, Kinemetrics Model SS-1, were mounted on the concrete sidewalk as shown in Figures 1 and 3. Distances from the source were 25, 59.5, 89.5, 119.5, and 159.5 feet. The last seismometer was at the edge of the bike path across from the nearest residence. The seismometers were connected by cables to a Kinemetrics Model Granite data acquisition system. This system has the following specifications: • 12-channels 24-bit digital resolution • Sample rates to 2000 sps/channel (500sps/channel used here) Report 22225-01 81 P a g e • On -board data storage • GPS-based timing for absolute sample timing accuracy <10 microsecond • Battery power for autonomy Our two energy sources at the zero point of the array were: 1) 10-lb sledgehammer impacting an aluminum plate on the lawn as shown in Figure 3 and 2) Custom accelerated weight drop (AWD) device impacting on the asphalt as shown in Figure 4. Our main data set for attenuation analysis consists of 9 sledgehammer blows and 9 AWD blows. Vibration signals from all five seismometers were recorded for each blow. Data were then analyzed using custom Matlab` scripts. PPV was measured for each sensor and each blow. These data were then used to develop an average attenuation curve and best -fit attenuation parameter n for each source. Results for the two energy sources are presented in the sections below. Report 22225-01 91 P a g e Figure 3: Temporary vibration measurement array, installed on June 2, 2022. Five matched 1-11z vertical seismometers were installed at 25, 59.5, 89.5, 119.5, and 159.5 feet from the impact source. The 10-lb sledgehammer source is shown here, the accelerated weight drop (A") source was on the asphalt pavement just to the left of the photo. Report 22225-01 101 P a g e Figure 4: Accelerated Weight Drop (AWD) vibration source on the edge of the asphalt parking lot. Report 22225-01 11 J P a g e 3.3.1 10-lb Sledgehammer Source Figure 5 shows the vibration data from the 10-lb sledgehammer source the five seismometers in the attenuation array. Attenuation and the time delay of the vibration pulse are evident. Vibration energy is in the 15-35Hz range. Peak velocity values for each of the five sensors was picked from the nine final sledgehammer blows. PPVref values (PPV at the 25' seismometer) were approximately 0.01 in/s. These PPV values were then normalized (PPV/PPVref versus D/25'), combined, and least -squares curve fit to obtain the attenuation parameter n. Figure 6 plots the data and best -fit power curve. The best -fit value of n for the sledgehammer source is 1.03, at the lower (less attenuation) end of the Caltrans 1.0-1.5 range. Sledgehammer Blow#7 Array Data 0 015 i i i i i i i i —595 i i i i i i i i —895 25 —1595 0.01------1i_ —1595 0.005 ------ - ____i 0 'a -0.005 _______ ______ ______________ ______ -_______ ______ ______ -0.01 ______1______1_______L______J_______L______1______i___________________ -0 015 0 0.1 02 03 04 05 0.6 07 0.8 09 1 Time, sec Figure 5: Sample sledgehammer source data. Legend is distance from source in feet. Peak velocity attenuation and time delay due to wave travel are shown in the data. Report 22225-01 121 P a g e 1 0.9 0.s 0.7 0.6 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0 Attenuation Data, Sledgehammer Source Normalized Data From All 9 Blows y = 1.0155s1.039 R'= 0.9808 1 2 3 4 5 6 D/25' Figure 6: Attenuation relationship for Sledgehammer PPV. Normalized PPV data from all nine blows are included in the plot and curve fit. The best -fit attenuation parameter n=1.03. 3.3.2 Accelerated Weight Drop Source Figure 7 shows the vibration data from Geovision's AWD source the five seismometers in the attenuation array. Attenuation and the time delay of the vibration pulse are evident. Vibration energy is in the 10-3011z range. Peak velocity values for each of the five sensors was picked from nine AWD blows. PPV3efvalues (PPV at the 25' seismometer) were approximately 0.07 in/s. These PPV values were then Report 22225-01 131 P a g e normalized (PPV/PPVref versus D/25'), combined, and least -squares curve fit to obtain the attenuation parameter n. Figure 8 plots the data and best -fit power curve. The best -fit value of n for the AWD source is 0.93, slightly below the lower (less attenuation) end of the Caltrans 1.0-1.5 range. AWD Blow #9 Array Data ]66 1_ _ —- _ _ I- _ L_ _ —- _ —J—_ _ _5_ _ _1 1�195 —1595 6Q I�pII�r�v u• V VV Time, sec Figure 7: Sample AWD source data. Legend is distance from source in feet. Peak velocity attenuation and time delay due to wave travel are shown in the data. Report 22225-01 141 P a g e 1 0.9 0.s 0.7 0.6 a >` a o.s n n 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 Attenuation Data, AWD Source Normalized Data From 9 Blows y 0.9644x9.92s R2 = 0. 822 0 2 3 4 6 D/25' Figure 8: Attenuation relationship for AWD PPV. Normalized PPV data from all nine blows are included in the plot and curve fit. The best -fit attenuation parameter n=0.93. The curve fit is skewed by the higher -than - expected PPV at 159.5 ft. Report 22225-01 151 P a g e 4 SITE -SPECIFIC RIC VIBRATION ESTIMATION 4.1 Recommended PPV Equation We can now develop the needed site -specific PPV estimation equation for RIC source at the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building site. PP Vref, the PPV value at 25' for RIC operation, varied from 0.9-1.2 in/s in the direct measurements presented in the four references (Ref. 2-5). To be conservative, we will use the maximum value of 1.2 in/s. The Caltrans-recommended default attenuation exponent "n" value is 1.1, with an expected range of 1.0-1.5 for different soil and rock types. Our site -specific attenuation measurements gave values of 1.03 for the sledgehammer source and 0.93 for the AWD source. We will use the average of these, rounded to n=1.0. This is the most conservative (less attenuation end) of the Caltrans range. Based on our literature search for PPVref and our site -specific attenuation measurements for n, a conservative PPV equation for RIC at the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building site is then: PPV = 1.2(25/D)i-0 in/s where D= distance from RIC machine in feet Report 22225-01 161 P a g e 4.2 PPV Estimate for Closest Residences Figure 9 is a plot of the site -specific PPV estimation equation. This plots the expected Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) versus distance from the RIC source. At D=140 feet, the closest distance from the planned RIC operations to the closest residence, the estimated PPV is 0.21 inch per second. This is below the City of Newport Beach -specified threshold of 0.5 inch per second. ESTIMATED PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY VERSUS DISTANCE FROM RIC SOURCE SPECIFIC TO THE NEWPORT JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING SITE 1.2 1 a c 0 � o.s 0.2 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 Distance from RIC Machine, feet Figure 9: Site -Specific PPV versus distance equation for RIC at the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building site Report 22225-01 171 P a g e 5 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS Geovision has developed a site -specific vibration estimate for the proposed RIC soil improvement at the Newport Junior Lifeguard Building site in Newport Beach. Of specific concern is the nearest residential buildings adjacent to the bike path. The minimum distance between the closest residence and the closest planned RIC vibration source is 140 feet. The City of Newport Beach has set a vibration threshold of 0.5 inch per second PPV based on conservative vibration damage potential criteria. Vibration attenuates with distance from the RIC source, as I/distance (measured n=1.0) atthis site. We conservatively estimate a maximum PPV at the nearest residences of 0.21 inch per second, well below the City's 0.5 inch per second damage potential threshold. Vibrations at distances greater than the 140-foot minimum will be less. While damage potential is minimal, this level of vibration falls into the Caltrans vibration annoyance potential "Strongly Perceptible" category. Vibration from RIC will be felt in the nearby residences. Following are recommendations for vibration mitigation during RIC operations: A. RIC equipment is available in a range of sizes, typically ranging from 5 to 20 metric tons of weight. Use the smallest size that will do the job at this location, 5-7 T if possible. B. Monitor vibration at the nearest residence (or the edge of the bike path) to provide feedback to RIC operations. A monitoring system with real-time email alerting is recommended. C. Provide outreach to the residents prior to RIC activity as appropriate. Report 22225-01 181 P a g e 6 REFERENCES 1. California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) 2020, Transportation and Construction Vibration Guidance Manual. Caltrans Report CT-HWANP-RT-20-365.01.01. Downloaded from https://dot.ca.gov/programs/environmental-analysis/noise-vibration/guidance-manuals . 2. Lauzon, M. et al 2011, Ground Vibrations Induced by Dynamic Compaction and Rapid Impact Compaction, Proc. 2011 Pan -Am CGS Geotechnical Conference, October 2-6, 2011, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Downloaded from https://www.issmge.org//publications/publication/ground-vibrations-induced-by-dynamic- compaction-and-rapid-impact-compaction . 3. El Khaled, O. et al. 2020, Vibration Induced by Rapid Impact Compaction on Granular Soils, Proc. 5"' Intl Conference on Civil Structural and Transportation Engineering (ICCSTE20), November 2020. Downloaded from httys:Havestia.com/ICCSTE2020 Proceedings/files/paper/ICCSTE 272.pdf. 4. Adam, C. et al. 2011, Vibration Emission Induced by Rapid Impact Compaction, 8th International Conference on Structural Dynamics, EURODYN 2011. Downloaded from https://www.researchgate.neL/publication/314044572 Vibration emission_ induced by Rapi d Impact Compaction. 5. Municon Consultants 2015, Vibration Monitoring Report 1 Henry Adams St. Project, Letter of Transmittal March 9, 2015. Provided by Geocon West. Report 22225-01 191 P a g e 5.0 4.0 3.0 N � N L 2.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 Normal Stress (ksf) Project No.: W1033-88-01 901 East Ocean 40P DIRECT SHEAR TEST RESULTS Newport Beach, CA Consolidated Drained ASTM D-3080 GEOCON Checked by: PZ Feb. 2022 Figure B1 Boring No. B-2 Sample No. B2@0-5 Depth (ft) 0-5 Light Brown Sand (SP) Peak 100 34.3 Ultimate Normal Strest (kip/ft2) 1 3 6 Peak Shear Stress (kip/ft�) � 0.77 � 1.96 � 3.60 Shear Stress @End of Test (ksf) O 0.71 ❑ 1.90 A 3.19 DOCUMENT 4 GEOCON W E S T, I N C. G E O T E C H N I C A L Project No. W1033-88-01 May 9, 2022 Mr. Jeff Katz Jeff Katz Architecture 6353 Del Cerro Boulevard San Diego, California 92120 E N V I R O N M E N T A L ■ M A T E R I A L S Subject: ADDENDUM TO GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION CLARIFICATION OF RAPID IMPACT COMPACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PROPOSED JUNIOR LIFEGUARD FACILITY 901 EAST OCEAN, NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA Reference: Geotechnical -Investigation, prepared by Geocon West, Inc., dated February 1, 2022. Dear Mr. Katz: In accordance with your request and following our conference call with the City Reviewer on April 27, 2022, this addendum letter has been prepared to provide clarification on the recommended ground improvement to be performed at the subject site. Due to the potential for seismically -induced settlements, it is recommended that soil improvement consisting of Rapid Impact Compaction (RIC) be performed. RIC is a form of dynamic compaction that utilizes a hydraulic hammer, repeatedly striking a 5-foot-diameter compaction plate at a rate of approximately 40 to 50 blows per minute. The energy of the hammer blow is dependent on the mass of the ram and the falling height. Upon striking the plate, the energy transfers into the subgrade strata to induce densification. The horizontal layout of compaction points and number of passes with the RIC hammer will depending upon the purposes of mitigation and stratigraphic conditions and is the responsibility of the design -build contractor. For this project, it is recommended the RIC design be based on a criteria of a maximum combined static and seismic differential settlement of 1 inch over a distance of 40 feet with an allowable bearing pressure of 3,500 pounds per square foot (psf). Verification of ground improvement will be confirmed with site exploration subsequent to the RIC improvement measures. Two borings with standard penetration test (SPT) blow count data will be performed to depths of approximately 15 feet below the ground surface. The uncorrected field blow counts (N-Values) will be compared with the blow counts obtained during the Geotechnical Investigation. Based on a preliminary analysis, the target criteria for improving the site soil conditions to a non -liquefiable state is a "N-value" of 18 for the soils to a depth of 11 feet below the ground surface. 3303 N. San Fernando Blvd., Suite 100 0 Burbank, California 91504-2531 ■ Telephone 818.841.8388 0 Fax 818.841.1704 Subsequent to the verification testing and assuming that the target criteria is met, the proposed structure is designed to be supported on a reinforced concrete mat foundation deriving support in the improved soils. If the target criteria is not met, it is recommended that an additional pass of RIC be performed. As an alternative, the proposed structure may be supported on a blanket of properly compacted engineered fill that is reinforced with geosynthetic materials. If needed, comprehensive recommendations for the installation of geogrid reinforced engineered fill can be provided under separate cover. Since RIC uses dynamic compaction, the vibrations and noise produced by RIC must be tolerable to the site and adjacent properties. The main parameter used for vibration assessment is peak particle velocity in units of inch per second (in/sec). Peak particle velocities (PPV) are usually measured at the ground level adjacent to the structure being monitored. The acceptable range of peak particle velocity should be evaluated based on the age and condition of adjacent structures. The proposed improved RIC zone will be located approximately 140 feet from the closest residential structures. Based on reference documents for PPV versus distance from RIC drop provided by a RIC design -build contractor, it is anticipated that the PPV will be approximately 0.2 in/sec for the residential structures. Rapid Impact Compaction Peak Particle Velocity vs. Distance Multiple Sites _ 100.00 E 10.00 • • °• 1.00 �c 13 YA • X X 0.10 — • • X o X 1 X X ? X a a 0.01 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 20 Distance from RIC Drop (feet) Based on Table 19 of the Transportation and Construction Induced Vibration Guidance Manual (Caltrans 2020), a continuous source of vibrations (e.g. RIC) which generates a maximum peak particle velocity of 0.5 in/sec is considered acceptable for modern industrial/commercial buildings and new residential structures. Based on the graph above, the threshold of 0.5 in/sec for buildings occurs at a distance of approximately 80 feet from the RIC drop. Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 2 - May 9, 2022 Table 19. Guideline Vibration Damage Potential Threshold Criteria Structure and Condition Maximum PPV itt/sec Continuous/Frequent Transient Sources Intermittent Sources Extremely fragile historic buildings, nuns, ancient monuments 0.12 0.08 Fragile buildings 0.2 0.1 Historic and some old buildings 0.5 0.25 Older residential structures 0.5 0.3 New residential structures 1.0 0.5 Modem industrial/commercial buildings 2.0 0.5 Note: Transient sources create a single isolated vibration event, such as blasting or drop balls. Conunuous/frequent intermittent sources include impact pile drivers, pogo -stick compactors, crack -and -seat equipment, vibratory pile drivers, and vibratory compaction equipment. It is recommended that vibrations be continuously monitored and recorded with a geophone during RIC construction. An example of the proposed geophone layout is shown on the attached Site Plan. If the vibrations at the closest offsite structures exceed the 0.5 in/sec threshold during installation, the RIC contractor should modify the installation procedure to reduce the values to within the acceptable range. The RIC design package should be submitted to Geocon West, Inc. for review at least two weeks prior to mobilization for construction. Within the design package, the specialty contractor should outline a performance and load testing program to verify the effectiveness of the ground improvement and to confirm the bearing capacity of the improved soils. During the load testing, a representative of Geocon will be present to observe the RIC and testing. The information obtained from the load testing should be used to modify the depth necessary to achieve design capacities, as well as develop installation criteria that can be used during construction. If you have any questions regarding this letter, or if we may be of further service, please contact the undersigned. Very truly yours, GEOCON WEST, INC. Petrma Zen PE 87489 Enclosures: Sheet Al.I with markup Jelisa Thomas Adams GE 3092 Geocon Project No. W 1033-88-01 - 3 - May 9, 2022 DOCUMENT 5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INDEX FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS NEWPORT BEACH JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7624-2 PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 SECTION 1-TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS 1 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 1 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE 2-9 SURVEYING 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers 2-9.2 Survey Service SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-3 EXTRA WORK 3-3.2 Payment 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Cost 3-3.2.3 Markup SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements 4-1.3.1 General SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION 5-1.1 General 5-2 PROTECTION 5-4 RELOCATION 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 I 5 5 5 5 5 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 5 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6 6-1.0 Construction Supervision 6 6-1.1 Construction Schedule 6 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 6-7.1 General 6 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY 7 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILIITIES 8 7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services 8 7-2 LABOR 8 7-2.2 Prevailing Wages 8 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK 9 7-8 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 9 7-8.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials 10 7-8.4.2 Storage in Public Streets 10 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control 10 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) 10 7-10 SAFETY 10 7-10.3 Haul Routes 10 7-10.4 Safety 11 7-10.4.1 Work Site Safety 11 7-10.5 Security and Protective Devices 11 7-10.5.3 Steel Plate Covers 11 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 11 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK 11 9-3 PAYMENT 11 9-3.1 General 11 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. 13 19_►aIF"01,1l.1111MIN 1161,11 h114.if-,T & SECTION 200 — ROCK MATERIALS 13 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 13 200-2.1 General 14 SECTION 201- CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 14 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 14 201-1.1 Requirements 14 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class 14 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 14 201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement 14 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel 14 SECTION 203 — BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 14 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE 14 A01IML'Va6M:11111D11LICHJiFA14.1F-0 C! SECTION 214—TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 14 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS 14 214-4.1 General 14 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS 15 214-6.3 Non -Reflective Pavement Markers 15 214-6.3.1 General 15 214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers 15 214-6.4.1 General 15 SECTION 215 -TRAFFIC SIGNS 15 PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS 15 SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 15 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 15 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials 15 300-1.3.1 General 15 SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 16 302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 16 302-6.7 Traffic and Use Provisions 16 PART 6 — TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 16 SECTION 600 -ACCESS 16 600-1 GENERAL 16 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS 17 600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS 17 SECTION 601— WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL 17 601-1 GENERAL 17 601-2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP) 17 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS Newport Beach Junio Lifeguard Building Project PROJECT NO. 19F13 CONTRACT NO. C-7624-2 I01111:IQ millet IIQ01 All work necessary for the completion of this contract shall be done in accordance with (1) the ARCHITECT'S Project Manual dated June 1, 2022 attached hereto; (2) these Special Provisions; (3) the Plans (Drawing No. B-5300-S); (4) the Building Materials Survey Report; (5) Cal OSHA and SCAQMD Rules and Procedures; (6) the City's Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction (Current Edition) http://www.newportbeachca.gov/government/departments/public- works/resources; (7) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2015 Edition), including supplements (Green Book); (8) the applicable Codes shown on the Plans; (9) American Public Works Association Standard Drawings, Latest Edition; and (10) Building Permits. Copies of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction may be purchased online at www.bnibooks.com/products/standard-specifications-public-works-construction or call 888-BNI BOOK (888-264-2665). The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as referenced and stated hereinafter: PART 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 1 — TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Add the following definition: City — City of Newport Beach Page 1 of 18 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK `aWATITIM N IL101U1:3 *M I W 01[o] a 1:I =11115fiel 01111 MT91I At the time of the award and until completion of work, the contractors working on this Project shall comply with the following licensing requirements. • The contractor awarded the Project: General Building "B". • The contractor(s) performing non -building work shall be appropriately licensed by the State of California for their work. From the start of work until project completion, the Contractor and all Sub -contractors shall possess a valid Business License issued by the City of Newport Beach. To be qualified to bid this contract, the Contractor shall have successfully constructed or currently working on three (3) California public agency facility contracts in marine environment in excess of $3,000,000 from the past five (6) years. This prior experience, shall be listed within the TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES section of the Contract Documents and submitted with the bid proposal. The City reserves the right to reject the bid of any bidder who, upon investigation, has been determined to have failed to complete similar contracts successfully. Such rejection would, if applicable, be based upon the principle that the bidder is "non -responsible" and poses a substantial risk of being unable to complete the work in a cost-effective, professional and timely manner. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-6.2 Precedence of Contract Documents If there is a conflict or discrepancy between different Contract Documents, the more stringent requirement as determined by the Engineer shall control. ` EWIM6]N:`t01-3=I116101IMI Add to this Section, The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of: Obtaining City Building Permits; removing and disposing of the existing on/off-site improvements; surveying; maintaining WQMP; constructing new Junior Lifeguard Building, parking, landscape and the associated utilities; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with utility companies and IT installations; all testing/balancing for building and completing landscaping establishment and maintenance. 2-9 SURVEYING Page 2 of 18 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, a minimum of 7 days prior to the start of work, a list of controlling survey monuments which may be disturbed. The Contractor shall: a) set survey points outside the affected work area that reference and locate each controlling survey monument that may be disturbed, b) file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after setting the survey points to be used for re-establishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments, and c) file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after reestablishment of the disturbed (permanent) controlling survey monuments. The Contractor shall protect all survey monuments during construction operations. In the event that existing survey monuments are removed or otherwise disturbed during the course of work, the Contractor shall restore the affected survey monuments at his sole expense. The Contractor's Licensed Surveyor shall file the required Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor upon monument restoration. Existing street centerline ties and property corner monuments are to be preserved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of restoring all survey ties and/or monuments damaged by the Work. 2-9.2 Survey Service Delete this section and replace with the following: The Contractor's California Licensed Land Surveyor shall utilize/follow the existing City survey records used for the project design to provide all construction survey services that are required to construct the improvements. The Architect of Record is Jeff Katz Architects. They can be contacted at (707) 644-3920. A minimum of two (2) sets of cut -sheets shall be included in the bid price and copies of each set shall be provided to City 48-hours in advance of any work. If the filing of a Corner Record and/or a Record of Survey with the County Surveyor's Office is required, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the Corner Records for review by the City a minimum of three (3) working days before the start of any Work. SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-3 EXTRA WORK 3-3.2 Payment 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Cost 3-3.2.2.3 Tool and Equipment Rental Page 3 of 18 Tool and equipment rental rates shall be based on the current Caltrans rental rates. 3-3.2.3 Markup 3-3.2.3.1 Work by the Contractor Delete this section and replace with the following: The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs (prior to any markups) and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profit: 1) Labor ............................................ 10 2) Materials ....................................... 10 3) Equipment Rental ........................... 10 4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 10 To the sum of the costs and markups provided in this subsection, one (1) percent may be added as compensation for bonding. 3-3.2.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor Delete this section and replace with the following: When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3.1 shall be applied by the Subcontractor to the actual costs (priorto any markups) and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profit. An additional markup of five (5) percent of the subcontracted actual cost (prior to any markups) may be added by the Contractor. To the sum of the costs and markups provided in this subsection, one (1) percent may be added as compensation for bonding. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements 4-1.3.1 General All material and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48-hours minimum) notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. Submittals are required for all construction material. The Engineer shall select an independent testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Standard Special Provisions and these Special Provisions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in Page 4 of 18 which the Contractor executed the work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for by the Contractor. SECTION 6 - UTILITIES 6-1 LOCATION 6-1.1 General The Contractor is responsible for, and shall at his or her expense, pothole all existing utilities which may be affected by the work to verify points of connection and potential conflicts. No segment of work shall begin until the contractor has potholed and verified points of connection and related connection material requirements, and coordinated the final/existing layout of the laterals/pipeline with the Engineer, including adjustments due to field conflicts with other utilities or structures above or below ground. Within seven (7) calendar days after completion of the work or phase of work, the Contractor shall remove all USA utility markings. Removal by sandblasting is not allowed. Any surface damaged by the removal effort shall be repaired to its pre -construction condition or better at the contractor's expense. 6-2 PROTECTION In the event that an existing pull box, meter box or any other utility box is damaged by the Work and is not re -useable, the Contractor shall provide and install a new replacement pull box, meter box or any other utility box of identical type and size at no additional cost to the City. 5-4 RELOCATION All City owned pull boxes, water meter boxes, water valve boxes, sewer cleanout boxes and survey monument boxes (collectively known as "utility boxes") which are affected by the Work shall be replaced to finish grade with new utility boxes. During asphalt paving operation, manholes within paving area shall be temporarily lowered and covered. Upon completion of paving operation, manholes shall be permanently adjusted to finish grade. The Contractor will be required to contact Southern California Edison, The Gas Company, cable television companies, telecommunication companies and any other utility companies to have their existing utilities adjusted to finish grade. The Contractor shall coordinate with each utility company for the adjustment of their facilities in advance of work to avoid potential delays to the project schedule. The Contractor shall provide the necessary survey control for all utility companies to adjust boxes and vaults to the final grade. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with these companies for inspection of the work. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK Page 6 of 18 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6-1.0 Construction Supervision The timely and quality completion of the work is of paramount importance to the City. As such, the contractor shall have full time superintendence for the entire contract. 6-1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Add to this section: "The time of completion as specified in Section 6-7, shall commence on the date of the 'Notice to Proceed.' Work related to the preparation of the NEWPORT BEACH JUNIOR LIFEGUARD BUILDING PROJECT shall be completed by May 26, 2023. This work shall include, but not limited to, site demolition; grading; constructing all utilities, all hardscape and flatwork; installing irrigation and lighting systems, all trees and site furnishings; and placing all traffic striping. To accomplish this, the following schedule shall be maintained: • Tuesday, August 23, 2022 Council will consider awarding Contact 7624-2. • The contractor who receives the award shall expedite all required contract documents, submittals, construction notifications, insurance, bonds, and contract shall be full executed by September 6, 2022. • If work is not completed in May 26, 2023, remobilization will not be compensated if work is required after summer (Labor Day). [-SA I MA I NE•] ZK•Lri l » =11 1161011 6-7.1 General The Contractor shall complete all construction work under Contract by May 26, 2023, inclusive of all non -work holidays. The time spent on arranging, coordinating, and accommodating the utility companies to install the necessary utilities to complete the Project functional and in place; completing the as -built plans; and obtaining Building Permit Final and building occupancy shall have been included in the 162 consecutive working day allotted above. The 60-day plant establishment and maintenance period is in addition to the above allotment. Normal working hours are limited to 7:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., outside of the working hours. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:00 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. on weekdays or 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays only. A request for working Page 6 of 18 The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., outside of the working hours. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:00 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. on weekdays or 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays only. A request for working outside the normal working hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $146 per hour when such time periods are approved. City Council adopted Ordinance No. 2019-9 restricting construction -related noise on Saturday in the designated High -Density Areas; as well as requiring a project information sign for new construction and substantial remodels. The High -Density Area map identifies the following: Balboa Island, Balboa Peninsula, Bay Island, Bay Shores, Collins Island, Corona Del Mar Village, Harbor Island, Linda Isle, Lido Isle, West Newport and Newport Shores (Exhibit A of Ordinance No. 2019-9). Violations of the City ordinance will be subject to code enforcement actions and citations pursuant to the provisions of NBMC § 10.28.040 and NBMC § 1.04.10. The following days are designated City holidays and are non -working days: 1. January 1 sc (New Year's Day) 2. Third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day) 3. Third Monday in February (President's Day) 4. Last Monday in May (Memorial Day) 5. July 4th (Independence Day) 6. First Monday in September (Labor Day) 7. November 11th (Veterans Day) 8. Fourth Thursday and Friday in November (Thanksgiving and Friday after) 9. December 24th, (Christmas Eve) 10. December 25th (Christmas) 11. December 26th thru 30th (City Office Closure) 12. December 31 sc (New Year's Eve) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday will be considered the holiday. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, the Friday before will be considered the holiday. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY Prior to acceptance of work, the Contractor shall submit a full-size set of plans to the Engineer. Retention payment and bonds will not be released until the as -built plans are reviewed and approved by the Engineer. A set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. The Contractor shall maintain as -built drawings of all work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up-to-date and reviewed by the Engineer at the time each Page 7 of 18 progress payment is submitted. Any changes to the approved plans that have been made with approval from the Engineer shall be documented on the as -built plans. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least three years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. Suitable facilities are to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES For each consecutive calendar day after the time specified in Section 6-7.1 for completion of the work, the Contractor shall pay to the City or have withheld from moneys due it, the daily sum of 2 600.00. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the City and Contractor that the above liquidated damages per calendar day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. The intent of this section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting the work in an orderly preplanned continuous sequence so as to minimize inconvenience to residences, businesses, vehicular and pedestrian traffic, and the public as a result of construction operations. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILIITIES 7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services If the Contractor elects to use City water, Contractor shall arrange for a meter and tender a $973.00 meter deposit with the City. Upon return of the meter to the City, the deposit will be returned to the Contractor, less a $90 monthly charge for meter use, a charge for water usage and any repair charges for damage to the meter. Water used during construction shall be paid for by the Contractor. This includes water for flushing and pressure testing water lines, compaction, dust control, irrigation during maintenance period for landscaping, etc. City shall designate to the Contractor the location of the fire hydrant or other connection acceptable for drawing of construction and temporary water. City reserves the right to limit the location, times and rates of drawing such water. t•6AWill -101V 7-2.2 Prevailing Wages Page 8 of 18 In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1720.9, hauling and delivery of ready - mixed concrete for public works contracts are subject to prevailing wages. t-&i»NLVil11k1_1 Replace this section with "The project is deemed 'permit ready' by the City's Building Division (Plan Check No. 0929-2022). The Contractor shall obtain building permits from the Building Department prior to starting work and submit any and all submittals for Building Department review per contract documents. City of Newport Beach Building Division permit and normal inspection fees shall be waived." 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK City forces will perform all shut downs of water, sewer and storm drain facilities as required. The Contractor shall provide the City advanced notice a minimum of seven calendar days prior to the time contractor desires the shutdown these City facilities. A four-hour shut down of water facilities during the daytime hours of 10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. or a six -hour shut down between the nighttime hours of 11:00 p.m. to 5:00 a.m. will be allowed. The Contractor will be responsible for completing all water connections within the time period allowed. The times and dates of any utility to be shut down must be coordinated with the Engineer. It is the Contractor's responsibility to notify the affected businesses and residents of the upcoming water shutdown with a form provided by the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of the water shut down. t&:ATITXNN&IkI=1111LViFelIL,kI=I L,F9L,IN= Add to this Section: "The Contractor shall: 1. Make every effort to conduct the work in a manner that will not interfere with the ingress/egress of the adjoining public streets/alleys. 2. Provide and maintain gravel beds and "shaker plates" at job site ingress/egress locations to minimize the tracking of errant materials onto the public alleys and streets. 3. Apply dust controls whenever airborne errant dust is observed. 4. Remove all construction debris from the work site at the end of each work day. 5. Provide restrooms and trash service for the construction personnel. 6. Provide alleys sweeper service to mechanically and/or manually remove errant construction debris and dust as directly by the engineer. 7. Provide reasonable cleaning service as directed by the Engineer to remove dust and other errant debris that were not controlled during the construction and have Page 9 of 18 deposited upon the neighbors' parked vehicles, building windows, planters, landscaping, etc. 7-8.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials 7-8.4.2 Storage in Public Streets Construction materials and equipment may only be stored in streets, roads, or sidewalk areas if approved by the Engineer in advance. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain an area for the storage of equipment and materials. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of a site for storage of equipment and materials prior to arranging for or delivering equipment and materials to the site. Prior to move -in, the Contractor shall take photos of the laydown area. The Contractor shall restore the laydown area to its pre -construction condition. The Engineer may require new base and pavement if the pavement condition has been compromised during construction. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) The Contractor shall submit a Best Management Practice (BMP) plan for containing any wastewater or storm water runoff from the project site including, but not limited to the following: a. No placement of construction materials where they could enter storm drain system, which includes gutters that lead to catch basins. b. Checking construction vehicles for leaking fluids. c. Providing a controlled area for cleaning or rinse -down activities. d. Monitoring construction activities. e. Minimizing usage of water when saw -cutting and vacuum the residue. f. Providing measures to capture or vacuum -up water contaminated with construction debris. g. Removing any construction related debris on a daily basis. h. Protecting work areas from erosion. The BMP will be approved by the Engineer prior to any work. The City will monitor the adjacent storm drains and streets for compliance. Failure of the Contractor to follow BMP will result in immediate cleanup by City and back -charging the Contractor for all costs plus 15 percent. The Contractor may also receive a separate administrative citation per Section 14.36.030 of the City's Municipal Code. 7-10 SAFETY 7-10.3 Haul Routes Haul routes shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. Page 10 of 18 7-10.4 Safety 7-10.4.1 Work Site Safety The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. The Contractor shall fully comply with all state, federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. The right of the Engineer or the City's representative to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's performance shall not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site. 7-10.5 Security and Protective Devices 7-10.5.3 Steel Plate Covers Steel plates utilized for trenching shall be the slip resistant type per Caltrans standards. In addition, steel plates on asphalt pavement shall be pinned and recessed flush with existing pavement surface. SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK Contractor shall submit a detailed schedule of value for all lump sum bid items to the Engineer within 15 days after award of contract. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General Revise paragraph two to read: The unit and lump sum bid prices for each item of work shown on the proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work, including restoring all existing improvements, to complete the item of work in place and no other compensation will be allowed thereafter. Payment for incidental items of work not separately listed shall be included in the prices shown for the other related items of work. The following items of work pertain to the bid items included within the Proposal: Item No. 1 Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Building: Work under this Item shall include all of the costs necessary to complete all of the work shown on the plans and in the contract documents, complete and in place. The following is only a suggested listing of work items that need further itemization on the Schedule of Values to be submitted to the Engineer upon project award to the low responsible bidder by the Newport Beach City Council. The cost of all other items of work that are not specifically listed as required but are customary to be completed as a prerequisite for a fully functional facility shall have been included in the bid and no additional compensation shall be made. Page 11 of 18 Mobilization and Demobilization: This work shall include providing bonds, insurance and financing, establishing a field office, preparing the BMP Plan and construction schedule, providing and maintaining sanitary facilities for the workers, and all other related work as required by the Contract Documents. It shall also include work to demobilize from the project site including but not limited to site cleanup, removal of USA Markings and providing any required documentation as noted in these Special Provisions. No cleaning of the portable sanitary facilities can be performed at the jobsite or within a populated area. In other words, the filled portable sanitary facilities shall be replaced with cleaned units brought onto the job site. Surveying Services: This work shall include the cost of construction staking, final grades, all horizontal alignment, as -built field notes, replacing and filing Corner Records, and other survey items as required to complete the work in place. Removals: This work shall include all of the costs needed to remove and dispose of all of the existing improvements that need to be removed such as below pipes, and other interfering items in order to space for the new improvements described in the Contract Documents. Since the Work adjoins private properties, the Contractor shall not deploy construction methods that will cause excess disturbance and/or damage to the neighboring properties. At no additional cost to the City, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to change the construction means -and -methods if the City received credible concerns from the neighbors caused by the construction activities. The cost of all site and below grade preparation work required by the various Reports in the Contract Documents prior to constructing the improvements described in the Contract Documents shall be made a part of the price bid. Utilities Coordination: This work shall include all of the costs needed to complete the work listed under Section 5-4 of these Special Provisions and Architect's Technical Specifications. Project Site Maintenance: This work shall include all of the costs needed to complete the work listed under Section 7-8 of these Special Provisions and Architect's Technical Specifications. Construct New Improvements: This work shall include all of the costs needed to provide, install, furnish, and construct, all of the new improvements and items described in the Contract Documents complete and in place, including contractor design/build fire alarms and sprinkler systems; addressing all deferred submittals and Building Division permit requirements. The building shall be delivered to the City fully functional. The cost of all required building tests for water tightness and Page 12 of 18 as required by the Building Permits; HVAC system balancing; and attic stock per the Architect's Technical Specifications shall be made as a part of the price bid. Third Party Installation Coordination: This work shall include all of the costs needed for the contractor to coordinate and cooperate with the third -party crews, such as, IT, Recreation and Lifeguard Divisions, Utilities, etc. inside the building. The cost of temporary stopping of work as needed to accommodate these installations shall have been made a part of the bid. Donor Wall: The Contractor shall have included in its bid a $26,000 allowance for the procurement, delivery, and installation of donor wall as shown in the contract documents to be defined by the Engineer during the work. Furniture, FF+E: The Contractor shall have included in its bid a $60,000 allowance for the procurement, delivery, and installation of furniture, wall mounted clocks, televisions, monitors, framed graphic pieces, decorations, etc. items to be selected by the Engineer during the work. 60-Day Plant Establishment and Maintenance Period: Work shall include the cost of all labor, equipment and materials including, but not limited to, manpower, fertilizers, irrigation system inspection and operation, plant materials, supervision and all other items necessary to establish and maintain the landscaping for the entire period. Item No. 2 Provide As -Built Plans and Close-out Documents: Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, all labor, tools, equipment and material costs for all actions necessary to provide as -built drawings and closeout documents. These drawings must be kept up to date and submitted to the Engineer for review priorto request for monthly payments. An amount of $6,000.00 is determined for this bid item. The intent of this pre-set amount is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of as -build drawings. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. From each progress payment, five (5) percent will be retained by the City, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. Partial payments for mobilization and traffic control shall be made in accordance with Section 10264 of the California Public Contract Code. PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 — ROCK MATERIALS P4Qib41p01111N4A94111.yVil =ILri Fill 94N Fill 1&I Page 13 of 18 200-2.1 General Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall be used as the untreated base material. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 201-1.1 Requirements 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class Portland cement concrete shall be Class 560-C-3250 unless shown otherwise on the plans. UOI&A N 41 LI176]:Zd MILril4 0111970]:ZK610191 7 =11 10 201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 steel conforming to ASTM A 775 with 2-inch minimum cover unless shown otherwise on the plans. SECTION 203 — BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures 203-6.4.3 Composition of Grading Add to this Section: "Asphalt Concrete shall be C2 64-10." 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE SECTION 216 — BUILDING MATERIALS 216-1 ATTIC STOCK Shall be defined as "Flooring, paint, light bulbs, ballasts, ceiling panels/tiles, special finishes, special order products, and other items that are not readily available from the neighborhood hardware stores." SECTION 214 — TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS 214-4.1 General Page 14 of 18 Temporary striping shall be Rapid Dry paint. Final striping shall be reflectorized thermoplastic. All pavement markers shall comply with Section 85 of the State of California Standard Specifications. 214-6.3 Non -Reflective Pavement Markers 214-6.3.1 General All new non -reflective pavement markers Types A and AY shall be ceramic. 214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers 214-6.4.1 General All retroreflective pavement markers shall be 3M Series 290 with glass -covered faces, or approved equal. SECTION 216 -TRAFFIC SIGNS Signs shall be standard size per the California MUTCD unless otherwise shown. Retroreflective sheeting shall be Type 4 or greater. Sign shall be made of aluminum (0.08 inch thickness). New sign posts shall be 14 gauge 2 inch square (OD) unistrut installed into a 12 gauge 2 1/4 inch unistrut (OD) base. Sign mounting hardware and brackets shall be stainless steel. Unless otherwise specified, mounting hardware shall be 5/16"-18. PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials Removal and disposal of material shall be done by City approved licensed and Franchised Commercial Solid Waste Haulers. A current list of approved haulers can be found on the City's website at: http://newportbeachca.gov/index.aspx?page=157 and then selecting the link for Franchised Haulers List. 300-1.3.1 General Page 16 of 18 The Contractor shall maintain the job site in a clean and safe condition. The Contractor shall remove any broken concrete, debris or other deleterious material from the job site at the end of each workday or as directed by the Engineer. All areas of roadway removal and replacement shall have a minimum trench width of 3-feet to facilitate maximum compaction. Contractor shall meet with the Engineer to mark out the areas of roadway removal and replacement. Non -reinforced concrete and asphalt wastes generated from the job site shall be disposed of at a facility that crushes such materials for reuse. Excess soil and other recyclable solid wastes shall not be disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall maintain monthly tonnage records of total solid wastes generated and solid wastes disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall report said tonnage monthly to the Engineer and provide appropriate confirmation documentation from the recycling facility. All material disposal manifests shall be provided to the Engineer prior to release of final retention. The Contractor shall dispose of all excess or waste material and shall include all fees for such disposal in the appropriate bid items. SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 302-6.7 Traffic and Use Provisions The Contractor shall not allow vehicular traffic on new concrete until the concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi. High early strength concrete may be attained to meet the time constraints by the use of additional Portland cement or chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 201-1 and with prior approval of the Engineer. The cost of high early strength concrete shall be included in the unit prices for all concrete bid items. VA:4I DIS 1111 :11►Vil1i7:41A Wa ll!:7e1 a a [KK0] LIN 1:119] 1 SECTION 600 -ACCESS 600-1 GENERAL Ten (10) working days prior to starting work, the Contractor shall distribute construction notices to residents within 500 feet of the project, describing the project and indicating the limits of construction. The City will provide the notices. Forty-eight (48) hours prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall distribute to the residents a second written notice prepared by the City clearly indicating specific dates in the space provided on the notices when construction operations will start for each block Page 16 of 18 or street. An interruption of work at any location in excess of 14 calendar days shall require re -notification. The Contractor shall insert the applicable dates and times at the time the notices are distributed. The written notices will be prepared by the City, but shall be completed and distributed by the Contractor. Errors in distribution, false starts, acts of God, strikes or other alterations of the schedule will require Contractor re -notification using an explanatory letter furnished by the City. 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS The Contractor shall install and maintain in place "NO PARKING -TOW AWAY" signs (even if streets have posted "NO PARKING" signs) which shall be posted at least forty- eight hours in advance of the need for enforcement. The signs will be provided by the City at no cost to the Contractor. However, the City reserves the right to charge $2.00 per sign following any excessive abuse or wastage of the signs by the Contractor. In addition, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the City's Police Department at (949) 644-3717 for verification of posting at least forty-eight hours in advance of the need for enforcement. City "Temporary Tow -Away, No Parking" signs are available at the Public Works Department public counter. The Contractor shall print the hours and dates of parking restriction on the "NO PARKING -TOW AWAY" sign in 2-inch high non -erase letters and numbers. A sample of the completed sign shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to posting. 1.1111BI»Q*IINM01M9191*11 Pedestrian accessto all storefronts, offices, residences, etc., within the limits of work must be maintained at all times. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer to provide advance notice to any and all establishments whose access will be impacted by construction operations, particularly sidewalk construction. SECTION 601 — WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL 601-1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish and install signage, barricades, delineators, yellow safety ribbons, and any other measures deemed necessary by the Engineer to safely direct the public around areas of construction, and into and out of the affected establishments. 601-2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP) The Contractor shall provide traffic control and access in accordance with Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and the WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL HANDBOOK (W.A.T.C.H.), Latest Edition. Traffic control and detours shall incorporate the following items: 1. Emergency vehicle access shall be maintained at all times. Page 17 of 18 2. The locations and wordings of all barricades, signs, delineators, lights, warning devices, parking restrictions, and any other required details shall ensure that all pedestrian and vehicular traffic will be handled in a safe manner with a minimum of inconvenience to the public. 3. All advanced warning sign installations shall be reflectorized and/or lighted. 4. The Contractor shall accommodate the City's trash collection. If the Contractor elects to work on a street or alley during its trash collection day, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make alternative trash collection arrangements by contacting the City's Refuse Superintendent, at (949) 718-3466 and all affected property owners. 5. At a minimum, the Contractor shall maintain one lane of traffic in each direction at all times when completing the work. 6. Sidewalk closures in residential areas, or as determined by the City, shall be set with barricades and SIDEWALK CLOSED signs on barricades at the closure. 7. Bike lane closures shall have BIKE LANE CLOSED AHEAD, BIKE LANE CLOSED, and SHARE THE ROAD/BICYCLE WARNING (combination) signs mounted on barricades in order on the approach and at the closure. The Contractor shall fully comply with the following ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS which augments, but are not referenced to, sections of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. Page 18 of 18